Actions

Work Header

The Best Revenge Is Living Well

Summary:

Maul dies on Tatooine and wakes up over 40 years in the past. He quickly seizes the opportunity to change his fate and free himself from his Master, to save his brothers, including the one he doesn't yet know he has, and plot a new revenge against Darth Sidious with the advantages of time, foreknowledge and a surprisingly familiar Mandalorian face. It isn't only his own destiny that Maul's actions will change for the better, but that of Jango Fett and the entire Mandalorian people.

As far as the Force and the Ka'ra are concerned, healing hearts through the power of family and friendship will just be a nice side effect of saving the galaxy from its terrible future.

(description updated 16.4.24)

Notes:

Content Warnings this chapter for Maul's abusive childhood, discussion of slavery and Kilindi implying that Maul might have been sexually assualted, not that he picks up on that.

Chapter 1: Arc 1: Freedom - 43 BBY

Chapter Text

Obi-wan’s arm where it hooked under his shoulders was warm in comparison to the chill of the desert at night. The fiery pain where the lightsaber had carved deeply into his chest was fading as darkness circled the edges of his vision. Maul looked upwards past Obi-wan’s face, worn and aged past his years, towards the stars overhead. The Force was quiet and still, welcoming him. Even the eternal rage of the Dark, the striving fury, had settled. 

“Tell me,” he said, struggling for breath with sundered ribs and sternum, “is it the Chosen One?” He could think of no other reason Kenobi would have exiled himself out here. No other reason the holocrons would have promised Maul that his revenge against Sidious lay on Tatooine. 

“He is,” Obi-wan replied, still propping him up. It was odd. By rights the Jedi should have let his dying body fall to the sands to gasp his last, not offer this… this sympathy . Did he not care about everything Maul had taken from him? Was he too weak to know an enemy when he saw one?

No. Kenobi won their battle. He could not be weak. Perhaps it was just that for all Maul’s plots and designs, it was Darth Sidious who destroyed Kenobi’s world in the end. 

“He will avenge us,” Maul said, a stuttering collection of words, and the last of his strength left him. 

With a sigh, Maul let the Force take him. He sank into its depths, the darkness folding softly around him. There was no pain. There was nothing at all. 

----

Maul’s eyes flickered open, coming awake so suddenly that he gasped for air. His hearts hammered in his chest, though with shock and surprise rather than fear. He was staring up at blank metal, not a sky full of stars. He didn’t hurt anywhere or… no. There was pain, but only a dull ache, so negligible that he hadn’t even noticed it at first. The ache of bruised muscles along his arms and ribs.

Where was he? What was this?

Maul started to sit up, his hands going to his chest still half-expecting to find a chasm of charred flesh, but his body didn’t move the way he expected it to. He was too small, muscles and bones and skin sitting oddly, unfamiliar. He kicked out; a flailing spasm of misfiring nerves and there was no metal, none of the not-quite-right proprioception and feedback he was used to dealing with from his prosthetics. 

Maul fell out of the bed and hit the floor in a tangle of limbs. His breathing came faster and faster. He was dimly aware that this was panic, but he was too stunned and disbelieving to regain his usual control over his emotions. This did not make sense. He was not himself, and yet…

The hands splayed out against the floor were red and black and familiar, but thinner and smaller than they should have been. His thighs flexed as he tried to push himself up, and he almost laughed out loud at the strangeness of having legs, of feeling those muscles at work. 

“Maul?” Someone said. There was another body crouching next to him; from the corner of his eye he saw a grey uniform, a knee and a proffered hand with deep blue-black skin and a paler palm. The proportions were child-sized but oddly large compared to himself - but then Maul was also no more than a child just now. 

Maul ignored the offer of help. He might be as uncoordinated as a tooka kitten but he was not weak. He struggled into a sitting position, relishing the sensation of cold, hard ground underneath him, and found himself face to face with a nautolan, a child of perhaps twelve or thirteen. She was… oddly familiar. He knew her from somewhere, though he didn’t know how that could be. He had no idea where he was, how he had come to be here, or why he was in the body of a child. 

He assumed it was his body as a child, but even that he was not yet sure of. 

The nautolan blinked, and drew her hand back. She was still down on one knee. He could sense the shape of a question in her mind, the desire to ask why he was acting so strangely as well as an odd… care for his well being. She knew him, and the knowledge of her identity hovered on the edge of his awareness. 

“Do you still want to train tonight?” she asked, instead of any of the other questions on the tip of her tongue. 

Maul had no idea what she was talking about.  

“Alright,” she said, her tone calm and accepting despite the regret that Maul could sense. She stood up. “I’ll see you tomorrow then.”

“Wait.” It might have been wiser to let her leave so he could have the space to figure this all out on his own, but he found he didn’t want her to go. He pushed himself slowly to his feet, flexing his toes with something akin to wonder. “I… had an odd dream.” 

Curiosity flickered across her face. She rocked back and forth on her feet, waiting for him to continue. Maul studied her, hoping that perhaps her clothing would give him some clue. It looked like a uniform of some kind, or perhaps a jumpsuit. Glancing down, he saw he was wearing identical items. Certainly a uniform then. 

When he didn’t say anything more, the nautolan asked, “Do you want to talk about it?”

He was unsure what it would be wise to say. If it helped him to understand what was going on that would be one thing, but he doubted this girl had any answers. She didn’t appear to be Force sensitive, or at least, not at all trained in the Force. 

“It’s fine,” Maul said. “Tell me what you wanted to do tonight.”

“Stealth practise,” she replied promptly. 

Maul had been shaped into a master of stealth by Darth Sidious. He had no need to practise - yet that was in a body he was familiar with. He wasn’t sure he was capable of stealth at all in his current state. He might not even be able to walk in a straight line until he got used to this frame. The girl was not suspicious of him yet despite his odd behaviour, but if she saw how physically awkward he was that would change.

“Go without me,” he said. “I am not feeling well.”

Her eyes widened, and she took a step forwards, one hand coming round to grasp his shoulder. Maul raised a hand to bat it away but missed, the movement an uncoordinated jerk. “I’ve seen you train with broken bones before and not say a word. Something must be really wrong. Do you want me to get Trezza?”

Abruptly Maul realised who she was and where they both were. 

This was the Orsis Academy, an elite facility which trained bodyguards, mercenaries and assassins for the galaxy’s rich and corrupt, the place Maul had been sent to for just over six years as a child to be shaped into the creature his Master wanted. She was Kilindi Matako, another student at the school and… 

And with the benefit of hindsight, one of the only people who had ever shown him friendship. Something he’d then returned by killing her - on his Master’s orders, and there had never been any choice or any other way that could have turned out, but that didn’t stop the memory flashing into his mind; her neck breaking under the twisting power of the Force.

It had been quick. Quicker than most of the deaths that night. He’d been able to give her that, at least. 

“Maul?” She was pushing him backwards to sit on the bed. Maul went with her, nausea twisting in his stomach. “Don’t look so… Don’t look like that! I won’t get Trezza, that was only a joke, a bad one. We can fix this together, whatever it is.”

Everything about this situation was impossible. This was his past, before Mandalore, before Lotho Minor, before Naboo. Before he even earned the title of Darth Maul, never realising what a poisoned chalice his Master offered him. He was a scrawny child again. Was any of that real? His past, now his future? Had all of it been nothing more than a dream? Or perhaps this was the dream, reliving moments in time as he died and passed into the Force. 

He pressed a hand to his forehead, feeling the stubby spikes of his horns above. He couldn’t tell Kilindi any of this. If this was real, then his actions had meaning. There would be consequences, and he remembered that anything to do with the Force was forbidden here. His Master…

Darth Sidious was here also. Not distracted with his great game of war, with his Empire, with his new Apprentice. Here. 

Fear filled Maul’s belly with ice-cold lead. 

Would Sidious sense this? Would he somehow know that Maul was no longer that naive, ignorant boy hanging on to his false promises of power? If he discovered that Maul knew the future, could reveal to him the outcome of the great plan, the revenge of the Sith…?

The instinct to run pulled at his limbs, but there was nowhere to go. He had no resources, he had no means of escape…

No. That was not true. Maul had himself and the power of the Dark Side, and that was all he had ever needed. He’d survived certain death, he’d survived his Master discarding him like a broken tool, he’d survived betrayal and capture and all the other dangers of the galaxy. However little he had, he could always build anew from it. He could escape from here, he merely needed to be careful about it. 

Vague plans whirled inside his head. He needed time, to consider his options and to get used to a body both familiar and strange at the same time. If he acted without thinking his Master would certainly be able to track him down, and that was not something he could afford to happen. 

“It’s fine Kilindi,” he told her. “I just need to rest. I’m sure I will be well again by tomorrow.”

The look she gave him was skeptical, but she didn’t press. He remembered that about her. Her overtures of companionship had always been offered with an open hand, easily withdrawn if he pushed it away. In Maul’s experience friendship was an unreliable thing and relationships were transactional more often than not. People allied themselves with those who could do something for them in return, although there was a wide range of goals and motives in the galaxy. Savage wanted to be trained by a Sith, the criminal gangs wanted money and personal gain, Death Watch wanted someone who could deliver their planet back to them and help them keep it…

Whatever it was that Kilindi saw in their potential friendship, she didn’t want it enough to push hard for it. It was strangely comforting. It left Maul feeling that he could reach back without fearing he was being manipulated, or that if it was necessary to break their alliance she would be slighted and angry in response. 

“Okay then,” she said. “We can always train together another night, if you want.”

“Yes, of course.” 

Kalindi slipped out of the door on bare, silent feet. Maul waited until she was long gone before he could relax. 

Why was he here? Was this really the past? Such things should not be possible even through the Force. Maul had never heard of someone managing to travel through time, although there were many stories of Jedi or Sith or other traditions that he did not know. Perhaps he was not the first one to have been caught up in the currents of the Force and deposited at some random moment in their lives. 

It could still be some manner of dream or illusion, but there was no point in acting as though it wasn’t real. He had to assume that it was. 

What did he remember of the Orsis Academy? Maul had never been sure of his own age, and much of his childhood blurred into singular moments of pain and measured cruelty. It had all been designed to make him better and stronger than the Jedi, and for the most part it had. Even then he had fallen at the first true hurdle, when Kenobi struck him down… 

If he regretted his upbringing it was not in its harshness, but that Sidious had still kept so much from him. The true secrets of the Sith were many, arcane arts devised and improved over millennia, yet Maul knew none of them. He did not know even so basic a trick as Force Lightning. All of his training had been aimed at honing his body into a weapon, but he was only ever meant to be a tool. Nothing more. 

Once he’d imagined he might be able to make Darth Sidious proud of him. That idea now was laughable. 

Maul rose from the bed, keeping his arms wide for balance. He began to stretch his arms and legs, small movements becoming larger ones as he concentrated on the feel of his body, the weight of his limbs, the stretch of his muscles, the smooth, dextrous clench and release of fingers and toes. He paced, adapting to the smaller stride. He rolled his head from side to side, testing his inner ear. 

Gradually, his form began to make sense to him. 

Maul had slept already this night and he did not feel at all tired. He had better things to do with his time than rest. As his control over his own body grew he tested it more, with leaps, jumps from the walls that at first frequently ended with him slamming to the floor. The pain and inevitable bruises were nothing to him. He began to use the pain to draw the Dark Side into him before hesitating. 

He did not know if his Master was on the planet right now. He didn’t remember how often Sidious might have left - although looking back he was sure that he hadn’t been spending all of his time on Orsis, not when he had his other identity as a Senator to keep up. The fact remained that Sidious had been here often, continuing Maul’s training in the Force at least so far as it pertained to combat.

Maul had been forbidden to use the Force while he was at the Academy itself. His Master was very in tune to the currents of the Dark. Even miles distant, he might still feel that Maul was disobeying him. 

This was going to be difficult if he couldn’t use the Force. He might be getting used to this child’s body, but it lacked the ingrained muscle memory that Maul was used to relying on in a fight. Its instincts, the paths laid down in its neural tissue, were beginning to come into being, but… it was still not quite right

Maul realised he might have to stay here longer than he’d thought. The whole point of the Academy was to train him to fight, and it would be much quicker to pick it all up the second time around. He could go through the motions in his classes, and use his own time to work on the more advanced martial forms that were part of lightsaber combat. 

It wasn’t ideal, but Maul knew he would have needed time to come up with an escape plan anyway. This wouldn’t be so bad - at least, not until the first time his Master summoned him. 

He had to leave before that happened. 

----

Maul wasn’t used to being around so many other people, much less children. The years before his death had been solitary ones as he turned to the Force to seek the means of his revenge, abandoning Crimson Dawn and the Shadow Collective to Qi’ra’s steady hand. There were almost five hundred students scattered through the Academy, ranging in ages from eight to sixteen and from all manner of species including several that had been wiped out entirely under Sidious’ Empire. There were naturally split up into more manageable groups for their classes, and a large proportion were away from the main buildings at any one time running drills or survival training in the wilds of the planet, but even so it left him feeling constantly on edge. 

Maul had survived this place once already. It should not be a challenge to do so again. He focused on his lessons and did his best to pretend that nothing at all had changed. 

Kilindi continued to hover on the periphery, always close by and ready to respond to any show of interest from Maul, but not overpowering in her presence. She was a familiar touchstone and he did not mind having her there. She demanded nothing from him, only offered up opportunities, whether those were to train together or to go down to the sea shore - though Maul was still not particularly fond of swimming - or to simply find other ways of spending their spare time. 

Maul knew he ought to use every moment continuing to train, forcing the memory of the forms of Teras Kasi, Echani, and Bakuuni Hand into his muscles - though practising that last without using the Force was slightly pointless. He shouldn’t let Kilindi drag him along for mere recreation - and yet he was. It was strangely hard to say no. 

In the back of his mind he continued to plan. There was only one way off Orsis, and that was to take a transport or supply ship up to the orbital station and travel on from there. There was enough business coming through the station - and all of it private and underhand in nature - that nobody bothered to ask unwelcome questions. The difficulty was getting there in the first place. Students were not allowed to visit the station without both supervision and a good reason, and Maul had neither. 

There was also the matter of where he would go once he left. The galaxy was a vast and unkind place to those without resources, and even more so to unaccompanied children. Stealing a few credits here and there would be easy enough, but honest pilots would be reluctant to allow a child to book passage. Anyone who did agree to such a thing was automatically suspicious. 

Maul had no doubt he could kill anyone who tried to enslave him or harm him for their own entertainment, but he could not afford to leave a trail of the dead for his Master to follow. 

There was only so much time he had to plan. Sidious would summon him eventually, and then the choice of when to make his move would be taken from him. He found himself returning in his mind to the last time he’d escaped the Orsis Academy, although that had not been so much an escape as a botched rescue or perhaps just another of his Master’s plots. Maul still wondered how Mother Talzin had learned of his location. She sold him to Sidious easily enough as a child, and he did not mistake any of her actions later in his life for genuine care. She wanted things from him - but a shared goal was enough to make them allies. 

Could he go to her now? 

The idea curled his lip into a snarl in distaste. It all depended how useful he might be to his mother. If he appeared as nothing more than her child, she would pass him back to his Master in return for some future favour - and he was not keen to give her secrets from the future either. Even that might not be enough to buy his safety, if Sidious threatened Dathomir. Maul was only a male, after all. His life would never be worth as much as the least of the Nightsisters.

The only person he’d been able to trust from Dathomir was… his brother. 

The memory of Savage carved into him like a knife. Maul had failed him, and he could not deny it. As the Sith master he should have been able to protect his apprentice, but for all the power he’d built, all the soldiers of Mandalore, all his own training to regain his strength after Lotho Minor, none of it had been enough to defeat Darth Sidious. Savage had died, and Sidious hadn’t even given Maul the mercy of killing him after that. 

But here… here Savage was still alive. 

Maul didn’t know why he hadn’t realised that before this moment. He could go to Dathomir, but not to seek help from Mother Talzin. To find Savage. To go back to the way that things had been for those short months before his death, when they had worked together. They made a good team. He would show his brother the power of the Force and the Dark again, and this time they would have so much longer to train and seek out holocrons and secrets and ready themselves to destroy Sidious and all his plans. 

Yes. Maul smiled to himself. Yes, that was what he would do. He still had not found an answer to his destination after that, to the matter of survival in an uncaring galaxy, but this was a place to start.

----

“Where are you going?”

Maul whirled around from his position in the tall grass at the edge of the landing field and glared. Kilindi returned it with a level look, unbothered by his dismay at being spotted. He shouldn’t have been spotted, not unless she’d been following him since leaving the dormitory building. 

“Why are you here?” he hissed. 

“You’re acting strange Maul,” she said. She slipped into the grass to join him, crouching at his side so she could share his viewpoint. “Ever since that night you got hurt and wouldn’t talk about it.”

Maul hesitated over what to tell her. This was his chance to escape from this place, but Kilindi still had a life here. She had goals of her own. There was a reason she was at the Orsis Academy, so there must be something about the experience she wanted. Had she guessed that he was leaving? Did she want to stop him - but there were easier ways. There weren’t guards here, it was a school not a prison, but she could have alerted Master Trezza. Instead she followed him and confronted him. 

Surely she didn’t want to come with him. 

“You’ve been training harder than ever since then,” Kilindi said hesitantly, not looking at him directly, keeping her eyes on the landing field. “Trezza even mentioned it, although I’d already noticed. If someone here was the one who hurt you… Enough to make you want to leave… you could tell him about it.”

There was something strange about the way in which she was talking around the subject that Maul found confusing. Of course people here hurt him because that was part of the training, expected and normal. She didn’t mean the ordinary bruises, cuts, blaster burns or rarer broken bones all of the students picked up in the course of combat lessons. Did she imagine someone here held enough of a grudge to catch him outside of their classes and beat him because it pleased them? Did she think so little of his ability to handle anyone here? Did she think a little pain would be enough to drive him away.

He hadn’t even looked visibly injured that night. He’d only said he was ill. It could have been a stomach bug.

“Even if it was a teacher who did something, you could tell him,” Kilindi said, still glaring at the duracrete as though it had offended her. “Important people pay a lot of money to send us here to be trained, it would be bad for business if we were getting damaged.”

“I am not damaged ,” Maul said, offended. 

Her mouth twisted briefly. “No, I’m sorry. That wasn't what I meant to say.”

They sat in silence for a moment. Maul still failed to understand. Clearly he was still physically able and capable, so what other harm could she be talking about? “I am leaving,” he told her. “I have no reason to stay here.”

Kilindi dropped the subject of these supposed injuries.“What about your Master? He’ll come after you won’t he? He’s already paid for the full eight years.”

“Yes.” She didn’t know his Master’s true identity, indeed she knew nothing more than what Trezza did. They saw only the rich, powerful but essentially harmless man he was pretending to be. “Still, I am going.”

Frustration creased Kilindi’s face. She visibly searched for something to say, an argument to keep him here. She might point out his lack of credits, of resources at all, the difficulty of travelling, of finding the kind of work they were trained for at the age of twelve. She must know he had considered all these things already. 

“Fine,” she said. “I’m coming with you.”

Again Maul was deeply confused. “Why?”

“You can’t go out there alone. You need someone to watch your back.”

He would have someone to watch his back, as soon as he reached Dathomir. Although… Savage would be a child in truth, with none of the training of a Nightbrother or a Sith warrior. Maul would be the one looking after him. What if he failed just as badly this time around?

“Trezza won’t forgive you for leaving,” he said. 

“Neither will your Master,” Kilindi replied. “I’m only here because there’s nowhere else to be.”

Maul frowned. He remembered that differently, but it had been so long. “You aren’t here preparing for revenge?” 

“I killed my owners already, remember,” Kilindi said, with a little snort of amusement. “What would more revenge even look like? I wasn’t planning on travelling around starting slave uprisings after I graduate.” She paused, looking thoughtful. “I still owe Master Trezza for getting me off Orvax before any slavers could catch me. I imagined I would take contracts for bounties or assassinations until I paid him back and then… then I don’t know.”

“Coming with me won’t be easy,” Maul warned her. 

Again, she smiled. “I didn’t imagine it would be. Nothing’s easy for people like us. Easier with two than one, though.”

Maul bit his lip. “We won’t stay two for long,” he said. “I’m… I have a brother.”

Her dark eyes went wide. “Is that what this is about then?” she asked. “You said you had a dream - was it about him? Is he in trouble?”

“Why would a dream be evidence of anything,” Maul asked her with suspicion. She wasn’t meant to know that he was Force sensitive, but Trezza knew. Had he said something to her? By the flush across her cheeks, perhaps he had. 

“I overheard Trezza talking to your Master,” she said. “I know…”

“It’s not…” Maul said, turning away. “My brother is fine now. He won’t be forever.”

“We’ll attract more attention as a group,” Kilindi said, thinking. “But there’s safety in numbers too.”

Overhead the clouds parted as the supply ship came in towards the landing ground. There was no more time for discussion. “If you want to escape this place, I won’t stop you,” he said. “I still think it’s a poor choice.”

“I’m coming.”

They watched the shuttle land. Droids emerged to unload the hold, stacking the crates neatly. There would be plenty of space inside when they were done, but less cover than was ideal. Maul was not concerned. He was trained for this, as was Kilindi. 

Carefully, silent as smoke, they slipped inside the shuttle and waited for it to lift off towards the orbital station.

Chapter 2

Summary:

Maul and Kilindi continue their escape and find an unexpected ally.

Notes:

I'm going to aim to update this fic Thursdays - we shall see how that goes.

Content warnings for slavery, and explosive slave chips.

Chapter Text

The crew of the supply shuttle only made a cursory check of the hold before closing it up and preparing for take-off. Maul and Kilindi sheltered in the shadow of a support strut as the pilot’s gaze passed over them, and mere minutes later the deck shuddered underneath them as the ship took off. It was a matter of minutes to travel up to Orsis Station, though docking took almost as long again. Maul cocked his head as he followed the sound of footsteps from outside. 

As he’d expected, the shuttle was not being reloaded immediately. He waited for about half an hour to give the crew sufficient time to have left before he moved again. 

“So what’s your plan now?” Kilinid asked, hovering close behind him. Her expression was interested and curious, with no sign of worry. 

Maul hit the manual door release. The loading ramp opened with a hiss of hydraulics, and he stood poised to react in case someone outside heard it and came to investigate. The dock beyond was still and quiet. He sensed nothing in the Force, aside from the background hum of sentients living and moving throughout the station as a whole. 

“Now we need to find suitable transport onwards,” he said. “Different clothing is also a priority.” They were both still wearing the Orsis Academy uniform, and while that wouldn’t raise eyebrows amongst the transient population of the station it would if they ran into someone who worked here long term, or who was associated with the school. Maul didn’t think it was likely they would find anything to wear that was intended for a child, but something sized for a small species would serve just as well. 

Kilindi nodded. “So we stay stealthy for now,” she said, and looked around the docking bay. She pointed half-way up one wall, where a ventilation shaft came out. It was covered by a grate, but it looked large enough for them both. “There?” 

Using the ventilation system to travel unseen was a popular technique, one certainly covered at the Academy. It was a simple fact that any large building or starship needed to maintain good airflow for the health and safety of its residents, which meant that there was a minimum limit on the size of their ventilation systems. It might be a security risk, but it was also one which was frequently managed by alarms and other security measures, things they’d also been trained to get around. 

Orsis Station was on the smaller side for an orbital, and that shaft wouldn’t have been large enough for most full grown adults. In this, their age was an advantage. 

“I shall boost you up,” he told Kilindi. He had no need to hide his use of the Force anymore, and they were far enough away from the estate his Master had purchased on the planet that he did not think he would be able to sense it. He raised a hand and pulled the grate free of its mooring, bringing it down slowly to the floor. 

Kilindi watched with wide eyes. “That’s going to come in useful.”

Maul put his back to the wall and made a cup out of his hands. Kilindi came forwards at a run, leaping and planting her foot neatly - Maul thrust upwards with the Force augmenting his own strength. Kilindi grabbed the rim of the shaft and pulled herself up into it neatly. 

“Can you get up on your own?” she asked, her voice filtering down with a slight echo. 

“I can,” Maul called up in reply. “Give me room.” He waited a few seconds, backing up to give himself space to run. One Force leap later, he too slithered into the tight confines of the ventilation shaft. It was clean of dust or the leavings of vermin, which meant there was a dedicated cleaning droid which regularly swept the system. They would have to hope they didn’t run into it. 

Kilindi led the way, though Maul was able to guide them towards the feel of people in the Force. Before long they heard the chatter of voices from beneath them. Kilindi stopped over another grating, bracing against the wall and ceiling of the shaft so that Maul could wriggle up next to her as quietly as possible. They waited and listened. 

The conversation was in Huttese, but they had both been taught that language at Orsis. Maul’s opportunities to use it had been less frequent in the years before his death, but the smugglers below were not talking about anything particularly complicated. He peered down through the narrow slits of the grate. He saw rodians, humans, and a twi’lek. Nothing they could use. He shook his head, and slid back down the shaft so they could move freely again.

They continued on. 

Eventually they found a grate that opened out above the refresher of a bar; a good place to observe a variety of species coming and going. Maul loosened the grate slightly, so that they could pull it up and drop down quickly when the time came, then they settled in to wait. 

Some while later, a chadra-fan wandered in, obviously heavily intoxicated. He headed towards one of the stalls, stumbling and half-falling against one wall. Maul exchanged a glance with Kilindi and they both nodded. Quiet as tooka they dropped down to the ground, landing softly. Even if they’d made some noise it was arguable whether the chadra-fan would have noticed. They waited until he finished his business and came out of the stall wiping his hands on his trousers. 

Disgusting, Maul thought with a sneer, and made his move. 

He grabbed the man from behind, putting him in a chokehold and keeping him that way for long moments of struggling while Kilindi held down his flailing arms. Soon he went slack between them, unconscious. Maul lowered him to the floor and began stripping him. Thankfully he was wearing multiple layers.

Maul pulled off the chadra-fan’s shirt and swapped it out for his own, then passed over the jacket for Kilindi to wear buttoned over her uniform top. Their trousers were bland enough not to stand out even though they were part of the Academy uniform so they didn’t need to take those, but Maul still patted down the chadra-fan’s pockets and was rewarded with a handful of credit chips. He gave half of them to Kilindi. It wasn’t much, but it was helpful all the same. 

Unless they wanted to kill this man, he would start coming around before long. Killing him would draw too much attention - as it was this would appear to be a simple mugging. The chadra-fan might even believe he’d passed out of his own accord from his state of intoxication. 

Maul gave Kilindi a boost back up into the ventilation shaft then joined her. Now they needed to find a ship.

----

“What about that one?” Kilindi whispered, pointing at a freighter which had recently landed in the main transport hub. They were still in the vents, having managed to find the shaft that fed this large hangar. Since it needed to provide airflow to a bigger space the vent was larger as well, enough that they could crouch side by side behind the grating. A sterile, chilly breeze blew from behind them, covering any noise they might make. 

Maul studied the ship. It was small and fast, but old and scraped here and there with cosmetic damage. A smuggler’s vessel most likely. The pilot was Corellian, or at least he wore their bloodstripes. He was arguing with the dockmaster while another human male unloaded several boxes from the hold. Maul could see only a small amount of cargo inside the ship, and the hold itself was not large. That suggested high value, low volume merchandise. It could be weapons and if so, blasters or grenades by the size of the boxes. Equally it could be medicine, or mind-altering drugs. The rich and powerful who frequented Orsis demanded access to all the amenities.

“It might do,” Maul replied. “Minimal crew. Easy to eliminate. If the cargo is valuable it will provide us enough credits to live on for some time.”

Kilindi’s eyes narrowed. She was looking more closely at the second man. His back was to them and Maul’s view was partly obscured by the bars of the vent cover, but he could see that the human was bare from the waist up. He had short, tight-curled hair, dark skin, and a stocky, muscular form which bore many old scars from combat  - a surprising number considering he looked young. Maul was familiar with the marks left by blasters and vibroblades. The man went about his work without speaking or acknowledging the pilot, hefting the boxes with easy strength. He would be the more dangerous opponent, although Maul was not discounting the Corellian’s potential skill with the blaster pistols holstered at his waist. Maul would have the advantage of speed and the Force, so he was not overly concerned.

“He’s a slave,” Kilindi said. She was tense, her hands clenched into fists against the floor. “Look; he’s wearing a collar, and I think I saw a brand.”

Maul looked again. She was right - the dull metal band at the human’s throat could have been some manner of jewellery; he’d paid it no mind initially. The collar was slim and close-fitting. Both shock collars and explosive collars were usually larger, so perhaps it was no more than a mark of ownership, just like the shiny raised circle half-visible at the base of his spine. 

He understood where Kilindi was going with this. “He might help us if we free him,” he said. 

“We take this ship,” she said, determined. It was clear that she’d made up her mind, and Maul agreed with her. There were many advantages about this particular vessel, and the risk was minimal. If the slave made trouble, or was ungrateful for their rescue, he would be dealt with. 

Maul waited for a lull in the traffic around the docking bay then freed the cover from the vent. Kilindi hung down from the lip of the shaft then dropped to the floor. Maul followed, using the Force to cushion his landing automatically before remembering once again that he no longer needed to be wary of the metal of his prosthetics clanging against the deck. There were plenty of crates, tibanna canisters and bits of machinery to use as cover as they made their way towards the small freighter. 

“I can’t believe you’re charging me this much for fuel,” the Corellian was saying, still arguing with the dockmaster. “It’s gotta be twenty percent more than the last time I came through here.”

“The charges are for the full package,” the twi’lek replied, with an edge to her voice. “It’s standard for all visiting ships. A basic tune-up, navicomp defrag, overnight rooms on the station, full meals included - for you and your man both.”

The Corellian sneered. “I don’t need all that poodoo. I’ve got a slave to do maintenance, why would I pay for something twice over? Take it off, fuel only. I’m not even gonna sleep here.”

The twi’lek shrugged, and inputted something into her datapad. “Done.”

“Maybe I’ll take this place off my route, if you’re gonna pull that shavit.” 

“We don’t have that big of a market for spice here,” she said. “There’s plenty of other suppliers we could buy from.”

The Corellian bared his teeth but grudgingly pressed his fingerprint to her proffered datapad and whirled towards his ship. “Finish up and let’s get out of here,” he said to the other man, disappearing inside.

Maul frowned. They wouldn’t have much time to sneak on board now, or to talk to the slave alone and get him to agree to their plan. Still, they hadn’t spotted any other vessels in the bay which made as good a target as this one. He padded forward on silent feet, hoping to circle around and slip inside the hold without the man noticing. Then he caught sight of the human’s face and stopped dead in his tracks. Kilindi almost collided with him. 

“What is it?” she whispered.

Maul knew that face, even under the rough beard the man wore. It was the face beneath every helmet during the Clone War, the face of his Master’s future army. This man was the template, the original. He didn’t know the human’s name or how he had been chosen, or even when he’d been selected, but if he’d ever given the matter a moment’s thought he would have not have expected him to have been a slave.

What was he doing here? This could not be coincidence. It was the will of the Force. 

“Nothing,” he whispered back to Kilindi, and kept moving. He was sure this ought to change his plans somehow, but he could not see how just yet. He needed to think.

They made it inside the hold just as the human finished stacking the last box and turned to hit the control to close the hatch, ducking under it as it slid shut. He looked around the hold, failed to see them in their new hiding place, and hissed through his teeth throwing a look of disgust towards the cockpit. Tension running through his shoulders, he stomped towards the door. Kilindi started to move forward but Maul snapped out a hand to hold her back. 

She gave him a questioning look and he shook his head. Once the man left, he said quietly, “Once we’re in hyperspace.” If things came to a fight and they hadn’t even left the station, either of the humans could alert the local authorities and then they would be in serious trouble. 

She understood at once and settled back with a nod. 

It didn’t mean waiting for much longer. Soon enough Maul felt the brief sensation of pressure and weightlessness that marked transition to hyperspace, and he stood from behind the cover of the crates and headed for the door, reaching out with the Force. He hadn’t decided what to do about the template yet. His first instinct was to kill him, but he doubted there was only one person in the galaxy suitable to use as stock for an army. Sidious would find another, and it would barely be an inconvenience. 

Perhaps he could warn the template, although it was difficult to imagine what argument would hold any weight. He knew nothing about this man. He did not know what manner of person he was, his likes and dislikes, his goals in life. Well. He knew one. All slaves desired freedom. 

By being here at all, by planning to free this man, Maul was already changing things. Was that the scope of the opportunity the Force was giving him, or was there more?

As quietly as possible he opened the door and peered out into the corridor beyond. They were at one end of a hallway; the open hatch to the cockpit was at the other. He could see the back of the Corellian’s head and shoulders as the man sat with his feet up on the dash. Several other doors led off left and right. Only one was open, and the sound of a person moving around emerged from within. Maul pointed it out to Kilindi, who acknowledged him with a nod. 

Moving slowly and carefully, they headed for that door. 

The slave had his back to them again. This room was the galley - he was retrieving bowls and eating utensils from the cupboards and dishing out some kind of nutrient slop for himself and his master. Maul and Kilindi came inside and Maul hit the button to close the door. At the sound, the tension in the man’s shoulders rose even higher. He turned, starting to say, “Food’s almost ready…” before he realised that they were not the Corellian. 

His eyes went wide. “ Osik !” He swore at no more than a whisper. “What are you two idiot kids doing here? You picked a bad ship to stow away on.”

Maul was surprised at the curse he’d used. It was Mandalorian - but perhaps he’d just picked it up somewhere. There were certainly many Mandalorians working as mercenaries or bounty hunters in the less civilised parts of the galaxy. “You and the pilot are the only people on board. It seems like a good choice of ship to me,” he said.

“Let me guess,” the man said, folding his arms over his chest. “You two are runaways of some kind. Right?”

“We can take care of ourselves,” Maul said, narrowing his eyes at the implied insult. It was tempting to tell the man they had been trained at the Orsis Academy, but that might not mean anything to the slave. Even if it did, it was wiser not to give too much about themselves away. 

“Sure you can.” The man sighed, unhappily. “Kids like you always think you can,” he said, mostly to himself. “Look. Crev Colton works for the Pykes. You know who they are? They’re criminals - slavers and spice-dealers. We’re heading back to dock with home base right now; a light cruiser named the Good Trip. How long do you think you can stay hidden once we arrive? They'll find you and then you two will both get collars locked round your necks.”

That was inconvenient news. “We don’t intend for this Colton to still be alive when we leave hyperspace,” Maul said, baring his teeth. 

“That’s why we came to find you first,” Kilindi added. “We’ll free you, and then we’ll kill your master together.” Her smile was equally vicious. Her pleasure at the thought of killing slavers stabbed out into the Force. The Dark moved in response, interested and hungry. 

The man looked frustrated. “Bloodthirsty little striils aren’t you? If it was that easy, I’d have done it myself.”

Maul did not know much about the methods used to keep slaves in line. They were not people he’d thought about much in the past. The galaxy was base and corrupt at its heart and everywhere within it those with power oppressed those without. This was simply the natural order of things. Those who had strength would use it to break their chains, like Kilindi had. Those who didn’t… Maul had never cared to get involved. 

Breaking the chains of his own fate was hard enough.

“The transmitter for your tracking chip has to be on board,” Kilindi said. “Or we could cut it out if you know where they put it.”

He shook his head. “It’s in too deep. Colton has a transmitter, but it’s on a timer. Once that runs out, the explosives trigger - and it can only be reset back on board the Good Trip . These slavers are smart about their work.”

That was unfortunate, but Maul could kill this Corellian by himself. He didn’t need the slave’s help. He had no intention of letting them be captured by slavers, so it appeared the slave would simply have to die too. “Very well,” he said. “We’re still taking this ship. If you stand in our way, we will kill you.”

The man looked him up and down with deep skepticism. “Bold words, adiik . I don’t want to hurt you. Go hide in the hold - maybe you can stay there until Colton heads out again on another delivery run. That’s your best chance of survival.”

“Maul!” Kilindi said. “There must be something we can do to help.”

If there was, Maul didn’t see it. The slave turned to pick up the bowls of food behind him. “Stay here,” he ordered. “Colton’s going to come looking if I don’t bring him this.”

“And give you a chance to tell him about us?” Maul snarled. “I think not!”

“I’m not some hut’uun that would betray a couple of children,” the man replied. He was angry but it was carefully controlled. Maul sensed he was telling the truth. He stood aside and let the slave open the door. 

Once he’d left, Kilindi turned to Maul with her jaw set in stubborn determination. “We are not killing him.”

“He isn't going to help us,” Maul replied. “Not if we cannot help him. He will die if we take him with us anyway, when this bomb you speak of is activated.”

“Can’t you do anything about that? You… you have the Force, don’t you?” 

Maul thought about that. Perhaps she was right. He had been trained in the Sith art of mechu-deru by his Master, though in the years since losing his legs on Naboo he had used it primarily to increase the sensitivity and responsiveness of his prosthetics. This embedded chip was inorganic in nature, so there was no reason he wouldn’t be able to sense it and affect it. 

“Yes,” he said. “There is something I can try, when he returns.”

While they waited, Kilindi rifled through the drawers in the galley and found two high-protein ration bars. Maul had eaten at the evening meal back at the Academy and there were still hours to go before his usual breakfast, but it was wise to keep their strength up. He tore into the tasteless bar, finding he was hungry. 

The slave took his time about returning, but Maul felt no warning of danger from the Force. He still tensed when the door hissed open again, ready to fight if they had been betrayed. The man stepped in and threw the two empty bowls into the sonic cleaner. He filled a cup with cold water and took a long drink. “There’s about an hour before we revert to realspace,” he said. “Grab some food and water and I’ll help you find a place to hide again.”

Kilindi gave Maul a look. Slightly grudgingly he said, “There might still be something I can do.”

“It’s just the way it is adiik ,” the man said, with a weary shrug. Again he fell into the use of a Mando’a term without thinking. It provoked Maul’s curiosity. During the Clone War his focus had been on Kenobi, on building his own power base, on working out his Master’s plan. He’d given little thought to the clones as individual beings, mere tools that they were. Had their template been Mandalorian, once? If so he’d passed little of that on to the clones, as far as Maul knew.

“Where is this chip?” he asked. 

The man tapped his flank. “Down near my liver, I think,” he said. There was a faint scar there, barely noticeable in comparison to some of the others. “Why?”

Maul didn’t want to admit he could use the Force, but there was no other way to explain. “I have powers,” he said, talking around it as though he was untrained. It was possible for sensitives to work out some small tricks themselves without anyone showing them the way, and he didn’t want to raise suspicion about who his teacher might have been. “I may be able to feel it and thus, break it.”

The slave’s eyes narrowed. “Powers… The Force? Are you jetii , adiik ?”

Maul bristled. “No,” he said. “Never.”

The man was still wary. “I know my reasons for disliking the jetiise . What are yours?”

The slave felt a lot more strongly about Jedi than mere dislike. Hate was burrowed deep in his heart, gnawing out a hole there. Why? Maul supposed it was a motive, at least. Sidious must have promised this man that the clones would be his revenge against the Jedi. That made it less likely he could cut through the tangled webs of his Master’s plots by convincing him not to become the template. 

“Why should I tell you my reasons?” he said. “I don’t know you. I have no reason to trust you.”

The man nodded. “Fair enough. What are you going to do, exactly?”

“Break the chip,” Maul replied. He raised a hand towards the man’s side. “I will need to touch you.”

The slave didn’t like that, but he had no choice. He let Maul come closer and brush his fingers over the small scar there. Maul closed his eyes and reached within, looking for something that did not belong. He couldn’t recall the last time he’d worked with something at such a small scale but after a while he found it. A small piece of metal nestled next to an explosive charge. Tiny really, it would trigger with little more force than a blaster bolt, but that was all that was needed from within a body.

Now he had to deactivate it. This was harder. Maul concentrated, feeling the burn of his frustration and feeding that back into the Force. Electricity was not the pulse of living things, but all matter was of the Force. At the lowest level there was not such a great difference between the impulses inside nerves and neurons, and those in a circuit board. Jedi could not manipulate those energies, or perhaps in their cowardly way they shied away from doing so with the excuse of morality, but the Sith had learned these secrets. 

It was almost ironic that Darth Sidious had taught him this, but nothing of its sibling art Sith Alchemy. Had his Master seen an image of the future? Had he known how much of Maul would be metal rather than flesh? 

This was not the time to wonder about such things. Maul’s mental grasp slipped off the little chip several times before he finally got hold of it and crushed it into scrap. He opened his eyes, swaying slightly. It had used more energy than he expected. 

“It is done,” he said. 

“You’re asking me to trust that you’re not just lying,” the man said, although his tone wasn’t suspicious. “So if we’re going to be trusting each other, we should know each other’s names. I’m Jango Fett.” 

“Kilindi,” Kilindi said, “Kilindi Matako.”

Maul said nothing. Kilindi had used his name already. Jango raised an eyebrow. “What about you adiik ?”

“You heard my name.” 

“No clan name? No family name?”

Savage had one, but Maul could not lay claim to it. That had been from their father he assumed, a Nightbrother long dead, a man he’d never met. He shook his head. 

“Alright,” Jango said. “Guess I’ll kill this hutuun slaver then.”

“We’ll help,” Kilindi said, before Maul could. Jango waved them back. 

“This is my kill,” he said, with a predator's smile. “Once I’m done, we’ll talk more about what comes next.”

Maul would have preferred to do his own killing, but he couldn’t deny the man’s right to this particular death. Besides, he was trying to recall if he’d ever heard the name Jango Fett before. There had been a Mandalorian bounty hunter with the same Clan name during the Empire, but he could not be sure how closely they were connected. 

Kilindi followed Fett into the corridor. Maul leaned against the door frame, and they both watched Fett stalk up to the Corellian. 

It took the man some time to die, but that was because Fett was having fun. Maul approved. Perhaps they could work with this Jango Fett a while longer.

Chapter 3

Summary:

With the help of their new ally, Maul and Kilindi make for Dathomir.

Notes:

Some notes on Mando'a:

adiik: a child between 3-13
adiikla plural of the above (not canon, but from one of the Mando'a discord language groups)
beskar'gam: iron-skin, beskar-skin, amour
buir: parent
goran: armourer
jetii/dar'jetii: Jedi/Sith (lit. dark Jedi)
Haat Mando'ade: True Mandalorians
hut'uun: coward
ka'ra: the stars
kyr'tsad: Death Watch
verd'ika: little warrior
vode: siblings, comrades
Ba'jur bal beskar'gam, ara'nov, aliit, Mando'a bal Mand'alor: The Resol'nare (Six Actions), the Mandalorian creed; Education and armor, self-defense, our tribe, our language and our leader

Chapter Text

Maul and Kilindi waited in the cockpit while Fett washed the blood off his hands and chest in the fresher. They’d stripped the dead Corellian of all his belongings before dragging the body to the airlock and spacing it. There was no point in having a corpse rotting on board their new ship. 

“So,” Fett said, coming out with the slave-collar nowhere to be seen and wearing a shirt that fit too tightly across the shoulders to be his own. “You two came here with a plan. What was it?”

"Maul's plan mostly," Kilindi said, spinning around in the co-pilot's chair to face him. "We needed a ship, and this one looked like a good target."

"You haven't been on the run long," Fett said, leaning against the wall. “I can tell.” Maul was not fooled by his appearance of relaxation. Violence came easily to a man like this, like pushing a button or flicking a switch. He could be a useful ally, and it would be easier to move around the galaxy with an adult in tow than as unaccompanied children, but Maul was still wary. 

"I'm not going to ask what you're running from or exactly where you came from," Fett continued, with a dismissive shrug of one shoulder. "Trust has to be earned, I understand that. My question is about whether you're heading towards something."

"And you wish to help us get there?" Maul asked. What were the motives here? Did this man care simply because they were children? Out of the goodness of his heart? He didn't seem prone to such Jedi weaknesses.

"I'm not keen on helping adiikla get themselves into even more trouble than they're in already," Fett said. "You need somewhere safe to go, somewhere you won't be found by anyone chasing you. That's not easy in this galaxy. I don't know how much help I can be, but I couldn't forgive myself if I just dropped you off somewhere to fend for yourselves."

"The ship is ours ," Maul replied, irritably. "You are not taking it anywhere."

"You know how to fly it?" Once again he doubted their capabilities.

Kilindi nodded. "We both know how to pilot," she said. "Though I do think it makes more sense to stick together."

"Before we tell you anything we need to know more about you," Maul said. He was itching to get on with his plan, to drop them out of hyperspace and set a new course for Dathomir, but he refused to put his brother at risk from Fett. He had to know the shape of the man so he could predict him, use the levers of his goals to get them pointed in the same direction. "Were you born a slave?"

Anger flared behind the man's eyes, a wave of tension that passed through his body before he forced himself to relax. "No. This is..." His jaw clenched. Maul sensed hate writhe under his skin like a beast, familiar and understandable. This was a man in dire need of revenge. "It's been just over a year."

"I was born a slave," Kilindi said. Maul gave her a startled look, not expecting her to be so honest. It had already been common knowledge at Orsis Academy so she hadn't had the luxury of hiding it, but he would have imagined she might want a fresh start now. She didn't see his expression, too focused on Fett. Maul didn't recognise the feelings on her face nor how she felt in the Force, and that was unsettling. "Eventually, I killed the family who bought me." It was a good memory, Maul could tell. "They never expected it from me. They thought I wasn't a threat. I waited until they were asleep in their beds and then I cut their throats one by one."

Fett let out a shuddering breath, not quite a gasp of surprise but something else. Pain? It had better not be sympathy. Maul wouldn't have wanted his pity, and Kilindi deserved better than that. Her freedom was bought in blood, as were all things worth having.

"Well done, verd'ika. " Not pity. "You deserve to hurt those who have harmed you."

"You've been trained to fight, haven't you?" Kilindi said. "How did the slavers get you?"

Fett looked down, his eyes far away. "I walked my vode into a trap," he said. "When it was over, I was too injured to fight them off when those hut'uun kyr'tsad took me prisoner. They sold me on. That's who I plan to kill, now I'm free." Kyr'tsad . Maul did not quite succeed in hiding his reaction, but Fett was too caught up in his own thoughts and painful memories to notice. Death Watch. His former allies. What quarrel did Fett have with them? 

"You were a New Mandalorian?" he asked quietly. 

Fett frowned. "A pacifist? Of course not. I'm not sure what would make you think that, adiik ."

"Is that not the faction Death Watch is fighting in your civil war?" Maul asked. Saxon and Rook had both complained often about Clan Kryze and the New Mandalorians, eager to explain the reasons they could not be permitted to rule Mandalore any longer. Some part of Maul had agreed. The New Mandalorians seemed to preach the same weakness as the Jedi. It was obvious that they had brought their people to the brink of ruin - it would not have been so easy to take the planet out from underneath them otherwise. He did not recall them mentioning any other group standing in Death Watch's way.

Fett's eyes closed briefly. Pain moved over his face, bright and intense as a man impaled with a lightsaber - and Maul spoke from experience there on both sides of the equation. "They're all that's left now," he said. "I hoped some of the Haat Mando'ade survived, but..." He trailed off. The wall at his shoulder now seemed as though it was the only thing holding him up. Maul looked away. This raw emotion was uncomfortable, and he didn't know what to do with it.

After a moment, Fett mastered himself. "What do you two know about Mandalore's affairs anyway?" he asked. 

Kilindi glanced at Maul, then shrugged. "Not much," she said. "The... people teaching us thought it was important for us to know about current galactic conflicts."

That had made him curious - Maul could see Fett wanted to ask more, yet he held his tongue. He was offering up his past to get two children to trust him, which meant there was some reason for it. 

Ba'jur bal beskar'gam, ara'nov, aliit, Mando'a bal Mand'alor; the creed Saxon had done his best to explain to him after he won the Darksaber from Pre Viszla. Children were the lifeblood of the clan, and although Death Watch were wary of outsiders like Maul and Savage, they would take them far more eagerly in the form of war orphans. 

Was Fett intending to adopt them? If the rest of his clan was gone... that made a sense that Maul could understand. He wasn’t sure he was pleased about it, but it was something he could use, a hook to lead Fett where he wanted. 

"Death Watch aren't the only group you hate," Maul said, still probing for more. "You spoke of the Jedi too. Is that simply because you are Mandalorian, or have they also done something worthy of revenge?"

Fett bared his teeth. Once again rage and agony warred in his heart. "They were the teeth of kyr'tsad's trap."

Interesting. 

"Look, I owe you two kids for freeing me," Fett said. "Consider me helping you as paying back that debt, if you can't trust me any other way."

“We need to go to Dathomir,” Maul said, making his decision. “My brother is there.”

Fett relaxed slightly in relief. “He can take you in?”

“No, we need to bring him with us,” Maul said, quick to dispel that misconception. “It is not safe for him to remain there.” 

Fett frowned. “Why not?” 

It was a question both easy and difficult to answer. Before Savage found him on Lotho Minor, Maul had known nothing about his planet of origin and very little about those who dwelled there. He’d encountered Nightsisters once on Orsis, his mother trying to collect him because she thought his Master had thrown him away - she was too early on that front, Maul thought bitterly. Sidious had explained their coven to him later. Maul had not thought of them again until waking on a stone slab in their village on Dathomir, until he began travelling with Savage and his brother told him in broken, hesitant snippets what they had done to him.

Maul could have tried to pass on that knowledge and explain the intricacies of life for the Nightbrothers. It was simpler to say only, “Because he is no better than a slave.”

“Who will we have to kill to get him out of there?” Fett asked. 

“That will depend on our stealth. It would be better if he simply disappeared.”

“Avoid drawing any heat.” Fett nodded his approval. “Fine. Let’s head for Dathomir.”

----

Dathomir was half-way across the galaxy from Orsis. Even in a fast ship with a good hyperdrive, it made for a long journey. The autopilot didn’t need them to hover over it while they were in hyperspace, so Fett suggested they all get some sleep. Maul agreed it was wise. There was only one bedroom, which Fett was happy to give to him and Kilindi. The door locked from the inside.  The Mandalorian had a thin sleeping mat of his own which he took through to the hold, leaving them alone. 

“What do you think about him?” Kilindi asked. The bunk was wide enough for them to both lie side by side. As a zabrak, Maul ran hot compared to Kilindi, so he shoved the blanket at her and she wound it around herself. Conditions aboard spaceships and stations were generally less humid than the surface of planets like Orsis, which could be a problem for a nautolan. They would have to do something about that at some point. 

“I don’t like him,” Maul said. 

“You don’t like anyone,” Kilindi replied. There wasn’t any judgement in her tone. She put her back against the wall, leaving plenty of room between them. Maul wanted to ask her to move closer, but that didn’t make any sense. He said nothing. 

“He’s a Mandalorian warrior,” she continued thoughtfully. “That’s important. We used to have a Mandalorian trainer at the Academy. He left to fight in their civil war, but he was very skilled.” Maul remembered him, though not fondly. Meltch Krakko had tried to get him killed. Maul had repaid the favour, but it wasn't a memory he could take any satisfaction from, not when it had been in the same massacre that he killed Kilindi.

“All Mandalorian warriors are," he said. "He will be… useful.”

“After we get your brother, what do you want to do?”

Maul didn’t want to admit that he hadn’t thought that far ahead. 

“We could all work together,” Kilindi said, thinking the idea over in her own mind. “Jango could find us contracts and then we could fulfil them as a team.”

“He still wants his own revenge. He’ll get tired of helping us eventually.” Unless he adopted them, but he would make a poor buir right now, as Maul understood the Mandalorian sensibilities about such things. He wore no beskar’gam, perhaps because his own had been taken from him. With that he’d lost his culture and his sense of honour, assuming he was a man who cared about such things. He must care about them if he was looking to claim war orphans. Not that they were war orphans, but to a desperate man it would not matter. 

“We could help him with his revenge too.”

That… was a possibility. It would mean working against Death Watch, and Maul found he was reluctant to do that. He owed them no loyalty - the warriors who fought by his side would be children themselves right now - and yet they had saved him and his brother when they were drifting in space near death. Gar Saxon and Rook Kast had even risked their own lives to rescue him from Count Dooku. Death Watch had a harsh code that was not unlike that of the Sith. Even if some of them had betrayed that code and refused to follow him after his duel with Vizsla, most had stayed and served him gladly even to the very end. 

Yes that had been because they believed he would help them keep hold of Mandalore, but unlike his other allies in the criminal syndicates they would not have gone behind his back to betray him. If they wanted him dead, he would have been challenged in open combat. Knowing that had been… reassuring. 

Maul could not forget the opportunities returning to the past had given him. This was his chance to enact his revenge on Kenobi and on his Master. He should be looking for every weapon he might be able to use against them. If he made Fett an ally and he was still chosen as the template for the clones, then he could be used against Sidious. However the same was true of Death Watch, if he could make them bow before him a second time. 

All he needed to do for that was to make a challenge for the Darksaber again. Did Pre Viszla still have it? Maul was unsure how old he had been when he killed him, but he judged he would be a young man now. The hard part would be tracking him down. Perhaps Fett could help with that as well. He would need to find Death Watch to get his revenge, and then Maul, Kilindi and Savage could all slip away and forge themselves a place on the winning side. 

Fett was one man, after all. He could not hope to defeat all of Death Watch. 

That might not be his plan. Perhaps he wished to claim the Darksaber - if so, then Maul's target would change but not his overall plan. 

He had been silent for a long time, but Kilindi simply watched him with a patient gaze. 

"We will work alongside him for now," Maul told her. 

She nodded, and said, "I have a good feeling about this."

----

Several jumps later, the small freighter arrived in the Dathomir system and began its approach towards the ochre-brown globe of the system's one inhabitable planet. From Maul's incomplete recollection the Nightsisters did not care for technology, instead relying on their magics and deep connection to Dathomir itself to warn them of approaching threats. Maul was unsure if they would have sensed him coming. He meant them no harm, at least not directly, but he was Mother Talzin's child. It was reasonable to assume he would be more obvious and apparent to her than another Force sensitive would have been. 

Fett had insisted on piloting, but Maul took the co-pilot's seat next to him both as back-up and to give directions. His memory of the location of the Nightbrothers' village was dim, and he was reluctant to draw too much on the Force in case Talzin sensed it, but he could at least keep them well away from the Nightsisters. Their stronghold was more familiar. 

"You've got no idea where we're going, do you?" Fett said, after a while where Maul merely pointed in whichever direction felt right to him. It had not been a successful technique. 

"I have never been to the Nightbrothers' village," Maul was forced to admit. 

"But you know your brother's there."

"I... saw him in a dream," Maul said, taking refuge once again in the vagueness of Force powers. He doubted Fett knew enough about the Force to tell what was reasonable for an untrained Force sensitive to be capable of. "It was a true dream. I am certain of it."

"Someone's going to notice us eventually," Fett told him. "Flying around half the planet like this is too obvious."

"Dathomir's native fauna are too dangerous to search on foot."

Fett sighed. "This damn ship couldn't have lifeform scanners," he muttered under his breath. "Fine. But if someone hails us, you'd better come up with a good lie."

Hailing them was unlikely. If the Nightsisters noticed them they would prepare a trap instead - but Maul knew what to watch for. He would not be taken in by their tricks. If he'd been properly armed he would not have feared them at all, but everything in the armoury at Orsis was chipped and tracked. The chadra-fan they robbed had no weapons, and Fett had claimed the Corellian's blasters. Maul was trained to use blades, blunt instruments, blasters, and slugthrowers of all kinds, but he would have preferred a lightsaber above all else. That would not be easy to find. The Jedi and similar Force sects guarded their kyber crystal sources greedily - the best way would be to kill a Jedi and bleed their crystal, but first he needed to find one. 

A goal for another time.

Fett wove them in a search pattern over the swamps below. Eventually Maul saw the shapes of buildings appear over the horizon, clustered in the foothills of cragged mountains that were all sharp peaks and deep canyons. He pointed it out, and Fett headed wordlessly in that direction. He set them down some distance away so that they could approach in the hope of remaining unseen. 

The air outside was cool but damp, fog rising from the swamp all around them. Kilindi smiled, the tentacles draped over her shoulders twitching slightly. This was a much more appropriate environment for her species. 

They trekked through calf-deep water and wet mud towards the more solid ground that surrounded the village. The cover of the trees was replaced by rough and rocky terrain, but this too gave them plenty of places to hide. Maul did not imagine Fett had the same degree of training in stealth that he and Kilindi did, but he managed to keep up without making too much noise or being seen by the guards ringing the edge of the settlement. Finally they crouched a few hundred meters from the palisade wall, watching the back and forth rhythms of its inhabitants. 

It felt strange to see so many other zabraks with his manner of markings. Their base colouration tended towards ochres, yellows and oranges, but the black tattoos were all the same stark shade standing out against their skin. Each was different, and Maul presumed they had some meaning. He had never been told it himself. 

He did not see any Nightbrothers the same deep red as his own. Was there some significance in that?

“Any sign of your brother?” Fett asked, leaning against a rock. His hands hovered over his blasters.

Maul shook his head. He believed he would know Savage when he saw him, but there was a slight flicker of doubt at the back of his mind. His brother had been changed by the Nightsister’s magics, and although some of that had faded from his body as he died Maul didn’t know how much. What if he did not recognise him? 

Surely the Force would tell him - and right now he sensed no trace of the Nightsisters nearby. They were far away in their own domain half-way around Dathomir. Even if Mother Talzin felt his presence now, she would not be able to do anything about it. He reached out for Savage. 

“He’s not in the village,” he said softly, his eyes half-closed as he concentrated. “He’s down by the river.”

“How do you know that?” Fett asked. 

“I can sense it.”

The man frowned. “The Force?”

Maul nodded. He gestured for the others to follow him and started to move, keen to avoid further questions. This was not a topic he wished to get into with Fett, at least not yet. 

Fett apparently did not intend to allow him that choice. “Has anyone ever trained you adiik?”

Maul did not look back at him. “I already told you I’m no Jedi.”

“There are more users of the Force out there than just jetii ,” Fett replied. 

The Mandalorians and the Sith had worked together in the past, long ago when both peoples had empires. That he and Savage were Sith warriors had spoken in their favour to Death Watch, rather than against them. That didn’t mean it was a good idea to tell Fett that he was dar’jetii , not when he would meet Darth Sidious one day in the future and possibly put two and two together. 

Into the silence Kilindi asked, “Do Mandalorians use the Force? I’ve never heard that they do, but sensitives must be born on Mandalore and its colonies like they’re born everywhere else.”

Fett was surprised by the question, but he still answered it. “We have those touched by the ka’ra, yes. Many don’t do anything special with it, it simply gives them an edge on the battlefield. For those who need more, they train as goran. Their skill helps us bind our souls to our armour.”

Maul frowned. He had heard Saxon and Rook talk that way but he assumed they spoke in metaphor. He’d not realised it as a truly religious belief. He knew what Fett meant by the ka’ra - the spirits of great Mandalorians long dead resided in the stars, watching, challenging and guiding their people. Theology was not something he’d discussed with his soldiers, but he understood they felt the Force to be in some way analogous to the ka’ra ; made from the souls of dead Jedi and dead Sith, perhaps. 

They were close to the river now. Maul could hear the noise of splashing water and the faint sound of… singing? 

Savage had never sung. Not around him. 

Maul motioned for the others to keep low and keep back, and crept towards the sound. He rounded a rock to see a zabrak boy with his back to him, scrubbing clothing in a tub filled with river water. For a moment he could not put this slender teen and the wall of muscle his brother had been together into one image. The boy shifted, turning enough so that Maul got a side-on view of his face, and there was Savage. There was his brother with the same markings, the same sharp cheek-bones, the same arrangement on his horns that matched Maul’s own. 

Maul hearts twisted inside his chest. The pain was sharp and sudden, the same agony of loss and grief that had taken him when Sidious thrust his blade through his brother’s heart. When he’d been too late and too slow to stop him. He must have made some noise, or emotion made him less careful where he put his feet. Savage turned around, merely curious at first but turning to surprise in an instant. He dropped the bundle of cloth he was holding and scooped up a wicked knife from next to his feet, coming smoothly up from kneeling into a crouch. 

“Who are you?” he demanded. 

Maul opened his mouth to speak, but he could not. Savage snarled, wary and suspicious. 

“I know every Nightbrother in the village, and you are not one of them. Where are you from? Why have you come here?” As his eyes raked over Maul his instinctive reaction began to settle slightly, becoming a more simply confusion. “You’re only a child.”

“I am not a child,” Maul said, snapping out of this… whatever it was. 

“You’re not old enough to be of use to a Nightsister,” Savage said. “That makes you still a child.”

Was that really how they measured such things here? 

“Well I…" All clever words had escaped him. "I’m your brother.”

Savage's eyes widened. The hand holding the knife fell back to his side. "You are the one who was taken."

Maul had not truly imagined how this meeting would go. He had only a confused memory of the first time he met Savage, images and impressions that blurred without clarity. Savage already knew of him then, but Mother Talzin was the one to tell him and set his feet on the path to finding Maul. He assumed Savage did not even know he had a brother until that point. "You know me?" he asked.

"I remember you," Savage said, something fierce behind his words. "Just a little. You were tiny, but I was still permitted to hold you. I looked after you for a few weeks before the Nightsisters came back for you. I thought you were dead all these years."

Maul made a small noise in the back of his throat. He seemed to be rooted in place, his body failing to respond to any of his commands. He hadn't thought of his brother's age in relation to his own, but it was easier to measure that here, with both of them still young. Savage looked like a teenager, fifteen or sixteen. Four or five when Maul was given to Sidious? All this time Savage had known that he had family even if he thought Maul had been some kind of sacrifice to the Nightsister's darkest magics, and Maul had known nothing at all. 

Savage moved forward slowly, tossing the knife into the dirt. He reached out and put a hand on Maul's shoulder. The contact was warm and heavy and Maul did not know how it made him feel. "I might not know your face but I can read your markings. Your horns are the same as mine. I know you are my brother." Maul's breath caught in his throat. He did not know what to say. "What happened? Savage asked. "What did they do with you?"

Maul wetted his lips and managed to speak. "That is a long story."

"It must be." Savage seemed to come to some kind of realisation, for he looked away and began to scan their surroundings with a suspicious gaze. "Did you escape from the Nightsisters?" he asked. "Are they after you?"

"I have escaped, but not from them," Maul said. "Savage, you must come with me. I have allies, a ship. We need to leave Dathomir."

"A ship..." Hope flared in his brother's eyes. "You trust your allies?"

Kilindi much more than Fett, although trust could only ever go so far. "I trust them enough," he said. "They will not betray us to the Nightsisters."

Savage nodded firmly. "Then we shall leave immediately," he said. "I will fetch Feral from the village..."

Maul frowned. "Feral?" The name was unfamiliar. His brother had never spoken of friends or intimate partners amongst the other Nightbrothers, before he was chosen by Ventress. Yet who else would he want to bring with him?

"Our younger brother," Savage explained. 

"Younger... brother?" Maul whispered. This made no sense. After Savage broke free from Ventress' control, he would have gone back for any family they had on Dathomir, or at least tried. His search for Maul might have been a search for a teacher, but family did mean something to him, or so he claimed. Had he abandoned Feral here because he had no abilities with the Force? Or... by then, was he already dead?

"You did not know of him," Savage said. "Yet you knew of me?"

"A dream," Maul said, using the same excuse. "A vision."

"We cannot leave Feral here."

"No... I was merely surprised."

Savage nodded. "I'll tell him I need his help with the laundry. No-one will question it."

"Be quick. The sisters might have seen our ship."

Savage darted away, up the winding path to the village. Maul sat down on a nearby rock. His head was spinning. A second brother? What were they like? He could not even imagine it. How much younger were they? 

He was desperately curious to meet them.

Chapter 4

Summary:

Mildly awkward family bonding, and planning for the future.

Chapter Text

“So I guess you actually have two brothers,” Kilindi said, somewhere behind him. Maul was broken from his shock at the sound of her voice. He turned to frown at her, irritated that she had not respected his privacy. She only shrugged in response. “I came close enough to listen. Just in case something went wrong.”

“I do not need your assistance,” he said, turning back around and staring at the rushing waters of the river. 

“He seemed nice,” Kilindi said, sitting down on a rock just at the edge of his field of vision. 

“You saw him for only a moment. It would be an error to judge so soon.” The words came automatically, with little thought behind them. Maul picked at the fabric of his trousers, filled with an uncharacteristic restlessness. His stomach was tight, clenching in on itself. This was something like fear, the kind he felt cowering before Darth Sidious many times anticipating punishment, but there was no reason to be afraid now. 

He was getting what he wanted. Savage would leave Dathomir with him and would no longer suffer at the hands of Ventress. It was just this unexpected other brother he hadn’t been able to plan for. 

Kilindi said nothing more. They sat in silence together, with only the noise of the water and the singing wind in their ears. Maul’s senses, highly tuned, caught the sound of footfalls first. Two sets, approaching at a light jog. He stood, scanning the path up which Savage had disappeared. 

His brother rounded the corner and came into view. Another zabrak was following him, his skin beneath the tattoos almost an identical shade of yellow-ochre. He was about ten years old, Maul thought, his horns still stubby in the way of pre-pubescence. Their arrangement was different to that of Maul and Savage. A different father? 

Half-brother or full brother, it did not matter. He was still kin. 

“Feral,” Savage said, motioning from the younger boy to Maul. “This is our brother.” He hesitated, looking to where Kilindi sat leaning back on the rock, her legs folded beneath her. “Who is your friend?”

“This is Kilindi,” Maul said, gesturing to her. “We… were training together.”

“Warrior training?” Feral asked, his eyes wide. He had a backpack on his shoulders, stuffed full. Savage had one similarly laden. Good. Anything they brought with them was something they would not have to find out in space. All resources were valuable just now.

Maul nodded in answer to Feral’s question. This was not the time to explain his past, but calling it that was accurate enough. 

“Nice to meet you Kilindi,” Feral said, smiling. “I’ve never seen anyone who looked like you before.”

“Not even in a holo?” Kilindi asked. 

Feral shook his head. “We don’t have holos here. Sorry.”

Savage set his jaw in a way Maul knew meant he was embarrassed and unwilling to admit to it. Maul had been dimly aware that the Nightbrothers’ village was a primitive place, but he had never seen it. He’d never asked how primitive. What must it have been like, for Savage to be changed by magic and sent out into the galaxy to find a world full of strange technology? Or had such knowledge been gifted to him before he left Dathomir by those same Dark arts?

“We can talk on board our ship,” Maul said. “It would be unwise to stay here any longer.”

“Will we be coming back?” Feral asked, glancing back towards the village. 

“No.” Savage put a hand on the boy’s head, between his horns, rubbing slightly in a light caress. Maul’s own scalp ached in a strange sympathy. He wasn’t sure why.

“But… what about our friends?” Feral’s eyes glistened with dampness. The waves of his childish emotion could be felt in the Force - Maul was unsettled by it. Friends? Did Feral not understand the opportunity he was being given? Did he not see that escaping Dathomir was worth leaving others behind - for surely they would make the same choice to abandon them if it meant freedom? This sorrow was weakness, and unworthy of any who were his kin. 

“Perhaps we can come back for them someday,” Savage said. It was a promise vague enough to be meaningless, but it quieted Feral down. 

“Come,” Maul said. “My other ally will be growing impatient.”

"Brother... where have you been for all this time?" Savage asked, following him as he turned and started to make his way downhill towards the swamps and the treeline. 

"Far away," Maul replied. He would tell them more later, once they had privacy. 

Fett was waiting within earshot, well-hidden amongst the stony terrain. Savage and Feral both stopped in their tracks when they saw him and Fett raised his hands well away from the blasters at his hips. "You two ready to get out of here?" he asked. He must have overheard their conversation, because he didn't look surprised to see two new zabraks rather than one. 

Savage growled quietly, but it was wariness rather than true fear or anger. It was wise to be cautious. Maul approved. "Who are you, human?" he demanded.

"My name is Jango Fett. I’m no-one of importance." That had the feeling of a lie. Curious. Maul doubted Fett was aware of his true importance in the plans of the Sith, so what importance did he believe himself to have? 

Savage nodded. No doubt he had many questions about Maul, Kilindi and Fett, but he also must know that the answers might mean nothing to him. His experience of the galaxy was limited to this planet and whatever tales were passed down from Nightbrother to Nightbrother. Legends of the outside worlds. 

He would learn quickly when given the opportunity. He had before.

They trekked back to the freighter without encountering any opposition. Maul's small use of the Force seemed to have gone unnoticed by Mother Talzin, and the men of the village did not seem to suspect anything either. Maul kept his mind open for any flicker of danger in the Dark. There were still the predators of the swamp to contend with, though he could sense them easily and lead their party away from them. After the first glimpse of dark hide and a toothed maw lurking just below the surface of the water, Fett did not complain about the detours. Once they had all made it up the loading ramp, Fett made for the pilot's chair and had them in the air within moments. Maul showed Savage and Feral where to stow away their belongings in the main cabin. He had not considered where they would all sleep. They needed more mats like the one Fett had. The next step in the plan would have to be to stock up on supplies.

Kilindi hovered for a moment in the door, and then went up the corridor towards the cockpit to join Fett, leaving Maul alone with his kin. 

"Will you tell us your tale now brother?" Savage asked. In the low light of the cabin their eyes were all glowing faintly. Savage's did not have the same intensity Maul remembered, without the energy of the Dark Side behind it. 

Maul would have to begin his training from scratch. There had been no lessons from Darth Tyrannus this time around, but that did not matter. They had years now. Would Savage accept instruction from a brother who looked a mere twelve standard years old? He would be foolish not to see the advantages the power of the Dark Side could give him, once Maul demonstrated what it could do. There was also Feral to consider - Dathomir was a planet that bred Force-sensitives of various strengths. Only the rarest amongst their number did not possess that potential - or so Sidious had led him to believe. Feral would learn too.

Kilindi would make sure Fett was piloting them somewhere sensible. He had time now to speak. 

Maul sat down on the edge of the bunk. "I will tell you," he said. "But I have one question of my own first. Savage, you said you knew me as a child. What was my name then?" 

"Maul," his brother replied, and something about the question had made him upset. "It was Maul. Did they take that from you?"

"No. I am still called Maul." That was interesting in itself. Sidious had not bothered to change his name. He'd wondered, given how well it fit with Savage's, and now with Feral’s too. Sith usually were given new names or took them on by choice when they left their past lives behind. Maul had no life to leave. His earliest memory was of Mustafar, of his Master. 

Savage relaxed slightly. "Good. That is good."

"Mother Talzin took me so she could give me to the Sith." Savage had told him he knew of the Sith even before Ventress claimed him. They were spoken of in tales as beings who could be allies or enemies of the Nightsisters, powerful but untrustworthy. Both Savage and Feral looked alarmed at the name now. 

"What would the Sith want with a babe?" Savage asked.

"To train me."

Feral cocked his head, his confusion obvious. "Like we train as warriors to prove ourselves to the Nightsisters?"

"You will not have to prove yourself to anyone now," Savage told the boy, with a growl of satisfaction. 

"My Master was a man called Darth Sidious," Maul explained. "He trained me to be his assassin, to kill his enemies. He taught me just enough of the Force to be useful, but never enough to prove a threat to him." Maul snarled, unable and not wanting to hold back the wave of hate that filled him when he thought of his Master. "He sent me to a place called the Orsis Academy to learn more. That is where I met Kilindi. I saw an opportunity to be free of Sidious, and so I took it. Kilindi insisted on coming with me."

Savage reached forward - Maul almost interpreted it instinctively as an attack, but stopped himself at the last moment from reacting poorly, with violence. His brother grasped his shoulders and smiled broadly. "You have been brave and clever brother. Escaping from a Sith! It could not have been easy."

Maul found he could not meet the simple pleasure in Savage's expression. Even the warmth of his hands felt strange - he wanted to lean into it. He glanced away. "It was easy," he said. "He did not suspect I would dare be disloyal to him."

Savage snorted. "Naturally, if he is anything like the Nightsisters. They believe we are merely simple brutes barely capable of thought, who would only think of disobeying the way a beast would defy a poor trainer. They don't imagine we could want to resist them, could want things other than what they think we should want."

"How do you know that?" Maul asked, barely more than a whisper. He thought Ventress had been the first Nightsister to have come for Savage. He thought he would be too young now to have tasted their cruelty. 

"I listen to the older Nightbrothers," Savage replied, easing his concerns. "They speak to all the young men around my age so that we know what the Nightsisters will expect from us."

“They did not hurt you yet?” It seemed important that Maul should be clear about this point. 

Savage shook his head. “Not yet,” he said. “And now thanks to you they never will. We owe you a debt for coming for us brother, but… you said you saw me in a dream? That is how you found us?”

Maul could be more open with them about the Force, but he hesitated at the idea of mentioning this jaunt through time. It would be easy to disbelieve him; his words would sound impossible, the imaginings of a disordered mind. “The Force,” he said. “It showed me you, Savage, but nothing of Feral.”

“The same power that gives the Nightsisters their magics?” Feral asked. 

“The Force is a source of many powers, and many different traditions have learned to make use of it,” Maul replied. “The Sith are one such tradition, the Nightsisters another.” 

“And the Jedi,” Savage said, the words a low growl. 

“What do you know of the Jedi?” Maul asked. 

Savage shrugged. “Little. Only that the elders warned us all to be on the lookout for their kind, if any dared to come to Dathomir. It is said they fear and hate the Nightsisters and their power, and would seek to draw the poison in their fangs by stealing promising children from our village.”

Interesting. It did not sound like the Jedi, who were too afraid of their own emotions to allow themselves the strength of such things as fear and hate, but he could imagine some roaming Jedi coming to Dathomir by happenstance and leaving with a child. Mother Talzin had already proved with Sidious that she preferred to buy peace with flesh than offer a challenge, at least when it came to the males. He did not know if she would be equally uncaring with a female. 

But this was mere speculation. It may never have happened at all, only a story to prevent the Nightbrothers speaking to any Jedi about how their females treated them. Not that Jedi cared for anything outside their precious Republic no matter what ideals they claimed to believe in.

“Have you ever seen one?” Feral asked. 

“I have,” Maul said with a sneer. “They are indeed cowards, unwilling to reach their full potential in the Force. They do train as warriors, but they are no match for the Sith.”

“Is that what your Master was training you for?” Savage asked. “To fight Jedi.”

“To kill Jedi. Their Order almost succeeded in wiping out the Sith centuries ago, because of their numbers and because the Sith were distracted fighting amongst themselves. I was intended as an instrument of revenge - or that is what my Master told me.”

“You doubt that now?” Savage was surprisingly insightful. Maul wasn’t sure if it was an instinctive usage of the Force, or merely his natural perception. 

“I think that tools are disposable.” 

Savage nodded agreement. “It sounds like you are much better rid of him.”

“He will be looking for me,” Maul warned. “We are going to have to be careful.”

“The Nightsisters will not be best pleased to discover the two of us missing either.”

“They might just think we got lost in the swamp,” Feral suggested. “Or that a predator got us both.”

“With no sign of a struggle or a trace of blood?” Savage said. “Well. It is possible.”

“The Nightsisters will not be anything to worry about,” Maul told them. “Not after I have trained you to use the Force and to fight as I have been taught.”

“You want us to learn the ways of the Sith?” Savage asked. 

“The ways of the Dark Side of the Force,” Maul corrected him. “The stronger aspect of the Force. The Sith are hardly the only ones with a claim to that power. Eventually we three will be powerful enough that we will have nothing to fear from anyone - not the Nightsisters, not the Sith, and not the Jedi. I have… some plans.”

Savage and Feral traded glances. “That sounds good,” Feral said quietly. “Not having to be afraid of anyone sounds very good.” 

“What of your friends?” Savage asked. “Are they able to use the Force too?”

Kilindi is my friend. Not Fett. He is just… useful, for now. And no, neither of them can use the Force.” Not that he was aware of. The ability to touch the Force was a wide spectrum of sensitivity, and many beings in the galaxy were capable of sensing the Force even if they could not manipulate it. 

“Kilindi was at this Academy you spoke of - but not Fett?”

“He was a slave,” Maul said. “We freed him. He owes us a debt for that - and he is Mandalorian.” Neither of them recognised that name, he could tell, so they did not realise the importance of younglings to that people. “I will speak more of them later, but for now it means that we can trust him to an extent.”

“And he is… human,” Savage said, not enthusiastic about the idea. 

“The galaxy is full of them.”

“It is so strange to have left Dathomir,” Savage said. “There is so much for us to learn.”

“It’s exciting,” Feral added. “Though… we shouldn’t be leaving everyone else behind. Maybe once you’ve trained us to use the Force we can go back and help them? So they don’t have to be afraid of the Nightsisters anymore either?”

“Perhaps,” Maul said. By the time the three of them had that kind of power, he was sure that Feral would have forgotten all about the home he’d risen so far above. They would have other matters more deserving of their attention. 

“You are confident we can learn to use the Force,” Savage said. 

Maul spared a moment of attention to feel out in the Force towards Fett and Kilindi. They were both still in the cockpit. “We have a little time,” he said. “I can show you how to start sensing it now.”

----

After giving Savage and Feral a lesson in the basics of meditation and reaching out to the Force, Maul left them to practise and went through to check in with Fett. He was unsure exactly how far this promise of assistance was going to take them, and he imagined that Fett might have other plans and goals of his own. The need for revenge Maul sensed burning inside of him would have to be answered sooner or later. 

“They settling in okay?” Fett said, turning in his seat as Maul approached.

Maul nodded. “What is our current destination?” he asked. 

“Dathomir isn’t on any major hyperspace routes,” Fett replied. “We were spoiled for choice, but… we’re pretty close to the Mandalore sector.”

“You’re taking us to your home?” Maul asked, narrowing his eyes. Was Fett intending to abandon them after all? Would he break his word so easily? He supposed if so it was no great loss; they had the ship and its cargo, which would keep them in supplies for a while before they had to find another way to make credits. Savage wasn’t an adult, but he would serve well enough as the outward face of their group. 

“Not yet,” Fett said. “We’re headed to Banomeer first; it’s en-route. Thought we’d shift the spice there and pick up some supplies, talk about things before jumping in headlong.”

Maul nodded. He supposed that was acceptable. He had some knowledge of the black market economy from his training at Orsis; criminal syndicates were common employers of the assassins, mercenaries, bodyguards and bounty hunters that the Academy turned out. He knew the common merchandise that the gangs dealt in, the rough patterns of commerce and the markets for said merchandise. There was more of a demand for a recreational drug like spice on a mining world like Bandomeer - manual workers would pay to drown out the misery of their lives for a while. Mandalorians - at least the ones he knew from Death Watch - preferred combat drugs and similar stimulants if they indulged at all. 

Maul had some vague memory that Bandomeer also had a market for slaves. There should be no reason for anyone to suspect that Fett was a recently freed slave, but he wondered if it would be a problem somehow. His knowledge of the slave trade was all figures and credit-totals, without the level of detail that might have come in useful several times already. 

“Are you from Mandalore itself?” Kilindi asked. “Or one of the colonies?”

“Concord Dawn,” Fett replied. “Although it’s been… a while since I was there last.”

“You know people there?”

“A few,” Fett said, looking down at the controls. His thumb rubbed the edge of the panel thoughtfully. “Not sure what’s happened since Galidraan. Not sure if they’ll be happy to see me or not, but I guess it’s worth a try.”

“Does Death Watch have a presence on Concord Dawn?” Maul asked. 

Fett’s expression twisted with frustration. “I have no idea how the fight against kyr’tsad is going,” he said. “It wasn’t exactly easy to find out news of the wider galaxy this last year and a half. Without Haat Mando’ade … hopefully those kriffing pacificsts from Kalavela have found enough of a spine to put up some fight against them.”

“If we are close to the Mandalore sector, perhaps we will be able to find that information on Bandomeer,” Maul suggested. 

“Perhaps.” Fett checked the console. “We’ll be dropping out of hyperspace soon. Better let your vode know.”

----

Bandomeer had no orbital stations, so they were forced to land at one of the cities to buy what they were looking for. Fett spent some time flicking through files in one of the dead Corellian’s datapads, looking for Pyke Syndicate contacts on the planet. “Got something,” he muttered finally. “We should change the ident for this freighter while we’re here. I’m sure our failure to return to the Good Trip has been noticed by now.”

It was a good idea. “Did you have a name in mind?” Maul asked. 

Fett gave him a half-smile. “Thought this was your ship,” he said. “You should name it.”

It wasn’t something that Maul much cared about. He gave it a moment’s consideration. “The Promised Revenge ,” he suggested. 

“Yours or mine?” Fett asked, with a cautious, assessing look. 

“Either,” Maul said. “Both. It is something we are both seeking, is it not?”

“As you wish.” Fett made a note of it on the datapad. “Wait here while I go and talk to this guy about buying our spice.”

Maul bristled. “I will come with you.” It would be foolish to meet a criminal alone. 

“No you won’t adiik . This is dangerous business. You’re too young to be mixed up in this…” He held up a hand to stop Maul before he could think to interrupt. “I know you’re already mixed up in it. But bringing a kid to a spice deal is suspicious on its own. You’re not even armed yet.”

“Yet,” Maul said, taking note of how Fett had worded that. 

The Mandalorian sighed. “Yeah, we’ll pick up some weapons for all of you lot here, so long as you can show me you know how to use them and be safe around them.”

“That will not be a problem.” 

“This shouldn’t take long,” Fett said. “I’ll be back in an hour.”

----

Fett was indeed as good as his word, returning quickly with an arrangement from the Pyke dealer. They would deliver the spice to a different hangar bay nearby, where the buyer would be waiting to transfer them the credits. Fett was fairly certain this wasn’t a trap, and he had some experience in these matters. Maul, Kilindi and Savage helped him load up a pallet with the rest of the crates in the hold, covered it all up with a tarp, and sent him off again - though not alone this time. Maul wasn’t going to bother asking for permission after Fett had denied him before, and he refused to let him wander off unprotected again. He and Kilindi waited a few minutes to open up the space between them intending to follow at a distance. 

“Is this wise brother?” Savage asked him, as he was leaving. 

“Kilindi and I were trained for this,” Maul replied. “Do not be concerned.” That included stealth and unarmed combat - he was more than capable of defending Fett without a weapon if it proved to be necessary.

Savage shook his head but let them go. It was clear that Maul's words had not managed to fully reassure him. Maul should have been annoyed by that lack of trust, but he found it less irritating than he would have expected. There was a warm sensation inside him leaving the hangar bay that was at odds with the weather outside. He shook it off. His attention needed to be on Fett. 

He and Kilindi tracked him without any problems along the edge of the airfield to the named hangar. There were guards outside, but they let Fett though without hostility. Maul pointed to an alley between the two hangars - he and Kilindi scrambled up the exterior wall so that they could watch from up top. There was other security - cameras primarily - but they too were easy to avoid. 

In the end the handover went smoothly. Fett accepted the case of credit chips and headed out again. There were no awkward questions, and no recognition that he was a recently escaped slave. Maul could breathe more easily once it was over with. He nodded to Kilindi, and they made for the ground again. 

Fett whirled on them, startled, when they dropped down next to him. His blaster was out in an instant before he realised who they were. 

Ossik adiikla ,” he snarled. “Do I need to strap bells to the two of you or something?”

“You should be thankful to have the backup,” Maul told him. Fett holstered his blaster again, grumbling under his breath. 

“I don’t need you to be worried about me,” he said. “I can take care of myself.”

“You would still be a slave if not for us,” Maul replied. 

“Still, who’s the adult here? I should be protecting you, not the other way around.”

“We’re just working together,” Kilindi said. “Teamwork is how we stay alive.” Another Academy lesson.

Fett sighed. “Get the others then,” he said, nodded towards their own hangar. “Rations, clothes, weapons, fuel… then we can get out of here.”

Chapter 5

Summary:

Domesticity is not as easy as it sounds.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Food rations, water and ship fuel were all easy to acquire on Bandomeer. Maul instructed Fett to purchase the high protein versions of the ration bars, since zabraks were a primarily meat-eating species. Nautolans were the same, although neither of them were obligate carnivores. Appropriate clothing was also relatively easy to purchase; hard-wearing synthleather jackets, cloth undershirts and trousers, underwear, tough boots - all typical fare appropriate to both miners and spacers. Weapons were slightly harder, as there was less need for them in a place like this. 

Asking around, Fett was able to find a place that sold blasters alongside surplus or obsolete mining equipment. It was clearly not what the Mandalorian would have preferred, and Maul understood his feelings. Everything was old and second-hand, dinged and damaged and dirty. Searching the shelves together they managed to find enough working blaster pistols for each of them, along with a pair of rifles and a dozen or so vibroknives of various sizes and functionality. It would do for now. Thus resupplied, they returned to the newly christened Promised Revenge and set a course for Concord Dawn. 

“Were you able to discover any news of the Mandalorian civil war?” Maul asked once they were in the air. It was awkward for them all to cluster in the cockpit, so Kilindi had taken Savage and Feral to familiarise them with the ship's facilities and workings, as well as to try fiddling with the life support settings to increase the humidity to a more comfortable level for her. 

“Some,” Fett replied, unhappy about it. “The New Mandalorians - the pacifists - are actually bothering to fight back now that we’re not around to do it for them.” The bitterness in his voice had the familiar taste of injustice. Maul could sympathise. “Duke Kryze has managed to persuade a number of clans to swear to his House and unite behind him. They’re keeping kyr’tsad at bay for now.”

“And Concord Dawn?”

Kyr’tsad show their buy’ce around the major settlements occasionally. We’ll be setting down somewhere further out. Should be safe.”

Maul tried to work out what Fett was aiming to do on his home planet. He had mentioned old friends or allies, yes, but safety was only a place to start from. It was not a goal in and of itself. “Then what?” he asked. 

“Then…” Fett looked slightly hopeless. “Then we work out what we both want, and how to get it.”

“We know that,” Maul said with slight irritation, gesturing to the ship surrounding them. “Revenge.”

“Yes, but what does that look like for you?” Fett replied. “Or for me.”

“My revenge will take some time to bear fruit,” Maul admitted. “Yours, I sense, is more pressing.”

Fett hummed, a thoughtful sound. Once again Maul sensed his suspicion, though the source of it was harder to identify. Perhaps it was that he did not sound like a twelve year old should, but Maul doubted he would guess the correct reason for that. “My armour,” he said after a long moment. “That’s what I need to get back first.”

“Do you know where it is?” 

“No,” Fett said. “That’s the first thing I need to find out. And I need to get back in fighting shape.”

“Allies to track down your armour, and a safe place to train.” Maul nodded. “We need to train as well.”

“Thought you and Kilindi were already very capable,” Fett said, smiling as if it was supposed to be humorous. Maul gave him a flat stare. 

“We are. My brothers are not. They need to train.”

“So we have a plan, at least for the next few weeks,” Fett said. “Let’s take this one step at a time.” 

“Very well.” It appeared they would be remaining with Fett for the foreseeable future. If he could find them this promised safe place, freeing him would be proven worthwhile. Savage and Feral both had a lot to learn.

----

Concord Dawn was a wild planet as seen descending into its atmosphere, with a landscape of hills and mountains covered in thick jungle, cupping glaciated valleys that opened out into broad plains given over to farmland. Scattered homesteads littered the land here and there, small conglomerations of several buildings at a time with each settlement spaced widely apart from each other. Maul saw only one town that even deserved that name, though it was more of a village. Fett piloted the Promised Revenge towards an area which appeared drier and more barren, though it still had the marks of fields long gone to fallow. They landed near a cluster of farm buildings that seemed to have been abandoned for some time - several windows were boarded over, others were broken, and the door swung open on its hinges. Dust scattered beneath the freighter in a large cloud as they set down. 

Nobody came out to meet them or investigate the ship. Further evidence that it was indeed deserted.

"What is this place?" Maul asked, curious. Had Fett believed an old ally might still live here? 

"My home, once," Fett replied. He swung out of the pilot's chair and headed past Maul down the corridor without looking at him. His head was down and his gaze pointed at the floor. Old pain was leaking out of him, a prickle in Maul's senses. 

Maul followed him to the exit ramp, Kilindi, Savage and Feral appearing out of the kitchen to join them in curiosity. The hatch opened with a hiss, and warm dry air gusted in against their faces. Fett went down the ramp at a fast walk and then stood staring at the farm buildings. 

"What's the matter with him?" Kilindi asked at a whisper.

"He said he once lived here," Maul replied. There was little point in loitering in the ship. If this place had stood abandoned for this long then it was unlikely to be visited by others. It would be safe for now, at least until someone noticed that it was no longer empty. 

"I meant to come back here a few times over the years," Fett said, at the sound of their footsteps in the dirt behind him. "Never quite found the time. Surprised nobody thought to take the place over." His voice was thick with suppressed emotion.

"It will need some work to make it habitable again," Savage noted. Feral was more occupied staring at their surroundings to add any thoughts of his own. 

Fett nodded. His throat moved convulsively for a moment and then he sighed, shaking some of the tension out of his shoulders. "Should make a start," he said. "Focus on the main house for now. We won't need any outbuildings for some time." 

The damage was not that extensive, and little of it appeared to be structural at least to Maul's untrained eye. They circled the outside of the building first, taking stock of what needed to be done. The roof would need some work, and there must be somewhere they could purchase replacement glass for the windows. The walls needed re-coating in paint or plaster or whatever else was used locally. The door appeared to have been kicked in at some point and would need repaired and rehung. The greatest mess was inside. Time had taken its toll on the furnishings, dust and dirt and plant matter had been blown in by the wind, and animals and birds appeared to have used various rooms as their dens. 

All told it was a rough, homely location, but certainly not the worst place Maul had lived in his life. Lotho Minor had been far more unpleasant. 

"Looks like we're still sleeping on the ship for now," Fett said. "We can unload some supplies to make more space for our bedrolls in the hold."

It was a reasonable suggestion. Savage got to work transferring the crates, while Fett managed to find them some old brooms to sweep out the interior of the house while he checked over the furniture to see if any of it was salvageable. Most was too soiled and damaged, and Fett dragged it out to dump inside one of the barns. The manual labour was not particularly onerous, merely dirty. Maul allowed his mind to wander, constructing training schedules for both combat and the Force for his brothers. The latter would be more awkward since he didn’t wish to reveal the full extent of his powers to Fett. 

The rest of the day passed quickly. It seemed little time at all before the sun was sinking below the horizon and the blue shadow of dusk fell over the world. The house was much cleaner inside, although it would need a proper scrubbing to be anything close to respectable. Fett made up meal packets from their supplies while everyone took turns in their one sonic shower, cleaning off the sweat and dust of the afternoon. 

“This is a good place,” Savage said, accepting a steaming bowl of rehydrated soup from Fett. It was still warm enough that they were eating outside rather than the cramped interior of the ship, perched on crates of supplies. “Thank you for bringing us here Jango.” 

“Not a problem,” Fett replied, his tone gruff. “Just… repaying a debt.”

“What was it like, growing up here?” Kilindi asked. 

“Mostly good,” Fett said, with a far-away look in his eyes. “Until it wasn’t anymore.”

“Sorry,” Kilindi said. ““I didn’t mean to bring up bad memories. I just wanted to get to know you better, if we’re going to be living together now.”

“Fair enough,” Fett said, “but that goes both ways. You kids haven’t told me much about yourselves either.”

Maul hunched over his own bowl and glared. Kilindi could share whatever she wanted, but he would not be doing the same. He didn’t need to know about Fett’s past. He needed to know his present and more about his future than the scraps from his own memories - though that latter wish was impossible. 

Kilindi sat thoughtfully for a moment, her tentacles twitching. “Is there a good story you could tell us? About before things went bad for you?”

Fett considered that for a moment while he ate. Then he put his bowl aside and said, “Let me tell you about the man who adopted me after my parents died. His name was Jaster Mereel…”

----

The next few days began to take on a certain rhythmic shape. The five of them shared meals and stories and occupied themselves with manual labour in between as the homestead started to take shape around them - or at last everyone bar Maul told stories. There was nothing that he wished to share. It made him feel like an outsider looking in at Savage’s tales of hunting and training on Dathomir, Fett’s reminisces of the Haat’ade, or Kilindi’s memories of the Academy before Maul came there, but he was already an outsider merely by virtue of his knowledge of the future and the true age of his mind inside this child’s body. 

The feeling was a familiar one in any case. He was used to being set apart from others. It was only natural as a leader of Death Watch or of Crimson Dawn.

The chores were easier, and took his mind off such rumination. Maul and Kilindi picked through the barns and outbuildings looking for things that could be broken down into raw materials, collecting wood and metal and cloth and finding some useful tools for carpentry and farming, if they ever got around to growing their own food. Feral located an ancient bottle of some kind of astringent cleaner and began industriously scrubbing the walls, floors and any other surfaces he could reach inside the main building. On the third day Fett took the Promised Revenge on a trip to one of the jungles in the high country about ten miles distance with the aim of getting some wood that wasn’t dried out. He took Savage with him - at fifteen he was the strongest aside from Fett himself. Maul wasn’t happy about it. He did not like the idea of letting them out of his sight. 

“I will be fine, brother,” Savage said, trying to reassure him. “It is merely a gathering trip.”

Maul could not find any reasonable objection, but the discomfort still sat in his stomach for the rest of the day until they returned. Fett came down the ramp dragging a small tree-trunk that must have only just fit inside the hold, and Savage emerged with the carcass of some kind of porcine beast draped over his shoulder.

“Fresh meat!” Feral said, with a happy light in his eyes. 

“Your brother here made the kill,” Fett said to them, slapping Savage on his free shoulder. Savage smiled, half-hidden by a quick duck of his head. 

“It is nothing,” he said. “I hunted often for the village back on Dathomir.”

“Savage is a good hunter,” Feral told them. “All the Elders say so.”

Butchering the creature was easy work, and they took some flavour packets out of the rations to serve as a rub before roasting a rack of ribs in the embers of a fire that night. It was delicious, and sitting in a circle with Fett, Kilindi and his brothers listening to them all talk, Maul felt some of that loneliness inside him ease. He realised that his brothers were looking to him often to see his reaction to their words, and Fett and Kilindi both would turn and ask his opinion on the topic of their conversation. They did not wish to cut him out, or let him sit watching them in silence. They wanted him to be a part of this.

It warmed something inside his stomach that seemed like it would expand and burst out of him. It was an unfamiliar emotion but he thought it must be… happiness. A happiness untainted for now by other concerns. 

Over the next few days they used the new wood to fashion tiles for the roof, battering straight old nails to use to fix them to the gaps where rain could get in. Feral finished cleaning the house, and they set a fire out in a barren patch of cracked dirt to burn the old unsanitary furniture and other junk. 

“The smoke may alert others to our presence,” Maul warned Fett, though he was sure the man was aware of that. 

“They’ll find out eventually,” the man replied. “But I doubt anyone living round here will tell kyr’tsad about us.”

If Fett had lived here as a child, he must know their neighbours, their characters and allegiances. He had not reached out to them yet, but given his previous talk of allies it was only a matter of time. 

Maul did not protest any further. Concord Dawn was a frontier planet, recently colonised in the scope of galactic history. It was not particularly rich, and was notable only because it had been settled by Mandalorians. It was hardly the first place his Master would look for him, nor where the Nightsisters would look for two disappeared Nightbrothers. If the locals knew about them, it did not alter their safety. 

His Master might look on Dathomir though. The recent vanishing of Maul’s kin would be too suspicious to be coincidence. That was something to keep in mind, though there was nothing to be done about it now. 

Finally everything was done on the homestead that could be done with their current resources. There were only two final issues to be solved before they could start to live in the house rather than basing themselves out of the freighter, and that was the windows and plaster for the walls. 

“Time to head into town at last,” Fett said. “Do you adiikla fancy a field trip?”

“Yes please,” Feral said. 

“If you think it wise,” Maul replied. “Will your face be known there? This was your home once, and you spoke before of potential allies.”

Fett nodded. “I left Concord Dawn pretty young,” he said. “Doesn’t mean I won’t be recognised anyway. I was going to ask around, drop some names, see if it stirred anything up.”

“Perhaps it would be better for us if it is believed you have returned to your old homestead alone,” Maul suggested. “There would be questions about where we came from.”

“Aww,” Feral said, seeing the agreement in Fett’s face. “A human village sounded interesting.”

“There will be time to visit human villages later,” Savage said. “Maul is right. Safety comes first.”

“There’s going to have to be questions at some point,” Fett told them. “If we’re going to be living on Concord Dawn for any length of time you all need to get vaccinated.”

“Zabrak immune systems are surely more than a match for whatever local diseases you have here,” Maul said dismissively. 

Fett shook his head. “I’m not leaving that to chance,” he said. “The plagues here are deadly to humans. Your species aren’t that different.”

“A discrete medic then?” Maul suggested. “One that could come out here.”

“I’ll see if that’s possible,” Fett said. “Anyway, I doubt I’ll be back before sunset.” 

“We’ll have dinner waiting,” Kilindi told him cheerfully. 

Fett’s absence would provide Maul with a certain opportunity. As the Promised Revenge took off and soared away in the direction of the hills and the valleys between them, he turned to Feral and Savage. “We should use this time to practise your command of the Force.”

“You haven’t spoken of the Force since the flight from Dathomir,” Savage said. “You do not wish to discuss it in front of Jango?”

“He does not know about the Sith,” Maul replied. “His experience with the Force thus far has been the Jedi killing his people. I would rather he not know.”

“It does not seem something that could be kept secret forever,” Savage said doubtfully.

“We will not be with Fett forever,” Maul said. 

“But I like him,” Feral replied. He looked to Kilindi for support. “Don’t you like him too Kilindi?”

“Yes,” she said. “He’s older than us and for a while he was armed and we weren’t. He could have tried to take the ship and abandoned us somewhere, tried to kill us maybe, even if we did free him. He helped us instead. That makes him trustworthy, in my opinion.”

“Trust is one thing,” Maul said. “Power is another. The Sith… was intending to betray me. He will not like that I have done so first. He will be looking for me. He is very powerful in the Dark Side of the Force, and if we do not gather strength of our own, and allies equally as strong, he will find us and he will kill us all. I have seen it.” They would assume he meant in a vision, but it was not a lie. Sidious was the true hand behind Kilindi’s death, behind Savage’s. Not Feral’s perhaps, but that version of the future did not matter now. 

Savage frowned. “You spoke of the dangers of this Sith before,” he said. “Has something changed? Did your dream tell you that this is urgent?”

“It is not urgent ,” Maul replied. “It is simply important to plan properly for the future.” 

“Why wouldn’t Jango be our ally?” Kilindi asked. “Is there some reason he would side with the Sith?”

“If the Sith offered him revenge against the Jedi.” Maul was sure that was how it had happened before, the motivation behind becoming the clone template. 

Kilindi was an optimist but she understood how the world worked. She knew allegiance was something to be bought and sold for the right price. Sometimes that price was high, but it always existed. She looked away, uncertain. “That doesn’t mean we need to leave him before that even becomes a possibility,” she said. 

“No, we should not act too fast,” Maul agreed. “Fett is still useful for now, and there is no reason anyone should come looking for us on Concord Dawn. We have plenty of time to train.”

Savage folded his arms over his chest. He did not look happy. “And how long do you mean for that to last? How many months or years before we abandon someone who has been kind to us and invited us into his childhood home?” 

Maul sneered. “All children fly the nest eventually.”

“So he is our father now?” Savage raised an eyebrow. “Following that metaphor.”

“Of course not,” Maul said, feeling his cheeks heat with frustration. “You were the one suggesting he might become attached to us - and there is some reason to be concerned, since he is Mandalorian.”

“Why does that matter?” Feral asked. “Anyway, I wouldn’t mind if he was our dad.”

“We do not need a parent,” Maul said. He reminded himself that Feral was a child, and even if life on Dathomir was hard it was still sheltered in some ways compared to the more realistic upbringing Maul and Kilindi had experienced. It was natural for Feral to want such things and he did not have the experience to know that such desires were only weakness. “That is why you must learn of the Force, and the arts of combat that Kilindi and I have been taught. We all are perfectly capable of defending ourselves with the correct training.”

“Brother,” Savage sighed. “You have not answered my question. How long do you intend to stay here? Where do you imagine we will go, when the time comes? What other allies will we seek out?”

Maul hesitated over how much to tell them, or perhaps more accurately how best to justify it without speaking of his knowledge of the future. “The Mandalorian people are a good place to look for allies,” he said. “They are warriors with experience fighting those who use the Force throughout their history. Finding Fett was fortuitous, in that it brought us to them, but Fett is a lone soldier. His House and Clan were wiped out. We must look elsewhere.”

“To the Kalevalans?” Kilindi asked, wrinkling her nose slightly. “Jango said they’re pacifists. As soon as Death Watch is out of the way they’ll put down their weapons. The Sith would have to be a big threat to them before they would defend us, and from what you’ve said that isn’t true.”

“No.” Maul had not even considered that possibility, and he discarded it immediately for the same reasons Kilindi had given. In the future he knew of, House Kryze won the civil war, but Satine Kryze had not lifted her hand to help Kenobi, her Jedi paramore. She certainly would not help someone like Maul. She cared only for her precious ideals even when they were driving her rule to its downfall. “There is another faction in this war.”

“Death Watch?” Savage snarled. “Jango described them as traitors and cowards! Why would you imagine they would help us at all? Surely they are far more likely to sell us out to this Sith than Jango is.”

Maul scowled. “Fett is hardly an impartial source of information,” he said. “The code of Death Watch is the code of the Mandalorians of old - the warriors who built an Empire! They are the ones who are strong enough to stand beside us.”

Savage was still frowning at him. “Jango said his father Jaster rewrote the code for the Haat Mando’ade .” He stumbled slightly over the Mando’a words. “He led those warriors after his father died. I know that most of them were killed, but is there no hope that some might still be out there? If Jango can rebuild his own faction…”

“If that were possible Fett would not be here with us ,” Maul said dismissively. “He would have tried to find them already.”

“Is that not what he intends to do while visiting the town?” Savage asked, gesturing in the direction the Promised Revenge had taken. 

Maul could not say ‘but he did not do so the last time, so it must be impossible’. He could not justify why he knew that. 

“You weren’t planning on going anywhere for months at least, right?” Kilindi told him, her voice soft. “There’s plenty of time to wait and see what happens. We don’t have to make that kind of decision yet.”

She was trying to pacify him and he did not appreciate it. “Time will prove me right,” he said. “You shall see.”

They did not believe him, he could sense it. Not yet. Very well. Let them cling to this scrap of kindness that had been offered - they would realise that it had been no more than an illusion when it was inevitably snatched away from them. There was no use in trying to convince them until they made that realisation for themselves. 

“I am going for a walk,” he told them. Anger and something sharp and hot were prickling in his chest and he wanted to release that energy in the way he had been taught - but that way was violence and death and there was nobody that he wanted to hurt here. He turned and stalked away. 

“Brother…” Savage said, but his conciliatory tone only stoked the fierce heat inside Maul higher. He ignored him entirely. 

The fields on either side of the farm had grown cereal crops at some point. Now they were overgrown with weeds, unwanted and unusable native life. Untended, chaos and wild things thrived. That was the natural state of the world. Maul walked with no particular idea of where he was going, only that he was leaving Kilindi and his brothers behind him. Was he more furious with them for falling prey to this weakness, or with himself for being unable to make them understand the realities of the situation? 

It had been only a week with Fett. He should not mean anything to any of them. Kilindi claimed to be his friend, his brothers were kin, they were supposed to follow him… 

Maul’s nose caught a faint scent that did not belong. He stopped, tilted his head back and inhaled. Metal polish and human sweat. There was not supposed to be anyone out here, much less anyone armed or wearing armour. A local come to investigate their arrival? A Death Watch scout? Either way, if they meant them harm, Maul would kill them. 

He was in the mood to kill something right now. 

The scent was carried on the wind, easy to follow. The human must not know how keen a zabrak’s nose was - or he was not aware that Maul was out here. Maul crouched low enough to be hidden by the long wild grass and headed towards the source of the smell. 

There was a man also hiding in the grass. He was in full beskar’gam , though the paint was chipped and worn and on the pauldron where an insignia might once have lain it had been scarred over intentionally. A deserter? Someone who had forsaken his past? The man had a long rifle in his hands, braced with an elbow on one knee. He was peering through the scope towards the homestead - merely observing, or preparing to fire? 

Maul bared his teeth and drew a pair of vibroknives from his belt. He had more in various places on his person, for throwing and in case he was disarmed. Now he broke into a run to close the distance, trusting to his own speed over the reflexes of the stranger. The man began to turn towards him, swinging the rifle round, but Maul was already there. He leapt and kicked the barrel of the rifle away from him, using the impact to change direction and stab forwards at the gap between the pauldron and chestplate. The Mandalorian rolled backwards just enough so the vibroknife shuddered off beskar - or beskar-durasteel blend judging by the fact that it scored a line in the metal - dropped the rifle and grabbed for Maul’s arms. 

Maul planted his other foot in the man’s abdomen and somersaulted backwards, landing neatly on his feet with both blades pointed towards the enemy. The stranger rose fluidly from kneeling to a crouch, hands raised ready to meet another attack. The blank slit of his helmet was focused on Maul. 

Before Maul could attack again the man spoke. It was the Concordian dialect, spoken both here and on one of Mandalor’s moons, and it took him a moment to process his words. [ You fight well kid. Who trained you? ]

It would be best to keep up the facade of ignorance, to act in a way that made sense for what they were pretending to be - simple children Fett found on his travels. “I do not understand you,” he said in Basic. “Who are you? Why are you spying on our house?”

Your house?” the man replied, in the same language. “This place already has an owner. You’re just squatting.”

There was something defensive and almost protective in his tone. Interesting. “It was in a poor state for a house that anyone owns. Why does it matter to you? It isn’t yours, is it?”

Maul felt the man’s tense anger in the Force. Yes, this mattered deeply to him. “That house belongs to my leader,” the man said, gesturing in the direction of the homestead. “When he returns…”

It was as Maul had suspected. “You followed Jango Fett,” he said. 

That gave him pause. “How do you know that name?”

“Because he has returned,” Maul told him. “He’s the one that brought us here.”

For a moment the Mandalorian swayed on his feet like a puppet with its strings cut. “You… you’re lying to me adiik .”

“I’m not. He is merely away in town at the moment. You could wait here for him to return.” Maul was not worried about inviting the stranger into their midst. He was certain he could beat the man in a fight, and the emotions he was sensing felt genuine. It was difficult for those who were not Force-sensitive to conceal such things. He was more cautious about what his presence might mean long-term. His argument with Kilindi and his brothers was still fresh in his mind. If there was one survivor amongst the Haat Mando’ade, perhaps there could be more. Enough to make Fett a genuine prospect as an ally. 

Maul was still confident that time would prove him right, but it would be foolish not to use this stranger to their advantage in the short-term. A soldier on their side was not something to be set aside lightly - and what was the other option? Kill him now and leave his body to rot in the fields? Maul could not take the time to dig a grave. Fett could find out, and his rage would ruin their sanctuary here. 

“Well then?” he demanded.

“Where did Jango pick you four up?” the man asked, still mostly in shock. “Where has he been all these months?”

“Ask him yourself,” Maul said, beginning to walk in the direction of the homestead. After a moment, the Mandalorian followed. “What is your name, if you are going to be staying?”

“Silas,” the man replied. “It’s Silas.”

Notes:

Maul is so damn prickly - all these issues about loyalty and control. Maybe he'll learn to trust eventually...

Chapter 6

Summary:

Jango goes on a shopping trip while Maul learns something new about Mandalorian history.

Notes:

Mando'a Notes:

Kyr'tsad - Death Watch
Dha'kad - Darksaber
Hut'uun - coward
Haat Mando'ade - True Mandalorians
Haat'ade - shortened version of the above
Jetiise - Jedi (plural)
Buy'ce - helmet (lit. bucket)
Adiik - kid, child
Adiikla - plural of the above (from a mando language server, if it's a weird conjugation just pretend its that Concordian dialect)
Manda - a mandalorian's soul/spirit, or their afterlife, depending on context
Ka'ra - the stars/the spirits of dead Mandalorian leaders residing in the stars guiding living Mandalorians.

Chapter Text

Savage watched his younger brother stomp away from them with a heavy, uneasy heart. He did not understand why Maul was so hesitant to offer trust. He was but a child. Had he been betrayed so often in his mere twelve years that he could no longer believe in promises? It seemed hard to believe it could be so, yet there could be no other reason for him to be so wary, so prickly. It had to be the doing of his Sith teacher. Savage had no idea who that man was, but he was deeply, desperately angry at them. Maul should be like Feral, as happy and content as Savage could make him, not brooding and raw and quick to anger. In a brief moment he mourned all that had been stolen from them, all the lost opportunities to be the big brother Maul deserved. 

He could do that now. Savage wanted to do that now, only it seemed Maul didn’t want anyone to try and help him or protect him - not unless it was on his own terms. He didn’t want Jango’s help, even though it was freely offered. It seemed callous and cruel to say that they should throw their lot in with Jango’s enemies simply because those enemies were stronger and more numerous. Was that coldness in Maul another lesson from the Sith? Was it really that Jango's kindness meant nothing to him, or simply that he could not trust it? 

Maul wanted him and Savage and Feral to be a family, didn't he? Savage hoped that was his reason for rescuing them from Dathomir, and not that he saw them too as no more than useful allies. Savage shouldn't have suggested that Jango could be a part of their family. He hadn't really meant it, hadn't actually thought of it as a possibility himself before, and it had only made his brother more angry. In truth Savage wasn't looking for someone to take the place of the father he barely remembered. None of the Nightbrothers put much stock in blood parents. Siblings were what was important, as well as respecting the village Elders. Men who were taken by the Nightsisters - their breeding stock - did not often come back. They were kept until there was no further use for them. Only their children were returned, rejected by all those Nightsisters wishing to bear daughters with strong, proven blood, yet who had been disappointed to find a boy growing in their wombs instead. 

Fathers died. Sons were raised together by the village. 

Savage did not know how the Mandalorians raised their children, but Maul seemed to think that their younglings were important to them. Savage found it hard to imagine being brought up by one person alone. Surely they would not have enough time - what about when they were tired, or busy with work? Perhaps it was easier when they had only one child to care for each. 

Thinking about Jango in this way felt odd. Savage assumed that humans and zabrak aged similarly, and if so Jango was still young, somewhere in his early twenties. Too old to be a sibling, a child safe because of their age, not old enough to be an Elder, to have fallen short of the Nightsisters’ requirements for strength and skill. Yes, old enough to be a father, but that was a poisoned cup, a poor title. It meant only that he was old enough to catch a Nightsister's attention and play the role of their stud. 

"He'll be okay," Kilindi said, breaking Savage from his dour thoughts. She was addressing Feral, patting his shoulder with one hand. "There's nothing out there that can hurt him."

"He was already hurting," Feral said, his distress plain. "I felt it. In here." He pressed his palm against his chest. 

Feral felt it? He must mean the Force, the power of the witches - and of the Sith. 

This whole argument had started because Savage questioned why his brother wanted to hide their training in this magic from Jango. Now he wondered if it would have been better to go along with it, to simply accept Maul’s plan. However it was necessary to know what Maul intended for their future. Young he might be, but he had a drive and a determination that was impressive. Savage had thought sometimes of escaping Dathomir with Feral but he knew it had only ever been an idle fantasy. Maul had dared to escape from the Sith, a far more daunting prospect. 

"How long have you known Maul, Kilindi?" Feral asked. "You never said."

The nautolan shrugged. "I'm not sure if he would want me to tell you."

"But why wouldn't he want us to know about him?" Feral said, plaintive. "He's our brother."

"He is," Savage agreed, "but Feral, you saw how hard it is for him to trust. He would only feel safe telling us those things himself.”

“Exactly,” Kilindi said, nodding. “It isn’t that he doesn’t care about you Feral… he just doesn’t know how to show that. I… I think before me he hadn’t ever had a friend before.” She shut her mouth quickly, a faint flush of embarrassment across her cheeks. “But perhaps I shouldn’t have even said that much,” she added quietly. 

“We will simply have to give him time, Feral,” Savage said. “And there must be a way to convince him that we can make a good, safe life for ourselves here.”

Kilindi bit her lip. “He doesn’t want a good, safe life,” she said. “Or he doesn’t think that’s possible for us. With this Sith person out there, he’s probably right. It’s not the sort of life that Mandalorians are known for either, and we already know that Jango wants to get revenge on Death Watch.”

She was right. Jango had unfinished business. He would not want to stay and work this farm forever, not with that hanging over him. “Is that part of Maul’s hesitation?” he asked. “Does he believe Jango will abandon us to seek his revenge?”

“I thought he wanted to help Jango kill the ones who hurt him, up until he started talking about joining Death Watch,” Kilindi said, slightly plaintive. 

Savage shook his head. There was something about this whole situation that they were missing. “I do not understand why Death Watch would help us with anything,” he said. “I know little about them, or these Mandalorian factions at all. Only what little Jango has said.”

“Before I met Maul,” Kilindi said, picking her words carefully, “I was trained briefly by a Mandalorian. His name was Meltch Krakko and I think maybe he was Death Watch. He left to join their civil war.”

Feral bit his lip. “If there’s a war on, then is it really safe here?”

“Jango seems to think so,” Savage replied. “We have seen no signs of fighting or violence these past few days.”

“We’re safe for now,” Kilindi said, “but I can’t help but feel like we’re going to get caught up in the civil war eventually. I suppose it depends what Jango wants to do, and Maul as well.”

“We must ask Jango what his plans are,” Savage decided. “Otherwise we can only speculate with empty words.”

“Not just Jango,” Kilindi said. “We need to get straight what all of us want. What our goals are for the future. Then we can work out if we can all get what we want, or if things just can’t work out, the way Maul seems to believe.”

“Is Maul going to want to tell us that?” Feral asked. “What if he still won’t talk to us?”

Savage sighed. “It does not help that we do not know how much time we have,” he said. “Maul is afraid of his Sith teacher finding him before he is strong enough to defeat him, yes? But if that does not happen for months or even years… Surely it will take years to be ready in any case? Maul cannot fight this man - he is a child!”

“We can fight,” Kilindi said. “We were trained to fight, even against adults. But… there is the Force too.”

“Then the Death Watch are, what? To shield us from the Sith until we are stronger in the Force?” Savage clenched his fist shut in frustration. He doubted they would offer any form of protection without a price, and to stand against a Sith that price would be high indeed. How did Maul plan to pay it?

“There’s no point guessing,” Kilindi said. “It’s pretty hard to know what Maul is thinking sometimes. I’m sure he’ll be back in a little while though. We should find something to do until then, so we aren’t just worrying.”

“You are wise for your age,” Savage said. It was meant to be a compliment - he wasn’t entirely sure he’d made it come out that way. 

Kilindi shrugged. “I learned fast, when I was young,” she replied. “Maybe you could show me the warrior training of your village? I’m sure that Maul wants the two of you to be trained to fight like we are.”

Savage nodded. He suspected as much - and he was curious what training Kilindi and his brother shared as well. “Feral has not started learning yet,” he said, “but I am happy to show you.”

----

After Jango had brought the Promised Revenge in to land on the outskirts of the small settlement of Arakura he sat for some time thinking things over in his head. A few days hadn’t been enough to take away the raw pain of returning home, of living in the place where his parents had died. The buildings were too familiar even in this state of disrepair; he would turn a corner and expect to see his mother working on one of the pieces of farm equipment that had broken down yet again, or his father coming in from the fields. He felt their absence more keenly than he had been in a decade. 

He was sure it was because he had lost so much else in the past few years. First Jaster on Korda 6, and then Arla along with the rest of the Haat’ade on Galidraan. Their love and support as well as the satisfaction of his revenge against the man who killed his parents had been enough to ease the sharp edge of loss before. Then on Galidraan came blood and death and fury, fighting for his life in the mud against the bright flickering blades of the deadly jetiise , whose cold eyes cared nothing for Jango or anyone he loved. In the aftermath, lying surrounded by the corpses of those he’d managed to kill, his blood seeping into the dirt and floating in and out of consciousness, his heart had been an empty void. Death had been nothing to fear. He expected to rejoin his people in the manda , though he had not looked for the honour of rising to the ranks of the ka’ra amongst the dead like his second buir . He had failed his people too greatly for that.

Instead the governor’s men descended like vultures, stripped him like scavengers, hauled him off to be sold as a slave like the hut’uun they were. 

Jango tapped his fingers against the control stick of the freighter. He’d sat here before, when Colton couldn’t be bothered to fly. This ship had been another prison, the tight confines of its walls somehow a better taste of freedom than the crushing despair that seemed to drip from every corner of the Good Trip . It was a freedom to go other places, even if he only saw the inside of docking bays, hangars, and - at least he had that - the stars. 

Those adiikla Maul and Kilindi had given him a greater gift than he ever thought to hope for. Hope had been lost for a long time. Hope died on Galidraan. 

Ossik , those kids. Jango knew from the moment he saw them there was nothing pleasant about where they’d come from. Children trying to survive alone in the galaxy were always running from something tragic, whether that was whatever fate had happened to their parents, or the kind of upbringing Jango would rather not think about. Kilindi was more open about her past than Maul. She felt some kinship with Jango, given his enslavement. 

The fact that Maul was so close-lipped, along with the fact that he acted a lot older than the twelve standard he looked, suggested that he’d gone through something worse than what Kilindi had suffered through. There was no such thing as “good” slavery - that was a lie hut’uuun told themselves to make themselves feel better - but a house slave might get off easier than… whatever Maul was. 

That wasn’t a guarantee. On the Good Trip the slaves spoke when they could, told stories of their pasts. Every slave was constantly at the mercy of their Masters’ worst impulses - their violence, their sadism, their sexual appetites… 

As it had many times over the past eighteen months, a vast, aching, helpless rage rose up in Jango’s heart. Slavery was a problem too big for one person to solve but that didn’t stop him wanting to scream and fight and tear the whole thing down. Even if all he could do was protect these adiikla , that was at least something. 

Jango thought Maul’s past had something to do with the Force. Becoming a slave himself had introduced him to a criminal underworld he’d known about before, but not in the depth and detail he did now. Force-sensitive slaves were a prize that carried an expensive price-tag. Maul denied that he’d been trained by a jetii and claimed to hate them even. That might be because they had failed to find him, to save him from the slavers. 

It was only a guess. Almost certainly not the whole story. 

What was he going to do with them? With all four of them, Maul’s brothers included? Protect them, obviously, but giving them a place to sleep and something to do for a few days was only the beginning of that. They needed a steady source of food, ongoing safety, an education… and they needed their emotional needs to be met. Jango was surely kidding himself if he thought he could do all that. His whole life for the past eighteen-odd months had been going through the motions of living. Even now he was free he could barely think about what he was doing right now much less plan for the future. 

He was no fit parent. Adiikla from their sort of background would need more than he knew how to give. Maul didn’t trust him at all, and although Kilindi did, it was only to an extent. If he did something wrong that trust would break like spun glass, and there would be no fixing it again. Only there wasn’t anyone else, and he couldn’t leave them alone to fend for themselves. 

Jango sighed from deep in his chest, and forced himself to actually get up and get to work. There was a lot to do - panes of glass and plaster-mix to buy, rumours to collect, and he needed to visit the clinic here and find out if they would let him take a set of vaccinations out to the farm himself or if they would insist on him bringing the kids in to get their shots. He expected the answer was going to be the latter, but Maul wouldn’t be happy about it. He was prickly enough around just Jango, much less the whole populace of the village. That wasn’t even getting into if he had any bad history with medics. 

That was a conversation to prepare for on the way back home. One of a few Jango would need to have with the adiikla . Both Maul and Kilindi spoke of being trained in their past when they were claiming they could take care of themselves. Jango thought they were probably overestimating their abilities as children often did, but one thing they certainly could do was be stealthy. He needed them to show him what they were actually capable of, and then along with the two boys from Dathomir he could come up with a training programme for them. 

Jango paused at the exit hatch. If he was thinking about training the adiikla , then how much was he willing to commit to that? Was he going to teach them the Resol’nare too? Was he intending to bring them up like Mando’ade? Did he have any right to do so, after his failure at Galidraan? 

He had no answer to these questions. It had been little more than a week since Maul and Kilindi freed him and he hadn’t found his feet yet or any sense of a stable place to stand. There would be time to figure all this out. To get his buy’ce on straight. 

Jango headed out, into a village where his first language of Mando’a made up the background murmur of conversation, comforting yet at the same time feeling almost alien after going so long without it. He had people to talk to. 

----

Savage did not get much of a chance to demonstrate any of his skills to Kilindi, because not long after he began to work through one of the standard katas he had been taught Feral jumped up from the crate he was using as a seat and pointed out at the fields. 

“Maul is coming back,” he shouted. “He’s got someone with him.”

Savage and Kilindi both turned to look. Maul was indeed walking along the path between the fields with a Mandalorian at his side - or so Savage assumed. Jango had mentioned their warriors usually wore armour, but this was the first time he was seeing it. The painted metal plates covered most of the stranger’s body, with a grey jumpsuit as protection beneath. The colour was predominantly green, with yellow at his shoulders, red at his wrists, and a blue rim around the t-shaped visor of his helmet. Was there some significance to the colours? 

Maul was holding a blaster rifle that was too big for him, angled to cover the warrior. Not precisely a friend then. Kilindi moved quickly to the house and picked up a blaster of her own, one of the ones they had purchased on Bandomeer. Of course all of them had vibroknives on them as was simply wise, but a ranged weapon could be handy if this warrior proved to be a problem. 

As the pair neared the homestead the stranger’s helmet started to turn, sweeping the courtyard between the farm buildings as though he were looking for something. 

“He will not return for some time,” Maul said, with a sharp edge to his tone. “As I told you.”

“Brother, who is this?” Savage asked, his hand hovering over the hilt of his knife.

“He calls himself Silas,” Maul replied. “He claims he was once a follower of Jango Fett.”

“One of his Haat Mando’ade ?” Savage asked, surprised. “He told us they were all dead.”

His words seemed to shock the man out of whatever stupor had taken him. “Almost all of us,” he said. “I was badly injured, but the jetiise didn’t manage to kill me. I… I looked for him, afterwards.” He started to speak faster, an urgency there that had him almost tripping over his own tongue. “What happened to him? I couldn’t find him - there was no sign, no body, so I hoped that he was still alive but…”

“Calm yourself,” Maul said irritably. “He will return tonight from town. You may ask him all your questions yourself then.”

The man’s chest rose and fell in a deep shuddering breath. He managed to relax. “You kids must know something though. How long have you been with Jango?”

“If Fett wants you to know he will be free to tell you himself,” Maul said. “Sit down.” He gestured to one of the crates near the wall with an impatient stab of the blaster rifle. Some part of Savage was glad that Maul’s sense of intense privacy extended to others, rather than just himself. It was considerate of him. 

The Mandalorian, Silas, sat down as Maul instructed, his hands closing in a nervous grip over the armour plating his thighs. He rubbed his palms briefly up and down. “Can I ask your names?” he said. 

Savage looked to Maul. His brother shrugged, a casual movement of one shoulder. There was still tension in his small frame, leashed potential, and his finger hovered near the rifle’s trigger. 

“I am Savage,” Savage said. “You’ve met one of my brothers. Feral is the younger one.”

“Kilindi,” Kilindi said. “How did you know there was anyone out here?”

“The ship.” Silas gestured upwards. “I’ve been living… well. Somewhere near here. With friends. People who know who I used to be. When somebody saw a ship heading towards the old Fett farm the word got round to me eventually.”

Savage did not miss the cautious way he talked around giving any specific details. It was obvious he did not entirely believe that Jango Fett was still alive, or that they were here with his blessing. He was still willing to brave their potential trap because he hoped that it was true, but he was prepared to be betrayed. 

“We expected the news to spread eventually,” Maul said. “Once Fett has reassured you, you can tell your friends that there is no reason for concern in our presence here.”

“If you won’t tell me about Jango that’s fine,” Silas said. “But… I’m just surprised to find he’s picked up four children somewhere along the way. There must be an interesting story behind that.”

“Not one we are willing to tell you yet,” Maul said, before anyone else could speak. “You managed to survive the Jedi attack. Are you sure there were no others?”

Silas shook his head. “I dragged myself all over that muddy field,” he said, his voice shaking faintly. “I found the bodies of everyone except Jango. I wasn’t sure if he escaped or if they took him prisoner. There are still some amongst the clans who are loyal to the true Mand’alor…”

“Mand’alor,” Maul said, cutting in over Silas sharply. “You mean Fett?”

“Yes,” Silas said slowly. “I guess I’m not surprised that Jango didn’t mention that, but… you know what that title means?” 

I do not,” Savage said. He glanced at Kilindi but she shook her head. Wherever Maul learned that, it had not been the place the two of them had trained. 

“The leader of the Mandalorian people,” Maul said. “I thought it required one to wield the Darksaber.”

Kyr’tsad believe that, yes,” Silas said. His helmet tilted - Savage imagined he was giving Maul a searching look from beneath the visor. “Where did you learn about Mandalorians, adiik ?” 

“If Death Watch believe something so different, how can you truly say your leader is the real Mand’alor?” Maul said, not answering the question. “Do they have a Mand’alor of their own?”

“You really want a lesson in Mandalorian political history at a time like this?” 

Maul nodded, taking one hand off the rifle to spread it wide in a gesture that said ‘why not’? 

“Well…” Silas said slowly. “I suppose if you want to argue the point there hasn’t been one single Mand’alor for all the Clans to rally behind since the fall of the Empire. In the aftermath of what the Republic and the jetiise did, the New Mandalorian faction managed to win most of the support of the Clans in what was left of Mandalorian territory. Back then they weren’t as insular and pacifist as they’ve become, but they resisted the idea of taking the title of Mand’alor because of what happened to the last Mand’alor of the Empire.”

“And what was that?” Savage asked. 

“They were executed,” Silas replied. “By the jetiise .”

Maul snarled. “I should not be surprised. The Jedi frequently think themselves entitled to interfere with others, excusing themselves with their supposed moral code.”

“It was a war,” the Mandalorian said. “The jetiise were fighting on the side of the Republic. That’s kind of what happens to the leader of the losing side.”

“You defend them,” Maul said, his eyes narrowed and furious. “They slaughtered your people.”

Silas’s hands tightened into fists. “I hate the jetiise who attacked us more than enough,” he said, voice tight and barely controlled.. “But their actions have nothing to do with those of the jetiise from centuries ago. Otherwise the Haat’ade are no better than our marauding, empire-building ancestors.”

“Your ‘empire-building ancestors’ were strong,” Maul said. “I would not be so ashamed of them.”

“Hmmm.” Silas gave Maul another long look. “You have a lot of opinions for someone who isn’t Mandalorian themselves.”

“I have strong opinions about many things in this galaxy,” Maul replied. 

“Well,” Silas said. “That was over seven centuries ago. For the first few centuries the New Mandalorians were basically in charge. Then they stopped listening to the will of the Clans, started to say that our heritage, our culture, even the tenets of the Resol’nare itself were wrong. Misguided. Evil, even. They blamed those things for what the Republic did to us. Many of the clans ended up practising the traditional ways in private.

“Given that, it shouldn’t be a surprise that the clans ended up getting together and electing a Mand’alor again. The New Mandalorians knew about it, but there wasn’t much they could do without a fight - and their own code prevented that. Those faithful to the old ways forged their own path, giving lip service to the New Mandalorians only. And then, eventually, we had this philosophical split between Kyr’tsad and Haat Mando’ade , between Jaster Mereel and Tor Viszla.”

“And which of them had been chosen as Mand’alor by the Clans?” Maul asked. 

“Jaster,” Silas said, with definite pride. “Tor wasn’t happy about it - none of House Vizsla was. There had been a lot of Vizsla Mand’alors over the past few centuries. That’s meant to be how the whole link with the dha’kad came about. The heads of Clan Vizsla have wielded the dha'kad since retrieving it from the Jedi Temple almost a millenia ago. 

“Anyway, Tor challenged Jaster to duel for the title of Mand’alor, and he lost. The rite of combat is an old one, just not one that comes up that often. The appointed Mand’alor doesn’t even have to accept if the challenger isn’t favoured by the clans as well, though it’s up to their judgement of course. No-one can dispute the result of the duel though. After Jaster defeated him Tor tried to give him the dha'kad , but Jaster thought it should stay with House Vizsla.”

Silas looked down. When he spoke again it was quieter, contemplative. “Perhaps that was part of the problem. Perhaps Tor thought Jaster was disrespecting him, disrespecting his own ideas about how the position of Mand’alor should work. Or maybe he’s just an evil hut’uun who would have fought us no matter what - that seems more likely to me after everything he’s done since. Either way, kyr’tsad have their Vizsla Mand’alor, and we had Jaster and then Jango.”

“That is… very interesting,” Maul said. Savage agreed, but he suspected that everything they’d heard meant more to his brother than it did to him. 

“So,” Feral asked - he had been listening to all of this with the intensity of the young. “If Jango fought the Death Watch Mand’alor now, and took the dha… dha'kad … then maybe they would stop fighting?”

“Maybe,” Silas said. “If Tor even agreed to a duel.”

“Would it not be dishonourable to refuse?” Savage asked. 

“You can never tell which days kyr’tsad will decide they’re being honourable,” Silas said, with a great deal of bitterness. 

“Now that you have found Fett - your Mand’alor - what are your intentions?” Maul asked. 

Silas laughed. “I didn’t come here today expecting to learn that Jango is still alive. I don’t know. I haven’t even had time to think.”

“But you intend to help him, with whatever he might wish to do?” 

“Of course,” the Mandalorian replied. 

“Jango won’t be back for a while,” Kilindi said. “We’re expecting him around dinnertime. Do you want something to drink in the meantime? Caff perhaps?”

“Caff… would be nice. Thanks.”

Kilindi nodded, and went to make it for him. Maul leaned with false casualness against the wall of the house, still keeping an eye on Silas. Savage hoped he didn’t intend to stay there on watch all afternoon. He got no sense that this man wished them harm.

Savage thought that this man’s arrival was a good omen for them all. It was clear he cared a great deal about Jango, and it was also clear that Jango had been hurt deeply by the deaths of his people. Perhaps finding that one of them at least had survived would lift some of that weight from his heart and give him cheer. Silas might also be able to help Jango figure out what he wanted to do now. He might have some knowledge - or be able to find some - that would help with the revenge that they were all sure Jango wanted. 

It was harder to say if Maul thought this was a good thing. He had been looking for something with his questions that Savage did not understand. His information about Mandalorian culture and history was more than any of the rest of them possessed, but it appeared to be fragmentary and the gaps in it had also meant something to Silas. Savage did not know the significance of that either. 

He sighed. These were not questions he wanted to explore in front of his brother, who would not be pleased with the probing.

Kilindi emerged with a mug of steaming caff and brought it over to Silas. The man reached up to slide his helmet off with the faint hiss of a depressurising seal and gave her a smile, taking it and wrapping his hands around it. He had brown hair and eyes, with skin much paler than Jango’s. He seemed content to sit on that crate and enjoy his caff without pressing any of them to answer the questions he surely had. 

“Perhaps we can return to our former business,” Savage suggested to Kilindi. 

“What business was that?” Maul asked with an edge of suspicion. 

“I was going to show Kilindi how the Nightbrothers trained,” he replied. Maul considered that for a moment. 

“Not in front of our prisoner,” he said. 

“Is that what I am?” Silas asked, half amused and half genuinely wary. 

“Until Fett says otherwise.”

Savage shrugged. It appeared Maul really did plan to stand guard all that time. There was space on the other side of the barn where he could show Kilindi the warrior forms. “Are you staying here or coming with us?” he asked Feral. 

“Staying here,” Feral replied immediately. “I want to hear some Mandalorian stories.”

“Very well.” Savage left them to it.

Chapter 7

Summary:

Jango and Silas are reunited, but Maul still has concerns about where they all fit in.

Chapter Text

The sun was lowering towards the horizon when Maul caught sight of the Promised Revenge as an approaching speck against the sky. The Mandalorian Silas had not caused any problems in the intervening hours. Standing guard was not a particularly stimulating task but Maul had long practise at patience. Waiting for the right moment to strike had been part of his training. Reaching to touch the Force allowed him to fall into a kind of meditation where he would be instantly alerted to any sign of danger even if his other senses failed to detect it. 

At Feral’s request, Silas had indeed been telling him stories. Maul listened with half an ear. Some were faintly familiar from his time with Death Watch, but many were pitched towards the soldier’s ten-year-old audience and so were new to him. They were predominantly tales of Mandalore's warrior past, or Mand’alors of ancient times. Maul imagined there was not a great deal of historical accuracy there after so long, not to mention the natural exaggeration of children’s stories. 

Silas noticed the approaching ship not long after Maul did, cutting off his story mid-sentence. “Is that him?” he asked, obvious hope warring with his better instincts. 

Maul simply nodded. The freighter approached quickly, coming down to land just outside the homestead. Maul pushed himself upright and gestured to Silas. “No doubt you are eager to meet him again,” he said. 

Silas stood on slightly shaky legs, but strode towards the ship with Maul and Feral trailing him with barely a hitch in his step. Savage and Kilindi emerged from the other side of the house to join them too, but Silas’ attention was fixed on the exit hatch, paying the rest of them little mind. The door slid open when they were still a little distance away, and Fett exited with a package under one arm. 

“I’m back,” he called, and then looked up to see the armoured warrior standing in their midst. 

He dropped the package - it clattered off the deck. Maul winced. He was fairly sure that had been the window glass. 

“Silas,” Fett said. The word was more of a whisper. Blood drained from his face, leaving it ashen with shock. His next words were in Mando’a, though Maul knew that language well enough. [ Silas… it can’t be. You’re dead. ]

[ I thought the same about you, ] Silas replied with a shaky smile. [ I didn’t dare to hope, but I guess we both survived after all. ]

[ How? ]

[ Long story, ] Silas said. Looking around he gestured to the farmstead and to Maul, Kilindi and his brothers. [ On your side as well apparently. Can we… can we talk about it? ]

Blinking, Fett managed to shake himself out of his shock. [ Of course, ] he said. He crouched to pick up the dropped package and came down the ramp, passing it over to Savage with an apologetic look. In Basic he said, “Check this is still in one piece for me please Savage. Silas and I need to talk privately.” 

“Of course,” Savage replied, his tone gentle and sympathetic. 

Fett took Silas by the shoulder and led him inside the house. Maul had no intention of allowing them their privacy, not when their conversation would be so key to the safety and future of the rest of them. He waited until Fett closed the front door behind them and then made for the nearby boarded-over window. 

“Maul!” Savage hissed, giving him a look of deep disapproval. 

“We must know what they are discussing,” Maul told him. 

“They will be speaking their own language anyway,” Savage replied. “Unless you know it somehow?”

Kilindi was frowning. “We didn’t learn that where we were before.”

It would be easy to claim that he had been taught Mando’a during his early years with Sidious, but that would beg the question of why the Sith would think it important that he should know it. He had already given away more than he intended to to Silas, he was certain. His knowledge of Mandalore had come entirely from Death Watch, and apparently it showed. Maul growled with frustration, glaring at the house, then shook his head and moved away again. “I know a few words,” he said. “Picked up here and there, before Kilindi and I knew each other.”

“I am sure Jango will tell us anything important from their conversation,” Savage said in an attempt to sooth him. 

“Is that glass broken?” Maul asked, changing the subject and nodding towards the package in his brother’s arms. 

“Oh,” Savage shook it gently. There was a faint rattling noise. “I fear so brother.” 

Maul sighed. “Well let us unwrap it and see if anything can be salvaged. Then I did intend for us to have another session training with the Force.”

----

Fett and Silas did not emerge for about an hour. Maul had Savage and Feral meditating for most of that time, instructing them in how to focus on their emotions and use them to reach out for the world around them. They were attempting to lift pebbles. There had been no success as yet, but Maul was not expecting there to be. They were still stumbling around in the darkness of inexperience - once they learned the trick of touching the Force they would move along far more quickly. 

Maul felt Fett coming before he was in sight, and ushered everyone up off the ground before they could arouse suspicion. There was still a faintly stunned expression on the man’s face, and he hesitated for a long moment staring at them before he spoke. 

“Silas told me how you managed to capture him, Maul. You impressed him.”

Maul merely gave him a flat stare. He did not care if he impressed anyone unless it made them more likely to do as he wished. 

“So… he really is someone that you used to know?” Kilindi asked. 

“Yeah,” Fett said, voice rough. “He’s Haat’ade , like me.” 

“And you’re the Mand’alor!” Feral said, rather more excited about this than he ought to be in Maul’s opinion. 

A pained expression passed over Fett’s face. “I was once. I’m… not anymore.”

That caught Maul’s interest. He had wondered what Fett’s thoughts about his own title were. There had been nothing particularly grand or even that commanding about his manner in the short period they had known each other. Of course he had been a slave for some time - Maul did not know the date of the battle on Galidraan - and he had been soundly defeated in combat even if it was to Jedi rather than other Mandalorians. A man brought low could rise again, but only if they had the will for it.

“I… have no Clan,” Fett explained with halting words. “No House, no people. Silas and I are the only ones left. I led my soldiers into a trap. Why would any of the other clans want to follow me?”

“They have to follow someone,” Kilindi said. “Or did all the old clans join Death Watch once they thought you were dead?” Those were hash words, a challenge. Maul approved of pricking at his pride and ideals, even if having Fett recover his ambition did not mesh well with his own plans. 

A spark of anger lit behind Fett’s eyes. “Oh, I’m going to have my revenge against Kyr'tsad ,” he said. “That’s not in question. After that… the Kalevalans can do what they want. They did before. Let them keep down what I leave of Death Watch. I don’t care anymore.”

“But…” Feral looked up at him in confusion. “What about Silas? What about… about the Mandalorian people?”

“If Kyr'tsad is out of the picture they’ll get on fine,” Fett said dismissively. 

“So you have plotted out your revenge already?” Maul asked him. “Was that what you and Silas discussed?”

“Among other things,” Fett said, after a moment. “Like I said, the first thing I need is to get my armour back.”

“You said something before about Mandalorians having their souls bound into their armour,” Savage said, brow furrowed in thought. “That is why it is so important to you?”

“That’s part of it, but... beskar’gam is passed down through the Clan,” Fett said. Once again it was obvious to Maul that this was a difficult topic for him to talk about, but he did not flinch from speaking of it. Was it because he wished to share his culture with them? Maul thought again of orphans and adoption with a strange, prickling sense of discomfort and anticipation.. “Clan Fett is an old clan, but its fortunes have risen and fallen over the years. There’s not many Fetts still around. My parents weren’t rich, they didn’t have much. If there was meant to be beskar’gam that came to them, I don’t know what happened to it - perhaps sacrificed to the Kalevalan’s ideals at some point in the past few centuries. My buire respected the old ways enough to have sets of beskar’gam hidden away for a time of emergency even if they could only afford a mostly durasteel blend. I saw it in the cupboard once or twice.” He took a shuddering breath, forced himself to continue. “ Kyr'tsad took that when they came here and killed them. The armour I wore was passed down from Jaster’s ba’buir , and after Jaster died, I added a couple of his pieces too. Beskar’gam is aliit. Family. Heritage. It’s important .”

“We’ll help you get it back,” Kilindi said. “Of course we will.”

“I’m not asking that of you,” Fett said. “I’d rather know that you’re safe here on Concord Dawn than facing up against Kry’tsad or whoever has my beskar’gam now.” He laughed, short and hard and unhappy. “I don’t even know where it is. Silas has more contacts than I do these days, particularly since he joined the Protectors. He’s going to try and track it down. I don’t know how easy it’ll be.”

Protectors. They were some manner of law enforcement on this planet weren’t they? Maul had a vague recollection of that. “And when you have it?” he asked Fett. “What then?”

“Depends,” Fett replied. “If Kyr'tsad are holding it, then I go after them too. If it’s been sold on to someone else, a collector maybe, then I’ll need to reassess my targets. In the end, Kyr'tsad won’t die or stand down as long as Tor Vizsla is still leading them. He’s the one responsible for all of this. He’s the one who has to die.”

“Then he will die,” Savage agreed. “And if there is anything we can do to help you, we shall.”

“Where do we fit in all of this?” Maul asked him, insistent on getting an answer now. He needed this to be clear. 

Fett gave him a long and searching look. Maul wondered if Silas had shared his suspicions with him. If Fett had already been questioning Maul’s knowledge for himself before that. “Like I said, I owe you a debt,” he said. “It’s up to you how I pay it back. If you want to stay, this house is yours for as long as you want it. If you want a quiet life here, I’ll help you get the farm set up again, I’ll make sure Kyr'tsad or any other dangers stay well away. If… if quiet isn’t something any of you want or can imagine, we’ll find something else.”

It both was and was not an answer. It was too open. Too much offered for one simple life debt. Maul clenched his jaw until his teeth began to hurt, feeling the twitching urge to pace. He needed to ask the question, but it would be suspicious. They were already suspicious about his knowledge of their culture. Yet… 

“What sort of something else?” he asked. “Do you mean to make us Mandalorians?”

“Given the mess we’ve made with infighting these past decade or so perhaps that’s not a good thing to offer,” Fett said. He hesitated, then seemed to come to some decision. “But. Yes. If that’s what you want, if that’s what suits you.”

Feral’s eyes gleamed with an excited light. “We were training to be Nightbrother warriors, but Mandalorian warriors sound even better!”

“I don’t know about that. A life of farming doesn’t seem so bad to me,” Savage said, “but I expect I am in the minority there.” Maul suppressed a sneer. Savage was meant for more than digging in the dirt. It appealed to him now only because he knew no better. He would come to understand what their power could get them, in time. 

“I honestly think I would get bored living a quiet life,” Kilindi told him, smiling. “I always expected to make a living as a bounty hunter or something similar.”

“It can be an honourable profession,” Fett told her. “ Haat Mando’ade used to be mercenaries more than bounty hunters, but it wasn’t unknown for our people.”

Kilindi turned to Maul. “I don’t want to speak for you, but… this is what you wanted, isn’t it?”

Maul inclined his head, not breaking off eye contact with Fett. “And if we agree, will you adopt us?” he asked, with a hint of menace. “Will you grow the ranks of Clan Fett again?” 

Fett stiffened. He cast about for what to say, seeming to have no answer to that. Did he flinch to have his secret desire bared to them all?

“Would that be a bad thing, brother?” Savage said. “We are already a family. We would only be adding one more - and it would not have to mean any more than you wanted it to mean.”

“I am not about to call him my father,” Maul said sharply. Even if he had not been far older than this physical body the idea would still have been laughable. If that was what Fett wanted he would have to be disappointed.

“And I won’t ask that of you,” Fett told him, yet Maul could not believe him. 

“Is your teaching and protection contingent on some kind of ownership over us or not?” That was as plain as he could ask, Maul thought. He didn’t know why it made Fett’s face soften in some kind of sadness. 

“Family isn’t ownership,” the Mandalorian said. “It’s not meant to be.”

Family. All Maul knew of family was the same kind of bonds that held all other types of relationships together. Obligation. Power. Control. Usefulness. Perhaps Fett did not call such things ownership, yet still he would set himself above them, the source of knowledge, the one who made commands and expected to be followed. His plans and tricks might be far easier to follow than those of Mother Talzin or Darth Sidious, but they would be there all the same. 

Yet still there was a deep and yearning emptiness in Maul’s stomach. He did not understand it, what it was or where it came from. It was a hunger with no clear sense of what would sate it. He looked away, dropping his gaze in a gesture of submission. 

“As you say. I… do wish to learn from you.” 

There were many advantages to taking this path. Maul had sparred with Saxon and Rook and others, but the martial techniques of Kyr'tsad could be different to those of Haat Mando’ade . Feral and Savage needed to be taught properly how to fight. If a Mandalorian proclaimed them all kin they were no longer outsiders - with the benefit of such cultural knowledge perhaps this time more of Kyr'tsad would accept that he had a right to rule them when he claimed the Darksaber. 

It hadn’t mattered to Pre that he was an outsider. Maul understood that even more now that he knew Vizsla hadn’t actually been obligated to accept his challenge at all. Given that, how could Fett claim Kyr'tsad lacked honour?

In any case, Fett would hardly be the worst teacher Maul had ever had. Nor would it be forever.

“Maul…” Fett was crouching in front of him. Maul met his eyes again only so he could glare with annoyance at being spoken down to in this way. He might have a child’s height, but there was no need to kneel . Once Fett saw that he had his attention again he gave him a very earnest look. “Family isn’t something that anyone should force on you. I get it. You’ve known me for barely a week. I shouldn’t even… Maybe this isn’t the right thing for any of us.”

“So with one hand you offer a gift and with the other snatch it away,” Maul said mockingly. “Either you want us as part of your culture and everything that comes with it or you do not.”

“Brother…” Savage said, sounding distressed. 

Fett sighed. “It’s not like you have to give me a final answer right now. This isn’t all or nothing. It’s just… an offer. It’s about what you want, not what I want.”

The world was about what every individual person wanted and nothing less. Fett was lying to him but Maul could not sense the dishonesty inside him and it was maddening. 

“Let’s just… keep on doing what we’ve been doing for these past few days,” Fett continued. “Maybe it doesn’t have to be anything more than that.”

Maul’s eyes narrowed. “No Fett,” he growled. “If you wish to make this bargain then you will teach us. You will train us.”

“Not sure there’s that much more you and Kilindi need to know on that front,” Fett said, with the ghost of a smile. A poor attempt at humour. “Sorry for doubting you before, adiik .”

“As our trainer, shouldn’t you be the judge of that?” Maul said. 

“If we are going to become Mandalorians…” Feral asked cautiously. “Does that mean we get armour like Silas’?” 

“Eventually, once you’re old enough.”

“And how old is that?” Maul asked. It was not something that had come up during his time with Kyr'tsad . He might have been their Mand’alor but they had never asked him or even spoken to him about wearing beskar’gam . Now he wondered why that was. He knew it was not because he was a zabrak - Mandalorians made no species distinction when it came to who could join their ranks, and they had many ways of modifying armour accordingly. Because he was a Sith?

“Once you’ve been through your verd’goten ,” Fett said. “Once you’re officially no longer a child.”

“Which is at what age?” Maul asked. “What does it involve?”

“Thirteen standard,” Fett replied. “It’s a test of your skills as a warrior, and of your survival skills.”

Maul nodded. It sounded very similar to the tests he’d been challenged with at Orsis. He imagined it as a repetition of one particular challenge - the Gora, the great crater on Orsis filled with dangerous wild beasts and lashed by localised and potentially deadly weather conditions. He had spent a week within its confines, in the other version of reality that now lay in his past. It was one of the few good memories from that period he held onto despite that it was tainted by what had happened at the end of his time at the Academy. 

“Then I am already past it,” Savage observed. 

“It’s not that unusual to have foundlings join us at your age,” Fett said. “We can still do it.” He hesitated. “If that’s something you want.”

“We should start training as soon as possible,” Maul told him. 

“Yeah…” Fett gave him a wary glance. “We’re basically finished setting the house to rights anyway. Silas is going to stick around with us, when he’s not off gathering information. He can help.”

Two trainers could be better than one only if they knew how to work together. Seeing the respect and almost worshipful attitude Silas had towards Fett meant that Maul was not overly worried about that. 

“Oh,” Fett added. “Also, I asked at the clinic. I need to take you in for your vaccines. Sorry.”

Maul glared at him. 

----

The strange emotional turmoil Maul had been feeling throughout that conversation with Fett only settled slowly over the next few days. He got nowhere from examining it and attempting to divine its meaning, so he simply pushed it to the back of his mind and focused on the present. True to his word, Fett had indeed begun their physical training, after that quick but unpleasant visit to the local clinic for the immunisations that were apparently vital to survive on this planet long-term. Maul had pestered the medic for details as to why any of this was necessary and then been interested despite himself when she shared all of the gory details. The local diseases really did appear to be, without exception, entirely deadly. 

It spoke well of the determination of the Concordians that they had persisted in their colonisation efforts despite that fact. 

Fett and Silas were focusing most of their efforts at first on Feral and Savage. Fett had asked Maul and Kilindi to spar briefly to show him their abilities, and after that he set them mostly to strength and endurance training which he said would both be necessary for them to bear the weight of beskar’gam when the time came. There was a simple pleasure to the physical exercise that Maul enjoyed. It gave him space to think. 

He still did not trust Fett’s intentions, not when he blew hot and cold with them. It seemed clear he did want them as Clan, as replacements and a continuation of his lineage, so it was foolish of him to pretend that they could not all see it. Still, as Maul had told him, he was willing to pay the price for this bargain. His brothers and Kilindi were already reluctant to join with Death Watch, so it was not as though being Clan Fett would make it any worse. Maul could make Death Watch bow to him on his own, and then it would not matter

In between, in the deep darkness of the evenings when Maul and his brothers were meant to have gone to their beds, they snuck out together into the fields to continue their other training. The moments they had both finally made the mental connection and been able to draw on the Force properly had been particularly satisfying.

“Is it really necessary to continue to conceal this?” Savage asked him, on one such night. He and Feral were supposed to be meditating, focusing on their hate to bring the Dark to heel and use it to levitate some of the small pebbles that littered the ground around them. “What danger is there in allowing Jango to know?”

Maul stiffened. “There is every danger,” he replied. “Surely you understand by now how much the Jedi have hurt Fett.”

“But you - we - are not Jedi. We are Sith. Surely we can explain the difference to him.”

A little flicker of something warm burned in Maul’s heart to hear Savage acknowledge the heritage he was trying to teach them. He put it aside. This was not the time for sentiment. “The Sith are supposed to be extinct. All the galaxy believes this. Fett will not think that I was trained by a true Sith, but by some Dark Jedi claiming that title. He will be… curious. That curiosity could be fatal.”

“I am sure he would believe you, if you only warned him to stay well away.” Savage said. Feral raised his head from where he had been glaring at a smooth rock fragment which was failing to bend to his will, and nodded his own agreement. 

“He’s nice,” he said, with the simple understanding of the child he was. “He wants what’s best for us.” 

Maul remained unconvinced of that, but he had no proof that his brothers would believe. Only the evidence of his own experience of sentients’ nature, which had not been enough for them yet. “All the same he is an adult and we are children. He will believe he knows better. He will run into danger and willing or not he will give Darth Sidious our location.” Perhaps Fett and Sidious were destined to meet at some point, in order for him to have been chosen as the clone template, but Maul would be full-grown by then, the Mandalorian warrior Jango was training him to be. He would have allies. He would not be as vulnerable as he was now. 

Savage grumbled, but agreed. “As you wish.” 

They returned to their concentration. Maul monitored their effect on the Force and how well the Dark responded to their will. Savage had more than enough rage to draw upon - he had little difficulty. The injustices of his upbringing and the cruelties of the Nightsisters had dug this as a deep well inside him, even if he had escaped the worst of it in this version of history. Savage still knew what could have been, and what was still happening to others from his village. 

Feral on the other hand, was struggling. His understanding of fear and pain and heartbreak was limited. Maul knew that he ought to be doing something about this. It was his duty as a Sith Master. It had been done to him, and for as much as he had struggled and fought it had made him stronger. 

Something held him back, a creeping disquiet when he even considered his options. This hesitancy was weakness, more sentiment. It would be for Feral’s own good - but still Maul could not think of hurting him without flinching. 

Feral needed to find something that he hated, that made him angry enough to be powerful. It was just that Maul didn’t want to be the one he hated. There had to be another way, he just couldn’t see it yet. 

And there was time. That was what he told himself. There was more than enough time and he did not have to do anything just yet.

Chapter 8: Chapter 8 - 42 BBY

Summary:

Things begin to settle in on Concord Dawn as Jango starts to teach his newly adopted children how to be Mandalorian, yet the path of history cannot be stopped or denied.

Notes:

Mando'a used in the chapter:

aliit: family.
bajur: teacher/teaching
bajur'gam: lit. training skin, the term is one I came up with for the sets of armour that teenagers get as they reach their full growth which get them used to wearing proper beskar'gam. Usually durasteel or high-content-durasteel/beskar blend. Only rich Clans (like the Vizslas) put their kids in full beskar bajur'gam.
beroya: bounty hunter
beskar'gam: iron-skin, Mandalorian armour.
buir: parent
goran, pleural gorane: armourer, but with religeous overtones
Haat'ade: True Children, shortened version of Haat Mando'ade, or True Mandalorians
Kyr'tsad: Death Watch
manda: soul, but also the state of being Mandalorian in mind, body and spirit, or the concept of the collective Mandalorian heaven/united soul in death. Also 'supreme, overarching, guardian-like' when used as an adjective about a living person.
verde: soldiers, singular is verd
verd'goten: lit. soldier's birth. Mandalorian trial of adulthood, which occurs at age 13.

In this chapter, I use [ ] to enclose when people are speaking in extended Mando'a rather than Basic. Some words I don't translate to their Basic when the concepts they represent are more complicated than their 1:1 equivalent in Basic.

Some liberties have been taken with Duke Kryze and Mandalorian history and this and other chapters. This is my personal interpretation of what Canon and Legends gave us, because there's a lot that we've never been told about the Mandalorian Clan Civil War, and the time period before and after it.

Regarding gender in the SW GFFA, obviously the out-of-canon reason nobody ever asks anyones pronouns even when they're weird aliens is because the writers weren't thinking about gender at all. In canon, I would like to think people are more respectful, and it doesn't make sense for aliens to have genders that match to human categories. I think Basic probably has multiple pronouns that don't 'translate' to English, but also that perhaps there is a shared way of marking gender across the overarching 'culture' of the galaxy that basically works the same as everybody wearing a little badge with their name and pronouns on it. A way of signalling that doesn't rely on the "beard, boobs, fat distribution" kind of physical reading that makes ppl assume gender in the here and now. You get to be read in the way that you present and people don't question you on it.

Also there's the Force, like Maul references here. Telepaths have no excuse to misgender.

Chapter Text

The days stretched out into weeks. Silas came and went on business of his own in addition to whatever work he was doing for Fett, taking part in their training here and there. Fett himself continued to refuse any suggestion of the title of Mand’alor from Silas, or from any of their other visitors - and they did start to have visitors as word of their presence started to spread. A number of Fett’s neighbours came to the homestead, individuals in beskar , or simple farmers, or small families, generally bearing gifts of useful items like food or cooking utensils or even second-hand furniture for the house. Maul did not pay them a great deal of attention. They had a quiet sadness in their minds directed Fett’s way, though whether that was due to their memories of his birth parents who had lived here before, or their knowledge of what had happened to the Haat’ade, he did not know. They tried to call Fett Mand’alor and each time he shook his head with a feeling in the Force like sharp, shattered glass and told them not to.

There was little word of Fett’s armour, or of Kyr'tsad and Tor Vizsla.  

The story being put about to explain how Fett had come across four children was simply that they were all orphans, that they had escaped imprisonment together. Fett did not use the word slavery, and Maul wondered whose benefit that was meant to be for. Was Fett ashamed of it? Would these Concordians judge him for his recent past? Or was he worried what they might think had happened to Maul and Kilindi and the others? 

Maul did not really care. He was more than happy to focus on training, both his own and his brothers’. Feral still found the Dark Side difficult, but Maul refused to let himself worry about that yet. Fett remained ignorant of what they could do, at least for now. 

Then weeks turned into months. Maul’s muscles grew strong and he put on the lean weight he remembered bearing from the last time he was this age. Both Savage and Feral were improving in leaps and bounds in their physical training, if not quite as well with the Force. They stretched their original purchased supplies out with hunting trips into the forest - practise Fett said for their eventual verd’goten - and with the tributes that kept coming from Fett’s loyal neighbours. If it bothered them that he had no intentions of doing anything about the New Mandalorian faction, they did not show it. Perhaps his vendetta against Tor Vizsla was enough by itself. 

Fett did not bring up the topic of their adoption again, but  he would not be able to keep up that facade forever. Maul had no doubt that the wider community already assumed that he had taken on the role of their buir after hearing the story about their origins. He had even started to use more Mando’a around them, folding language lessons into their martial training. Maul pretended that he did not already know it, though he was unsure how well his deception was working. 

Maul was fully expecting the question of family to come up again when it came time for his and Kalindi’s verd’goten . He had no idea of his own birthday but apparently Savage did, even if the Nightbrothers counted that from a child’s arrival in the village. It was a good enough date as any for them to aim for. He was looking forward to the experience itself, just not the baggage that might come along with it. 

He should have anticipated that things would not be that simple. Maul was woken early on the morning of the expected day by a tremor in the Force, a ripple in the Dark that spoke of great change in the galaxy. He did not have to puzzle over it long - Silas came back from town while they were having breakfast with a feverish excitement and anger driving him. 

Kyr'tsad have assassinated Duke Kryze,” he said. 

Savage and Feral stopped eating to turn and stare at Silas as he burst through the door, dropping his news like an explosive charge. Kilindi was more circumspect - or more hungry. Maul shared her practicality - there was no reason he couldn’t listen and shovel heavily spiced scrambled eggs into his mouth at the same time. By happy coincidence Mandalorians and zabraks shared a love of heat in their food, though this was only something Maul had learned about his tastes after Lotho Minor. 

“Details,” Fett demanded immediately. Silas pulled out a chair at the dinner table and sat down in it with enough force that the wood creaked under the weight of him and his beskar’gam . Five pairs of eyes immediately fixed on him with deep curiosity.

“Not sure how accurate the details I have are,” Silas told them. “This is mostly rumour aside from the core of it.”

“So the Duke really is dead?” Fett asked. 

“They mean the New Mandalorian Duke?” Feral whispered to Savage. Savage nodded. 

“Everyone seems to agree on that bit of it,” Silas said. “And that Kyr'tsad are the ones responsible. Not like there are so many other enemies the man had.”

“The Republic?” Maul suggested, listening to this conversation intently. He did not actually recall any of Death Watch talking about this particular period in their history, although of course he’d known the Duke must have died at some point to allow Satine Kryze to take up the mantle of leader of the New Mandalorians. 

“The Republic are happy enough to leave the Mandalorian people to their own devices,” Fett said, with bitter humour. “So long as we’re only fighting each other at least.” 

Silas nodded. “If the Republic was going to meddle, it would be to help the Kalevalans. It’s not in their interest to have Kyr'tsad come out the victor, given that they want to bring back the time of the Mandalorian Empire.”

“How are the New Mandalorians reacting?” Fett asked. 

“Chaotically. Kryze is one of their most important clans, and no-one can seem to agree who should take over now he’s dead. There’s a possibility the faction might splinter. If it does, Kyr’tsad can mop them up at their leisure - any possible group won’t have enough verde to hold against a sustained assault.” Silas snorted with contempt. “It doesn’t help that the Kalevalans seem to believe everyone who supported Haat Mando’ade would automatically go over to Kyr'tsad once we were gone - they haven’t been looking for any help from those quarters.”

Maul hadn’t known that little tidbit, but it was just another example of Kryze’s mismanagement - something she had apparently inherited from her father.

“What?” Fett growled. “That makes no sense. Vizsla is the one who lured us into that trap.”

“Neutrality doesn’t exist in their minds, apparently,” Silas said. “Now they’re running scared. Nobody knows who’s going to step in to take charge, or if Kyr'tsad will kill them too the moment they do.”

“Kryze had ade , didn’t he?” Fett said, something Maul had also been thinking of but could not mention without arousing suspicion.  “Two of them. It would be a lot to throw on the eldest, but at least there would be a figure-head.”

Silas paused. “They’re missing, apparently,” he said. “Or at least nobody knows where either of them are.”

Fett’s expression, already grim, hardened even further. “Dead?”

“Not so far as anyone knows. The Kalevalans are looking for them, but so are Kyr'tsad . My guess is they’re on the run with some of their House or Clan to protect them. Who knows when they’ll surface.”

Fett sighed. He appeared to have run out of questions. 

“What does this mean for us?” Savage asked. 

“Death Watch are going to be searching for those children,” Kilindi guessed. “That means they might come here.”

Fett nodded. “We lie low,” he said. “Just like we have been. There is a chance this could present me with an opportunity, if we’re careful. Anyone from Kyr'tsad who comes here could lead me to Tor Vizsla.” 

“That depends how loyal they are,” Silas said. 

Fett’s eyes were dark. Hate clawed at his heart. “I know how to ask the right way.”

Feral was innocent enough not to understand what he meant by this. Savage knew better, and his brow furrowed in disquiet. Maul glanced to Kilindi - like him, she saw nothing wrong with the threat Fett was making, although torture was not actually a particularly useful tool for producing information. Pain was for breaking people and remoulding them. The Force was the most efficient method of interrogation. 

“We shouldn’t let this news delay our plans for today,” Fett went on, turning away from that particular topic. “I hope the three of you are well prepared.”

Maul scoffed. Of course he was, though he could be thrown into the worst wilderness with nothing but his body and his wits and he would still survive. He knew this from experience. Savage, who would be joining them, nodded. Fett stood and gestured for the door. “Let’s get to it then.”

----

Fett had not spoken of the details of their verd’goten since the element of surprise was an important part of the test, but in the end Maul found it much less harsh than he had anticipated. He was used to minimal resources and no support of any kind, but after they landed the Promised Revenge on the edge of the forest they trekked out into the jungle as a group carrying packs each containing a bivvy bag, heavy vibro-knife, a length of whip-cord, a firestarter, some bacta patches and a lightweight metal cooking pan. Fett carried one of their blaster-rifles over his shoulder - they would have cause to use it later. 

Maul might have expressed some discontent along the way with this coddling, but Fett cut him off before he could get properly going. He explained that Mandalorians always expected to rely on their Clan and their aliit . Only a beroya would ever expect to work alone. The verd’goten was about proving that the child was capable of being a useful member of their clan, that they were ready to train in beskar’gam , take orders as part of a military unit, and pull together with others. 

This reasoning did make the ease of the experience less irritating. 

The first day of the test was simple survival; making a fire safely, finding water and filtering it through wild moss and charcoal, laying a noose to catch something for their dinner and suchlike. It was simple and easy, though pleasant to be out in the embrace of the trees with Kilindi and Savage. Maul had grown used to their company, to the easy satisfaction of just being in their presence. All around them the jungle lived and breathed, striving in the Force. The Dark was here, as it was everywhere. It was in trees falling to rot or strangling vines, in the chase of predator after prey with striving vicious heart and the crunch of bones and sweet blood between teeth. It was in every beast’s hunger and all their other primal urges too. 

Maul slept well that night, with the roaring buzz of insects in each tree and bush around them and the wind rustling through the leaves. 

The second day was the test of tracking. This was not done together, for it was a business of scouting for one’s enemies rather than chasing them down as a pack. Fett took them out one by one to watch them follow a trail Silas had left the previous evening, until they at last reached a clearing near the edge of the forest where a target range had been set up. Then it was time to put the rifle to good use. 

This all seemed more like child’s play to Maul than any real test or rite of passage, but he supposed that not all Mandalorian clans - or Mandalorian children - could be held to the high standards of excellence that he and Kilindi had been. There had been deaths at the Orsis Academy, and students maimed too severely to continue their training. Mandalorian parents presumably wanted their children alive and in one piece, even if this introduced opportunities for weakness. He led the way through the jungle with his eyes flitting to each boot-print in the mud or broken twig and branch, catching the faint scent of human and beskar'gam with his keen zabrak nose. None of it was tricky enough to be frustrating, but tracking was a good puzzle for his mind to chew over. He was smiling when they broke into open air at the end of it all. 

"Well done," Fett said, and handed him the rifle. He gestured to the other end of the clearing. Maul flicked out the stabilisers at the end of the rifle's barrel and laid down with it on the damp grass. With slow deep breaths he aimed and fired at the end of each exhale. The shots went true, little flares of broken targets amongst the trees. Then it was done. 

Maul did not feel any different nor was he expecting to. This held much less significance for him than it would someone who had grown up in this culture. 

Fett sat down on the grass beside him, one arm resting casually on his knee. "So," he said. "We should probably talk again."

"About this idea of adoption," Maul said - he doubted there was any other topic that Fett wanted to discuss.

"Yeah." Fett gave him a searching look. Did he want Maul to be the first one to speak?

He was unsure what to say. He shifted slightly, pushing himself up so that he was kneeling instead of prone on his belly and started to wipe the rifle down. "I... understand that Mandalorians think children are very important," he said, not meeting Fett's eyes. "Not just because the clan - the aliit - is the basic unit of your society. It is a duty to care for children, to protect them. But is that all your rationale, Fett? Only duty? Only repaying what you owe?" Maul still did not believe that was the case. Duty held only so far - for most it was easily malleable to personal desires and wishes. A person could find any excuse to waver towards or away from some cultural ideal if it suited their interests. 

"You can call me Jango, you know."

Maul scowled. That felt too personal, even after all this time. It spoke of a connection that was not there, something Maul was unsure he wanted to accept. "It is understandable to want to rebuild what you have lost," he said. 

Fett sighed. "You aren't replacements. And I know I'm not much of a buir . Maybe all I can do is be your bajur... "

"You will not get anywhere by attempting to make me feel sorry for you." Maul said. It was a poor manipulation.

Another noise of frustration from Fett. "Sometimes self-interest isn't the first reason for a person to do something," he said. "I just want you adiikla to have the tools to survive this galaxy - and there's only one set of tools I know how to teach you. I'm not trying to trap you here. I'm not trying to make you help me with my revenge or with... anything that comes after that. You can leave any time you want."

"The others do not want to leave," Maul said. 

Fett spread his hands in a helpless gesture of ‘it is what it is’. Or perhaps ‘what do you want me to do about that?’

Internally Maul’s stomach was twisting with some strange discomfort. It had not taken long at all for Kilindi or his brothers to befriend Fett, to start looking to him, to allow him this role of teacher of parent - he could not be sure what they believed the relationship to be. They didn’t believe Maul about Death Watch. They wouldn’t follow if he tried to leave. Shaking off Fett’s dead weight would also be to leave them behind. They would abandon him if he was not careful. Somehow Fett had more of their loyalty than Maul did. 

Maul did not see any way out of that except to stay here and continue to work on them until he prised them loose from the grasp of Fett’s affections. “I said I would accept your training, did I not?” he said. “I… do want to be Mando’ad. I will learn your ways, learn the Resol’nare and cleave to its tenets - but I am not part of Clan Fett or House Mereel. I am beholden to no-one.”

“That’s fine by me,” Fett said softly. Maul reached out with the Force and yet again he sensed no deception within him. 

Perhaps that was genuine. Perhaps he was happy enough to have claimed Kilindi and Maul’s brothers, and Maul’s own loyalty was not required. 

“We should get back to the others,” Fett said, standing up. Maul trailed behind him, feeling that things had not really been resolved at all.

----

The rhythmic noise of a hammer hitting metal rang out from the building in front of them, filling the air with its musical chime. Fett stopped a little way from the entrance. There was no door as such, and no sign or placard to state what the place was. Maul supposed those things were not necessary. Anyone who came here already knew its purpose. The only thing that might have been an identifier - or might have been simple decoration - was the sculpted mythosaur skull that hung over the doorway. 

Kilindi’s tentacles twitched in response to the ringing, repetitive sound. “Is something the matter?” she asked Fett, who was not moving.

The man shook himself out of whatever thoughts were troubling him. “In Mando’a,” he said. They were supposed to be practising its use whenever they were in town, partly for immersion in the language and partly so that they would not stand out too badly in a place where every person spoke it. Maul understood the good sense in this, and there were cultural aspects to Mando’a that he’d not picked up when learning it the first time around. 

For example, Mando’a lacked a universal concept of gender, and had no such markers within it. As a result it was judged polite when speaking Basic either to outsiders or other Mandalorians to offer one’s correct pronouns in that language, more so since beskar’gam obscured most of the commonly accepted signifiers of gender that other galactic cultures used. Maul did not recall this point of decorum from his previous time amongst Death Watch, but he conceded that he had not gotten to know many of those warriors other than the commanders. For his own part it was easy for any Force-sensitive to gather an individual’s preferred gender from the shape of their mind, how they thought of themselves.

Kilindi nodded to Fett, and repeated her question. 

[ This… isn’t the usual way of doing it, ] Fett explained, also in Mando’a. [ The rich old clans have armouries full of ancestral beskar’gam . Even basic training sets are passed down. We should come to the goran with bajur’gam ready to be resized, not empty-handed like this. ]

Kilindi hesitated slightly before asking, [ What happened to your House’s armoury? ]

[ After Galidraan, the Jedi saw to most of our dead, ] Fett said. The old familiar anger ran through him, an echo of Maul’s own whenever he thought of those weaklings. [ At least they had enough honour to send the bodies home to their families. Clan Fett and Clan Mereel never had that much in the way of heirlooms - House Mereel got large only because so many of the other clans swore to my parent after they became Mand’alor . There are other members of Clan Mereel on Concord Dawn, but I’m not about to go asking for something I’ve no right to. ]

[ Don’t you have a right to it? ] Savage asked. [ They did adopt you. ] 

[ I’m still Clan Fett, not Clan Mereel, ] Fett said. [ Jaster offered, but… I wanted to keep it to honor my birth parents.]

[ The goran will understand, ] he added after a moment, starting to move forward again. [ Beginning from scratch isn’t totally unknown. ] 

They headed inside, into the dark and the warmth. The forge was all one large room, tables lining a central space where a blast furnace loomed. Durasteel ingots were piled in tall stacks, along with bundles of copper or gold wire for circuitry. Vac-sealed boxes likely contained pre-constructed armour systems ready for installation. Tools hung at easy to reach locations around the edge of the furnace itself. 

The goran stood with her back to them. Her hammer fell in a few final blows before she put aside the piece she had been working on, set down the hammer, and turned to face them. Unlike most of the residents of the town, she wore full beskar’gam

[ Welcome Jango Fett, ] she said. [ Welcome, foundlings. ]

[ Goran , ] Fett said, bowing his head in a gesture of respect. [ These three have recently passed their verd’goten and are worthy of wearing beskar’gam . They need their first bajur’gam so that they can learn to be responsible for beskar . ]

The goran nodded. Maul reached for her in the Force automatically, trying to sense her emotions or intent below the vague sense of surface thoughts. He found his touch sliding off the deeper part of her mind as his hand might have slid off the beskar of her helmet. His eyes narrowed slightly. She knew how to use the Force.

Fett had mentioned this as a possibility months ago when Kilindi asked him if Mandalorians had their own Force tradition. Maul had not been overly impressed with his description, and had not expected much evidence of skill or power from this woman. Instead her shielding had to be the match of any Jedi’s. There was a subtlety to her that was intriguing. Sensing passively, there was little to set her apart from any normal Force-null. It was only when he tried to get into her mind that he was met by something that proved she was very different. 

[ Even bajur’gam comes with responsibilities, ] the goran said. [ Durasteel does not hold our manda as beskar does, but it prepares the mind and the body for what comes after. This is particularly vital for those touched by the stars as these two are. ] She pointed with two fingers first to Maul and then to Savage. 

[ How do you know that? ] Savage asked, made suspicious and wary by this sudden knowledge. Maul felt a quiet approval. He did not trust this woman - but trust was not yet being asked of them. 

[ Your sibling tried to touch my mind, ] she replied, with a thread of amusement. [ And I can sense you just as well. Seeing the strength of the stars is as much my job as crafting beskar’gam . ]

If she could sense that, then could she also sense that they were trained? Maul had to assume that she could - to do otherwise would be foolish. Would she mention it to Fett? That could be more problematic. 

[ We are not interested in training as gorane , ] he told her. [ We have our own path. ]

[ I see it, ] she agreed. [ You are touched by destiny. You are meant for great things. The stars shine strongly upon you both. ] 

Maul wondered just what she was sensing. He could not look at his own presence in the Force from inside of it, nor had he asked his brothers how he appeared to them. Could she somehow tell that he was more than he appeared? That the Force itself had chosen to send him back in time for its own purposes, a gift of the Dark?  Would a Jedi or another Sith also be able to detect the same thing? 

He fully intended to make himself great, to work his will upon the galaxy. He would not call that fate or destiny, for a Sith made their own future, but this seemed a good omen all the same. 

[ Savage as well? ] Fett asked, looking at Maul’s brother. [ I thought it was only Maul. ] 

[ They are both favoured by the stars, ] the goran confirmed. 

[ Is that going to be somehow a problem? ] Savage asked her. 

[ With your bajur’gam , no. With your beskar’gam , there must be more care. ]

[ And why would that be? ] Maul asked. 

[ Beskar rings in tune with the stars, ] the goran explained. [ It is hard to damage, even with the weapon of a Jedi or a Dark Jedi. With care and work it will hold and manifest the soul, the manda, of its wearer - but without that it can as easily be a trap and binding for your strength. ] 

That was both vague and unhelpful. Maul was about to demand that she explain properly when a sudden memory came up into the front of his mind. On Mandalore, after the Republic’s invasion, after Ahsoka had defeated him and seen to his capture, Bo-Katan had ordered him shut in a beskar- lined box that dated back to the Mandalorian Empire. It had been designed to hold Jedi, she had said with a smirk. Being inside it had felt like being suffocated, even without the gag over his mouth - which had really been unnecessary given the other restraints. The Force had felt far away and hard to touch. 

At the time Maul had thought it some ancient technology that could disrupt the Force - collars that could do something similar were not unknown, and the Sith had created many tools to trap and hold Jedi in their time. Yet given what the goran was suggesting perhaps it had simply been the beskar itself, and nothing more. 

[ So we must learn to…. What? Tune in to the frequency of our beskar’gam ? ] he asked.

[ For those who are not star-touched I must show their manda the way. For you and your brother, you must help forge the beskar with your own hands under my guidance. Only then will you understand. ]

Maul could find no argument with this. It was often the case that Force techniques were poorly explained with words. That was why it was so important to have a Master to demonstrate them first. [ That will not be for several years, correct? Is there anything that we must learn along the way? ] 

[ Only how to move and fight in bajur’gam, ] the goran said. [ For which I must get your measurements. ] 

Maul nodded. He held still to allow her to move around him, sketching lines and marks in the air with a holo-pen, comparing already forged armour pieces to the dimensions of his torso and limbs. Then he watched with interest as she did the same to Kilindi and Savage. He could see the ghostly forms of the armour in the air around them, the outlines of helmets over their heads. Kilindi’s tentacles must be an interesting challenge to the goran . He wondered how many nautolans had become Mando’ad over the years. 

[ Return at the end of the ten-day, ] the goran told them. [ Everything will be ready for the three of you then. ]

Chapter 9

Summary:

Some familiar faces make their first appearance, and Maul attempts to make a new friend.

Notes:

Thank you for all the great comments everyone! I really enjoy reading them, even though I'm not very good at answering comments always.

Chapter Text

Savage aimed a heavy punch directly at his neck. Maul whipped his arm up to deflect the blow, taking it angled on the durasteel of his vambrace with the clang of metal on metal - through not the pure ringing noise of beskar on beskar that so much classical Mandalorian poetry seemed to reference. 

“Not bad Savage,” Fett called out. “More force behind it though. Remember, you’re not aiming to hit him but hit through him.”

“Any harder and I would have broken my hand,” Savage replied, though not without humour. His technique was certainly improving - the skills of the Nightbrothers were primarily designed around hunting the wild beasts of Dathomir or showing off their strength against each other for the benefit of the Nightsisters. The Sisters did not care about skill - something that could even be a danger to them - only about raw physical power. Savage was strong but unrefined. Some things he had to unlearn. 

Feral had it easier. He was starting from scratch. 

“Alright,” Fett said. “Let’s go two on one. Maul, you good for that?”

Maul nodded, knowing now to exaggerate the gesture so that it would be more obvious through the buy’ce. Wearing the training armour was not all about becoming used to the weight and heft of it as he’d expected, or even changing fighting style to take advantage of it and compensate for its limitations. It was also about communicating, the specific body-language and signals used between armoured Mandalorians. 

Kilindi came forward to join Savage in attacking him. They split and came at him from both sides, attempting to take advantage of the reduced field of vision through his visor. Proper beskar’gam had a wrap-around HUD, but the bajur’gam did not - to force its wearer to learn to rely on senses other than sight. Armour systems could fail or short out, after all. 

Maul had already been trained to fight without using his eyes a long time ago. With the Force to guide him there was no chance he would lose. 

After the third time that Maul parried one of Kilindi’s attacks from behind without bothering to look at her, Fett stopped the spar. He gestured for Maul to come over and join him. Maul did so, wondering what this was about. He had been completing the task required of him. 

“You and Kilindi don’t fight in the same style,” Fett said, getting to the point immediately. “I thought you said you trained with her.”

“Not… just with her,” Maul replied. He would need to choose how he explained this cautiously, and he cursed himself for not spotting that this would be obvious to anyone trained in the art of combat, as both Fett and Silas were. Had they discussed this already amongst themselves? He doubted Fett had only noticed just now. 

Fett gave him a long look. “You want to tell me yet where the two of you were before running into me?”

“Not particularly,” Maul replied. He did not want Fett asking questions, not even about the Orsis Academy. The chance it would lead Darth Sidious back to them might be small, but where his Master was concerned no risk was worth taking. 

“Only I can’t help but notice looking back, that we met on Orsis Station,” Fett said, with deliberate, false, casualness. “Silas told me there’s a school there, of a sort. The kind that trains adiikla to be killers.”

Maul shrugged, his mouth twisting with irritation. He supposed given the location where they picked Fett up it was not actually such a hard deduction to make, although he had hoped Fett would continue to assume they had been on the run for a while before running into him. “What of it?” he said. 

“Sounds like a harsh place.”

“Harsh methods are effective,” Maul said - not that he particularly believed that Orsis had been that harsh. His Master had always pushed him harder than that place ever had.

“So… who trained you before you got there?” Fett asked him. There was anger moving slow and hot under his skin, but Maul did not sense that it was directed his way. What reason did Fett have to be angry? 

“I do not wish to speak of this,” he said.

Fett glanced away and took a moment to consider his next words. “Did they know how to use the Force?”

Maul bristled, unable to help his reaction. It had to give too much away, but some part of him dreaded what might happen if Fett and Sidious met, now or in the future. He tried to leash his instinctive fear - being a slave to that emotion was unworthy of a Sith - to reply with care and control. “I have never said that I am trained in the Force,” he said. “I have managed to figure out some small tricks, and that is all.” 

“Yeah, that’s not believable adiik ,” Fett said, crossing his arms over his chest. “You use the Force when you fight too well for that.”

“And what would you know of using the Force to fight?” Maul snapped. 

“I fought jetiise ,” Fett snarled back, the mere thought of those people bringing his fury to the fore. With a few deep breaths he took control of himself again. “I know what it looks like,” he said more quietly. “Just like I know that you and your brothers have been sneaking off when you think I’m not paying attention to train with the Force.”

For a brief moment Maul’s blood ran cold. Fett knew. He knew and he was asking questions just as Maul had feared and he was going to go looking for the Sith and the promise of his revenge and even if he did not mean to, he would sell out Maul and Savage and Feral all along the way…

“Hey, hey,” Fett said, his eyes going wide and his hands coming out. “I’m not going to punish you for that. I would never.”

That is not what I was worried about,” Maul said. He had little choice but to throw himself upon Fett’s mercy, to ask him not to dig further into this matter and accept whatever price Fett required in return. 

“I’m not interested in whoever trained you,” Fett continued. Maul gave him a highly skeptical look. “Well, maybe I’d like to find them and put them through the same ossik they must have done to you,” Fett admitted. “But that’s not something you want. I can tell. You want to keep that part of your past a secret, that’s fine.”

“Then why are you asking ?” Maul said, frustrated. 

“You and your brothers shouldn’t have to sneak around because you’re frightened of the consequences of training openly,” Fett said. “It has to be compromising your learning. Silas and I might not know how to fight with the Force, but if we know more about what the three of you can do we can work it into your lessons somehow. And… you’re not jetiise . I’m not going to react badly.”

Maul studied him with suspicion, but he could sense nothing but honesty. If Fett really would hold back from asking questions, from delving too deeply into his past… It seemed too good to be true, but since Fett had made it very clear he knew what they were doing, what point was there in continuing to slink in the shadows? 

It was also true that the Mandalorian people were trained to fight and kill Jedi, just like the Sith. There had to be something to say for the idea of trying to combine their techniques. Kenobi was never far from the back of Maul’s mind - his own burning need for revenge. 

“Very well,” he said. “We can discuss this further.”

----

Kyr'tsad came to Concord Dawn searching for the Kalevalans, as expected. There was some argument amongst the Protectors over whether anything should be done about them, but despite Silas’ and some others offering strong suggestions that they be chased out of any town they appeared in, they were outvoted in the end. Captain Dell Rau successfully argued the Protectors should take a neutral stance between the two factions until the outcome of the civil war was known. 

“If they do something illegal, that’s another matter,” she had said, to try and calm the objections. Silas wasn’t happy about any of it, but Jango needed Kry’tsad on-planet if he hoped to discover Tor Vizsla’s location. He had expected he would need to capture one of them to force the information out of them, but in the end it wasn’t necessary. They were being careless, arrogant after their recent victories. Silas overheard them boasting in one of the taverns in Arakura as they did their best to recruit the locals to their cause and brought the news back to the homestead. 

“Galidraan? Why would he go back there?” Jango snarled. His hands tightened into fists in the face of the memories the planet's name threw up. 

“They didn’t mention that bit,” Silas said. He was just as angry as Jango was, fury simmering under his skin. “Just said that anyone who wanted to join the winning side, to honour their ancestors and swear loyalty to the true Mand’alor should make their way there.” His face twisted with disgust. 

“Maybe they’re doing more business with that hut’uun governor,” Jango said. “Maybe that shabuir knows what happened to my beskar’gam .” He hadn't thought about getting revenge against the Governor. The man wasn't even worthy of his regard, nothing more than a tool. If he was presented with the opportunity however, he would take it. 

“It’s not the best idea to face Tor without getting it back first.”

“I might not get another opportunity like this.” Jango could almost taste it, vengeance sharp against his tongue. He wanted , deeply. 

Silas gave him a long and searching look, then nodded. “I’m behind you then,” he said. “I’ll guard your back while you take him on.”

“No,” Jango said, cutting off that idea quickly. “You have to stay here, look after the adiikla .” Kyr'tsad’s presence on the planet meant it wasn't safe to leave them alone, even if they were more than capable of looking after themselves for a time. It particularly wasn’t safe given what he and Silas suspected about Maul’s past. 

Silas had told him about the too-knowledgeable questions the adiik had put to him after capturing him, that day Jango was away shopping in town, as well as the interesting gaps in that knowledge. Nothing either of them had seen since had put that suspicion from their minds, and in fact the more they heard Maul’s particular opinions about Mandalorian culture and history, the more strongly Jango was convinced of it. Meeting him hadn’t been the first time Maul met a Mandalorian - and whoever he’d spent time with before had been Kyr'tsad through and through. 

Jango hadn’t previously thought even Kyr'tsad were low enough to deal in slaves, and Force-sensitive slaves at that, but he couldn’t see much other explanation. It had to have been before Maul and Kilindi met, because she didn’t know any of the same things about Mando’ade

So if Maul ran across Kyr'tsad again, there was no way that would go well. That was why Silas needed to stay behind. 

Silas gave him a look of deep worry. “Stay safe then,” he said. “You’d better come back from this. For their sake if nothing else.”

Another question that had crossed Jango’s mind more than once. Was his revenge more important to him than his ade ? No. No it wasn’t. But that didn’t mean he couldn't try . If it really looked too suicidal to make a move, he would come back and wait for another opportunity, even if it never came. 

“I’ll keep in contact,” he said. “A few weeks - that’s all it should take.”

----

“If we know where Tor Vizsla is, then you should be going after him!” Satine said, puffing herself up into Qui-gon’s face with the kind of glare that expected to be obeyed. Obi-wan slid down slightly in his chair, hugging his bowl of exceptionally spicy stew to his chest and deciding not to get involved. He wasn’t sure what side he wanted to take anyway - he trusted his Master's decisions and he knew what their duty was here, but all of his instincts from previous missions were to take the fight to the enemy and deal with the threat, not run and hide.

“Our mandate is to protect you, my lady,” Qui-gon replied, as cool and calm as a mountain stream. Obi didn’t think he’d ever seen his Master truly flustered by anything. It was the kind of control he wanted to be able to emulate when he was a Master. “I understand your desire to confront your father’s killer…”

“He has my sister as well!” Satine said. “It might not be too late to save her.” Satine had whispered her fears about what could be happening to Bo-Katan in the depths of nights past, the two of them lying on sleeping mats in safehouses and boltholes while Qui-gon blocked the door with his own slumbering body. Mistreatment, or torture, or worse. Not knowing was an agony that Satine was struggling with, and Death Watch were terrorists. Obi-wan couldn't even honestly reassure her that her sister would be alright.

“Your clan are going after your sister as we speak,” Qui-gon said, his tone soothing. Satine didn’t look as though she was willing to be soothed. 

Obi-wan knew objectively that his Master was right. Staying hidden and keeping Satine safe from harm was the correct choice, the logical choice. That didn’t mean he couldn’t empathise with what she was feeling. Body-guard duty wasn’t the kind of mission that he and Qui-gon were usually sent on, although it wasn’t unknown for the Jedi. Mandalore just happened to be in the region of the Outer Rim that the two of them were already familiar with from other missions in the past. 

“My clan aren’t Jedi,” Satine said. “They do not have your particular skills. If you only assisted them, I have no doubt that we could defeat Vizsla and end this destructive conflict.”

“You assume much, my lady.” Qui-gon’s expression was grave, and Obi-wan remembered what he’d said about Mandalorians during their briefing. They were dangerous. They were Jedi Killers. This was not the easy mission it might appear to be on the surface. “We can protect you from the soldiers searching for you, but an open conflict is a different matter. Mandalorian traditionalists - another group not so different to Death Watch - killed many Jedi at the battle of Galidraan only three years ago.”

Satine bit her lip, but it must have been obvious to her that Qui-gon wasn’t about to be swayed by any of her arguments. She sat back down at the table, pulling her bowl over to her and starting to pick at it - either morose or sulking. Obi-wan gave her a sympathetic look, and she smiled back at him. 

Warmth curled in his stomach. He firmly ignored it. It wasn’t like this was the first time he’d experienced these feelings towards another attractive person. Force knew there were plenty of those in the Temple. Having the feelings was fine. Doing anything about them wasn’t. 

Perhaps when you are old enough to be certain you understand the risk and dangers of attachment , Qui-gon had told him, during the mildly excruciating talk he’d given Obi about sex and everything that came along with it. Presumably he meant after Obi was Knighted at the very earliest. Not here and now, on the run from dangerous and deadly soldiers, not with someone it was their job to protect. Obi-wan dropped his gaze back to his food, taking another bite and wincing as the heavy spice set his mouth on fire. 

"Concord Dawn clearly isn't the refuge I thought it was," Satine said, after a long silence. "Not if Death Watch have tracked us here already."

"They do not suspect you are here," Qui-gon replied, "or that was not the impression I had listening to them today. They are simply casting their net as wide as possible. All the intelligence we have from your family's allies suggests that they are focusing their efforts on Mandalorian planets where there is a high degree of support for the New Mandalorian faction."

"We are never going to be safe until the threat of Death Watch is dealt with," Satine argued. "And that threat will remain as long as Tor Vizsla is alive."

Curious, Obi-was asked, "Would Death Watch really surrender if he was no longer in the picture?"

"I... can't be sure." That uncertainty clearly pained Satine to admit. "He has a son, Pre Vizsla, who would take over House Vizsla and the clans sworn to it, but he’s still young. It’s possible that he can be reasoned with. He might not be as savage and warlike as his father." 

"That is a matter for the adults of House Kryze to concern themselves with," Qui-gon said. Satine bristled. 

" I am the head of my House," she said, her tone icy. "This is my responsibility."

"You are still young, my lady."

"I am an adult by the terms of my culture. I thought the Jedi respected such things."

"Be that as it may, our duty and our task here has not changed."

"And how long do you intend for us to hide?" Satine said, with an expansive gesture to indicate time stretching out infinite in front of them. "If we don't do anything to change this situation, it will never be safe for me!"

"The Republic is considering offering further military aid."

"That would break our treaty with the Republic," Satine replied, slightly hesitant. "We have the strength to stand alone against Death Watch - we merely need to rally it. Most of the Mandalorian people are tired of conflict. They would stand behind us if they were not so afraid of reprisals."

"Patience," Qui-gon advised her. "You must concern yourself now with the present, rather than the future. If you are captured or killed..."

"I am well aware," Satine said. "We will speak on this again, Master Jedi."

----

Blue and black armour marked with the shriek-hawk signet of Clan Vizsla was something that drew plenty of stares in the marketplace of this quaint provincial town, but Pre didn’t particularly care about being subtle. Their quarry - if she was anywhere near here, which he doubted - already knew that Kyr'tsad was looking for her. They weren’t going to find her using stealth. Rumours of their presence might flush her out of hiding though, revealing herself as she fled before them.  

“Is this really what we’re doing today?" the girl at his side said. “Shopping?” It was necessary for her to keep her helmet on, but Pre had his tucked under his arm. He enjoyed the scent from the food stalls and the breeze against his face. 

“You know your sister best, my lady,” he replied, nodding courteously to a passer-by. “Would she really be hiding in a place like this?”

Bo-Katan Kryze folded her arms over her chest. She was indistinguishable from any other Vizsla trainee right now in a set of unpainted bajur’gam borrowed from the House armouries. Pre was still trying to decide if he trusted her. His father had ordered the death of her own - she could have sworn revenge and a price in blood from them, but when their commandos came to capture her she went willingly enough. She had not seen what remained of her father's body. Perhaps she had blinded herself to the price of war, or perhaps she had never been that close to him. She certainly hadn't shown any evidence of grief that Pre had noticed. 

Some part of him could sympathise. He was not fond of his own father. If their positions had been reversed, he would have obeyed his duty to seek revenge, but his heart would not have been in it. 

"There aren't many living on Concord Dawn sympathetic to the Kalevalans," Bo said. They were both speaking Basic in contrast to the low hum of conversation in Mando’a all around them. Pre had been sceptical once when his father told him Clan Kryze were so dar'manda they did not even teach their children their native language, but Bo-Katan had confirmed it to be the truth. She had done her best to learn, and he to teach her, during the months of their previous Holonet acquaintance, but she was still shaky.

Her head turned, gaze sweeping the streets. She nodded towards an intersection nearby, where a young verd'ika was lounging against the wall in a full set of their own bajur'gam - a zabrak, judging by the crown of horns jutting from their buy'ce . They couldn't have been long past their verd'goten. "Traditionalists," she said. 

"Warriors," Pre added. As much time as he'd spent trying to break her out of the brainwashing of those pacifists, there were still holdovers in the way she thought about things. That would pass. Kyr'tsad had her now, and she would no longer be denied her rightful heritage. "This was Mereel's planet, after all."

Bo's head cocked in confusion. "I know the name," she said slowly. "He... died when I was a child, I think?"

"The Duke never told you about Haat Mando'ade ?"

"No, he did. But I thought their leader was a Fett? The last remnant of one of the old warrior clans?"

Pre stopped himself from rolling his eyes. Her ignorance wasn't her fault, but she sounded like a war-orphan freshly taken from a battlefield. Perhaps in some ways she was. The child of a conquered enemy adopted into their ranks. "That would be Jango Fett," he said. "Mereel’s ad . He's dead now too, three years back. The Haat'ade were warriors even if they didn't agree with the goals of Kyr'tsad . The slaughter of their command structure was... unfortunate but necessary." In war, you did what you had to in order to triumph, but Pre still felt uneasy about the trap his father had laid for them. It hadn't been honourable. Of course only those with honour deserved to be treated honourably in return - that was why he had no problem with their tactics against the Kalevalans - but the Haat'ade did have honour.

Pre had still been in training at the time, without the right to speak up about their strategy. It was no use reflecting on something that was done and over with. The past couldn’t be changed.

"You aren't worried that someone around here is going to want revenge?" Bo asked him. "If you're responsible for killing their leader?"

Pre smiled, meeting her gaze under the helmet. He was aware of the double meaning of her question. "Not worried at all," he replied. “Many here follow the old traditions. If the New Mandalorians get their way, with no warriors left to oppose them, all of that will be outlawed. They might not like us, but it is clear to them that we are still the better option.”

“All the more reason Satine wouldn’t come here,” Bo said. “We’re wasting our time.”

Privately Pre agreed with her, but he was also very aware they hadn’t been sent to Concord Dawn just to hunt Bo’s sister, but to get them out of the way of the more serious search efforts. Tor didn’t trust that Bo-Katan was really one of them yet. Even though Pre had shown him all of their correspondence from the months leading up to the assassination, his father still believed it was possible that she was lying. That their friendship was a trap for Pre as his heir - even though Pre hadn’t given his real name to Bo at that point. 

It was only by a thin margin that Tor had agreed to allow her a chance to prove herself amongst their ranks, rather than killing her. Pre had his suspicions about what his father might demand from her in order to prove her loyalty, but he was sure that Bo-Katan wouldn’t disappoint them when the time came. 

Still, Tor wasn’t going to let Bo go anywhere where there was a chance that she might run into Satine and have the temptation to go back to House Kryze shoved in her face. Hence sending them out to this backwater, poorly tamed colony along with a platoon of ramikad to guard them. 

“Lunch?” he suggested. The other verde didn’t mind them doing something as innocuous as scouting out the market, but there was only so much time unwatched they would be permitted. They would have to head back soon. 

Bo nodded. “We should take something back for the others,” she suggested. 

“Of course.” Pre’s cooking skills were limited to basic bushcraft or prepping ration packs. Market-stall food always made a nice change. 

As they turned towards that part of the marked, the verd’ika lounging by the intersection pushed away from the wall and started to follow them. There was a small possibility that it could have been coincidence so Pre didn’t act right away, just slowed their pace and kept scanning their surroundings casually as though he hadn’t noticed their tail. Bo looked round in reaction and he had to put a hand on her shoulder to keep her from turning to stare at the zabrak. 

“Patience,” Pre cautioned her. “Let’s see what they want.” Given that the adiik was so clearly a traditionalist and a warrior, perhaps they were a Kyr'tsad sympathiser. 

There was a flurry of movement as a larger group of people came down the street - when they passed, the verd’ika had disappeared. Pre stopped walking and started looking for them in earnest, impressed despite himself. There was no sign of them. Then Bo swore loudly. 

Pre whirled back around to find the verdi’ika standing behind him, close enough to sink a blade between the plates of his beskar’gam . The adiik’s helm tilted, looking him over. “Pre Vizsla?” they asked. 

Pre went still. They knew who he was. Yes, he wasn’t wearing his buy’ce but his face wasn’t exactly well-known outside of the ranks of Kyr'tsad . So how did this adiik…?

“You are Pre Vizsla?” the verd’ika asked, insistent. 

“I am,” Pre replied warily. 

“I challenge you,” the adiik said. “Warrior to warrior.”

Pre blinked. He was already off-guard, and that didn’t help. “What for?” he asked, mostly to buy time. 

He felt hidden eyes rake over him, a prickling over beskar’gam that almost had him shivering. The touch of the ka’ra ran in the bloodline of Clan Vizsla but Pre had never felt it quite this way before. “For the right to join Kyr'tsad ,” the verd’ika said, after a long moment. “That’s all for now.”

Pre could have laughed. He grinned instead. “A noble goal,” he said, “but there’s no need to fight me for it. We would be happy to welcome another warrior into our ranks.”

“I want to fight you,” the adiik insisted. “I wish to prove myself.”

It was a fine display of mandokar, and one that was starting to draw attention from the various passers-by around them. People were slowing to watch. “Very well,” Pre said, happy to allow the verd’ika to show what they were made of. “But I don’t know your name even if you know mine. Don’t you think you should introduce yourself?”

“Maul,” the verd’ika replied, after a moment of hesitation. Then, since they were speaking Basic rather than Mando’a he added slightly grudgingly, “He/him.” 

“No Clan name?” Pre asked. The boy shook his head. That was curious, but there would be time to investigate later. He relaxed into a ready stance, raising his hands and gesturing for the verd’ika to attack whenever he was ready. 

The boy lunged, a swift whirl of punches and kicks that Pre had to actually push himself to block. He circled, keeping up his defence and happy to let the adiik wear himself out, but the boy must have been trained to be more cautious. He broke away - Pre was expecting him to start probing his defence for weaknesses but at the same moment an adult voice called out and someone came pushing through the circle of curious watchers. 

“Maul!” The verd said again, a whip-crack of disapproval. “What do you think you’re doing ?”

Chapter 10

Summary:

Maul attempts to explain himself.

Notes:

Force-sensitive Pre Viszla was inspired by Jetii'Manda by cjwritesfanficnow

Minor plot consistency edit as of 1.11.23.

ade: children
adiik, plural adiikla: kid, child
aliit: family
bajur'gam: training armour
beskar: mandalorian iron
beskar'gam: "iron-skin", armour
buy'ce: helmet
cin vhetin: literally 'white field', a fresh start, basically as Jango thinks of it in the narrative. Snow covers up what was there before; it's still there but you can set it aside and make something new on the surface.
dha'kad: Darksaber
goran: armourer
jetiise: Jedi (plural)
Haat'ade: shortened version of True Mandalorians
hut'uun: coward
kute: flightsuit, the layer worn beneath outer armour
Kyr'tsad: Death Watch
Mando'ade: child of Mandalore, mandalorian
Miit’akaan Ori’ramikad: the Supercommando Codex which Jaster collated and rewrote. Miit'akaan meaning literally "war-words"
ramikad plural ramikade: commando
verd, plural verde: soldier
verd'ika: diminuative, "little soldier"

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Maul glared at Silas. He had been aware the man would come looking for him after Maul slipped away, but he had expected it to take much longer to locate him than this. He made for a significant obstacle to Maul’s plans, which had been going rather well up until this point. He had been looking for Death Watch but he hadn’t expected to find Pre Vizsla himself roaming the streets of Arakura. Odd though it was to see him looking this young, he was still instantly recognisable. Maul did not sense the Darksaber anywhere on his person even after getting up close, which was a disappointment, but he did not mean to squander this opportunity either.

Now here Silas was, squandering it for him. 

Maul craned his neck and saw the rest of their little aliit hovering at the back of the crowd, waiting to provide backup if Silas needed it. Maul managed to keep his flinch of shame internal. They would not understand what he was attempting to achieve here. They would be upset with him, and though it should not matter to him, it did.

Weakness. It was weakness, and he ought to know better, but he could not shake these feelings. 

“And you are?” Pre Vizsla demanded of Silas, hands dropping to his belt and hovering near the butts of his blasters. He gave the man a wary look. 

“One of the Journeyman Protectors, Kyr’tsad ,” Silas snapped. “That makes me the law around here.”

That took some of the wind out of Vizsla, although Maul was irritably impressed at the manner Silas had found to frame his interruption, deflecting attention from the possibility that this could be personal. “The verd’ika challenged me,” Vizsla said. “It’s a fight to prove himself, not a fight to the death. Are you really going to tell me that’s illegal on Concord Dawn?”

“It isn’t,” Silas growled. “Doesn’t mean it’s a good idea.”

“What part do you object to?” Vizsla asked, his gaze cold and calculating. “Are you some kind of Kalevalan pacifist, wanting to stamp out our traditions? I doubt it, given the armour you wear. Or could it be that you overheard that this verd’ika supports our cause and is interested in joining the ranks of Kyr’tsad ?” 

Silas hadn’t known about that - his surprise was obvious. Maul cursed Pre internally. It would have been better if that little fact remained secret. 

“You seem to know him, at least,” Pre continued, gesturing to Maul. “You knew his name anyway.” He turned his head slightly to address Maul. “Are you running away adiik ? Is that why you wouldn’t give me your Clan name?”

Maul looked again at Savage and Feral and Kilindi though the press of bodies and considered the fact that perhaps he hadn’t thought his actions through fully. It had only been a faint hope that Pre had the Darksaber, but he could have stepped away once he discovered that it was too early for that. What had he really intended with his request to join Death Watch? Would he have left with them? Left his brothers and Kilindi behind? That was not what he wanted! He would require all the allies he could get when it came time to find and kill Kenobi and Sidious. 

Had he imagined he could bring them with him? They had already made their opinions about Kyr’tsad very clear.

“His aliit will be worried about him,” Silas said. “I’ll see him safely home.”

“He’s old enough to make his own choices,” Pre said, voice sharp. “Old enough to decide if he wants to work to free our people from the tyranny of the New Mandalorians.” Again, he looked to Maul, one eyebrow raised, awaiting his response. 

Frustration built inside Maul’s chest, the Dark Side rising with it. If he had not been watching Pre’s face he might have missed the small reaction there, a startled blink, a faint shiver against a chill that was not physically present. Curious, Maul reached out just enough to brush the edges of his beskar’gam and felt something there running underneath it. It was not obvious at all from the outside, caged within the metal, but the plates did not offer complete cover and when he felt beneath them…

Soul made manifest in beskar , the goran had said. Stronger in those touched by the stars - in other words those touched by the Force. Maul had not noticed any such thing from Vizsla the first time around, but neither had he been looking for it. Pre had been better with a lightsaber than Maul might have expected for a Force-null, but he had assumed that was simply the Mandalorian’s weapons-training showing through. 

If Vizsla had a trickle of Force-sensitivity that was interesting, but not particularly relevant to him right now.

“I should return to my family,” he told Pre. “I apologise for the interruption.”

“We’re going to be in town for a while,” Vizsla replied. “If you consider changing your mind.” 

Maul nodded, turned away and endured the weight of Silas’ hand falling on his shoulder - though not before giving one final glance at the young woman in bajur’gam standing just behind Pre. Her face might have been concealed but her presence was one that he knew even though it had been many years since the last time he sensed it. That was Bo-Katan Kryze. Very curious. She was supposed to be kidnapped and missing, not wandering around in the company of her captors. 

It appeared she had joined Death Watch at an earlier age than he had imagined. Was she going to be a problem and an obstacle once again? Maul supposed that would depend on what had been at the root of her rejection previously. Had it been something as simple as a deep friendship with Pre, such that she could not bear his death? Had it been because Maul had not sworn the Resol’nare? Perhaps some other factor he had not considered, or a combination of things? 

He was in a better position to take command of Death Watch now, though he could admit it was unlikely any of their warriors would agree to take commands from one as young as him. 

“We’re going to be talking about this when we get home,” Silas said to him, as soon as they were out of earshot of Vizsla. 

“Not on the flight back?” Maul asked, keen to get this over with. 

“I need a chance to think first.” 

Maul sighed. They got past the obstacle of the slowly-dispersing crowd and Savage, Feral and Kilindi fell into step around them. 

“Is that really what you were trying to do?” Kilindi asked him. “Join Kyr’tsad ?”

“It was meant to be an infiltration,” Maul replied, the not-quite-lie coming easily to his lips. 

“There’s no need for that,” Silas told him, each word bitten short. “There’s nothing they know that we need to know anymore.”

“Are you certain?” Maul replied. “There are many secrets they would surely tell only to their own.”

“Even if they did, we would never ask or expect an adiik to go in to find that out.”

Maul caught Savage and Kilindi exchanging uncomfortable looks over the top of his head. Kilindi had gone through a growth spurt over the last few months and now she was taller than him, a state of affairs that was likely to continue given that Maul had always been shorter than he liked. They both knew what Maul’s true desires were. They knew what he had said of Kyr’tsad in the past. He braced for the moment they would reveal this to Silas but it did not come. All he sensed was their unease, sticky and cold in the Force. 

Silas marched them at a fast pace through the streets and back to where the Promised Revenge  was parked. Jango had bought passage on a merchant’s ship to go after Tor Vizsla, rather than risk losing a vessel which meant something to them all as a price for his vengeance. Maul went up the ramp with his head down and frustration a solid weight under his breastbone. 

The flight home was just as awkward as he expected. Silas was leaking worry and fear into the Force for the length of the journey and the temptation to reach out and try and perceive his surface thoughts was intense. Maul held back because he did not know how to do that without causing damage and pain. His Master had not wanted him to be subtle when it came to that particular skill.

“All right,” Silas said finally, once they were back in the main room at the homestead, all sitting around the heavy wooden table. “What was that really all about?”

“I said already,” Maul replied. “To be a spy in their ranks.”

Silas shook his head. “You’re no fool Maul, and I’m not either. You knew Jango and I would never have approved of an action like that - and what did you think would happen if that ramikad had taken you on? Kyr’tsad could have shipped you off to complete your training on Concordia - unless that was something you didn’t mind happening?”

“I… I do not want to leave any of you,” Maul said, the words almost dragged out of him. It was hard to admit such a thing. Every instinct screamed that such a connection was a weapon to be used against him. He looked around, meeting the eyes of Kilindi, Savage and Feral. “You’re my aliit .”

Silas looked up at the ceiling, clearly considering his words carefully. “When you were younger,” he said, “when Kyr’tsad had you before…”

“What?” Surprise had him interrupting without thinking about it. He had been aware that Jango and Silas both had their suspicions about the source of his knowledge of Mandaolrians, but they had never pressed him for answers and he had grown complacent. Even so, he would not have imagined they would guess that he had been part of Death Watch.

Silas put his hands up in a calming gesture. “I don’t believe you had any choice about it,” he said, clearly trying to be soothing. Did they think he had been a slave then? A kidnapped child? “You aren’t to blame. But you don’t have to go back to them. They have no hold over you anymore.”

“That is not what this was,” Maul replied sharply. He should not care what false assumptions they might have made, yet it did matter.

“What was it then?” Silas asked. 

Maul paused, considering his words. The truth could not be fully concealed, but nor did he have to admit to everything. The less believable parts he would omit. “I was… with Kyr’tsad for a time, yes,” he said carefully. “They did not mistreat me, if that is what you believe. For a while I was… safe , with them - before my Master came for me.” He knew Silas would assume he meant his owner, his slave-master, whereas Kilindi and his brothers would perceive the true meaning of his words. 

Silas blinked. His hands flattened out on the table. “Ah,” he said. “Then… are you so sure they were trying to help you?” 

“They did help me.” There was no question about their loyalty. Maul was unsure why he felt so defensive over those who had in the end been only tools, but it seemed this was more important to him than he had realised. “I understand how greatly they have hurt you, but they are still Mandalorians, are they not? They still follow the Resol’nare.”

Silas’ face twisted in discomfort and disgust. “That’s arguable, since they certainly didn’t follow Jaster as the true Mandalor.”

“You do not argue that they care for their ade ? Or adiikla in general?”

Silas sighed. Around the table, Savage and Feral and Kilindi watched the back and forth with concern but said nothing to add to it. He did not sense rejection from any of them, but they were not best pleased with him either. No doubt he would need to justify himself to them separately, explain that he truly had not meant to abandon them. It had just been a decision of the moment, an impulsive chase after an unlooked-for opportunity. 

“I’m not going to argue with you about how you were treated,” Silas said. “Not when you feel they were kind to you. But I don’t think you understand that it might not have stayed that way. I haven’t seen it for myself, but there have been reports for a long time about the way that Kyr’tsad train their verde, the ramikade most of all. It’s brutal to the point of being abusive - I’m sure they don’t see it that way, but there’s no reason to beat your verde for the slightest mistake, or punish them in the cruel ways I’ve heard about.”

Maul gave Silas a wary look. He recalled nothing particularly severe about the training he had seen during his time with Death Watch - and he had been around in their camp often enough and for long enough that surely he would have noticed. Yes, the Kyr’tsad trainers could be harsh at times but no more so than Maul’s lessons at the Orsis Academy. They had never been anything like Sidious - and even then Maul hesitated to call that abusive since it had been necessary for his development as a Sith. 

Whatever Silas saw in his expression, he didn’t like it. There was a question hovering at the forefront of his mind but after a moment he moved away from it. Instead, he said, “So they helped you out. They taught you some of what it is to be Mando’ade . Did you swear loyalty to them? Did they adopt you into a Clan?”

“It did not go that far,” Maul replied. 

“But you wanted it to?”

“I wanted to be free of my Master.”

Another moment of uncomfortable silence. “Are you unhappy here?” Silas asked him finally, quietly. 

Maul shook his head firmly. “No. No, that played no part in my reasoning.”

“Then why?”

Now they touched upon a subject where Maul would have to be careful, for the same reasons he had wanted to be careful with his knowledge of the Force. Jango had not probed him for the truth then, but… “I am concerned that my Master will track us down,” he said. “We will not be strong enough to stand against him alone, not as we are. Not without more allies.”

Silas frowned. “Your Master… He’s some kind of Force-sensitive, isn’t he? Jango and I both survived jetiise before. We’ll kill him for you, don’t worry about that.”

“You assume he will come alone.” He likely would, but admitting that would not convey the true power and menace of Darth Sidious. 

“Who exactly is this man?” 

“I cannot tell you that,” Maul said. “You must not go looking for him.”

Silas growled in frustration. “It’s going to be hard to protect you if we don’t know who we’re protecting you from.”

“If you and Jango face him alone, you will die ,” Maul said, slamming his own fist down on the table to emphasise his point. “ That is why we need Kyr’tsad . Or we need Jango to reclaim the title of Mand’alor, but we both know he will not do that.”

Silas looked at him uncertainly. He seemed to have run out of things to say. Maul gave him a sharp nod. “I will do what I must for our safety,” he told him - he told all of them. “Even if it means working with your enemies.”

----

Jango ripped his buy’ce from his head and splashed water onto his face before leaning down to drink greedily from the fast-flowing river. His brain was throbbing inside his skull and his throat felt as dry as if the deserts of Tatooine had been poured down it. Every muscle ached as the poison left his system. That fight had been close. Too close for comfort. He’d made a promise to himself and to the adiikla that he wouldn’t do anything rash, that he wouldn’t risk his life just to get revenge. In the moment he’d been caught up in adrenaline and he hadn’t been thinking about that. He had only thought of Jaster, of the Haat’ade , of Galidraan. Rage had pumped with every beat of his heart. Taking on an entire ship’s worth of Kyr'tsad to get to Tor hadn’t phased him. 

He hadn’t actually needed to fight anyone except Tor. Sacrificing his stolen ship to destroy their engines had bought him the chaos and opportunity to go straight for Vizsla… and it had still been a struggle that ranged through the corridors of the cruiser, into an escape pod, and down to the surface of Corellia. 

Jango looked sidelong at all that remained of Tor’s body. The hungry dire-cats had torn through his kute , scattering immaculate plates of beskar aside to get at the meat beneath, frenzied by the scent of blood. Jango didn’t know how long he’d been out, but it had been long enough that not much more than blood-stained bones remained, half-hidden in the long grass. The grisly sight didn’t seem to phase the Corellian kids that had found him - they were hanging back and watching him clean himself, but it was only curiosity in their eyes rather than fear. 

Jango scooped water over his head, scrubbing dried and foul-smelling sweat from his skin. Then he pushed himself to his feet, swaying slightly with a moment of dizziness. The wind against his damp cheeks felt too good to put his buy’ce back on. It was enough to be wrapped in the embrace of the rest of his beskar’gam , for all that it had been defiled by the governor of Galidraan. The hut’uun had stripped it of its paint, clearly ignorant of what the colours meant. During the journey here whenever he’d caught sight of his own reflection it hadn’t looked like him, but like a stranger. 

Could he really call himself the same person now as the last time wearing beskar’gam ? He’d been a leader then, Mand’alor to his people. Now he was a failure, no leader at all. Looking after four ade was about as much as he was capable of handling, and even then he felt inadequate more often than not. 

Cin vhetin . Snow on the battlefield, deeds of the past hidden by a veil and no longer spoken of. Bare beskar wasn’t the same as snow-white, meaning indecision rather than a new start… but perhaps that was just as appropriate.

“Are you okay?” one of the Corellians asked him. “We can take you to a medic.”

That might be wise, but it would be safer if no-one knew he had been here - or that he was still alive. Kyr'tsad saw him up on that cruiser. Tor had recognised him even without the right colours, had shouted his name to his verde . He must have seen the governor’s stripped trophy, Jango realised, with a stab of fear and hate. Why did that feel like more of a violation than the governor doing it in the first place? 

Because Vizsla knew what it meant. 

“Did you hit your head?” another of the adiikla asked. Jango realised he had been silent too long. 

“I’m fine,” he said, voice coming out rough. “Thank you.” He forced himself to get moving. With slow, halting steps he went over to where Tor’s remains lay and sank down to one knee, checking over the man’s beskar’gam and equipment. Tor hadn’t used the dha’kad at any point during their fight, but it was the symbol and validation of his rule. Surely he would have had it on him? 

Finally his questing fingers found a slender, blade-less hilt in one of the pockets on Tor’s belt. The moment Jango’s hand closed around it he felt it buzzing against his palm. Or not buzzing but… alive somehow. A pulse like a slow heartbeat. It was quiet. Sleeping? Jango held it uncomfortably, feeling uncertain. What did he do with it now? 

If he left it here, Kyr'tsad would find it when they came looking for Vizsla’s body. They would hand it on to the heir of his House, but... was Jango really going to claim it instead? He could - he’d beaten Tor in combat. It hadn’t been witnessed, but it wouldn’t be hard to get the support of the clans in order to legitimise his rule. He could have done that already, if he’d wanted to. 

That was the problem. He didn’t want to. The thought of being Mand’alor curdled something in his belly, something sickening, something between horror and denial. It was a responsibility that he didn’t want - but someone had to rule. The New Mandalorians were still reeling from the death of the Duke, and Jango didn’t really know how he felt about them. They had never been the threat - Kyr'tsad were their enemy. The Kalevalans were pacifists, but they were constrained by their own ideals. Before all of this, when Jaster first re-wrote the Miit’akaan Ori’ramikad it wasn’t like the Kalevalans had done anything to stop him or the Haat Mando’ade. 

He needed to think about this, and the dha’kad would stay with him until he decided. Jango tucked it into his belt and rose. 

Time to go home. 

----

“You never told me any of that before,” Kilindi said, once Silas had left the adiikla to their own devices.

Maul found he could not meet her eyes. "There is much I have not told you."

"And you never have to talk about things, but it might have helped us to understand why you thought Death Watch was so important to your plans."

"What does knowing this change anything?" Maul asked, lip curling into a slight sneer. "The facts I gave you already have not changed."

"We didn't know that they had already helped you before," Savage said. There was sorrow in his eyes and leaching out into the Dark, edging too close to pity for Maul's liking. "Who would not wish to repay such assistance?"

"This is not about repaying them," Maul corrected him. "I fully intend to take their strength for our own, win a place of authority within their ranks."

Kilindi and Savage exchanged looks he could not read. Savage sighed, pushed his chair back from the table and came over to stand next to Maul. "You have been through a lot in your life, brother," he said quietly. "It is not fair."

"Life is not fair," Maul said, with a slight roll of his eyes. "Wallowing in emotion over it does not change reality, or do anything productive at all."

"Isn't emotion the way of the Force?" Savage challenged. "We are your family. If we want to be upset about what this Master has taken from you, don't we have that right?"

Maul glared at the polished wood of the table, his jaw clenched. He could not make them feel any differently but that did not mean he liked it. It was... strange. They should not feel that way. The reason Maul hated Darth Sidious was for the way he had betrayed him, held back from teaching him the true strength and glory of the Sith, abandoning him after Naboo. It was not for any of the other parts of their relationship. Sidious had treated him the way a Sith Apprentice was meant to be treated. 

Savage's hand came up to rest on his shoulder. Maul almost flinched at the unexpected touch, caught up in his thoughts as he was. This was hardly the first time Savage had touched him though, in either version of history. During the months they had spent building the first iteration of the Shadow Collective he had gotten used to Savage's frequent need to place a hand on his arm, or shoulder, or the back of his neck. Maul had not allowed himself to miss that after Savage's death, not as anything more than fodder for his rage and hate. Even now that Savage was alive and with him again, each touch was as much a reminder of what Sidious had taken from him as it was anything else. 

"Perhaps Kyr'tsad is not all bad, if they protected you," Savage said quietly. "But you have us here to protect you now."

"I've told you we will not be enough," Maul hissed. "If you cared for me so much you would believe me."

Savage bent his head, and rather unexpectedly tangled his horns with Maul's own. The argument that had been waiting to spill from Maul's mouth vanished in a surge of unfamiliar emotion. It was as though some hunger he had not realised he possessed was being sated, a warm flood of endorphins washing out from the points of connection. "We do care for you," Savage said. "We all do. I wish you were able to believe that."

Maul frowned. The temptation was to relax into this strange embrace, but he was a Sith. He was not made for such soft things. Nor did he fully know what he wanted Savage or Kilindi or even Feral to say. People did not do things out of love, not solely. There would always come a point where self-interest over-rode it. He could believe that their self-interest still lay with him, that he had knowledge and strength that they benefited from, but it became harder and harder to remember that these days. 

At the corner of his eye he saw Feral get down from his chair and come over, bracing himself against the edge of the table as he strained upwards and then gave a little grunt of frustration when he wasn't tall enough for his own horns to make contact with anything. The rumbling, quiet laugh Savage released was felt more than heard, a vibration in the air between them. 

"Here little brother," Savage said, moving his hand to the back to Maul's neck and gently pushing them both down into reach. A faint purr rose up through Maul's chest and escaped before he could stop it. Embarrassment flushed over his cheeks. 

"I'm not sure how I'll join," Kilindi said, also from close by. "I don't have horns."

"It's not so different from the keldabe ," Savage replied. "Come here."

They remained like that in a tangle of arms with heads pressed all together for some time. Maul did not bother to measure it. It was easier simply to breathe and exist in the moment. There was pain aching through his hearts but it did not feel truly unpleasant. It was more like... ice over a river cracking with the spring thaw, allowing water to flow once more. There was nothing he could do to stop it. He could only hope it was not the kind of weakness that would cost them dearly in the end.

Notes:

tacotits has done some great art for this chapter here!

Chapter 11

Summary:

Maul discovers a familiar and unexpected face on Concord Dawn, with more consequences than he could have foreseen.

Notes:

Poor Silas has his work cut out for him trying to work out the best way to deal with Maul under these circumstances. He's trying not to do anything that might drive Maul away and into the arms of Death Watch but... the Force puts all plans to shame, ya'know.

Chapter Text

Given the transgression inherent in even considering joining Death Watch, Maul expected to receive some manner of punishment for his actions more than just the mildly agonising conversation they’d had about it, but no such punishment came. Maul wasn’t sure if Silas had actually accepted that his argument had some merit, or whether he believed acting further would only do more harm than good. The other possibility was that he was attempting to lull Maul into a false sense of security before striking. He doubted that was the case - Silas was too straight-forward for such tricks. Either way, Maul was still permitted to go with the others into town for the usual supply runs. He was always accompanied, but that had been the case before. If he wished to slip away once again, it would not be impossible.

Something else held him back. 

Guilt was an unfamiliar emotion to him, but Maul supposed the slightly sick feeling in the pit of his stomach must be that. His point still stood - they needed Death Watch - but… it had upset Kilindi and his brothers, and he did not like to have done that to them. 

Maul did not immediately attempt to contact Pre Vizsla again. He was no longer sure what path he should take. Silas was right that Kyr’tsad would not let him stay here with his family. They were only on Concord Dawn at all because Satine Kryze was still missing. Maul’s aim regarding Death Watch was to get more allies at his side, not to leave the ones he already had behind. He wasn’t old enough to take command of Death Watch, not yet - perhaps it was better to wait a few years more. 

The temptation was still there in the back of his mind, a few days later when he went into Arakura again with Silas and Kilindi. Savage and Feral remained at home, studying some of the old farming equipment with the idea of getting it back into some kind of working order again. They would have to give some thought to their food supplies as the months ticked on.

Silas had some business to conduct with the local office of the Protectors. “Don’t get into any trouble,” he told the two of them. “I won’t be long.”

Maul eyed him suspiciously. He was leaving him alone already? Did he not worry Maul would run straight to Kyr’tsad ? Perhaps the doubt in his heart was more obvious than he thought.

“You assume I can make Maul do anything he doesn’t want to,” Kilindi told Silas cheerfully. Silas sighed, but left them to their own devices all the same. “So,” Kilindi said, turning to Maul. “Window shopping? Or do you want to track down that Kyr’tsad ramikad from before?”

For some reason the lack of any obvious judgement or disapproval in her face was more painful to him than the reverse. “Not at the present moment,” he said. “Otherwise, I have no particular preferences.”

“You told Silas you would work with our enemies if you had to,” Kilindi pointed out, as they started to walk. 

Maul winced slightly. “I may have been too hasty in my actions. We… have more time.”

“Hmm. Okay.” 

Maul gave her a wary sideways glance, but her breezy acceptance appeared genuine. 

Arakura was not large enough to be separated into districts. There was a single town center where the non-residential buildings were clustered - and even there, plenty of the shopkeepers lived above their businesses, scattered around the central market square and its many stalls. Maul and Kilindi spent half an hour strolling at a leisurely pace, nodding greetings to people they recognised after several months living here. Kilindi had always been more gregarious than Maul was, so he let her make small talk while he kept his eyes and ears open. 

Maul did interject with questions at several points to seek word of what Kyr’tsad had been up to in the past few days. Word of his aborted duel with Vizsla had apparently spread, which he ought to have expected, and reactions to it were mixed. He got some disapproving looks, and more than a few questions about whether he had genuinely been intending to join a group that were famous enemies of his buir

Maul did not bother to correct them that Jango was not his buir . They were supposed to assume that this was the case. Kilindi managed to deflect most of those questions, suggesting that the rumours had been overblown, but it was not quite enough to quash the wariness that had grown up about him for many. Others were more positive - clearly they had some sympathies towards Kyr’tsad themselves. 

It was helpful to know the general feelings of the populace towards the civil war still ongoing. Many here were still supportive of the Haat’ade and Fett despite that Fett had no intention of doing anything with that support, but not all. Opinions of the New Mandalorians were low across the board at least. 

“I can’t see the Kalevalans winning this war,” Kilindi said, as they headed through the market. “Not unless Jango manages to kill Tor, and even then someone else would just take his place.”

Maul nodded. He didn’t recall exactly what factors had decided the outcome of this conflict the first time around, and he could not see the path that led from here to there. He doubted he could have changed all that much simply by freeing Jango Fett. He must have escaped enslavement at some point on his own, otherwise he would not have become the notorious bounty-hunter with a reputation that led the Sith to him. 

Kilindi slowed their pace to browse some of the stalls. Maul kept a watchful eye scanning their surroundings, less interested in such trinkets. He knew Kilindi enjoyed the experience of looking at them more than actually buying anything. At first, the teenager in rough brown garments did not catch his attention. It was not until the second look that a creeping sense of familiarity rose in Maul’s mind. 

He might be young, fifteen or sixteen perhaps, without a trace of that famous beard on his cheeks, but Maul had the image of a bare-faced padawan on Naboo seared into his memories. The shape of the face was the same. The build was the same. 

“Kenobi,” he whispered, an expression of purest hate. 

Kilindi said something next to him, but Maul was already moving. There was no space in his mind to question what Kenobi was doing here, or to wonder if this was really the wisest course of action. There was only the familiar rage flooding well-worn channels in his soul, the desperate need for revenge born from every moment scraping through the garbage to survive and drowning his mind in the Dark to force himself to keep on living. 

Kenobi wasn’t expecting him. He was not yet fully trained. He was not obviously armed. It was the perfect moment.

----

The first warning Obi-wan had of any danger was when the Force screamed inside his head to move, now . He obeyed its command instinctively without thinking, ducking backwards out of the way and dropping the bags full of supplies. Fresh fruit rolled out over the dusty stone cobbles. The incoming vibroknife that would have skewered him in the shoulder met thin air instead of flesh. 

“What…?” was all Obi-wan had time to say before the knife was coming around again. Obi-wan dodged, bringing an arm up to deflect the strike and cursing as he was met with armour that made the impact judder through his bones. He backed up several steps, trying to open space between them, to see who this was and try and work out why in the name of the Force they were trying to kill him. 

His assailant followed him, pressing the attack and giving him no room at all to breathe and take stock, to get his balance and re-centre himself. They were wearing Mandalorian armour, painted a dull green shade with little in the way of markings or ornamentation. The shape of the helmet suggested it was making room for horns beneath it. A zabrak? What didn’t fit was that… this was a child! Or at the very least a teenager younger than he was! Obi-wan knew from Satine that Mandalorians judged adulthood to start from the age of thirteen, but there was still a transitional period. They didn’t just drop their younglings into combat straight away.

Or the ones Satine knew didn’t. Death Watch might be a different matter. 

This youngling had to be part of Death Watch. That was the only reason Obi-wan could see for this swift and vicious attack - he just didn’t understand how they had guessed who he was! 

The young warrior circled, vibroblade a glimmer of wicked durasteel in their hand. Obi-wan was on the defensive - he looked desperately around the marketplace to see if anyone would help him, if anyone was even paying attention to this fight in their midst. It did appear to be causing some consternation, but nothing near what he would have expected from any civilised planet. There were a few calls in Mando’a - it was hard to concentrate on translating them inside his head as his attacker came for him once again. Something about Protectors? Something about this not being the first time ‘Maul’ had started a duel in public?

So he had a name for this person. It didn’t help him right now. 

The zabrak was growling, a low and constant sound. His knife wove patterns in the air as he struck over and over, looking for the gap in Obi-wan’s defences. Obi-wan was drawing on the Force, using it as he had been taught to boost his speed and agility, but it did not seem to be enough. There was something else in the Force with him, felt rather than seen, like shadows blocking out the heat of the sun. He knew it. He had felt it before - the memory of Xanatos looming over him and feeling just like that in the Force made him shudder. It was the Dark Side. He took a breath in, made short and sharp with shock. 

Why was his attacker wrapped in the influence of the Dark Side? Mandalorians didn’t use the Force - but that did not mean they were impervious to its influence. Whether it was instinct or training from some Dark Side cult not known to the Jedi didn’t matter. What did was that this zabrak was no ordinary opponent. 

Bright lines of pain rippled across Obi’s skin - his left bicep, his cheek, the outside of his right thigh - as he did not quite manage to get out of the way in time. The zabrak didn’t fight like a child, but like a trained warrior twice his age. Fear flooded like ice into his heart as he realised he was losing this fight. His attacker would wear him down and eventually these small cuts would turn into much worse injuries until he was too weak to defend himself any longer. 

He couldn’t wait for someone to come and help him, if anyone even would. 

His lightsaber was a heavy weight against his skin, strapped close to his waist beneath his loose shirt. He couldn’t draw it, not without giving away what he was. He remembered all of Qui-gon’s warnings about Mandalorians. They were not at all fond of Jedi. He might only make things worse.

Another flash from the vibro-knife. Obi-wan leaned backwards but the zabrak drove on, pushing the blow. It lashed across his forehead in a line of cold fire. Blood started to well in a slow but steady stream down his face, stinging and sticky into his right eye. Obi-wan stepped backwards trying to duck his head and wipe it clean on the sleeve of his shirt but that was a mistake. The vibroblade sank into the meat of his left thigh and the muscle gave out under him. Obi-wan staggered, almost falling, pulling the vibroblade from his enemy’s grasp with the sudden jerk of movement. It was a small mercy. Opening his one good eye he saw the zabrak simply pull another one from a hilt at his belt. 

There was no choice. Obi-wan was not going to die here. He pulled his lightsaber free and ignited it in one smooth movement, holding the blue blade as a barrier between him and his enemy. 

Silence fell in a circle all around them. Obi-wan hadn’t been aware of the noise until it was gone. He looked desperately for someone who might help him, the lightsaber enough to hold the zabrak back for now. A crowd had formed, drawn by the violence. He saw several other Mandalorians in various amounts of armour, though few in a full suit of it as his attacker was. Only four wore full beskar’gam . There was a young nautolan similarly garbed watching passively with arms folded in front of their chest, a human pushing their way through the crowd, and another two humans one of whom…

One of whom had the shriek-hawk symbol of Death Watch on their shoulder-plate. 

Obi-wan’s heart sank. 

“Maul!” The older Mandalorian called out, making his way to the front of the crowd. “ Again ? What are you…” His words cut off immediately, then he snarled, “ Jetii ,” with unmistakable hatred. 

“I believe you have just answered your own question,” the youngling replied, surprisingly articulate for someone who had attacked him in the street . “Stand back and let me finish killing him.”

The Death Watch trooper snorted. “He’s got a lightsaber,” he pointed out. 

“A minor obstacle,” this ‘Maul’ replied. 

“What is a jetii doing on Concord Dawn anyway?” the trooper said. “That’s a question we need to answer before you kill him.”

Another growl ripped from Maul’s throat. He lunged for Obi-wan again - Obi jerked his lightsaber through a spin that should have taken the boy’s hand off at the wrist but apparently the zabrak was anticipating what he would do. The attack had been a feint - he flipped the vibroknife into his other hand and stabbed towards Obi-wan’s ribs. 

The Death Watch trooper grabbed Maul by the shoulder and hauled him back before the attack could land. “That wasn’t a request,” he said, an edge in his voice. “The only reason a jetii would be here at all is because the Republic sent them. We need to know why.”

At least he didn’t appear to suspect they had been sent to help Satine and the New Mandalorians. Or perhaps he did, but didn’t want to say that out loud in a public place. 

“I’m not intending on answering any of your questions,” he told them both. His leg hurt very much, a steady agony and a weakness that meant he couldn’t put much of his weight on it at all. The dampness of his own blood was spreading down his thigh. 

“No?” the trooper said. It sounded like he was smiling under his helmet. “I don’t think you have much of a choice.”

The older Mandalorian cleared his throat. “If anyone is asking anybody questions here, it’s me,” he said. “A jetii infiltrating our borders is Protector business.”

The Protectors were the local law enforcement on Concord Dawn, Obi-wan knew that much. By the way that this one said the word “ jetii ”, he wasn’t sure he would be much better off with them than with Death Watch - but at least the Protectors were some kind of legitimate part of the governing structure of Mandalorian space. They weren’t terrorists. They might not treat him well, but they weren’t likely to summarily execute him without a trial, or vanish him somewhere he couldn’t be tracked down by Qui-gon.

“It seems more appropriate that I go with you, officer,” he said, nodding to the man. 

There was a tense moment as the Protector and the trooper glared at each other - or whatever the Mandalorian equivalent was when neither party could see the others’ eyes. The trooper was still holding Maul loosely by the shoulder - the boy gave a low snarl and sheathed his vibroblade. 

Jetiise are slippery creatures,” the trooper finally said, voice soft and threatening. “Perhaps we should come with you and ensure they don’t escape along the way.”

“I know how to handle jetiise ,” the Protector snarled. 

“Do you? Apparently you can’t even handle this verd’ika .” He nodded down at Maul. The boy pulled away from his grip. 

“I do not require to be handled Vizsla,” he said irritably. Obi-wan’s heart skipped a beat. This wasn’t just any soldier of Death Watch, but part of the Clan that made up the heart of it, a relative of its leader. The political dimensions of this were getting all the more complicated.

The Protector sighed. “Fine. Maul, Kilindi, Kyr’tsade , come with me then. We’ll take this jetii to the station, get them some medical care, and then we can all ask whatever questions we need to.”

----

Anger was still stoking the fire of the Dark in Maul’s heart but he hauled it back and got it under his control. There were too many people around who would stop him from attacking Kenobi again and he could not get past them all. His revenge could wait. Once Silas discovered the Jedi’s reason for being here on Mandalore his own need for vengeance would surely be enough of a lever to get him to stand aside and let Maul finish what he had started. 

Now that he took a moment to consider the situation, Maul realised that Kenobi must be here to protect Satine Kryze. He knew the story - Kenobi had spent months in Mandalorian space acting as a bodyguard for the future Duchess, protecting her until she could take her place on the throne - but none of the details. Even now those details were of no particular interest to him, but they certainly were to Pre Vizsla and to Silas. Maul toyed with the idea of simply telling them the truth himself. It would be easy enough to present it as just a suggestion, something he was guessing from the observable facts. 

Only it would not get him Kenobi dead any quicker. Nor did he really care what happened to Kryze. She had only ever been a means to an end - he bore her no particular malice despite the hatred Death Watch had for her. 

Maul trailed the rest of their group to the Protectors’ station building, glaring daggers at Kenobi’s spine. His enemy’s young age had been obvious during their fight. The perfect defence which had become his trademark in later years was nowhere to be seen and his skills at unarmed combat had been mediocre compared to the martial arts drilled into Maul from the moment he was old enough to hit a training droid. He would have killed the boy, he was certain. 

Something about that felt… off. It should not have been that easy. Kenobi was his greatest challenge, the one he measured himself against. This version of him was lesser. Unworthy. 

“What was that all about?” Kilindi asked, bending close to him so that they would go unheard. 

“He is a Jedi,” Maul replied - the most honest answer he could give. 

“You said a name,” she said. “His name I’m guessing.”

Maul clenched his jaw. Yes, he had done that. It had slipped out of him without thought of the consequences. He had no excuse for this, so he made none. Seeing that he wasn't going to answer her, Kilindi shrugged and stopped pushing. Perversely, that only made him want to tell her the truth. 

That would be foolish. He resisted the urge. 

Silas stopped at the entrance to the station to exchange words with another Protector, then led them through the building past wary glares directed at Pre and Bo-Katan into an interrogation room. Someone brought a medkit and Silas helped Kenobi spray the stab-wound in his leg with bacta before wrapping a bandage around his thigh. Then he pushed gently Kenobi into a chair on one side of the table, fastened his wrists into the cuffs welded to the surface, and sat down opposite him. Maul leaned against the wall, Kilindi at his side. The two Death Watch verde took the other side. 

“So,” Silas said, folding his hands on the table in front of him. “Let’s start off with something simple jetii . What’s your name?”

Maul could see the indecision warring behind Kenobi’s eyes. He was wary of Maul, and he was very wary of Pre. He knew he was in enemy hands and that his fate might already be sealed. The wisest course of action for the truly committed would be to say nothing at all and go to one’s death protecting all the secrets you held. The man Kenobi would grow up to be would have spun a pretty tale of half-truths and had Silas believing him in less than an hour. This boy was used to a weak and corrupt galaxy that asked little of him. He answered honestly. 

“Obi-wan Kenobi,” he said. “Might I have yours?”

“No,” Silas replied. “What about the name of your Master?”

That startled Kenobi. “My Master? I don’t know what you mean.”

It was a bad lie, and all of them knew it. “We aren’t ignorant of Jetiise ways here,” Silas growled. “You’re a Jetii’ad . A padawan. You wouldn’t go anywhere without your Master. So who and where is he?”

“I don’t know where he is right at this moment,” Kenobi protested. 

“But you know his name, I presume.”

Clearly the boy thought it did not matter if they knew something as simple as names. “Qui-gon Jinn,” he said. “We mean the Mandalorian people no harm, I promise you. We are here quite by accident…” 

Pre snorted. “You expect us to believe that?” he asked. “ Jetiise don’t go anywhere by accident.” 

Silas nodded with reluctant agreement. “ Jetiise answer to the Republic. I assume they sent you. This is meddling in the affairs of a neutral sovereign sector.”

“We were invited here by Mandalorians,” Obi-wan said. He appeared to be offended by the insinuation that they were doing anything wrong, which Maul found wonderfully hypocritical. Of course when Jedi meddled in the affairs of others it was only correct and righteous, but when Maul assisted a faction at their own request it was enough to prompt an invasion of Republic troops to bring down his rightful government. 

It had not surprised him. It had been his own design, well aware that the Republic would run roughshod over any neutral system they wished if it served their own ends. He merely disliked the pretense that this was anything other than what it was. 

“Let me guess,” Pre said, a sneer in his voice. “At the request of the New Mandalorians. Dar’manda aruetiise.

“They are still a legitimate part of the government,” Kenobi said, self-righteous in a way that made Maul want to tear out his tongue. “Unlike Death Watch.”

That got a laugh out of Pre. “According to who? The Kalevalans? Tor Vizsla bears the Darksaber. That makes him the Mand’alor by the traditions of our people.”

“Arguable,” Silas snapped. 

Pre might be wearing his helmet but Maul still sensed the way his attention sharpened in on Silas. Suspicion was hovering at the forefront of his mind. This was not the place or time for that particular debate, something of which Pre was well aware. “My point still stands,” he said instead. “Our claim to be the legitimate government of all Mando’ade has at least as firm a basis as that of the Kalevalans.”

Kenobi was frowning. Had this not been in his mission briefing? Poor little Jedi. 

Silas turned back to him. “Alright, you were asked to be here. To do what, exactly?”

“That is between the Jedi and the New Mandalorians.”

“If the Kalevalans are thinking about asking for Republic aid, then that’s our business,” Silas said. His interwoven fingers tightened, the tension visible even through his gloves. “And Jetiise aid is even worse than only Republic aid.”

Thoughts whirled behind Kenobi’s eyes, detectable in the way his gaze flicked around the room. “Have I actually done something against the law?” he asked. “Or do you simply object to the fact that I am a Jedi?”

“He has a point, Journeyman Protector,” Pre said. “Perhaps you have no reason to hold him here at all. Perhaps you should turn him over to me and know that I’ll see an appropriate punishment meted out for his transgressions.”

“Breaking the treaty Mandalore has with the Republic sounds like breaking the law to me,” Silas replied. 

“And what court will you prosecute this Jetii in? The Republic’s? The Kalevalan’s? Who does Concord Dawn answer to in times like these?”

Kenobi shifted uneasily in his seat. “If you’re suggesting that a treaty has been broken then surely that is a matter for the galactic courts,” he said. “As far as I understand it, the New Mandalorian faction petitioned the Jedi for aid directly. I’m sure that the Republic wouldn’t want to look like they were meddling to the other neutral parts of the galaxy…”

Maul laughed. He could not help himself. 

“I’m not lying,” Obi-wan said sharply, as though that was what Maul had been responding to. “The Republic Constitution prohibits…”

“That has never stopped the Republic from meddling in Mandalorian space before,” Maul said. Or in the future either. 

“What would you know about that?” Kenobi said, a slight flush rising over his cheeks. “You’re just a child!”

“And you’re not?” Maul replied. 

“Maul is more educated in Mandalorian history than you appear to be, Jetii ,” Silas said, “and I don’t think Mandalore is some kind of special case.”

“How did you even know who I was?” Obi-wan said, frowning at Maul. “I wasn’t doing anything. I was just shopping in the market and you attacked me.”

That was a question that Maul had been expecting to come up, but he had hoped it would be in private with Silas and Kilindi, not in front of Vizsla. “You were… suspicious,” he said, which he knew very well was a pitiful reply. He had not managed to come up with any reasonable excuse. 

That made Kenobi all the more suspicious himself. “You sensed me in the Force,” he said. “I felt you using the Dark Side. Who taught you?”

That got Pre’s attention, and Bo-Katan’s too. She had been staying very quiet throughout this, doing her best not to draw any attention to her. Maul didn’t imagine either Silas or Kenobi knew enough about her to recognise her, but it was wise anyway. Now she stood up straight from the wall, tensing in surprise. 

“I was born on Dathomir,” Maul replied, choosing another selective truth. “The Jedi have taught you what that means, haven’t they?”

“The witches?” Kenobi said, puzzled. “I thought only the women were Force-sensitive.”

“And the Jedi believed that?” Maul supposed he should not be surprised. They saw only ever what they wanted to see. 

Kenobi looked ready to ask more questions, but Silas rapped on the table to call his attention back to him. Before he could speak, there was another knock - at the door this time. One of the Protectors stuck their head in and spoke in Mando’a

[ Your comrade is here to see you. Thought you’d want them involved. ] 

Silas straightened in his chair. They couldn’t be talking about another Protector surely - Maul’s guess was proven correct when the door opened more fully and Fett entered, clad in shining silver beskar with his helmet tucked under his arm. 

The Darksaber was tucked away on his belt, hidden at the base of his spine. It wasn’t visible but Maul could sense it there, a razor-edged shiver in the Force. He took a sharp breath in. This situation had just become significantly more complicated.

Chapter 12

Summary:

In which Pre Vizsla grapples with his duty, and Jango has responsibility thrust upon him.

Notes:

Chapters of this fic will continue to be sporadic until my other current work New Sith Order is completed.

The only new Mando'a word this chapter is cinyc'gam, literally 'clean-skin' referring to someone wearing bare, unpainted armour.

Chapter Text

The moment that Jango stepped off the cargo transport that had served as his ride back to Concord Dawn he tried to call Silas on his comm. He still felt physically worn and tired - his stomach had been slow to settle from the after-effects of the poison - and having the dha’kad on his person just felt weird , but he was settling back into his skin with the weight of beskar on him. 

Silas didn’t pick up. Jango checked the local time. It was the middle of the day, so possibly he was busy with his actual job. He called the homestead instead. 

“Jango?” Savage said, picking up quickly. “You’re back?”

Some weight that he hadn’t even been aware of lifted from his shoulders. He smiled. “Yeah. Vizsla is dead. I got what I needed.”

“That is excellent news,” Savage replied. “I’m glad for you, buir .” It wasn’t the first time he’d called Jango that, but it never failed to affect him. It was a good feeling, but slightly staggering all the same. 

“Where is everyone today?” he asked. “At the farm with you?” Savage didn’t call him buir in front of Maul, but Maul could be out in the fields, or training. 

A pause. “Several things have happened while you were away. Not… not bad things exactly. No-one is hurt. Just things Silas will want to talk to you about.”

That was ominous, and more so since Jango knew Kyr’tsad was also lurking around here. He had no idea how quickly word of Tor’s death would have been passed between them. The survivors from the cruiser above Corellia would have wanted to find the body first, to be sure that he actually was dead before spreading something that would be such a crushing blow to their morale, and that wouldn’t be an easy task given what little the dire-cats had left of him. Even if the ramikade here knew about their duel and its outcome, he wasn’t certain they were aware that Jango lived on Concord Dawn. He thought most of his neighbours or those that knew him in town liked him enough not to mention it. 

“Silas isn’t answering his comm,” he told Savage. “He’s in Arakura today?”

“He took Maul and Kilindi with him,” Savage confirmed. “He should be at the Protectors’ station.”

“I’ll meet him there,” Jango said, and headed that way. 

His shining, almost-bare beskar’gam drew more than a few sidelong glances and double-takes as he made his way through the streets. There had been no time and none of the right supplies to consider painting it, or even to mark it with symbols of Clan or the Haat’ade . He was a stranger to everyone. He could have taken his buy’ce off, been recognised that way, but it would only lead to conversations he didn’t want to deal with yet. 

At the steps of the station, a Protector standing guard moved into his path and held out a hand to stop him. [ Identify yourself, cinyc’gam , ] they said, in Mando’a.

Jango reached up and disengaged the seal on his buy’ce , removing it and tucking it under his arm. [ Jango Fett, ] he replied. 

The Protector gave him an obvious once-over. [ First time I’ve seen you in beskar’gam , ] they said, and stepped aside with a respectful nod. [ Mand’alor. ]

[ I’m not. ] Jango replied. 

[ There are plenty still loyal if you changed your mind about that. ]

Jango shook his head. [ Looking for Silas, ] he said, words clipped. [ Where are they? ]

[ I’d better show you, ] the Protector said. [ There’s a situation. Death Watch are involved. ] 

Great. Of course they were. Jango followed his guide down the corridor round back of the main office area before they stopped and knocked on a door, opening it and going in straight after. 

[ Your comrade is here to see you, ] the Protector said - to Silas presumably. Jango didn’t have a good look inside the room past their shoulders. [ Thought you’d want them involved. ] Then they moved aside so that Jango could go in. 

The scene that met him was an unexpected one. This was one of the rooms used for interrogation, with bare walls and ceiling, a single one-way window, only this one door, and lights inset behind protective transparisteel. There was a teenager sitting on the far side of the table in the centre of the room, hands locked down into the stasis cuffs that were part of the table itself. Silas sat opposite him, but the room was crowded by four others in full beskar’gam. Kilindi and Maul were two of those, but the other pair could only be the Kyr’tsad verde that the Protector had been referring to. 

“Who is this?” the older of the two said, jerking slightly towards Jango and the open door, going for their weapons. Calling them older was only a relative term - they still had some of the lanky awkwardness of youth - but the other verd was still in bajur’gam . “What right do you have to be here?”

Jango frowned. They were speaking in Basic. Why? That wasn’t like Kyr’tsad - could it be for the prisoner’s benefit? [ Gotta talk to Silas, ] he said, not about to introduce himself yet. This was a delicate situation. He had no doubt that between the four of them they could overpower the two Kyr’tsad teens, but that was risky when he didn’t know what was going on or why they were here in the first place. 

Maul’s buy’ce cocked in a way that promised Jango wasn’t going to like what he intended to pull. [ Perhaps it should wait until after we’re done speaking to this Jedi, ]  he said. 

[ Jedi? ]  Jango’s gaze trained immediately on their prisoner. If they were a Jedi then they had to be a padawan, which meant their Master couldn’t be far away. [ What the fuck are Jedi doing on Concord Dawn? ]

[ That’s what we’re trying to establish, ] Silas said, his tone rather dry. [ Before you came barging in here - not that I’m not very happy to see you. I expect you’ve got good news to share. ] 

[ Might do, ] Jango said, the corner of his mouth curling up into a smirk. 

“You still haven’t introduced yourself,” the Kry’tsad verd said. “What are you anyway, in that armour? A bounty-hunter unable to wait patiently for the Protectors to give you your pay?”

That was pretty close to what Jango might have guessed under the circumstances. [ No friend of yours , Death Watch, ] he replied. 

On the other side of the room, Maul visibly sighed. [ This is Pre Vizsla, ] he remarked, as though he were sharing a fact about the weather. [ Tor’s heir. ] 

Ossik! Jango really wanted to know why Maul knew that to begin with, but that was secondary to the much larger problem facing him. He wasn’t the only one surprised by this news though. Silas turned in his chair with coiled fury in every line of his body. 

[ You left that bit out when we talked about this before, ] he said to Maul. 

Vizsla’s helmet tilted, an expression of incredulity. “Is that really so significant to the Protectors?” he asked, still sticking to Basic. “Right now I’m a ramikad like any other. Or are the Protectors arrogant enough to want to start a fight with Kyr’tsad by trying to kill me?”

Jango could have drawn this out with meaningless scenarios about taking him captive, ransoming him to his buir in exchange for their own demands, but he wasn’t that cruel. Vizsla might not have recognised his face, but he would certainly recognise his name. 

[ Your parentage matters because I’m Jango Fett, ] he said, [ and I’ve just come back from killing Tor Vizsla. ] 

----

Shock hit Pre with a visceral punch that left him reeling. His ears rang - a high-pitched whine like the after-effects of an explosion. He couldn’t breathe. It was like being dunked in ice-water, heart pounding, struggling to make sense of up or down or to fight back to open air. On the inside he was numb and cold. He didn’t know what to think or what to feel. 

He knew what he should be feeling. He just… didn’t. 

[ You’re meant to be dead, ] was what he ended up saying,  rather than anything sensible. 

Jango Fett cocked his head slightly, looking puzzled at that. [ That so? Interesting. I wonder why Tor didn’t tell you the truth. ]

Tor had known Fett was still alive? Then why hadn’t he tried to track him down and finish what they had started? What had the trap on Galidraan been for if not dealing with their enemies once and for all? His body felt slow and heavy, not quite real. None of this felt real. It would have been easy to doubt that Fett was who he said he was, but for some reason Pre could tell that he was telling the truth about all of it. 

He bit his bottom lip until he tasted blood, the pain helping to anchor him. [ Do you have proof? ] he demanded. 

Fett sighed. He reached slowly around to his back and pulled something free that fit neatly into his palm. He held it out for Pre to see. 

It was the dha’kad

He knew his duty as Tor’s heir. He had to kill Fett for this. He was tempted to lash out, to start the fight here and now, but there were adiikla present. He couldn’t control collateral damage in a confined space like this, and even if they were verde it wouldn’t be honorable to involve them in something that was between him and Fett. There were also the Journeyman Protectors to consider. Fett had been referred to as this one’s vod . They were likely to side with him and then Pre would find himself fighting alone against all of them. 

Honour dictated he ought to avenge Tor or die trying. Every moment of inaction brought shame on him. Knowing that made discomfort squirm through his belly like tangling serpents, but he also had a duty to act in a way that was most likely to achieve success. 

Fett let his hand and the saber in it fall back to his side. He shifted his weight, looking equally uncomfortable with this situation. [ Someone said something about a Jedi, ] he said. 

[ That’s it? ] Pre said. [ You’re going to march in here and tell me that and change the subject? ]

[ You want to have this conversation here? ] Fett replied. 

Pre hesitated. The Jetii might not understand anything that they were saying, but the Protector did, and so did Maul and his nautolan friend. Were they his vod perhaps? 

[ We have a lot to talk about, ] Fett continued, [ but we should deal with one situation at a time. ] 

Still sitting at the table, the Protector sighed. [ A lot has happened while you were away. The Jedi is the least of it. ]

“You’ve mentioned Jedi several times now,” the jetii’ad said, perking up as he perhaps sensed that he was being discussed. “If you’re deciding what to do with me I would appreciate being told about it.”

“Nothing’s been decided yet,” the Protector said. 

“Who are you, exactly?” the jetii’ad asked Fett. “Why do you have a lightsaber?”

Fett turned his attention on him, and his glare could have stripped paint from the hull of a kom’rk . “Jango Fett,” he said. “That name mean anything to you?”

The boy didn’t shrink despite the obvious hatred. “No. Should it?”

Fett said nothing for a long moment. A muscle twitched in his jaw. Pre wondered if he would kill the jetii’ad . He had reason - the jetiise had slaughtered the Haat’ade, doing Kyr’tsad’s work for them . Had their Order ever found out that they had been manipulated? Did they know they had killed verde innocent of the supposed crimes of which they had been accused? 

Those crimes were not crimes outside of the weak laws of the Republic. Those Kry’tsad had killed had not been warriors. If they couldn’t defend themselves, they were not worthy to continue living. They existed at the mercy of those who were strong, to be spared or slaughtered at the whims of their masters and betters. 

Fett looked down to his vod . “What has he said so far?” 

“That he and his Master are here at the request of the Kalevalans,” the Protector replied. “He’s been very cagey about the details. He did give his Master’s name - Qui-gon Jinn, and his own - Obi-wan Kenobi.”

[ Not familiar names, ] Fett said in Mando’a. 

[ The padawan didn’t react to your name either, ] the Protector said. [ They must have known how inflammatory it would be sending the murderers of our people into our territory. ] 

“Are you part of Death Watch?” the jetii’ad asked. 

Fett bared his teeth at that. “No,” he said, with obvious disgust. 

Obi-wan’s brow furrowed. “But you were giving that one orders,” he said, pointing at Pre. 

“That’s… that’s not what we were talking about,” Fett said. 

“You’re someone important though,” the jetii’ad said, giving him a cautious, speculative look. 

Fett held the dha’kad . He had won it in combat - or Pre assumed that he had. From what he knew of Jango Fett he couldn’t imagine the man would have killed his father with some kind of trick. By the traditions of House Vizsla and Kyr’tsad , didn’t that make him the Mand’alor? 

Pre could have laughed, but the sour irony of it caught in his throat. Fett was Mereel’s heir as well, so he had claim to the title twice over. He wasn’t Kyr’tsad but at least he wasn’t a pacifist like the Kalevalans. He respected the traditions of their people. It was only his weakness and reluctance to act against those same pacifists that made him unworthy. Pre had no idea where he had been in the years since Galidraan, or if he had approached any of the other traditionalist clans to seek their approval, but… they might give it if Fett asked. 

Kyr’tsad respected the rule of the Mand’alor - they had just disagreed with the Haat’ade about who that was. On the other hand this didn’t have to be a problem or a conflict in his duty. Fett still owed Clan Vizsla a debt of blood. Pre could challenge Fett for the dha’kad and take back everything his Clan had lost. 

Fett was a formidable fighter if he had defeated Tor. Pre was not about to let something as petty as that stop him. He knew what he had to do, as soon as the opportunity presented itself. 

“If the Mandalorian government really does have some issue with the Jedi being here, then you should take that up with the Republic,” Kenobi said earnestly. He leaned forwards over the table. “I’m certain this can all be resolved peacefully.” 

Maul cleared his throat. In the tense atmosphere it was all that was needed to draw attention to him. “The question of your mission here has not yet been answered,” he said, his voice soft and with just as much threat in it as Fett’s. Pre had noticed his familiarity with the Protector, and he had shown no surprise when Fett arrived. The verd’ika was presenting a greater and greater mystery. That hadn’t bothered Pre before, but it was starting to now. 

“Which Kalevalans asked you to come here, specifically?” Fett asked. Obviously the same thing had occurred to him as it had to Pre earlier - that it had something to do with Duke Kryze’s death. Satine was still out there in hiding, quite possibly under Jetiise protection. 

That would just be another painful irony to pile on top of the others, if she had been here on Concord Dawn all along. 

“I’m not sure it’s wise for me to answer that with Death Watch here,” the jetii’ad said. 

“Was it House Kryze?”

The lack of answer went on just long enough to be an answer in itself. “Right,” Fett said, slamming his hand down on the desk. “Where’s your Master? Obviously we’re never going to get this sorted out unless we talk to him.” 

“I’m not going to give up his location so that you can kill him,” the boy said, raising his chin defiantly. 

"Well I'm not ruling that out," Fett snarled. "I'm not planning on starting a war with the Order of the Jetiise though. If you and your Master really want to claim you're abiding within galactic law, then you'd better be ready to justify your presence on our planet or get out of the Mandalorian sector entirely."

Obi-wan hesitated. He was caught in his own moral code, or at least what he claimed that to be. He didn't want to be proved to be a hypocrite. Beneath his buy’ce Pre smirked. He had no love for the Jetiise , old enemies of their people that they were. "I... would be willing to contact my Master," the boy said. "I'll explain the situation and see what he wants to do. He'll know what's best - but I'm only going to do this under the supervision of the Journeyman Protectors. Not Death Watch."

[ The Jedi will not negotiate, ] Maul said to Fett. His Mando'a was good, but that wasn't a Concord Dawn accent. All that meant was that he hadn’t grown up here all his life. It didn’t add much to the picture. [ Silas doesn’t speak for the Protectors. The Jedi don’t acknowledge Death Watch to have any legitimacy at all. Why should they pay you any respect or listen to what you think when you’re refusing to claim any kind of authority? ]

Pre expected Jango to react with anger, which would have been understandable given how bold the verd’ika was being. Yet Maul was not wrong. Fett wasn’t leader of the Haat’ade anymore, and that hadn’t saved him from the Jetiise before. Instead he stood silent for a long moment. His hand closed into a tight fist around the hilt of the dha’kad

[ Politics, ] he said, spitting the word out as though it tasted foul. [ I’m not made for that. ]

[ The simple solution would be to kill this one, ] Maul said, gesturing to the jetii’ad . [ We’ll find the other one shortly now we know they’re here. If doesn’t matter why the Republic sent them if they’re dead. ]

There was something slightly disingenuous about the verd’ika’s words. Pre frowned as he tried to work out what wasn’t sitting right, but it wouldn’t come to him. 

[ It matters when the Republic send more, ] Silas replied. [ When they decide it’s a pretext to invade and install some Kalevalan puppet on the throne in Sundari. ]

[ They may do that anyway, ] Pre said, a little surprised to find himself speaking. This was important though, just as important as the leaden weight inside him, as the duty he was putting aside for the right moment. It would do no good to get rid of Fett and turn around to find the Republic on their doorstep ready to destroy them. The Republic might not have its own standing army, but that had never stopped them before. Plenty of their planets had defence forces that would be enough for a short campaign against a single, weakened sector. 

Fett took a deep breath. [ I see what you’re doing, ] he said quietly to Maul. 

[ Someone has to rule Mandalore, ] the verd’ika replied. [ If you won’t do it, then turn the Darksaber over to Vizsla now and let them get on with it. ]

Pre couldn’t entirely hide his reaction to that. For a moment he wondered if it would be that simple. It would certainly make killing Fett easier. 

Fett bared his teeth. [ That’s not happening. ] A brief moment of deep weariness passed over his face before he visibly steeled himself. To Kenobi he said, “Call your Master then. We’ll make whatever arrangements we need to. Let’s deal with this.”

The jetii’ad nodded. The tense conversation going on around him that he didn’t understand had clearly made him nervous and uncertain, but he was getting what he’d asked for. 

[ Now for those other conversations we need to have, ] Fett said to the rest of them. [ Silas, can you get someone else in here so our prisoner can make contact with their Master? ]

The Protector nodded. [ We should be able to get some privacy in one of the other rooms, ] he said. [ Are you going to deal with Vizsla first? ]

[ I think we need to hear how Maul knows them before we do anything else, ] Fett said. 

Pre wanted to know the answer to that question as well, but he felt oddly protective of the verd’ika who had shown so much sympathy to the Kyr’tsad cause. [ How do you know Maul? ] he asked, voice sharp. [ What business is it of yours who they chose to associate with? ]

[ Maul lives with me, ] Fett replied, giving him a deeply annoyed look. [ I’m their teacher. It very much is my business. ]

Yet another surprise to add to all the other ones this day was bringing. Pre glanced Maul’s way. The verd’ika looked annoyed by all of this, not guilty or ashamed. He didn’t appear to be worried about whatever Fett would say to him. Was he Clan Fett? Clan Mereel? Part of one of the other clans that had sworn to Jaster Mereel years ago? 

Had he really been interested in joining Kyr’tsad at all, or had that been a ruse? 

Fett and Silas hadn’t known all the details about it so probably not. 

[ Let us get this over with, ] Maul said with a sigh. 

----

This was going to be a tiresome conversation. Maul did not have good answers for many of the questions he was sure both Silas and Fett wanted to ask. He was deeply irritated by Kenobi’s fumbling attempts at diplomacy, all the worse because they had actually been successful. He was going to summon his Master and then they were going to talk . The prospect of dealing with Kenobi once and for all was looking further and further away, and there was nothing he could do about it without seeming deeply suspicious. 

He looked suspicious enough already without piling more on top. 

As they moved through to another room within the station, Kilindi nudged his shoulder. It wasn’t with the intention of getting his attention, but Maul wasn’t entirely sure what she did mean by it. “It’ll be alright,” she whispered. “I’m sure Jango won’t be angry at you.”

“Why would I concern myself with that?” Maul replied. “I do not care what he feels.” That was true, at least inasmuch as Fett didn’t regard his recent actions as enough of a betrayal to throw him out. Of course Maul would survive and would find somewhere else to go - perhaps even to Death Watch - but… he did not want to leave Savage and Feral and Kilindi behind. 

“Alright,” Fett said, as soon as they were in private. “Exactly what sort of ossik has been going on while I was away?”

Maul only half-listened as Silas pulled off his buy’ce and started to tell him about the last week; Maul’s first encounter with Pre Vizsla, where Silas had to break up their duel, and the conversation they had after that where Maul had explained his motives. He was trying to invent an excuse for knowing Vizsla’s identity, since they would almost certainly find it unlikely that Vizsla had been around during the previous period that Maul was supposed to have spent under Death Watch’s care. So far the best he had come up with was ‘the Force’. That was only just believable, and not something he wished to rely on too often, not when it had also been his excuse for how he knew about Kenobi. 

Silas was telling Fett about that supposed time period now, and he was just as unhappy about it as Silas had been. Silas moved on quickly to the next fight, the one with Kenobi in the market, and everything that had happened between then and now. 

Finally Fett gave a very deep sigh. Under his breath he muttered, [ Where do I start with this? ]

Silas gave him a rueful look. 

[ Did you know that was Pre Vizsla from the start? ] Fett asked Maul. [ Did you know they were Tor’s heir? ]

“Pre’s companion used his name,” Maul said, deciding that on this particular occasion an outright lie was his only option. “I knew he was of Tor’s Clan, but that’s all. I put his identity together later on.”

Fett gave him a not entirely believing look. “I can understand this… this desire for more allies,” he said, “and they helped you before. My fights aren’t your fights, but if they found out who I was, who the rest of your family was staying with…”

Maul bristled. “They would not have discovered that from me.”

Fett shrugged. Deep irritation was pouring off him even through the muffling effect of beskar covering most of his body, but it wasn’t aimed Maul’s way. “Now we’ve got this whole other problem to deal with. The Jetiise . The Republic. I wouldn’t have believed it of the Kalevalans to invite them in like this, but I guess it’s just more of the same nonsense they’ve pulled since the Excision. Trying to supplicate the Republic in the hope they won’t come back and finish what they started.”

“Jango…” Silas said. He was hesitating over his words. “There’s no good choice right now between Kyr’tsad and the New Mandalorians. The civil war can’t go on forever. Maul was right in there. One of them is going to triumph unless you step in. I know it isn’t what you wanted…”

“What makes you believe I won’t just make things worse?” Fett replied. “It’s not like either of those factions is going to stop fighting just because I wave a title and the dha’kad at them.”

“You killed Tor Vizsla in combat and claimed the Darksaber from him,” Maul said. “Won’t Kyr’tsad respect that? You’ve become Mand’alor by their own rules.”

“I don’t believe what they believe,” Fett said bluntly. “I don’t want to raise the Clans and go out there and conquer the galaxy, so they’ll just throw themselves at me until one of them gets lucky, kills me, and wins the dha’kad back. Pre’s going to be first in line.”

Maul growled in frustration. Leaving aside everything with Kenobi, some small part of him had seen this as an opportunity. He still needed Death Watch for his own plans, and since that would not be possible while they remained Fett’s enemies the obvious solution was that they should not be enemies any longer. Mandalore united was a weapon that could perhaps hope to stand against Darth Sidious. Divided and scattered in the previous timeline, they hadn’t  stood a chance against the coming Empire. 

“Does that mean you’re not going to try?” Kilindi asked. 

“I’ve got to do something,” Fett said, glading down at the dha’kad again. “Vizsla’s going to want to fight. Since I’m not about to let him win… Kriff . I’m not diplomatic, but…” 

“He’s a Kyr’tsad ramikad,” Maul said. “He will submit to a greater martial power.” 

Something about that sparked an idea in Fett’s head. Maul could almost see it forming. “Let’s get this over with,” Fett said, after a long moment of thought. “If the kid does kill me, at least then he’s the one that has to deal with the jetiise .”

Chapter 13

Summary:

Jango finds a way to resolve his conflict with Clan Vizsla and Obi-wan makes a call.

Notes:

Content warning for implications of cultural genocide/stealing children.

New Mando'a term: kir’manir ad’akaan. Kir'manir is to adopt, 'give a soul to someone', ad'akaan is 'child of war', so 'adopt a war orphan' or literally 'ensoul a war-child'. Since old Mandalorians don't think non-Mandalorians have souls and all, I guess.

Chapter Text

Silas went to get something sorted out with the jetii padawan and left Jango alone with the adiikla and his own thoughts. There was a lot to take in - not just what had happened today but everything from earlier in the week as well. He shouldn’t have doubted Maul’s ability to get into trouble even with Silas around to watch him. He was such a fiercely independent kid. It would have been enough to make Jango very proud of him if it wasn’t for the fact that it clearly hadn’t grown out of self-confidence but from the necessity of a harsh and cruel life. 

This wasn’t the way that Jango had imagined having his suspicions confirmed about Maul spending some period of time with Kyr’tsad , but it was a relief to know that it hadn’t been full of the kind of pain and abuse that Jango was most worried about. He had expected that running into Kyr’tsad would bring up painful memories for Maul, not that they would be people that he actually missed.  

Did it have to have been Pre Vizsla though? The ka’ra were having a laugh at Jango’s expense with this entire tangled, complicated situation. Kyr’tsad and Jetiise and probably Kalevalans and the Republic as well. This wasn’t what Jango wanted to get caught up in. Political matters were something he meant to leave in his past, but he wasn’t being given a choice. 

Not a choice he could live with anyway. Maul had been right - he could give the dha’kad to Vizsla and let him go off and keep on fighting the civil war. The boy was too young to have been involved with Galidraan. Jango’s revenge had been completed with Tor’s death - but surrendering the dha’kad wouldn’t erase the blood debt that was now starting to pile up between Clan Fett and Clan Vizsla. There was only so much running he could do. He had things to protect now. He might not be worthy of that responsibility, but he’d taken it on all the same and there wasn’t anyone else. 

Jango had to do the best he could. 

Pre Vizsla and his little verd’ika shadow were loitering in the corridor outside the interrogation room. The dull sound of people talking could just be made out through the closed door, although not any of the details. Silas had found a comm for the jetii’ad to use then. Good. He could monitor the transmission well enough without Jango’s input - there was something more pressing to deal with. 

[ We have unfinished business, you and I, ] Jango said to Pre. 

Vizsla straightened up. [ Yes. We do. ] His buy’ce tilted in a wary gesture as though he thought Jango was going to start a fight right here in the station. 

[ Out back, ] Jango told him. [ The Protectors have a training yard. ] 

Pre gave a sharp nod. Jango turned to lead him out there and found Kilindi and Maul staring at him - or that was what it felt like even through their visors.

[ Be careful, ] Kilindi said. 

[ Don’t worry, ] he told her. [ I have a plan. ] One he could credit Maul for, in fact. The boy had a good grasp of how Kyr’tsad’s mentality worked, and Jango could make himself think that way too if he focused on it. The culture of the old Mandalorian Empire had been harsh and cruel, but it followed its own rules - and so did Kyr’tsad , stamped in that same mould. 

They got a few side-ways glances from other Journeyman Protectors in the corridors as they made their way out back, but there was no attempt to follow them or to stop them. Jango wondered if Silas had spoken to his comrades. The person who had greeted him at the front door had been eager enough to call him Mand’alor, but what about the rest of them? 

It wasn’t his problem. He didn’t care who wanted him to be Mand’alor and who didn’t. If there was anyone else out there who would do a better job, he would hand the title over without blinking - but there wasn’t. 

The training yard was a large space with room to run drills of all kinds. A few trainees were putting in time at the shooting range, but they were alert enough to their surroundings to notice the small group exiting the building. Jango would rather have not had the audience, but he didn’t have any authority to ask them to leave. Vizsla examined the area, pacing. He lowered his head to say a few quiet words to his verd’ika

The verd crossed arms over their chest. They weren’t happy about what they were hearing. 

“I have to do this,” Pre said, not keeping his voice quite quiet enough. He was speaking Basic again. So it hadn’t been because of the jetii - but why would he talk in anything other than Mand’oa to a House Vizsla trainee?

A puzzle that would wait until after their duel. 

[ You’re ready? ] Jango asked. 

Vizsla nodded to him, spinning away from the verd and taking his place opposite Jango on the packed dirt. His hands hovered over his pistols. Clan Vizsla were rich enough that his beskar’gam was almost certainly pure beskar or a very high-content alloy. If Jango was going to shoot at him he had to be sure of hitting the gaps between the armour’s plates. Getting into close quarters would be a better bet, particularly since he was aiming to subdue rather than to kill. Pre had him at an advantage there. He wasn’t going to be holding back. 

There was no need for a signal to start. They were both circling, watching and assessing, deciding who was going to make the first move. A touch of impatience burning in Pre got the better of him - he went for his blasters, pulling them from their holsters in one smooth motion and snapping off several shots in Jango’s direction. Jango had been waiting for this - he juked left to lead his fire before darting to the right and closing the distance. A few of the shots clipped him, but hit armour and were deflected. They would leave score-marks on the mid-grade alloy, but it would stand up well enough to glancing blows. 

Then he was in and up close, his hands flicking out in strikes aimed at the gaps in beskar’gam . Pre blocked on his forearms, not willing to drop his pistols and without the space to holster them. He whirled back and managed to activate the flamethrower on his bracer - Jango rolled to get away from the torrent that spat out towards him. He could feel the heat even through his kute

[ What are you doing? ] Pre snarled at him, as he circled and kept the jet of flame aimed towards him. [ Fight properly! ] 

Jango kept back and waited for the weapon to run out of fuel. The training yard had plenty of space for him to back up and keep out of the way, and he could be patient. If he had wanted to kill the kid, he could have drawn his pistols now and lined up a shot, forcing Pre to let up with the flamethrower, but he didn’t want to take the chance. There was a way this had to be done, if he wanted it to work. 

He didn’t actually like this idea. It was the kind of barbaric practice that belonged in the savage past their people had left behind, but that would only recommend it to someone like Pre, raised with Kyr’tsad ’s fervour for just that. What worried Jango more was how Maul might react to it…

There wasn’t time to doubt himself. Pre leapt upwards, a tail of fire sprouting from the jetpack at his back, switching back to his blaster pistols. Jango snapped his arm forwards, aiming the whipcord at Pre’s legs. The cord flew true, wrapping tight around one ankle with the barbed metal tip catching and snarling in the ramikad’s kute. Jango jerked towards himself with all his strength, hoping the advantage of surprise would be enough to pull Pre off-balance. Jetpack flight relied heavily on keeping the right position in the air, particularly in those first few moments. Pre’s legs were pulled out from under him, bringing the force of the jets round horizontal rather than vertical - which was just a fancy way of saying he ended up in an uncontrolled somersault in the air before planting right back down into the ground, cursing loudly all the way. 

Jango clenched his fist to make the whipcord thrower cut the line loose before breaking into a run. He wasn’t intending to give Pre any time to recover after that impact. In the space of a few breaths he was next to him, snapping a boot up into his ribs and making sure he couldn’t get any air back into bruised lungs. Pre wheezed, curled over himself. Jango kicked him again, pushing him over onto his back and dropping his weight down to half-kneel on the boy’s chest. He pulled the dha’kad from its place at the small of his back and pushed the activation switch for the first time since picking it up. The black blade crackled into life with a noise that was unmistakable. He felt Pre momentarily freeze underneath him. 

That didn’t last long - he was going for a knife in the next heartbeat, stabbing it towards Jango’s knee and the unprotected back of his thigh. Jango grabbed his arm and twisted, forcing him to drop it or have his wrist broken. He brought the plasma blade down to lie hovering above Pre’s throat. He must have been able to feel the heat of it even through the protective layer of his kute

[ Do it then , ] Pre snarled. [ Prove you’ve got the stomach to rule as Mand’alor. ]

It didn’t help knowing Pre might actually derive some satisfaction from being executed like this. He was an adult by all Mandalorian tradition, old enough to take up his parent’s mantle of leading Kyr’tsad if House Vizsla accepted him as its head, but that didn’t change the fact that he was still painfully young. Jango looked down at him and saw a dark mirror of himself after Korda Six - father dead, slain by an enemy, forced into a position of leadership far before he was ready for it. Jango had led the Haat Mandoade to their doom because he hadn’t yet been worthy of taking charge of even House Mereel, let alone the mantle of Mand’alor. 

Could he really say that things were different now? 

They had to be. There were no other options. He could see that now. 

[ You’re no use to me dead, ] he told Pre. [ That’s not how we’re doing this. ] He lowered the dha’kad further, until the kute at Pre’s throat began to smoulder, the threat evident. His words fell poisonous and ashen from his lips - he could only make himself say them because it was this or death. [ I killed your parent.Your clan is far away. There is no-one else to watch over you, so. I take your name as my child. Pre Fett. ]

The ramikad struggled beneath him as Jango spoke - it had to be panic more than anything logical with the dha’kad ready to strike his head from his shoulders - but he gave up as he utterly failed to move Jango’s weight off him. As the words - the battlefield adoption meant for stealing war-orphans, meant for growing an army’s ranks with the children of slaughtered foes - sank in, echoed into the silence of the still air, Pre grew still again. The only noise was his panting. 

[ Well? ] Jango said, not taking the dha’kad away. 

There was a long moment. Then Pre’s chin dipped in a shallow nod. “‘ Lek, buir ,” he said, clearly not happy about it, but accepting it anyway. 

Jango gave his own sharp nod in reply, then stood up.  He offered Pre a hand to rise as well, but after hauling the boy to his feet he looked for Maul next. His stomach was churning with an uneasy nausea. He’d promised Maul that family was a choice and not something forced upon another and now he did something like this? The adiik would be more than justified calling him on his hypocrisy. 

It was hard to read Maul’s expression beneath the concealing barrier of his buy’ce , but body-language was easier. Maul held himself very still, like a predator waiting to strike - or prey about to flee. Jango’s heart ached at the sight. He needed to talk to Maul about this - but not here and now. He couldn’t afford to do or say anything that might appear to repudiate what he had just done. That would only start the blood feud up all over again. 

Pre jerked his arm away from the clasp Jango was still holding it in. He too was holding himself stiffly, a mixture of wounded pride and uncertainty. He might have said something to Jango, but in that moment his vod came rushing over, grabbing onto him to check him over for injuries. There would be bruises, Jango was sure, but aside from perhaps a burn at his throat where the dha’kad had been held he wasn’t wounded. 

“What was that?” the verd’ika hissed, speaking Basic. “Why is the fight over?”

Jango’s head tilted instinctively in confusion. This kid was Kyr’tsad , wearing their armour. Why wouldn’t they know about these kinds of historical customs that Kyr’tsad loved? Pre certainly knew them. 

“This might not be the best place to explain,” Pre said, also in a whisper. His buy’ce was turned towards Jango, his stance wary. 

“I have some questions of my own,” Jango said, deactivating the dha’kad and locking it magnetically into place against his beskar’gam again. “Starting with - who are you, exactly?”

“That’s none of your business,” the verd’ika said, spine ramrod straight and no doubt glaring at him beneath their visor. 

“It is now.”

“Why?” they demanded. The pricklyness reminded him somewhat of Maul. Jango was glad neither Maul, Kilindi or any of the Protectors were interfering in this conversation - they seemed content to watch and see how this played out. 

“Are you part of Clan Vizsla?” Jango asked. “One of the clans sworn to House Vizsla, perhaps?”

“I don’t have to say anything to you at all.” That was suspicious in itself. Kyr’tsad weren’t ashamed of their identity or their allegiances. Just one more thing that didn’t add up about this adiik

“She’s under my protection,” Pre said, shifting slightly to put his body between the verd’ika and Jango - and also clarifying the kid’s pronouns in Basic. “Our feud doesn’t need to extend to her.” 

There was a very quiet huff from the girl which suggested that she disagreed. 

“Whose protection are you extending her now, ad ?” Jango asked him, knowing he would understand the implication without needing it to be spelled out. He wasn’t Clan or House Vizsla anymore. He was Clan Fett, House Mereel, which meant if he still wanted her safe he needed Jango’s approval. 

“What is he on about?” the verd’ika whispered to Pre. “Death Watch’s, of course! Unless… you didn’t surrender, did you? I mean obviously you didn’t win the fight but that wouldn’t affect all of Death Watch...”

Pre bristled at this suggestion of dishonour. “It isn’t as simple as that,” he replied. “Look I… did I explain kir’manir ad’akaan yet?”

A faint shake of her head, and yet more confirmation that she was not what she appeared to be. Jango supposed she could be a recent adoption, but Kyr’tsad didn’t take in outsiders - unless they had been doing what Jango had just done without him having heard of it. 

“The object of war is to defeat our enemies entirely,” Pre said, speaking softly, “but after a battle, once all of the warriors are dead, sometimes they leave children behind. Sometimes we have killed anyone who could look after them. Or sometimes you can’t count a victory a victory while any trace of your enemies yet live. Children grow up to carry on their parent’s fights. But killing children is… dar’manda . Better to make their strength our own. Adopt them, make them part of a clan, and bring them up as Mandalorians.”

Erase any trace of who they were before, Jango thought to himself. That was a kind of death, arguably. It was a practise out of their people’s crusading, colonising days. Jaster had never approved of it - it had been one of the things he carved out of the Miit’akaan Ori’ramikad . Jaster would never have approved of Jango doing it, even if it was to deal with one of their greatest enemies.

“What does that have to do with our situation?” the verd’ika asked. 

“Because Jango has invoked that practice now,” Pre told her, his shoulders tense as though preparing for a blow. 

“But…” the girl whirled on Jango, sticking a finger up in his face. “I could have parents! You don’t know if I’m an orphan or not!”

“He’s not talking about you,” Pre said, as Jango’s thoughts went into a whirl trying to put that telling reaction into the picture unfolding of this child. “He’s invoked it for me.”

“You’ve… got a father.”

Pre flinched, a full-bodied shudder. Her words were more proof if any had been needed that she really didn’t understand Mando’a. “Not anymore,” he told her. “Jango has killed him. That’s why he has the dha’kad .” 

She must not have put that part together either - or perhaps she was seeing only what she wanted to see. It would be an understandable response. 

Shavit ,” she said, after a long moment. “ Shavit. What now?”

“Now you tell me who you are, and I decide what to do about you,” Jango said. 

“And then you’ll try and make me a Fett? No thank you.”

“It was the only way to erase the debt of blood between our Clans,” Jango said, gesturing to Pre. “Depending on who you are, I hope there’s no vendetta between us that we need to address.”

There was another pause while she thought. Then she pulled her buy’ce off, revealing pale skin, ginger hair cut around her jaw, and a furious expression. “Fine,” she said. “I’m Bo-Katan Kryze.”

----

This was not how Obi-wan had imagined his day going when he woke up this morning. His thigh was still aching from the stab wound, but it had been tended to appropriately and he could feel the itch of bacta doing its work to heal the incision. It wouldn’t be a good idea to get into a fight and tear it open once again, but he was well past the point where physical action would solve the problem he found himself entangled in. 

The only good thing was that he wasn’t dead yet. It had been close though, with the zabrak Maul urging for the Mandalorians to opt for that particular solution. He didn’t understand what the younger boy had against him. He hated him, and that was no simple or surface emotion either. Obi-wan had sensed the edges of it behind Maul’s mental shields and had shied back from the intensity and Darkness of that pure loathing. Was it because Obi-wan was a Jedi? What had Maul been taught about the Order? He said he came from Dathomir - Obi-wan didn’t know a great deal about the witches that lived there or their Force traditions, but he knew that they were dangerous. If they were all as Dark as Maul, he didn’t know why the Jedi Order was happy to let them be. Wasn’t that a risk? Weren’t they the same kind of people as the Sith, at that point?

How had Maul come to be here in Mandalorian space, following the ways of Mandalore’s warriors, for that matter?

Figuring out the puzzle of Maul was not Obi-wan’s greatest concern right now either, which said a great deal about how bad things were. It seemed the briefing that he and Qui-gon had been given missed out many of the subtleties of the political situation here. Death Watch were terrorists - that was what Satine had told them. Of course terrorists claimed legitimacy, as any dissenting political group would, but that didn’t mean anything! He hadn’t been expecting this strange back and forth between Pre Vizsla and what appeared to be a third faction that Obi-wan knew nothing about. 

Who was this Jango Fett? Why did he have a lightsaber? There was nothing that suggested Force sensitivity about him. He spoke with such authority that he had both the Protector and the Death Watch soldier paying attention to his words, acknowledging his opinions. 

Qui-gon would be able to sort all of this out. Obi-wan just had to keep that in mind and release all of his anxiety and worry into the Force. He could not focus on things he had no power to change. 

The noise of the door opening and shutting again roused Obi-wan from his thoughts. It was Silas the Journeyman Protector, returning with the promised communicator. He set it down on the table in front of Obi-wan where he could reach it easily, then pulled out the chair opposite him and sat down in it. 

“Make your call then,” he said, nodding to the comm.

“Might I have some privacy?” Obi-wan asked, though without a great deal of hope. 

Silas shook his head. Obi-wan sighed, and put in his Master’s code. 

It rang for a few long moments, and then Qui-gon’s holoform appeared above the emitter, looking as calm and relaxed as he always was. Obi-wan let out a breath he hadn’t been aware he was holding. Seeing his Master was even more of a relief than he had expected. He couldn’t find the right way out of this situation, but he trusted that Qui-gon would know what to do. 

“Obi-wan,” Qui-gon said, greeting him with a nod and a cautious look. Good. He had seen that Obi was calling from an unfamiliar comm and even though the pick-up from the device didn’t show any more of the room than just where Obi-wan was sitting he was wise enough to assume that there might be someone else present. “You never returned from the market this morning. I assume some trouble has found you again?”

“Yes Master,” Obi-wan replied. 

“What did you do, my impetuous padawan?” Qui-gon said, raising an eyebrow at him. Obi-wan felt this was slightly unfair. He wasn’t impetuous. Trouble found him, not the other way around. 

“It’s… complicated to explain,” he said. He wanted to talk not just about the political situation and the ultimatum Jango Fett had given him, but also about Maul and Dathomir and his use of the Dark Side - but what significance would that have to Silas? It was clear he and Fett knew the zabrak. One or other of them might even be his guardian - he thought he had caught a reference to teaching amongst the rapid-fire Mando’a. “I’m in the Journeyman Protectors’ station in Arakura right now.”

Qui-gon looked even less impressed. “Do they believe you have committed some sort of crime?”

“They know I’m a Jedi - I didn’t tell them,” Obi-wan added quickly, seeing the beginnings of disapproval on his Master’s face. “There was a boy in the market - he was Force sensitive, and a Mandalorian warrior, and he started a fight. There happened to be some Death Watch soldiers nearby…” He did his best to go step by step through what had happened, and as much of the conversation here in the station as he had understood. All the while Obi-wan was aware of Silas watching him, though he couldn’t get a sense of how he felt about any of this. 

“So they’re saying that we don’t have a right to be here,” Obi-wan concluded. “That we’re breaking Mandalore’s treaty with the Republic. They want to talk to you - to both of us. They’re giving us a chance to prove that we’re here for good reasons.”

The look Qui-gon gave him was blank and impassive, but Obi-wan didn’t miss the way his fingers tapped against his robes at the place where they fell over his lightsaber. He gave a very small shake of his head. Silas had taken his saber from him as soon as they arrived at the station. It was sitting in an evidence locker somewhere, and he really hoped they would give it back to him once this all got sorted out. 

“I am sure that we can clear up this misunderstanding,” Qui-gon said. “I am happy to meet with these Mandalorians - but perhaps not in that station. I am sure we can find a neutral location that will satisfy both parties.” And one where these would be less of a disadvantage if it turned out that ‘aggressive negotiations’ were necessary, Obi-wan imagined. 

There was Satine to think of as well. The danger to her was greater than ever - Qui-gon couldn’t leave her unguarded. Not for long. 

Silas got up from his chair and came round to stand next to Obi-wan so that the comm picked him up. “If that’s what you want Jetii , then let’s talk about the details,” he said.

Chapter 14

Summary:

Jango Fett secures his position and chases off those damn jetiise.

Chapter Text

Maul watched the duel through the eyes of experience, remembering an older Pre Vizsla and a battle of his own in the throne room of Sundari for a similar prize. The gap of years was obvious when he compared how Pre was fighting now to that time, but Fett did not have the advantages of the Force that Maul had possessed. Indeed, there was something about his actions that suggested he was holding back. He was being foolish if he hoped to end this duel with some appeal to the mark of first blood, or by taking the ramikad captive. Pre would rather die than submit. He had made that choice in the end many years ago - or many years in the future, depending on how you looked at it. 

Jango was a cunning fighter, Maul could admit to that much, particularly when it came to his skills in close combat. He could understand how he had come to kill so many Jedi on Galidraan. Once he had Pre up close it was the work of mere moments to bring him to the ground and pin him there. Fett drew the Darksaber and held it to Pre’s throat, batting aside the knife that Pre pulled on him in response. Maul waited for him to drive the plasma blade down and take the ramikad’s head from his shoulders as Maul had once done, but instead he hesitated. Maul could not sense his thoughts properly through the beskar of his buy’ce . He could only guess what was going through his mind. 

[ Do it then , ] Pre snarled in Mando’a. [ Prove you’ve got the stomach to rule as Mand’alor. ] That was the Pre Maul knew. He smiled even though the memories superimposed upon what was happening now had an oddly bittersweet quality.  

[ You’re no use to me dead, ] Jango said to Pre. [ That’s not how we’re doing this.

Maul’s smile disappeared. Muscles tensed ready to propel him forwards, but he held back - he couldn’t act here. This had to be Fett’s decision, Fett’s actions. He wanted to yell at the man to stop being a fool and do as Vizsla requested. Deathwatch did not respect mercy. Pre would not answer it with loyalty. Was this the plan Jango had claimed to have? If so, then he had learned nothing from his war with these warriors and really was not fit to lead his people. 

Maul would step in if he had to, but that would not be the path he had envisioned, or lead to the best outcome.

[ I killed your parent. ] Jango continued. [ Your clan is far away. There is no-one else to watch over you, so. I take your name as my child. Pre Fett. ]

Maul’s eyes went wide beneath the concealing visor of his helmet. This was… not at all what he had expected. Fett clearly thought Pre would understand what he meant by this, so it must be some ancient tradition of the Mandalorian people that Maul was unaware of. He did not need to know much - the implications of it were clear enough. 

Where were Fett’s protestations that family was something one chose? That it would not be forced upon another? Of course Maul had known those words to be lies from the moment Fett said them, so it should not really be a surprise to see that his actions proved that now. He pushed away the uneasy sense of discomfort in his stomach. This was good. This would work. This was proof of the ruthless streak that Fett would need in order to claim the throne. 

This was what Maul wanted. It was foolish that he needed to remind himself of that. 

Pre struggled on the ground beneath Fett’s weight, but as the Darksaber was brought even closer to his neck he went limp again. His head nodded, very slightly. Maul’s acute hearing just made out his acknowledgement of his sudden adoption, barely more than a whisper. Fett nodded and helped him up. His head moved enough to show he was scanning their surroundings. Maul held himself still as Fett’s gaze moved over him. 

This was just another opportunity. There was no other meaning to it.

“That’s interesting,” Kilindi whispered from her position by his shoulder. “I suppose that makes him our vod now. Are we going to bring him back to the farm?”

Maul hadn’t even considered that. His initial reaction was instinctual rejection, but there were advantages to the situation. Vizsla would be another soldier around to train with them in Mandalorian techniques - and Maul now knew that he was Force-sensitive to some degree. It might not be to a degree that would allow him to use it as a Sith or Jedi would, but even milder degrees of sensitivity gave one an edge in battle. 

The more allies the better in the fight against his former Master, in Maul’s opinion. 

As Fett stepped away from Pre, Bo-Katan came running over. Now there was another opportunity that Maul intended to leverage as soon as the moment came where he could do so subtly, not giving away that he knew things he should not. “What was that?” she asked her protector, looking him over and checking his injuries. “Why is the fight over?” She really didn’t know any Mando’a at this point in her life, did she? She had not spoken it in front of Maul during his past life either, but none of the soldiers had. He’d assumed it to be simple politeness to outsiders. 

In moving she had drawn Fett’s attention. He began to speak to her, question her, making the salient point that with Pre now part of Clan Fett he could no longer offer her the protection of his House. Maul had taken a half-step forward, thinking he might join their conversation and tease her identity out, but now it appeared that he would not need to. Under the weight of Fett’s own interrogation, and Pre explaining what this battlefield adoption meant, Bo-Katan came to a decision. 

She pulled her buy’ce free, revealing a much younger version of the face Maul knew well. “Fine,” she said. “I’m Bo-Katan Kryze.”

“Bo-Katan Kryze,” Fett repeated in a flat voice. She nodded, her jaw set, glaring at him. “Well shavit , you wouldn’t make something like that up if it wasn’t the truth.”

“Well?” she demanded. “Is there a blood debt between our Houses that we need to settle? Are you going to try and make me part of your Clan too?”

Fett remained silent and motionless for a long moment. Then he let out a short laugh, and removed his buy’ce . There was a wry, humourless smile creasing his lips. “You’ve made it pretty clear you don’t want that. It would be within my rights if I wanted to - the New Mandalorians weren’t exactly our enemies before but they certainly weren’t friends. But I’m not sure I want to do that.”

This only seemed to make her more angry. “Oh, am I somehow not good enough for you then?”

“Why are you even here?” Fett said, with a flash of irritation. “With Pre and Kyr’tsad , I mean. I assume this means that you don’t agree with your father’s opinions about our culture?”

“I know that Kyr’tsad killed him, but it had to happen,” Bo-Katan said. Her tone was frosty, still angry. Maul listened with curiosity. He had never cared about these details of her life before when she had been simply another soldier and then an enemy to be dealt with. “Without him in the picture, the New Mandalorians are going to crumble and we can go back to being the people we used to be before they capitulated to the Republic.”

“A true believer then,” Fett said. 

Bo-Katan raised her chin slightly. “Death Watch is right. We used to be great. The galaxy knew that Mandalore and its territories weren’t to be messed with. We were warriors, and people like my father changed that. They made us weak. At least this way, there would be less bloodshed than continuing the civil war as it had been.”

It was clean and ruthless. Maul approved, although it didn’t change his dislike for the girl. If she really did believe in the ideals of Kyr’tsad , then why had she opposed him? 

He would never get to ask her that question. That version of her was long gone.

“What about your sister?” Fett asked. “Satine? If she felt the same way as you do then Kyr’tsad wouldn’t be looking for her this hard, so were you planning for her to die as well?”

The question appeared to take Bo-Katan off guard. Her lips pressed into a thin line. 

“We wouldn’t have killed her,” Pre jumped in to say. He seemed subdued, perhaps uncertain of his new place in the world. He hesitated over his next words, but then said, “At least, that wasn’t the plan as I understood it. I’m… not so sure what Tor would have done. He told me we would teach her that the old ways were superior. We might have completed kir’manir ad’akaan with her, as you did to me. Or he might just have killed her. He did… do things like that sometimes.”

Fett sighed, deep and heartfelt. “What do you plan to do now?” he asked Bo-Katan. 

“I…” she paused. “I don’t know.”

“I’m ending this war,” Fett told her. “Tor is dead. I have the dha’kad now. I plan to ask the old warrior clans to stand behind me as their Mand’alor - even the ones who are sworn to Kyr’tsad right now. I hope that Kyr’tsad will accept my victory over Tor. We’re all going to have problems if they don’t - but I see now that I can no longer hide from this.” He turned his head to glance Maul’s way as he said that. An ember - a shiver - of warmth went through him. 

It wasn’t the same as taking power for himself, but there would be time for that when he had grown out of this child’s body. For now, this was the safest that things could be. 

“Do you expect me to swear to you?” Bo-Katan asked, sneering. 

“You could,” Fett said. “But you’re not the eldest Kryze, are you? Satine is the one I have to speak with to gain the loyalty of your Clan - and for that I need to deal with that jetii’ad in there.” He gestured over his shoulder back towards the station building. 

“She’s not going to follow you,” Bo-Katan said, crossing her arms. In the privacy of his own head Maul agreed. Duchess Satine had not bowed in her principles even when her whole world was crumbling around her. She wouldn’t do so now either.

“I’m not planning on giving her much choice.”

Bo-Katan shifted her stance. Without her buy’ce Maul could sense her discomfort, the fear that lay at the heart of her anger. “Am I free to leave?” she asked.

“And go where?”

“To the other Death Watch soldiers here.”

“No,” Jango said. “You’re staying with us until everything is sorted out with your sister.”

“So I’m a hostage.”

“You could call it that,” Fett replied, shrugging. He turned to Pre. “I assume you have comm codes for relatives in House Vizsla, or officers in Kyr’tsad ?”

“I do.”

Fett nodded. “Then let’s make some calls. Maul, Kilindi, can you watch Bo-Katan for us? I’m not sure how long this will take, but Silas should be finished with the jetii soon.”

Maul was rather curious to listen in on those holocalls, but being there would not materially change anything and Kryze did need a minder. “Of course,” he replied. 

Fett and Pre walked away, disappearing inside the building and leaving the three of them alone in the training yard, aside from a pair of Protectors who appeared deeply invested in pretending that they were unaware of everything that was happening around them. Bo-Katan gave Maul and Kilindi an unimpressed once-over. “Who are you two supposed to be then?”

“I’m Kilindi Matako Fett,” Kilindi said, before Maul could say anything. “This is Maul.”

“Not Maul Fett?” Bo-Katan asked, picking up on that immediately. 

“No,” Maul replied. “Just Maul. Jango Fett is my… teacher.” That was not precisely the right word, but it would serve here. 

“You’re just a couple of kids, and you’re supposed to stop me escaping?”

Maul smiled. He did not mind being underestimated. She would swiftly learn her error if she did make an attempt. 

Bo-Katan shook her head. Her anger was pouring out of her, frustrated and powerless. She glanced at the door, then back to them, biting her lip. “Pre… What’s going to happen to him?”

“You’re very attached to him,” Maul observed. 

“He’s my friend,” she replied. Pressing against the surface of her mind Maul was half-expecting to sense some manner of juvenile crush or a hint of romantic feelings, but they were absent. It truly was just friendship, though the emotions were still intense. Perhaps he was her only friend. 

“I don’t think anything bad is going to happen to him,” Kilindi said. “He’s part of our family now, so why would we hurt him?”

Bo-Katan gave this a suspicious look in response. 

Kilindi shrugged. “Okay, I suppose that might not be the best argument. Families can hurt each other, but ours doesn’t do that. Jango is a good person. He cares about his children.”

“Children? You’re not the only one?”

Maul’s mouth opened to tell her to mind her own business, or to tell Kilindi not to answer that, but Kilindi was already shaking her head. “If you’re going to stick around you might find that out,” she said. 

“Why would I do that?” Bo-Katan said, folding her arms over her chest. It was not a convincing display of self-assurance when Maul could feel what her emotions really were. 

“If Pre is your friend, then wouldn’t it make sense to stay with him?” Kilindi asked her. “Maybe you have other friends amongst Death Watch though. Or perhaps you would rather go back to your own family? To your Clan?”

Bo-Katan could no longer meet her eyes. She shifted uneasily. “I don’t want to go back to them ,” she said. “They’re all pacifists and cowards like my father was. They always talked about our history like they were ashamed of it. Like we are something to be ashamed of. And… they’ll want to know where I’ve been.”

“And your sister?” Maul asked her. He was curious about their relationship. Bo-Katan had seemed happy enough with the idea of overthrowing her when Pre was the one taking her place, but after Maul’s ascent and her subsequent treachery she had used her sister’s name to garner support as though she was some kind of martyr. It might have been simple expediency and hypocrisy, but… perhaps she had only understood how much Satine meant to her once she was dead. 

A faint flush rose over Bo’s cheeks, accompanied by a whirl of cold guilt he could feel through the Force. “She’s the worst of them. If she found out about everything with Death Watch…”

“Do you lack the courage of your convictions?” Maul asked her. “Are you afraid of her judgement?”

“No!” Bo-Katan snapped back. Her anger was only a brief flare, unable to overcome her uncertainty. Biting her lip, she said, “She’s my older sister. It’s… harder. I know it shouldn’t matter, but…”

“But she’s family,” Kilindi said. 

“I’m worried about her,” Bo-Katan said. “I meant what I said - she isn’t going to accept someone like Jango Fett as the leader of our people. She’ll try and stand up to him and…”

“She may bring about her own death,” Maul said. He did not bother to deny the possibility. 

“Maybe he could just exile her?” Bo-Katan said, with the desperate edge of someone grasping for a lifeline. 

“And give the Republic a weapon to use against us?” Maul said. His Master might not be the Chancellor for years yet but whoever the Chancellor was right now would not miss an opportunity to weaken a potential threat at their borders. The Jedi had been sent here for a reason. 

Whatever Bo-Katan might have said in reply to that was cut off by the sound of the door to the station opening on the other side of them. Silas stepped out, looking their way. 

[ The Jedi has agreed to meet us, ] he said. [ How did things go with Vizsla? I tried to ask Jango on the way past but he said he had to make some calls and to talk to you two. ]

[ A lot happened, ] Kilindi told him. Maul let her tell the story, keeping his attention on Bo-Katan. He couldn’t predict what way her loyalty would turn yet and that made her dangerous. He would kill her if he had to - but he didn’t have to yet.

----

Jango Fett returned with Pre Vizsla at least an hour after Obi-wan finished talking to Qui-gon over the comms. Obi-wan could sense that he was tired, and there were some new marks on his armour that hadn’t been there before, carbon scoring that looked like blaster fire and perhaps real fire as well. He didn’t appear injured and he had no idea who the man might have been fighting, but perhaps that was simply the way of these warrior Mandalorians. Satine hadn’t mentioned Death Watch dueling each other regularly, but Fett claimed he wasn’t part of that group. 

Obi-wan really didn’t understand the political situation on Mandalore. He was supposed to understand it; that was  part of the role of a Jedi, diplomat and negotiator and bodyguard and investigator and whatever else they needed to be. The briefing had looked complete, but obviously there were things that had been missing, context he was lacking. He could only hope that Master Qui-gon’s greater experience would allow him to fill in the blanks. 

The first thing out of Fett’s mouth was an order. “Get up jetii’ad ,” he said. “Time to go and meet your Master.”

Obi-wan raised his wrists, letting the chains securing him to the table clink. Fett sighed, his expression unreadable again beneath his helmet, and tapped something on his vambrace. Emitting a soft beep, Obi-wan’s cuffs clicked open. He shook them off and stood up, putting weight slowly on his injured leg. He had used the long hour of waiting to push the Force into the wound to aid it in healing and he thought he would be able to walk on it fine and perhaps even run, just not do anything particularly acrobatic. No Ataru then - not that it had been on the cards anyway. 

“Are you going to return my lightsaber?” he asked.

Fett snorted. “Do you think I’m an idiot, jetii ?”

Obi-wan hadn’t expected that to work but it had been worth a try. He shrugged and followed the two Mandalorians out of the cell, intentionally limping much more than he needed to. Better not to let on how physically capable he was. Quickly they collected the Journeyman Protector Silas along with Maul, Kilindi, and the other young Death Watch soldier whose name he still didn’t know, then left the station for the arranged meeting point. 

Obi-wan understood why Qui-gon had chosen to meet in the centre of the town, although he was concerned that given the gaps in their knowledge it might not turn out to be as safe as hoped. In theory there would be too many civilians around for either party to want to escalate their negotiations into open combat, but that assumed the civilians didn’t decide to take sides themselves. 

What choice did they have? There weren’t a lot of other options. 

The Dathomiri zabrak was glaring daggers into the back of his neck. Obi-wan could feel his quiet rage like a heavy, sickening blanket in the Force, smothering the boy in the Dark Side. It made him genuinely nauseous. He was glad he hadn’t eaten recently. 

He was going to tell Qui-gon all about Maul if - no, when - they got out of this. He would know what to do about a Darksider like that. 

Their little group drew plenty of stares as they made their way through town, but nobody tried to stop them and speak to them. When they arrived at the arranged location, Qui-gon was already sitting in the outside seating area of a restaurant that bordered the market square, sipping from a steaming cup of tea. A tightness in Obi-wan’s chest relaxed at the sight of him even though they were both still in a great deal of trouble. There had been plenty of time for Qui-gon to case the meeting spot from a distance beforehand as well, so it was unlikely the Mandalorians had been able to set some kind of trap for them, but they were still outnumbered and Obi-wan wasn’t armed. 

Qui-gon wasn’t alone. The smaller, heavily robed figure next to him with a cowl tossed up over their head had to be Satine. Obi-wan knew that Qui-gon couldn’t have risked leaving her on her own at their accommodation - Death Watch were still out there - but that didn’t mean he was happy to see her. Of course, knowing Satine if Qui-gon had tried to leave her behind she would have objected vociferously. 

Warmth pulsed through Obi-wan as he imagined her standing up to Qui-gon, something fond and admiring. He had plenty of examples from their time here to draw upon. Her determination to her ideals truly impressed him. 

Qui-gon stood as the Mandalorians approached, tucking his hands into his sleeves and bowing respectfully. “You must be Jango Fett,” he said, nodding to Jango. “I apologise that we are not meeting under better circumstances.”

Fett grunted, pulling out a chair and swinging down into it, hands kept close to his blasters. “I wouldn’t be happy to meet a jetii under any circumstances,” he said. “You have a lot of explaining to do.” 

“Why don’t we all sit down,” Qui-gon said, gesturing at the rest of the group, “and we can discuss our presence on Concord Dawn.”

Silas and Vizsla both looked to Jango, who nodded. They sat. The younglings had already gone for chairs, having to take them from other tables. They must make a strange sight, outsiders and armoured warriors meeting in front of an ordinary dining establishment like this. 

“There’s no need to ask who your friend is,” Jango said, with a brief gesture towards Satine. “Lady Satine Kryze, I presume.”

For a moment Satine didn’t reply. She appeared distracted, her attention caught by the nameless Death Watch recruit who was still following Pre around. At the sound of her name she started slightly. “I am,” she said. Her tone was cool and cautious. 

“Good,” Fett said. “We can get all of this business out of the way at once.” He looked back to Qui-gon. “Let’s hear it then. What right do you think you have to be here in Mandalorian space?”

“Why are you even asking about their right ?” Satine cut in before Qui-gon could speak. “What does Death Watch care about galactic law or about rights? You want me alive because you think that’s going to legitimise your rule and you’re playing nice because you’re scared of the consequences of trying to fight Jedi Knights, so don’t pretend that you’re the ones who have the moral high ground here!”

Fett had one hand resting on the table in front of him - now it tightened into a fist hard enough that the synthleather of his glove creaked. “You don’t seem to know who I am,” he said. “Your father must have wanted to pretend that the Haat Mando’ade never existed. I am Jango, Clan Fett, House Mereel. We are not Death Watch.”

“You have two Death Watch soldiers in your party,” Satine replied. Her face was pale, her jaw set. She glared at the young warrior as though her gaze could pierce through their armour. 

Jango’s head tilted. There was something unspoken here, something that Obi-wan was missing. He reached out with the Force to get a sense of Satine’s emotions and felt her cold shock, something halfway between disbelief and a desperate denial. 

“I also have this,” Fett said, reaching to the small of his back and pulling out the strange lightsaber he carried. “Did your father tell you about the Darksaber?”

“Of course,” Satine snapped, then paused. “But only Death Watch believed that having that conferred leadership. I’m really not following your argument here.”

“He is claiming the title of Mand’alor,” Qui-gon said. His voice was calm as ever, but Obi-wan could see the tension held in his body and feel his readiness to act in the Force. “I do know about the True Mandalorians, Jango Fett, and I know your name.”

“Your padawan didn’t,” Fett said.

“The Jedi Order believed that you died along with the rest of your people on Galidraan.”

Obi-wan suppressed a shiver as a wave of cold shock swept through him. Galidraan. That name had been in their briefing, though there hadn’t been a great amount of detail about those involved for the very reason his Master had just mentioned. It had been the last time Jedi and Mandalorians fought, and it had been a slaughter on both sides.

“I am very much alive,” Jango said. “If you know about Galidraan then you know why I don’t want you jetiise anywhere near my planet.”

“Your planet?” Qui-gon said, with a polite smile. “My understanding of the title of Mand’alor was that it required more than just possessing the Darksaber.”

“Good thing I’ve spoken to the heads of the warrior clans then,” Jango said, and Obi-wan could hear the smirk in his voice. “Plenty of them are sick of the New Mandalorians, and they’re sick of Death Watch as well. Even House Vizsla saw the wisdom of accepting me as Mand’alor after I put Tor Vizsla in the ground.” He didn’t sound like he was lying.

Qui-gon sat back in his chair. “It appears that we were misinformed about the political situation in Mandalorian space,” he said. “On behalf of the Jedi Order, I apologise for the misunderstanding.”

“Even if the political situation had been exactly the way you thought it was, you still had no right to come here,” Jango told him - it was close to a snarl. “Does the Republic make a habit of meddling in civil wars outside of its own territory now?”

“It is the role of the Jedi Order to support just causes and promote peace throughout the galaxy,” Qui-gon replied. 

“Not in Mandalorian territory,” Jango snapped. “Your kind isn’t welcome here.”

“What are your intentions towards Lady Satine?” Qui-gon asked. 

“That depends on her,” Fett said. 

“The title of Mand’alor belongs to a time of savagery and barbarism,” Satine said, her chin rising as her eyes sparked with determination. “I do not recognise it as legitimate.” 

Obi-wan felt less and less happy about the way this whole conversation was going. Qui-gon was meant to be fixing things, but the more that they learned the less possible it seemed that would be. Obi-wan couldn’t see a way out of this that didn’t involve violence. They had to get Satine out of here - it was the only way to keep her safe. That was what they had to focus on right now - supporting the New Mandalorians as the only peaceful faction in Mandalorian space would come later. The idea of Mandalore returning to its warrior ways was genuinely alarming. He hadn’t been thinking about the ramifications of that before because it hadn’t quite felt like a real possibility but now that Jango Fett was explaining who he was it was taking shape as reality. 

“So you want this war to continue?” Jango Fett asked Satine. 

She bristled. “Of course not! You are the ones who insist on fighting!”

“Fighting? We’re protecting our culture. The things that make us Mandalorian.” Fett shook his head. “Look. I’m not Death Watch. I’m not a conqueror. I wouldn’t want to be in charge at all if everyone else wasn’t kriffing it up so badly.”

“The culture you’re talking about is vile,” Satine said. “It is inherently corrupt, warmongering, violent…”

“I’ve had enough of this,” Vizsla said, slamming his hand down on the table. “You heard her. She’s going to keep on being a problem.”

“I thought the plan wasn’t to kill her,” Jango said. Obi-wan really wished he had his lightsaber on him. This could turn ugly very quickly. 

After a moment, Pre said, “That’s up to you, Mand’alor.”

“I’m not afraid to die for what I believe in,” Satine said. 

“I’m not planning on riling the New Mandalorians up even more,” Jango said. He turned his attention back to Qui-gon. “Look. Will you jetiise leave without a fight if I give you my word I don’t intend to harm Lady Kryze?”

“What would you intend?” Qui-gon asked, getting in before Obi-wan’s automatic objection. 

“Having her as a political prisoner ought to keep her faction quiet for the most part,” Jango replied. “Mistreating her would be counterproductive.”

Qui-gon nodded. “As you say Mand’alor, the Jedi Order has no right to operate within your territory without your permission, and you have made your position on that very clear. We apologise for trespassing.” He stood up. 

Obi-wan blinked at him, not moving. What… what was happening? 

“Come along Obi-wan,” Qui-gon said. “Our business is done here.”

“I am not some animal to be bought and traded,” Satine shouted. “Are you really going to let this happen?”

“I’m afraid galactic law is clear upon this matter my lady,” Qui-gon told her. “Our hands are tied. The Republic would not wish to start a war with Mandalore.”

“We can’t do this!” Obi-wan said. He understood on some level that Qui-gon was right, that legally they had to leave now, but that didn’t mean that it was the right thing to do! They couldn’t just leave Satine to her fate! “We can’t go!”

Qui-gon’s look of disapproval felt like a blaster bolt driving into him. “You allow your emotions to blind you to your duty Obi-wan,” he said. “This is not the first time you have made this mistake, but I had hoped you had learned from your previous experiences.” 

He was talking about Melida/Daan. Obi-wan flinched. “No Master,” he said. “I… understand my duty.” He just didn’t like it. 

“Obi-wan…” Satine said. Her voice was pleading. He couldn’t meet her eyes. 

“I’m sorry,” he whispered. “But my duty is to the Jedi Order.” 

He walked away, following Qui-gon. With the Mand’alor wanting them gone, he didn’t think they would have any difficulty finding a ship to transport them back to Republic space.

Chapter 15

Summary:

Satine confronts her sister, and Qui-gon and Obi-wan discuss the ramifications of Mand'alor Jango Fett.

Notes:

I return after 2 years! No promises that this is going to update regularly, and I'm almost certainly not going to be in a position to work on it in December and January, but still, have a thing. *presents chapter*

Chapter Text

The Jedi turned their backs to her and walked away.

Satine was frozen in her seat, the high-pitched noise of static filling her ears and her mind. That was it? They weren’t going to… they were just leaving?

She could have called after them, said something, shouted… a scream welled up in her chest, but it couldn’t get out of her too-tight throat.

“Good riddance,” Jango Fett said, his arms crossed over his chest, before continuing on in Mando’a. The words meant nothing to her.

This man… this man had scared off two Jedi with just a few sentences, staking his claim in a way that shouldn’t have mattered. His title was empty, it belonged in the past. If he had any kind of legitimacy, why had she never heard his name before today? What right did he have to sweep in here and turn the world upside-down? Who was he, that the Clans would throw their names behind him – if that claim had even been the truth.

It was said that Jedi could discern truth from lies. If Fett was bluffing, wouldn’t they have known?

Satine ripped her gaze away from her retreating protectors only once the flow of people in the town centre blocked them from view. People in armour were all around her, hemming her in. A cold shiver swept through her body. Awareness of her vulnerability was acute and terrifying.

“Come on then Duchess,” Fett said, not exactly sneering, but certainly not friendly.

“Should I walk to my execution without a protest?” she replied, taking some pride in the fact that her voice didn’t shake.

“I don’t intend to go back on my word,” the man said. “You may be a prisoner, but you’ll be well treated. You’re no use to me dead.”

The older of the two soldiers in Death Watch armour turned to him and said something, his tone one of disagreement. It wasn’t hard to guess that he was pushing for her death – he was a violent animal like all the rest of them. No doubt he’d take pleasure in killing her. Satine sat with her spine straight, refusing to hunch or cower and show them that she was afraid. She was not prey. They could do whatever they wanted to her, but they couldn’t touch her pride or her heart.

Jango Fett shook his head, sighing. His reply was longer – a justification for his own course of action. Then he reached down and grabbed Satine around her upper arm.

Immediately she did her best to shake him off, but he was a lot stronger than she was. He dragged her out of her chair and forced her to either stand or fall over. Satine got her feet under her and glared at him.

“It’s rude to take up a table if we aren’t going to buy anything,” the man in Journeyman Protector colours said. Satine turned her heated gaze to him. She didn’t appreciate being made fun of.

“We’re just lucky nobody is paying too much attention,” Fett muttered under his breath.

“Sorry to tell you, but they’re just being polite,” the Journeyman said. “This will be all over town before nightfall.”

Fett grumbled something. He pushed Satine in front of him. “Walk,” he told her.

There was protesting, and then there was throwing a tantrum like a child. Satine walked.

As they moved through town towards the outskirts, Satine found her eyes coming back again and again to the second of the Death Watch soldiers, the shorter woman who seemed somehow familiar. She hadn’t spoken yet, either in Basic or in Mando’a. Why did Satine feel like she knew her?

The woman was aware of her attention, but she only shifted uneasily. She still didn’t speak. Why not? Even the most fanatical members of Death Watch spoke Basic, so it couldn’t be a language barrier. Was she afraid she would give something away?

Deep disquiet grew in the back of Satine’s mind. Realisation hovered on the edge of her thoughts, like a forgotten word on the tip of the tongue. She knew…

The last buildings of Arakura fell away to the fields, revealing a small starship parked on one of the areas marked off for the purpose. This would be the time to run. She might not have another chance after this. Even so, she didn’t see a way to break through the surrounding ring of bodies, no matter where she looked. They marched her up the entry ramp, which hissed closed behind them shutting off all hope of escape.

Fett turned to the older Death Watch soldier and asked a question. The reply must have satisfied him, because he turned and left the main hold with the Journeyman and the two teenagers – the zabrak and the nautolan. That left her alone with Death Watch. Satine watched them warily. She wasn’t bound, and she knew how to defend herself – but the training she’d had probably wouldn’t stack up well against the violence this pair must be used to dealing out. They could overpower her, pin her down and slit her throat before Fett could make it back in here to stop them…

“Relax Duchess,” the older said, using her title with heavy sarcasm. “You’re safe enough. You heard the Mand’alor.”

“Are Death Watch’s loyalties so fickle?” Satine replied. “Killing your leader is all it takes to make you bow to him?”

The young man’s whole body went stiff. He took a sudden jerking step towards her – sharp enough that she flinched before she could even think to stop herself. It was his companion’s thrown-out arm that stopped him – he stood there for a moment with his shoulders shaking.

“I gave my word,” he said, after a moment. His tone was furious. “I will not be an oathbreaker.” He turned away as quickly as he’d moved before and stalked over to the side of the room. A deafening clang rang through the hold – he had punched the wall.

His companion looked at him, at Satine, and back again. She approached him hesitantly and put a hand on his shoulder.

The young man straightened up after a moment. In a dead voice, he said, “Perhaps you should just deal with your sister by yourself.”

Once again Satine could hear nothing past the ringing noise in her ears. Her mind had emptied out completely. She was barely aware of it when the man left the room. She couldn’t drag her eyes away from the guilty hunch of too familiar shoulders, a familiar body under unfamiliar clothing and armour. Some part of her had known since the very first moment she saw Bo-Katan approaching across the town square, but she hadn’t been able to acknowledge the thought, hadn’t admitted it to herself.

“Bo-Katan?” she said, the words emerging quiet and small.

After a moment Bo-Katan removed her helmet, tucking it under one arm. She did not meet Satine’s eyes but stared at the floor in front of her. “Yes?” she replied, half-way to venomous.

“Bo… how can this be? Why are you here? Why are you wearing that armour? Did those Death Watch assassins capture you?”

“There’s no point trying to make this something other than what it is,” Bo Katan said. “You shouldn’t make excuses for me, and I’m not going to take them either. You might have been taken in by our father’s foolishness, but you aren’t an idiot, Satine.”

Satine’s mouth was dry. Words did not want to come. She stood in silence, staring.

Bo-Katan did meet her eyes then. The expression on her face was complicated; Satine could read it as contempt and disgust, but there was conflict there as well, she was sure of it. “I joined Death Watch,” Bo-Katan said, a flat challenge. “I saw the future Father was leading us towards. A future of subservience to the Republic, relying on others for strength and protection – calling in Jedi only proved that! It might have taken Pre to open my eyes…”

“Pre… Pre Vizsla?” Satine knew the name of their enemy’s heir. Surely he wouldn’t stand idly by while this Jango Fett took over his father’s faction? Where was he in all this? She couldn’t worry too much about that just yet though. “Why would you ever listen to him! Death Watch want our whole family dead!”

“And yet here I am,” Bo replied, spreading her arms. Her lips quirked upwards in a brief and humourless smile. “Alive and well. Our father was the only one who had to die. Once we captured you, it would be just like it is with Fett.”

Satine narrowed her eyes. She knew her sister and she knew her tells. “You don’t actually believe it would have turned out that way,” she said coldly. Frigid water was pouring into her heart, numbing her whole body from the inside out. “You… you were willing to let Father die… just how much did you tell Death Watch? What did you give them? The security codes? Plans for the castle? Guard schedules? Bo, did you let them in?”

“He had to die for our people to survive!” Bo-Katan shouted, denying none of it. Satine gasped in a shocked little breath, turning away. She shut her eyes, pushing the lids together as tightly as possible until it hurt. No. No, it couldn’t be. She couldn’t accept that her own sister had done something so horrid.

“He had to!” Bo-Katan insisted.

“Didn’t you love him at all?” Satine asked her, holding back a sob. “He loved you. He loved both of us. And now… now he’s dead. He is dead and you are this and some stranger has claimed rulership over the entire sector and everything that our family, our House worked for… it is going to disappear. Do you have any idea… Can you even imagine… Bo-Katan, don’t you know what they’ll do to us?”

“Do to us?” Bo-Katan replied. “Don’t you mean, what have we done to them? What has House Kryze, the New Mandalorians, done to our traditions, our people, our culture? Why should we tear the heart out of who we are to appease the rest of the galaxy? Why should we shed our armour and weapons just so they feel more secure in their beds at night? Why does their peace of mind matter more than our very existence!”

Satine whirled around to face her again. “This isn’t about the rest of the galaxy! It’s about right and wrong! It’s about peace! It’s about stopping needless bloodshed, about stopping the endless infighting once and for all, it’s about the future, not the past! Didn’t you listen to anything that Father had to say? Just what kind of poison have Death Watch dripped into your ear?”

“Oh yes! Stopping infighting,” Bo-Katan sneered. “Father managed that so well! It’s been so peaceful for the last few years!”

“This is a process!” Satine snapped right back. “Mandalorians can be better than this! We can be civilised and work together! We can turn away from war and become something new! Why should we be beholden to traditions of barbarity…”

“Barbarity by whose standards?”

“By the standards of every right-thinking sentient being!” Satine said. “This is not relative!”

“Not relative?” The new voice cut through their argument, reminding Satine suddenly that they were not alone on this ship and it was not big enough that their raised voices would go unheard. She turned to see the Journeyman leaning against the doorframe leading to the rest of the vessel, appearing quite relaxed. “Kyr’tsad have their point of view, and so do both Haat’ade and you Kalevalans. If right and wrong were that objective, surely you could just convince people with argument?”

“I’m sure I can,” Satine told him. “If you would just listen…”

“We’re not valuing the same things here,” the man replied. “What you think is good and what other people think is good… if that’s so different, how is that not relative?”

“Does sentient life have value, or doesn’t it?” Satine said. “Surely we can agree on something as basic as that! Everything else goes on from there.”

The man sighed. “I actually came to say we’ll be landing again momentarily. The farm isn’t far from Arakura.”

“The… farm?” Just what did they mean by that? The Mand’alor wouldn’t live on an actual farm, so perhaps it was code for something else. A training camp perhaps? A site of indoctrination?

“We won’t be staying for long,” the man told her. “We just have to make some arrangements for more suitable accommodations, is all.”

“If you can’t guard her properly, you shouldn’t let her out of the hold,” Bo-Katan said.

“You…!”

Bo-Katan rolled her eyes. “I’m just complimenting your excellent skills at running away and escaping,” she said.

“Not really anywhere for her to go,” the Journeyman replied, somewhat sardonic. “It’s just fields. All the locals are friends of ours too. Let her tire herself out if she wants – it’ll all be the same in the end.”

Horrifically ominous as that was, Satine ignored it. “I have a name you know,” she said instead.

“Apologies Duchess,” the man said. “I should have introduced myself properly as well. Silas, clan Dirn, House Mereel.”

Satine inclined her head in a formal nod of greeting. She hadn’t forgotten her manners entirely. “Well,” she said, “you know my name already.”

The ship tilted under their feet, banking then hovering slightly nose-up as it descended smoothly. The landing was equally gentle. Momentarily, the rest of their group appeared in the hold.

Jango Fett looked around the room and muttered something in Mando’a that got a huff of amusement from Silas. Then he hit the ramp release and they descended out into the light of evening.

Satine stared.

It… it really was just a farm.

---

The Force is with me, and I am one with the Force, Qui-gon recited inside his mind as they retreated from the beskar-blank wall of hostility, hoping this had been enough to avoid violence. I fear nothing, for all is as the Force wills it. Obi-wan was injured but alive. The young Duchess was alive. Their mission here was an abject failure, but no Jedi blood would stain the ground of Concord Dawn as it had soaked the dirt of Galidraan.

“Master…” Obi-wan mumbled, once they were out of earshot.

Qui-gon raised his hand. “Later, padawan. There is much to discuss, but this is not the place.”

Concord Dawn was far from a cosmopolitan planet, and for the most part its residents could call upon Clan connections if they needed transport outside the bounds of atmosphere. There were no spaceports where they could book a departure. Despite this it wasn’t entirely closed off to outside trade, and visitors still needed somewhere to dock. Qui-gon led them to the outskirts of town where several dilapidated vessels had parked up. The Mand’alor hadn’t given them a deadline to leave the planet, but remaining a moment longer than necessary could easily be taken as a provocation.

“Master, shouldn’t we… do something?” Obi-wan said. His jaw was set with youthful determination. It made Qui-gon feel very old, all of a sudden. “This… how can we just leave like this? It isn’t right!”

No. Indeed it should not have turned out this way. Qui-gon sympathised with his padawan’s frustration, but they had been left with little choice. “The situation has grown too complicated,” he replied.

“Satine Kryze needs our protection. This isn’t protecting her.”

If only it could be so simple. If Jedi were both free to follow their hearts, to think of nothing but the will of the Living Force and trust that it would give them all the power and wisdom to win the day then much about the universe would be better. The galaxy they lived in was not so black and white. The Jedi were not free – a point Qui-gon had often argued against in the past. Under other circumstances he wouldn’t be bending to failure so easily, but he had only to think of how the memories of Galidraan haunted his own Master to know that the ramifications of these events were rippling out far beyond what had been there before.

“I doubt this will be the end of our involvement in Mandalorian affairs,” he replied quietly. Obi-wan shot him a sharp, questioning look, but Qui-gon had said as much as was safe for now. He approached one of the vessels that was currently being loaded, a bored-looking human woman overseeing it.

“Madam, a moment of your time…”

The pilot was happy to take their credits, and before a few hours had passed they were breaching atmosphere towards the void of space.

In the privacy of the cramped passenger cabin, Qui-gon could finally relax.

“Master, you…” Obi-wan’s hands fisted in his robes. “I haven’t seen you so troubled for a long time.”

A long time? No. Unfortunately there had been a great many troubling incidents over the course of Obi-wan’s training so far. This was just another one. At least the boy had not attempted to stay behind for a second time. The sour lesson of Melida/Daan was painfully learned. 

“I might say the same of you, Obi-wan. Release your worries into the Force. You had some time to take the measure of that Mandalorian. What manner of man was he? Do you believe that he will keep his word where Duchess Kryze is concerned?”

To his own senses, Jango Fett had been hard to read. Part of that must be the beskar in the armour he wore – Qui-gon had extensively researched the history between Mandalorians and the Jedi Order before coming here, including the reasons they had such a reputation as Jedi-killers. The ability of their armour to block the Force and resist lightsaber blades was certainly a significant advantage. Qui-gon just couldn’t say how much was the beskar, and how much was the man himself.

How had Jango Fett survived Galidraan? The menace of the “True Mandalorians” should have been ended then. What else would have been worth so many lives?

Obi-wan thought about his question. “He… really didn’t like us,” he said. “I can’t say I had that long with him. Mandalorians don’t feel the way they should in the Force so it’s hard to say, but… he seemed honest.” He shook his head in simple frustration. “I wish I had been able to learn more of the language! Who is this Jango Fett? You said you knew who he was. I heard him mention Tor and Pre Vizsla, and Death Watch, so at first I assumed he was one of them, but he was quick to correct me about that. Back at the café just now he even said he’d killed Tor Vizsla! Who are these True Mandalorians? What do they have to do with the battle of Galidraan?”

There was no reason for Obi-wan to know these things. The briefing materials for this mission had not mentioned the True Mandalorian faction because as far as anyone back at the Temple knew, there was no reason to do so. Their part in this sector’s politics was long over and done with. Qui-gon only knew about them because of Yan Dooku’s involvement in Galidraan. Qui-gon might have mentioned them to Obi-wan briefly in passing, but that was all.

“Indeed Jango Fett was the leader of the True Mandalorians, another traditionalist faction who we assumed were wiped out at the battle of Galidraan several years ago,” he said.

“If they were wiped out, where did Jango Fett come from?”

“That is indeed the puzzle in front of us. Where has Jango Fett been since then? Here on Concord Dawn? Or somewhere else?”

Obi-wan frowned. “Master, can you please explain just who the True Mandalorians are? What sets them apart from Death Watch?”

“As far as I know, very little,” Qui-gon replied. “The True Mandalorians followed the war-like ways of their forebears, as do Death Watch. They often acted as mercenaries outside of Mandalorian space. The main point of contention appears to have been their leaders – each faction had their own idea of who should be the Mand’alor.”

“That explains Fett – and why you addressed him that way. But… if he and Death Watch hate each other so much, why was he working with those two Death Watch soldiers? Or perhaps it would be better to ask why they were working with him, if he was their enemy and recently killed their leader? That has to have been a recent development or the Shadows wouldn’t have missed it and it would have been in the briefing.”

Waves of confusion swirled around them, and the Force rippled. Qui-gon could draw no conclusions – not that the Force was a source of simple, easy answers. It merely pointed the way. He released his concern and disquiet, clearing his mind.

“Mission report, padawan,” he said. “Tell me what you do know, before we begin questioning what we do not.”

Obi-wan gathered his thoughts. Over the comm call before, it had been apparent he did not feel able to speak freely. The Protectors were clearly listening. Now he explained his trip to the marketplace, the sudden attack by a zabrak boy in Mandalorian armour named Maul with no provocation or cause, the shadowed currents in the Force that surrounded him… Qui-gon marked that as important, but did not interrupt. He would ask further questions at the end. His padawan continued with a description of the fight, of the choice between exposing himself as a Jedi or risking death, and the subsequent arrival of the Protector and the two Death Watch soldiers. He went through his interrogation before and after Jango Fett’s arrival.

“That’s when he brought out that lightsaber for the first time, the one they called the Darksaber,” Obi-wan said. “Master, why would the Mandalorian leader have a lightsaber? How did they even get their hands on it.” He shut his mouth quickly, a faint sheen of nausea coming over him. “Is it… a trophy?”

“Not in the way you are imagining,” Qui-gon replied. “That blade is a relic of the Mandalorian House Vizsla dating back a millennium to the days of Tarre Vizsla, the first Mandalorian Jedi.”

“Vizsla… like Tor Vizsla?” Obi-wan did not require any further explanation. “So having that is why nobody questioned that he really had killed Tor Vizsla. But what about his son? Doesn’t that leave another challenger… or has he dealt with that problem already?”

Qui-gon said nothing. Obi-wan was right to be concerned. Mandalorians of this kind – warriors and pragmatists with a moral code very different to that of the Jedi – did not leave threats behind to stab them in the back.

“But we left Satine with them.” Obi-wan’s eyes burned fiercely, though it wasn’t anger that radiated from him into the Force. It was simply determination to do what was right. Obi-wan’s idealism and heart did him credit. “If he’s killed the heir to Death Watch then she isn’t safe!”

“She is young, and barely a Mandalorian as they would see it,” Qui-gon did his best to reassure him. “I believe that Fett’s faction will not view her as a threat.” If he hadn’t been reasonably confident about this he would not have left Concord Dawn so easily.

Once again Obi-wan’s fists clenched tightly. “Is there really no way… we could sneak back onto Concord Dawn. We could get her out, take her back to Republic space…”

“And risk starting a war,” Qui-gon replied.

“Aren’t these True Mandalorians terrorists, just like Death Watch?” Obi-wan demanded, gesturing with a wild sweep of his arm. “Why is it any different when Jango Fett declares that he’s the Mand’alor compared to Tor Vizsla?”

Qui-gon did not sigh externally, but released that too into the Force. This was why Jedi could not allow their emotions to rule them. Any positive quality taken to the extreme became a fault. Seeking to do right became self-righteousness. Determination became unyielding stubbornness. Seeking justice became seeking vengeance. Wanting to save Duchess Kryze from peril was in no way a bad thing, but Obi-wan had become enamoured with the young woman’s point of view and forgotten that Jedi could not afford to be so partial. They could only do their best work as neutral parties, taking a side only when it would become completely immoral not to.

Or, to his shame, when the demands of the Galactic Republic put a heavy hand on the scale.

“Remember your lessons,” he said now, chiding his padawan. “What is it that gives a government legitimacy?”

Obi-wan’s brows furrowed, not best pleased to have to dredge up dry knowledge from the creche classroom. “Um. Recognition by the wider galactic community, the consent of the people, and the ability to exercise military, economic, judicial and social power. By those marks, surely only the New Mandalorians can be the legitimate government of the Mandalorian sector?”

“That has only been true since the destruction – the supposed destruction – of the True Mandalorian faction,” Qui-gon replied. “Jango’s father, Jaster Mereel, had the backing of at least half the Mandalorian clans. The remaining half were split between Death Watch and the True Mandalorians, with Death Watch representing the smallest faction. Even if we disregard Fett’s claim to have gained their backing, let us consider the facts. With Tor Vizsla dead, Death Watch is on unsecure foundations. It seems inevitable that their backers would go over to Fett rather than submit to the incompatible ideals of Duchess Kryze.”

In many ways he was grateful he’d read up more deeply than strictly necessary before they left on this mission. If he had not been aware of this background then the pair of them could easily have been the cause of a calamitous diplomatic incident. With the information they had available it was impossible to say to what degree Mand’alor Fett had genuinely secured his power base amongst the clans and whether the Mandalorian sector was anywhere close to being able to go to war if it wanted to, but the risks were too great to take lightly.

“You’re saying that Jango Fett would have the consent of the people,” Obi-wan said. “But what about the rest of it? Surely the Republic wouldn’t acknowledge him…”

“They may have little choice.”

“So, we’ve just failed? A violent warlord is going to take over the Mandalorian sector and there’s nothing we can do about it?”

“It is one thing to protect a ruler’s daughter from terrorists, and quite another to attempt to depose the ruler of a system and put a replacement on his throne,” Qui-gon said.

“That’s not what I…”

Qui-gon fixed him with a serious look, and Obi-wan was quick to back down.

“I do understand,” he said in a low voice. “We represent the Republic, right? I just don’t know why we went in the first place, if what we were doing was interfering in a sovereign system’s politics. Isn’t that against the Code? Or at least, against what the Jedi Order is meant to do?”

“In politics and in life, there are more grey areas than any of us would like to admit,” Qui-gon said. “Adonai Kryze specifically requested assistance from the Jedi, but the Chancellor would not have agreed to it if there was no potential benefit in it for the Republic.”

“Why is it up to the Chancellor where we go?” Obi-wan asked, with a hint of genuine anger.

“We must abide by the wishes of the Republic’s governing bodies within its borders,” Qui-gon replied, maintaining his own calm. “However the Chancellor does not tell us where we must go, nor who we must help. We are an impartial, peacekeeping body. For matters outside the Republic…” He shook his head. “I won’t pretend to know everything that goes through the minds of the Jedi Council. I suspect they asked for Valorum’s opinion only because of the delicacy of the situation and the Order’s… history… with Mandalore.”

“How do you think Chancellor Valorum will react to… all this?”

That is above our pay grades,” Qui-gon said, managing to drag a little humour from this dour situation. There was a good reason he had never held any ambitions about sitting in one of those chairs.

“They’re paying us now?” Obi-wan replied, forcing a slightly shaky smile.

Qui-gon laughed softly, but there were other reasons that it was difficult to find even a small amount of levity in this situation. “Now, this zabrak youngling you mentioned. Maul. He told you he was from Dathomir?”

“Yes.” Obi-wan grew serious again. “The more I saw of him, the more certain I am that he has been touched by the Dark Side, perhaps even had some measure of training with it. Do the Nightsisters really use the Dark Side? If so, then why haven’t we done something…?”

Qui-gon held up a hand to stop him before he went too far and assumed too much. “The Nightsisters do not use the Force in the way of either the Sith, or the Jedi,” he said. “There are a great many Force traditions out there Obi-wan – it would do you good to learn more of them.”

Obi-wan’s cheeks flushed slightly. “It’s not as if I haven’t studied anything…” he muttered.

“The Nightsisters do not use the Dark Side,” Qui-gon continued. “Obi-wan, are you certain it was the Dark you sensed? Dathomir’s magics would be unfamiliar to you – mistaking them would be understandable.”

Obi-wan looked down, no longer able to meet his eyes. “It was… it felt like Xanatos,” he said.

The stab of old pain was a familiar one – Qui-gon breathed it out and let it go, passing through him and away. “You are sure?”

“I’m sure.” A long pause. “Master, what could it mean?”

Disquiet stirred Qui-gon’s heart. He opened himself to the currents of the Force, seeking guidance, but no ripples moved. He sensed no danger, nothing but the buzz and hum of life, the white noise at the background of the universe. “I can only assume it means the youngling hoped to mislead you,” he said. “I would worry more about the Master who trained him, whoever and wherever they are.”

Another problem for the council to worry about. The Dark Side was the easy path – practitioners of many traditions could fall and walk that road. It was hardly the sole preserve of Dark Jedi. At the very least it was unlikely to be another Mandalorian – even in the period of history where they allied themselves with the Sith, Mandalorians had too much pride to break from their own traditions. Tarre Vizsla aside, they had little to do with the Force as Jedi or Sith understood it.

“Once we return to Coruscant, we will give our report to the Jedi Council,” Qui-gon said. “At that point it will be out of our hands, but I expect the Republic will ask the Jedi to support any diplomatic overtures to Mandalore.”

“If there’s so much bad history between Mandalore and the Order, is that really a good idea?” Obi-wan asked.

Qui-gon’s smile was thin and lacking humour. “Unfortunately we are also the best placed to protect an envoy if the Mandalorians turn… disagreeable.”

The Force was not going so far as to tell him they would return to this part of space, but nevertheless, Qui-gon had… a feeling. It was the kind of feeling he trusted.

This wasn’t over.

Chapter 16

Summary:

The emotional fallout of the day continues, something is up with Pre, and Jango faces his fears.

Notes:

Thanks for all the comments everyone! Glad you're enjoying this fic, whether you're coming back to it or reading it for the first time.

Chapter Text

“I hate my sister,” Bo-Katan muttered, storming away from the ship the moment they landed. Fett didn’t bother to stop her and no-one else gave her more than a passing glance, so Pre felt like he didn’t have much choice but to follow her. To put it lightly, he wasn’t particularly enamoured of Satine Kryze either. That was nothing new, but so far he’d managed to keep to the oath he’d sworn to spare her life. The least he could do for Bo was to offer a little comfort. Finally finding Satine… neither of them had expected it to turn out this way.

He didn’t have much attention to spare for their new surroundings, but he was still a soldier – some awareness of the landscape was essential. Fett’s farm was nothing impressive. A few small single-story buildings, then overgrown fields as far as the eye could see across the rolling landscape. Somewhere there would be a water source, somewhere the neighbouring farms he’d caught sight of during their approach, somewhere the other younglings that had been mentioned.

His new family…

Pre reached out for Bo-Katan, pushing that thought away. “Hey,” he said. “Where are you even going?”

Bo-Katan finally stopped and turned back to face him. “Nowhere,” she said. “Just putting some space between us before I try and strangle her.”

“Unfortunately, our new Mand’alor has forbidden that,” Pre replied.

“Mand’alor… how can you accept this! How can you accept that whole excuse for, what, forcibly adopting you!” She gestured with a furious sweep of her hand, her tension visible in every line of her body, her fear. It was understandable. Before this, he had been her protector and Kyr’tsad the power that backed and guarded them both. Now everything had become uncertain and she could no longer be sure of her place in the world or of her safety.

Even so… “These are our traditions,” Pre said. “They are what we live for. If I try and find a loophole, some way out, then what is any of this even for?”

Bo-Katan’s jaw twitched, clenching. Still, she could hardly argue with that. “Tradition it might be, but when you spoke about it before you said it was meant for children, those left behind once all the warriors were dead. Since when are you a child?”

Pre hesitated. It wasn’t that he had not thought of this himself – there had been more than enough time for hindsight while he was waiting for Jango Fett to finish making holo-calls. Bo wasn’t wrong, it was just… complicated.

“There are a number of technicalities that could be challenged,” he said. “It’s true I’m too old for most to consider doing that rite on me – but which generation must die and which can be assimilated is a decision for the conqueror, not the conquered. No, the bigger problem would be the rest of Clan Vizsla of my buir’s age. Although none of them are on Concord Dawn, they aren’t dead.”

Bo-Katan’s gaze sharpened, seeing an opportunity. “Can they take you back?” she asked. “Can they rescue you from Fett? Kill him and restore the Darksaber to your family?”

“Fett must be expecting them to try,” Pre said. “Or at least some of them. The title of Mand’alor can be won in combat – the Clan-Heads wouldn’t be happy about it, but all of their support means nothing to Fett if he’s dead. Kyr’tsad would be the only faction left that stands for the old ways, just as it was before, and thus the only real option.”

“Then there’s nothing to worry about,” Bo-Katan said, relaxing. “All we have to do is wait, and your relatives will make sure everything goes back the way it should be.”

“Assuming they win.” Pre didn’t have her easy confidence. Jango Fett hadn’t been fighting him with killing intent and he’d still been very good. He had survived one assassination attempt already – not that his relatives could risk going down that road now. Galidraan hadn’t been honourable and Pre hadn’t approved of it at the time, but eliminating competition was one thing. Trying to win the title of Mand’alor with dirty tricks was something else.

Bo-Katan watched him carefully. “I’m sorry,” she said, after a long moment of increasingly sombre silence broken only by the noise of the wind in the long grass all around them.

“Sorry?”

“Everything my sister said to me made me furious, but that’s nothing compared to what Fett has done to you. You’ve so much more right to be angry, but you’re keeping it under control, the way a warrior should.”

Pre swallowed bile. Anger? Yes. Yes, he should be angry, but he wasn’t. It had seeped from him like water from a cracked canteen, leaving only emptiness. He wasn’t mourning buir like he should. He wasn’t burning for revenge. It must be something wrong with him. He wasn’t what Bo thought.

“We can still make something of this situation,” he found himself saying. “Fett isn’t a New Mandalorian. He’s closer to us than to them. If I’m Clan Fett now he will at least have to listen to what I have to say. I can bring him around to the right path.”

“Perhaps,” Bo-Katan allowed, though with a narrow-eyed look of suspicion. “You persuaded me.” She sighed, shaking her head. “I don’t suppose you could manage it with my sister as well?”

“I doubt I’d have any more luck than you did.” Pre had heard enough of that conversation to tell, after it grew heated.

“Hopefully wherever we end up after this place, I won’t have to look at her too much.”

----

Coming home to the farm should have relaxed him and taken the weight from his shoulders, but after this karking day, that was impossible. Jango stared at his house, the outbuildings, the barn, and wondered what those jetiise and their Republic masters would think if they could see it all. They certainly wouldn’t take him seriously, that was for sure.

[ So Mand’alor, ] Silas said, slapping him on the back and grinning. [ Come up with a plan yet? ]

A gaggle of children followed them out of the ship. Bo-Katan’s argument with her sister hadn’t been subtle, so it was little surprise that she immediately stormed away with Pre Vizsla in pursuit. No. He was Pre Fett now. Damn. That would take some getting used to. Satine was more composed externally, but still clearly fuming. At least Maul and Kilindi were the kind of troublemakers he knew how to deal with. The rest of these kids…

Anyway, that was unfair to Kilindi. She wasn’t the cause of his problems out of that pair.

“Come on.” He gestured to the lot of them. “Inside. Duchess, have you eaten?”

“I’m not hungry,” the girl said.

“Eat anyway,” Jango told her. “Your stomach will thank you.”

The house door opened. Both Savage and Feral emerged, shooting looks of confusion at all these strangers. There hadn’t been time amongst all this osik to call up and let them know everything that had just happened. He was tempted to just shove Maul at his brothers and run off to think things over with Silas. Actually, that might not be the worst idea. Savage and Feral knew their brother well enough not to be taken in too much by his lack of objectivity, and Pre, Bo-Katan and Satine could speak for themselves. “Time for introductions,” he said, stifling a sigh. “Are Pre and Bo done?”

Maul cocked his head, taking advantage of that sensitive zabrak hearing. “They will be finished momentarily.”

Okay. This was still going to be a lot of talking before everyone was on the same page, but he didn’t have to be here for all of it.

----

After Maul had finished giving a brief account of the day’s events, there was a brief silence. “Brother, can you please explain to me how this happened?” Savage finally asked, staring at the group of strangers sitting awkwardly around their dining table. “It was just a shopping trip into town.”

Maul was at a loss to account for it himself. “Chance, circumstance and the will of the Force,” was all he could think of. He was not overly concerned about bringing up the Force since Jango and Silas were in another part of the house, placing some further holo-calls. At some point they were likely to press him again for answers about why he went after Kenobi, but he would worry about that later. Let Fett come up with his ‘plan’ first.

“What does the Force have to do with anything?” Pre Vizsla said. “That’s jettii osik.”

“Hardly,” Maul replied. “The Force is everywhere across the galaxy, and the Jedi scum do not have the sole right or authority over who uses it and how. You must be aware that the Force is merely another name for what Mandalorians refer to as the ka’ra.”

“That’s completely different!” Pre said. “Our traditions have nothing to do with the sorcery of the jetiise.”

“No, Maul is right,” Savage said, leaning forward and resting his elbows on the smooth wood of the tabletop. His expression, as always, was too earnest and open for his own good. Maul would despair of him, but it might be useful for now. “We have even spoken to the local goran about this. Death Watch must have gorane of their own – since you are Force-sensitive yourself, did it never come up?”

Pre jolted in his seat as though a venomous creature had lunged at him. “I am not Force-sensitive. What would you know about such matters anyway?”

Bo-Katan looked confused as well. “I didn’t know that was even possible for Mandalorians.”

“Just another thing our barbaric ancestors must have suppressed,” Satine muttered – mostly to herself. She had taken a seat against the wall rather than joining the rest of them on the long benches either side of the table, her face turned away and her arms crossed, a picture of petulant misery. Maul cared nothing for her option, but even so he found this an odd thing to say.

Observing that they were actually listening to her, Satine glanced their way and added. “The Jedi Order uphold peace and justice. Hardly the Mandalorian way.”

Maul rather enjoyed how much pain this statement clearly caused Bo-Katan. Their argument in the hold on the way here had amused him as well – while he could not truly take the girl to task for her future-self rejecting his rule, he was not above small and petty revenges. At this rate though, the Duchess would truly test Pre Vizsla’s willpower and sense of honour. Did she want him to try and kill her?

Savage turned to Maul. “Brother, if Pre is part of the family now, we should be honest with him should we not?”

Maul sighed. Yes, that was fair. Besides, Pre’s Force-sensitivity was another opportunity, one he’d be a fool to waste. Mandalorians might have their own traditions, but true power came from the Dark Side – they would need every warrior they could get when it came time to face Sidious.

A very small, old part of him hesitated. The Sith were Two; Master and Apprentice, no more and no less. But Maul had already broken that rule when he started to train both of his brothers, and Sidious had long denied him the true heritage of the Sith. Whatever Maul built would lack that history, that tradition. It would only be what he chose to make of it. His will. His decision. His determination.

There was freedom in that.

“Very well,” he said.

Savage looked back to Pre, whose curiosity had distracted him from his anger for now. “Maul, Feral and I are all what we call Force-sensitive – it means we are able to sense and use the powers of the Force. It’s common on the planet Dathomir, where we were born. Maul was… separated from us for a long time growing up.”

Feral nodded along with this. He had not said much yet, a little intimidated by the newcomers – though Maul could also sense some excitement at having another sibling added to the family.

Weren’t Maul and Savage enough for him?

Maul swallowed down any faint and meaningless sense of bitterness. He saw where Savage was going with his narrative and made the decision to jump in. While he doubted Savage would tell Pre more than the vague half-truths he’d passed on to Jango and Silas, he preferred to speak for himself here. “During that time, I was trained by another kind of Force-user,” he said. “Not a Jedi – or a Fallen Jedi, for that matter. Since returning to my brothers, I have passed on that training to them – I would offer it to you, as well.”

“I am not Force-sensitive,” Pre repeated.

Why was he so insistent on this point? “Touched by the stars, then,” Maul said. “The words may differ but the meaning is the same.”

“All the House heads and heirs of Clan Vizsla have the blessing of the ka’ra. It is the weight of fate and destiny, and part of why it’s our right to rule our people. Or… it was.” Pre hesitated, complicated emotions passing over his face. While there was little to feel in the Force, that was more to do with his beskar than any natural shielding. There was no evidence of those subtle, mirror-like barriers Maul had found in the goran’s mind. “It has nothing to do with the ‘magic powers’ of the Force.”

“Are you or are you not Tarre Vizsla’s descendant?” Maul demanded, growing tired with this denial of the obvious. “Why should he have been the only Force-sensitive Mandalorian in the entirety of the galaxy’s history?”

Pre’s eyes showed a flicker of doubt.

“I refuse to believe Kyr’tsad are ignorant of their peoples’ own abilities.” Maul pressed the point. “Whether or not you have been told of your own potential, if you did not even know that it might be a possibility then you must ask yourself, why not? Has someone been keeping the truth from you? Or even lying to you?” This was a stab in the dark, but one he instinctively felt must be true. Nothing else made sense, given the way Pre was acting.

“It’s not… the same…” Pre said weakly. A faint sense of nervousness escaped the protection of beskar. “Buir said… the blessing of the ka’ra is one thing. The powers of the jetiise are something else. It would be… dangerous. A corruption. Who could trust an enemy hiding in our own ranks?”

Maul frowned. Disquiet grew in his chest with each word, a sense of wrongness. Something sinister lurked here. “You should speak to the goran,” he said. If Pre would not believe it from them, he would believe it coming from the closest thing Mandalorians had to a priest.

In the past that was the future, Death Watch had no qualms about allying with Sith, or with he and Savage using the Force around them. Was it only a concern coming from their own people? Was this why they had never attempted to bring him further into Mandalorian culture despite accepting him as their Mand’alor? Just what did Pre think would happen to him if he admitted that they were right? This wasn’t a fear shared by any of the Haat’ade or the locals of Concord Dawn.

“Perhaps,” Pre replied. His face had turned paler, and he did not add anything further even though there clearly was more on his mind.

Slightly alarmed, Bo-Katan asked, “Are Satine or I Force-sensitive?”

“Not at all,” Maul told her. In the final days before his death at Kenobi’s hands, rumours reached him of another war for control of Mandalore, with Bo-Katan Kryze at the head of one faction. The Darksaber had fallen into her hands – no doubt transported there by Ezra Bridger’s rebel friends. He could not know how well she might have wielded it, but there had been many legitimate Mand’alors in a long line over millennia, and they could not all have been Force-sensitive. He’d never felt it from her.

“What about your friend?” Bo-Katan asked again, nodding at Kilindi.

“Nope,” Kilindi replied, cheerful. “I’m just me. Very ordinary.”

“Speaking of the Force,” Savage said. “There were Jedi in Arakura. Maul, you… sensed their presence?”

“I sensed the boy’s presence,” Maul replied, deciding this would be a good time to lay down some further foundations for his excuses. “He did not realise he needed to be more mindful of his shielding. I did not detect his Master, but from his age it was clear he was a Padawan.”

Pre blinked out of his inner turmoil. “Did they detect you as well? Given that you were trained by a different tradition…”

Maul pressed his lips together, irritated, though not at Pre. “They may have cause to mention me when they report back to their Jedi Council,” he said. “There is little they can do after that. They are not welcome in Mandalorian space anymore.”

In the privacy of his own mind, he could admit he was a little more concerned. He had intended for Kenobi to be dead and quite unable to tell anyone about him. At this point in history the Jedi believed the Sith to be long extinct. It had taken the appearance of his older self – in training and presence undeniably a Sith Lord – for that confidence to be shaken. While Kenobi would surely recognise the feel of the Dark, the Jedi would not suspect that he’d been trained by the Sith. Rogue Force-users were the sole purview of the Jedi Order – there would be no reason for them to mention him in their report to the Senate and more reason to keep that knowledge to themselves.

He did not think that his former Master would hear about this.

He hoped he would not hear about this.

----

In private again for the first time since leaving Arakura, Jango relaxed slightly. Leaving those kids alone unsupervised might not be the best idea, particularly given the grievances between Duchess Satine and Kyr’tsad, but it seemed Pre was honourable enough to keep an oath. Kilindi and Savage were the most sensible ones out there. They’d keep a handle on things until he and Silas returned.

Speaking of… Jango turned to Silas. He’d managed to dredge up some kind of an idea, but first he needed to know a few things he’d been too cowardly to ask about before now.

“You told me before that you looked for survivors after Galidraan. Did you mean just the Haat’ade who were on the planet? What about the rest of us… the sworn clans, the houses that stood with us…?”

Silas’ brow furrowed. “I tried to talk to you about this before but you didn’t want to know.” He paused, clearly running through a few different sentences in his head before choosing the one he thought would go over best. “Rather than assuming, just tell me what’s changed?”

It was difficult to meet his eyes. “I was running from responsibility before. Now I don’t have any choice.”

“You thought that if you asked, if you knew for sure, you would… what? Have no choice but to become the Mand’alor?”

It was more complicated than that, more a tangled web of guilt and self-loathing and other dark emotions, but Jango couldn’t figure out how to put that into words. He shrugged. “House Mereel,” he said. “Who still lives?”

“Well,” Silas said, picking his words. “It’s not like every single member of our Houses was part of the ori’amikade – the core of the Haat’ade died on Galidraan, but not our supporters, not those who were sworn to us. If Kyr’tsad were capable of challenging us openly they wouldn’t have had to rely on a dirty trick. They tried, afterwards – came with demands and ultimatums. Some of that worked – clans switched sides or promised at least neutrality. Not everyone. House Mereel would never.”

Jango swallowed. He should have been there. If he had… if he had, Kyr’tsad wouldn’t have even set foot on Concord Dawn. “What happened to them?”

Silas snorted. “Have more faith in your clan, alor. They’re dug in well here, and Tor had softer targets to go after.” He meant the New Mandalorians. “He always was a coward when you got right down to the heart of him.”

“They’re alive?”

“They’re alive,” Silas said, his expression softening. It wasn’t until it was confirmed that Jango realised how sure he’d been of their deaths. He believed Tor would never let them live, too vicious in his revenge.  “Are you ready to see them again? That’s what you’re thinking, right? Heading to Fort Mereel?”

“Yeah.” Jango’s voice was rough – he coughed and repeated himself. “Yeah. It’s no Keldabe, not even as fine as the House strongholds on Kalevala or Concordia, but it’ll do for this sorry Mand’alor. Do you have their comm codes?”

Silas nodded. “It’s been a while since I spoke to them myself,” he confessed. “Always felt guilty for being the only survivor of Galidraan – but I’m not the only one anymore.”

Jango gestured at the holo-terminal built into the table. Silas reached over and typed something in. All that remained was to put the call through.

Once, many years ago, House Mereel had been only Clan Mereel, small and unimportant. Jaster’s expected career had been that of a simple Journeyman Protector – honourable enough, but not a life of glory and fame. However, that was not the fate the ka’ra had written for him. Jango’s buir was special, his heart great, his mind sharp. For Jaster, ambition didn’t come for its own sake – he only sought power for what he could do with it. After he won the support of those who followed the old ways and was granted the title of Mand’alor, many previously unaffiliated clans swore to the banner of his House, swelling its ranks and bringing their clan-wealth with them. Clan Mereel’s small stronghold on Concord Dawn went through a transformation, becoming something more befitting the ruler of their people.

Jango hadn’t seen it in years, even before Galidraan. After buir died he had avoided the place, pretending that the fight against Kyr’tsad kept him too busy to return to his own home planet. Even now his heart twisted at the thought of walking through those gates – but there wasn’t anywhere else on Concord Dawn he could turn. Even there…

“Staring at the comm won’t get us anywhere,” Silas said. “Do you want me to hit the call button for you Jango? Shavit, I’ll even talk to them for you.”

“I’m being an idiot,” Jango replied. “I know that. No need to rub it in.”

“Is that what I was doing?” Silas gave him a look on innocence.

Jango leaned forwards and slapped the comm before he could start thinking better of it again. The device beeped low tones until the call was accepted at the other end. A helmed Mandalorian appeared on the holo-screen. It took a dizzying moment until Jango recognised the patterns, the build. He still wasn’t fully sure until she took off her buy’ce.

“Jango…?” Jacek Mereel said. “Jango Fett, you absolute shabuir, you’re alive? Where the kriff have you been?”

Guilt twisted Jango’s stomach. “Nowhere good.” The words emerged with rough edges.

“Yeah I… I would have guessed that. You would have contacted us sooner, otherwise.” She shook her head. “Who do we have to kill?”

“Nobody,” Jango said, then paused. While those responsible for selling him into slavery were dead, the syndicate who bought him had only lost a ship, a smuggler and a slave. There hadn’t been time in the past few months to think about them, they were so far down his list for revenge. Even now going after them would just be indulging himself when he had a whole sector of space to tame, but once the idea had entered his mind it was hard to shake.

Jacek knew him well – she narrowed in on that moment of weakness at once. “Just give me names,” she said. “House Mereel might not be much anymore, but we’re dormant, not dead. Especially now you’re back… that hut’uun Tor Vizsla has no idea what’s coming for him!”

“You’re assuming he’s not the one that had me.”

Jacek paused. She leaned forwards over the table on her end of the call, her hands balling into fists. In a low voice, she said, “Forgive me for saying this Jango, but we both know the kind of person he is. If he had you, you’d be missing more parts.”

“I’ll take you up on that offer of vengeance, but it’s not why I’m calling,” Jango said, swallowing the lump in his throat made half of nauseated agreement with her assessment, and half sheer grateful thanks at seeing her alive and well. She wasn’t quite his aunt – she was Jaster’s cousin, not his sister – but she’d been pretty close to it.

She might not be so welcoming if she knew how long he’d been free before this moment. He hadn’t expected her to accept him back so easily though. She knew how badly he’d failed. She knew his weakness as a leader had doomed the Haat’ade and their House.

What was he thinking, daring to call himself Mand’alor? How could this possibly go well?

“No?” Jacek asked. “You need some other kind of help? Are you hurt? You need a pick-up from somewhere?”

“I’m on Concord Dawn. My old farmstead,” Jango admitted.

Haar’chak,” Jacek said, eyes widening. “Why haven’t we heard about that?”

“I… I wasn’t ready.” He had to force the words out, but then they lingered in the air, like drones waiting for a target.

Her expression softened. “Jan’ika, there’s nothing to fear here. Whatever happened on Galidraan, I’m sure you feel it’s all your fault no matter how much that’s really the truth. It doesn’t matter. You’re alive, we’re alive, the Haat’ade will live on. Kyr’tsad couldn’t intimidate us into surrender even when we thought you were dead. We won’t let them turn our people into monsters. One defeat, two, a hundred. As long is someone is left, we’ll fight on.”

Jango wanted to believe her, but if he had never returned, never reclaimed his armour, never reached out to her… if Kyr’tsad truly won this war, they would have wiped all memory of Jaster Mereel and the Haat’ade from the galaxy. Even if somehow those useless New Mandalorians had prevailed instead, what sympathy would they have for House Mereel? It was easy to claim you would never bow until a boot was on the back of your neck pressing down.

He ripped himself away from flashes of memories of collar and chains and a brand sizzling into his back with the burst of scent of burning, cooking meat. He’d managed not to think about that for months. Why now?

No. This choice wouldn’t come to them. He was Mand’alor and Tor was dead. For now, Jaster’s legacy was the one winning.

“I want to come home,” he said. Admitting it tore something out of his chest, but it was a good kind of pain. “I want… there’s a great deal I have to tell you. Things recently came to a head and I…” He took a deep breath, and reached for the Darksaber tucked into the holster next to one of his blasters. The hilt buzzed in his palm, warm and seeming somehow alive. He held it up so that the holo would register it. “I have this now.” The black blade hissed into being.

Jacek’s eyes widened. “Ke’geteyar ka’ra. Jango. You got him.”

“He’s dead,” Jango confirmed, watching relief wash over her. That lightened his own chest too. “For now, Kyr’tsad are leaderless.”

“Until another Vizsla steps up,” Jacek said. “Tor had cousins, and there’s his heir.”

“About that – the situation is complicated, but for now let’s just say that Pre Vizsla is my captive.” The lie burned on his tongue, but his weak reserve of courage quailed at admitting he’d claimed Pre with kir’manir ad’akaan. He couldn’t look her in the eye and admit he’d used one of Kyr’tsad’s own tactics. Not… not yet.

Jacek’s gaze sharpened. “Just what have you been up to, Jan’ika?”

“I will tell you everything when we arrive.” Jango hesitated. “We… we are welcome?”

“Of course you are. Never doubt that Jan’ika. We’ll be waiting.”

Chapter 17: Arc 2: Mand'alor Ascending

Summary:

It's time to meet the family, old and new - a complicated experience for all concerned.

Notes:

Chapters appear when they are ready. :3 Note tag updates also. EDIT: Minor edits 29.10.23.

Mando'a Translations:
Kyr'tsad: Death Watch
Haat'ade: True Mandalorians
Su cuy'gar: Hello (lit. you're still alive)
ad, ade, adiika: child, children, child or children under 13
kade: swords
K'olar: Come here/get over here
k'uur: hush, quiet
goran: armourer
ramikad, ori'ramikad, ramikad'ika: commando, supercommano, little commando (affectionate)
Tion gar gai?: What's your name?
Haar'chak: Damn
osik: shit
vod, vode: sibling, siblings, (blood or comrade-in-arms)
verd, verde: soldier, soldiers
verd'goten: trial of adulthood at age 13
kir'manir ad'akaan: historical forced adoption ritual (non-canon)
riduur: romantic partner
kute: inner flightsuit worn under armour

[ speech inside these ] - speaking in Mando'a

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The Promised Revenge cut through clouds, passing from a vista of rolling grey then thick mists and ending in heavy rain. The sharp tips of mountains were lost in the haze now above them, a thousand waterfalls gushing down the steep, rocky slopes. The wide flat basin of a glacier-carved valley spread below, wound about with further ribbons of rivers separating and meeting again. Despite the appearance of wilderness, some small signs of civilisation could be picked out when one looked closely. A few low buildings stood along the lateral moraines at regular intervals – barns for herd animals, and no doubt where the beasts were sheltering from the foul weather even now.

Rain pelted against the transparisteel of the Revenge’s cockpit, cutting the view into a dozen hazy sections. Their destination was difficult to ascertain.

“There,” Silas said, reaching between Maul and Kilindi and pointing ahead. “Where the valleys meet.”

Maul squinted. Yes… once he knew where to look the outline of a fortress materialised, grey on grey. Cliffs fell away on both sides, not truly vertical but not far from it. It could only be reached from the air, or by the very determined – though Maul’s training quickly kicked in as he mapped possible angles of approach, cracks and faults in the stone that would provide holds for hands and feet, areas of vegetation suggesting slightly flatter ground… Not impossible. No, not impossible at all.

Approaching from the sky was certainly the easier proposition, but only for those who were welcome. As their ship closed in further, he could see the stubby barrels of turbolaser turrets sticking up at key points around the building, both those suited for tackling starfighters or troop-transports as well as those designed for smaller and more mobile targets – those wearing jetpacks, for example.

“So, this is Fort Mereel,” Pre said, with grudging admiration. “I can’t say this is how I expected to see it.” Neither he nor Death Watch would be coming here as conquerors again if Jango’s rule went well.

“What a charming place,” Satine said, scowling. “It certainly looks like a prison.”

Maul looked away. None of this was how he had planned it. He was supposed to be the one who won command over Death Watch, not Jango Fett. Fett, who had dodged responsibility until now, who as far as Maul could see lacked the necessary viciousness to match up against a Sith. There was no going back, no returning to the original path history had taken where Death Watch survived under Pre’s leadership, so all he could do was make the best of it. Hadn’t he challenged Jango himself by saying he should either step into the role of Mand’alor, or accept the outcome of this slow-rolling civil war? Perhaps it would have been better to say nothing.

Plans changed. He would adapt – he always had before.

There was opportunity in this turn of events. Fett hadn’t mentioned this House Mereel or their stronghold before now, leading Maul to assume he had no real allies to turn to. Instead he had been avoiding them, for presumably the same reasons he had avoided resuming any of the responsibilities of leadership. If he truly could unite the remnants of his own former faction with Kyr’tsad and conquer the New Mandalorians several decades earlier than Maul had planned, that could only be a good thing. Mandalorian space would regain its strength rather than ebb in power as it had under Duchess Kryze. Jango Fett might not cleave to the expansionist ideals of Death Watch or his ancestors, but he was no pacifist. Besides, he would have Maul and Pre to carefully manoeuvre him closer to Kyr’tsad’s philosophy.

Passing through the silent gauntlet of turbolasers, Silas set the ship down on the landing pad outside the walls. More weapons emplacements in the curtain wall covered the open ground between them and the gate, a threat display that would make any predator think twice. There were no other vessels visible out here, but Maul suspected that there were hanger bays concealed somewhere nearby, burrowed into the rock of the mountain. Jango said this had once been the home base of the Haat’ade, a group who ranged across the galaxy. They would need somewhere to moor their craft.

The ramp of The Promised Revenge hissed down at the same time as the gates of Fort Mereel opened. Their welcoming committee comprised of a small group of armoured Mandalorians, five in all, their colours each subtly different but with a uniting theme to the palette and all bearing the same sigil on their pauldrons – a black mythosaur skull on a yellow shield. That must be the mark of either House or Clan Mereel.

Jango was the first down the ramp, Silas not far behind. Everyone else emerged as a clump, Bo-Katan keeping a particularly close eye on her sister. Maul did not care about their reactions. His attention was fixed on Jango and on the strangers.

The woman at the front took off her helmet, revealing short dark hair with a few streaks of grey, and a worn, weather-beaten face. “Jango,” she said, emotion shivering in her voice, spreading her arms. “Welcome home.”

“Jacek…” Fett took a few faltering steps forwards and then hugged her, resting their foreheads together. Maul averted his gaze, uncomfortable with this brazen display of… feeling. While he could not deny that family had its importance, or that he himself had been overwhelmed in the past into embracing Kilindi and his brothers, he had the decency not to do it out in the open with everyone watching.

“Jacek,” Jango said, after a few moments. “Come meet… everyone.”

Su cuy’gar, Silas,” the woman said, nodding to him. “Have you been keeping Jan’ika out of trouble?”

“Trying my best,” Silas said. He tilted his head towards the rest of their group. “Not really succeeding.”

Jacek chuckled. “You said you were bringing your kids, Jango, but this is a bit more than that,” she said – Maul watched her carefully as she approached. She had an easy, fluid stride, no stiffness in it despite her ambiguous middle-age. Twin blasters sat on her hips as comfortably as they did on Jango’s. She might not have been part of Jango’s active forces, but she was a Mandalorian warrior all the same.

Her gaze was sharp as it ran over them, assessing. In the Force she felt solid and steady, confident and self-assured. Her armour was not pure beskar, likely a low-content blend, so it was not difficult to take her measure. There was no weakness there. It was… reassuring.

Jacek Mereel’s eyes turned to the three teens at the rear of their party and stopped. She was instantly at alert, hands lifting slightly from her hips, the better to go for blasters if need be. “Jango Fett,” she said, unimpressed. “Why do you have two Kyr’tsad trainees with you – and is that Adonai Kryze’s daughter?” Her gaze flickered between them. “Both of his daughters.”

“Ah.” Jango said. “Yeah. About that. I thought it would be better if I explained it in person.”

“Afraid what will happen when people find out I’m your hostage?” Satine said, holding her head up high. “Are you having second thoughts about staking your claim against the New Mandalorians – the legitimate rulers of our sector?”

Her words were naught but a bluff – Maul could sense the depths of her fear. It rolled off her almost strong enough to taste. Here she was, amongst her enemies. She thought them monsters and expected them to treat her accordingly. She was doing her best to bolster her courage, but even she could tell it was unconvincing.

“This seems like a complicated situation,” Jacek said, relaxing again with amusement now seeping into her tone. “Don’t worry, ad. Nobody here is going to hurt you.”

“Forgive me for not believing that,” Satine replied.

“I’ve got a lot of questions,” Jacek said, “but I can see answering them might take some time. Come in and you can introduce yourselves to us properly. We’ve been looking forward to meeting you all.”

“Admit it,” Jango muttered, “you just want to make me wait for my interrogation so you can watch me squirm.”

“Do you have something to squirm about, Jan’ika?” She asked, with a raised eyebrow.

Jango did not answer that. There was some guilt leaking out of him into the Force. It would hardly be the first time that Maul had sensed that emotion from him, but he was less certain of the cause of it right now. It wouldn’t be about the Kryze girls. Taking them hostage was only good sense – not that Bo-Katan’s status was as clear-cut as that. She was more of a mere hanger-on with nowhere else to go.

Then was it about adopting Pre into Clan Fett? Was Jango regretting sparing his enemy’s heir already? Perhaps his kin were more bloodthirsty than he was? No, that would be too much to hope for.

Was it the way he’d done it?

A slight shiver ran up Maul’s spine. Forcing the bonds of family, of dominion, upon another… Fett had promised he wouldn’t do that to Maul, but how far did his word really stretch? If Maul pushed the boundaries too far, if he stretched out his independence beyond some secret standard Fett was holding him to in his mind, would he…

It did not matter if he tried. Maul was not defenceless. He had the Force – and if he was careful and persuasive enough, he hoped he would be able to get his hands on Kenobi’s lightsaber as well. He had not missed that Silas took it with them when they left Arakura. Even now it was tucked away in his belt, the pathetic little kyber within it singing out for its master, hoping to be recovered.

Jango knew he could use the Force, if not the full extent of his background. Surely he could bring him around to the idea of allowing them to train with a lightsaber. He could not get away with bleeding it red without prompting some highly awkward questions he would not be able to answer, but he could put up with a wilful and disobedient crystal.

Justifying his knowledge of lightsaber forms would be harder, but Jango also believed he’d been with Kyr’tsad briefly in the past, and Mandalorian kade were not so different to lightsabers. He could spin some further excuses there.

It was more pleasant to make plans for the future than to contemplate his own discomfort at Jango’s recent actions. Maul followed everyone else into the citadel, watching everything. There was much to learn about this place and these people – once he was familiar with them, he could adjust his plots accordingly.

----

Satine suppressed a shiver as they walked through the halls, flanked by fully armoured warriors. It was only the cold weather on this part of the planet, the cold and the damp, nothing more. Certainly not the fear bubbling like acid through her stomach.

How many people exactly were holed up in this fortress? Aside from the five leading them, she’d caught sight of a number of others here and there as they went past other rooms or corridors leading away. Blank unreadable helmets came up to watch them go past. It was difficult to tell them apart, to know if she had seen them more than once. Everyone looked alike under beskar. There were differences to their paint schemes, true, but she didn’t have experience reading those subtleties.

That was not even mentioning the captors she had been travelling with already. None of them were on her side, not even her own sister. Her sister, who had listened to the poisonous whispers of Pre Vizsla, Tor Vislsa’s heir, who had turned out to be the same young Death Watch soldier following Jango Fett – which she supposed gave credence to his claim that Death Watch had bowed to him as well.

She still didn’t understand why Pre wasn’t reacting more to his father’s death. Satine knew very intimately what it was like to lose a parent. Pacifist she might be, but a part of her wanted revenge – not a part of her she’d ever give in to, but he was one of those warrior savages and had no reason to hold back. Perhaps he was as much a traitor as Bo-Katan? Back at the farm the young zabrak Maul explained that Fett had adopted Pre, that he was now part of their family. What could that be but treachery?

Vizsla must have felt her eyes on him – he turned his head to glare at her. Satine looked away first, dropping her gaze to the floor.

While Satine was caught up in worry, she hadn’t noticed that they had arrived at their destination. The group emerged into a large hall. It had no windows, but light streamed down from sconces on the walls and glow-strips set into the ceiling. The walls were dark, simple pourcrete. Banners with heraldry she didn’t know hung from the arch of the roof and at the rear of the dais at the far end of the room – a dais where a line of chairs sat either side of a central seat that she could only describe as a throne. All the seats were empty at present, but the room was not.

At least two dozen Mandalorians were waiting for them, not all of them human. Armour made it difficult to be entirely sure with the more humanoid species, but there was at least one rodian, a togruta, several twi’lek and… was that a trandoshan?

Osik,” Jango Fett muttered. “You really did mean all of them.”

“Everyone who can’t be spared from necessary duties,” the woman – Jacek – replied. “Did you think people would stay away when they heard you were alive and coming home?” Was she the leader of this place? What was her relationship to Fett? They clearly knew each other as more than acquaintances.

“Jango! K'olar! Jan’ika! Mand’alor!”

A chorus of voices rang out, a warm welcome. Jango Fett’s shoulders hunched. It seemed he wasn’t entirely comfortable with it. “K'uur, k'uur. Stop making such a fuss.”

“You’ve got to be joking,” the trandoshan said. “Turning up alive after years, killing Tor Vizsla, subduing Death Watch, bringing a whole clutch of ade with you – and you don’t want a fuss.”

“Speaking of ade,” Jacek said. “Let’s not overwhelm them too much. Jan’ika can answer all our many questions while this lot get the tour and then some rest.” She turned to Satine, or by extension, the rest of Fett’s group. “My name is Jacek Mereel, my pronouns are she and her, and I have been acting head of House Mereel up until Jango returned to us.”

Fett muttered something in protest, but it was ignored.

“Everyone here is either Clan Mereel, or sworn to our House,” she continued. “You’ll get to know them well, I’m sure. I won’t give you too many names to remember right now, but to start you off, our house elders are Oraya Mereel, he or they,” she pointed to the trandoshan, “Trevis Mereel, she/her,” an elderly human woman, “Mir Shale, he/him, and of course our goran, he/him as well.” The last was a warrior wearing a golden helmet as well as a ruff of fur around his shoulders.

Goran?” Satine asked. “Is that a title or a name?”

She knew that she was revealing her ignorance, but she refused to be ashamed of it. If the New Mandalorians abandoned the past it was only to stop it weighing them down as they walked into the future. Shedding violence could never be wrong.

“A goran is an armourer,” Pre said, sneering. “It is a holy path. They relinquish any other name – none is needed but the title of their craft.”

“And you are the Duchess Satine Kryze,” Jacek Mereel said, before Satine could think of an appropriately cutting reply.

She raised her chin, summoning her courage. “That is correct. If you were honourable people, you would turn me back over to my family…”

Jacek ignored her. “I suppose the story of how the Duchess ended up with you is a long one,” she said to Jango and Silas.

“Maybe not as long as you’re expecting,” Fett replied with a sigh.

“If you want your family, it looks like there’s one right here,” Jacek said, gesturing to Bo-Katan. “Why are you in Death Watch training armour?”

Bo-Katan tilted her head, her expression a mixture of pride and defiance. “Because I’m not a Kalevalan anymore. Kyr’tsad is right…”

“Okay, nevermind. I’m not interested in hearing a bunch of propaganda,” Jacek said, raising her hand for Bo to stop and shaking her head. A few people laughed quietly around the room. She pointed to the next person in their group – Pre Vizsla. “Ramikad. Tion gar gai?

Pre hesitated. What had they asked him? Then he squared his shoulders and replied, “Pre Fett. He/him.”

Satine hadn’t been certain how far this ‘adoption’ went, but it seemed that he really had rejected and abandoned his father. Spirits, he and Bo-Katan really were two seeds in a pod! Had he planned this, as she had? Was that how Jango Fett managed to kill Tor Vizsla – through underhand trickery, through a traitorous child opening the way? Had Pre been the one to pull him from obscurity, seeking to advance? He was the eldest Fett son now – it was possible that made him this new ‘Mand’alor’s’ heir, a leader who claimed to have united more forces than Death Watch could alone. 

“Pre… Fett.” Jacek’s eyes narrowed, and she looked over at Jango. “Pre Fett. Whose idea was that?” Several other voices muttered around the hall, no words Satine could specifically make out.

“Does it matter?” Pre replied, growing even more defensive. “What is done is done.”

Jango Fett briefly closed his eyes. “I’ll… explain all that too,” he said.

Haar’chak,” Jacek said. “I thought he was another hostage. This story grows arms and legs, huh?” She did not seem to expect an answer. Her expression softened when she turned back to the zabrak boys and the nautolan girl. “Now, how did Jan’ika run across you ade?”

“I think it was more like, we ran across him,” Kilindi replied, grinning with a flash of white, sharp teeth. “We helped him, he helped us, we didn’t really have anywhere else to go and he offered to take us in and give us a place to stay. Things kind of… went on naturally from there.”

“For the most part,” Maul added. “I must make it clear that while my brothers and Kilindi have agreed to formal adoption, I have not. I am simply Maul, and Jango is my teacher, not my father.”

Jacek raised an eyebrow at this, giving Maul a further once-over, but she didn’t ask any further questions. She nodded slowly and said, “As you say, ad.” She looked back over the others. “So, if you’re Maul, then these are Savage and Feral, and Kilindi of course. Jan’ika wasn’t completely evasive about everything.”

Fett shifted, looking up and away. There had been talk of making him squirm earlier – Mand’alor he might be, but it was clear these people had known him too long for that to have them standing on ceremony. It was… strange, to see him like this. It made him appear too normal. She could almost forget the kind of man he was, and the danger she was in.

“Well,” Jacek said, clapping her hands together. “That’s enough of introductions for now. Jan’ika has some questions to answer, so you ade had best be heading off so we don’t embarrass him too much in front of you. Barad has volunteered to give you the tour, so just follow them.”

One of the shorter warriors, still helmeted, raised an arm. “Over here,” they said.

“That’s all?” Pre Fett said. “You have nothing else to ask us?”

“That depends on what Jango and Silas have to report,” Jacek replied. “I’m sure we will have some things to ask you, ramikad, but later.”

Pre gave a sharp, curt nod, accepting this.

Satine had little choice but to continue to follow her captors around. Even if none of them had actually threatened her yet, she didn’t trust that it would last. For now they might respect their leader’s authority, but she was out from under his gaze now. There were plenty of ways to harm someone that did not involve outright violence. They could starve her, shove her in a freezing cold cell, heap insult after insult on her, deprive her of the essentials of dignity… so long as they did no permanent damage, her remaining family would have no grounds on which to object.

As for family, the topic even more on her mind because of Pre Fett… She darted another glance sideways to Bo. Even that brief glimpse sent a complicated wave of emotion pulsing through her. How had it come to this? It didn’t feel quite real. Despite their conversation earlier – or even because of it – she understood her sister’s motivations even less than she had before. Bo-Katan hadn’t admitted just how much she had helped Death Watch, but she had admitted enough. She… she was pleased that their father was dead!

How could such a familiar face conceal an utter stranger? They might have had their differences growing up and Bo had become more and more distant from her over the last few years, but to go this far?

There should have been signs. This much hatred… how had she failed to see it?

Satine could spend an eternity thinking about this. As a prisoner, she supposed she would certainly have the time.

The ‘tour’ of Fort Mereel took them past the kitchens, the mess hall, various rooms for training and sparring, the blast-door locked armoury that must be as much a taunt as anything, the outer perimeter with open slit-windows letting in the biting wind and splatters of chilling rain, and finally ended up at the accommodation wing.

“This is where you’ll be sleeping,” the gruff soldier leading them around said, gesturing to a row of doors.

“What about me?” Satine asked, crossing her arms to hide how shaky she felt. Her present company was not exactly keeping her safe, but she would be in even greater danger on her own.

“You and everyone else,” they told her. “Don’t get the idea we’re being careless – your door locks, and you won’t be leaving again without a guard.”

There was no point in being stubborn here, and she wanted to see just how bad it would be. Satine forced herself to reach out and turn the handle, stepping in.

The door closed behind her with a click that sounded very final. She looked around the room. There was a window high up in the wall letting in dim grey light – it was long and thin and did not appear to open. Rain beaded on the surface and flowed down in streams.

The space was small and simple – one bed, neatly made up with military precision, a mirror over a table bolted to the floor – though the chair was loose and could be moved – and a few doors which led to storage areas and the fresher. The shower had both sonic and hot water settings. She turned both it and the taps on briefly and let them run for a while, for no particular reason.

The flow was strong and the water comfortably warm, not hot. Absurdly, that small fact almost had her bursting into tears and she didn’t know why. Now that she was alone, waves of emotion swept through her, each one building on the last.

Satine shoved off her boots and sat down on the bed, hugging her knees to her chest. There was no noise other than the patter of the rain and her own unsteady breathing.

Now what?

----

“Look,” Jango said, once the ade were out of the room. “I get that everybody wants to know what’s going on, but there are some parts of this that are my business. Not every single person in this House has a right to know every single detail of my life in the past few years!”

The beat of silence had an awkward edge. Jango was aware that some of his anger had its roots in shame, but not all of it. He would have to explain just what happened on Galidraan – it was impossible that they’d been able to work it out from the aftermath alone – explain being enslaved, the people he’d been sold to… and that was his pain, his suffering. He wasn’t going to lay it out for the world to pick over. The elders had to know, because he did owe the Pykes some revenge for that and he would need their help, but that was as far as it would go.

Jacek knew him well enough to understand that he had a good reason for asking for this. “That’s… fine. But this osik with Tor’s heir, or what is to be done with the Kryze girls – that’s something that can’t just be between us.”

Jango nodded. He hadn’t even mentioned the presence of the jetiise yet, and that was also the kind of information that had to be widely spread so that the Haat’ade knew what to look out for.

“Alright,” Jacek said, waving the rest of the crowd off. “You heard our Mand’alor. Elders only. You got to see the ade so don’t complain too much.” Of course people did complain, but in a good-natured sort of way, and they obeyed her order.

“Silas,” Jango called out, as his friend also began to step away. “Stay.”

“You’re sure?” Silas asked, with a brief, questioning raise of his brow. “I didn’t want to assume.”

Who else had survived the slaughter that day? Who else had spend the past few years refusing to believe Jango was dead, looking for him for longer than any logic dictated? Who else had helped him settle in on Concord Dawn when every instinct screamed at Jango to run off and hide away, isolated from any sentient contact. He wouldn’t have been able to abandon the ade, not when they needed him, but at least with Silas to help out he knew he couldn’t mess it up – mess them up – too much.

That was too much to put into words here and now. Jango forced out a curt “Yes.”

Once they were down to just the seven of them, he took a deep breath in and out, steeling himself for what was to come. He didn’t like talking about himself, never had. This would be particularly agonising, raking himself open and no matter that these were people he’d known since childhood. That actually made it worse. He didn’t give a kriff about the opinions of strangers.

“It’s best I start after the last time we saw each other. With Galidraan…” he began.

It would take a while to go through it all. He spoke in as cold and clinical a way as he could, an after-action report stripped of emotion. A few years wasn’t long enough – no amount of time would be long enough –to ease the pain of so much loss. Any crack in his façade would be too much. The contract had been a simple one, armed dissidents allegedly causing havoc, the governor willing to pay in both credits and information. If he hadn’t dropped that mention of Death Watch and in a way that suggested he was ignorant of the full context of what that meant, would Jango have looked closer? Would he have been more careful, spotted the trap before the teeth of it closed around him?

Perhaps. He’d been eager. Greedy. The uprising hadn’t been as well-armed or troublesome as he was led to believe – that should have been a warning sign as well. Jango’s head had not been in the present. He was fixed on the future, the scent of the hunt dragging him forwards. The intensity of revenge and single-minded pursuit had stood him well before then – and in more recent days when he went after Tor the final time as well. It was just that one mis-step, that one mistake, where everything fell apart.

“Tor ambushed me in the governor’s castle,” he said. “Shot me out of the sky as I retreated. That’s when the Republic ships arrived and I realised he had tricked…” He swallowed the word ‘us’, the desire to avoid responsibility that in reality rested squarely on his shoulders. “Tricked me. I hoped there would be time before they landed for us to pull out and make our escape, but I couldn’t get through on comms. I followed their flight path through the snow, and got close enough to see the jettise disembark.”

It was easier not to meet anyone’s eyes, to stare ahead at pourcrete walls as though he was dictating this into a datapad. “Republic soldiers would have been one thing. Jettise…” Kyr’tsad truly proved their lack of honour when they set the ancestral enemies of Mandalorians to do their dirty work. Getting the Republic involved at all was a betrayal of their own ideas, considering the legacy of the last war and the glassing of Mandalore, but given how much Kyr’tsad hated the jettise, that had been even worse.

“For jettise to come in such numbers meant they were expecting to encounter a significant threat, one that needed heavy-handed force,” Jango continued. “I might not know exactly what lies that governor passed on about us, but I realised then that the people we killed for him… they weren’t what we had been told. Or even if they were, he would spin it against us. I knew I had to make it back to the Haat’ade first, to warn them of what was coming for us.”

Powering at a run through heavy snow and rough terrain with his body aching from the fall, breath scorching in his lungs, heart pounding, fuelled by adrenaline and desperation… he still had nightmares about it. In them he mostly reached the others too late, found them dead with nothing at all to show for it, Kyr’tsad standing over the corpses and laughing…

Not that reality had been much better.

“I got to our camp moments before the jettise,” he said. “It was too late to run then. There’s no running from jettise.” That might have been the first time Jango fought Jedi, but his tactics were straight out of the old training manuals, the ones that stretched back millennia through the history of their people – not just from that most recent war but earlier ones as well, back to the Sith Wars and beyond. Don’t turn your back. Don’t take your eyes off them. They’ll move faster than you will think is possible, their blades cut through anything that isn’t beskar, shooting them won’t work but getting up close and personal will. Even a fighting retreat lets them divide you and pick you off one by one.

“They offered us surrender,” Silas added, hesitating to interrupt – but Jango’s memories were overwhelming him and he didn’t think he could say any more right now. “We rejected it. In my opinion, Jango was right to. Neither the Jedi Order or their Republic masters have any reason to give Mandalorians the benefit of the doubt, and the planetary governor wouldn’t have called them in without arranging more than enough falsified evidence to bury us. We could either rot in a Republic prison until our execution, or go down fighting.”

“Understandable,” Oraya hissed. “The Republic are far from impartial when it comes to Mandalorian affairs. To their Senate, there’s little difference between Kyr’tsad and Haat’ade. They’d be foolish to have ignored the chance to eliminate at least one faction, all the better to prop up their pawns on Kalevala.”

Some of the tension Jango was holding eased. Once or twice the thought troubled him… what if he had stood down? What if he had surrendered? Would at least some of the Haat’ade have survived that day? Yet there was more than one way to die.

“The jettise paid dearly for our deaths,” Jango said, the words more of a growl, “but it wasn’t enough. I wasn’t enough. We… My vode were slaughtered. I… was allowed to live.” He shut his eyes but forced himself to continue. Being dragged half-dead off the battlefield, stripped, humiliated… he could talk about it if he pretended it had happened to someone else. The words emerged, but far distant. It was like being underwater.

With halting sentences, he explained the next few years in brief detail. None of the elders asked questions – but that would come at the end, he was sure. They must understand that if he stopped to answer, he might not be able to go on.

He came to the day he met Maul and Kilindi on Orsis station, two adiika with a toughness and viciousness they were too young for. He mentioned only a few details about their pasts – or what he knew of that. Any more wasn’t his to tell. Jango spoke of freedom, of rescuing Maul’s brothers, of returning to Concord Dawn, of finding Silas. He spoke of a quiet life with no desire for more – at least, nothing more than the revenge that had been his reason for moving forward since he knelt in the mud on Korda 6 ten years ago and watched Jaster die.

Finally, he explained the events of the last few weeks – his hunt for Tor and making the kill, returning to Arakura to find that Maul had embroiled them all in the complications of politics, the jettise, the duel with Pre, and finally what he’d done to drain the venom from the viper – both Tor’s heir and Kyr’tsad as a whole. He mentioned the House and Clan leaders he’d spoken to, though that was only the start of what he would have to do to establish his rule as Mand’alor – and there wasn’t another option left open to him now.

Silence fell once Jango was done talking. The attention was a heavy weight on his shoulders, shame twisting up his guts. Had he done the right thing? Better that barbaric forced adoption than killing Pre, striking yet another debt of blood between their families. He just couldn’t be sure that other people would see it that way – not just the elders, but the rest of the Haat’ade too.

He might be able to bear the disapproval of the elders alone, but as Jacek had pointed out earlier, this affected too much to be kept secret. It was mostly the older retired generation and those too young to fight who had remained behind rather than joining Jaster’s travelling supercommando corps, and so they were the ones who had survived. Who wanted to have to justify themselves to their elders when they weren’t even that damn sure of themselves! Who wanted a bunch of teenagers thinking they could have done better and wouldn’t make the same mistakes when they grew up!

Besides, Pre was raised Kyr’tsad – this tradition wasn’t objectionable to him. Why would he conceal the truth? No, it was better that everyone in House Mereel heard the facts, since otherwise they’d hear it from rumours instead, and those were too easily twisted.

“Jango,” Jacek said, after a while. “You weren’t kidding when you said there was a lot to tell us. I hadn’t imagined… even half of it.”

“The Pykes bought you?” Oraya said, his tongue flicking out to lick past his fangs. The grizzled old trandoshan looked pissed. “We cannot let that stand. We shall hunt them down and pay back the debt with interest.”

“In time,” Jacek said. “Just because Tor is dead and Pre is…”

“Stolen,” Jango said, going for bluntness when she hesitated a bit too long. “Call it what it is.”

“You shouldn’t have done it,” Mir Shale told him. He shook his head, the rings braided into his hair jingling.

“Better than killing the boy.” Trevish was an unexpected defender, echoing Jango’s own yet unspoken justification for his actions. She had always had so much contempt for the old Mandalorian Empire and that period in their history. She’d written at least a dozen books about that era – Jaster had come by his academic tendencies honestly. “You saw him. He can’t be more than nineteen.”

“Old enough,” Mir replied. “At that age a Kyr’tsad rami’kad will have been blooded – knowing Tor, I expect he had the boy make his first kill at his verd’goten.”

[ That is tradition for Death Watch, ]  Goran said. It was impossible to tell his feelings on the matter.

“And I was blooded at eight,” Jango said. “Shooting down my birth-buire’s killer.”

Several people winced. “Jan’ika that… that never should have happened,” Jacek said.

“I know it wouldn’t have happened if Kyr’tsad hadn’t turned up at our farm that day. I don’t blame any of the Haat’ade for that – I picked up that blaster, and I killed that shabuir. Jaster didn’t even find me again until afterwards. But even if you would say that doesn’t count, that it wasn’t the same as being blooded as an adult, after the verd’goten, that happened when I had just turned fifteen.”

Jacek’s eyes slid closed. “In battle with Kyr’tsad,” she said. “Not that it changes matters any.”

“Yes. I was only put in that position because Montross betrayed us,” Jango said, crossing his arms over his chest. “I know what ‘defending the extraction point’ means – buir meant to keep us out of the main battle and out of the line of fire. The fighting shouldn’t have gotten anywhere near us. Doesn’t change the facts. Korda Six was the first time I shot someone when I really knew what that meant. That time earlier… don’t know that I really understood what I had done.

“Guess that makes me no different to Pre, right?” His first time killing as an adult. The time he saw his buir die in front of him. The time he had the mantle of Mand’alor forced onto him when he was far too young for it, just because there wasn’t anyone else, because he was the heir.

Maybe there were a few other similarities going on here with Pre Vizsla, but he wasn’t going to look at that too closely. He hadn’t made Pre watch his buir breathe his last.

“You misunderstand my reasoning,” Mir said. “Tor’s heir is dangerous, and not simply because he has been raised to kill. If you see yourself in him Jango, I’m sure you’re right – but you were, and are, dangerous too. Tor underestimated the threat that you posed to him and died for it. If he was less focused on his own sadistic, vindictive nature, if he hadn’t wanted to make you suffer, you would be dead and he would still be alive.”

Jango crossed his arms over his chest, his sharp grin only a baring of teeth. “Anyone would think you’re not happy I survived, Mir.”

A brief flash of pain passed over the old man’s face. “Jan’ika, I am so very happy to see you standing here alive. I want to see you live for a long time yet – and that means not making the same mistakes as Tor Vizsla.”

“Tor never tried to adopt me.” A wash of cold went through him at the thought that such a thing would technically have been possible. Under kir’manir ad’akaan he had more of a right than Jango had with Pre – whatever ties his birth parents had to the historic Fett clan were tenuous, and he hadn’t taken Jaster’s clan name. If Tor had tried, Jango would have done his best to kill him in his sleep at the first opportunity… so he could see where Mir was coming from.

“Whether or not Pre is willing to give up his hopes for revenge, whether or not he might come to genuinely see you as family,” Mir said, “the fact remains that the rest of Clan Vizsla can still use him as a rallying point.”

“They have no right to him anymore,” Jango replied. “Even if they wanted to, they can’t legally reinstate him as the head of House Vizsla.”

“They don’t have to,” Mir said. “They just have to kill you and make him a Kyr’tsad Mand’alor, whatever his clan name.”

Again, Jango’s grin was all teeth. “They can try.”

Trevish sighed. “The ad can’t be held accountable for the crimes of the buir,” she said. “It was right to spare his life and give him a chance to prove himself more reasonable than Tor Vizsla was. That doesn’t mean you should have adopted him in the way that you did.”

Jango flinched minutely. “I didn’t see any other way to avoid killing him,” he said. “That ramikad’ika was going to keep trying to kill me otherwise.”

[ It is still legal, ] Goran said. [ If the words were said and the child accepted. Pre named themselves Fett. They do not resist it. ]

“Perhaps,” Trevish said, “but it sets a bad precedent. We have to be better than Kyr’tsad, or all of this feuding was for nothing.”

Jango wanted to deny it, but he was Mand’alor now. He set an example and others would follow. He couldn’t afford hypocrisy.  

“Is it really the main thing we should be focusing on here?” Silas asked. “Surely the wider political situation is more pressing? I don’t agree with most of what Mir said, but he was right that House Vizsla won’t give up on their ambitions this easily. They might have claimed they would swear to Jango as Mand’alor, but this would hardly be the first time that Kyr’tsad have broken their oaths.”

“Giving a promise over a holocall and formally swearing aren’t quite the same thing either,” Jacek added. “You do know you’re going to need to have a coronation ceremony at some point, right?”

Jango couldn’t prevent the horror from showing on his face. It might be necessary, but it would be agonising.

“And I doubt we’ve heard the last from the jettise and the Republic,” Oraya added, scowling. “The faster we can consolidate the better – we need to be able to present them with a united front. We must hold a council, take oaths in person, and begin arrangements.”

Jango sighed. “At least this way we can get a better feel for what House Vizsla is planning.”

“I’ll put the word out,” Jacek said. “Both to the other sworn Haat’ade Houses, to Kyr’tsad, and to the ones who have stayed neutral. For now though… you need your rest too, Jan’ika. I know this… wasn’t easy.”

At the mere mention of sleep, Jango became aware of how heavy his body felt, down to his bones. More emotionally than physically, he was exhausted. “Is my old room…?”

“Of course.” Jacek’s eyes softened. “We’ll sort things out while you recover, alright?”

Jango grunted a few goodbyes and turned to leave. Before he got more than a few steps, Goran spoke.

[ Your children – you are aware some of them are blessed by the stars? ]

“Might have come up,” Jango replied.

[ Do I have your permission to speak with them about it? ]

“They have some traditions of their own already,” Jango told him. “Up to them though – they spoke to the goran in Arakura when they got their bajur’gam and seemed to find it interesting.”

Goran nodded. [ Thank you, Mand’alor. ]

That seemed to be all. Jango left, Silas trailing behind him.

Jango followed muscle memory through Fort Mereel more than any prompting from his waking mind. He’d expected talking about all that osik to take it out of him, but he might have underestimated how much. When he got to the door he stood there for several moments while his brain did its best to remember how handles worked.

“Jango,” Silas said, slightly hesitant. “Do you… want company right now?”

Jango thought about this. “Yeah,” he replied quietly.

He managed to get the door open, a bit clumsily, and went in. The room smelled faintly musty, although someone had been in to dust and clean and put fresh sheets on the bed – laundry soap mixed with that still-air disused scent. Jango collapsed face-down on the bed, tilting his head just enough to not smother himself. He muttered some soft curses.

The bed sank as Silas sat down next to him. “I’m sorry,” he said.

Jango turned enough to look at him. “Sorry for what?”

“You might have given me permission to be there, but if you had any other choice, I don’t think you wanted to say all that.”

Jango sighed. “You know now.”

Silas said nothing for a moment – long enough that Jango’s eyes were trying to close of their own accord. His expression was twisted with frustration, that particular look when he was trying to work out how to get his thoughts across in a way that made sense. “Jango…” he said, “I know this isn’t the best time, but I need to know I’m not going to overstep a boundary here. What… are we?”

Jango frowned. “Hm?”

Silas gestured between them. “What is this relationship? What am I to you? Because I’ve been your friend, your soldier, your vod, for years, and I know you’ve never shown any interest in finding a riduur – or even something casual. I’m not saying I expect anything from you, or that anything at all should change, but we’ve been living in the same house, looking after ade together, there’s definitely been some platonic cuddling… I’m just saying that some people could read into all that.”

Jango closed his eyes, his cheeks heating. Now that Silas pointed all those things out, he could see how it could be interpreted… but he had never thought about it before. It had simply been… easy. Silas was dependable, he could relax around him, talk to him, rely on him. If he said they were only comrades and Silas decided that meant it would be more appropriate to pull away… Jango didn’t want that. But he had never looked at Silas and wanted to get him into bed.

Not that sex was completely off the table, if Silas was keen. Jango wasn’t exactly experienced but he’d given it a try in the past. The experience hadn’t been overwhelming, but it hadn’t been awful either.

“This wasn’t the time to ask,” Silas said – Jango had been silent for too long. He started to stand up, but Jango reached out to grab him by his belt and pull him back down.

“We’re… something,” he said. “More than friends, just not sure what else.”

Silas thought about this for a moment. “Then, if it won’t be overstepping, let me take care of you tonight? Not in a sexual way!” He was quick to add.

It would be nice to share a bed right now, Jango thought. “Sure.”

Silas reached out slowly, ready to snatch his hand back if Jango looked at all uncomfortable with it. His palm became a warm weight on the back of Jango’s neck. Fingers pressed in, gently massaging tension away. Jango’s eyes slid completely closed as he sighed with pleasure. That felt good.

Silas moved around, the quiet noises made by his armour and kute letting Jango know where he was. He began to work at the fastenings of Jango’s beskar’gam, removing the pieces one by one. Jango drifted close to sleep, letting this happen. At some point the warmth and heat of another body joined him underneath the sheets, wrapping close around his back.

Jango slept, and his dreams were not so terrible as he had feared. Everything else, he could deal with in the morning.

Notes:

I'm not saying that Silas, Oraya and Jango are correct in their reasoning as to why Jango should have shot first, just that they do have reasons that make logical sense to them.

Chapter 18

Summary:

The kids spend their first morning in Fort Mereel, and have an interesting first conversation with the goran.

Notes:

:) I continue to greately appreciate everyone's comments.

Mando'a translations:
Kyr'tsad: Death Watch
kute: inner flightsuit worn under armour
Oya!: Hooray, cheers, or similar sentiments
ramikad, ori'ramikad, ramikad'ika: commando, supercommano, little commando (affectionate)
ad, ade, adiika: child, children, child or children under 13
goran, pleural gorane: armourer
Ba’jur bal beskar’gam: Education and Armour, part of the Six Tenets of the Resol'nare - the Mandalorian Way
manda: the state of being Mandalorian in mind, body and spirit - can also refer to a collective Mandalorian ideal or soul
mandokarla: having the "right stuff", showing guts and spirit, the state of being the epitome of Mando virtue
Haat Mando’ade: True Mandalorians
ka'ra: the stars, also refers to the ruling council of fallen kings in Mandalorian myths of the afterlife
bajur'gam: training armour - worn by trainees prior to proving themselves worthy of beskar'gam
ori'suumyc: beyond the pale, one step too far, outrageous (in Mandalorian morality)

Chapter Text

Maul woke up to the sensation of a small finger poking him in the cheek insistently. The Force was still and silent around him – there was no threat, so he did not react with violence, instead opening his eyes to see what was going on. Feral’s face filled his vision, his younger brother crouching by the side of the bed with his chin hooked over the edge of the mattress. He jerked his hand back when he saw that Maul was awake.

“You slept in!” Feral said. “You never sleep in. Is something wrong?” His eyes were big and bright, more curious than truly worried.

Maul pushed himself into a seated position, the blanket falling from his body. He took stock, his head groggy. The chrono on the wall proved that Feral had spoken truly – it was hours past dawn. In fact, he was the last one up. Savage was sprawled on one of the room’s two chairs with his usual need to take up too much space – he was sixteen now but starting another growth spurt, which Maul refused to be jealous about. Kilindi sat on Savage’s bed with her legs crossed underneath her, grinning at him. She and Feral were even already dressed. Their accommodation comprised adjoining rooms each with twin beds – the pair must have come through to find them. Maul was usually the one kicking his younger brother out of bed, not the other way around.

This was not like Maul at all. He was usually the last one to fall asleep, and the first one to rise. He couldn’t remember the last time he had such a deep, restful night, not even disturbed by any dreams.

“Are you sick?” Feral asked him. He reached up towards Maul’s forehead, trying to take his temperature. Maul batted his hand away gently.

“I am not sick,” he replied.

“I would have woken you already,” Savage said. “But you looked so peaceful, brother.”

“I don’t think we did anything that tiring yesterday,” Kilindi said. “Travelling doesn’t knock you out like this. Maybe it’s something about the surroundings?”

Maul got out of bed. He didn’t intend to be put off his normal morning routine because of this – he began his usual set of stretches.

“You do this every morning as well?” Feral asked. “That’s waaay too much effort. Why don’t you just do it before training, like the rest of us?”

“I stretch when I get up too,” Kilindi told him. “You just don’t usually see it because you’re such a sleepy-head.”

“Hey!” Feral replied. He jumped over Maul’s bed to tackle Kilindi – Maul ignored this childish nonsense.

“You have far too much energy this morning, Feral,” Savage said.

“It’s because Maul didn’t wake me up before I was ready, for once!” Feral replied, sticking his head up from the tangle of wrestling limbs. Kilindi used the opportunity to her advantage, getting his arm in a lock and pinning him.

“Haha!” she crowed. “That means I get the biggest portion at breakfast!”

“Noooooo,” Feral cried dramatically.

Maul hadn’t woken up with a headache, but he might develop one quickly at this rate. He rolled his eyes and dropped out of a handstand. “I will finish up away from your foolish behaviour,” he said, and retreated to the fresher.

The meditative exercise of limbering up left his head comfortably empty, passively absorbing the sense of the Force from the fortress around them. Aside from the familiar presence of his brothers next door, he could also feel Pre Fett the next room over as a weight or warp in the Force. Maul sensed worry and trepidation within him, logical responses to the situation he found himself in. Not all of House Mereel might accept him here despite his new affiliation. He would have none of the authority or camaraderie he would be used to from his Kyr’tsad comrades.

Beyond that, he could sense nothing dangerous. Beskar-shielded minds moved around, a low thrum of busy warriors. Professional, disciplined, sure of themselves…

The pipework gurgled briefly when Maul turned the shower on, but the water that spurted down was warm enough. His mind turned to questions again, starting up out of the stillness the stretches brought on. Why had he slept so soundly? Even now he was not as worried as he usually would be. He might even describe this as being… relaxed.

He couldn’t remember the last time he had felt like this. Or… could he? Wasn’t there something oddly familiar about this whole situation? Maul chewed that over mentally, trying to work it out. Every night he had to know that the rest of his family were safely sleeping before he allowed himself to drift off – he worried about the past and the future, about the threat of Darth Sidious lurking in the Core, about how he would get the revenge he so desired… but those concerns had slipped quickly away last night. Somehow, he had known he was… secure. Safe.

Why? Fort Mereel was not inviolable. It had taken him only a few minutes during their flight in to work out a way to infiltrate it, if he had been an assassin sent after a target here. His rational mind knew they were only marginally safer here than they had been back on Fett’s farm, yet his subconscious clearly felt differently.

He dried off and dressed in his underclothes and kute, patting the towel delicately between his horns so it didn’t catch and tear. When he came out of the fresher he found that Feral was standing on Kilindi’s shoulders so that he could see out of the window high up on the wall.

“It’s stopped raining,” Feral told him. “What do you think we should do today? There’s no farmwork, so maybe we could explore? There’s a whole mountain and valley to go look at!”

“Do you imagine you’ll get out of training that way?” Maul asked. “There are even more warriors to learn from here.”

“I guess,” Feral said. He adjusted his footing slightly. “Kilindi, stay still, I want to try something.”

Kilindi obliged. Feral crouched slightly, opening himself slightly to the Force, then he jumped backwards off Kilindi’s shoulders, flipping so that he landed in a slightly awkward crouch. He stumbled but didn’t fall on his rear end. Feral jumped up to standing, throwing his arms into the air.

Oya!

“Definitely too much energy,” Savage muttered. He stood up and patted Feral on the head. “Get dressed properly. Time for breakfast.”

“We need to get Pre and Bo before we go eat,” Feral told him.

A trickle of discomfort wound through Maul’s stomach. For all these months on Concord Dawn it had just been the four of them, but now they had these two newcomers to deal with – and Bo could not even claim to be part of their family. Feral should not treat her as though she was, as though she would remain here as an ally. Maul couldn’t wait until she was shipped back off to Kalevala, as she surely must be so that a person with appropriate ideals could take control of the New Mandalorians.

For now, though, he had to put up with her for a little longer.

----

When they arrived in the mess hall, Maul was somewhat surprised to see Satine Kryze already present with the guard from last night, Barad, sitting next to her. Pre’s brows furrowed as well.

“We’re late,” he said. Maul sensed a slight flicker of anxiety.

He recalled that during his time with Kyr’tsad, they kept to a strict military timetable amongst themselves – though he and Savage were not expected to hold to this unless they wished to. When it came to their ramikad however, to do otherwise must suggest laziness or a lack of discipline and naturally would have been punished.

“We were not given any instructions otherwise,” he told Pre.

“Still,” Pre muttered. “Arriving later than her…”

“Morning ade,” Barad called out, raising an arm to invite them over. Neither Pre or Bo-Katan looked at all pleased to eat with the Duchess, but Savage, Feral and Kilindi went over without a care. Maul had no strong feelings about the Duchess himself. He might have been the one to kill her in the past that was now the future, but that had been to harm Kenobi. Satine was a tool of his revenge, nothing more. The sight of her roused only faint contempt.

“I apologise for our tardiness,” Pre said through gritted teeth.

“Hm? Oh, you’re not late,” Barad replied. “I just didn’t want this one claiming we’re trying to starve her or something if I left her in her room too long.”

Satine’s glare was made less effective by the faint redness of her eyes. Had she cried herself to sleep? Did she weep for the hopelessness of her situation or for her uncertain fate?

There wasn’t much conversation with a group of teenagers focused on filling their stomachs as quickly as possible. They weren’t alone in the mess hall, and whenever somebody came in or out they felt a need to approach and introduce themselves. Maul put names to faces and armour paint as well as he could, fixing them in his mind. In time he would learn the patterns of this place, the push and pull of social dynamics and the handles that could be used to manipulate. He’d honed those skills during his time with the Shadow Collective, and he hadn’t forgotten them.

“So,” Barad said, “what do you have planned for today?”

“Shouldn’t we be the ones asking that?” Maul replied.

“Well, none of you have assigned duties, and it’s a bit much to drop you straight into a training schedule,” Barad told him. “Jango might have something in mind, that’s true, but if so, he hasn’t told anyone else yet. You have the run of the place, but if you’re truly stuck for something to do then the goran wanted to speak to you.”

Maul’s attention sharpened immediately. “And we also wished to speak to them,” he said. “Where is the forge?”

“I’ll show you. Need to ask the elders what to do with this one all day as well.” They gestured to Satine.

“I am not a thing, to be spoken about rather than spoken to,” Satine snapped.

“Maybe I just don’t want to deal with your entitled attitude all day,” Barad said, with a falsely pleasant tone.

Entitled! I’m your prisoner!”

“You finished eating?” Barad asked the rest of them, ignoring her.

“Yup!” Feral said, after gulping down the last of his glass of blue milk. He licked cream from his upper lip. They piled the plates, cutlery and such onto a tray and Savage dropped it off in the designated area alongside all the other used dishware as they left the room.

The forge hadn’t been part of the tour the night before – an interesting omission. It made more sense when the route took them back into the main hall and to an archway crowned by a beskar mythosaur skull. Stairs led downwards into the stone of the mountain. Maul caught the faint scent of burner fuel and hot metals. The air was warmer and drier as they descended, but still and quiet. No hammer-blows rung out. It was darker down here as well, though Maul’s vision adapted easily.

The spiralling staircase opened up into a space that mostly had the look of a natural cavern across the floor and two walls, but by the undercroft ribs that spanned the ceiling overhead and the pillars studded into the other walls Maul suspected that this had once been the raw rock making up the outcrop this citadel had been built upon and above. There was even a small stream of water emerging from a crack in the living stone, pooling underneath in a bowl made of concentric rings of limescale precipitate and draining again into the rock. The wide circle of the forge took up the centre of the room, an equally sized extractor positioned above it and venting through the constructed wall. Racks of tools were placed in convenient locations around the space.

The goran stood with the guts of a vibroblade spread out on the table in front of them, illuminated by a lamp calibrated to the wavelengths of Concord Dawn’s sun. Large but skilled fingers delicately manipulated tiny pincers as he picked woven wires apart.

When Maul and the others entered though, the goran stopped and looked up. He set the tools aside, pushed the lamp out of the way, and stepped around the table. His helmet tilted as he regarded them.

“Duchess Kryze,” he said. “Have you never seen a forge before?”

Satine jerked with surprise, turning back to him. Indeed, she had been looking around the room, distracted and curious. “I… have not.”

“That is a great pity.”

“I don’t believe it is,” Satine said, more awkward than frostily contemptuous as was her usual.

Another tilt of his helm, one that carried a sense of disapproval. His arms crossed over his chest. Maul briefly brushed over the surface of his mind, reaching out with the Force, and discovered the same manner of shimmering shields as the other goran he’d met, further bolstered by the blocking effect of beskar. It was a characteristic of their Force techniques then, and not that woman specifically.

“You know nothing of our traditions, or the religion of your ancestors.”

Satine raised her chin again. Did she think it made her look determined and forthright? It did not. She just looked arrogant. “The Mandalorian people are capable of moving beyond such things. We can be better than our former legacy.”

Goran shook his head. “If you wish to learn, then I will teach. If you close your heart and mind, then you must leave.”

Satine narrowed her eyes. Her gaze darted around again at the paraphernalia of the armourer’s craft. She did want to know, but not enough to soften her pride and admit it. “Very well,” she said.

“Return if you change your mind,” the goran told her. He didn’t speak again until the footsteps of Satine and Barad could no longer be heard ascending the stairs.

“You wished to speak with us,” Maul said.

[ I did. ] The goran’s body language relaxed again, and he leaned back against the table. [ I would prefer to speak in our own language, but Adonai Kryze’s younger daughter remains here. For her sake, I will use the less accurate tongue. ]

“Your generosity is appreciated, goran,” Pre said, briefly bowing his head in thanks.

“Maul, of no clan,” the goran said. “You are star-touched, as are your brothers. The Mand’alor informed me you have some knowledge of this already. What tradition do you three hail from?”

“We… are Nightbrothers,” Maul told him, hesitating only momentarily. “Our planet, Dathomir, is strong in the Force. The majority of our people are Force sensitive to one degree or another.”

“Hm.” Although the goran’s presence did not reach out past his shields, Maul had the sense that he was examining them anyway. After a moment, he put his hand forth and beckoned for Maul to come closer. Although Maul was wary of this, he did so anyway. He had not forgotten Pre’s strange rejection of his own abilities, and he needed this goran to get through to the man and help him overcome whatever was holding him back so that Pre could be of use to Maul later.

“May I?” the goran asked.

“May you what?”

Moving slowly so that Maul had ample time to respond, the goran reached down to take Maul’s wrists, bringing up his arms and positioning his hands so that they rested facing upwards in the goran’s palms. “Show me how you touch the Force,” he said.

Maul’s hearts sped slightly. What did this Mandalorian know of the Dark Side, of the Sith? How much would he be able to tell from this? Yet if he refused, that was the same as admitting he was trying to hide something.

It took only a brief thought of Sidious, of Kenobi, of the past, to summon his hatred. Rage suffused his body, his blood, a circling heat. It drew the Dark Side to it in a swirling cloud, chilling the air yet warming Maul. He held it in his muscles as caged strength, not currently exerting his will on the world. His senses were sharper like this, his reactions quicker. He was power made manifest in flesh.

“I see,” the goran told him. He did not sound alarmed, though Maul watched him with suspicion. “And is this instinct, tradition, or teaching?”

“I was taught by another Force user, for a time,” Maul said. He was on edge, and the Dark did nothing to ease that wariness.

“A Nightbrother? Or someone else?”

“A person I prefer not to speak about,” Maul replied. Having called it up, the Dark Side wanted to be used. He ruthlessly squashed that urge. A Lord of the Sith commanded the Dark, he was not commanded by it.

The goran nodded. “Do you wish to learn another way? You have every right to it. You are Mandalorian now, in addition to whatever came before.”

“Learn to tend a forge?” Maul couldn’t quite prevent a hint of a sneer creeping into his words. “I think not. My place is on the battlefield.”

The goran let his hands fall down back to his sides. “Most star-touched become gorane, that is true, but it is not the only way. Our responsibility and duty is to the tribe, the clan, to the children who come after us and the memory of those who now march far away – a noble calling, but to give up the chance for glory and victory is a hard thing for some. This is understood. To waste talent because a person is ill-suited for a certain path is not acceptable. There are many ways to hone skill.”

Yes, Maul could hardly imagine Pre standing behind a forge, hammering beskar into shape rather than leading warriors to the greater glory of his people. He had wondered if that was why he was resistive to the idea of being Force-sensitive – if he believed it would condemn him to an ignominious future – yet Pre’s fear seemed more than that. If he need not be a goran though… what did that mean?

More importantly, would he be lured by that enough that he wouldn’t agree to learn of the Dark Side from Maul?

“What is this other path?” he asked.

“It is the path of the warriors’ intent,” Goran explained. “Ba’jur bal beskar’gam; beneath the gaze of the stars this tenet is one, not two. Your armour is your soul, manda exists in a state of imperfection, and as impurities are purged in the forge so the manda must be purged by striving always towards perfection – a state that can never be reached, but always should be your goal. The perfection of the battlefield is not the perfection of the forge, but the two are conjoined by beskar and the knowledge and use of it.”

Mandokarla,” Pre said, his face lighting up. “I didn’t expect to hear words like this outside Kyr’tsad.”

The goran turned his attention away from Maul. For all Pre’s enthusiasm, Goran seemed less than impressed. “You are the ones who fell away from the Haat Mando’ade and caused the schism. Until your parent challenged Jaster Mereel’s authority we were united as one people, so why should our creed and way surprise you?”

Faint colour flushed on Pre’s cheeks, but it was anger rather than embarrassment. “You speak of the battlefield and seeking perfection – how can that be done as simple mercenaries and bounty hunters, like Mereel wanted? A warrior must prove themselves with conquest, matching themselves against other soldiers and coming out triumphant. Tor saw that.”

“Must they?” the goran replied. “Perfection is knowledge of the self and one’s own skills. Others need not necessarily come into it. Efficiency, beauty and the sublime can as easily be found in the fall of a hammer or the arc of a blaster towards the centre of a target as they can in the dance of a starfighter in battle or the rout of an enemy’s army.”

Bo-Katan looked between them. “This is all very well,” she said, “but I don’t see where the Force comes into it. The Jedi Order might train to fight, but they go wherever the weak and scheming Republic tells them while blabbering on about ‘peace’. They don’t know anything about real warrior spirit.”

“The Force is in all things – the Force is all things,” the goran said. “There is nothing the Force does not touch. The Jedi speak of Light, we speak of Stars, the old Sith Empire had the Dark – crude names for something too great for any sentient mind to truly comprehend. The Force is where the manda of those who march beyond reside – it has will and shape, but it is distant. It is not for us to divine the ‘will of the Force’ as the jettise do. The priorities of the living are not the priorities of the dead. We honour our ancestors with our actions – the ka’ra may bless us, but what we do with that power is up to us.”

This was all very different from the teachings of the Sith – what few of them Sidious had deigned to pass on. The nature of the Force was irrelevant. The strength that could be taken from it was all that mattered. Sith imposed their will upon the world. Perfection for the sake of perfection… No. Perfection, because to be perfect was to be the most powerful and therefore the only one whose will and desires mattered. Perfection meant being invincible, it meant that you could not be hurt, that nothing could be forced upon you.

On the other hand, Maul’s knowledge of the Dark Side was incomplete, nor was there any hope for learning anything more than what he already had. He could not hope to best his Master on this field, not as he was. Even passing on the entirety of his knowledge to Pre and to his brothers was… not enough. It hadn’t been enough, not the first time around when Sidious cut Savage down in front of him.

Naturally the Mandalorian’s ka’ra could not match the power of the Dark Side, but if he could advance further along that path, perhaps modify its techniques to utilise the Dark instead… It was at least something worth exploring.

“I am… interested in learning more,” he said. It would be unwise to reject a possible weapon out of hand before first getting its measure.

“It will be my pleasure to teach you how to harness the soul of beskar.”

“Cool!” Feral said, grinning. Darting a glance Maul’s way he added quickly, “What Maul’s been teaching us is really good too, obviously, but I kind of do want to learn how to make stuff.”

“Indeed,” Savage added. “We are honoured to have this opportunity.”

“Do you include Pre Fett in your offer?” Maul asked. He would speak to Feral about exactly how they would be utilising these lessons later, in private. His brother was meant for more – he was a Nightbrother and a warrior like the rest of them. His fate was not the forge either.

“That depends on him,” the goran said, looking back to Pre. “He has been blessed by the ka’ra, yet it doesn’t appear he has had any training before. I know that Kyr’tsad has their own gorane. I presume there is a good reason.”

Pre squared his shoulders. “I was Tor Viszla’s heir,” he said, his voice flat. “I could not become a goran. Anything else… I… it is complicated.

The goran’s hands briefly folded into fists, squeezing tight. “This must be some new Kyr’tsad nonsense of Tor Viszla’s. Please, explain it.”

“It’s not just something that Tor made up,” Pre replied with some heat. “The clan elders told this to me before my verd’goten. Our ancestor Tarre was a great leader, but he was stolen by the Jedi and raised to believe their lies for years until he finally learned the truth of his heritage and returned to our people. Despite this, the sorcery of the Jedi left a curse upon his connection to the ka’ra and for all his efforts he was never able to find a way to remove it. It is a… corruption, one that would haunt anyone who carries the Viszla name if we allowed it. Viszla gorane are safe, protected by the power of the forge, but anything else…”

A Jedi curse? Maul had never heard of such a thing. The goran was also sceptical. “I have spoken to Viszla gorane in the past, during my own apprenticeship. They said nothing of a curse.”

“It is our own problem to deal with.”

Gorane do not conceal such things from each other. A problem too great to be felled by one hunter will succumb to the work of the pack.”

Pre’s brow lowered and he swept a hand out in a gesture of frustration. “I’m not lying to you.”

“I did not say you were,” Goran replied. “I simply wonder if this story is as old as you think. It seems odd that nothing of it has made it into any version of Tarre’s myth I know. What are the effects of this curse?”

“Weakness in a warrior’s heart,” Pre replied. “Hesitation, uncertainty, indecisiveness. Using the ka’ra would invite in the ‘Light’ of the jetiise with all their pitiful poison.” He almost spat the last two words.

Maul wondered if it could be true. Were Force-sensitives of Tarre Viszla’s line somehow naturally more attuned to the Light compared to most Mandalorians? Yet even if this was the case, surely it wouldn’t prevent them using their own traditions – the Force didn’t work that way. In any case, the only thing he could remotely recall that might be described as a ‘curse’ came from Sith or Nightsister arts, not from the Jedi.

The goran was also unconvinced, judging from the sceptical tilt of his helmet. “So, you protect yourself from this curse by ignoring the star’s blessings? Reject any training at all?”

Pre looked down at his arms, turning his gauntleted palms this way and that. “I… was also told that my beskar’gam would protect me – some goran technique.  It’s one of the clan Viszla sets, passed down for years. My fath… Tor Viszla wore it, when he was my age.” His lips curled, upset at his mistake – or worrying that he would be punished for it.

“May I examine it?” The goran held out a hand to Pre in the same way he had to Maul. Pre approached, slightly tentative. Maul stepped out of the way, though remained close enough that he hoped he wouldn’t miss anything in the Force, even if it was subtle.

The goran didn’t take Pre’s hands in the same way he had with Maul. Instead he took hold of each one in turn and brought it up close to the visor of his helmet. He rapped the piece of metal at the back of his gauntlet against various places on Pre’s armour, causing a pure tone to ring out, filling the air, bouncing off the walls and returning overlapped. “Not quite pure,” he muttered, “but close.” He rubbed Pre’s palm, which rasped oddly, not like normal cloth or leather. “Beskar weave in the gloves as well.”

Would that be enough to catch blaster bolts, or at least disperse them, Maul wondered? He couldn’t see any other point to it.

The goran let go of Pre and tugged off his own gloves, tucking them into his belt. Although there was nothing particularly odd about this, from Maul’s admittedly limited experience gorane held to a more rigid interpretation of the Resol’nare than most, so seeing even this much bare flesh felt somehow scandalous. Maul blinked the odd thought from his head. The local culture must be affecting him – he’d never cared before how much skin he or anyone else was showing. The goran placed two bare fingers against the ka’rta of Pre’s chestplate and worked the others under the edge of Pre’s gauntlet so that he was touching bare skin – almost as though he was feeling for a pulse. His helmet tilted downwards, suggesting he might have closed his eyes.

Pre held himself still, slightly stiff and uncomfortable, but otherwise unaffected by whatever this was. After a few minutes though the goran jerked violently, a full-bodied reaction. His head swung up and down, a raking, searching look. “This beskar is not attuned to your manda,” he growled.

“What does that mean?” Bo-Katan said, confused and worried by this dramatic response. “Is something wrong?”

“Something is definitely wrong,” Goran responded. “Ramikad. You know this is not how it is supposed to be.”

Pre couldn’t hide the guilt that flashed over his face. “It’s… I wasn’t asked to be there when it was reforged for my measurements. Tor presented it to me. I asked, but he said it had to be this way.”

“I don’t understand what is meant to be accomplished by this,” the goran said, his tone still frosty. “Does this not weaken you? When we reopen talks with House Viszla and Kyr’tsad I will demand answers for this, but in the meantime it must be remedied.”

Now the look in Pre’s eyes was sickeningly like hope. Maul had the sense there was more context to this that he was missing. “Yes, goran.”

This was obviously some kind of heresy – the other goran in Arakura told them that their final beskar’gam had to be forged with their input so that they could use the Force through it, rather than the metal acting as a block and insulator. However Pre was untrained, and wasn’t even attempting to use the Force – would it really affect him that much to be cut off from it?

He remembered the beskar prison that held him when he was captured on Mandalore and shivered. It had felt like drowning, like suffocating – but he was a Sith Lord! The magnitude of the loss was far greater than Pre’s faint connection, surely.

“How bad it is?” Bo-Katan asked, echoing his unspoken question. Hers was frantic – she took a few steps forward, hovering around Pre wanting to help but unable to do anything meaningful. “Do I need to do something too? I was just given this armour to wear...” Ah, her concern was at least partly self-interest. Maul looked away, rolling his eyes.

“Your bajur’gam does not contain enough beskar to be concerned,” the goran told her. “As for Pre… remove that beskar’gam now. I will give you something to wear shortly so you will not go naked, but I must start work reforging this ori’suumyc atrocity at once.”

Pre nodded, and began to strip his armour off piece by piece, leaving him dressed only in his kute. Maul reached out his senses once the beskar was gone, curious. Was there a difference?

Not immediately. As he focused however, he could see that Pre was holding himself back, had retreated inside of himself and was pushing the Force away rather than reaching out for it. It was possible that his potential was greater than Maul had previously believed. More than that, Maul couldn’t say – he lacked such specific skills. That was not the way of the Sith – or it was not the way he had been taught.

The goran nodded, satisfied. There were some chests standing against the walls – he went over to one now and opened it, pulling out folding racks that held armour pieces of various kinds, all painted in a matte primer grey. “Durasteel only,” he said. “No beskar for now.” He selected a few options and brought them over.

“As you say, goran,” Pre replied.

“Leave now,” the goran said, dismissing them with a flick of his hand as he gathered the shed beskar’gam up and dropped it onto a table with either distain or anger. “I have much to do.”

As a group, they retreated back upstairs.

“Are you okay?” Bo-Katan asked.

“My clan weren’t lying to me,” Pre said, which was not a reply to that question. “Why would they? There wouldn’t be any reason for it.”

“No reason that we can see,” Maul said. “We are lacking in information. Clearly you do not believe Goran was entirely wrong either.”

“There are some things Tor did that I…” Pre cut himself off and shook his head, unable or unwilling to continue. “Nevermind. If House Mereel’s goran can find a way to cure the curse that our gorane couldn’t, I would be a fool to refuse that. And if there is no cure, we can talk about that when the representatives from my former clan arrive.”

Without beskar, Maul could read him more clearly. His heart was conflicted, split between two loyalties. He felt something for his birth father, but it was not pure. Complex and sour emotions tangled around that image in his mind. Jango Fett was similarly wound around with hate and something akin to… hope. Interesting. The Pre Viszla he’d known was Kyr’tsad to the bone and certainly had not been above copying his father’s tactics. Did it really take only a few days of exposure to Jango Fett to make him waver?

More importantly, where did this leave Maul’s plans?

Much would depend on how well Jango could bring the other clans and houses of Mandalore under his banner in the next weeks and months. It was too early to tell anything for certain, yet if Pre became truly loyal to him then a united Mandalore seemed more and more likely.

It might not be the Mandalorian Empire of old that could have been reborn under Death Watch, but would it be enough to stand against Darth Sidious?

Hope was a dangerous emotion, but still a flickering ember of it woke in Maul’s hearts too. This… this was a path that could save him – and lead to his revenge.

Chapter 19

Summary:

People keep on finding new problems to add to Jango's pile.

Notes:

I think the only relevant new Mando'a word is dhaka'ra'verde literally meaning Dark Star/Dark Side Soldiers.

Chapter Text

Jango woke up slowly, comfortable and warm. Actually, slightly too warm. The heavy weight of an arm was draped around his waist, and long legs tangled with his own. It took only a few moments more to remember the conversation from the night before, the careful and steady way Silas had undressed him and joined him under the covers. It wasn’t even the first time they had slept in the same bed, it was just that this was the first time they’d slept… like this. With different expectations and a different understanding between them.

“Are you awake?” Jango asked quietly.

Silas didn’t respond. Carefully, trying not to rouse him, Jango lifted his arm away and twisted round so that they were lying face to face. Silas had his face mostly mashed into the pillow. His chest rose and fell, slow and steady. His hair was mussed, wild and untidy. A wave of warm affection started somewhere in Jango’s chest and expanded through his whole body. He hadn’t fully defined what Silas was to him other than ‘more than a friend’, and they needed to have that conversation properly soon, but he knew enough to know that he wanted more moments like this.

Was that love?

Jango knew what it was to love family, but everything outside of that had always felt uncertain. He still wasn’t completely sure, but for the first time he thought he might be close to figuring it out.

A frightening thought, but in the good way – like the fear before jumping from a dropship despite knowing there was a jetpack on your back.

He sat up, swinging his legs off the side of the bed and rubbing his eyes. He felt more rested than he might have expected. The weight of his conversation with the elders last night was still there, but not as terrible. Even when Jango looked around his old room expecting a sharp stab of pain, loss and resentment, it arrived more slowly and less intensely, almost melancholy instead. This… it had been years, even before Galidraan. It was both familiar and unfamiliar, like something out of a dream.

Jango’s gaze moved over the bedside table and stopped. There were two lightsabers sitting there, neither of which he remembered putting there last night – the Darksaber, and the one they’d taken off the jetti’ad . Silas had been the one to undress him though – but why set these aside rather than putting them with the rest of the beskar’gam , which had been placed neatly on the ground on the other side of the bed? There was an armour rack in here too, but Jango didn’t blame Silas for not wanting to bother with that after the day they’d had.

What were they going to do with that extra lightsaber? The Dha'kad'au was his burden to carry now; he couldn’t get rid of it without Clan Vizsla using it as an excuse to challenge his position as Mand’alor – challenge him more than they were going to anyway. Jaster hadn’t believed it was necessary to have the Darksaber in order to rule, but views on that were split across all the clans that hadn’t fallen in with the New Mandalorians. Keeping it was just… easier. The jetti ’s saber wasn’t useful for anything.

It was still an effective weapon, so perhaps not totally useless. Fighting with a jetti’kad couldn’t be exactly the same as with a bes’kad the way Jango was used to, but it also couldn’t be that different if successive Vizslas managed it. He could hand the extra off to someone else so that they could spar properly. No Mandalorian wanted to hold a weapon they couldn’t use, and Jango was no different.

He reached over and picked up the Darksaber. It hummed against his bare palm, but it didn’t feel exactly the same as it had when he first retrieved it from Tor’s corpse. The faint thrum like a heartbeat was more pronounced. Jango’s skin prickled with a sense of being watched. The weapon felt almost alert , awake .

That ought to have been ridiculous. It was only metal and electronics and shaped plasma, but like the jettise and their magic of the Force, their weapons couldn’t be as simple either. A crystal of some kind was in the heart of these things. The jettise were so damn secretive about their traditions, about anything that went on inside their temples, that Jango really couldn’t make any assumptions. Everything that he did know was the result of Jaster’s slow and patient research, doing his best to understand the ancient enemies of their people.

The cool beskar hilt warmed in his hand, faster than it should have picked up body heat. Jango felt an odd stab of pride and approval – approval of what? The emotions didn’t have a source, he hadn’t been thinking about anything that should have caused him to feel that way, so where…? Suspicious, he eyed the Darksaber.

Nothing else happened.

Why would it have? Jango wasn’t Force-sensitive, hadn’t been blessed by the ka’ra or whatever the jettise had in place of that.

“Morning,” Silas said behind him, voice rough and low from sleep.

Jango twisted round to look at him. Silas propped himself up on one arm, a slight flicker of worry in his eyes when he saw the Darksaber in Jango’s hand. “Morning,” Jango replied. He put the Dha'kad'au back on the table. He wasn’t sure what else to say. The normal small-talk that would usually start their day seemed… not enough. Should they have that discussion now – about what they were going to be to each other? Was that going too fast, or would putting it off be avoidance and cowardice?

“I would invite you back to bed, but I think Jacek would send someone to turf us out if we tried to have a lazy morning,” Silas said, smiling. “You look well-rested though.”

Jango relaxed a little. Why was he overthinking this? It was Silas. Whatever he chose, Silas would understand it. “Probably overslept anyway,” he said. He got up and grabbed his vambrace from the neat pile on the floor, checking the inbuilt chrono. “ Osik . Yeah. We’ve got to go.”

“Fresher first or second?” Silas offered.

“Could save time and go in together,” Jango said, keeping the suggestion casual.

Silas’ eyes widened but he recovered quickly. “Not sure that’s the best idea unless you're keen to test my self-control.” A pause, hesitating before jumping at the question. “ Do you want to test my self-control?”

Jango let that hang in the air for a moment, cursing himself for making things awkward again. He knew without a doubt that Silas wasn’t the type to push for anything that Jango wasn’t interested in, but it would be cruel to get him needlessly worked up without any kind of pay-off, so to speak. He’d actually been thinking more about testing his own reactions. If he saw Silas naked, properly, would he start to desire him? Appreciating a person’s looks and body in general was one thing, actually wanting to kriff them was another.

“I mean…” Silas said – the silence had dragged on a bit too long. “I don’t mean that I’m some kind of… If you want to see me all worked up, or if it’s a voyeurism thing… you know I’m up for giving most things a try at least once.”

“Usually when you say that you’re talking about the spiciest thing you can find on the cantina’s menu,” Jango replied, which did work to break the tension. Silas laughed.

“I’ll clean up first,” Jango said. “After we get today’s politics out of the way, we’ll talk about all this more.”

----

Jacek Mereel was waiting for them in the grand hall. “You just missed the ade ,” she said. “They were in talking to Goran .” She frowned. “Something odd going on there. I suspect Goran will catch you to discuss it later.”

“Something with Maul?” Jango guessed. How much had the goran been able to tell about Maul’s former training, the things that even now Maul refused to talk to him about?

“No,” Jacek said, with an assessing look. “With Pre. Came out of the forge in bajur’gam rather than his beskar. I didn’t ask – he doesn’t know me well enough to talk about it, and you’re his buir . Hopefully he’ll talk to you.”

“Should I go now?” Jango asked. What was going on? How urgent was it? Also, he wouldn’t mind putting off the politics until later.

“Pre didn’t look upset exactly,” Jacek said. “He’s got the other ade with him. It’ll keep.” She pointed a finger at Jango’s chest. “You can’t get out of talking to people that easily, Mand’alor Jan’ika.”

That’s not going to be my title.”

“Working out what it will be isn’t our problem either. The House heads will have great fun fighting that out amongst themselves.”

Jango sighed. “You said last night you would reach out to a few more people. I only managed to contact the Kyr’tsad -sworn clans whose codes Pre gave me – it was enough that I was confident chasing the jettise away, but I’ll need more than that to force the Kalevalans to back down.”

Jacek nodded. “After what you said I did check back in with a few of them. The Vizslas want to bring a delegation here for ‘further negotiations’.”

“To challenge me as Mand’alor, you mean,” Jango said. “We knew that was going to happen. Did they say who?”

“Not exactly. Tor didn’t have siblings or other children. The generation above him are all getting on a bit, but that doesn’t mean one of them won’t give it a shot. He had cousins, and they have ade . My bet would be on one or more of them issuing challenge.”

Jango thought about it. “Taj Vizsla,” he said. “That’s where I’d put my money. The Haat’ade saw action against forces under her command a few times between Korda 6 and Galidraan, though I’ve never fought her one on one before. She’s meant to be good with a bes’kad .”

Silas nodded. “It won’t be just one challenger either. I reckon Pol or Vex will turn up too, maybe both.”

“Pol might not dare show his face,” Jacek said. “There’s a rumour going around that Tor threw him out of the family when he took a Pantoran as his riduur .”

Jango gave her a blank look. “An aruetti Pantoran?”

“No, someone from clan Saxon.” Jacek shrugged. “Might have just been an excuse if Pol was giving him trouble for other reasons.”

“If he’s ambitious, all the more reason for him to turn up here,” Jango pointed out. “Exile or not, he’s still a Vizsla.” If he managed to kill Jango but the other clans refused to accept him as Mand’alor, someone else would just take him on. This whole thing could easily turn into a bloodbath if he wasn’t on top of his form.

He should start training with the Darksaber as soon as possible. He would be expected to use it during these duels at least a little, if not as his primary weapon.

“Aside from Vizslas, some other Kyr’tsad clans gave word they want to come here to talk to you as well,” Jacek said. “Clan Saxon, clan Vau, clan Priest, clan Tarn and clan Gedeyc.” They were all clans Jango had spoken to already, in those brief comm calls. Whether they planned to issue challenges or just wanted to take his measure and watch him kill some Vizslas didn’t really matter. He had to lead these people. He couldn’t act like Tor Vizsla and slaughter every clan who had sworn to his enemies, Peace meant sharing tihaar with people you hated – the only other option was a war that went on forever.

“In terms of former Haat Mando’ade clans,” Jacek continued, “there should be a good showing, just in case Kyr’tsad decide to break their word and cause trouble – and I wouldn’t put it past those hut’uune . We’re expecting clans Davin, Tervho, Tay’haai, Rau and Bralor, and of particular note, House Wren.”

House Wren? Not just a few in their clan? I thought they refused to commit to any faction before?” Jango said, surprised.

“Guess killing Tor must have been enough to impress them,” Jacek replied, smiling. “There are other traditionalists further afield who are more keen for you to come to them – clan Skirata said they’d only bend the knee at your coronation in Keldabe and not before, for example.”

“Who says I’m going to Keldabe?” Jango said, grumbling more for the sake of his pride. At the moment all of Manda’yaim remained nominally under the control of the New Mandalorian government, but in practical reality anywhere outside of Sundari and the other dome-cities scattered about the scarred lands was individual clan territory and paid only lip-service to the capital. They didn’t wear armour openly and didn’t keep to their traditions where any government officials could see, but the idea that every warrior of their people had been exiled to Concordia had been laughable from the start. They wouldn’t have fit .

Keldabe itself had been treated more like an open-air museum for the last seven centuries than a living city. It only survived the Dral’han itself because the commander of the Republic Forces at the time felt it had too much cultural value – they balked at outright cultural genocide, even if they were quite happy to leave such things to the Kalevalans in the aftermath. Either way, the buildings of Keldabe were maintained as a snapshot of the past for tourists to wander around. It amused the Kalevalans to remind themselves of the ‘barbaric past’ they had allegedly left behind – or it had until Kyr’tsad started to make their presence known and popped the lid off the fact that half the kriffing population of the sector were just pretending to go along with New Mandalorian ideals.

They hadn’t even known about Jaster – their true Mand’alor – until Kyr’tsad first tried to kill him.  

“What about the Kalevalans?” Silas asked, partially echoing Jango’s thoughts. “Have we even made them aware of what’s going on yet, given them a chance to decide what they’re going to do about it?”

“I would rather present them with a united front,” Jango said. “That way they’re more likely to roll over without a fight. They’ve had hundreds of years to get stubborn and convince themselves that they’re the ones in the right, and the ones with popular support.”

“We do have Satine Kryze as our hostage,” Silas pointed out.

“Clan Kryze aren’t the entirety of the New Mandalorians. They might be willing to back down, but the rest of them? The politicians in Sundari who’ve forgotten what the ties of clan and House even mean?” Jango shook his head. “I don’t want them forcing me into a position where I have to punish Satine and clan Kryze for what the rest of their faction are doing.”

Silas looked away, the idea sitting uncomfortably with him as well.

“For now, you have a few weeks to prepare for this meeting,” Jacek said. “That’s the soonest everyone can arrive – though those who have less distance to travel might get here early. The training halls are yours to use. Don’t worry about kicking anyone else out of their routine – this takes priority.”

“Yeah,” Jango agreed. “I managed to get Tor in the end, but I’d like to be sharper than I am. It’s been a while since I trained with a bes’kad .” He pulled the second lightsaber from his belt where he’d stashed it, hefting it in his hand. “Don’t suppose anyone here has any relevant experience?”

“You two are the only ones who have fought jettise ,” Jacek said, with a weight of sorrow in her voice.

Jango swallowed pain and memory, refusing to think about that too deeply. “I better not have to do it again, but we all know they aren’t going to leave well enough alone either.”

He hit the activation switch and held the bright blue blade up, considering it. It was rounded where the Darksaber had a more traditional kad shape, and it felt different in his hand as well. It dragged at the air, as though catching on nothing. Loneliness. Heartache. Homesickness. The ghosts of familiar emotions tugged at him briefly and vanished again. “The Vizslas coming to challenge me won’t have kad’au , but they will have beskar weapons. I need to be able to use the Dha’kad’au properly.” He shut the jetti’kad off and tossed it to Silas, who caught it easily. “Looks like you’re my sparring partner.”

“I’ll do my best.” Silas looked down at the weapon with faint disgust.

“Before we head off to the training hall, we should speak to the goran about whatever happened this morning,” Jango said. “Is there anything else we need to know just now Jacek?”

“I’ll comm you if I think of something.”

They headed downstairs to the forge. Warmth billowed up in clouds of air perfumed with the particular sharp-edged tang of an active furnace. Jango remembered the smell more than he remembered anything else about Goran’s domain – the last time he was here must have been when he reached his full growth and could finally have the pieces he’d taken from Jaster’s armour resized and refit for him.

The loss and loneliness punching into his gut at that thought was all his own, nothing added by strange crystals inside swords.

Light and dark painted strong contrasts down here. Two bright spots threw illumination and left long shadows – one comprised the tibanna-gas flames currently burning up to temperature, the other a lamp positioned low over a worktable. White and blue threw new colours in the bronzed mirror-sheen of Goran’s buy’ce like an oil-slick. He had a familiar set of armour spread out over the table, methodically tearing the wiring out from the inner surfaces.

Goran ,” Jango said, greeting him respectfully. Behind him Silas echoed him.

“Mand’alor,” Goran replied. He stopped his work, briefly placing his palms flat against the top of the table before pulling them back, as though smoothing something out – his thoughts, whatever had been troubling him.

“Jacek told me something happened with Pre? I expected Maul would be the one causing trouble, if I’m honest with you.”

[ I do have… questions, about Maul, but they are the smaller of the problems. ] Goran said in Mando’a – his language of preference.

Jango didn’t like the sound of this. [ Best talk about both of them then. Is the smaller bit easier to deal with first? ]

Goran drummed the fingers of one hand against the table. [ What do you know about the Sith? ]

“You mean the Sith, like the old Sith Empire?” Jango clarified in Basic. Goran had used a different word for them, dhaka’ra’verde , not dar’jettise . Dar’jetti just meant someone who wasn’t a Jedi – that included Force-users of all stripes and creeds across the galaxy.

[ Exactly. ]

Jango exchanged an uncertain glance with Silas. [ They’re extinct, ] he replied.

[ No-one has seen them in ten centuries, ] Goran confirmed. But… not seeing something didn’t mean that it didn’t exist, and he wouldn’t have brought up ancient history unless it was relevant.

[ You think they’re still around, ] Jango said, his heart beating faster. [ They have something to do with Maul? ]

[ In Keldabe, at the great forge where I trained, there is a deep bunker where dangerous things are kept. Some of those things are weapons, some are less obviously lethal. Knowledge. Secrets. They span millennia – even back to the wars of the Sith when we fought aside those who were warlords without mercy. Certain things were taken from our allies, others given into our keeping for safety. I know what the Dark Side of the Force feels like. ]

Cold sweat prickled on Jango’s spine despite the heat. [ The Dark Side… but does that have to be the Sith? Jedi ‘fall’, sometimes, and start using it – or so their own stories say. ]

[ There is a difference, ] Goran told him. [ The same way there is a difference between beskar’gam cut with durasteel, or bronzium, or quadanium. The same way I can tell even ten-parts beskar from nine-parts, or eleven. Maul was trained by a Sith. ]

Jango’s mind whirred. A lot of things were starting to make sense. No wonder Maul didn’t want to talk about the person who trained him. He must think he wouldn’t be believed, just for starters. Jango didn’t know a great deal about the Sith themselves, but Jaster had taught him a lot about that period in their history, focusing more on the Mandalorian Crusaders and their successors – the ancient figures that Kyr’tsad idolised. How had Goran described them – warlords without mercy? That was an accurate assessment, at least as far as the legends went. They had a lot in common with Kyr’tsad, and presumably that stretched to the way they trained their ade .

Jango had attributed a lot of how skittish Maul was to his time with Kyr’tsad – even though the boy claimed he hadn’t been mistreated there – as well as his time after that at the Orsis Academy, which had a reputation that would have any true Mandalorian itching for their blaster, or better yet, a Kom’rk with a loadout of heavy explosives. What was it Maul had said about his training – “Harsh methods are effective?” He had also suggested to Silas that he’d run away from his former Master, that Kyr’tsad sheltered him and kept him safe in the interim until his Master retrieved him and… what? Sent him on to Orsis where he had run again?

Discussing it amongst themselves, Jango and Silas had agreed Maul wasn’t actually talking about a normal slave-master, but his Master in the Force – the same way jetti’ade used the term.

All things considered, Maul’s past didn’t paint a pleasant picture of this mysterious Sith.

The Kyr’tsad group who took Maul in before, had they known that the Sith were still around? Had they just handed Maul over when one of their ancient allies showed up? Had they fought the Sith and died? Jango thought he would have heard about it if so, but it was also possible Kyr’tsad would have covered it up out of shame at the defeat. They might not even have been from the main Kyr’tsad force, but just an allied clan.

[ So that’s what Maul has been passing on to Feral and Savage? ] Silas asked. [ Sith magic? Should we be worried about that? ]

Jango hadn’t thought far enough ahead for that concern to occur to him yet.

Another tap-tap of the goran’s fingers against metal, disquieted. [ I do not know enough of the Sith to say, ] he replied. [ I would be equally cautious if Maul had been taught by the Jedi, since we do not fully understand their philosophies either. Maul and their siblings were happy to learn the ways of the ka’ra from me – they may not have proceeded very far through training as a Sith. ]

Jango deeply wished that he knew more about the Force. He assumed that the Force itself was a weapon like any other, a tool to be used like a blaster or a jetpack, and that the different groups that could use it were set apart from each other by their religious rites, their values, and their fighting techniques. Surely the Force itself was the same no matter what? Yet Goran’s words hinted that there was something more fundamental at play.

[ Is the Force a kind of weapon that can be dangerous to its wielder? ] he asked.

[ It is a powerful weapon, certainly, ] Goran replied. [ Power itself can be dangerous if sought after for the wrong reasons. I am more concerned that if the Sith and Death Watch share values, that Maul may have been raised with concerning beliefs. ]

Jango had seen a bit of that from Maul already. Ka’ra , the boy had tried to run off and join Kyr’tsad that one time, when Pre first turned up in Arakura! He was respectful towards Mando’ade, and he obviously cared about his family, but Jango realised he had no real idea how he felt about other cultures or peoples, whether he viewed them with the same scorn and disgust as Kyr’tsad. He doubted the ade at Orsis Academy were taught any respect for life either. While it wasn’t impossible for assassins and killers to have honour, people who raised children like hunting strills didn’t want pesky morals getting in the way.

Once he was fully grown, would Maul be tempted to go out conquering? No, that didn’t seem likely. Maul’s stated goal for his future was to get revenge, once he was old enough. Revenge against his Master, Jango had assumed, but… if Maul was still using the Force the way the Sith did and passing those teachings on, did he think of himself as Sith? Had he taken on that peoples’ grudges on top of his own?

Who did the Sith want to get revenge on? The jettise , of course.

If Maul wanted to kill Jedi, Jango wasn’t going to stop him. While it couldn’t be a priority right now, payback for Galidraan was still somewhere on his list.

Jango would have to think a bit more about this Sith Master, putting the scraps Maul had dropped into context and working out what it meant. He knew Maul was afraid of that person, and hadn’t thought Jango and Silas alone would be enough to withstand him or whoever he brought with him.

More Sith? How many of them were out there?

Jango could kill jettise . He could kill Sith too.

[ Whether or not Maul thinks like Kyr’tsad , Maul’s not the only one I have to work on, ] he pointed out. [ There’s Pre as well. ]

[ It may be easier to bring that one around than expected, ] Goran said. [ Pre’s heart is conflicted, and there has been some odd treatment by others in clan Vizsla. ]

Jango frowned. [ Is this the big problem you wanted to talk about? ]

Goran nodded. [ Pre is star-touched, and clan Vizsla were aware of this. Yet they weren’t sent for any kind of training at all. Pre claimed that there is some kind of curse on Tarre’s bloodline which either the clan elders, the gorane , or both, are using to justify… ] His hands trembled with anger, to the point he had to ball them into fists and press his knuckles down hard against the worktable. [ Trying to smother the starlight, a mutilation no different than cutting off a limb! ]

A sharp stab of surprise and shock turned Jango’s stomach. Mutilation was a strong word, but Goran believed it was justified and he was the one who knew what he was talking about here. Why would the Vizslas do that to one of their own verde ? Although they could be cruel simply for the sake of cruelty, they didn’t take it so far that it became actively self-defeating – as far as Jango knew.

Kyr’tsad abused their trainees in other ways though, in the name of what they thought was strength. Tor Vizsla wrote his own training manual in answer to Jaster’s codex, and Jango had read through it with growing disgust. It went far beyond a warrior’s discipline, and started far earlier. Jango realised that some part of him had believed that because Pre was Tor’s heir, he would have been spared all that, but this wasn’t something Tor was saying for fun. He truly believed this abuse turned out stronger warriors – if anything he would have been even harsher with his own son.

“Kriff,” Jango muttered to himself, rubbing his forehead. “I’ve got my work cut out for me.”

[ What does this have to do with Pre’s armour? ] Silas asked, gesturing to the set on the table.

[ Beskar blocks the Force, ] Goran explained, with a ‘you should already know this’ tone. [ Not just the magic of the Sith and the Jedi, but the stars as well if not properly forged. For most warriors little more is needed than to be present for the forging rites so the goran can match the frequency of their manda . For stars-touched, the process is more involved… ]

Jango waved this off. [ We're not children, and I haven't forgotten my lessons, ] he said. [ You’re saying Pre’s beskar’gam wasn’t crafted that way? ]

[ This isn’t beskar’gam , ] Goran said, almost snarling. [ This is a cage . ]

Jango shifted uneasily. He tried to imagine what Goran was talking about, but couldn’t. He simply lacked the context for this, for what the Force felt like, or what it meant to have access to it cut off. Like wearing a blindfold all of the time?

[ What are the effects? ] Silas asked.

[ I’ve never seen this done before so I don’t know , ] Goran replied. [ Pre told me his parent wore the same armour as a child. If Tor Vizsla had any of the star's blessings and was raised like this , then perhaps it explains some of the viciousness. Not all of it, but some. ]

[ Thank you for telling me, ] Jango said. At least now they knew? Pre would have worn this armour for at least the last few years, and clan Vizsla were rich enough to have beskar -blend bajur’gam – it might have been longer. That plus harsh Kyr’tsad training added up to a lot of trauma – it was a wonder Pre wasn’t a ball of hissing, paranoid mistrust. Of course, he hadn’t had any chances to show off his cruel side.

I’m not qualified for this , Jango thought, panicking slightly.

[ When clan Vizsla turns up here, I will have some questions for them, ] Goran said, voice low and threatening. [ Don’t allow them to avoid me, Mand’alor. If they prove themselves demagolka , they need to suffer the consequences. ]

Jango put his hand on the hilt of the Dha’kad’au . [ Don’t worry, ] he promised. [ They will. ]

Chapter 20

Summary:

Jango isn't one to wait around when confronted with an unexpected truth.

Notes:

Only Mando'a words from this chapter that hasn't previously appeared (I think) are:

tiingilar - very spicy Mandalorian dish
udesii - stand down/calm down/take it easy

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Armoured in durasteel rather than beskar, Pre should have felt weighed down – and at least in his body he did. The cuirass was heavy on his chest whenever he took a breath in, it took a bit more effort to raise his arms and move his legs, everything unfamiliar and different, but it wasn’t so significant that it would be a liability in a fight. His heart was lighter though. It was strange – he didn’t wear his beskar’gam every hour of the day. This wasn’t a new experience. It shouldn’t have felt like such a big change.

When Tor Vizsla was still alive, it hadn’t been a good idea to ask too many questions – ones that weren’t battle-relevant anyway. Verde followed the lead of their alor; they didn’t raise objections, they didn’t cast doubts, they didn’t need to know the chain of logic behind the actions. Tor had been more lenient with Pre only because he was his heir and would have to lead after him, so there was a genuine reason he needed to know what was going on. Pre still would never have dared to suggest that his buir might be wrong about something.

Take Korda 6 as an example. It was dishonourable, but Tor commanded it and he had to be obeyed.

Before now, Pre hadn’t known for certain that he was star-touched. The gorane told him about the jettise curse along with the rest of clan Vizsla’s history, suggesting that it applied to everyone – Pre wasn’t anything special. His father hadn’t explained either why he was meant to wear beskar’gam that he hadn’t been ritually bound to – and by then Pre had learned not to ask him. 

But that was normal… wasn’t it? Discipline had to be maintained. He shouldn’t expect special treatment.

Anyway, clan Vizsla wouldn’t break with tradition without a good reason.

“Do you feel any different now?” the young zabrak, Feral, asked him.

“No,” Pre replied. It felt like half a lie leaving his mouth. Maul darted a sideways look at him, too knowing. Maul said he had been trained to use the Force, though not to be jettise. What abilities did he have? Could he read Pre's mind without the cover of beskar

The thought was unpleasant. He didn't want anyone to know his doubts and conflict, didn't want them passing that on to Jango Fett. Fett had to know that Pre couldn't simply set his birth buir aside so easily. Even claiming war-children under kir'manir ad'akaan wasn't an instantaneous process. The ade were expected to have a period of adjustment, where buire and bajure taught them about their new people and encouraged them to forget the extinguished remains of the past. Pre was too old to act like a resistive adiika - he should put his head down and focus on learning the traditions of clan Fett and House Mereel - assuming clan Vizsla didn't succeed in winning the Dha'kad'au back. 

If they did, would they actually take Pre back? Under the ancient traditions, there wasn't a precedent for this situation, not as far as he knew. The crusaders of old didn't take war-orphans who still had any family to claim them. As he'd told Bo-Katan, Pre's adoption could be challenged on those grounds, but… he had accepted. He'd named himself Pre Fett in front of witnesses. If that wasn't enough, if one of his relatives did become Mand'alor, they wouldn't want Pre back as the clan heir, bypassing their own children. 

It would be cleaner just to call him a Fett and kill him too. He had already proven himself a failure when he lost the duel to Jango in the first place. 

They arrived at the training halls with Pre's head still spinning, the same too-heavy yet too-light sensation making him feel strange and unmoored in his own body. There were other warriors here already, some sparring hand-to-hand in the circles marked out for it, others past a soundproofing ray-shield using a firing range. A familiar smell of beskar, durasteel, and sweat lingered in the air. Some of the tension left him. There was nothing like training to clear the mind. 

“Not bad,” Kilindi remarked, assessing the space. “Orsis had more equipment.”

Maul clicked his tongue irritably, and Pre filed that name away. Orsis. It was vaguely familiar. 

“There are other halls too,” Savage said. “Compared to the farm…”

“I wasn't being critical!” Kilindi replied quickly. “Just an observation. Anyway, where do you want to start?”

“We know our own measure amongst ourselves,” Maul said, gesturing to himself, Kilindi and his brothers. “I also fought Pre briefly before. Perhaps we should see how Lady Kryze fares?”

“Lady?” Bo replied, her shoulders rising defensively. “Satine is Lady Kryze. Don't call me that.”

“Satine Kryze is a hostage now,” Maul said. He had a smooth, persuasive tone despite his youth, though it still had a child's higher pitch. When did zabrak generally hit puberty? It was later than humans, Pre thought. “Between the two of you, don't you have more right to call yourself the heir of Kalevala under our new power structure?” That was another thing. Teens just past their verd'goten didn't generally use words like 'power structure' or talk so confidently about politics. 

“I want nothing to do with Kalevala,” Bo-Katan said, entirely confident and self-assured. “I am Kyr'tsad. Maybe Kyr'tsad follows Mand'alor Fett for now, but that doesn't change where my loyalty lies.”

A few of the Mereel clan warriors looked over in response to this loud declaration, but although hostile, none of their attention alerted Pre to genuine danger. He appreciated Bo's loyalty and her steadfast heart, but he also didn't want her to get herself into trouble when they had no back-up of any kind. 

“A warrior must know how to fight,” Maul continued. “Can you?”

If Bo had settled herself by reminding them all of her chosen faction, this sparked defensiveness all over again. “I can,” she said sharply. “Not that my father ever allowed us to learn anything but some simple self-defence techniques. When I first started speaking to Pre he sent me some proper modules to get me started, and since leaving Kalevala I trained with the ramikade.”

Truthfully Pre had been surprised Adonai Kryze allowed his daughters to learn anything at all, but although he was a fanatic and an ideologue, apparently he wasn't completely stupid. During their first few calls after meeting in the HoloNet forums, Bo demonstrated the kind of techniques she meant - they weren't Mandalorian specifically but one of those generic and rather basic styles practiced throughout the Core, designed for civilians to fight off and escape criminals. It was better than nothing at all, but it still made Pre's blood heat with anger and disgust to think that this was all the Kalevalans would permit their people to learn if they had their way.

“Shall we spar then?” Maul said, holding a hand out to one of the currently unused rings. 

“I'd be glad to,” Bo-Katan replied, stomping into the centre of the ring, pulling on her buy'ce, and relaxing back into a ready stance. 

Maul nodded in satisfaction and followed her in, putting on his buy'ce as well. They were around the same age, or at least not more than a year separated them, at Pre's guess. They should have been well-matched. Both wore bajur'gam, and neither had as much Mandalorian combat training as they ought to at their age - but before Maul joined up with Jango Fett he had been trained to fight by others. That was putting aside any Force abilities as well. 

Even so, Pre knew that Bo would put on a good showing. She'd proven her determination and mandokar with the other ramikad'ika, not allowing her lack of experience to hold her back. She didn't shy away from tough treatment. Like any of them, she understood what it was for and why it was necessary. Bo-Katan wanted to be toughened up. She needed it to purge herself of the weakness her father had infected her with. A declawed nexu could be even more dangerous with only its fangs left to defend itself. 

In the ring, Maul and Bo-Katan circled each other. Maul was the first to strike, but it was cautious and testing, not a sign of impatience or recklessness. Bo watched him carefully and although her reactions could have been faster, she still managed to block each attack in turn. Maul gradually ramped up his speed and aggression, pushing her back, metal striking metal as his fists collided with her vambraces, or occasionally slipped through to glance off pauldrons or cuirass. 

A few times Bo tried to take control of the spar and switch onto the offensive, but Maul was light on his feet, dodging easily and redirecting her energy before flowing back into his own attacks. Each movement was precise yet fluid, honed like a warrior, like a weapon. Pre couldn't help but be impressed by it, just as he had been when Maul challenged him in that small town… only a few weeks ago. Had it really been so short a time?

Finally Maul forced Bo-Katan off balance with a sequence of rapid strikes then twisted and swept her feet out from under her, bringing her down to the ground with a crash of bajur’gam and inevitable bruises. Normally that wouldn't be enough to end a spar - a ramikad could fight from the ground as well, and a match wouldn't be over until someone called to yield. It might take spilled blood to force that word from a proud warrior's mouth. Bo hadn't yet had time to learn how to grapple like this though, and somehow Maul knew that - he stepped back instead of pressing on. 

“Very well,” he said, the set of his shoulders and spine speaking of arrogance and confidence both - though not undeserved. “Which of my brothers would you like to fight next?”

Bo-Katan groaned, pushing up on her elbows. She hesitated for a moment, then said, “Fine. I'll fight anyone who wants to!” She rolled swiftly up and onto her feet, shaking herself so that the bajur'gam settled back into place on her body. Pre nodded, proud of her. A few aches and pains didn't bother a warrior. 

Savage stepped forwards. “I'm not as good as Maul,” he told her. “Forgive me if I don't live up to your standards.”

He wasn't wrong - though he had a few years on Bo-Katan as well as a few inches of height, he didn't yet know how to properly take advantage of those things. Savage said before that he and Feral grew up separated from Maul. That must explain the gap in training between them. Savage had a brawler's base, with basic ramidake techniques starting to be layered on top of that. It was likely that he had come to Jango without much experience. Feral was the same - he knew the basics well, but little more than that. He was fast and lithe and dodged very well, but he lacked power and didn't follow his strikes through. 

Kilindi sparred with Bo-Katan last. From the moment she stepped into the ring Bo's shoulders started to droop, her movements slowing. She was running out of stamina, but with proper mandokar she refused to back down from the fight, pushing herself onwards. Like Maul, Kilindi had more training than a recently adopted ad should have - her background had to be similar to Maul's. Saying that, her fighting style was not exactly the same. There was much Pre didn't yet know about them. 

He was Kilindi's vod now, a Fett the same as Savage, Feral and her. He would learn more about them in time. At least this morning proved that none of them lacked mandokar. He wasn't a Vizsla anymore, but he was still in good company. 

After fighting three other people before the nautolan, Bo-Katan wasn't able to do much more than put up a fair showing before Kilindi knocked her down. Bo groaned and didn't bother to get up. Kilindi crouched down next to her. 

“Are you okay?”

“Fine,” Bo-Katan replied. “Just give me a moment.”

Pre came over, getting to one knee so that he could pat her on the shoulder. “You fought well.”

Bo pulled off her helmet without getting up, strands of hair plastered to her face with sweat. Her cheeks were flushed with exertion. She scrubbed her face with one hand, pushing the errant hair back. Though she said nothing, Pre could tell she was pleased at the compliment. 

Faint hunger growled in Pre's stomach, but he wasn't sure when mid-meal occurred here. He offered Bo-Katan a hand up, which she took. As she came to her feet, her eyes flicked to the space behind him and widened slightly. 

“Fett is here,” she said quietly. 

Pre turned. Both Jango and Silas had arrived in the hall. They looked around briefly before catching sight of their ade and heading towards them. Pre's back straightened automatically, feet sliding into parade rest. The other warriors training here greeted Jango with respectful nods and calls of “Mand'alor” or simply “Alor”. Jango did not seem to take pride or satisfaction in receiving his due - his shoulders tightened, and a small line creased in between his eyebrows. Still, he didn't ignore it either, acknowledging his verde

“Morning ade,” Silas said, when they drew near. “Settling in well?”

“Yes!” Feral replied, his smile all teeth. “I like it here - though I liked the farm as well. We met the goran and he's going to teach us! We've just been sparring, but can we go outside and explore this afternoon?”

“Feral,” Maul said, his tone chiding rather than a sharp reprimand. “We have better things to do than run around over the countryside.”

“Learning the local terrain has its value,” Jango said. “Though until you're aware of the mountain's dangers you need to go out with someone else.”

Maul's head tilted, predatory and assessing. “You are unsettled,” he said, quietly enough that it wouldn't carry outside their immediate circle. 

“We need to talk,” Jango replied. His eyes moved over them. “We should all talk. All except you, Bo-Katan. This is aliit business.”

Pre winced slightly – he knew she wouldn’t be pleased to be separated from him. “Where am I meant to go then?” she said, glaring.

“Go clean up back at your room,” Silas suggested. “A good hot soak after training always helps.”

“I don’t need coddling,” Bo snapped – no Kyr’tsad ramikad would expect more than a quick scrub down in the communal showers, where you were lucky if the water was even lukewarm. She glanced at him, and Pre gave her a quick nod. He could guess what they wanted to talk about, and it set a dull pit of discomfort gnawing inside his stomach. “Fine,” she sighed, and walked away.

Once she was out of earshot, Jango turned back to them – but he didn’t address Pre.

“Whether I'm your buir, or your bajur Maul, I need to know what's going on so that I can help you,” he said. “Everyone in this aliit has to be on the same page.”

Maul bristled, but in a quiet way, all coiled tension. “What do you think you know?” he whispered.

“You want to talk about it here?” Jango asked. Maul ducked his head. “Let's grab something to eat and take this somewhere private.”

----

Maul glared at the covered bowl on the table in front of him, lacking any appetite. While he need not be hungry to eat and wasting valuable calories was foolish, he wanted to get this conversation over with as soon as possible. 

He was well aware the goran would not keep secrets from his Mand'alor, but Maul hadn't told him anything that Fett didn't already know. It would have been one thing if Jango had addressed Pre - obviously he would want to discuss that situation - but Maul was the one he approached and spoke to first when he came to find them that morning. Somehow, the goran had detected something in Maul's Force-signature, possibly even knew what Sith felt like. Why else would Fett accuse him of lying?

After a brief pass through the mess hall, their small group now sat in a meeting room off from the main receiving hall. Now that Maul knew what to look for, he could feel the forge underneath them. It was the ghost of heat in the Force, billowing steam, power waiting to be used. Nothing like the power the Dark Side contained. If Maul spared the attention to reach out for it, there were sensory impressions of the clang and motion of a falling hammer, the simmer of molten metal, and a solid point of stillness that somehow had within it the potential of explosive movement. He believed that the forge had been powered up since their visit this morning, and that the goran was actively doing something which involved their ka'ra – that was why he had not felt this earlier.

That was only a distraction from the here and now, the situation of Jango Fett and Silas sitting around a table with him intent on prying out all his secrets in front of his family. 

“I ask again,” Maul said, pushing the bowl aside. “What do you think you know?”

Jango swallowed his mouthful of tiingilar and set his spoon down. The small noise sounded very loud in the tense silence of the room. “Goran told us you were trained by the Sith.”

Maul swallowed and briefly bared his teeth, unable to suppress that reaction. Fear, disgust, anticipation… “Yes,” he said. There was no point in lying. 

Jango relaxed slightly. Perhaps he'd believed Maul would deny it. 

“The Sith?” Pre raised a disbelieving eyebrow. “Aren't they extinct?”

“The Jedi would very much have that be the case,” Maul replied. “They attempted to wipe the Sith out, but they failed. One line remained through these last millennia – the line of Bane.”

“The line of Bane,” Jango repeated. It was odd to hear the words coming out of his mouth, almost dangerous. Darth Sidious' powers may be great but he could not sense someone through the Dark merely because they spoke of the Sith – yet even so Maul felt flayed open, exposed. He wanted to hide. 

“Thank you for being honest with us,” Jango said. 

“As opposed to my dishonesty before?” Maul said, irritated. “I cannot conceal this from you any longer, therefore it is better that you know as much as I can tell you. When it became relevant, I would have informed you…”

“Would you?” Jango said - for some reason his doubt stung. 

“I…” Maul stopped. If he were honest with himself, his plan up until this point had been to take command of the Mandalorian sector and the revived Mandalorian empire for himself once he was old enough and respected enough. He intended to consolidate his power base and then… and then what? He had visions of dragging Kenobi to kneel before his throne again as he had all those years ago, but not letting him escape this time. He dreamed of crushing Darth Sidious, of making him beg, as he had forced Maul to beg all those times. He wanted to prevent his Master's plans from coming to pass and then rub his nose in the failure of his Sith Empire - yet when he thought of exactly how he could achieve any such thing it all became vague. 

Using Jango Fett as anything more than a pawn hadn't come into it. Indeed, when his plans reached past that initial point of gaining power, any concrete idea of the part his family would play disappeared. He had imagined them fighting alongside him, of winning this time, not allowing himself to even envision the possibility of Sidious cutting them down all over again…

There were years to come for him to work out the details. Maul was confident it would fall into place eventually. 

Now Jango and Silas knew about the Sith and they would insist on doing something about it. He had to convince them otherwise. His Master wouldn't die easily, they would fail, and then Sidious would know that Maul was still alive and exactly where he was…

Udesii,” Jango said. “Udesii, Maul. There is no danger here.”

“There is,” Maul told him, the words wrenched out of his chest. “You simply do not understand it.”

“So, explain it,” Jango said, still speaking with that maddening softness. “How many Sith are there? What kind of threat are we talking about?”

Maul glared down at the tabletop, the scuffed metal vaguely reflecting his face. “The rules of the line of Bane are that there can only be two – a Master, and an Apprentice. But the reality is more flexible. I am uncertain if my Master has even killed his own Master yet, or whether he took me to train secretly. Certainly, the moment I slipped beyond his power he will have looked to replace me.”

Previously Sidious had not had cause to search for a replacement for another ten years, until Maul was defeated and mutilated on Naboo. Then he had settled on Count Yan Dooku of Serenno, a former Jedi master. Maul knew a fair amount about Count Dooku the leader of the Separatist Alliance, but very little about Master Dooku of the Jedi Order. He could not have even identified the year he left them. Would Sidious have opened that line of communication yet? Or would he look elsewhere? Dathomir was not the only planet which maintained its own Force traditions instead of sending its children to the Jedi Order, but it was the only one likely to hand such a child over to a Sith Lord instead.

Sidious’ next Apprentice after that was Anakin Skywalker, the ‘Chosen One’ – and another former Jedi. His Master was still the Senator for Naboo and the Chommell Sector – using his influence to target a different Jedi youngling was not beyond the imagination.

“Just two – or only a few more than that?” Jango was frowning. “That doesn’t seem like such a challenge.”

“Do not underestimate the power of the Dark Side!” Maul hissed, fear acrid in his mouth and twisting into fury. The Dark murmured, drawn to his uncontrolled emotion. Its strength and hate poured into his very bones and burned there. “This overconfidence is exactly why I didn’t tell you anything!”

“Maul, I believe you,” Jango said, sitting back in his chair with obvious alarm. His gaze dipped down – Maul followed it to see that without realising it he had jumped to his feet and was leaning forwards with his palms braced on the table. Frost patterned the metal surface in two circles around the points of contact. “I believe you.”

Maul took several deep breaths, mastering himself. He was a Sith Lord, loosing control like this was beneath him. He used the Dark, it did not use him. He knew his own hate, his anger, and his fear. He understood them. He forced the Dark Side down, leashing it once again.

“Darth Sidious has killed Mandalorians before,” he said. “He may appear a normal and unassuming human male, but he is a duellist to match any of those on the Jedi High Council, to say nothing of his other powers in the Dark Side.”

Jango and Silas exchanged glances. “When you say he killed Mandalorians… do you mean the Kyr’tsad group who sheltered you before?”

Maul looked away again, cursing himself. Although he now had no choice but to come clean about the Sith, he could not speak of travelling through time without seeming entirely mad. He didn’t even understand it himself. He might be able to pass it off as a particularly vivid series of visions, but mere potential futures and what had actually happened were different matters, to be treated with different levels of seriousness.

Pre jerked in surprise, turning in his seat to face Maul fully. “You spent time with Kyr’tsad?” he asked.

“It was… some time ago,” Maul said.

“If our people had run across the Sith, I would know about it,” Pre told the others. “I would certainly know if he killed our warriors. It’s possible that the verd’alor of that group might have believed this Sith to actually be a Jedi, but even so Tor wouldn’t have kept that secret. The jettise are enemies, but there’s no recent debt of blood we’re looking to pay back.”

“I am not lying in some crude attempt to manipulate you,” Maul said, speaking slowly and clearly.

“I don’t think you are,” Jango replied, watching him closely. “You’ve always avoided lying to me directly, Maul – you would much rather tell me only a part of the truth. Pre is also telling the truth, and what he says makes sense. Just… How do you know your Master is a match for such experienced jettise? Has he killed jettise too? Are the Jedi Order concealing the fact that the Sith aren’t as dead as everyone thinks?”

How could Maul possibly explain Darth Sidious in a way that they would understand? If only Fett were Force-sensitive then he could touch their minds together and show him exactly what he would be up against – but that was impossible. “The Jedi do not know that the Sith still exist,” he said. “I can offer you no firm proof of anything – but look to your own histories! During the Sith Wars, the power of the Lords of the Sith was undeniable!”

Savage cleared his throat, getting the attention of the others. “Maul told us about the Sith,” he admitted. “And why we couldn’t say anything to you. So, I must apologise for lying to you as well, buir.”

Jango was quiet for a moment. Then he said, “At least he had someone to confide in. Don’t apologise, Savage. Or you, Feral,” he added, seeing that Feral had opened his mouth to say something as well.

Kilindi didn’t apologise, nor did she feel guilty or ashamed in the Force. She knew already that not all secrets should be shared.

“Brother, you have explained well just how dangerous your Master is,” Savage said. “But did you not suggest that together, the people of Mandalore would be able to stand against the Sith? Buir is going to unite the clans, so isn’t it safe for him to know all this now?”

Silas leaned forwards. “What do you want us to do, Maul?” he said, genuinely asking. Maul could sense his sincerity. They were… listening. Even if they did not fully believe him, nor were they going to ignore him and run off foolhardy to get themselves killed.

“I want… to have my revenge,” he said.

“And what does that look like?”

Maul’s jaw clenched, anger flaring past the fear. “I said I was Darth Sidious’ apprentice, but that was in name only. It is the responsibility of the Master to pass on their knowledge of the Dark Side until their Apprentice becomes skilled enough to supplant them, kill them, and become the Master in turn – but Sidious stifled me! He taught me nothing more than the basics! He wanted me for a tool and a weapon, a pawn in his plans! He promised me everything, and it was all a lie. What I want is for him to fail in turn and for all his plots to come to ruin and ash!”

His heart pounded in his chest. It felt good to say it out loud like that, a clean vent of rage. The Dark hung thick in the air all around him, a growling vicious animal echoing the snarl that vibrated low through his lungs. It compelled silence with its weight.

Kilindi was the first to break it. “We are with you,” she said, her eyes intense. “I am with you.”

Haar’chak,” Jango muttered. “Fine, yeah. Yes. This Darth Sidious sounds like a shabuir – I have no problem making his life miserable. You sure you don’t just want him dead though?”

“Killing a Sith is no easy task,” Maul told them, scowling.

“No, no, you’ve said,” Jango replied, putting a hand up. “But not easy isn’t the same as impossible.”

“Do you know what the Sith’s plans are?” Silas asked.

“The complete elimination of the Jedi, for one,” Maul replied. “Although none of us here have any particular objections to that. What is of more importance is my Master’s intention to re-establish the Sith Empire, with himself at the top of it. These are the goals the Line of Bane have worked towards for generations.”

“They aren’t succeeding very well with either goal then,” Pre said. Maul sensed that he was uncertain how to react to all these revelations. There was no hostility towards the Sith – just as he’d been more than eager to work with them during the Clone Wars – but he was wary given the dangers Maul described. This wasn’t Kyr’tsad’s fight and Maul was not a Fett – they had no sworn ties.

“I cannot speak to what previous Sith have attempted,” Maul said. “I was not told of our history in more than the broadest of strokes. My Master and his Master have focused on building political power, working in the shadows. They have credits, resources… they are closer to achieving what they want than you know.”

“Political power,” Jango repeated, frowning. “Power where? In the Republic? Hutt space? The underworld? They must be using other names – that Darth title marks a Sith, if I remember the history of the Sith Wars right. Did your Master ever use another identity around you… or this other Sith, the one that trained him?”

“I never met Darth Plagueis,” Maul said – he wasn’t bitter about that, since Plagueis would have killed him the moment he found out about him, and yet… The longer he spent with Mandalorians, the more he gained a sense of their culture, a legacy which spanned equally vast generations as the legacy of the Sith, and the more he understood why they would fight to resist it being taken away from them. He… what did he know of the Sith, really? What culture had his Master passed on to him? If he had been a true Apprentice…

Savage and Feral might have been little more than slaves on Dathomir, but they had grown up with other Nightbrothers. They had other people like them. They had history. Maul… Maul had nothing.

“Darth Sidious then?” Silas asked, as gentle yet probing as Jango.

“If I give you his name, will you swear to me that you will not attempt recklessly to assassinate him?” Maul demanded.

“I promise,” Jango replied.

“A promise isn’t enough. I want you to swear.” A thrill of fear ran through his body just at the thought of speaking his name out loud. His mind whirled. Jango had honour – he was not an oath-breaker. Maul could trust it if he gave his word, the logical part of him knew that, but the part that was afraid needed something more. “Swear it as Mand’alor – swear it on the Darksaber.”

Slowly, Jango nodded. “I can do that.” He reached down to his belt and brought out the Darksaber, setting it on the table in front of him with his hand still resting over it. Its presence was achingly familiar in the Force. Maul had used it sparingly, only as much as he had to so that Kyr’tsad would accept and obey him. He had a saber of his own back then, a crystal he’d broken and bled with his own hate and pain and effort. The Dha’kad’au was… strange. The kyber inside it was layered, one thin shell after another, an accretion of centuries. It was complex in a way that Maul had never experienced before or since from a lightsaber. Whenever he held it, he felt as though he was being watched. Judged.

No mere weapon was worthy of passing judgement on Darth Maul!

The Darksaber had never resisted him, and it had even bonded with him slightly, but it made him uncomfortable in a way that was difficult to put into words. He kept it locked away safe and secure, moving it offworld to Dathomir after Grievous led the Separatists to slaughter the Nightsisters’ stronghold there and emptied the place out for him. He had done his best to forget about it, but every time he returned there it buzzed at him, an insistent nag at the back of his mind that wished to draw him to Mandalore, to a world under the yoke of the Empire, and fight.

This was a different time and a different place. The Darksaber had a different master.

[ I swear on the Darksaber… ] Jango began in Mando’a.

“You’re doing it wrong,” Pre said, then winced once he realised he had objected out loud. His eyes drank in the sight of the Dha’kad’au greedily.

“There’s a way to do it?” Jango asked, his tone coloured with slight irony. “Some fancy Vizsla ceremony?”

Another slight flinch. “Not…” Pre sighed. “Traditionally, you should both touch the hilt, barehanded, then make the oath. That’s all – there’s no specific form of words that needs to be used.”

Jango shrugged, and pulled off his glove. He put his hand back on the Darksaber. For a moment his eyes fixed on the middle distance, a faint frown pulling his brows down – but only for a moment. Whatever oddness he was reacting to, it swiftly passed. “Maul?”

There was no reason to be wary. The Darksaber couldn’t recognise him. Maul took off his own glove and reached out.

The moment his fingers made contact the sense of being watched crashed down around him immediately, a physical weight pressing onto his shoulders. It felt like being underwater – he struggled to take a breath. Within the beskar hilt, within the kyber, the Force shuddered. Maul froze, abruptly convinced that the churning heart of a star was right under his palm – both as distant as a sun and somehow at the same time disconcertingly present.

It felt like the forge scant tens of feet below them, magnified and overlapped a hundred times over.

A third hand clamped down over his and Jango’s. Maul looked up into the t-shaped gap in a helmet of an ancient style, two eyes within circles of black on black on black outlined with the same brilliant white that lined the blade of the Dha’kad’au. A ghost smiled at him, not malicious, but not at all friendly either.

You, it said, speaking directly into his brain. I know you.

On the other side Jango made a stifled noise of surprise and fear. No-one else reacted. Maul tried to look away from the entity but couldn’t move his head. In the Force, everything outside a small circle encompassing the three of them was still and silent. The others could not see this – and there was an oddly intense yet distant quality to what was happening that reminded Maul of other Force-experiences. Test. Visions. Trials. Time itself would move differently for now.

The entity broke eye contact with Maul. Abruptly he could move again. It turned to Jango Fett, tilting its head in a way suggestive of communication – yet he could not hear a word. This ghost did not speak in words, but in the Force.

Jango had not been paralysed as Maul had been. He looked up and down, slowly, searching. “Tarre Vizsla?” he said, his disbelief ringing out like a bell. “That’s impossible.”

The ancient Mandalorian Jedi? The maker of the Darksaber? Yes, it was impossible – a Force-sensitive could leave an impression of themselves on the kyber inside their chosen and bonded blade, but never as concrete as this thing. Those eyes were aware, present. It was not a memory, not the mere patterns of a mind pressed into crystal through repetition. It was more akin… yes. More like a holocron. Maul had not the faintest idea how holocrons were constructed, no matter if they were Sith or Jedi, but that was the only instance he had ever seen that involved a version of a sentient capable of basic interaction.

Basic interaction or recordings were still a lot less than this.

Tarre Vizsla’s hand still clamped down over his own, so heavy and unyielding that it might have been frozen in a block of carbonite. Bare skin still pressed against bare beskar and the pulsing forge-heart of a star under that. No holocron felt like that.

“What do you want?” Jango Fett managed to choke out. He was afraid in a way that Maul had never seen from him before. It wasn’t helping his own nervousness.

Maul did not hear the ghost’s response, but Vizsla looked at him again after the space of a silent sentence.

Why do I know you, assassin?

Maul’s hearts hammered in his chest. “There is no reason for you to know me,” he replied.

Midnight black eyes cut into him, a void in the universe. This kyber knows you. It has felt you and judged you before.

That was just as impossible as everything else. Silently Maul cursed the Force itself. The Dark had dragged his soul back through time as a gift to him, a chance to fulfil his promise of revenge – or so he had thought. Yet he had died in Kenobi’s arms, in the cradle of the Jedi’s Light. The only thing he knew for sure was that only the Force could explain what had happened. The Force was everywhere, in everything. Distance, space, time… all of it meant nothing to the Force. Given that, why shouldn’t others be able to sense the trace of what it had done upon him?

You are not what you seem, Darth Maul Lord of the Sith, Tarre Vizsla said.

“Nor, it appears, are you.”

The voice in his head laughed. I am simply one who is marching far away. If you seek the council of the ka’ra, don’t complain when counsel is given.

“Tarre!” Jango’s voice was sharp. “Don’t… Maul’s just a kid. If you have some kind of vendetta against the Sith, because of the jettise, don’t take it out on him!”

Jango was trying to defend him. A trickle of warmth moved through Maul’s chest even though he did not think it was necessary. He did not sense hostility of that sort coming from the ghost. The star at the kyber’s heart was nothing to do with the Jedi.

Tarre spoke again, but this time his voice was as layered as the crystal, a host whispering as one. If you once claimed me, Mand’alor the Abandoned, then let me see you. I shall judge you anew.

A snarl rose in Maul’s throat, but it did not have time to emerge. Light flashed in front of his eyes, bright and blinding, and then he was… somewhere else.

Notes:

Back on my Force bullshit.

Chapter 21

Summary:

Tarre Vizsla's Home Videos, guest starring the greatest hits from the life of Darth Maul.

Notes:

This was not actually intended to be a 9000 word chapter, it just got away from me.

Tarre: *slaps Maul's head* this 70 year old child can fit so much trauma inside of him

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Jango hadn’t intended for their conversation with Maul to be a confrontation, exactly, but he had still anticipated a level of resistance. Between him and Silas he thought they would need to work hard to convince Maul to open up to them and answer their questions about the Sith. In fact, the moment Maul realised that they knew the truth he folded almost instantly. He admitted that a Sith Lord had trained him before, but the longer that they talked, the more frantic he became. It was an unpleasant shock for Jango to realise that he was frightened. Genuinely frightened, for the first time since Jango met the akiida.

Maul was always so tough, so confident. It was easy to feel like he was older than his true age, or to forget that in his case his independence came from necessity, because he had never had anyone else looking out for his interests. He had to protect himself – Jango might not know much about raising kids, but he wasn’t or’dinii. He could put two and two together – and he knew a bit about that kind of independence himself.

When it came to his Master, Maul’s confident outer shell started to crack. The fear and vulnerability behind it began to peek through. Jango’s chest ached, a pang of sympathy he knew that Maul wouldn’t welcome.

If he ever ran into that kriffing shabuir Darth Sidious, he wasn’t sure he could be held accountable for what he did to the man.

Jango couldn’t know what the Sith might have been like as a culture all those centuries ago, but he could work out what this Sith was like. He wasn’t just Maul’s Master when it came to training him to use the Force, he was essentially his slave-master as well. Maul wouldn’t be this afraid of him otherwise.

At least some of that fear wasn’t even for himself. Maul wasn’t actually a good liar – or perhaps Jango just knew him too well by now. He was afraid that if he told the truth and gave Jango and Silas a name, the person who scared him most in the world would kill them, leaving him with nobody in the universe to protect him.

Haar’chak! It wasn’t like Jango couldn’t relate to that! After Korda 6 he still had the rest of the Haat’ade, he had Jacek and House Mereel, but it wasn’t the same as having buir. Jango was in charge. He could look to them for advice, but he couldn’t put the weight down, he couldn’t rest, he couldn’t stop in the quest to take Kyr’tsad down once and for all… Maul’s revenge was no different to Jango’s own. At… at least the fear confirmed to Jango that Maul genuinely cared about him, about Silas. Maul didn’t trust him to be more than a teacher to him, but he felt something for him. It wasn’t simple self-interest.

It might be a little selfish, it might be the part of Jango that wanted to kneel and knock their foreheads together in the gentle mirshmure’cya and say the gai bal manda, even though he knew that wasn’t what Maul wanted from him… but he couldn’t stop feeling affection for the ad. Given that, he could hold back the burning curl of anger and disgust towards Sidious in the pit of his stomach, and he could give his word to help Maul achieve the kind of revenge that would satisfy the pain in the ad’s heart.

Saying a few words with the Dha’kad’au as proof of his sincerity should not have been complicated! The Dha’kad’au might be disconcertingly alive, but what could anyone expect from an ancient jettise weapon? It just made it weird, not something he ought to worry about.

That showed what Jango knew.

The ghost pressing its durasteel grip down on his hand looked at him with glowing black eyes and Jango felt like his chest was being flayed open for this creature to look inside of him. Its gaze stripped him of everything, all pretence, every lie, everything he let others believe about him because it was easier than facing the truth – that he was a failure and a coward, an unworthy leader, a child fracturing under a weight he wasn’t good enough to bear…

None of that, said the ghost that looked like a statue come to life. Let me see what I need to see, not what you believe of yourself.

Jango took several deep and shuddering breaths in. He was trembling and couldn’t stop. Although the entity didn’t move, it felt like it was touching inside him, reaching into his chest, into his mind, knowing him. It was desperately unpleasant.

“Tarre Vizsla?” he said, forcing the words out and almost hoping he would deny it.

Yes, the ghost said in acknowledgement.

“That’s impossible.” All of this was impossible. What was even happening right now? Jango wasn’t Force-sensitive. This kind of osik happened to those touched by the stars, not people like him. Maul he could understand, but him?

It’s been centuries since I was in the hands of someone not my own kin, the ghost said, a whisper that passed straight into his head without involving his ears. It was kriffing creepy. Asked to oversee their words but never for my advice. If they could only just listen…

“What do you want?” Jango asked. What advice did this ghost have? Whatever it was, he was duty-bound to hear it out. If this really was the spirit of Tarre Vizsla, Mand’alor the Returned, then he was speaking to him from the ka’ra with all of the compounded authority of the ancestors. While Jango wasn’t required to obey, ignoring him or not at least listening would be unthinkable.

At least, that was how he thought this worked. It wasn’t like he’d ever expected to be put in this position! He thought someone would have mentioned it if every Mand’alor frequently communed with their predecessors – Jaster would have mentioned it.

What do I want? the ghost repeated, thoughtful. That is a good question, Mand’alor Fett. A better one is, what do you want? What counsel would you ask of the ka’ra?

Jango’s mind was empty and blank. I… I don’t know, was all he could think.

He couldn’t read Tarre’s response – it was either disappointment or a silent pause to give him time to think. The ghost of the ancient long-dead jetti turned Mand’alor pivoted back to Maul, fixing his gaze on him again.

“There is no reason for you to know me,” Maul said, answering some unspoken, unheard question.

Tarre Vizsla examined Maul closely. Jango didn’t like the way he was looking at him. How accurate could old tales be? What kind of person was Tarre anyway? He might have left the Jedi Order of his own free will to return to Manda’yaim, but had he given up all of the creed and sympathies of the jettise? None of the stories Jango knew could say why he came back to them – he didn’t trust the reasons that House Vizsla gave.

If Tarre felt he was both jetti and mando’ad, was it possible he’d chosen to show himself now just because Maul was a Sith? Was this the intervention of the ka’ra, or an ancient feud bubbling to the surface?

“Nor, it appears are you,” Maul said, defensive, wary and on edge. What had Tarre said to him to get that reply? 

Jango couldn’t just sit here. “Tarre!” he called out. “Don’t… Maul’s just a kid. If you have some kind of vendetta against the Sith, because of the jettise, don’t take it out on him!”

The kad’au does not rise up and kill of its own accord, the ghost whispered back. Fear not. I see in dark places, I reveal truth, I understand and… I judge.

In the space of the next breath, bright light flashed in front of Jango’s eyes. When he blinked them clear, he wasn’t in the room with his aliit anymore, but somewhere else.

Somewhere hot. Somewhere stinking. It was a pungent smell, half rotted eggs, half smoked meat. Roiling black clouds covered the sky, glass-sharp black rock jutted up from the ground. A small figure crouched with its back to Jango, hunched and waiting, strange chitinous armour which was clearly too big for it draped over its shoulders and body, and grey cloth wrapped over and around its head.

Jango tried to look around, but couldn’t. He was stuck in place, a silent observer. When he raised his hands up in front of him, he couldn’t see them at all.

The person in front of him was tiny. Jango stared at them with a sinking heart, almost certain he knew who they were. Given what Tarre had said to him, this had to be Maul. Maul, even younger than he was right now. Maul, when his Sith Master had him.

Responding to some impulse Jango couldn’t make out, Maul started to move forwards. He picked his way carefully between the shards of obsidian and rougher igneous stone. Underneath a layer of soot his hands, arms, feet and legs were all bare. Jango caught a flash of a palm – abraded and cut, filthy with dried blood. The ground was hot through Jango’s boots – it had to be much worse against bare flesh. He winced, knowing that the only way Maul must be able to move in such a sure-footed way was that he’d grown accustomed to the pain to the point he could bear it without flinching.

Maul ducked beneath an outcropping and paused. He felt around at his waist and drew out a weapon – it looked like a dagger at first, but a second glance showed it to be a piece of obsidian, broken off into a razor’s edge and point. Maul grasped it firmly, ignoring how the base of it cut into his own skin. He waited with predatory stillness. Something approached.

As fast as a pouncing strill, Maul lunged forwards. His small body collided with a larger form riding some kind of insectile steed, a rough tackle with the obsidian knife leading the way. The other being screamed and cut off into a gurgle, landing hard on the rock on the far side. The insectile creature leapt dozens of feet into the air and bolted, rapidly disappearing into the swirling, sulphurous mists.

With a wet noise, Maul pulled the knife free. Quick hands patted over the downed being, diving into pockets and pulling out trinkets, tools, wrapped ration packs and other miscellaneous junk. Jango was drawn closer, not entirely of his own volition.

A rasping sound emerged from the wounded creature’s throat. Kkkkrrrrrrkkk, tchkk, karak. It had the cadence of words. Maul stopped what he was doing, cocking his head to listen. He moved, crouched like an animal, to look the other being in the face. Cold, flat eyes met desperation. A long, spindly arm twitched on the ground. For a moment, Maul considered him.

Then he pulled the obsidian shard across the creature’s neck, cutting it to the bone. With a gasp it went slack, dead in moments.

Maul sat back and tore the paper from a block of dried meat, shoving it into his mouth and ripping with savage hunger, paying no further mind to the corpse now cooling on the ground. Looking at him again, Jango was certain he couldn’t be more than six or seven. Too young to know how to kill. Jango had been the same way once. Eight years old, when Kyr’tsad cut down his tal’buire on Concord Dawn. Eight when he’d killed the man responsible with a stolen blaster.

He didn’t think this was Maul’s first kill. It had been too confident. Too merciless.

The quick death was a mercy, Tarre’s voice whispered in his ear. Jango turned, startled, but instead of finding the ghost he spun from this hot, charred world into another place, another unfamiliar scene.

A vast room, chrome-coloured walls of metal, catwalks and tall pillars everywhere. The ceiling and floor far above and below disappeared into a rigid, repeating geometrical puzzle, tricking the eye. Columns of plasma encased in ray shields crackled up from the depths. How far did it go down? The whole place was dizzying.

Jango shook his head free of vertigo, attention snapping immediately to the other source of bright light in front of him. Three people were fighting – with lightsabers. One was blue, the next green, and the last was red but had two blades, one either side of a long hilt like a staff. It took him a moment to get a proper look at the fighters given how they were whirling about, but the moment he did he stiffened with shock and surprise. Those two were the jettise from Arakura, though older than when he’d seen them last, and their enemy was Maul. Maul as a Sith, Maul as an adult, taller, bulkier, his face free of all the roundness of youth, but Maul all the same.

“What is this?” he asked thin air, hoping Tarre would explain what was going on. “Are you trying to tell me you can see the future?”

Or at least a future, since Jango wouldn’t have let Maul off planet at this age without a proper set of beskar’gam. Was this a version of events where Maul didn’t escape his Master? If it wasn’t real, if it wasn’t something that had happened, then what right did Tarre have to pass any kind of judgement? He ought to judge actions, not possibilities. Ka’ra or not, this wasn’t fair.

Maul fought well, which slightly helped the ache of fear that caught Jango’s breath in his chest. He fended off several strikes with the double blades of his staff, then sent the younger jetti flying with a swift high kick. The jetti tumbled from the catwalk and out of the scene. He might be dead, but jettise were tricky opponents and harder to kill than that, unfortunately. The older jetti, Knight Jinn, lashed out with a clenched fist, catching Maul across the jaw. This time he was the one to fall from the precipice, slamming onto his back a level down. Jango flinched, not able to see how bad his landing had been, but then the world swirled around him and refocused on Maul again. He was on his feet in moments, leaping up no worse for wear.

Jango relaxed slightly. Somehow the Force must have cushioned his fall – jettise could do such things, and presumably Sith were no different.

Jinn jumped down and landed nearby. He went for Maul, and their fight quickly ranged back and forth across the catwalk. Maul gave ground, but it was controlled. He moved gradually backwards towards a door in the far wall, luring the knight away from his padawan. Past the doorway was a long hall lined with ray shield generators. A few moments later the generators pivoted inwards – the shields snapped active in layers along the hall, shutting Maul off from the jetti.

Jango looked around the small space Maul had retreated to, trying not to be too concerned by the tactical layout. Aside from a deep pit in the centre of the room he couldn’t see any other way to escape. Maul wasn’t concerned about that though. He paced in front of the closed ray shield like an impatient nexu, reaching out to strike sparks from it with the tip of his kad’au. Behind the barrier Jinn sank to his knees, adopting an attitude of unconcerned contemplation. Jango sneered. Jetti arrogance. Was that any kind of way for a warrior to behave mid-battle?

Jinn proved at least a little of that arrogance well-founded when the ray shields slid apart again and he burst into motion with surprising speed and aggression. He was on his feet and pushing forwards within a heartbeat. Within the small room he and Maul circled, kad’au clashing in blinding whirls. The opening in Jinn’s defence, when it came, was brief enough that Jango almost didn’t see it. Maul batted Jinn’s lightsaber just out of position with repeated strikes, brought the central hilt of his staff up into the bridge of Jinn’s nose dazing him, then drove the red blade of his saber straight through the jetti’s stomach.

Oya!” Jango cried out softly, clenching his fists but stopping short of punching the air in triumph. Pride welled up inside him, warm and sweet. Whatever version of Maul this was didn’t matter – he had defeated a jetti twice his age, one who was no stranger to combat. Whether or not this was revenge – or whose revenge it was – mattered less to Jango in this moment than the pure joy of victory.

Silenced by red walls of light, separated and left behind, the padawan screamed. Jango spared him only a flicker of emotion, more contempt than anything else. If the Master fell, the Padawan would surely follow. He had no context for anything that was happening here, but one thing was clear – Maul had come to kill jettise, and he would not fail at his goal.

The ray shields parted once again. Obi-wan ran forwards – their kad’au came together with a sharp snap and hum, a blisteringly fast exchange of blows. It made Jinn appear almost clumsy by comparison. The boy fought snarling, teeth bared. In his face Jango saw an emotion he knew all too well – but why should he care? The Jedi were his enemies. Obi-wan Kenobi was a better warrior than he’d thought, but all that meant was that he would die with pride and with honour.

A lucky strike from Obi-wan severed the hilt of Maul’s sabre staff through the centre, and the follow through sent Maul stumbling backwards to sprawl on his back. Jango took a step forward in sudden fear, but he needn’t have worried. Maul somersaulted back to his feet before the jetti could take advantage, opening up the space between them. One half of his weapon still worked just fine. He and his opponent were well matched – but in an unguarded moment Maul thrust his hand forwards and the jetti went flying backwards. Jango had seen this use of the Force from the other side of it – he would have thought the jetti would know to be more wary. Obi-wan slid over the lip of the pit. Maul kicked his lightsaber in after him, his lip curling with contempt.

The fall itself should have been certain death, but Maul didn’t act as though his enemy had been defeated. He struck the edge a few times, sparks flying downwards. This view was too limited and Jango couldn’t move to see what was going on. Discomfort stirred, a creeping sense of unease. An honourable warrior didn’t toy with his target, didn’t take pleasure in making them suffer. That was Kyr’tsad’s way. The Maul he knew wasn’t like this…

Jango had to believe that was true. He couldn’t know it for sure. His Maul, all of fourteen, had never been tested in battle as mando’ade. In this moment, sadism gleamed in Maul’s bloodshot yellow eyes, and Jango couldn’t tell if that was his nature or the nurture of his Sith Master.

The Sith of the histories hadn’t been kind or merciful in war – if they had a code of honour, it wasn’t written down anywhere that Jaster could find. The Mandalorians of the Crusaders hadn’t been much better though. If their people could change and write a new and better code, why not the Sith?

Another shower of sparks, with Maul’s lightsaber swung wide. A blur of a body leapt up through it, another small narrow shape whirring through the air and blossoming with green light. The padawan landed lightly and swung true.

Jango couldn’t believe it at first. His eyes had to be tricking him. Maul choked, stumbled back. At the same time, Jango’s senses were overwhelmed with the stink of charred meat and a searing, indescribable pain which shot through the entirety of his abdomen, folding him double and gasping for breath. He sank to his knees and looked up only just in time to see Maul falling backwards, his eyes blank, the two halves of his body starting to separate.

“No,” Jango gasped. “No, this didn’t happen, it isn’t going to happen. Why are you showing me this Tarre, kriff you!?” He wasn’t crying, couldn’t cry, hadn’t shed a tear since the mud and snow of Galidraan before chains and spice and slavers, but his eyes burned, his throat burned, his heart pounded in his chest and rage choked the scream inside his throat.

Maul, Maul wasn’t his, wasn’t his to claim and know, he wasn’t his child, but… But it kriffing felt like he was. He was Jango’s aliit. To see him hurt, to see him die like this…

The Jedi again, always the Jedi! There could be no peace between them. Was this a warning? Because Jango let those two Jedi go, had he left an unsheathed knife at their backs? He could hunt them down, use the wealth of Mandalore to put out a bounty on their heads or send a team of his own people, properly prepared. Kyr’tsad wouldn’t balk at killing jettise for no more reason than the pleasure of it, and he wouldn’t mourn their deaths in the process either.

“I hadn’t forgotten,” he whispered. “You needn’t remind me of the need for revenge. They’ll pay for the blood shed on Galidraan, I swear it.”

Silence. He couldn’t see the ghost, and if Tarre had any comment about that he kept it to himself.

The physical agony, the shared injury from the jetti’kad, disappeared, sudden enough to leave him reeling. Jango looked up – he was in another place again. It was dark, but the darkness of a tight enclosed space rather than the darkness of night and a sky heavy with clouds. He was hungry – stomach-cramping, aching, nauseous hunger that seemed to plaster his innards to his ribs. His own breathing was loud in his ears. In the distance a dim source of light appeared, as though down a long tunnel, glowing a soft gold. It wasn’t enough to see anything by, a single steady point in the black.

The lack of sight seemed to make his other senses more acute. A chain jingled, high-pitched – slender, not thick and heavy. Footsteps echoed slightly from the walls that Jango couldn’t see. The light, and the person holding it, approached.

A face emerged from the darkness. Sharp cheekbones, ochre skin patterned with lines of black, horns rising up from the skull – he was older, broader, somehow more than Jango felt he ought to be… but he knew his own ad. Savage.

Why was he down here? Where was here?

Savage held up a locket like a lodestone, the source of the glow, his eyes roving from shadow to shadow.

“Brother?” he called, wary and desperate. “Brother?”

Something was very wrong here – but Jango wasn’t given an opportunity to work out what. He blinked and everything was dark again, Savage’s face wiped away, the light gone, the claustrophobic tightness of that space vanishing.

“Tarre?” he growled, twisting around in search of… of something. “What’s the point of this?”

He didn’t get a reply.

Tarre told him that he saw, knew and judged, but Jango didn’t understand what his criteria were. He didn’t understand how these scenes had anything to do with Maul’s ‘worthiness’ or otherwise, at least other than the first one. Maul was just an adiika. Perhaps he hadn’t done very much in his life so far that Tarre though relevant – but Jango found that hard to believe. What about his time with Kyr’tsad? His time at the Orsis Academy? What about his need to rescue his brothers from Dathomir, his care for his friend Kilindi? Why wasn’t Tarre looking at that? Didn’t those things hold far more weight than nebulous futures and what-ifs?

Jango kept his eyes wide open in the darkness for as long as he could, but he was only human. He had to blink some time.

When he did, three Kyr’tsad ramikade were right in front of him. Jango tensed and went for his blasters without a thought, but the first commando stepped forwards and went right through him, as insubstantial as a holo. Jango’s breath caught in his throat, adrenaline setting his heart pounding. It was difficult to relax again and come down from the sudden expectation of violence. Trying to breathe steadily, Jango turned round so that he could keep track of the Kyr’tsade. Although they all wore grey and blue, one of them had more ornate designs marking them out as Clan Viszla’s main bloodline. And…

And they had the Dha’kad’au. It was mag-locked to the shoulder of their jetpack where it could easily be reached just by raising a hand up and back – someone who didn’t know what it was might easily have mistaken it for another part of a targeting system, but Jango wasn’t so easily fooled. He immediately reached for his belt where the beskar hilt ought to be… but of course there was nothing there. The weapon was still sitting on a table outside of this… this vision, or whatever it was. Nothing here was real, no matter how it might seem.

No matter how it might hurt.

Taking stock of their surroundings, Jango recognised the interior of a Kom’rk transport. The first vision had been of the past – or a possible past, he couldn’t know for sure that it had happened. The next two were of the future – or, again, futures that could be or could have been. In them both Maul and Savage were fully grown – though if Savage was really going to get that big, the Goran would have his work cut out forging beskar’gam to fit. So, was this scene the future, the past, or the present?

The ramikade moved into the Kom’rk’s main cabin. Still on edge, Jango followed them, and sucked in a sharp breath. Maul and Savage were sitting in the pilot and co-pilot seats respectively. They both turned to face Kyr’tsad as they entered; neither of them appeared surprised or concerned - and neither of them were wearing beskar’gam. They hadn’t been in the two previous visions either. Savage’s strange armour wasn’t from any design or planetary tradition that Jango knew about, and Maul was only wearing loose black and brown robes which hung open at the chest. He was thin too – thinner than he should be, Jango was sure of it. He’d been better fed during that fight with the jettise. Was this even from the same future, the same trace of possibility?

He knew this wasn’t his own future. These weren’t his ade.

The Vizsla ramikad’alor took off his buy’ce. Jango almost bit his tongue at yet another familiar face. Pre might be at least twenty years older, might have shaved his head, might have a deep scar twisting along his left cheek, but he was still recognisable.

What did all of this mean?

Was this what could have happened if Maul’s Sith Master never retrieved him from the Kyr’tsad group who originally sheltered him? No, that didn’t make sense. If they’d kept Maul for longer, they would have taken him in properly as a foundling and he would be wearing their beskar’gam and their colours right now. What if… could it be what would have happened if Jango lost his fight against Tor? If Kyr’tsad won? That didn’t ring true either. Silas would have taken the kids away, made sure that they were safe. Even if Maul wanted to go and find Kyr’tsad later, wanted their protection from the Sith, wanted to return to those who’d once treated him kindly – as he saw it – he would still be mando’ad. He wouldn’t be watchful, tense, with an almost feral edge. Oh, Maul was trying to hide it, but Jango knew him pretty well by now. He wasn’t afraid, but he certainly wasn’t comfortable with Pre and his warriors.

“So,” Pre said. “How do you want to play this? A sneak attack? Cut off the head and take its place?”

“I imagine it will certainly come to that,” Maul replied. He sounded like himself, his voice soft yet confident, commanding attention. “However, subtlety will not be necessary. A show of strength is more appropriate for cowards such as these criminals.”

Pre nodded. His smile was approving. “Attack in strength and overwhelm them. Very honourable; I’d wondered how much that was true of the Sith in your… diminished times.”

Maul’s blink was predatory, a conscious motion that gave the sense he was holding back violence. “Diminished only in numbers. Not in any other way.”

“Hmm.” Jango didn’t like the cruel edge of Pre’s smirk. “If you say so.”

Maul hummed back. “I do.”

These men weren’t brothers, not even the sworn kind. Uneasy allies at best. This Pre might be very much Tor’s son, but even so Jango didn’t like the threat implied by the way they looked at each other. He was responsible for Pre now – he wanted to break him of this Kyr’tsad viciousness, the kind of arrogance that saw only Death Watch as worthy of honour and respect and thought nothing of treating every other being in whatever way they wanted. Whatever goal Pre and Maul were working towards, it wouldn’t hold them back from each other’s throats forever.

A dull pulse of pain throbbed behind Jango’s eyes and he reached up to rub them, briefly pressing his knuckles into the point between his eyebrows. It didn’t help much. It wasn’t just the confusion – the frequent moves from vision to vision were disorientating, to say nothing of the shared sensory experiences.

When he looked up again, they weren’t in the Kom’rk anymore – Jango swore loudly. Just how much of this did Tarre want him to see? Couldn’t he at least have a break? A moment to think?

Jango had never been in this room before but he had seen it in holos. This was the throne room of the New Mandalorians on Sundari – but there wasn’t a New Mandalorian on the throne. It was Pre Vizsla – Jango couldn’t call this version of him Pre Fett. A group of ramikade sat or stood in a loose circle around him. He was holding court. On the other side of the hall Maul faced off against him, Savage at his back. They looked just the same as they had moments ago on the Kom’rk – the same future?

“I challenge you,” Maul proclaimed. “One warrior to another – and only the strongest shall rule Mand’alor!”

His occasional sense for the dramatic hadn’t changed, Jango thought with a sinking heart. Was this why Tarre felt he had to judge Maul – because of an ambition lurking in his heart? Considering Maul’s fear of the Sith, his insistence on the need for strength and power to defend himself and those he loved, if he saw no other way to get what he wanted then Jango could easily believe that he would choose this path.

What kind of Mand’alor would Maul make? He supposed that was also the question Tarre wanted to answer.

“So be it,” Pre replied, descending the steps of the dais. He nodded to – was that Bo-Katan? Yes, it was. “Give him his weapon.”

Jango didn’t want to watch this. Tarre might need to see it, for his own purposes, but he couldn’t force Jango to do the same. He closed his eyes and turned his head away – but he couldn’t block out the noise of kad’au clashing, of beskar’gam clattering against the polished marble floor, or of a jetpack igniting. His mind could follow the fight too well by sound alone.  Blasters, a flamethrower, even small explosives. Pre threw everything he had at Maul.

It wasn’t enough.

“As you said,” Pre panted, pained and defeated, “only the strongest shall rule.”

He died with honour, Tarre’s voice whispered in Jango’s ear. If that helps.

Jango whirled around, teeth bared in rage. “No, it doesn’t kriffing help! Now you say something?” he roared. “What was the point of this? To show me which one of my children would kill the other if it came down to it? Why would I want to know that!”

No answer. He hadn’t expected one, at this point. Was Tarre choosing to be infuriatingly reticent and mysterious, or could he only speak sparingly? If he refused to say what he meant, was that because he couldn’t? Or was he just a shabuir?

The Dha’kad’au crackled in the air behind him. Jango didn’t want to turn and look – but the view from the windows of the throne-room had changed. Before it had been a bright day, the illumination from the inside of Sundari’s protective dome set to the same natural frequency as Manda’yaim’s sun. Now it was close to twilight. Rays of light fell slanted across the floor.

Someone gasped, the sound of choking and coughing. The hum of a kad’au sliced the air – the choke became a cut-off scream, a low groan of pain. Once again Jango smelled burned flesh. This wasn’t the same scene – it wasn’t Pre dying behind his back this time.

He looked.

Satine Kryze, now a woman grown, slumped over the Dha’kad’au held in Maul’s hand, her eyes glazed over and her body growing slack. Two ramikade painted in red and black held a third down on his knees, making him watch. His buy’ce was nowhere to be seen – the ginger hair seemed familiar, but Jango couldn’t see all of his face from here. Why was Satine here? Whatever way this version of events had gone, if this was a continuation of the previous vision then Kyr’tsad must have won Mandalore from the New Mandalorians already. Maul wasn’t killing Satine to take power, and this wasn’t a formal execution. This wasn’t about war or justice, but something else.

Maul let Satine fall to the floor. The kneeling man scrambled towards her, calling out her name like a dear friend or even a lover. He held her and brushed a wisp of hair from her face, his touch tender. “Satine,” he murmured again. It sounded heartbroken.

Maul left them there, taking a seat on the throne. His eyes watched them greedily, a pleasure in them that Jango really didn’t like.

“Do we kill him now, brother?” Savage asked, standing by Maul’s side.

“No,” Maul replied, almost incredulous. “Imprison him below. Leave him to drown in his misery.”

He wanted to see him suffering. It was too much like Kyr’tsad, like Tor. Pain for the sake of pain, cruelty for the sake of cruelty. Perhaps there was another reason for it, some kind of justification, but Jango couldn’t see what it was from the information he had. Was the man one of Maul’s verde, had he betrayed him by consorting with the New Mandalorians, by having a relationship with Satine Kryze… but this wasn’t military discipline. This was vindictive.

This wasn’t his Maul. The real future wouldn’t be anything like this. Jango told himself this and he thought he believed it… but perhaps a sliver of doubt had crept in where it hadn’t before.

“I won’t let it happen,” he said out loud. “Is that what you want to hear, Tarre? Pre, Maul, they aren’t Kyr’tsad anymore. None of this will happen.”

The hall emptied out. Maul remained on the throne with Savage by his side, two ramikade in his colours stationed at either side of the door as guards. The false-sun set fast, time flickering past far more quickly than was natural. It was full night now.

“I sense… a presence,” Maul said, his head dipping in concentration. “A presence I haven’t felt since…” His eyes snapped up towards the door, widening in fear. “Master.”

Jango whirled, his heart sinking. What? The Sith? Wasn’t the whole aim of Maul’s plans to get revenge on his former Master – surely that hadn’t changed in this reality? Jango hadn’t seen any sign of himself in any of these visions, so he assumed that he was dead and the Haat’ade subsumed into either Kyr’tsad or the New Mandalorians, whichever the clans could better stomach. Maul had won the title of Mand’alor by all of Kyr’tsad’s rules, and clearly the Kalevalans weren’t able to challenge him either. Wasn’t that enough to go after Darth Sidious and see him dead?

Perhaps that final part of the plan wasn’t yet in effect. Perhaps the Sith had found out about it, and come here to strike first.

At the far end of the hall, the two guards clutched their throats, choking on nothing. An unseen force slammed the pair backwards into the wall and dragged them up it in a screech of beskar. The door slid open. The man who stepped through looked human, or close to it. His face was shadowed beneath a hood, but his skin was pale. He walked in without a word and without glancing at the struggling ramikade he was holding in the air.

Maul stood too, taking a few steps forward to face his Master. Jango expected him to draw a weapon, either the Dha’kad’au or his own red blade, but instead he sank down on one knee, his gaze lowered.

The two guards hit the ground by the door, slack and unmoving. Possibly unconscious, but far more likely dead.

“Master,” Maul said.

Jango approached, trying to peer at the Sith’s face. He couldn’t get a good look at it.

“I am most impressed to see you have survived your injuries,” the Sith said. He had an old man’s voice, slightly wavering, but something about it seemed false. An affectation?

“I used your training Master,” Maul responded. “And I have built all this in hopes of returning to your side.”

Jango couldn’t tell if it was a lie. He knew his own Maul had never lied about his intentions or his goals. Was this one so different? Or was he better at spinning a falsehood when he was more afraid?

The Sith wasn’t taken in. “How unfortunate… that you are attempting to deceive me,” he said. He turned his back on Maul, a show of arrogance.

“Master?”

“You have become a rival,” the Sith said. He twisted back in a fluid motion and threw out what Jango knew must be an attack in the Force alongside the motion. Both Maul and Savage flew back and hit the transparisteel windows of the throne room with grunts of pain. A wave of sensation that Jango could only describe as ‘darkness’ washed over him – he’d never felt anything like it before and lacked the words to understand it. It was… a heavy blanket, a solid weight, something choking like bad air that made it hard to breathe. He staggered backwards a few steps, his head spinning. Fear clutched at his throat, but it didn’t feel like his own fear. It wasn’t coming from anything. It was as though it was being forced on him from outside – from the Sith?

Darth Sidious held Maul and Savage up in the air, his hands raised and pressing forward. The transparisteel cracked, fracture patterns spreading out under the immense strain. Jango couldn’t imagine surviving such crushing pressure without beskar’gam to protect him.

Laughing, the Sith dropped his hands and let the brothers fall to the ground where they both caught themselves. Both pulled out their kad’au, red blades buzzing to life. Jango felt a bit better to see them armed. The Sith had caught them off-guard, but once they had a chance to fight back properly Jango had confidence in their abilities. Besides, they were in the middle of Sundari – there must be Mandalorians everywhere who could come to their aid. The Sith was overconfident.

He also had kad’aue of his own. Flicking his wrists, two hilts dropped into his palms and ignited, held low. Then he was in motion, meeting Maul and Savage mid-attack. Sidious was constantly turning, his style all overlapping, repeating, circular patterns. Maul and Savage tried to pin him between them, but the dual-wielding was well matched against them. The Sith even laughed, either arrogantly amused, or genuinely enjoying himself. He pushed back against the two kad’au locked with his own, much stronger than he ought to be given his skinny frame.

A vast weight pressed down on Jango from above alongside the darkness, an utterly oppressive atmosphere. He braced himself, his legs trembling with the effort of not buckling and collapsing underneath it. The impression of yellow eyes burned into his mind. Something about it was slightly similar to when Tarre had examined him earlier – that invasive sense of being watched and deeply known. Jango’s heart beat faster. The alien fear was back, bringing with it the metallic taste of blood in his mouth, an animal panic.

The duel didn’t stay within the confines of the throne room. Maul tried to box his Master in, switching back and forth with Savage to keep up the pressure without getting in each other’s way. They drove him out onto a balcony, and Maul leapt up onto the low wall. Sidious went after him, distracted, and Savage tackled him from the side, driving his lowered head and sharp horns into the Sith’s flank.

Sidious wasn’t impaled, but he was sent flying. Despite this he regained control in mid-air, and made a pulling gesture with his hands. Maul and Savage were yanked forwards as though he’d fired grappling lines around both their waists. All three went tumbling towards the deserted plaza far below.

In the distance, Jango could hear a different fight going on. It seemed to be coming from the edge of the dome. Had the Sith brought allies with him? Or had he taken advantage of some other distraction to catch Maul and Savage on their own. Jango had never wished for Death Watch to turn up before in his life, but if it meant pinning down and killing this Sith…

As it was, it… wasn’t going well. Sidious was fast and no matter what Maul and Savage tried, one of his blades always seemed to be there to stop them. Jango didn’t even get the sense that he was feeling the pressure, that he wasn’t the one in control of this fight. Bitterly cold air bit at Jango even through his armour and kute, foreign malice and contempt assaulted him like physical blows, the crushing weight all over his body refused to let up, and even if it would have helped there wasn’t anything he could do here.

He started to shiver. He couldn’t help it. Some of the fear was his own now, not just pushed onto him from the Sith. He… he wasn’t sure if Maul and Savage could beat Darth Sidious on their own.

Sidious sent Maul flying, colliding hard with the stone wall of the plaza. He collapsed and didn’t immediately get up, though he only seemed dazed rather than more badly injured. Savage had to keep fighting – there was no gap for him to break off and check on his brother. Some of his blows were clumsy, wild. Jango didn’t know if that was an unseen injury, not thinking clearly due to emotion, or some other way the Sith was affecting him. He managed another good kick to Sidious’ belly, but the Sith flipped to absorb the blow and came back swinging. He drove Savage further down the steps, away from Maul.

Jango saw the gap where Savage had left himself open. Sidious saw it too.

Twin blades lunged backwards. Savage grunted, his eyes rolling back in his head.

Jango gave in to the weight and sank to his knees. “Stop,” he whispered. “Stop showing me this. Stop making me watch my family die. Haven’t you seen enough yet Tarre? Just make your haar’chak judgement already!”

“Brother,” Maul cried – a gasp rather than scream. Sidious tossed Savage’s body away like so much trash and Maul went after him, uncaring if his Master used the opportunity to cut him down as well.

Darth Sidious wasn’t interested in winning quickly and efficiently. He never had been. This was a punishment.

Is this who you learned it from? Jango thought. This, or Kyr’tsad? This wasn’t revenge – if it had been then Jango might have understood it. If it hadn’t been a fight to the death with Tor, if he had defeated the man and there had been time to… to what? To make it hurt? To kill him slowly? To torture him? Would Jango have done it?

A dark part of him didn’t mind the idea. The same when it came to those jettise – but you couldn’t capture Jedi and you couldn’t play around when fighting them. They were too powerful – you had to aim to kill them and that was that. Outside of revenge, that kind of pain didn’t hold much pleasure for him.

Darth Sidious just wanted to torment Maul though. He saw a plaything, a toy or a tool that had escaped from him. An object arrogantly pretending to be a person. Jango knew what Masters felt about their slaves. Maul ran, so he had to be punished and he had to be broken.

“Remember the first and only reality of the Sith,” Darth Sidious said. “There can only be two. And you are no longer my apprentice. You have been replaced.”

Maul drew the Dha’kad’au alongside his own lightsaber. Cold fury was written into every line of his body. The Sith leapt down to join him once again. Twin blades against twin blades, the pair collided. Jango had never seen a fight quite like this before. Mando’ade fighting jettise was totally different, and even the duel he’d seen in that second vision couldn’t compare. Maul and Sidious moved so rapidly that he almost couldn’t follow them, their kad’au leaving streaks and trails of light in the air. Maul… Maul fought well. For a time they appeared evenly matched – but only for a time. Eventually they met with locked blades and Sidious somehow twisted his kad’au downwards and across. Jango wasn’t sure what happened, but Maul’s lightsaber and the Dha’kad’au dropped to the ground, clattering out of reach.

He thought it might have been a case of either letting go of the hilts or losing his hands.

Sidious’ hand curled. Invisible bands tightened around Maul, jerking him into the air and slamming him back down to the ground. The Sith did this a few times, playing with Maul as a child might with a rag doll. Jango pressed his hands against the ground, fists so tight he could almost hear his bones creaking. He didn’t need to see this in order to understand why Maul was afraid of his Master, if Tarre was trying to make a point about that. Age didn’t matter to a monster like this. That Maul had only been a child wouldn’t have kept him safe.

This isn’t real he reminded himself. Maul is with me now. With Silas. With House Mereel and the Haat’ade. None of this can ever happen from now on.

Maul curled on the ground, sobbing. “Have mercy,” he begged. “Please.”

Sometimes a slave-master would be satisfied with a show of submission and sometimes it would only make them more disgusted. With the Pykes, Jango had never been able to bring himself to bow his head or act as though they’d broken him. Maybe they would have, with enough time. He knew Maul hadn’t broken either – not his Maul. This Maul… he didn’t know.

“There is no mercy,” Darth Sidious said, with a sickly grin. He stretched out his hands, and crackling blue lightning burst from his fingertips. The sharp stink of ozone hit Jango’s nostrils. The lightning hit Maul and he convulsed with a scream.

Jango couldn’t take it – he fumbled for his blaster and started shooting as soon as it was in his hand, barely aiming. The bolts flew through the air and hit nothing, passing through the Sith as though he was made of mist.

“Don’t worry,” Sidious said. “I won’t kill you.” It wasn’t a promise. It was a threat.

Jango closed his eyes but his gaze washed with blue anyway. Maul screamed, but it came from a long way away and grew more and more distant. Eventually everything was still and silent. Jango didn’t dare to open his eyes again until he was sure nothing else was about to happen.

He was nowhere at all – or rather, he was in darkness, but not absolute. As his sight began to adjust, he saw stars, the vast spread of the night sky all around him. There wasn’t a floor even though it felt like he was kneeling on something solid, so he could look straight down and see the band of the galaxy’s spiral arm stretching underneath him.

He wasn’t alone in this place. Once he’d recovered enough to look around, he saw a small form sitting a short distance away. Maul. Maul the right age, wearing familiar bajur’gam; the Maul he knew. He was clutching his knees to his chest and he hadn’t yet noticed that Jango was here, but a wave of relief almost knocked Jango over even so.

He managed to stand and made his way over.

Maul heard him coming – his head jerked up, lips pulling back from his teeth, but all that defensiveness ebbed away again when he saw who it was.

“Jango?” He sounded so young after hearing the older Maul. “What are you doing here?”

“That’s a good question,” Jango said, speaking softly. Maul’s eyes were reddened around the edges, although he couldn’t tell if he had actually been crying or had just gotten close to it. “Tarre dragged us both into… this, whatever it is.” He gestured at the space around them. “I don’t know how, given that I’m not Force-sensitive.”

“I do not fully understand it either,” Maul said. “Yet the Force is in everything, even those who are not aware of it and cannot use it. It can affect you.

Jango sat down next to him. “What have you seen?”

Maul’s gaze became distant. “Visions,” he replied, his voice not much more than a whisper. “I do not know if this ghost really is the same Tarre who lived a millennia ago, or something within the kyber of the Darksaber that merely believes it is, but it has no right to see any of that.”

Uneasy, Jango glanced away. Those things he’d seen, the things he’d been shown… had Maul seen them too? Worse, had he experienced them? Maul was a child; he didn’t deserve to be forced to watch those awful futures.

“And you?” Maul asked him.

“Tarre said something about judgement,” Jango said, avoiding answering immediately.

I did. The voice came from behind them – both Jango and Maul whirled round at once. Jango pulled his blaster again and Maul leapt to his feet, though he was unarmed. Jango wasn’t feeling particularly well-disposed to Tarre right now, ancient Mand’alor or no ancient Mand’alor.

The ghost looked the same as he had in the meeting room – it hadn’t been long, but it felt like it had been hours. His beskar’gam was painted a flat white matte, with a gold Vizsla shriek-hawk on one pauldron and a black mythosaur on his cuirass, long tusks curling down. Jango hadn’t noticed the colours before – Tarre’s glowing black and white eyes were almost hypnotising.

It was not my intention to cause you pain, Tarre continued, but both you and I had to see.

“Do you think I am ignorant of my own life?” Maul growled. Jango winced – Maul’s visions must have been more focused on his past. In some ways that was good, if it spared him the pain of seeing the same things Jango had. He shot Tarre a suspicious look. If the ghost had chosen for them to see different things there must be a reason for it. Had he guessed right? Warnings?

Once, in another life, Darth Maul won the Dha’kad’au fairly, in single combat, Tarre said. You were Mand’alor. Mand’alor the Abandoned. Last of your line, last of my line, last of that future.

“Last?” Maul said, his eyes darting between Tarre and Jango. “I thought that Bo-Katan…” He shook his head. “What did you show him?” he demanded of Tarre.

“He showed me possible futures,” Jango said, wanting to be honest. He didn’t want Maul to think that he didn’t trust him with the truth. “Some true-Sith version of you – or a Kyr’tsad version. But that’s never going to happen.” He glared at Tarre. “Is it?”

Tarre gestured with his hands, spreading them apart, palms up. The Dha’kad’au appeared in his right hand – and then a mirror version appeared in his left. It wasn’t a true mirror though. It was damaged or… glitched, somehow. It wasn’t quite there, like a corrupted holo projection. I understand now, Tarre said to himself. That was a dead path, a path of nothing but sorrow. The council of the ka’ra – I, it, sacrificed itself to avert fate. It returned you to fix what went wrong and offer hope for something more.

He sighed, bringing his hands together. With a flash of light, the Dha’kad’aue disappeared. I’ll take what I’ve got to work with, I suppose, he muttered.

“What the kriff are you talking about?” Jango demanded, very tired of all this ka’ra-blessed nonsense. Could he just get a straight answer here?

Darth Maul was worthy, if barely, Tarre said, looking up at them both. No worse than some of my own line, I must be honest. He was not a good Mand’alor though. He was selfish, and his intentions were to help himself, not to help or truly lead our people. You, Jango Fett, have already been judged. You were judged when you took up this blade after Tor Vizsla’s death. I need not see your soul again. As long as you do not believe that you are worthy, you will hold yourself back from greatness. Yet you are willing. You made me several promises, here amongst the stars. Will you hold to them?

“Of course I will,” Jango replied. Cold sweat prickled all over his body. He didn’t deserve Tarre’s faith in him. What was he going to do as Mand’alor? He didn’t have any ambitions about leading. If that other Maul was selfish, wasn’t the same true of him?

He’d given his word though. The threat of those futures… he wouldn’t allow anything even remotely like them come about.

Tarre nodded. Nothing noticeably changed, but Jango felt… bound. These oaths weren’t something he’d just be able to go back on. Be warned, Mand’alor, Tarre said. The Sith still seeks his own path forwards to power. If he succeeds, Manda’yaim will fall. This is not merely about revenge. This is protection and it is justice.

“Yeah I… I think I understand the threat a little better now.”

Tarre waved a hand. You may return.

Jango blinked, and opened his eyes to in the meeting room in Fort Mereel. No time seemed to have passed – or at least nobody else was acting as thought anything odd had just happened.

After a moment though, Kilindi cocked her head. “Is something wrong?” she asked. “Aren’t you going to make that promise to Maul?”

The promise to help him get revenge on the Sith, by foiling his plan to bring back the Sith Empire. Jango looked over and met Maul’s eyes. [ I swear to bring that shabuir Darth Sidious down, ] he said. He’d already given his word to Tarre Vizsla, after all.

Notes:

Ezra takes a wrong turn somewhere in the star-paths and suddenly finds himself face to helmet with about a hundred dead Mand'alors: ahh, haha, oops sorry to disturb you. Do... do you know my friend Sabine, by any chance?
Somebody: Hey, are you the kid who keeps driving purgills through our house?

(I kid, I kid. The ka'ra is its own thing, but at the same time, everything is the Force.)

Chapter 22

Summary:

Maul grapples with what it is to be Sith and Mandalorian; Jango grapples with an equally personal question.

Notes:

I think the only relevant new Mando'a word in this chapter is jare'la - oblivious to the point of foolishness.

Chapter Text

Maul blinked out of the vision-world and back into the meeting room in Fort Mereel. It didn’t yet feel real – his mind remained distant and unmoored. His sense of the Force was scraped raw, but as seconds ticked past, away from the oily despair and ice-cold fear of his Master’s presence, the calm and steady atmosphere of the fortress and the goran’s forge below it started to seep back in. The Dark Side was here, as it was everywhere, but this was not a place of the Dark.

That had been no simple set of memories. Memories were not so immediate, so real. They weren’t drenched in the Force – though memories could imprint themselves strongly into the fabric of the Force itself, it was the opposite of this process. Whilst Tarre trapped him reliving his own past Maul hadn’t been fully aware of what was happening – it was only in the aftermath, in that dark and star-drenched expanse, that he understood.

It wasn’t that Maul ever stopped thinking about those events. His childhood on Mustafar, his almost death at Kenobi’s hands, his time feral and mad in the depths of Lotho Minor, the events on Mandalore and his brother’s death at the hands of his Master… he could never forget any of it. Yet for him, decades had passed since then. Time sanded down the harshest edges of his pain, for all that he held on tight and did his best to keep it fresh, the better to fuel his strength in the Dark.

This… Tarre dragged it up and presented it to him anew, sharp and agonising, a hook dragging out his innards. For what? To judge him?

Such cruelty was not much like a Jedi.

Jango Fett was speaking, words in Mando’a that washed over him. He did not know how much the man had seen. Tarre showed him visions too, though Jango had made mention of “futures” in the multiple. In that case, it was possible their visions were not the same, that Tarre had entirely different goals for each of them. At the same time, Tarre clearly said that Maul had once won the Darksaber and the title of Mand’alor along with it, and Jango had not reacted with surprise. He also claimed he better understood the threat of Darth Sidious after what he’d witnessed.

He had to assume that Jango knew. That not only had Tarre forced Maul to experience some of the worst moments of his life all over again, but that Jango saw all of it. What must the man think? Did he judge him as well? Did he dare? Would he treat him differently…

“So, now what?” Feral’s young voice broke Maul out of his thoughts, bringing him back to the present once more.

“Maul? Is it enough?” Silas said, speaking gently. Maul wanted to snarl at him – he was not weak and did not need to be coddled, certainly not where his Master was involved. “Are you able to give us that name now?”

Ah, yes. For everyone else no time at all had passed, however long it had been for Maul and Jango. Before they touched the Darksaber and woke that ghost, he promised to give them Darth Sidious’ true name if only they swore not to chase blindly after him and get themselves killed. Fett held up his part of the bargain, so Maul should do the same.

“Sheev Palpatine,” Maul said after a heartbeat, forcing the words out through teeth that wanted to clench down around them. At this time, the name was not recognisable – at their blank looks he added, “The Senator for the Chommell Sector, from the planet Naboo.”

“Chommell Sector,” Silas repeated, frowning. “That’s half-way across the galaxy from here – or he’ll be on Coruscant.”

Maul bristled. “Did you not just say you would not attempt to kill him?”

Silas held up his hands, a pacifying gesture. “I didn’t mean that, but if he’s plotting something and you want to stop it, we’re going to need details. After everything is sorted out here, we can send someone to keep an eye on Senator Palpatine.”

“It may cause him to become suspicious,” Maul said. “Why would the Mand’alor be concerned about one Republic Senator who, as of yet, is of no importance?”

“A merc will do just as well,” Jango said, nodding along with Silas’ idea. “If they’re caught then they might reveal a Mandalorian hired them, but they won’t be able to prove Palpatine’s the only one we’ve put a tail on.”

Pre cut in, leaning forwards over the table. “Once those jettise give their report back to the Senate, the Republic will realise we aren’t beholden to their New Mandalorian pawns anymore. We will be a threat to them once again, and they’ll come after us. We have to be strong enough… We should be watching other Senators. We need to know what they’re planning.”

Jango nodded acknowledgement. “Not the worst idea,” he said. “Though we’ve got enough to manage here at home before we think about galactic politics.”

Maul relaxed. Sidious would no doubt realise that he was being followed and watched, but if he was not being singled out then there was no way for him to put this together with Maul’s disappearance.

“If one Sith Lord is a Senator,” Silas said, “what about the other one? There’s over a thousand Senators – and there’s no guarantee they’re taking the same approach. He could be a criminal, a member of one of the conglomerates or trade federations…”

Maul shrugged, irritated at his own lack of knowledge. “I was never told anything about Darth Plagueis.”

Savage cleared his throat. “Now that you know the truth, that Maul was trained by a Sith… does this change anything?” His brow was furrowed, his shoulders held squared and tense. He was defensive. Fool, Maul thought fondly. I do not need defending.

“Only that it clarifies who our enemies are,” Jango replied. “If you’re talking about Maul passing on his training to you two… I don’t know anything about using the Force, whether that’s jettise tricks, your Dark Side or our own ka’ra to be honest. That’s gorane business. Should I have a problem with it?”

“The Dark Side is accessed through emotions,” Maul told him. “It requires clarity of purpose, willpower, and determination. Through passion I gain strength, through strength I gain power, through power I gain victory. Through victory my chains are broken. Such is the code of the Sith.”

Jango listened closely to his words. He folded his arms over his chest, considering this. “Do any of you three,” he said, “believe that the Sith way conflicts with being mando’ade? With the Resol’nare? My father, Jaster… I haven’t had you read his codex yet. That’s my mistake. I should have gotten my hands on a copy after… after we came to Concord Dawn. What’s in it is important for our people, for the Haat’ade. That’s what I am, and that’s what you should be – it’s what I want you to be. Is it… still what you want too?”

“I do,” Savage said, all seriousness.

“Me too,” Feral was quick to add. Kilindi nodded firmly. This was not the first time any of them had been asked this question. It was too late for Fett to probe them for doubts – they were already committed to this path. Even Maul had committed to it when he went through his verd’goten, for all that he’d rejected Fett’s desire to adopt him as his son.

“I see no reason why a Mandalorian cannot learn the ways of the Sith,” Maul said. Mandalorians were a disciplined people – while a Sith must delve deep into their emotions, tend them and understand them, to lose control was to lose oneself to the siren tug of the Dark. The Dark Side was not the gentle, placid, meek Light. It held no respect for those who used it – it had to be broken and tamed to one’s will. It would devour the unwary, the foolish, and weak. Mandalorians allowed emotion, but they were soldiers and warriors, not barbarians – they looked down on those who lost themselves to berserker rage.

Mandalorians also did not shy away from violence, hatred or revenge. Even if Jango’s Haat’ade did not appreciate the virtue of power for the sake of power, saw no need to exert their dominance over others, they would at least defend themselves against any threat. The best enemy was a dead enemy, but enemies who feared you too much to provoke you were an acceptable second place. Fett was no pacifist, and Pre was right – the Republic would test them when they discovered what had happened here. Jango would not bow to them, nor would he allow them to think that Mandalore was weak.

“Any Mandalorian?” Jango asked, meeting Maul’s eyes and holding them, his expression serious. “Or just a Kyr’tsad Mandalorian?”

Maul opened his mouth to reassure him, but stopped himself from answering too hastily. If Jango had seen those visions of his past then he knew Maul had killed to become the leader of Death Watch, and although Tarre Vizsla stopped short of condemning him entirely, he’d seen that Maul’s motivation had not been for the greater good of Mandalore. He had reason to doubt his sincerity.

That thought sent a pang of pain through Maul’s chest. Odd. Why did he want so dearly for Jango Fett to trust him? To believe him?

He gave the question due consideration. Was there anything else in Mandalorian culture that clashed with the values of the Sith as Maul understood them?

There was… one thing. The bonds of clan and family, chosen and sworn or blood-kin. Sith had no family. Sith had no past. When one ascended to the Sith, everything of their former life was burned away in cleansing fire, to rise more powerful and reborn anew from the ash. Sidious told him this when Maul dared to ask where he came from, when he was old enough to understand that beings did not simply pop into existence from the raw ether. Maul had very little past to forsake – or so he’d believed at the time. It was only later when Savage pulled him out of the tunnels of Lotho Minor and brought him back to his mother on Dathomir that he found out he had any living kin.

It hadn’t mattered much to him at the time. Ties of blood meant that Talsin believed he could be a useful tool for her own ends, revenge against the Sith who betrayed her, they meant that Savage felt in some way beholden to him, looked up to him as something more than his Sith Master. For Maul, they were pawns – or so he’d told himself.

Savage kept on reaching out. No matter if Maul treated him cooly, tried to remind him of his place as his apprentice, it never seemed to matter. To the last, to the death, Savage insisted on a connection that a Sith could not have and could not care for.

Sith stood alone. Two Sith Lords of the Line of Bane, one to embody power, the other to crave it – neither could permit the weakness of affection towards the other, and anyone outside that binary was only a liability, a pressure point that could be used against you. This was the lesson Sidious intended to impress on him, when he cut Savage down before his eyes.

Maul hadn’t fully understood what he was losing until it was taken from him. For a long time, he had taken his Master’s final lesson to heart, but… but not forever. Before his death, he’d thought of taking an apprentice again with affection, not merely as a tool. He’d… wanted. Wanted something of what he lost. In this reborn reality, hadn’t he gone to find Savage as his first priority? He might have told himself that it was only because they made a good team, that Savage had potential as a Sith apprentice, that he needed help against his Master… but it wasn’t just that, was it?

Somehow, at some point, the insidious worm called caring had wriggled inside Maul’s hearts and made a home there again. Savage and Feral were his brothers, Kilindi was his friend, close enough that he might as well call her his sister. If he were treating them as a Sith should then he ought to have been far harsher with them long before now and insisted that they train in ways much closer to the way that Maul had been trained.

He hadn’t. He hadn’t had the stomach or the will for it. He put it off with an excuse every time the thought occurred to him.

This was not the code of the Sith, but it was the code of Mandalore. The importance of tribe, of family, was one of the central six tenets of the Resol’nare.

“One can use the Dark Side of the Force without being Sith,” he said, struggling to pick his words through the mess of his own thoughts. “There are… aspects of the Sith code I do not agree with. My Master never truly intended to teach me fully of the ways and powers of the Sith – as much as I needed to be his weapon, but never so much that I became a threat. Since he rejected me, I reject him in turn. I will take what he did deign to teach me and pass that on, but I will not reject other knowledge either. I promised your goran as much. We all did.” He gestured to all the ade around the table.

Jango nodded slowly. He seemed to be satisfied with this. “Alright. That makes sense to me, as much of any of this Force osik does.” He sighed, shaking some tension or fatigue from his shoulders. “We’ve got something of a plan for this Sith hut’uun now at least, even if we can’t get started on it right away. Sounds like he’ll keep – it’s a long jump between a Mid-Rim Senator and an Emperor. This has been… interesting.” He paused – Maul thought he might speak about the ghost of Tarre Vizsla, or their shared visions, but if so then he must have thought better of it.

“It isn’t the only thing we needed to talk about though,” Jango continued. He turned to Pre. “The goran told us about that… about what your own clan did to you.” It was clear he was deeply uncomfortable.

Pre didn’t meet his eyes. “’Lek, alor,” he muttered – it had the feel of rote repetition, an automatic response to a certain kind of situation. Without the shield of beskar Maul could sense his discomfort as well, a twist of shame combined with defensiveness and… guilt? Interesting. Was this the same guilt of divided loyalties Maul felt from him earlier, or at least related to it?  

“How do you feel just now?” Jango asked.

“I’m fine,” Pre said.

“And were you fine before?”

“It was… different,” Pre admitted.

Goran made it sound as though you were in pain,” Silas added.

Pre’s eyes darted up, a flicker of annoyance cutting through this uncharacteristically passive façade. “I was not in pain,” he said, with an edge of disdain. “I don’t need the ka’ra to fight. I’m good at what I do. I earned my place as ramikade. I’m certain that my clan had good reasons for what they did – when they get here they’ll explain it to you.”

Disbelief and some odd kind of soft, sympathetic pain radiated from Jango in the Force, despite his own beskar’gam. “They’d better, if they’re mando’ade at all.”

“It was to protect me,” Pre said firmly – yet still that doubt was clawing at him. Was he trying to convince himself as much as he was trying to convince Jango?

Goran couldn’t tell us if it had caused any long-term effects,” Jango said. “As your buir, I’m asking you to let me know straight away if you notice anything odd, whether or not you think it’s important. I get the feeling that if I let it alone, you wouldn’t mention it unless it was literally killing you.”

Pre almost smiled, though the expression was brief and easy to miss. Maul sensed the warm flicker of pride – whether or not Jango had meant it this way, Pre had taken it as a compliment towards his endurance as a warrior. The warmth was quickly doused by worry. “If the curse is real…” he said, hesitantly. “If it begins to affect me…”

“Speak to the goran at once,” Jango told him. He glanced over to Maul. “Maul, do you… do the Sith know anything about curses?”

“I know the jettise do not use anything that most would call by that name,” Maul replied. Now that his attention had been drawn back to this particular problem and in light of his recent experiences, a certain possibility came to his mind. “However, some might confuse a ghost and a curse.” He threw a meaningful look towards the Darksaber, still sitting on the table in front of Fett.

Clan Vizsla apparently had a larger number of ka’ra blessed children than most Mandalorian clans. Force abilities tended to breed true, though it also introduced enough emotional complications that both Jedi and Sith swore off siring spawn – for rather different reasons. The Darksaber was passed down the primary bloodline – surely some of them were Force-sensitive enough for the ghost of their famous progenitor to appear and speak to them. Perhaps some Vizsla of late had not liked what Tarre had to say? Why else weave beskar into Pre’s very gloves, other than to protect him from things that he might touch?

“Hm.” Jango must have reached a similar conclusion as Maul. He scooped the Darksaber up and returned it to his belt. “Something to think about, I guess. As long as I can trust you to be honest with me, Pre, then I think we’re all done here for now.”

“Does this mean we can go out exploring?” Feral asked, perking up. “There’s still hours before it gets dark.”

Jango looked at him blankly for a long moment. Eventually the light of realisation dawned – he must have forgotten Feral’s inane request from earlier. Admittedly, a good point had been made about learning the local terrain, and it would make Feral happy. A happy Feral was a Feral somewhat less likely to get himself into trouble, which was certainly worth something.

“Well…” Jango started to say. He cut himself off suddenly, as another thought occurred to him. “Actually, there might be something you can help Silas and I with. Maul, did that Sith shabuir ever teach you how to fight with a lightsaber?”

Hunger, bright and eager, woke up in Maul’s soul. “He did,” he replied, trying not to show his excitement. If Jango wanted to learn to use the Darksaber properly he would need a sparring partner – and Silas did not know how to use the Force. He had hoped to find a way to get his hands on Kenobi’s abandoned lightsaber, and he wouldn’t get another chance as good as this one. “I would be happy to assist.”

“You were good with blades, but I always thought you were best at fighting with a staff,” Kilindi said, raising an eyebrow at him with a slightly teasing expression. “I think I saw a holo once of a Jedi with some kind of long lightsaber like that. Is that a thing?”

“A saberstaff,” Maul confirmed. He met Jango’s eyes and saw the look of recognition there – so he’d seen the memory of the fight against Jinn and Kenobi on Naboo, at the very least. “I trained in multiple styles of lightsaber combat, although Juyo, the Form of the Vornskyr, was… the one Sidious focused me on.” He’d been about to say the one he favoured, but he’d left his Master’s care for Orsis when he was eight years old, far too young to be making such decisions for himself.

Truthfully, could he say he favoured it when it was simply the traditional form used by the Sith?

“Maybe you can show us that too,” Kilindi suggested.

“Us?” Maul said.

“Did you think you’d get out of sharing this with all of us?” she teased. “At least this bit I get to learn, since I can’t do any of your cool Force tricks.”

“It’s not so easy to use a lightsaber without the Force,” Maul replied.

“Is that going to be an issue?” Jango asked him. “It’s a weapon, isn’t it? One other Force-null Mand’alore have used before me.”

“It isn’t impossible,” Maul admitted, grudgingly. “Without the Force you will not be able to master all of the forms, nor will you be able to fight with the same speed and surety. You will not be expected to fight against one who can wield the Force, however.”

“Unless the jettise really decide to start causing problems,” Jango said. “I don’t need a fancy sword to kill them though. Alright, I guess we’re going back to the training halls. Sorry Feral – the mountainside will have to wait for another day.”

“I guess that’s okay, if we’re going to learn to fight with lightsabers,” Feral replied.

You will be fighting with a training kad,” Jango said, pointing a finger at him. “I’ve seen what these kriffing things can do. Frankly I only half trust that I’m not going to cut my own arm off with it if I’m not careful.”

Maul resisted the urge to roll his eyes. “Most lightsabers have a training setting,” he said. “If not, modifications can be made to the powerpack to reduce the output.”

“Hm. And what’s the training setting do to you? Just light burns?”

Maul shrugged. That was also variable – some Jedi sabers could be dialled down to barely a tingle of heat over skin, all the way up to most of those used by his Master’s dogs in the Imperial Inquisition, which might be more appropriately termed the ‘torture’ setting.

“Yeah,” Jango said, tone dry. “Feral isn’t getting a lightsaber.”

Feral’s complaints about this lasted the entire walk back through the fortress.

----

Jango was glad they had the second kad’au. After what happened with Tarre’s ghost, he wasn’t entirely comfortable with the idea of letting anyone else touch the Dha’kad’au in case something like that happened again – particularly Pre. Maul had made a good guess about one possible reason for cutting the kid off from the ka’ra, one that Jango suspected was almost certainly correct. He didn’t want to have to referee some kind of star-touched shouting match over Kyr’tsad’s philosophies between an ancient Mand’alor and his descendent.

As it was, the jetti’kad dialled down to a nice low setting that didn’t even cut through the material of a kute, and for someone that only had a few years training, Maul knew his stuff. Unfortunately, that just meant his shabuir Master must have beaten it into him, or something equally cruel, so Jango couldn’t even be proud of the ad without feeling conflicted about it. Everyone else took training kade, and they managed to get through a good grounding of basic strikes and techniques over the course of a couple of hours.

Jango had a lot to think about with everything that had happened, but he was glad of the excuse to focus on something that felt easy and achievable. It was better than chewing the rest of it over inside his brain too much. He should probably talk to Maul more about the visions, but he could give it a couple of days to settle and for Maul to recover before bringing up bad memories. As for Pre… Pre was stubborn and he had his pride. It wouldn’t be easy for him to accept that his aliit hurt him intentionally, for no good reason. Not that there were ever good reasons to hurt an ad, but Kyr’tsad didn’t think that way and neither did Pre.

Jango hoped he’d learn better, in time.

By the end of the day, at least his body had been tired out to somewhere near the level of his brain. He’d promised Silas a conversation about their relationship, about their expectations, about what exactly they were and wanted to be to each other above and beyond just friends… but he didn’t feel up to doing it justice right now.

Silas must have read it on his face when they returned to their room. “It’s fine,” he said. “We can talk about our relationship later. If it takes a while to figure out… I sort of expected that, to be honest.”

“Am I really that bad at this?” Jango asked, tempted to bury his face in a pillow.

“You’re not bad at it, it’s just that you’re not familiar with it, right?”

Jango shrugged. He thought he understood what Silas meant. Romance, sex, relationships… No, he didn’t have a lot of practice there. He didn’t think about those things in the same context as himself mostly.

“I hope I didn’t spring it on you,” Silas said.

“I wouldn’t have guessed, if you hadn’t said anything,” Jango replied. “That just means I’m jare’la about stuff like this.”

Silas scratched his cheek, the pad of his finger rasping against stubble. “Maybe it’s better if you take a couple of days to think about it,” he suggested. “What you want out of… this. From me.”

Jango grunted, a bit dissatisfied but unable to work out exactly why. “Shouldn’t I be asking you that question?”

“I want to be by your side,” Silas said. He spoke softly, meeting his eyes directly, nothing but sincere. “Whatever that means – whatever you want that to mean. Whether that’s sex or companionship, intimacy, affection, whatever.”

Jango’s head was spinning. Whether they intended it or not, this had kind of turned into that conversation anyway. “But don’t you think that’s a bit… pathetic?”

Hurt flashed across Silas’ face. “That’s really what you think?”

“No, no, that’s not the way I meant it!” The heat of embarrassment flushed over Jango’s cheeks and he scrubbed his hand over his short-cropped hair. He could slap himself – pathetic? The pathetic one here certainly wasn’t Silas. “Ka’ra, I’m sorry, I really am kriffing bad at this.”

“So, what did you mean?”

“That… you shouldn’t hang around hoping for something when I can’t give you what you deserve.” Jango looked away. He didn’t want to see pity or anything like it on Silas’ face, or even something worse. Disgust maybe. People wanted equality out of their relationships, right? They wanted to be desired just as much as they wanted to desire. Reciprocity. Jango could have sex, it was just that it didn’t mean the same thing to him that it did to other people. It might feel good, but it was just physical, like the excitement of sparring, like basking in the sun, like a Ryl massage, like the endorphins after exercise. He couldn’t get into someone else’s mind like a jetti to know for sure, but it was different for most other people.

“Jango,” Silas said. “It’s not about… Shavit. I don’t want you to feel like you have to do anything for me, that’s the thing. I don’t need you to! I… I love you, alright. That’s just about wanting to be near someone, to spend time with them, to be important to them – or at least that’s what I think love is. If you feel the same way back then everything else is in the details, and if we put our heads together, I think we’re smart enough to figure out what works for us and what doesn’t.”

“I…” Love. Was this love? The warmth that lit him up this morning watching Silas sleep, that felt like it was love, but Jango didn’t have a lot of experience here. What if he got this wrong? What if he committed to something he wasn’t able to see through, and hurt Silas even worse? “I don’t have it figured out yet,” he admitted. Saying that was painful but he couldn’t lie. A lie wouldn’t even hold up to the smallest bit of pressure anyway.

“So, take your time, like I said.” Silas looked around the room, at the one bed. “Would it be easier if I slept somewhere else tonight?”

“No,” Jango said before he could think about it. He wanted Silas close, he realised. At least that much he had worked out, then. “It’s not the first time we’ve slept in the same bed anyway.”

“Mmn, and somehow despite that, I’ve managed not to explode from pent-up sexual frustration just yet,” Silas said, with a lazy grin. “Like I said, if fucking isn’t part of this it doesn’t matter to me. I’ll survive.”

“Dunno, the way some people talk about sex it seems they think the lack of it is fatal,” Jango told him.

Silas chuckled. “It really isn’t.” He cocked his head – when he spoke again it was to change the subject, which at this point Jango welcomed. “You want anything to drink before bed?” he asked. “We could put on a holo to wind down.”

“So long as it’s not one of those cheesy old historical dramas.”

“You say that like I don’t know you secretly loved Revenge of the Mythosaur.”

“That’s not even in the same genre,” Jango replied.

“The holo classification system would beg to differ,” Silas said.

“Put on whatever you want,” Jango told him. “Just don’t blame me if I fall asleep on your shoulder.”

“Never.”

Chapter 23

Summary:

Hey, what's happening over on Coruscant? Time to check in with the Jedi Order.

Notes:

This might be the last chapter before the hiatus, but we will see. Possibly one more, but then don't necessarily expect any more updates until February.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Master Qui-Gon Jinn’s news that he would be returning early from his mission to Mandalorian space and his preliminary report to the council had already been matters of grave concern, but the full report was even more troubling. The leftover ghosts of shatterpoints drifted like stars around the man’s head, and even more around that of his padawan. Some were already moving into the past and some had yet to fully come into being, but Mace couldn’t follow any of them to a clear conclusion and it was giving him a headache.

“Worrying news, told us you have,” Master Yoda said, his ears drooping. “A report to the Chancellor, you must also give.”

“The Chancellor will be disappointed,” Qui-gon noted. “He had high hopes for this mission.”

“Sending you to the Mandalore Sector in the first place was a foolish gamble,” Yarael Poof said. “The Chancellor should not have approved it – since he did, he must also accept the consequences.”

“I am familiar with Chancellor Valorum’s character,” Qui-gon said. “I believe he acted with the Republic’s best interests at heart – as the Jedi Order acted with the best interests of the Mandalorian people, as far as they were understood at the time. That understanding was wrong, but I cannot see that anyone in particular is at fault for that. I have faith that the Chancellor will not respond hastily to the altered situation.”

“Let us hope he does not,” Master Yaddle responded. Her deep worry drifted into the Force to be released – though the Force itself was clouded, giving neither an indication of doom nor a sign of opportunity. “If the Mandalorians return to the ways of the Neo-crusaders, they could bring war to this galaxy – something that hasn’t been seen in a thousand years.”

“Remember Mandalore before the Excision, I do,” Master Yoda added. “Young I was – take part in the conflict I did not. Troubled, we all were by it. Fall to fear we must not – copy the folly of politicians we should not.”

Master Droon cleared his throat. “I’m troubled by the reappearance of the leader of these ‘True Mandalorians’, Jango Fett,” he said. “Master Dooku reported his death to this Council.”

“Re-examine the Galidraan incident, we must,” Yoda said. “Qui-gon Jinn, your former Master contact, this Council requests. To the Temple, invite him. Further questions we will ask him. Further light he may be able to shed upon this matter.”

Qui-gon nodded. Mace sensed that he had complicated emotions about the prospect of speaking to Master Dooku again – emotions which Mace could understand. Yan Dooku was a complicated man – an idealist, yet someone who wasn’t afraid to get his hands dirty. Mace had worked with him before. It still troubled him that their interactions might have had some weight upon Master Dooku’s decision to leave the Jedi Order, although he was not arrogant enough to think that it was the only reason Master Dooku had.

“We should send at least one Shadow to the Mandalore sector,” Master Sifo-Dyas said. The suggestion sent a ripple of disquiet around the Council Chamber.

“Masters, I must counsel caution,” Qui-gon responded. “Mand’alor Fett has a deep grudge against the Jedi Order. If a further intrusion into his borders came to light he would take action, whether or not that action was otherwise politically wise.”

“It is not the business of Shadows to come to light,” Sifo-Dyas replied, raising an eyebrow. “Anyway, their instructions would be to keep their distance and monitor the situation. The Mand’alor will still have to consolidate his power. The New Mandalorian faction has held against Death Watch terrorists for this long – they won’t give up so easily now either.”

Obi-wan wanted to say something to that, his body twitching with the need to step forward, but he kept silent. Mace wouldn’t have minded hearing from him – Qui-gon shouldn’t have brought him into the chamber if there was no intention of letting him add to the discussion – but padawans were not meant to address the council without being addressed first. Mace himself was the youngest Council Member, only just appointed the year before. He didn’t have standing to invite Obi-wan to speak either.

Qui-gon had his own objection. “From my own research, I believe that Mand’alor Fett has more standing with the warrior clans of Mandalore than Death Watch did. Many may withdraw their support from House Kryze and turn to him.”

Jocasta Nu tapped her fingers against the arm of her chair. “Our problem is a lack of knowledge,” she said, “about Jango Fett, his faction, his intentions, his allies and his enemies. Whether or not Master Dooku is willing or able to return to the Temple in person to share his thoughts with us, I’m at least sure he will tell us everything he can from his own experience. We should open an investigation of our own into Galidraan in the meantime. Given the situation, I expect Chancellor Valorum is likely to ask for more details about that himself.”

People murmured general agreement – it was certainly true. This was not solely the Jedi’s problem to solve.

“I will request the researchers in the Archives to prepare a briefing for us all about Mandalorian history,” Jocasta continued. “Unfortunately, there is little material available about the religious practices of Mandalore other than that they worship their ancestors and believe they can commune with these ancient spirits for wisdom. The ways of their ka’ra are secretive and are not spoken of to outsiders.”

“In some ways I believe it isn’t dissimilar to a concept of continued existence within the Force after death preached by the Guardians of the Whills sect,” Qui-gon remarked.

Jocasta Nu ignored this – Mace sensed something almost like a sigh from her. It had the feeling of an old and familiar response. Was this a topic of some special interest to Master Jinn? “I will ask the Archives to focus particularly on the links that Mandalore may have with other force traditions,” she said. “I hope that might shed some light on this strange young zabrak boy you spoke of.”

Another ripple of worry drifted into the Force like smoke, passing around the Council Chamber before dissipating into placid calm again. Personally, Mace was more curious than he was concerned. Obi-wan reported that the boy claimed to be from Dathomir, and that he was heavily marked or tattooed with red and black. That was indeed characteristic of Dathomiri zabrak – Master Eeth Koth, who sat opposite him in the chamber, was a much more understated ochre colour. Mace believed Obi-wan when he said this ‘Maul’ was something more than just versed in Dathomir’s magics. Obi-wan was one of the few padawans who had encountered a Dark Jedi. He knew what he was talking about.

“I assume we will be leaving him out of our report to the Senate,” Master Sinube said, his beak clacking over the last word. Mace wondered what latest piece of Senate corruption had provoked his irritation this time. Master Sinube was constantly clashing with one Senator after another – it was a sad fact of how things worked on Coruscant that the criminal trails Tera Sinube followed so frequently led to the office block at 1001 Republica. If Mace was the one in Master Sinube’s position he would have resigned as liaison to Coruscant Security a long time ago – that the cosian hadn’t was a testament to his diligence and patience.

“Wise, this would be,” Master Yoda said. “Matters of the Dark Side, not for politicians are.” He looked to Qui-gon. “If a Jedi Shadow to Mandalore or Concord Dawn we send, afraid are you that sense them, that youngling might?”

“The child detected Obi-wan easily, and chose to respond aggressively,” Qui-gon replied. “Whoever did train him appears to have instilled a hatred of the Jedi within him.”

Yoda nodded. “To a vote, the question of the Shadow we will put.”

Mace put his hand up to vote in favour of the suggestion. He had little experience of the Jedi Shadows himself, but he trusted in their training. He was confident that they would be able to pass undetected – and he could see no other way of reliably finding out what was going on in Mandalorian space in time to do anything about it.

“Meet again on this matter shortly we shall,” Master Yoda said, and dismissed Qui-gon and Obi-wan for their other meeting with the Chancellor.

There was other business to discuss before the Council could break for the rest of the day, but Mace didn’t have much ability to concentrate on it. Master Yaddle had exaggerated slightly when she said the Republic hadn’t known war for a thousand years – it hadn’t known large-scale war. There had been plenty of smaller conflicts – the Stark Hyperspace war had only been a couple of years ago, and there was always trouble somewhere across the galaxy as much as the Jedi did their best to de-escalate problems and find diplomatic solutions before it came to violence.

Could they find a diplomatic solution here?

Mace hadn’t been on the council at the time of Galidraan – he’d been trying to help resolve the Stark conflict lightyears further away down the Perlimian Trade Route, though not so far-distant on the galactic scale, all things considered. Master Dooku hadn’t spoken of it during their mission together last year, and Mace hadn’t known him well enough to judge how much it might have been affecting him. He knew the outline of it only because of how many had died. No Jedi was invulnerable, but Mandalorians were one of the few beings who could take Jedi on in head-to-head combat and emerge victorious. The Council sent enough Jedi to Galidraan that they had still prevailed, but all the Mandalorians and half the Jedi on that mission perished.

Revenge was a natural desire, one experienced by most sentient beings. For those who touched the Force it led towards the Dark Side, and for those who couldn’t, it frequently led to only more pain. Mace could understand the urge and knew he would be tempted by it himself under the right circumstances, but he believed if so, he would be able to set it aside and acknowledge that it wouldn’t truly help him find peace. That was the Jedi way.

It wasn’t the way of all cultures, and particularly not warrior peoples such as the Mandalorians.

It was possible that Jango Fett’s honour would not be satisfied until he had his revenge on the Jedi Order. What form would honour demand his revenge should take? Would he try to claim the lives of the other Jedi who’d taken part in the slaughter that day, or would he desire far worse? That wasn’t even considering whether he wanted revenge against the Republic as a whole for the sins of the Mandalorian Excision.

“Master Windu?”

Mace looked up. Master Sifo-Dyas stood in front of his chair. Everyone else had already made their way out of the chamber, leaving the two of them behind. Mace hadn’t realised he was so deep in thought.

“Master Sifo-Dyas,” he acknowledged.

The older man said nothing for a moment. His body did not show any outward sign of his emotions; he stood relaxed with his hands folded behind his back. In the Force he was more conflicted. “Have you sensed anything of the coming future?” he finally asked.

“There are many shatterpoints,” Mace replied. “None of them are clear. Have you received any visions of your own, Master?”

Sifo-Dyas shook his head. “The Unifying Force has been clouded and strange now for at least a year. Before that I sensed the vague outlines of a coming conflict, years distant, but now even that has disappeared. The future… my impression is that the future is in flux.”

Mace leaned forward, his heart rate picking up slightly. “You believe that approaching conflict was another war with Mandalore?”

A very faint shiver echoed into the Force. “I dearly hope not,” Sifo-Dyas said quietly. “The warning I felt was of something… vast. Something spanning across the galaxy. If it was caused by the Mandalorians, then all of our worst fears would be realised.”

“Although they are fearsome warriors, they control only one sector,” Mace said. He felt confident in his own words, he wasn’t just saying this to calm the other man’s concerns. “It’s not possible for them to become that kind of galactic power in only a few years.”

“If they begin to expand and threaten to become an empire again, the Republic has no force capable of standing against them,” Sifo-Dyas replied. “We haven’t been an army since the Rusaan Reformation. The few planetary forces and sector fleets… that won’t do the job either.”

“That is Chancellor Valorum’s problem to solve, not ours, thank the Force.”

Master Sifo-Dyas wasn’t satisfied with that answer, but he didn’t argue the point any further. Instead, he inclined his head to Mace. “May the Force guide and protect us,” he said. “I’ll see you tomorrow.”

Watching him leave, Mace wondered what his true intention had been with that conversation. Was Sifo-Dyas planning to suggest a new plan to the Council? Did he want to secure Mace’s vote for it ahead of time? Although Mace thought he was on the right track there, he couldn’t imagine what the man’s idea might be.

The Mandalorian situation wasn’t one which would be fixed any time soon, that much was clear. They had time to cut off and prevent the nebulous future which bothered Sifo-Dyas so much. As Master Yoda would say, ‘always in motion the future is’. Nothing was set in stone.

It was not wise to worry about what one could not currently change. Mace rose and wandered towards the turbolift. Running through his katas down in the training salle would quiet his mind and reconnect him to the Living Force – if the Unifying Force had anything to say to him, it could make itself known just as well then too. All would be as the Force willed it.

----

“I should be going with you,” Quinlan Vos said, watching his master move between the closet and his travel bag, wishing his glare could somehow combust Master Tholme’s robes in his hands. At least then he would have to stick around long enough for the commissary to have them replaced or repaired rather than abandoning Quinlan here. “We’re a team, Master and Padawan. It’s not as though it would be the first Shadow mission we’ve done together.”

“This is not a typical mission,” Tholme replied. “The danger if either of us were detected is far too great to risk a padawan.”

“Are you worried I’m going to mess up?” Quinlan asked, his chest aching.

“No,” Tholme said, shooting him a serious look. “This is not a judgement on your capabilities, Quinlan. You are a good student, and I have never had any doubts about you. I hope you don’t doubt my faith in you either?”

Quinlan shook his head, the hurt quieting down to something more tender. This wasn’t just about being left behind. He could be self-aware, okay? He was worried about Master Tholme. “If it really is as dangerous as all that, promise me you’ll come back safely,” he said.

Tholme’s gaze softened, and he moved close enough to drop a comforting hand on Quinlan’s shoulder. There were a few layers of fabric between that and skin – and a few layers of mental shielding – but even so Quinlan could feel his Master’s emotions that way. Warm affection, pride, trust. His eyes slid half-closed of their own accord and he leaned into the touch.

“Quinlan. The risk is small, it is just that the consequences are dire. Not just the consequences for me personally – I am not about to die in Mandalorian space,” Tholme assured him. “If I have to fight my way out, I will, but that will firmly put a missile right into any chances for peace between the Jedi Order and the Mand’alor.”

“If that’s the case, why are you even going?” Quinlan asked. “Shouldn’t we just stay out of Mandalorian space and try and open diplomatic channels in the normal way?”

“The Chancellor will be handling that,” Tholme replied. “The Jedi Council has decided that knowing what’s going on out there is too important to act with more caution. Whether you and I agree with that or not doesn’t matter. It’s my job to go.”

Quinlan’s eyes narrowed now out of suspicion rather than relaxation. “You don’t approve, master.”

Tholme hesitated, but said, “I think it’s unwise to anger any Mandalorian, but even more so one who already has reason to hate us.”

“You shouldn’t have to go.”

“We take an oath as Jedi,” Master Tholme said. “We have power, so we have responsibilities. If I didn’t want to follow orders I could leave the Order – that’s a choice we all get to make – but I don’t feel that strongly about it. I can use this mission to do good and if I’m careful and wise, to help to stop a war. That’s worth it to me.”

Quinlan nodded. “I understand.” He felt a bit small and silly, childish for putting up such a fuss. “What should I do while you’re gone?” He doubted he would be allowed to slack off or mess around. Obi-wan was around the Temple right now, which was rare enough that he’d really welcome the opportunity to spend some time with his friend. Bant was training in the Halls of Healing, but Garen was off with his Master in the Outer Rim. The three of then could still sneak out of the Temple and head down into the lower levels for a bit of fun…

“Master Tera Sinube has offered to take you on until I return,” Master Tholme said.

“Master Sinube? Isn’t he attached to the Coruscant Security Force?” Quinlan asked. “That’s… different.”

“That’s right,” Tholme nodded. “I think it’ll be good for you. He is particularly skilled at reading emotions, which should be a good match for your psychometry. He has a wealth of knowledge to share about the criminal underworld.”

“Is he a Shadow as well?”

Master Tholme gave him a half-smile and tapped the side of his nose. “Now that would be telling. At any rate, he should be able to keep you out of trouble.”

“Trouble?” Quinlan replied, with a slightly forced grin. “Master, I don’t go looking for trouble. It just finds me.

----

Galidraan. Yan Dooku sat back in his chair, drained by the conversation with his former padawan. He hadn’t known that Qui-gon was on a mission within Mandalorian space, and it would not have made any difference if he had, but… he worried about Qui-gon. He worried about every Jedi still at the mercy of the Galactic Senate.

Galidraan was not solely at the root of his problems with the Republic and the Order, nor had it been the final straw that pushed him to renounce his vows and leave, but it was a dragging heavy weight on his soul all the same, a lynchpin around which his other decisions turned. It marked a disaster of acting without thought, or leaping without looking… It had been a slaughter.

Yet Jango Fett was still alive.

Yan hadn’t checked the bodies, afterwards. The foul charnel stink on the air, the overlapping echoes of pain and death poisoning the Force, they’d driven him away from the battlefield. He took the time only to help his own people, to carry their wounded to their waiting ships and get them to medical care as fast as possible. Lightsabers killed in brutal ways. He had no desire to pick over pieces of bodies. The only people still moving were Jedi, and since a Mandalorian soldier would not stop fighting until they were dead, he had assumed…

That had been a mistake.

Jango Fett. Mand’alor Fett. There was no world in which he would not seek revenge, nor could Yan blame him for this. Galidraan should not have happened. It shouldn’t have turned to violence like that, but from the moment the Mandalorians opened fire Yan knew that a mistake had been made somewhere, too far back to undo. With battle joined he could not second-guess himself, couldn’t do anything other than try to survive. It was far from the first time he’d killed other sentients, but it still sickened him. Yes, these Mandalorians were murderers, blood-thirsty conquerors without mercy as the governor of Galidraan would have it, but the Force still sang with sorrow at their passing.

In the days after they returned to the Temple, Yan spent a great deal of time trying to find the time and place where it went wrong. Why were the Mandalorians on the planet in the first place? Why had they killed locals? What did they have to gain there? There were too many unanswered questions, and the dossier the Senate provided them before the mission was concerningly thin. Yan Dooku knew when he was being played for a fool and this… this stank of an underhand deal somewhere.

The facts presented to the Jedi Council were these. A request for aid sent to the Senate from the planetary ruler. A report of wanton slaughter of innocents by Mandalorian terrorists and a desperate plea to save his people. Accurate information about their numbers, their last known location, the name of their faction – the “True Mandalorians” – and their leader Jango Fett. Documented and convincing evidence of the aftermath of their crimes. The stamped seal of the Senate approving the mission and urging them to act “with all haste”.

That was all. No mention of motivation. No mention of the political dimensions of the situation.

After his injuries were fully treated – no more than a few light burns where blaster bolts skimmed past him, the air too full of them for even his perfected Makashi to deflect – Yan asked to return to Galidraan. The Mandalorians were dead, yes, but their camp hadn’t been touched. He was certain there would be evidence there explaining what their intentions had been. Frankly, whether or not he suspected foul play it would still have been wise to find this out. They could not assume that simply because this group of Mandalorians were dead, that others wouldn’t come, trying to achieve the same mysterious ends. He also had some pointed questions for the governor. The information in his report had been too detailed in some parts, and utterly lacking detail to a suspicious degree in others.

Master Che insisted his desire for a further investigation was “survivor’s guilt”, of all things! He wasn’t casting about for someone to blame because he couldn’t accept his own mistakes! If it had just been bad luck, if violence had been inevitable and their sacrifice had saved lives, that much he would understand. None of those things were true. They’d been rushed into this from the start, moving on without time to think, to assess the situation, to plan, to spot whatever it was that was deeply wrong with what they had been told.

The Jedi Council told him that the Senate pronounced the matter dealt with and had closed the case. They had no authorisation to look into it any further.

Despite their reluctance at the time to defy the wishes of the Senate, now they intended to investigate Galidraan again. Now, three years too late!

The trail, if there’d been one, would be long cold by now. The only person who might know the truth was Jango Fett himself, and he would surely rather shoot a Jedi than answer their questions.

Count Dooku would remind the Jedi Council of his warnings at the time, he would tell them what little he knew – he hadn’t left anything out of his report so he could hardly imagine what additional information they believed they could get from him now – then he would do what he chose as an independent ruler of a sovereign planet.

Independent of the Jedi. Not independent of the Galactic Republic. Just as the yoke of the Senate weighed heavily over his neck as a Jedi Master, so too did it weigh heavily on him now. It couldn’t be so easily escaped. He was the Count of Serenno, yet he still answered to Senator D’Asta who had the ultimate authority over the affairs of this sector.

That was a problem which also lacked any easy solution. Yan would find one in time. Leaving the Order was no toothless protest, and although he was growing older he had a few good decades in him yet.

For now, Galidraan and the Mandalorians. Count Yan Dooku had to be the last person that Jango Fett wanted to hear from, yet Yan owed him… something. Some cultures accepted reparations other than blood for wrongs done to them, and Serenno did not lack for resources.

All he could do was reach out, an offering of peace. Yan hoped it didn’t end with assassins knocking at his door.

----

Quinlan was bored. He kicked his feet underneath the bench they were waiting on, staring at the Senate guard stationed half-way down the corridor. She was settled into an absent-minded haze of her own, which made her feel rather fuzzy in the Force. At least he wasn’t the only one. At least he’d get to leave again after this meeting. She was stuck here all day, every day. Probably the worst thing she’d had to deal with was people puking on the nice carpets after an illicit after-hours office party.

“Calm, young padawan,” Master Sinube told him, reaching over to tap Quinlan’s knee with his cane.

“When Master Tholme told me I would be working for you, I imagined more high-speed chases and back-alley showdowns, not dull meetings with Senators,” Quinlan replied.

“Most crime is very far from exciting,” the cosian said, tone dry.

“I didn’t mean it like that, Master. Just… what crime are we even investigating here?”

Before Master Sinube had a chance to reply, the door to the Senator’s office opened, and an aide poked his head out. “Apologies for the delay,” he said. “Another meeting ran over, and the Senator had to make sure he was ready to receive such distinguished guests as the Jedi.”

Everything in the Senator’s office suite was very red, from the carpet to the walls to the furniture, but the corridor outside had been decorated in a similar way too. It might be a general style for this entire floor of the building. The suite was separated into several areas by transparent doors – it could be transparisteel, clear plasteel, or even a cheaper and less durable material, Quinlan wasn’t sure. The Senator himself stood up from his desk to greet them, ushering them over to some couches upholstered in burgundy synthleather.

“Senator Sheev Palpatine, of the Chommell Sector, at your disposal, Master Jedi,” he said, with a wide and kindly smile. “Is it Jedi or Jedis, where there are two of you? Please pardon me for not being properly aware of the forms of address.”

“It is also Jedi for the pleural,” Master Sinube said, unruffled by the eagerness to please that poured from the Senator in waves. “I am Jedi Master Tera Sinube, and this is Jedi Padawan Quinlan Vos. Is this your first time working with our Order then, Senator?”

“I haven’t previously had the pleasure,” Senator Palpatine replied. “I hadn’t actually realised when I volunteered for the Senate Investigation Committee that it would mean Jedi involvement. It’s quite exciting!”

Quinlan had met and worked with Senators before alongside Master Tholme, but not many. Usually, they were dropped into the thick of a planetary culture, making their way amongst the locals and regular people. Outside of that, planetary governors and rulers were more likely to ask for Jedi help than Senators. Not many people knew how to act around Jedi, when they knew they were Jedi. Quinlan had sensed all kinds of reactions from them, ranging from contempt, disbelief and disgust, to fear and hero-worship and jealousy and admiration. Everything he sensed from Senator Palpatine was at least pleasant.

He tried to guess how old the other man was. There were a few streaks of grey in his auburn hair, but not many. His face had a few laugh lines. Not quite old enough to be called middle-aged, but not very young – somewhere in that nebulous prime of life where it was hard to tell.

“My role is usually with the security force as an investigator,” Master Sinube explained. “Sadly for us all, crime is not confined by class or creed or species. Corruption remains a problem within the Senate body, and at times that corruption breaks not only the rules of the Senate itself, but it goes so far as to break the law.”

Senator Palpatine nodded, his face becoming grave. “I understand the dangers of corruption all too well, Master Jedi,” he said. “My home planet of Naboo is hardly immune to underhand dealings – rather the opposite, in fact. Over the last few years I have started to draft some plans to institute regulation to better restrain the spending of commercial interests in politics, but it’s difficult to find anyone to sign on to that. There is certainly a place for businesses to have their say, but…” He cut himself off, waving his hand. “Look at me going on about pet matters. Do excuse me. How can I actually be of assistance to you today?”

“Are you familiar with the Senator for your neighbours, the Auli Sector?” Master Sinube began.

“Senator Lilleti, yes,” Palpatine said. “Oh dear, has she done something to come to the attention of CorSec?”

Master Sinube began to explain the slightly complicated chain of evidence they’d assembled so far linking Lilleti to an operation smuggling large shipments of poorly constructed electrical goods onto Coruscant in violation of both safety standards and import taxes, to be sold to the citizens of the underlayers at market-saturating low prices. Although nobody who lived in the top levels of Coruscant would like to admit it, there was a lot of poverty on the planet. People who could barely afford food and utilities would snap up a bargain to get that small taste of luxury, and have no recourse when some percentage of the items literally blew up in their faces.

Quinlan admitted he might have zoned out a bit while Master Sinube and Senator Palpatine were hashing out the details of how they would co-operate to further investigate the case. He knew that he was supposed to be learning, and that included learning how to talk to politicians, but so far as he could tell all that really seemed to mean was talking politely around a problem. Mostly in the end people did what Tera Sinube wanted, but they’d get there a lot faster if everyone could just come out and say what they meant.

This wasn’t the kind of spy-and-Shadow-work that Quinlan was interested in. He’d much rather be sneaking into someplace, watching targets and following them around, talking to plain-spoken ordinary folk… Just what he’d been doing up until now.

Master Sinube started to stand up – Quinlan snapped back to reality. Were they done already? He started to rise too, but Senator Palpatine quickly raised his hand.

“There’s one other thing that just occurred to me, if you have another five minutes?”

Master Sinube settled back down. “Of course.”

Palpatine folded his hands together in his lap. “I have been a senator for ten years,” he said, “yet this is my first time speaking to a Jedi. It feels like rather a shame. The Jedi Order is vital to keeping peace throughout the Republic and beyond, just as we politicians do our best to make life as quiet, pleasant, and orderly as possible for the citizens we represent. Why is it that we don’t work more closely with each other?”

Master Sinube’s smile was pleasant, but it didn’t go any more than skin-deep. “We do our best for the people of the galaxy, but at heart our Order is a religious one. It wouldn’t be appropriate for us to be too entangled with politics. We must always remain a neutral party. Interests within the Senate are too divided…”

Senator Palpatine waved these objections away. “I do understand all of that, but even the most impartial person can’t avoid politics entirely. I have an idea – perhaps you would do me the honour of taking it back to the Temple for consideration by your Jedi Masters?”

Master Sinube tapped his staff against the floor – it made no noise, cushioned by the plush carpet. It was born more from impatience than anything, Quinlan could tell. “What is your idea?”

“The Senate already has a… a kind of patronage programme, or apprenticeship, for promising young people who are interested in a career in politics,” the Senator explained. “While I’m sure your young… padawans, you said they’re called? They obviously have their own classes, but a little practical experience might not go amiss. While it would need the support and resources of the administrative branch, I think it would be an excellent idea to invite some of the Jedi to join in the Junior Legislature.”

Master Sinube frowned, but there was a thoughtfulness to him now which hadn’t been present before. “We will consider it.”

Senator Palpatine spread his hands. “That is all that I ask.”

It wasn’t the worst idea Quinlan had ever heard. Perhaps if he could get down to the meat of what the Senate did, could see the levers and gears and momentum of it all, it would make more sense. It might just be more sitting in rooms, but at least if it was a bunch of kids of around the same age as him then they might be able to have real conversations.

“I hope we’ll see each other again,” Senator Palpatine said, as they left his office.

Quinlan nodded, mostly to be polite. Sheev Palpatine was nice enough, but he wasn’t very interesting.

Notes:

Palpatine: send me all of your most impressionable younglings please.
Jedi Council: wh....why?
Palpatine: no reason :) I just think they're neat.

Chapter 24

Summary:

House Vizsla arrive at Fort Mereel with a bang.

Notes:

It's been a few months, but let's see if I can get back into the swing of this fic.

Mando'a:
kalik - taken from the verb "kalikir" - to skewer. Essentially a thin knife, not large enough to be a rapier, but with a similar profile.
baruur- medic
vor'e - thanks

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“That was well done, brother,” Savage said. “I know speaking of the Sith wasn't something you wanted, but… I think buir and Silas needed to know.” The adults had left them to their own devices again after their afternoon of lightsaber training. Maul had been able to forget the raw feeling in his chest, the vividness of the vision-memories wearing down as even these brief hours trickled past, but it flared up brightly again at the reminder. Savage had not intended to cause him pain, but Maul still growled softly, a low rumble in his chest. 

“I need no congratulations ,” he said. “They came to their own conclusions - being coy was pointless after that.” 

“You said you're not a Sith anymore,” Feral added. “Does that mean we're going to train with you differently? Because before, you said we were all going to be Sith…”

“I was fooling myself, not fooling you,” Maul told him, his words emerging more clipped and abrupt than he liked or had intended. He had stopped calling himself a Sith years ago, some time during his years with Crimson Dawn, even before his failed gambit on Malachor. He was merely Maul, standing alone - his Master had rejected him, so he rejected his Master in turn. Why had travelling back in time made him forget that? Why had he started to think of himself as Sith again?

The only reason he could think of was because of Savage. Because he had returned to the mindset of an old self, an ambitious self, who set himself up as another Sith Master with a Sith Apprentice intending to challenge Darth Sidious… Yes, even though he knew better than to think the two of them could kill Sidious by themselves, some part of him believed a lie of his own making, a poisonous hope, a dream long-forgotten but not yet dead… 

That was his mistake - one he now had to face. 

“It's… hard,” Pre said, “to leave the past behind.” 

Maul’s instinct was to throw the words back at him and suggest he could not understand, but that would not have been fair. Pre Fett had left his former family and accepted a new one, even if it had been forced on him. No, Clan Vizsla had not rejected him, nor had it lied to him and mistreated him when he was a part of it, but surely that made the loss all the keener. 

“The Sith do not have family,” Maul said, deciding he had to be honest. “I did not forget that, but I pretended that part of Sith philosophy did not exist. The Sith code might not mention it, but the Code is not the whole law of the Sith just as the Resol'nare is only a starting point for Mando'ade. I… I believed at the start we would just be Sith together, that being brothers would not be relevant, but that too was another lie.”

Silence hung heavy. 

“Maul,” Savage said - the simplicity of his own name tore at the inside of Maul's chest. 

“No,” he answered, “No, keep on calling me brother, please . I was wrong. You, Feral, you are my family. Kilindi,” he added, turning to her with the same desperation clawing him, “you are my family too. I don’t need to call Jango buir for that to be true. Even you…” He looked at Pre. Somewhat grudgingly, he said, “You are the brother of my siblings, so that does make us family of a kind.”

“I'm honoured to be part of your aliit , Maul,” Pre said - more sentiment than Maul was comfortable with. It was worse that Maul could sense that it was heartfelt through the Force. Without beskar to block it, Pre’s emotions shone out true. “You’re an excellent warrior, particularly for your age. Your skills with a lightsaber were… impressive. You are loyal, bold, fierce - you have all the proper qualities of a Mandalorian.”

Maul refused to be embarrassed by this, but he did not know how to respond. Jango had praised him in the time since coming to Concord Dawn, but Maul didn’t need to trust it - he already knew that Jango wanted him as a child. Praise was but a lure on a line and he could see the purpose of it. If his siblings complimented him that was… that was the way of family, or so he had to suppose. Sidious had never offered the slightest sign that he was pleased - to do well was simply to not be punished for failure. With Crimson Dawn, compliments were bribes, requests, attempts to soothe a predator’s ire. Meaningless. 

Pre did not fit into any such category.

Maul said instead, “This curse of yours - if it even does exist, it is something of the Jedi. If Clan Vizsla fears the Light, the Dark is open for you instead.”

Pre’s attention sharpened, a hunter scenting a trail. “You’d teach me the secrets of the Sith too?”

“I said you were family,” Maul replied. It came out a little sharp, though he’d tried to sound nonchalant. 

“I…” He wanted it. Outside of his beskar’gam shell there was something raw to Pre Fett’s soul, a yearning and desire for something he didn’t know enough to identify. “It isn’t the Mandalorian way.” 

“It isn’t the Mandalorian way to reject a weapon, even one they are not familiar with,” Maul said. 

Kilindi tapped him on the forearm, a warning gesture. “Maul, it might be better to wait until the goran says it’s okay.”

Maul didn’t really believe Pre would come to any harm, but there also was no particular reason for haste. He shrugged, giving in easily. He did add, “ Goran has said nothing against continuing our training,” gesturing to Feral and Savage. 

“You could sit in with us?” Feral suggested, his face lighting up. “You don’t have to do anything, just watch… or sense , I guess.”

“I… suppose I will,” Pre replied. 

It was enough to satisfy Maul for now. They would not be Sith, but something new. Eventually he would even come up with an appropriate name for what that was.

----

Over the course of about a week the representatives from Houses and Clans started to arrive at Fort Mereel. The first to turn up were obviously the ones that had the shortest distance to come – Clan Rau were based here on Concord Dawn, for example, and Dell Rau was the Captain of the Protectors. It was a bit odd to see her standing on their doorstep as some kind of supplicant, more so since Silas hadn’t turned in his notice at the Protectors office at any point and technically still worked for her.

“It’s fine,” she said when she saw him. “Some things are more important than your day job.”

As Jacek had promised, most of the people turning up were firmly on Jango’s side, former Haat’ade or associated clans who had either gone back to being neutral or turned to Kyr’tsad only because they didn’t see any better option for their peoples’ future when the alternative was the New Mandalorians.  The real Death Watch contingent arrived all together on the seventh day, signalling their approach from the far end of the glacier-carved valley and coming in to land in a pair of Kom’rk transports painted in subdued House Vizsla colours.

Jango didn’t have much choice but to go out and meet them in person with Jacek, Silas and Pre. He wasn't about to risk the ade around Kyr'tsad , even if they claimed they were here under a banner of truce. To be honest he would have preferred to keep Pre back and well away from his viper-nest of a family as well, but then it might have looked… like Pre was an actual hostage, rather than his newly adopted son. Or like he was afraid of Kyr’tsad . It was more important to present a confident and united front.

Jango didn’t know any of the individual clan members by sight, just their general clan markings. Alongside the two actual Vizslas, there were a pair in Saxon’s red and white, a Vau in matte black, three from Clan Tarn in deep blue with lighter aqua accents, one in Gedyc tan, and one in the flat blood-crimson favoured by Clan Priest. Naturally they were all armed, but they kept their hands where they belonged, well away from any weapons.

“Jango Fett,” one of the Vizslas called out in greeting.

“That’s me.” Jango forced down the urge to reach for his blasters, hooking his thumbs into his belt instead - the better to resist temptation. Just the sight of the black shriek-hawk on their shoulders was putting his back up, a cold rush of adrenaline. It was different with Pre and Bo-Katan – they were familiar enough to him now that he could relax around them, and their lanky teenage builds didn’t register as quite the same threat as full-grown warriors did.

The Vizsla alor made a show of looking around. “Never thought we’d be visiting Fort Mereel this way.”

Pre had made a similar comment. Conquest was all that Death Watch thought about. Jango didn’t want them visiting his home for any reason, but he didn’t have any choice but to play nice. He wasn’t like Kyr’tsad – merciless and refusing even the idea of surrender. He wouldn’t condemn all of House Vizsla for Tor’s crimes. If he was Mand’alor then they were his people too, as much as he hated that. Since he wasn’t blood-mad enough to kill them all, there was no other option but to try and bring them into the fold.

Pre tapped his helmet comms and said, “That’s Taj Vizsla, my cousin once removed.”

Vor’e ,” Jango replied. That made sense – she had a kad strapped to one thigh, and a long knife on the other; a needle-like kalik .

Taj approached with a feline’s slow prowl. She was lanky but strong, still muscular beneath kute and beskar'gam. She wasn’t certain of her welcome here, and Jango had no doubt she was ready for this to turn violent at any moment. He wouldn’t give her the satisfaction of striking first. If she wanted to challenge him she could do it formally, the same as anyone else. The dark slit of her buyce turned from him to Pre, standing by his side.

“Pre,” she said. “I hear it’s Pre Fett now.”

Pre took off his helmet, attempting to smile. It was mostly just bared teeth, tightness wrinkling around his eyes. “That’s right.”

She cocked her head. The rest of her Kyr’tsad entourage held back a few paces. Hair prickled up and down Jango’s spine. His instincts screamed at him, but they would have been doing that no matter what – he couldn’t trust them to know real threats from imagined ones. In Mando'a, Taj said, [ Were you nothing but a defenceless war-child then, too afraid to face their enemies? How quickly did you kneel? ]

Pre’s spine straightened, his shoulders squaring up to her. [ I attempted to avenge Tor and I failed. Jango defeated me in a duel – he had the right to demand… ]

[ Tor? ] She interrupted him. [ You call your sire by name? You no longer recognise them as your parent? ]

[ I no longer have that right, ] Pre said, with a faint note of confusion. [ Tor is dead and Jango claimed all the rights they used to have. ]

Taj moved as fast as a lunging viper, too fast for Jango to have gotten in her way. By the time his hands left his belt she’d already completed her blow. The noise of the backhand slap echoed through the air. Pre’s head snapped to the side, and he staggered sideways a step.

With a rough noise of pain, he raised his hand to his cheek – it was already starting to swell, and the beskar gauntlet had split his skin. His fingers came back bloody.

[ Traitor, ] Taj Vizsla hissed. [ If you were too weak and pathetic to take revenge, you should have let this murderer kill you rather than subjugate yourself to them. ]

Jango’s shock morphed rapidly into rage, a hot buzz that filled his skull. He wasn’t thinking, just reacting – the Dha’kad’au was in his hand, the black blade humming to life pointed at this hut’unn’s neck. [ Don’t you dare lay a hand on my child! ] he snarled.

Taj slid back a pace, her hands dropping to her own weapons. He couldn’t see her expression, but she sounded smug . [ Defending a faithless worm like this? Don’t you know they’ll turn on you as easily as they did their birth parent? ]

Jango wanted to kill her. He wanted it very badly.

[ There’s no honour in provoking me, ]  he said, managing to gather up the threads of his self-control. He dipped the tip of the Darksaber, down and up again. [ This is what you want, right? So keep this between you and me. Challenge me, and I’ll fight you. Let’s get it over with. ]

[ It’s not just about you , Mand’alor. ] Taj spat his title with contempt – but she still used it. She couldn’t deny the weapon he held, she couldn’t deny Tor’s death by his hands. She couldn’t call him false without rejecting the very rules she lived by. [ The traitor has insulted the honour of our clan. Right now you can protect them, but make no mistake. If you lose to me, then after I kill you Pre Fett will be the next to die. ]

[ Guess I’d better not lose. ] Jango replied.

Taj drew her bes’kad , the beskar singing faintly with the vibrations of being pulled from its sheath. The slender kalik in her other hand was held low, needle-sharp at the tip for stabbing into the gaps between plates of beskar’gam and penetrating through the kute . [ Ready to die? ]

[ You want to do this out here? ]

[ Why not? We have witnesses. Are you trying to back out already? ]

Jango motioned to Silas, Pre and Jacek, who moved back to give them more space. He levelled the Dha’kad’au in the opening guard of the form which Maul said was called Makashi. Taj’s two blades were a set of pincers, ready to catch him between them. Both had to be forged of pure beskar – she wouldn’t have risked anything less against the Dha’kad’au . The bes’kad even had a looping guard to protect her hand and stop the searing plasma blade taking off a finger or two.

The other Kyr’tsad representatives retreated to the edges of the landing platform as well, watching him with predatory intensity. When he killed Taj – he couldn’t allow himself to consider any other outcome – would they give him any time to recover before the next challenge? How many of them would come at him?

Thinking of any fight other than the one in front of you was a bad idea, the kind that got you killed. Jango lowered his head and focused. He was a good marksman, good at unarmed hand-to-hand, but middling with kade . This week’s training with Maul had knocked the rust off him, but not much more. If he’d been smarter about this he would have started off with blasters, tried to get her with his flamethrower maybe. The moment he drew the Dha’kad’au though, he was committed.

Taj planned this. Striking Pre might have been what she wanted to do, but this was the real motivation behind it - to begin this duel on her terms and give herself the greatest possible advantage.

Jango didn't have much time to think about how he might have just kriffed up. Taj came at him, a looping overhand strike with her bes'kad . Jango dodged it, but she wasn't just testing him - she pressed forwards with the edge of her blade flashing through the air, graceful and deadly. Jango had to parry - the Dha'kad'au spat plasma as it encountered true beskar . The moment the blades met, Taj slid towards him bringing their bodies near, catching the Dha'kad’au against her handguard and stabbing her kalik towards his flank. Jango slammed his open left hand against the inside of her wrist and the tip of the kalik caught his kute just below his right tricep. 

In the brief moment of entanglement Jango rolled the Dha'kad'au forward over the guard, hoping to lever it into her neck, but Taj wouldn't be caught out that way. She ducked backwards, breaking their lock, and thrust forwards again with her bes'kad . Swearing, Jango brought the Dha'kad'au up to dash it aside, stepping in to stab at that vulnerable place below her buy'ce once again. Taj ducked - the Dha'kad'au skimmed the side of her buy'ce but only seared the paint off. A sharp pain lit up the side of Jango's thigh; he flinched back instinctively, staggering slightly. He risked a glance down - blood stained the tip of her kalik , and his kute just at the edge of his cuisse was torn and wet. 

The tilt of Taj's head was as clear as a smirk. 

Osik . She was good. Better at this kind of fighting than he was - but Mandalorians weren't beholden to any one weapon. Just because he'd drawn the Dha'kad'au on her didn't mean he couldn't use anything else. Jango circled cautiously, testing his weight on his right leg. His thigh burned, but held. He didn't think the kalik had sunk in very deep - or if it had, adrenaline would see him through the fight. It didn't feel like he was losing very much blood. 

Inside his helmet, he tongued the activation to power on his grappling line. He didn't fire it yet - he might only get one chance at it, since if he missed her sword arm the cutting edge of that bes'kad would make short work of the razor-wire. He waited for her to come at him again.

Jango didn't have to wait long - Taj didn't seem to be naturally patient. That might help him, so long as he could survive her aggression. He let muscle memory take over to block each circling strike aimed towards his head, his neck, his arms, not letting her lock him again or get close enough to reach him with the kalik . All he needed was one moment when she was out of position, just off-balance enough… 

There. 

Jango triggered his gauntlet - the wire lashed out and wrapped around Taj's right wrist just where he'd hoped. Jango stepped backwards at once, yanking hard. He took Taj off guard - she stumbled, arm pulled down. She lashed at the taut line with her kalik but that weapon had a minimal cutting profile, designed only to pierce, and pierce deep, and the line wouldn't break. Jango brought down the Dha'kad'au, aiming for her unprotected elbow. 

He nearly had her. Taj managed to get the kalik in the way, but only just, and it was a poor angle. The comparatively simple crossguard of the kalik offered much less protection, and the black plasma sizzled agonisingly close to her hand. Jango kept the tension on the line and struck again, violent, swift blows. Taj couldn't risk doing anything with her kalik other than blocking him, not unless she wanted to risk losing her arm. She struggled against his grappling line, tugging back with strength that, while formidable, wasn't quite the match for his own. Just because she wasn't as strong didn't mean he could hold her entirely in place though, and she was trying to pull back far enough that one of his own attacks would miss her entirely and slice through the razor-wire instead. With each tug the wire tightened, cutting further into the protective barrier of her kute and restricting blood flow to her hand. 

Taj pulled wildly again, then kicked out. Her boot slammed into his thigh right where Jango was injured, forcing a grunt of pain out of his throat. His leg nearly buckled, but he just managed to gather himself and not fall. Taj used the moment of distraction well, the slack in the line enough for her to move her arm to get her bes'kad against it so that when it went taut again it parted over the edge. 

Freed, Taj was the one to back up, sheathing her kalik so she could grab the trailing end of the wire properly and unwrap it from her wrist, hissing the whole time. 

[ Not bad ] she snarled, though with a genuinely admiring edge. 

Jango retracted the remnants of the razor-wire back into his gauntlet. What he really needed was to get rid of at least one of her weapons properly. He dropped the Dha'kad'au into a side guard position, and rested his other hand on his pistol. It was worth a shot. 

Taj could tell what he was thinking. She finally freed herself of the last of the wire and threw it aside, lunging at him again. Jango had his blaster out quick as thought, squeezing off as many shots as he could as she closed in. Taj caught a few of them with the flat of her bes'kad , her technique not dissimilar to that of the jettise even though she wasn't able to control how the bolts bounced the way the jettise could, and took the rest on her beskar'gam . Jango met her with the Dha'kad'au in a flurry of strike-parry-strike-parry-strike, sparks flying, beskar and plasma singing. The kalik stabbed at his side again, a viper in her off-hand, one he couldn't risk forgetting was there. He could tell there wasn't as much power in her dominant hand now though - the wire had done some damage, robbed her of some stability through the joint. After one clash where Jango felt he'd almost managed to twist the kad out of her grasp entirely, she sheathed the kalik again and turned to a two-handed grip on the hilt of the beskad

Better , Jango thought to himself. 

He still had his blaster out - he'd used the barrel to block the kalik a few times, since the durasteel would only take real damage from the tip of it. He fended off a few more of her strikes, let her get him in another clinch, and shoved the pistol up against her belly under her cuirass. 

She felt it there even before he pulled the trigger, but she couldn't get out of the way in time. The bolt sizzled into her kute , which did help absorb some of the energy, but nowhere near enough at such close range. She doubled over - Jango didn't wait for her to recover. A gut shot could kill slowly, but as long as she was alive she was still dangerous. She wouldn't accept his mercy - her words to Pre proved that. He let her back away a step, holding the bes'kad wavering in front of her, a weak defence, then shot her again. Despite the pain she was in, she still juked the bes'kad sideways to block - he kept on firing until she was overwhelmed, until she'd been hit in half-a-dozen other places. 

Taj Vizsla fell to her knees, propping herself up on one hand and one elbow, a death-grip on the hilt of her bes'kad . Jango moved to flank her, refusing to limp despite the ever more insistent pain in his right leg. He could ask if she had any final words, but he wasn't interested in hearing them. He hadn't given Tor that honour; he wouldn't give it to this Vizsla either. 

He brought the Dha'kad'au down and cut off her head. 

The body collapsed, limp dead weight. Jango didn't extinguish the Dha'kad'au , not trusting that he was out of danger just yet. 

The other Vizsla stepped forwards. [ Pol Vizsla, ] he introduced himself, tapping his bes'karta . [ That was well done. I knew you had to be something worthwhile, given you took Tor out like they say. You know they never found all of him? Just beskar'gam and bones. ] That had been the Corellian dire-cats, but Jango wasn't about to point that out. 

[ You planning on being the next to die? ] he said. 

Pol shook his head. [ Someone has to stay alive to talk sensibly about the future. To be honest, if Taj became the next Mand'alor my head might have been on the chopping block right next to Pre's - my family aren't that fond of me either. Taj agreed that I could tag along mostly on sufferance. I'm not going to issue a challenge - but I can't speak for anyone else. ]

Jango looked round at the rest of them. The clan Priest verd rolled his shoulders and nodded at him. “I don't see why Vizslas should have all the fun,” he said. “Besides, it's not like fighting well makes you the best candidate to lead our people. Way I see it, you're still weak, you and the rest of your Haat'ade aliit. Glory or death, that's the way it should be.”

One of Tor's true believers. Jango returned his nod. “You gonna tell me your name before I kill you?”

“Dred Priest,” the verd replied, and charged him. 

Jango didn't see any beskar weapons on him, so he wasn't sure where Priest was going with this. He snapped off a few blaster shots anyway, because it would have been stupid not to. If he got lucky and stopped the man in his tracks before he could get in close, all the better. Dred popped out a small deflector shield from his vambrace and blocked. Then he was an arm's-length away. Jango aimed the Dha'kad'au in an upward swipe at the join of thigh and hip - Priest triggered his jetpack and jumped, twisting as he did. His boot whipped right at Jango's head - an awkward kriffing angle to dodge. Jango had to take the blow as best he could, the momentum of his own strike making it impossible to duck, spinning with the force of it rather than taking it straight on. His buy'ce still clanged and stars went off behind his eyes. 

Dred landed somewhere on the other side of him - Jango whirled to face him, unsteady on his feet, holding the Dha’kad’au in a diagonal protecting his chest and shoulders. His HUD fritzed briefly before focusing. Priest yelled and came at him again. Jango angled the tip of the Dha'kad'au, half-hoping he'd impale himself on it, but he didn't get that lucky. Dred used his shield to knock the Dha'kad'au aside and tackled Jango full-on, bringing them both down to the ground and knocking the breath out of Jango's lungs. He couldn't even manage to curse. 

Dred reared back to punch him - Jango writhed underneath him and managed to move just enough that he punched the pourcrete of the landing platform instead, though his beskar gauntlets stopped the man from breaking his hand. The arm holding the Dha'kad'au was pinned, but Dred didn't control the grapple entirely. Jango twisted, shifting his weight up through his hips, hooking his free hand onto Dred's pauldron and rolling them. In a tangle of beskar'gam they switched places - the searing heat of the Dha'kad'au was between them, far too close for either of them to be safe from it. Jango wrenched his arm aside before they both cooked, carving a deep gash into the ground in the process. His left hand was still free, though his blaster had gone flying off somewhere - he punched Priest in the throat. The other man didn't get his chin down in time - Jango felt his larynx crumple. 

Dred coughed - or tried to. It came out garbled, wet and deeply unpleasant. Jango had experienced the panic of being unable to breathe once or twice before, so it didn't surprise him when Priest scrabbled at his neck rather than continuing to fight him. Jango grabbed the lower rim of his buy'ce and bounced his head off the ground a few times spitefully, thinking it would pay him back properly for kicking him in the head. 

Jango's hair was damp, making the padding of his buy'ce stick to the back of his scalp unpleasantly, but he didn't know if that was blood or sweat. 

If Dred hadn't been wearing beskar , the repeated impacts might have killed him, but as it was it would only be deeply unpleasant. He was still breathing, wheezing in just enough air that Jango couldn't assume he'd die from that either. Besides, this had been a formal challenge, and the Dha'kad'au was sizzling half-buried in the pourcrete right next to him. Jango pulled it free and stabbed it down between the plates of beskar’gam through Dred Priest's heart. 

Then he sank back on his knees, pain and nausea sweeping over him. [ Anyone else ? ] he demanded. 

Nobody else moved forward. The Vau verd in black clashed their vambraces together twice, a brief expression of approval. [ Not bad, not bad, ] they said. [ I'm satisfied, anyway. ]

Others nodded agreement. 

Jango let himself relax, though as adrenaline drained and left him feeling all the aches and pains from the fight he immediately wished he hadn't. He blinked and all of a sudden Silas was there next to him, crouching to get an arm under his shoulders and helping him up. 

[ How bad is it? ] he asked, over internal comms.

[ Still alive, ] Jango replied, suppressing a grunt of pain when he tried to put weight on his right leg. Being stabbed there had been bad enough before the extra strain of the grapple. He wasn't sure he'd be able to walk without Silas’ help. 

Pol Vizsla approached, though he stopped a careful distance away. [ Do you need a break before we talk business? ] 

Jango would dearly have liked to be able to say no to that, but pride on its own wasn't enough to keep him clear-headed enough for politics through the pain, or to keep the blood inside his body for that matter. Kyr'tsad might decide it was weakness and it might erode a bit of the respect he'd just won from them, but collapsing in front of them would be even worse. 

[ Jacek will get you settled, ] he told them. [ When I'm ready to talk, someone will come and find you. ] 

Pol nodded, thankfully not objecting. 

Back over by one of the Kom'rks, Vau was ducking back inside. Jango spotted him by the movement in the corner of his eye and turned his head to look properly. Pol followed the tilt of his helmet. [ Do you mind pets? ]  he asked, rather incongruously. 

[ Pets? ] Jango asked. 

His question was answered a moment later when Vau emerged again with a fully grown strill on his heels. If not for the fact that the wind was blowing away from them, down the mountain towards the valley, Jango might have already been able to smell it - strill musk was strong

[ Why did he bring that? ] Silas asked, his voice flat and unimpressed. 

Hearing the question, Vau answered, “I never go anywhere without them. Thought it best it stay inside until the fighting was over - Mird can be a bit excitable.”

[ Can you imagine if a strill became the Mand'alor? ] Pol said, with an effort at making a joke. Vau didn’t laugh.

Jango might have been able to find this a hit more amusing if he wasn't nursing what he was starting to suspect was a concussion. [ So long as you keep that thing under control, we won't have a problem. ] 

“Lord Mirdalan will be on its best behaviour.”

Lord Mirdalan? What a kriffing name. Well, over-indulged strills were a problem for later.

Jango tapped Silas on the shoulder. He didn't need to say anything; Silas understood. He helped him off the landing platform, back through Fort Mereel, and in the direction of the nearest baar’ur . Pre trailed close behind them, but one person to lean on was enough for Jango. He just wanted Pre well away from his damn relatives.

Notes:

I know Vau was part of the Cuy'val Dar, but it's not established what faction he was before that. Not being at Galidraan implies he was at least a neutral before the number of sides narrowed down from three to two.

Chapter 25

Summary:

Negotiating with Death Watch, Feral makes a new friend, and Maul is flustered.

Notes:

Thank you all for the nice comments! I'm very bad at responding to them, because I can rarely think of something to say other than "thanks!", but I appreciate them all very much.

Chapter Text

Jango did feel a great deal better after his injuries were sprayed down with bacta and sealed over with a dermal regenerator. He would have a fair few bruises tomorrow, but nothing bad enough that he needed a full soak in a bacta tube, just some more topical gel applications over the next few days. He accepted some pain tabs just to get the dull ache in his head to stop long enough to see him through this meeting - he didn't want to leave those Kyr'tsad verde hanging around long enough to get into trouble. 

Once Thae, House Mereel’s baar’ur, was finished with him, Jango gestured towards Pre. [ Let them look at you, ] he said. 

Pre's shoulders jumped - surprise and something a bit defensive. [ It's just my cheek, ] he said. [ It doesn't need anything. ] 

[ We're not hard up for bacta, ] Jango told him. [ Should I make it an order? I can if you'll feel better about it. ]

[ A few scars aren't anything to be bothered about, ] Pre answered, but he sat down and let Thae examine him. [ It's my own fault anyway - I shouldn't have taken my helmet off around an enemy. ] 

[ Taj shouldn't have been your enemy, ] Jango growled. 

Pre's face was blank, although Jango could tell it was a mask forced over whatever he really felt. [ I knew they might react this way, ] he said. [ It doesn't matter. They stopped being my family the moment you said the oath to me and I allowed it. I can't expect… ]

[ It doesn't mean you have to like it. It doesn't mean you have to sit there and accept that from them, ] Silas answered with a frown.

Pre shrugged, looking away. Baar’ur Thae took the opportunity to stick a bacta patch over the split skin of his cheek. 

[ Don't take it off for at least a full day, ] she instructed. [If it’s not closed up by then, come back for a refill. ]

Pre wasn’t stubborn enough to talk back to a baar’ur - not to their face. He nodded obediently. 

Injuries seen-to as best as they could be for now, the three of them left the medbay together. [ You sure you want to do this right away? ] Silas asked Jango. [ Even those Death Watch bastards can't blame you for making them wait until tomorrow. Brutes couldn't even come inside before offering their challenges… ] 

[ I'd rather get it over with, ] Jango replied. The ache in his head was just a dull throb now, as much stress as a leftover from the concussion, but it left him bad-tempered. His temper wouldn’t get any better if he put things off.

Silas hailed Jacek on comms - by the time they reached the great hall, the Kyr'tsad representatives were waiting for them there. This was just preliminaries - the real meeting with all the gathered clans would come later. 

[ All right, ] Jango said, taking a seat up on the dais, glad under the circumstances to lean on a bit of a Mand'alor's grandeur. [ How about some proper introductions this time around? ]

“Walon Vau, he/him in Basic,” the verd with the strill said. Said creature was well-behaved at least, seated by its master’s side with watchful golden eyes moving around the room for signs of a threat. It wasn’t showing signs of aggression and it wasn’t getting underfoot, though its odour seeped in even past his helmet filters. Vau gestured to the rest of the group. “Throwing in with Kyr’tsad was a… recent development for me. Frankly, I believed it was the only option remaining for our people. Your survival, though unexpected, is… preferable.” He chose his words carefully, his voice notably even and almost without expression. Jango didn’t know much about Clan Vau or this man, but he had an immediate sense of him as polished and contained, a rather cold character. Not that he would only trust first impressions. Perhaps Vau wasn’t under the right kind of pressure to see the truth of him. In any case it sounded like he’d been a neutral up until recently, which did make it odd that he’d arrived under House Vizsla’s banner, specifically as one of their representatives. There might be something else going on there. 

“Pol Vizsla, he or they,” Pol said. “While I might not be in favour with Tor’s side of the family, I do have the authority to speak for House Vizsla here - our clan agreed as much in the event of Taj’s death at your hands, Mand’alor. There’s a point at which we have to accept the reality we’re all living in - I would say you’ve more than proven yourself worthy of your title.” He spread his hands in a wide gesture. “I suppose now I’m curious to get a better sense of your philosophies - the path you’d lay our people upon. Haat’ade and Kyr’tsad have more in common with each other than with the New Mandalorians, but I wonder given your recent choices… if you hew a little closer to our values than Jaster Mereel did?”

A cold shiver ran through Jango. He had to mean Pre’s adoption. Yes, it sent the wrong signal, he’d known that at the time, but there hadn’t been another choice… 

He didn’t say anything. After a moment, Pol shrugged. “A conversation for another time, perhaps. Are you going to write a book? Or perhaps just a commentary? A pamphlet?” 

Jango had the distinct impression he was being made fun of - or perhaps his father was, through him. He didn’t allow it to get a rise out of him, ignoring it and moving on. “What about you two?” he asked, jerking his head to the verde in Saxon colours. 

The taller and broader of the pair removed their helmet, revealing sharp cheekbones, white-blonde hair, a wide jaw, and stern steel-grey eyes. “Aurelia Saxon, she/her. This is my son, Gar.” She put a hand on the other verd’s shoulder. Taking another look at him, that gangly build was only due to his youth - it was hard to judge through beskar’gam . Jango couldn’t tell his age exactly, other than that he was past his verdgoten . “Clan Saxon sees no reason to challenge you, Mand’alor. We will swear to you and to your House - and is that now Fett, or still Mereel?”

Jango’s breath caught in his throat. A sharp stab went through him. That question… how dare she ask him that? What kind of person did she think he was, to repudiate the man who raised him… 

The kind of person who adopted a war-orphan. The kind who had the ambition to stand and name himself Mand’alor rather than leave the mess that was Mandalore, their sector, and their politics for others to sort out. The kind they were secretly hoping had been twisted enough by Tor’s treatment of him and the long hunt for revenge to have hardened into something close enough to Kyr’tsad to make them happy.

Next to his chair Silas shifted his weight, an almost imperceptible movement but enough to catch in the corner of his eye, to ground his attention and remind him that no matter what these spinesharks thought of him, there were others who knew the truth. His family knew who he really was. 

Jango forced the breath out. “House Mereel,” he growled. 

Aurelia inclined her head, not without a faint spark of disappointment in her eyes. 

Killing two of their number hadn’t made the rest of them safe to be around. He couldn’t trust any of them. For now he’d done enough, but a Mand’alor who became unpopular didn’t stay Mand’alor for long. Jango had to walk a narrow line between keeping Kyr’tsad happy and staying within the limits of what he knew to be right. They’d take being led against the New Mandalorians well enough, against those Pyke slavers who he still owed some revenge, but after that? When they grew hungry for battle again, who could he turn them against? The jettise ? The Republic? 

He still wasn’t a conqueror, and he didn’t want to start fights they couldn’t win either. The jettise would deserve it, but while they were still under the protection of their masters he could only hope they’d come to him and give him another reason to kill them…

One fight at a time, Jango thought to himself. You couldn’t plan the next battle if you didn’t win the one you were in right now. 

“What about you?” he asked, addressing the Clan Tarn trio. 

“Birsh Tarn, she/her,” one replied, removing her buy’ce to reveal a grey-haired woman with dark and heavily-wrinkled skin. “These are my partners, Venn, he/him, and Olaya, she/her. Yes, we’ll kneel and swear, on behalf of our Clan, but words are just the beginning. The battlefield and the players may have changed, but there’s still a war to fight.”

Yes. They were as eager for it as he’d thought. “The New Mandalorians are well dug in,” he said. “If they weren’t…  You’ve had two years without the Haat’ade distracting you to crush them, but they’re still standing.”

The curl of her lips was too small to be called a smile. “They call themselves pacifists, but they come from Mandalorian stock, even if they’ve forgotten that. Call it self-defence, call us terrorists, it’s still using violence to enact their will on the world. Still, they don’t have proper fighting spirit. No mandokar .”

Her partner Olaya nodded. “Now you’ve united Kyr’tsad and Haat’ade under one banner, Mand’alor, they won’t last long.”

Slight nausea turned Jango’s stomach, but she was right. Even with his buir dead and Jango himself assumed to be so, the clans who’d formerly supported House Mereel hadn’t all decided Kyr’tsad was the lesser of two evils - even if some of them had. Now here he was, bringing Kyr’tsad into the fold. When the New Mandalorians realised how badly the tide had turned against them, what would they do?

“We’ve all led attacks against the New Mandalorians,” Birsh continued, gesturing to Venn, Olaya and herself. “You’ll have war-leaders of your own, but all I ask is that you give us a chance to prove that we can do that just as well for you as we did for Tor Vizsla.” 

Jango nodded, saying and committing to nothing. Whether he wanted to or not, he doubted he had much of a choice. Would the various clans of Kyr’tsad even listen to anyone else he appointed to lead them? That was never how their warrior clans had worked, not even in the old days. The clans chose their own leaders, their leaders chose who to follow and which House to swear to, and they all followed the Mand’alor in war - to a point. 

It felt like handling a live grenade, where he wasn’t sure how long it had been since the pin was pulled, or whether he’d be able to throw it far enough to get out of the blast radius when it went off.

Three Clans down. That still left one House Vizsla representative - the one in Gedyc tan. He pointedly turned his attention to them. 

“Lorca Gedyc, he/him,” the man said, tapping his closed fist against his bes’karta. “You’ve won your place with blood, Mand’alor, and that’s enough for me to give you the chance. Doesn’t mean this is a sure thing.”

Jango’s eyes narrowed, and he tilted his buy’ce in answer to that threat. “Keeping your eye on me, is that it? Guess I’ll expect the challenge if I don’t meet your expectations , whatever the hell those are.” 

“If you’re a real Mandalorian, you’ve nothing to fear from me,” Lorca replied. Kyr’tsad , Jango thought with disgust. No need to ask what he thought a real Mandalorian ought to be. Just another Tor Vizsla. Jango would be happy to disappoint him. In fact if he didn’t get a challenge within the first few months, he’d know he was doing something wrong. 

Jango didn’t give Lorca any more of his time. Turning back to Pol, he said, “You didn’t bring any gorane with you.”

Pol blinked, obviously not expecting that turn of conversation. “We… didn’t. Why would we?”

Jango bit down his anger. “Because I asked for it, when I spoke to your House. I take it Taj didn’t mention that.”

Pol sighed. “No. I suppose she thought either she’d kill you or it wouldn’t be her problem if you were pissed off. House Mereel has its own goran though… doesn’t it?”

He didn’t seem to be faking the apologetic note in his tone, so far as Jango could tell. “I have some questions for them,” he said. “Some practical, some… religious in nature.”

“Oh?” Now Pol was even more curious than he had been - and not the only one. Not that Jango planned to tell them the real reason. 

“My kriffing coronation,” he said, waving an irritated hand. He didn’t have to fake that emotion. “Are you going to tell me Clan Vizsla doesn’t have some Dha’kad’au- specific rituals?”

Pol briefly closed his eyes in a wince. “Good point,” he muttered, then louder, “I’ll let them know you want to see them.”

Fine. When they arrived, they could answer some pointed questions about just what they were doing to the star-touched of the Vizsla bloodline. 

Jango dismissed them, and waited until they were out of even buy’ce -enhanced earshot before turning to Pre. If the concussion hadn’t gotten the best of him he would have thought to ask on the way back from medbay, but now would do. “What do you think? You must know them - should we be worried?”

Pre startled, although surely he must have expected to be asked. After a moment, his shoulders squared. “Lorca is dangerous,” he said. “He followed my.. Tor. He followed Tor fervently. He talked a lot about our glories of old - as we all did, but for him it was an obsession. It’s good that he’ll wait to challenge you. Maybe…” Jango couldn’t see his expression under his buy’ce . “Maybe he won’t find it necessary.”

Jango had a bad feeling about that. What was Pre hoping for? That Jango would suddenly see the light and decide that Kyr’tsad had the right of it all along? 

That seemed horribly likely. Adoption or not, just swearing an oath of family didn’t magically erase everything Pre had been taught up until now, or turn him into a different person. Wearing away at those Kyr’tsad ideals was the work of more than a few weeks. 

Pre took his silence well - or at least it didn’t put him off. “I’ve never fought alongside them myself, but Birsh, Venn and Olaya all have good reputations for tactical effectiveness. That more so than strategy, although as Tarn’s clan leader Birsh would be the best of the three at that. Clan Saxon is solid and very loyal. I… don’t see them becoming a problem.”

Jango nodded. “And Vau?”

“I don’t really know him,” Pre said. “He was telling the truth, he only joined House Vizsla recently - just after we killed Adonai Kryze, I think. Tor had him working on something , but I’m not sure what.”

Jango tapped his finger against the hilt of the pistol at his right hip, thinking. After the assassination… Had Vau thought it meant the war would soon be over? Had he chosen to throw his lot in with what he assumed would be the winning side? Did he have some kind of special skills that made Tor set him to a specific task rather than just fitting in with the rank and file of Death Watch? 

“Silas,” he asked, “do you know much about Walon Vau?”

“No,” Silas replied. “If he’d been part of the Haat’ade , one of us would recognise the name. Clan Vau aren’t big, but they’re pretty independent, and certainly not New Mandalorian supporters. Pretty sure some of them have taken mercenary jobs - I think maybe Jaster reached out to them way back, but they had their own thing going on and didn’t feel strongly enough to get involved. Not sure who their Clan Head is.”

Maybe it just had been desperation that sent Vau into Vizsla’s arms. He hadn’t seemed that enthusiastic about Kyr’tsad - but if he was just an amoral opportunist who thought that now the wind was blowing Jango’s way…

There was nothing to suggest Vau was going to be a problem right now - at least not a big enough problem for him to worry too hard about it. 

“Alright,” he said. The headache was starting to come back - or the painkillers were wearing off. “That’s enough politics for one day.” His leg could use the rest as well. 

----

Jango Fett had categorically forbidden Maul from attending the meeting with Kry’tsad’s representatives. Maul would not normally have given heed to even a direct command from his teacher if it concerned a matter he truly cared about, but mere curiosity was not enough to bear the consequences of disobedience. Those consequences would not be pain or punishment, but the sad, disappointed expressions his siblings would turn on him for ignoring their buir’s instructions. 

It didn’t matter to him. Death Watch was no threat to him - nor to Jango Fett, considering Maul’s own judgement of Jango’s abilities. Fett could kill Jedi - other Mandalorians were hardly an issue. Killing a Sith would be another matter, but there were only a handful of beings in the galaxy who might claim that. He had nothing to fear from Kyr’tsad . Equally if Maul had been there today, he was not afraid of being thought of as a softer target, one whose death would cause Jango pain. He could protect himself.

Jango would defend his title competently. There was nothing to worry about, and worry was unworthy of the Sith… No. Not just the Sith. Any who used the Dark Side. He really must think of a more appropriate name for this new path he was walking. He was not a Sith, not a Nightbrother, not a Dark Jedi, not a Goran… 

Irrelevant. He was distracted, that was all. The energies of the forge here beneath Fort Mereel were still unsettling. That was why he was tense, his stomach tight, an edge of irritability rasping along his nerves… 

He curled that irritation inside him, letting it sharpen his senses, calling the chill of the Dark into his bones. The burning heart-of-a-star that was the forge did not even flicker, utterly unaffected by the shadows that gathered around Maul in the Force. In front of him, Goran reached delicately past layers and layers of shielding, brushing against Maul’s energies with an electrical buzz. 

[ I can feel that it is tied to your emotions, ] he said. [ It is cold like ice, but within that… anger. What is it that angers you? ]

“The specifics do not matter,” Maul replied - truthfully, even if it was dodging the question. “The Dark Side is passion - it responds to this, is called by it, and must then be subdued and commanded by the strength of one’s own will.”

[ Very unlike what little I know of the Jedi. ]

Maul sneered. “Naturally - their ways are completely opposed. They purge their emotions. They surrender to the so-called ‘will of the Force’ - the Light may be soft and weak enough to trust in that way, but the Dark is a predator. To surrender to its will would be to lose oneself entirely - and less and less would return at the other side. With greater risk, comes greater power.”

[ Is it only anger? Or all strong emotions? ] 

Maul began to answer, then paused. “The Sith focused on the use of hate, anger, rage - sometimes grief, or physical pain. On Dathomir, the Nightsisters use a part of the Force that is closer to the Dark than the Light, but they would never share their secrets with males. The way they accessed the Force… is strange to me.” He caught himself from saying too much, from implying a greater knowledge of them than he ought to have. As far as Savage and Feral knew, his only contact with the Nightsisters was from stories, his only time on Dathomir the moment of his birth, and when he rescued them and took them away. “Others who use the Dark may have different traditions.”

[ Touching the power of the stars is not a matter of emotion, ] Goran said, [ although willpower and determination certainly are needed. Emotions are only a boon or a hindrance in the way they might be to any warrior in battle - yet you imply the Jedi are emotionless? ] 

“They certainly attempt to be…” Maul began, before the noise of footsteps clattering down the stairs interrupted him. Their owner intended for them to be overheard, making them intentionally loud. Before long Kilindi appeared in the doorway of the forge with both Bo-Katan and Satine Kryze visible behind her. 

So, the Duchess had been released from her usual minders. Given the presence of Kyr’tsad , was that a wise idea? Perhaps at least she would gain a greater appreciation for her current captors when reminded who else might have laid hands on her.

“Making progress?” Kilindi asked. 

“Tolerably,” Maul replied, “but that’s not why you’re here.”

“It’s all over,” she said, confirming what he had already guessed. “Jacek told me that Jango killed two of them, and the rest are playing along. They’ve been left to settle in before the main meeting in a couple days.”

“Where our hostages will no doubt be paraded in front of our new allies,” Maul said, with a meaningful look towards the Kryze sisters.

“I’m no hostage,” Bo-Katan retorted instantly, almost spitting the words out.

“Does your own clan know that yet?” Maul asked. “If they think you are held here unwillingly, that we have both the Kryze heirs, they may be more compliant.” 

“I’m not going back,” Bo-Katan said. “There’s nothing for me there.” 

Next to her, Satine let out an inarticulate noise, more of anger than of pain. “I shouldn’t be surprised,” she muttered under her breath. “You wouldn’t be allowed back, after what you did.”

Bo-Katan ignored her sister in a very pointed way. They both seethed in the Force, drawing the Dark Side even without being Force-sensitive themselves. Maul doubted that Bo-Katan had killed her father with her own hands, but she’d certainly opened the way and provided the circumstances that allowed it to happen. That would be enough to mark her kinslayer. He would have cared more about that if he cared at all about her

“Let us go and see the newcomers for ourselves,” Maul suggested, waving to Feral and Savage to follow him. [ Goran , if we have your leave that is. ]

In the great hall above, Jacek Mereel was conversing with the other clan elders. She nodded a greeting but didn’t call them over, so they were able to slip out into the corridors outside without incident. “Where are Death Watch now?” Feral asked Kilindi, before Maul could get the same question out. “Have you seen them yet? What will they do with the ones that died? Are they all old?”

“I was in the salle with Bo-Katan and Satine,” Kalindi reminded him. “It’s not like I was there. If we go find Pre, he can tell us.”

“Were you not tempted to sneak away?” Maul murmured to her, raising an eyebrow in amusement. 

Kilindi elbowed him in the ribs. “I could have, but I was being responsible. It wouldn’t be a good idea to leave those two alone with each other.” 

“So, where do you think the Kyr’tsade are now?” Maul asked. 

“Mess hall?” Kilindi suggested. “It’s almost latemeal. Or Jacek said a wing had been set aside for them, so they might be there? They’ve probably had enough of fighting for one day, so I don’t think they’d go to the salle, and we would have spotted them on the way.”

The mess hall was a good enough place to start, and Maul was curious. Would he know any of them from his past life? Likely only if they were quite young. 

“Is this wise ?” Satine Kryze said. He could feel her nervousness. She was not without any instincts of self-preservation. 

“You are under Jango’s protection,” Savage reassured her. “You have nothing to fear.”

She didn’t fully believe him, but a week or two as their captive had at least settled her to the extent that she no longer believed they would kill her or torture her at any moment. She did not offer any further protest. 

The mess hall was busy given the time of day, but even without the shriekhawk sigils of House Vizsla on their shoulders the Death Watch verde would still have been obvious. Everyone else was keeping a wide and wary berth around them. Just because they were allies now did not mean that they were trusted or liked. Maul’s eyes travelled over them - they wore their clan colours, more individualistic than the uniform blue, black and grey of Kyr’tsad under Pre Vizsla’s command. The only other Death Watch verde he’d seen in this time were Pre and Bo-Katan, so he could not draw any firm conclusions - it might be a mark of prestige and power. Or had it simply not been wise to draw attention to one’s clan in a time when Kyr’tsad had to run and hide from the New Mandalorian government?

“What is that ? Feral said, breathless with excitement. 

Maul followed his gaze towards some kind of six-limbed animal lounging on the bench beside a verd in matte black, delicately taking pieces of meat from their hand with a maw of knife-like teeth. His nostrils flared, linking a strange, musky, unfamiliar scent in the air to this predator. He did not find it strictly unpleasant, but it was… insistent , for lack of a better word. 

“I believe it must be a strill,” he replied. “They are traditionally used for hunting on Mandalore.” He had never seen one before himself, but had read about them. 

Feral sighed. “That’s so cool. Do you think we could get one?”

“Ask buir ,” Kilindi said, amused.

The strill’s owner knew that they were being watched, and they were in earshot, but they didn’t react. The strill glanced over, but only flicked its ears in mild interest. Its presence felt more complicated in the Force than many animals - it was intelligent, if not fully sapient. 

Interest in potential pets for Feral aside, there was something vaguely familiar about some of the other Kyr’tsade . That red and white armour… 

The younger verd turned their head and Maul finally got a good look at their face. A shock of sudden recognition swept over him. Rounded by youth like pottery still being shaped, yet still unmistakable for the man he would become, Gar Saxon looked back at him across a gap of decades. 

How long since the end of the Clone Wars? How long since the battle of Mandalore? Even though Gar had not died there, Maul had never seen him again. 

He’d wondered, had he not, if any of his former comrades would be among Kry’tsad ’s ranks now. Yet that idle thought hadn’t prepared him for the strange reality of it. Was Rook Kast…? No, he did not see her - or a youngling who could be her - amongst the verde . Gar himself was only, what, fourteen, perhaps fifteen? Rook had been younger than him. 

Maul ducked his head and looked away before Gar caught him watching. He wanted to approach, but he would not be able to explain their connection. Even if travelling through time had been believable, how could he make understandable a relationship which only one of them remembered? ‘ A long time ago you were loyal to me in a way only my brother had ever been before…’  

His moment of inattention cost him. Feral was already walking over, gaze fixed on the strill and almost vibrating with his eagerness. “Hi,” he chirped to the verd in black. “I’m Feral Fett, he/him. Can I pet your strill?”

Maul was dearly tempted to strangle him, or if not that then drag him away, possibly with the Force. He couldn’t do so without having to explain his contradictory motivations - when he had been so keen to meet with Death Watch before, why would he hesitate now? He could only follow the rest of his family and do his best to fade into the background. Later, once he had a chance to retreat and reassess, once he had plotted out a plan of attack… 

“It’s name is Lord Mirdalan,” the verd was saying. “You can pet it if it lets you. Hold out your hand for Mird to scent first.”

Feral put his palm in front of its maw happily. His smile split his face apart when it took a few sniffs then laid its head in his hand. It accepted his attention thereafter with lazy grace, though its chest rumbled with purring. Maul didn’t personally see the appeal, but most creatures of this sort he’d encountered over the course of his life had been doing their best to kill him. 

“You must be the rest of the Mand’alor’s kids,” another verd said - this one in traditional Vizsla colours. “I’m Pol Vizsla, he/they.” He did a round of introductions of the rest of their group - Kilindi and Savage did the same on their side. Pol’s eyes narrowed slightly when they got to Bo-Katan and Satine. The intensity of his interest was sharp in the Force, but it did not show on the surface. He asked only polite, meaningless questions, and answered a few of their own. 

He did not tell them anything they had not already known, or been able to guess. The eight of them remaining had sworn loyalty at least for now, cementing the uneasy truce between Haat’ade and Kyr’tsad . Precisely how they would combine their forces would be a question for the next meeting. 

Maul remembered operational meetings more from Crimson Dawn than Death Watch. He had simply explained what he wanted to Pre Vizsla and Pre delivered, up until the point they turned on each other in inevitable mutual betrayal. After that, Gar and Rook were the ones to organise everything. Moulding feuding crime families full of the cowardly, duplicitous and incompetent into something useful and efficient enough that he did not drive himself mad with rage had been immeasurably more difficult. 

Knowing how to do it was not the same as enjoying it. Maul could only hope this particular meeting tomorrow would be less dull. 

Eventually they were able to extricate themselves from the conversation - mostly this required prying a sticky Feral away from the still, which certainly wasn’t complaining about the attention. 

“You were quiet,” Kilindi whispered to Maul, once they had left. 

“Merely cautious,” he replied. 

“Since when?” she said, rhetorically. “Did you realise you kept glancing at that boy? Were you hoping he wouldn’t notice? I think you were starting to worry him.”

Heat flooded Maul’s cheeks and he was thankful the dark red and black of his skin meant no-one could tell. “No,” he said, then failed to think of anything to follow it up. 

“No?” Kilindi said, a teasing smirk starting to grow. “No, what?”

“I looked at him a perfectly normal amount,” Maul replied with dignity. 

“Brother,” Savage said, blinking hard as though he had just figured something out. “Did you… like him?”

Maul was briefly struck mute by the teenage idiocy of it all. “No!” he shouted. “No I did not… like him like that! It was simply…” He cast around for a believable excuse that wasn’t ‘I used to know him, but you cannot ask me how, and he would not remember me’. “He was the only one there our age. If they stay for any time it is likely he will want to spar with us.”

His heart sank as soon as he said it, because he was right. Verd’ika sparred with each other - it was normal and expected. Spurning him would be taken as an insult. 

What would Gar think of him now, at this age? Maul was no longer a powerful Sith Lord, and his Mand’alor by right of single combat as well. What if he only saw the child? What if he did not respect him? What if…

Maul wrenched his thoughts from that direction of travel with an effort. None of that was important, and so it should not concern him. This version of Gar Saxon was an entirely different person, a new person who had not earned any of Maul’s regard. It had been easy enough to leave him to what had seemed his inevitable death during the siege, so why did he now suddenly care so much? 

It was just the surprise affecting him. After he meditated and mastered himself again, everything would return to normal. 

“Well I thought he was cute,” Kilindi said, relentless. “So if you don’t want him…”

“I am going to suffocate you in your sleep,” Maul promised her. 

“You can try!”

Maul lengthened his strike, opening up some distance ahead of them. He would not dignify himself with this childishness. 

Hopefully Kilindi would have forgotten about this by tomorrow… but he didn’t think she would. 

Chapter 26

Summary:

War councils and preparations.

Notes:

Only new Mando'a word would be hibir, which means student.

Chapter Text

Satine kept her chin held high despite the weight of dozens of pairs of eyes turning her way the moment she entered the hall. 

“The Duchess Satine Kryze, heir of her House.” Jango Fett’s voice rang from wall to wall, a mockery of the guards who would have announced her in the gleaming glass and marble rooms of Sundari if she’d never been forced to flee. Death Watch had filled her home with all the implacable destruction of a raging fire, cutting down retainers, clashing with other members of her House, all in their search for her. She remembered Uncle Theodore’s big, reassuring hands on her shoulders, pushing her through the service tunnel where only the cleaning droids went with a promise that someone would be waiting on the other side to take her away… She’d known by the look in his eyes that she would never see him again. 

This was what these monsters would do to all of her people who resisted them, and after that they’d bring the tide of blood to the rest of the galaxy. It didn’t matter what the soldiers of House Mereel claimed. They might hide their viciousness away, they might claim they were in some way better, honourable , but they were still treating with Death Watch. They let animals in to sit down at the table with them. How could they say that they were any better? They wanted the same things. The New Mandalorians were the only ones standing in the way of history repeating itself, the return of the old ways, conquest, subjugation, families and children cut down or taken away…

Her own life didn’t matter in comparison to that. She would not be intimidated if they threatened her. She would find some way of stopping them from using her against her own people. 

Warriors in full beskar’gam stood in rows and groups, clustered in knots that shared colours and symbols. The eight representatives from Death Watch were here, alongside all the others who had arrived over the last week or so. Satine had met most of them at some point, but kept her distance where possible. She didn’t want to know these people. Each new face was a dagger drawn and pointed at Mandalore’s heart. Each was a threat to seven centuries of peace. Each a traitor, a criminal, breaking the laws set down to protect them from themselves, and others from them. 

Satine stood on the dais in front of them, refusing to be cowed. 

“The rest of House Kryze is now aware of the Duchess’ location,” Fett continued. “There’s no-one else of her direct bloodline remaining aside from her sister, who has renounced the New Mandalorians already. She is the head of her House.” He turned to her. “Will you order them to surrender?”

The question - the insult - hit her like a slap. “I shall not,” she said, in the coldest voice she could muster. 

“You might be able to end this war with a word,” he told her. “If what you want is an end to violence…”

“Bending the knee to you, Mand’alor , would not be an end to violence. Violence is your way of life. It is everything you are and represent. I won’t allow everything the New Mandalorians have worked for to be destroyed.”

She hoped that he would argue. Her heart pattered fast in her chest and at least talking would give her some kind of control , even if that was an illusion. If he debated her he gave her perspective more legitimacy - but it seemed he knew that. Fett just turned away from her. 

“I offered you the easy way out,” he said. “This wasn’t a choice between losing quickly and winning slowly after a tough fight. The New Mandalorians can’t stand against us.”

“Don’t be so arrogant!” she snapped at him. “My people won’t roll over for you any more than I will! Fighting to protect peace from those who would destroy it is the right thing to do, and most Mandalorians see that. What makes you so sure you can beat us now, after failing for the last decade?”

“Decade?” Jango Fett said. “You’re thinking of Kyr’tsad , Duchess. The Haat’ade never tried to defeat you, just keep you off our backs, and we managed that just fine. Look around.” He gestured to the gathered warriors. “Do you even know enough about your people to recognise the clans represented here? You pacifists aren’t as popular as you think.”

Satine did recognise them, in point of fact. Her father had… had still been young, but Satine was his heir and had been educated as such. It wasn’t just her time on Coruscant studying galactic politics. She learned the sigils of the Houses and clans of Mandalore to know who she would one day be ruling, even if those symbols were forbidden from being worn on armour rather than just banners. 

“Your House will negotiate with us, even if you won’t,” Fett said. His tone was dismissive, but that just banked the fire of Satine’s defiance up further. 

“If they negotiate my release on any terms so favourable to you, I will rescind them the minute I return to Sundari,” she said. “Terms made under such duress and without my own consent will not hold me.”

That got a reaction from the rest of the room, a low murmur of anger. 

“I suppose I’d be a fool to let you go then,” Fett said. “In fact what you’re really saying is you’re no use to me at all. What would be the point in keeping you alive then?”

Satine did not flinch. She couldn’t. She walked into this hall already certain of her heart and her decision. Once again she held her chin up, throat bared. “I will die before I surrender.”

Jango Fett turned back to her. Approached several stalking steps. He hooked his thumbs into his belt and stared her down. She was close enough to see the hint of his eyes through the polarised transparisteel of his visor. Flat. Merciless. She was certain he was capable of it. She could not control his actions, only her own. 

He drew the Darksaber. Lit it. The thrum of caged plasma was not particularly loud, but it was suddenly the only thing that she could hear. 

He swung. 

The Darksaber stopped only a hair’s-breadth from her neck. The heat of it was painful, but only on the edge of burning and not over it. 

After a moment, Jango Fett said, “Can’t say you lack the courage of your convictions.” Then he put the Darksaber away. 

Blinking, Satine’s eyes refocused. She could see the scene as a whole again, rather than focusing on the threat in front of her. Her skin was damp with fear-sweat, but she had not flinched. 

She’d passed through the fire unscathed and unchanged… no. She was still in the forge. This wouldn’t end until the war did. 

On the other side of the dais Bo-Katan had taken a step forwards, was still frozen there with her hand half-raised. She hadn’t called out, Satine would have heard her, but she… she still reacted. Why? Bo-Katan didn’t care about her, she couldn’t, otherwise she would not have done all this

Jango Fett paid her no more attention. It took the long span of repeated slow and measured breaths for Satine to fully master herself and pay attention to what he was saying, for words to be anything more than noise. At some point which she had missed, a holoprojector had been activated and was beaming light down from a position on the ceiling somewhere, showing a map of the Mandalore sector. Fett’s hands moved with sharp, sure gestures, mapping out positions, lines of attack, things that meant nothing to her. 

Satine’s education was that of a diplomat, a true pacifist ruler. She’d chosen that, and her father hadn’t insisted otherwise. It just made sense to her - this was the future of their people, after all. At the time the Death Watch terrorists had been on the back foot, the position of House Kryze was secure, there was no reason to believe that any of that would change. Only now Satine wondered if the peace had been only because Death Watch were distracted. At that time they were fighting on two fronts, clashing with Jaster Mereel’s faction - though Satine hadn’t known anything about that. 

Now she wondered if she had been too confident. Her father had been a warrior, though only from necessity - perhaps she should have considered if it was just as necessary for her to follow his example. She meant what she’d said - fighting to preserve peace might seem paradoxical, but it was an evil that had to be borne for the greater good that would come at the end of it. As soon as the terrorists were defeated, that could all be set aside and forgotten.

At the moment all this meant was that she didn’t understand much of what Fett was discussing with these people who lived and breathed war and violence. They didn’t care that they were talking about their military plans in front of her - who would she tell? How could she get word out to anyone? 

Fett changed the focus of the map to Mandalore itself. The blasted desert wastes of the planetary south spread over the uppermost part of the globe as he spun it north-down, scattered with bright dots that marked out cities - the domes that would one day help to reclaim what had been destroyed and regenerate it again. War had scoured their planet before, and now it would again. 

The war council went on some time longer, slipping between Mando’a and Basic. Satine tried to memorise what details she could, the names of ships, which clans promised to bring how many warriors and what resources, but she struggled to keep it straight in her head. In the end the meeting drew to a close, and everyone started to leave. One of the Death Watch representatives came over to Fett, that pungent creature of his trotting at his heels, but Satine was distracted from trying to listen in by a fist colliding with her shoulder. 

“Why are you trying to get yourself killed?” Bo-Katan hissed at her. 

“Perhaps the only thing your side and mine might agree on, is that dying for one’s principles is a very Mandalorian thing to do,” Satine replied, rubbing her shoulder. It hadn’t been a full-force punch, but Bo had still meant for it to hurt. 

“He wouldn’t have killed you,” Bo said, but Satine thought she didn’t fully believe that herself. “It would be foolish anyway.”

“Indeed,” Maul said, sliding himself into the conversation in that slick way he had. “We have no intention of giving your people a martyr to rally behind.”

Satine glared at him with deep dislike. She trusted Maul least of all his siblings. There was something wrong behind his eyes - when she looked at him it didn’t always feel like a child looking back. It might be something to do with the Force, the strange mirror of the Jedi’s abilities he apparently possessed. Whatever the true reason, instinctively he made her uneasy. 

“Come,” Maul said, with the tone of an order. “ We have other things to do, and you cannot stay here.”

----

[ Mand’alor, a moment of your time. ] 

Walon Vau stood below the dais, keeping a respectful distance. Jango couldn’t think what he might want to talk to him about. There had been plenty of time for questions once they’d finished hashing out the various potential ways the coming campaign could go. 

[ Come up here, ] he said, waving him over. [ What is it? ] 

[ I think you should know what Tor had me working on. ] 

[ Yes, ] Jango said, attention sharpening. He wasn’t the only one - next to him Silas did the same. [ I want to hear this. Can’t imagine it’s anything good. ] 

[ It started out as something that could have been at least helpful, ] Vau said, folding his arms over his chest - it seemed slightly defensive. [ Chances of it working were always slim though, to say the least. ] He sighed, shook his head slightly. [ I’m getting out of order. Like I said, this Death Watch thing was new for me. Partly it was clan pressure - since before that mess that took you out on Galidraan I’ve been working training contracts with the Ithorian Defence Forces. Good pay for honest work. Wasn’t planning on coming back anywhere near the Mandalorian Sector, but after the assassination of Duke Kryze, Tor Vizsla put out a call for someone with interrogation skills. ] 

[ To interrogate who? ] Jango asked, not liking the sound of this. 

[ Satine Kryze isn’t the oldest living member of the Kryze bloodline, ] Vau said. [ Adonai’s younger sibling Theodore was captured during the attack. Tor thought they could be made to give up Satine’s location, or failing that, at least provide useful military intelligence. ] 

[ Torture? ] Silas said, hands balling into fists. 

[ Hah! ] Vau’s laugh was short and humourless. [ Sure, if you want a mess of noise with very little signal in it. Picking that apart’s more trouble than it's worth. Interrogation is about gaining the target’s trust, forcing them to build some kind of bond with you, making them want to tell you. It’s a lot easier with petty criminals or mercs with no personal skin in the game. An ideological battle like the one we’ve all been getting stuck in the last couple decades? I knew when I volunteered that it probably wouldn’t work, but I thought, well, if there’s a chance of ending this mess for good? Then it’s worth it. ] 

[ And when it didn’t work? ] Jango asked. 

[ Then Tor did suggest we move on to torture, ] Vau admitted. [ Tor wanted Theodore broken, spirit crushed, made into a hollow shell of themself. That’s what torture is for. At that point they would say whatever Tor wanted, make any kind of promise. As long as Satine was still missing and on the run, it might have done to get some of House Kryze to roll over and surrender. ] 

[ Where is Theodore now? ] And just what kind of state was he in? Walon hadn’t said whether or not he’d been involved when the torture began, but Tor or the other sadists in Kyr’tsad could do that without any help. The hardest part of it would be not killing their victim. 

[ On Concordia, right under the New Mandalorian’s noses. I suspected that the others might forget to mention it. If Pol even knows - not sure anyone outside Tor’s inner circle did, actually. ]

[ So if I ask, they’ll turn Theodore over to me? ] Jango asked, communicating his disbelief with a tilt of his helmet. 

Vau shrugged. [ They’ve sworn loyalty, haven’t they? Anyway, you’re my Mand’alor at least, so you’re the one who ought to decide what to do with Theodore Kryze. ]

Jango nodded slowly. Satine’s uncle was just as much a bargaining chip as she was, and the more prisoners of war they had from House Kryze the better to force them to back down. He didn’t doubt Satine’s promise to lead the New Mandalorians against him if she was released or traded back, but the threat of the Darksaber hanging over her head - and that of her uncle - would hopefully be enough for her House. It sounded like the man would need medical treatment, but after that there would be someone to keep the Duchess company. 

Also potentially to help her plot an escape, but Jango really couldn’t see how it could be possible from here. 

[ Thank you, ] he said. [ I’ll talk to Pol about it. ] 

----

“You’re leaving us here,” Maul said. His voice sounded flat and emotionless even to his own ears - a slow roil of anger burned through his chest. He dug his nails into his folded arms, cycling his breath in and out, moving the Dark with it caught but controlled. “We’re warriors just like…”

“Maul, you’re thirteen,” Jango cut him off. “It hasn’t even been six months since your verd’goten . Kilindi is the same age, and Feral is only eleven. There’s no way I’m bringing you into this war right away.”

“This is rank hypocrisy,” Maul snarled, a growl rumbling between his ribs. “I’ve heard about your past - Jaster Mereel took you with him on mercenary actions when you were barely older!”

“I said not right away, not never!” Jango snapped right back. “My buir made sure I was with a squad who could look after me and positioned me well away from the action. I can’t do the same for you and your siblings until we have proper, on-the-ground intel. We don’t even have a foothold in the Mandalore system yet - I won’t trust the approach to Concordia until we’ve proof-tested it.”

He met Maul’s eyes - the way he radiated sincerity was truly unpleasant. 

“There’s not much to do during ship action anyway. You won’t be missing out.”

Maul looked away first, a waver in his conviction that he immediately regretted but couldn’t take back. “You can hardly call what is coming ‘ship action’,” he said in a low grumble. “You possess nothing larger than a corvette.”

“There’s hardly been a need for any clan to maintain more than that since the Dral’han , even if they could.”

Maul’s ears pricked up slightly at that. “Because the New Mandalorians forbid it, or because the Republic did?” he asked. “Unless it is a matter of economics?”

“Pretty sure the Republic would have had some pointed questions if MandalMotors turned out a cruiser-class, even if it was for an export contract,” Jango replied, bitterness barely concealed beneath his light tone. “The Haat’ade didn’t have a cruiser when we were out running mercenary contracts, but we never went in large enough numbers to need one. The last time our people built and used capital ships would have been a thousand years ago.”

“Perhaps that will change in the future,” Maul said. The idea of it caused a different kind of warmth to flow through him - bloodlust and ambition, rather than frustrated rage. 

“Not unless we need them to defend ourselves from the kriffing Republic,” Jango said. “Not that I can rule that out.”

“So if you will not allow us to go with you now, when will you?” Maul asked, realising that Fett had managed to slide him deftly away from his main point of contention. “We are Mandalorians, warriors. We deserve to be allowed to fight.” 

“I promise you’ll get your chance. In the meantime I know you’ll be training hard.”

Maul scoffed. “Naturally.”

“I’ll ask the elders to arrange some live-fire exercises for you.” Maul’s reaction must have shown on his face, as Jango muttered, “Yes I thought you’d like that,” to himself. He continued, “Once we’ve secured our line of advance from Concordia and screened our supply lines back to Concord Dawn, then I’ll come back to get you all. Hopefully I’ll have a little present to drop off for Satine as well.”

Maul gave him a quizzical look, but Jango did not seem prepared to say any more. 

There was nothing more to be gained by any argument he could devise. At least he had Jango’s sworn word that he would be permitted to join the battle in due course. Maul suspected it would be to something inappropriately ‘safe’ - as though he needed the coddling! Pre was going - it stung, but it was meant as a reminder to Kyr’tsad . Supposedly. In the meantime more training for his siblings would not go amiss - not just in the Force, but continuing to develop their skills with all manner of weaponry, squad-tactics, small explosives, and everything else that a proper adult Mandalorian should be able to do. Feral and Savage were not yet up to he and Kilinidi’s level. 

If he could persuade Jacek to allow them to have the freedom of the glacial valley, he could put a course together with some assistance on the materials side not dissimilar to those he’d run on Orsis… Though Bo-Katan would be there too, he could not think of an excuse sufficient to send her away… 

It was enough to occupy Maul’s mind for the moment. 

----

Maul had caught Jango and argued with him as soon as he heard that he would be left at Fort Mereel, but in fact he need not have rushed. Making plans was one thing, but preparing to carry them out quite another. Maul had grown too used to the fast-moving hit-and-run style of Crimson Dawn, or Pre’s Kyr’tsad guerillas, where forces moved in groups that could be swiftly marshalled together at a word, striking swiftly and efficiently then slipping away again. 

The tactics of this version of Kyr’tsad had not changed that much between now and Maul’s future-past and the forces they could spare were the first to arrive, but the supposedly neutral warrior clans did not keep their ships and fighters sitting fueled and ready to go. Those had to be retrieved from secret places and made ready before they could be marshalled - and the former-but-now-returned Haat’ade would comprise the bulk of their force. Kyr’tsad were already fighting this war and could not withdraw too much of their strength without alerting the New Mandalorians that a new ploy was afoot.

“We’ll strike hard and clear a path through to Mandalore and Concordia,” Jango had said. “A show of force, and a foothold to negotiate from.”

As a result, this was much more akin to the ponderous movement of the Galactic Empire, albeit shrunk down. Marshalling for war was the work of several weeks, rather than several days. It didn’t change much for Maul or his siblings. The ‘adults’ kept busy with preparations, fielding queries from clan heads, drafting battlefield assignments, running sims and the like. As though Maul was not an adult! He had passed his verd’goten , even if not for his former life’s experience. 

Still, Maul knew how to be patient. His former Master had drilled that into him from the earliest years - the covert centuries-long war against the Jedi called for patience above all else. Frustration was a tool, a whetstone. Something to pour into his training - and that of others. 

Dank farrik!” The curse was knocked out of Feral as his back hit the mat. “I thought I had it. Sorry Maul.” 

Maul raised an eyebrow. He knew Feral hadn’t picked that phrase up from him . His brother didn’t pay that any attention though, rolling up to his feet and lowering himself into a prepared stance. 

“I’m ready to try again,” he said. 

Maul nodded, and attacked. He traded a few blows with Feral before giving him the opening for the throw again. Feral lunged - still not quite right, but closer - Maul twisted away, a moment’s grapple before shifting his weight and tossing Feral back to the floor. 

“Again,” he said, when Feral lay there grumbling. He knew his brother was not in pain - nothing leached into the Force aside from a little self-recrimination. It was unworthy of him. Feral was competent for his age and lack of former training. Maul could hardly hold him up to his own standards when at the same point he’d been training under Sidious’ guidance for seven years. “Or do you want to switch places with Savage?”

Feral glanced over to where Savage was holding himself upside down with his weight balanced entirely on one palm, and shook his head vigorously. “I’d just fall over,” he said. “Fall over more than I’m doing anyway, I mean.”

“I would happily swap with you brother,” Savage said, without opening his eyes. A faint sheen of sweat beaded his skin, and his muscles were trembling very slightly. Partially he was able to feed the ache of exertion into the Force, drawing the Dark Side to him for strength, but his control of this left something to be desired. 

“When you are almost at your limit, you may switch position,” Maul told him. “Feral. Get up. Master this before we must speak again with Goran .”

Someone was watching them. Maul could sense the weight of their eyes falling on him. He shifted his attention subtly, looking for the culprit and found them - Gar Saxon, with his mother and some newly arrived Saxon ramikade on the other side of the training salle. 

It was not a surprise that Gar was curious. Maul was the Mand’alor’s hibir , his student, and Feral and Savage his adopted sons. In some sense they could even be thought of as princes, though such titles were not the Mandalorian fashion. Gar had not yet asked to spar with them, but that was more due to how busy he was than because he did not want to. Kyr’tsad did not coddle their children - he was not being held back from the war. 

Maul could not deny his own curiosity. This was not the Gar he knew, but how different was he? In his past life Maul had little occasion to deal with younglings outside those brief years at Orsis, and most there were either another of its dangers to him, or he was utterly indifferent to them. Kilindi was a rare exception. Pre’s ramikade had been mostly full grown adults, with any younger teens still in training. A few younglings were present within the strike forces that took on the cartels and then the New Mandalorians, but too low down the chain of authority for Maul to bother with. There had of course been Skywalker’s padawan, Lady Tano - still barely a teen when they met - and later on Ezra Bridger, his possible apprentice… 

Now of course he had his brothers, he had Kilindi again, he had - reluctantly - the Kryze sisters to put up with. Gar Saxon did not fit into any box he had a name for. If they spoke, would Maul find him childish and contemptible? Irritating? 

He did not want to. Even considering the possibility felt like an insult to the loyal man he’d known - but he could not avoid him forever. 

Lithe arms gripped his waist and sleeve and Maul suddenly found himself on the floor, blinking up at the sky. 

“I did it!” Feral crowed. 

“Mnn,” Maul said. Only because he was not paying attention, but he only had himself to blame for that. 

“He was looking at Gar Saxon again,” Savage muttered in a quiet aside. 

“I was not!” Maul said at once, though the blatancy of the lie must have filtered into the Force. “You have your eyes closed Savage, how could you tell where I was and was not looking?”

“You’re both in the same room together, obviously you were looking,” Savage replied, showing nothing on his face - at least not at first, for in splitting his concentration in order to mock Maul he had lost more of his grip on the Dark Side, and his pose was no longer tenable. Savage put his other hand down quickly with a grunt, almost falling entirely. After a moment attempting to regain his balance he rolled out of it and to his feet. 

“Focus, Savage,” Maul said, with a slightly mocking tone. 

He was no longer looking in Gar Saxon’s direction, but that did not mean he had taken his attention from him. Maul was aware of him in the Force, a once-familiar presence now just slightly off in a way which constantly took him off guard. A presence that was approaching. 

Su’cuy ,” Gar said, nodding to each of them politely. To Savage he added, “That was some impressive arm strength.”

“Thank you,” Savage replied. “But it’s nothing but practice.” Practise and better meals than he’d had on Dathomir, Maul knew. The extremities of his brother’s stature in the other timeline were due to the witches’ magic, but he was still piling on muscle and height both. His full growth would be larger than the version of him that had been revealed in death. 

“I hope you don’t mind me butting in,” Gar began.

“We don’t!” Feral replied quickly, a grin stretching his features. 

“I heard some rumours that you’re all touched by the stars.” 

Maul reached out with the Force, but sensed only honest curiosity. The other Gar had been like that as well, questions always hovering at the front of his mind but rarely expressed out loud. It was not that Maul had shut him down when he asked, but in his experience people did not enquire about his life for innocent reasons. It took him some time to genuinely believe that Gar concealed no ill intentions and by that point he had drawn back from asking. 

Saxon was not Force-sensitive himself, but that did nothing to temper his fascination with such powers. 

“That is true,” Savage told Gar. “Are you…?”

“No, but… what is it like?”

Suddenly his eagerness was like sandpaper, scraping rough over Maul’s mental shields. “I’ll show you,” he said abruptly. “Come. We will need more space.”

As they moved from their current training space to one of the larger sparring rings, Maul drew Kenobi’s lightsaber from a concealing pouch at his belt. He might not have been allowed to keep it if not for the fact he and Jango trained with it so regularly. It was to Jango’s credit that he would not carry a weapon he lacked mastery in - and the Darksaber was no exception. Fett was so busy at the moment, the training sessions and mealtimes were the main occasions they all saw the man. Not that it mattered. 

It wasn’t as if Maul was missing his presence.

The kyber crystal within the hilt trembled in his hand. He had not tried to bleed it, even if Jango now knew about him being Sith. Bleeding a kyber took a great deal of time and energy that Maul did not currently have, and past that, he was unsure that he wanted a lightsaber that would mark him so clearly as Sith. He was not one. Surely there were other ways to break the crystal to his will and bind it to him?

“A jetti’kad’au ?” Gar asked, surprised. 

“The spoils of war.” 

“Are we… at war with the jetti ?” 

Maul shot him a stern look. “Not… currently.” Not yet , he knew Gar would understand. No doubt he would spread that gossip to his clan, who might spread it further within Kyr’tsad . If they got their teeth into the idea, then Jango would have difficulty arguing against it - and arguing against something he very much wanted to do himself. Maul had not forgotten whose face the eventual doom of the Jedi had worn. 

“I’d like to see it,” Gar said, before eagerness slid into something more wary. “Not sure I can spar against you with it though.” He tapped his cuirasse. “Not enough beskar in here for that.”

“There are settings other than lethal,” Maul said. 

Instantly the eagerness was back, alongside a smile just this side of bloodthirsty. Maul remembered it fondly. For a moment the boy in front of him was the man, tall and broad-shouldered, vicious, obedient… and then he was the boy again. 

Gone , his heart said, and he curled the pain of it close up and tight inside him for a pearl of the Dark Side to coagulate around. Maul ignited Kenobi’s saber and held it before him. 

“Let me see what you are made of then.”

Chapter 27

Summary:

Maul learns of the ka'ra, and the war against the New Mandalorians begins.

Notes:

Thanks for continuing to leave all your nice comments everyone!

Mando'a:
Kad'ijaat - Blade of Honour
La'mun - Azimuth

Chapter Text

Walking to the forge after his spar with Gar Saxon left Maul numb, not due to a lack of feeling but rather so many different emotions clashing that they cancelled each other out. He could not put a name to them individually, but it was strange that he should be so affected by what was but a minor event in the greater scheme of things. It could not be only the contrast of familiar past and unfamiliar present - he had not reacted this way when he found Savage on Dathomir, nor when he first arrived in the past. 

Perhaps he’d simply been too busy back then to allow himself to be confused. With time, he would get used to this as well. 

If the spar had been useful for anything, it was in proving that this Gar Saxon was not the same as his adult self. That should have been self-evident, but Maul’s mind had been reluctant to accept it. Whatever part of him had clung so tightly to memories was now starting to loosen its hold and accept reality. It would be unfair to treat this boy as he would have his former subordinate. 

Maul’s thoughts had little further time to percolate. The doorway to the forge opened before them. 

Maul put aside the whirl of emotion in his chest and focused instead on why he was here - so that Goran could gain a greater understanding of the Dark Side, and so that he could begin to understand the Mandalorians’ ka'ra

They had been working on the former up until now. Goran had only known the Dark before from the touch of ancient artefacts in clan armouries - and Maul had not forgotten that small fact, nor the opportunities it might present in future - but after Maul’s demonstrations he could claim a new level of understanding, albeit theoretical. It was enough for him to acknowledge Maul’s own capabilities. Maul had earned the title of Sith Lord, in the world before. His life on Concord Dawn with his family had not offered opportunities to use those skills to their full extent, but when it came to war that would all change. 

Now it came time for Maul to learn, rather than to teach. Savage and Feral sat on either side of him quietly, students too. Maul was slightly concerned that touching the ka'ra when they had not yet mastered the Dark might hamper their progress, but as a reason that was insufficient to stop them proceeding when they were so very eager. 

[ It may be harder to recognise the power of the stars in yourself, when all your instincts reach for the Dark Side, ] Goran warned him. [ The connection begins subtly, and is built up from there, as threads of wire are wound together. ] 

[ Show me, and I will find it, ] Maul replied. He was unconcerned. He knew that mastery of anything was not a quick process, but equally he did not doubt his own abilities. [ Where do we begin? ] Darth Sidious had not told him in words to meditate, or to reach for the Dark Side, nor had he even taught him to sense the Force and demonstrated what to look for. Sith did not handhold their Apprentices. First Sidious taught him anger, then instinct, then pain, and as all Force-sensitives would, Maul had reached out for something to protect himself. Reaching in anger, the Dark Side reached back. 

Yet Goran told him that emotion or the lack of it were immaterial to the ka'ra . Through what lens then could he reach out?

[ You have felt the forge already, ] Goran told him, gesturing to the centre of the room. Maul nodded - Savage and Feral looked less sure. 

“I know it is… something,” Savage said. “I am not sure I could put it into words.”

“It’s warm but distant,” Feral whispered. “Fierce and… solid? No, maybe firm , rather than solid, because it moves… it moves around itself, it doesn’t go anywhere.”

Maul nodded to himself, impressed. Feral had good instincts. The forge was like the heart of a star, which Maul had only ever sensed in open space at a reasonable distance - which was to say, millions of miles away. A star was a furnace of creation, burning and spitting out the building blocks of the universe at the point of its death. The forge felt, at the heart of it, like liquid molten metal swirling rhythmically, the magnetic heartbeat of a thing that did not live. 

[ The path of a goran is primarily learning to kindle and use the energies of a forge, which means knowing it and understanding it completely, ] Goran continued. [ But the forge does not join us on the battlefield, nor is the forge the ka'ra itself. It is an upper manifestation of a deeper truth. You must feel the forge first, but only so that you can learn to find and identify it elsewhere. ] 

Maul nodded. No matter the Force tradition it seemed that meditating on their connection to the Force was a vital part of it. Sith, Jedi, Gorane … No doubt the Dathomiri witches had their own version of this, another of the secrets they would never share with one such as him. 

Goran reached over and twisted a dial on the side of the forge. Blue jets of flame rotated inwards towards each other, too fierce and intense to flicker. [ Look into the flame, ] he said. [ See to the heart of it. ] 

Maul did as he was instructed, opening up his shields to better sense that which was in front of him. The Dark Side was as close to him as always, birthright and well-worn tool, but Maul did not focus on his anger or frustration. Those emotions were there - always they were there, for to be without them was to be without his most vital weapon - but if he allowed them to simply exist in the background he would not call the Dark to him. Now he was searching for something else.

The starlight that was the forge glistened in the Force, an illumination that shone beyond the physical light thrown by its flames. The brightness was a strain on his eyes, and everything outside of it dimmed. That swirl of energy thrummed, the steady churn of a vast piece of machinery, a great hammer rising and falling. A breath, a heartbeat. Alive and not alive.

Machines did not generate the Force, but that did not mean they were inert to it. The Force flowed through everything. Even droids, which did not feel like living beings in the Force no matter how much personality they appeared to have, could still be affected by it, otherwise rare Sith arts such as mechu-deru would not be effective. 

Why had this thought come to him in particular? There was some connection… Maul breathed deeply, focusing in, half-closing his eyes so that the forge became a single point of bright light in front of him. This was a place of power, a locus in the Force, but one that had been created rather than occurring naturally. Maul had travelled to many planets over the course of his life, and found many locations where the Force pooled, be it Light or Dark or unfamiliar traditions whose names he did not know. The Sith and Jedi that came before had built temples on some of those spots, but not all. What was it that drew the Force to these places? 

At times a concentration of living things; forests, swamps, thriving ecosystems. At times it was the echoes of some great event, tragedy or hope, massacre or brief utopia. The Force was strong where kyber crystals grew - or they grew where the Force was strong, Maul didn’t know which. Worship, the accretions of practice from practitioners and sensitives over centuries coloured the Force as well - this was why the Jedi Temple had been so strong, and yet still so corruptible to the Dark when enough blood was shed to poison it. 

This forge was not living, it marked no place of greatness, it held no kyber. Was it the beskar ? But beskar blocked the Force, it did not call it. The Force did not move through it… yet it must do, or it would always be a prison of the sort Pre had been trapped in. 

It was like the droids. Viewing the Force at another angle, shifting perspective like looking at sunlight through a prism or a lens, bending it into new colours… 

A shower of sparks, the clang of a hammer-blow like a bell through the air. Maul saw not a single pool of molten metal but layers, hundreds, thousands of them, more. It was a fractal, an infinity towards a single point and that point was everything - as much everything as the deepest black heart of the Dark Side, that cold ocean which spanned between all the stars in the night sky… 

He had it for only a moment before it receded from him again, but he knew it now. The shape of it was fixed in mind and heart. 

Maul looked up, blinking away afterimages from the jets of flame. Despite the helmet in the way, Goran met his eyes. 

[ You saw it. ] 

Maul nodded. He could not have put it into words even now - but then he could only put the mysteries of the Sith into words through the language of rage and emotion, and even that was but a dim shadow of the real thing. The ka'ra was nothing like the Dark Side, but the power he had just glimpsed could not be denied. 

For a moment he wondered how the Jedi saw their Light, but it was only a fleeting fancy. There was nothing about the Jedi ways that appealed to him - even in some strange world where that might have been an option, he did not believe he would take it. 

There were other ways to the Force, that was the most important lesson to be learned. 

Indeed, Maul thought with curiosity, why were there not more of them? Why did the Jedi hold such dominance in the galaxy? They had destroyed the Sith - was it reasonable then to assume they had also destroyed or suppressed other such traditions? Or had they subsumed them - Maul had a vague memory that certain Jedi Masters had come from planets with high numbers of Force sensitives among them, planets which had their own ways yet who still paid tribute to the Jedi Order. Were those younglings the price to keep some measure of independence? A sacrifice to avoid being otherwise destroyed? 

A distracting thought, but one that was not so easy for Maul to shake once it had arrived. What did the Jedi know about the Force traditions of Mandalorians? Did they feel threatened by it - well, there was no need for more reasons for the bad blood between them than already existed. 

[ What now? ] he asked Goran

Goran’s head turned to Savage and Feral, who were still looking into the steady blue flames. [ Patience. They have not yet found the heart. ] 

[ I have more training than they do, ] Maul replied, keeping his voice carefully neutral. [ It may take them some time. ] He could wait if he had to, but he did not want to. 

Goran nodded. [ Stand then, ] he said, sliding from kneeling to his feet in a smooth movement and stepping away. He gestured to a more open area of the forge. [ The path to the ka'ra is made of many steps, built over and over, a journey to perfection. ] 

[ By definition, perfection is a state that can never be reached, ] Maul replied.

[ Not truly reached, but with the grace and blessings of the stars, one can come close. ] Goran took a slender beskar shortsword from a rack on the wall and tossed it gently to Maul hilt-first. Maul caught it without difficulty and tested it. It sat light in his hand - though not like the near-weightlessness of a lightsaber. It was a training blade, not sharpened. 

[ For those who would become armourers, we would begin with hammer and tongs and steel, ] Goran continued. [ For the warrior, body and blade. Both must become one. ]

Maul was familiar with the principle - or thought he was. With a properly attuned or bled kyber, there was no separation between warrior and weapon. This was just inert metal though. 

So were droids. So was the forge, or it had started that way before being imbued with the Force. 

[ How? ] 

[ Start with a simple kata. Repeat it. Think of nothing but it - move towards the most perfect version of it. Feel for the moment the spark catches, when you feel a flicker of the same energy you saw within the forge, and build on that. ] 

Maul knew this would be the harder task. It had taken him a long time to learn to draw on the Dark Side, and he did not anticipate this moving more quickly. 

He was not afraid of putting in the effort. He began.

----

The flagship Kad’ijaat slid out of hyperspace on the outskirts of the Mandalorian system. Moments later with sleek co-ordination the rest of its hunting pack emerged from deep space to join it, bright indicator icons winking into being on the bridge’s tac-map. Through the front viewport Jango could see the distant dots of planets, and at the centre of it all, the pure white of their sun. Sublight engines winked on, and the deckplates beneath his feet vibrated slightly with the effort of acceleration. 

“No sign of enemy presence,” Silas said. “Bit early for the Kalevalans to have spotted us.”

“If they had any kind of intelligence about what we’ve been up to, they would have known we were coming and been here to greet us,” Oraya Mereel said, baring sharp teeth. “If we can catch them on the back foot we’ll make short work of them.”

The elder might be overconfident. If the New Mandalorians were that easy to defeat, Kyr’tsad would have managed the task already. Even so, the closer to Concordia they could get without being detected, the better. 

The fleet moved forwards, arrows sliding over the field of space on the tac-map. The large projector took up the centre of the corvette’s bridge, with various stations for comms and weapons systems set against the walls around it. The only chairs were for the pilot and co-pilot - if anything went wrong with the gravity they would simply magnetise their boots to the deck. It had been a long time since Jango completed his zero-gee training, but he remembered the protocols well enough. It was one of the first things Jaster taught him when he joined the Haat’ade on board their carrier ship… 

This wasn’t a good time to think about the past. 

Their small fleet had dropped in between the orbit of Mandallia and Bonagal, the system’s fifth and sixth planets, and half an hour of sublight burn brought them close enough to Mandalore for their long-range sensors to start sweeping the area. At this distance it would be difficult to pick most ships up unless they were cruisers - and there shouldn’t be any cruisers here. 

[ Mand’alor, I’ve got something, ] Petra, one of the House Mereel verde said.

Jango nodded and she zoomed the image on the tac-map out enough to fully visualise Mandalore and its two moons. Faint sensor-ghosts flashed up in orbit around the planet. Not enough to be certain, but enough to make a good guess. Pol’s report was that the New Mandalorians typically split their home defence fleet between Mandalore and Kalevala. They wouldn’t approach too close to Concordia without risking a hit and run attack from Kyr’tsad , but they controlled most of the rest of space in the system. 

“The official policy of the Sundari government is that this civil war doesn’t even exist,” Pol had told him, laughing. “Hearing anything else might make their Republic masters start to worry, so to hear them tell it we’re nothing but terrorists, not worth talking about. Not all the clans currently under our banner have sworn to House Vizsla openly. The New Mandalorians can’t shut down all ship traffic on and off Concordia without admitting how dire their situation is. Or maybe they simply are that naive. Either way, we’ve always been able to move our forces on and off the moon covertly - but that won’t work for you, Mand’alor.” 

“Keep weapons cold,” Jango ordered, sending the same order across to the other corvettes. Their transponders shouldn’t show up automatically as hostile - they might be able to pass as a merchant convoy until they were close enough for the New Mandalorians to get a better look at their ship classes and realise they were kitted out for war. 

The tension grew through the next stage of their approach. The sensor-ghosts resolved into actual ships - less than a dozen corvettes. Jango relaxed very slightly. Their own numbers should be more than a match for that - even assuming a similar number were moored out in orbit over Kalevala, they wouldn’t make it to Mandalore in time to save this half of their fleet. He wasn’t worried about having to take on a second wave either - they could do it. 

“Mand’alor, we’re being hailed,” Barad told him. 

Jango nodded, and Barad put it through. 

“Unidentified vessels, please state your designations and purpose.” The voice sounded small and tinny, but the edge of suspicion was clear. “We’re detecting some anomalies from you.”

That would probably be the Kom’rk fighters clinging below the wings of each corvette, or sticking dangerously close to their rears to hide in their scan-shadows. They didn’t have anything large enough to be a proper carrier ship, so this was the next best thing. At least these Kom’rks were all fitted with their own hyperdrives, otherwise they would have had to leave them behind.

“We’re a convoy from the Techno Union,” Jango lied. “We have a business proposal for Mandalore.”

Silence over the line - they were thinking about it. 

“That doesn’t match what we’re picking up from your transponders,” the voice said, doubtful. 

“That’s odd,” Jango replied impassively. “We’ll look into that on our end.” A few people muffled sniggers around the bridge, none loud enough to be picked up by the comm. 

“Slow your approach,” the New Mandalorian said, tone taking on more firm authority. “We’re sending a scout to escort you into our space.”

Jango let the connection run open but silent - they didn’t slow down either. The confusion should buy them a few minutes more, and the closer the better when they were discovered. 

“Techno Union vessel? Unnamed vessel, can you hear me? Please respond.”

Several of the New Mandalorian ships began to move, slipping out of their patrol patterns and turning their noses Jango’s way. The ruse wouldn’t last much longer - shouldn’t have lasted this long if the New Mandalorians were as wary as they ought to be. Arrogant, or just stupid? 

“Cycle weapons hot,” Jango ordered, opening channels through the tac-map to the rest of the fleet. “Launch fighters - close attack pattern Aurek.”

Sharp-winged Kom’rks shot past the viewport, rocketing towards the perfect sunlit sphere of Mandalore and the small lights around it that were the enemy vessels. The corvettes continued their fast sublight burn, slowing only slightly as power was diverted back to weapons systems, though they had no hope of matching the fighters’ pace. Already in the distance streaks of fire from laser cannons were lighting up the black background of space. 

Jango split his attention between the readout of the tac-map and the view in front of him. They hadn’t managed to entirely take the New Mandalorians by surprise, but it had been enough of a delay that they couldn’t scramble their own fighters in time, and the Haat’ade Kom’rks had taken quick advantage of that. They darted in between the enemy corvettes, too fast and agile to make easy targets for point defence guns, picking off fighters as they undocked or tried to form up into squadrons.

A quick glance over the battlefield and Jango could pick out the weakest ship in the other fleet as easily as a strill selecting a sickly or injured shatual from the herd. “Concentrate our fire here as soon as we close within range,” he said, tapping its location on the holo - it would be highlighted on the matching tac-maps in the bridges of each of his own corvettes. 

A few fighters had broken through from the New Mandalorian side. Stray cannon shots pattered over Kad’ijaat’s shields, but their fire wasn’t massed enough to break through and do any real damage. They could be ignored in favour of the real targets. 

Soon enough the Haat’ade fleet was in range. Turbolaser batteries opened fire. It couldn’t compare to the output of capital ships, but Jango had seen few enough of those in his life and most only on holos. This still made for an impressive lightshow and a fearsome energy expenditure. The target ship had taken some damage already - either a lucky hit from a squadron of Kom’rks or a pre-existing flaw that hadn’t been picked up or repaired. Its shields rippled bright blue against the hail of fire. Other enemy corvettes started to open up in return, but they weren’t co-ordinated, simply reacting. Whoever was in charge hadn’t gotten over the shock of being attacked yet - a bad trait in a commander. 

Once two fleets met in pitched battle, it turned into not much more than a contest of who had the superior firepower. Corvettes were more manoeuvrable than cruisers or transports, but not manoeuvrable enough to try to gain much of an advantage through fancy flying. That was what fighters were for - and the swiftness of their attack had left the Haat’ade the clear masters of the battlefield. A thin film of wreckage was spreading across space around and between the enemy corvettes, leaving their Kom’rks almost unopposed. Now they could turn their smaller guns against the corvettes, probing for weak points or attacking along vectors that meant shields couldn’t be focused in any one direction. 

That wasn’t to say the battle was going entirely Jango’s way. Even as he watched, the New Mandalorian fleet was drawing together into something that approached cohesion, flanks guarding flanks. Their turbolasers started to even out into a steady barrage that rolled up and down the shielding of La’mun at the end of their line. 

Jango activated fleet comms again. “Form two lines. Damaged ships fall back into the second line to recycle your shields, then swap with a corvette from the front. Wear them down.”

At corvette size, this wasn’t a difficult manoeuvre. The commander on the other side might have been able to pull the same trick if they’d acted sooner, but with the Haat’ade establishing fighter dominance, the Kom’rks posed too much risk to any vessel that pulled back. 

It wasn’t obvious that Kad’ijaat was the flagship, but they took their share of fire all the same. Jango wasn’t particularly worried even when their shields flared from the impacts and the ship shook around him. The outcome of this battle had already been decided in that first few dozen minutes, unless the New Mandalorians pulled something truly impressive from their shebs

After pounding the enemy a bit longer, Jango turned to Barad. “Hail them again.”

The line opened with a hiss of static and the dull echo of their own guns. Someone growled, wordless, then spat half a dozen truly filthy curses at him, in Basic, Mando’a and interestingly, Huttese. It was a good language to curse in, admittedly. 

“If you want my surrender, Death Watch dog, you won’t get it!” they finished. 

“You must be the commander here,” Jango said, bracing himself on the rim of the tac-map as he leant forwards. It was a pity these comms were audio only. He liked to look his enemies in the eyes. “Stubborness will only get you killed.”

“Death Watch doesn’t honour surrender, and you don’t take prisoners. I’d rather die clean.”

It was such obviously Mandalorian spirit that a wave of discomfort passed over the bridge crew. The New Mandalorians might be pacifists, but just as the Duchess had shown, that didn’t make them cowards. Of course the ones who volunteered to fight would be the most mandokarla among them - that didn’t make him at all feel better about killing them. 

“I’m not Death Watch,”Jango said. 

There was a pause. Then, disbelieving, “Kriff you. Who else would you be? Those are Mandalorian ships.”

Unease tightened Jango’s guts - it was stupid. He should be used to saying it by now. “Jango Fett, the true Mand’alor. Leader of the Haat’ade .”

Another silence. 

Uliik-osik . The True Mandalorians are all dead.”

“I’m not. And if you surrender to me, I give you my word you’ll be treated fairly.” He gave it a moment’s thought, then added, “You really haven’t heard rumours about Tor Vizsla’s death at my hands, and my return?”

The commander didn’t answer him. 

“Surprises me, that’s all,” Jango continued. “I sent word to House Kryze. Guess they didn’t believe me.” It was true, though he’d been careful how much he said to them. They were too ideologically opposed to negotiate with him, would never surrender to him without a very good reason, and he didn’t plan to press the issue until he had both Satine and Theodore Kryze in hand. Also he hadn’t wanted to give them any advance warning of his alliance with the rest of Kyr’tsad , just so they wouldn’t be prepared for this attack.

“This could all be a lie,” the commander said. “Death Watch aren’t above that.”

The New Mandalorian fleet was starting to falter. Fire spat in fits and starts of expelled atmosphere from several wounded corvettes. Jango stared at the destruction, hoping they’d make the right decision. “If you don’t believe me, you’ve only got the choice of how to die,” he said. “Or you can trust me, and choose to live.”

Silence fell and stretched out. Static fuzzed. Jango could imagine the commander on the bridge of their own ship, looking out at the same carnage, warning lights and damage indicators flashing in front of them. 

Surrender , he urged them mentally. Don’t make me kill you all. I won’t waste my forces in boarding actions, you’ll just burn.

“Kriff. If you…” They were still hesitating, but if they weren’t torn they wouldn’t still be on the line. “I’m really speaking to Jango Fett?”

“You are.”

“I’ll send a message to Sundari. If you break your oath, well, we’ll know about another Death Watch dirty trick.”

“Tell them whatever you like,” Jango replied. “I’ll be speaking to them myself in due course.”

“Fine. I surrender.”

The enemy commander was brought on board Kad’ijaat in cuffs, but knelt before Jango without anyone forcing them down. 

“Please accept my formal surrender, Mand’alor, and spare the lives of those who serve under me,” they said, eyes fixed on the metal decking in front of them. 

“Accepted,” Jango replied, with a wave of relief - his anxiety hadn’t subsided in all the time waiting for them to dock with the damaged enemy flagship, anticipating a possible trap. There was too much bitterness in this civil war - though most of the blame could be laid at Kyr’tsad’s feet, both sides had been known to treat the other with dishonour. “So long as they don’t try to keep fighting us, we won’t harm them. You have my word as Mand’alor.” And he would have to keep a close eye on Kyr’tsad to make sure they didn’t turn him into a liar. He’d make sure the consequences of that were clear to them. “Now, what’s your name?”

“Commander Samira Odentat, she/her.” She met his eyes now, assessing him as much as he was assessing her. She didn’t wear any armour - even though he knew what New Mandalorians were like, it still looked wrong to him. Perhaps if they’d been planetside and in a different context, it would sit better - unless they were Protectors, most regular folks on Concord Dawn didn’t wear their beskar’gam all the time - but they’d just been locked in combat. It didn’t matter that it was fleet action rather than face to face. War was war. With the seals activated beskar’gam was rated for vacuum exposure - though that wouldn’t last long without supplemental oxygen. A lucky hull hit, chance decompression… that pale grey and light-blue uniform was far too vulnerable and exposed. 

This wasn’t a pirate, a smuggler, a member of some poorly trained militia like those he’d faced in Haat’ade mercenary action. This was one of his own people. She should be in armour.

“Are you in charge of the Kalevalan detachment as well?” Jango asked her. 

Her lips thinned as she pressed them together - not fear exactly, or at least not fear for herself. “No. I can’t order them to do anything.”

“I’ll give them the same offer I gave you.” Jango gestured out the viewport. “Perhaps if they see the destruction, they’ll understand the choice they’re facing.”

“Hail them first, please,” she said quickly, with an edge of desperation. “As long as they think you’re Death Watch, they would never give up… I’m still not sure I’ve made the right decision.” She said the last in a whisper, mostly to herself. 

“The survivors will be secured,” Jango told her, nodding to the New Mandalorian corvettes. “The Kalevalans will be here soon. I won’t make you watch this.” He motioned to a couple of his verde , and they stooped to pull Samira up. The brig was comfortable enough for her. 

They didn’t have to wait long. Soon the shapes of incoming vessels appeared on the edge of the tac-map, approaching with as much speed as they could coax out of their sublight engines. Jango hoped there had been enough time to lock down their control of the damaged, surrendered corvettes, and that their new prisoners would have enough honour to respect Commander Odentat’s decision. That was out of his control now though. 

“Hail them, as the Commander requested,” he ordered. 

This time around, Jango wasn’t so lucky. The Kalevalans wouldn’t even take his call, barrelling forward with determination and opening fire at the extremes of their range. There was no benefit of surprise here. Even so, Jango had come prepared for this, and his crews were better trained. It was dirty, butcher’s work, a tough fight to the death, but in the end six more corvettes on the New Mandalorian side plus a good score attendant Kom’rks lay torn apart and scattered across space. A few pieces were already tumbling out of orbit and starting to fall towards Mandalore, hopefully to break up entirely in the atmosphere. Jango didn’t want to be responsible for raining destruction down on his own planet. 

They’d taken casualties of their own, which had been inevitable. He didn’t feel good about their victory. 

[ Make for Concordia, ] he ordered. [ We’ve got some people to collect, and prisoners to deal with. ]

Chapter 28

Summary:

How to make friends and influence people.

Notes:

A somewhat self-indulgent chapter, but I think I can justify it on the basis of characterisation setup. :)

Also content notes for torture and manipulative interrogation tactics.

Chapter Text

Theodore didn’t know how long it had been since the door to his cell last opened. From time to time the latch at the bottom swung up and a handful of ration bars were tossed inside, which he had to stretch out for an indeterminate duration. He had no way of measuring the passing of days. There were no windows, no natural light. A faint green glow came from a single bulb behind thick plexiglass on the ceiling, just enough to make out the shape of his body, the sleeping platform, the single thin blanket, the sink and toilet - more luxuries than his last cell contained. That had been bare entirely, sloping down to a single opening in the floor for waste. 

He could have been here for weeks or months. Not years, he could tell that much - or he thought he could. It wasn't possible that years had passed since his world had turned into horror.

The recent span of his life was divided into four discrete parts. That much he did know; that much he could hold on to.  

The first; the assault on the House Kryze stronghold. Death Watch commandos filling the corridors - he  still had no idea how they made it inside. Theo spent a lot of time thinking about that even now, and treachery seemed the only possibility. It was just… who? The only people who knew their secrets were loyal, well-known, trusted. Any possible double agent would have had other opportunities to betray them before then, so why wait? Why now?

It was a knot of a problem he couldn’t chew through.

The second part came afterwards. Shackled, blindfolded, he was dragged away and taken… somewhere. It didn’t seem like a long time travelling, but some of it had been through space. There was always a moment of transfer from natural to artificial gravity that you could feel in your stomach. Then the first cell, the bare one. A bright light overhead that never turned off, no food, only a single canteen of water in the corner, and nothing to sleep in but the clothes he’d been captured in. 

That had also been Theodore’s first time meeting Tor Vizsla in person. His first time speaking to him at all - their government didn’t go out of their way to negotiate with terrorists, but it had still been necessary for Adonai to respond to their attacks occasionally. Theo had been spared that duty. 

“They’re all dead,” Vizsla told him, pleasant and grinning. His long dark hair lay limp against his skull, either grease, sweat or both. Theo hated him with every fibre of his being. He didn’t believe in violence as a principle, or even revenge, but at that moment he would have gone for the other man’s throat with his teeth if they hadn’t shackled him to the floor. 

Ironic. Death Watch called the New Mandalorians weak, but they were still afraid enough of him to tie him down. 

“We slaughtered them in the halls, men, women and children,” Vizsla continued, sick smirk not moving. “I cut your brother’s head off myself, did it slow.” He patted his breastplate, brown flakes coming away where they caked over blue paint. “Haven’t had time to wash off the blood.”

Theo’s jaw strained from clenching so tight. His teeth hurt. His eyes were burning. He wouldn’t say anything. Wouldn’t ask anything. He’d pushed Satine into that service tunnel with his own hands, he knew she’d be safe there, knew she’d gotten away. He’d gone back for Bo-Katan but he hadn’t been able to find her anywhere… 

She could be…

She could be dead. He knew it was possible. That knowledge sat in his throat like a scream. He wouldn’t let it out. Wouldn’t let Tor have that victory.

“Nobody important made it out of that castle alive,” Vizsla said. “You’re the last living member of Clan Kryze. The rest of your House will look to you now - and we have you.”

It took a moment for Theodore to recognise the pounding in his ears as his own heartbeat. He didn’t believe it. Satine had escaped. Vizsla wouldn’t tell him the truth. He was lying, he wanted Theo to lose all hope, he wanted him to despair. He couldn’t trust anything he had to say. Others had probably gotten out of there too. The Death Watch force hadn’t been that big. 

Vizsla moved closer, looming over him. Not close enough for Theo to do anything to him. He raised an eyebrow.

“Do you think I’m wrong?” he asked softly. “Do you know something I don’t?”

Theodore glared. This close he could smell metal, blaster-ozone, and a sharpness he thought could be the blood. 

“You’ll tell me what I want to know,” Vizsla said. “Then you’ll surrender your House to me - all you cowardly hut’uun will get on your bellies and obey your Mand’alor, as you should have done from the start.” He reached out, as though he were going to take Theo by the chin, like he was a chained strill to be petted. Theodore snapped at him with bared teeth - Tor jerked his hand out of the way just in time. The amusement in his expression hardened into rage. 

“You dare…” He kicked out, boot slamming into Theo’s sternum with a crack. Theo heard it, then he felt it in his chest as a sickening sudden sharp agony. He jerked backwards from the force, manacles tugging against the chain that looped through the ring on the floor preventing him from falling naturally. Instead he ended up on his side, a tangle of limbs gasping for breath. 

Tor shoved him over onto his back with his foot. Something solid pressed down onto Theodore’s throat - his eyes flashed open as he struggled. It was Tor’s bootheel. If he used his full weight it would crush his larynx completely. 

Go on then , Theo thought. Do it. Kill me. Then you’ll never find Satine and you’ll never get my surrender. 

Rage pulled Vizsla’s face into a snarl, but after a few eternally long seconds he mastered himself, taking his foot away. Tension still sung tight through his body, not that Theo could pay that much attention. He focused on sucking air in through his burning throat.

“You won’t die that easy,” Tor snarled - and then he’d left. 

Theodore blinked, breath coming hard and fast and catching in his throat. He couldn’t get his fill of it, like his lungs wouldn’t inflate properly. Back then and also… now. The present. He was in the present, in his new cell. 

Memory. That was all it was. He had nothing to occupy his mind other than his memories, so they took him over regularly. He was often there in the moment of his first encounter with Tor, or those other times he came to visit him… but that came later. That was the nightmare of the third phase of his recent history. There had been something else in between, part of the second phase. Another man. 

Theodore had been unchained from the floor by that point, by guards in Death Watch armour, faceless and implacable. He was still in pain though, and didn’t bother to get up when someone new came in.

“Walon Vau,” the soldier in black told him, holding out his hand to shake. The warm smile the man wore didn’t go away when Theo refused it. Instead he crouched down next to Theo on the cold hard floor of the cell and unslung a satchel from his shoulder. “We aren’t all like Tor Vizsla. This war really has us in a sorry state of affairs.”

Theo was in no mood for niceties. He hadn’t slept well, never did back in that bright, ever-lit cell, and he knew he would need to save his energy if he wanted to survive. Vau wasn’t trying to hurt him yet, so there was no reason to even acknowledge his presence. 

“How’s the chest?” Vau asked. “Looks nasty.”

A purple bruise had bloomed there not long after Tor left, and Theo had been tracking the passage of time by how it changed colour. It hurt to breathe too deeply, though he tried to as much as he could bear it. He ran the risk of infection taking hold in his lungs otherwise. 

Vau pulled something out of the satchel and opened it with a crisp ripping noise. He reached forward with it. A bacta patch? 

Theo was immediately wary, but it looked genuine. The packaging had been properly sealed, and appeared to be authentic now he could take a better look at it. He was still reluctant to take it. Jerking the patch away from him would be an extremely childish move, but it was the kind of petty torment he could just imagine from Death Watch. Vau waited patiently, saying nothing, his face calm. 

Pride wasn’t worth very much if it stopped him taking the opportunity for medical attention. Theo reached out and took the patch, a pang of gratitude passing through him when Vau didn’t stop him from taking it. He parted his tunic and pressed it gingerly against his sternum. Even gentle pressure hurt badly, but he suppressed his wince. Almost immediately a soothing cool sensation spread out from the contact. Tense muscles relaxed. 

Vau nodded. He looked pleased. Dipping inside his satchel again, he took out a small stack of silvery flat packages and deposited them in front of Theodore. More bacta patches. Enough to heal this injury and have some left over. Nor was the man done - next he took out a box of ration packs, a canteen of caf, some fruit - fresh and bright and unreal in the too-stark light of this hellhole. 

Theo didn’t trust it, any of it. 

“What do you want?” he asked, tone flat. 

“Nothing,” Walon Vau replied, meeting his eyes. “This is just basic human courtesy. You’ll be our prisoner until this war is over, but that doesn’t mean you should be mistreated.”

“Doesn’t sound like Death Watch.”

A small smile, somewhat sad, curled Vau’s lips. “Death Watch is more than Tor Vizsla and people like him. It’s honour and tradition, bravery and valour, the history of our people. There are rules in war - or there can be.”

“That’s not been my experience,” Theo replied. He wasn’t speaking only about the present. 

Walon Vau didn’t try to convince him. He flipped the top back over the satchel and stood, his expression not changing. “I’ll come and see you again,” he said. “Whenever I can find the time.”

Then he left. 

Theo had never been able to predict when Walon Vau would turn up at his cell. Then as now, he’d been given food and water by his guards seemingly at random, the amounts varying as well. He ate when he was hungry, drank when he was thirsty, slept when he was tired - as well as he could when the light never went out. He knew it was meant to disorientate him and wear down his willpower and his fortitude. Knowing the intent didn’t stop it from working. He didn’t see anyone aside from Vau, but he knew there were guards outside his cell, patrolling up and down the hall. He heard their footsteps when he put his ear near enough to the door. The only thing he could tell was whether they were close or far away, nothing more. 

He didn’t think that Vau was one of his guards. If he was, he would have visited in an actual pattern, when he was on-shift. 

Walon kept on bringing him things; small luxuries. A basin to wash in. A mirror. Soap. Food that wasn’t ration bars. A worn blanket. Sometimes he only ducked in and out of the cell, thrusting the latest gift into Theodore’s arms and disappearing again, and others he stayed longer. When he did, Vau talked. It was casual nothings, gossip from the wider galaxy, stories about his clan, about the work he’d done outside the Outer Rim and far from Mandalorian space. He was a criminal by all their laws - it was strictly illegal for a Mandalorian to work as a mercenary whether they were in their sector or not - but that had always been impossible to fully enforce. Somewhere, law enforcement kept a list of identified Mandalorian mercenaries in case any of them tried to return, but they rarely did. If the Republic ever asked, those weren’t real Mandalorians. Imitators, trading off the reputation of the Mandalorians of old. 

Theo had never been entirely comfortable with that - the necessity of the lie, rather than its content. 

“What was it like growing up on Kalevala?” Walon asked him, and Theo told him almost without thinking about it. It wasn’t an important question. It didn’t tell Death Watch anything they didn’t already know - and he made sure to be vague enough to be certain of that. Vau kept on talking, whenever he stayed for any length of time. He seemed open. Interested. 

“What was your brother like?”

“Did you have anyone you were sweet on, before all this?”

“Why are you so sure your path is what’s right for your people?”

“Is there nothing about the old ways you find any good in?”

Theodore wasn’t a philosopher or a debater. He didn’t have a way with words like Adonai. He did his best to explain why all of this was so important, half hoping that if he could convince this one man, if he could make a real ally in the heart of his enemy’s stronghold then perhaps… Perhaps he could convince him of something else. To help him escape, perhaps? It was too unlikely to be more than an idle thought. It was just that his words weren’t good enough, and sometimes he even thought Vau was starting to half make sense. 

One day Walon asked him if he knew what happened to Satine Kryze. 

“What are you going to tell me?” Theo replied, mouth dry. Had she been caught? Killed? Captured? 

“Her body was never found,” Walon said. “So I suppose she must have escaped. What do you think?”

“I… suppose that’s possible,” Theo answered. He hadn’t told her where to go once she made it out, but all she had to do was get to the nearest loyal settlement and the people there would help her. No matter what Tor claimed, it was impossible for him to have wiped out all of Clan Kryze. Half their members weren’t even in the castle when Death Watch came for them. Someone out there would help her, hide her. 

“Is she somewhere safe?” Walon asked, eyes full of concern. 

“She must be,” Theo muttered, looking away. 

Later Vau asked him, “Are you sure none of your House would consider surrender? There’s been so much death…”

“That’s not our fault,” Theo replied. “Death Watch are the ones who brought the war to us. If it wasn’t for Tor Vizsla, for all of you…” He subsided quickly. Walon wasn’t who he was angry at. He was just the only person here. Theo didn’t want to hurt him. He didn’t want Walon to leave - he needed the company, felt himself lighting up again and becoming more human whenever the other man was around. In between those visits Theodore had started to drift, the world around him becoming as distant and hazy as a dream. He could almost forget that the outside world was real. That he’d ever been anywhere that wasn’t here. 

“We can’t change the past, either of us,” Walon told him quietly. “We can change the future. You might not believe it Theo, but you have the power to make things better, for everyone. Don’t you want that?”

“Of course I want that. But… it doesn’t matter what I want. The power isn’t mine. It’s Vizsla’s. Death Watch. He doesn’t have to do this. He doesn’t have to kill us. He could just leave. Like Mereel did.”

“Mereel died out there,” Walon said, a vague motion of his hand seeming to gesture to the great expanse of the dangerous galaxy. “Separated from our people, from our homeland, we’d lose who we are. We would stop being Mandalorian. Is that what you want for us? Exile? Dying out?” He said all of this with gentleness, not a hint of anger. “The New Mandalorians have been trying to wipe out the warrior clans from the beginning. Just because you didn’t use blasters or knives to do it, didn’t mean that wasn’t what you intended. Think, Theo! Help me to help you!”

Theodore closed his eyes, unable to bear the earnest expression on Walon’s face. “I’m sorry,” he whispered. “I’m sorry, I can’t. Surrender… we can’t. We can’t risk it. Not to Vizsla.”

A sigh. Walon stood up. His footsteps walked away - Theo’s eyes snapped open again. 

He hated the weakness in his own voice saying, “You’re leaving?”

“I’ll be back,” Walon said over his shoulder. “Just… think about what I said.”

Theo did. Walon Vau came back, as he’d promised. He asked again - not in the same way, but somehow the conversation always came around to the war, to the New Mandalorians or to Satine, to what Theodore could do to end everything. A part of him wanted to agree to whatever Walon suggested - a scared and lonely part, a part he didn’t fully understand at the time but which he later realised was acting on something as pathetic as wanting the other man to be pleased with him. At some point he had latched on to Walon Vau as a friend, or more than a friend - as his one hope. A single point of relief, in the horror of captivity. That part of him was held back by the other horrors he had seen. The horrors of Death Watch brutality, the bone-deep knowledge that they wanted just as desperately to wipe out the New Mandalorians as Walon claimed the New Mandalorians wanted to destroy them . What would surrender even mean? 

One day, after he avoided Walon’s questions yet again, the other man looked away from him up at the ceiling, let out a deep sigh, and punched the floor lightly with his fist. “This isn’t gonna work, is it?” he muttered to himself. 

“What won’t work?” Theo asked, confused. 

Walon didn’t answer him. Instead he reached over and patted Theodore on the shoulder. “I tried,” he said with sympathy, and got to his feet. 

A trickle of panic wormed through Theo’s stomach. Something had changed here, but he couldn’t tell what. “What are you talking about?”

Walon still said nothing. He walked away, opened the door, and left. The sound of it closing felt like the inner door of an airlock slamming shut in Theo’s  face. Behind his back, just waiting for him, was the empty blackness of space. 

He hadn’t tried to stop Walon. How could he? His muscles were wasting away from all the time locked in here and the meagre amounts of food - even with what Walon had brought him to top him up. A yawning pit, a void, was opening in his stomach. It had sounded so… final. 

Why? Walon had been kind to him. He was the one good person in this place, who treated him like a person . What could Theo have done to put him off, to change his mind like that?

He hadn’t wanted to believe it at first, hadn’t wanted to acknowledge the truth. Walon wasn’t coming back. 

Actually, as time proved, that wasn’t entirely true. That wasn’t the last time he saw Walon Vau. It was just that he saw Tor Vizsla first. 

That was the third part of his recent life. The worst part. The part that haunted him, turned sleep and waking both into nightmares, the part his mind kept dragging him back to against his will. The torture. 

Even calling it that implied something more systematic and thought out than what it had been. Theodore’s idea of torture before this was that it had some kind of purpose in the eyes of those who used it. They were supposed to ask him questions. They weren’t just meant to hurt him, without reason, without recourse, for apparently nothing more than the sheer pleasure of it. 

Tor enjoyed it. Theo could see how much he enjoyed it - and he wasn’t the only one. Sometimes he would let his trusted soldiers or clan members have their turn too. 

That was a different kind of losing time. Theo would have done just about anything to escape it, even found himself babbling nonsense at a few points, making things up. He didn’t know where Satine was now, but it came to the point he pretended that he did. He told them the names of people or places, insisted it was the truth, begged them to stop - hadn’t he told them what they wanted? - and sometimes they would, for a little while. Long enough to go away and check and come back with empty hands and by then Theo would have gained enough strength to resist for a little while longer before the pain was too much and he found another lie. 

Even Death Watch had to sleep, and they still wanted him alive so they couldn’t do too much to him. In the times in between their visits, he saw Walon Vau again. 

Walon didn’t speak much to him, but tended his wounds, wiping away blood, daubing him with bacta paste and wrapping his injuries. “Stop them,” Theo begged him sometimes. “Please. Please, help me.”

“I can’t,” Walon told him each time, and nothing more. 

There had to be some purpose to it. Tor couldn’t just want Theo as his toy, a thing to hurt, a trophy. At some point - and it had to be soon, please let it be soon - he would come and ask for the thing he truly desired and if Theo was lucky it would be something he could give to him. If not… death would be better than this, wouldn’t it?

He was beginning to think it would. He wasn’t staying alive for anyone else - he could be of no use to anyone he cared about as Tor’s prisoner. 

Then, very suddenly, it stopped. Tor Vizsla didn’t come to his cell. Nor did his sadistic minions. Food and water were delivered, but nobody came inside. After a short while longer Theodore was dragged out of his cell by the guards and brought here, to this new dark place with its little luxuries that were nothing compared to the greatest luxury of being without pain. 

It was the fourth and current phase. A dull, dragging phase, where nothing happened and nobody came. There was nothing at all to occupy his mind other than these memories, sharp-edged and drenched in fear and pain and anguish. The longer he remained here, the more he spiralled. 

Something, waking him out of his living dream or nightmare. A noise. Enough to rouse him.

Footsteps, echoing off the walls of the corridor outside his cell. Another food delivery. Theo’s eyes turned to the small stack of ration bars in arm’s reach of his bed. There were still five left. It hadn’t been long enough - that, or his appetite was starting to disappear alongside his mind. It was possible. He moved his gaze back to the door, but made no move to get up. The rations wouldn’t go anywhere once they were inside the cell and he could collect them the next time he had to rise to piss. 

A click, a beep. The grind of metal on metal. Bright white light - at first a sharp vertical line and then an ocean of it pouring in past the door as it opened for the first time in… days? Weeks? Months? 

Dark silhouettes against the white, guards entering. Theodore’s brain was sluggish and he could not react in time. Firm hands grasped his shoulders and tugged him to his feet. Theo staggered, both from weakness and from simply being caught off-guard. He was propped up, arms linked with his own, then dragged forwards out into the overwhelming white. 

Theo had to close his eyes as the light stabbed into them. It was too much. He couldn’t see anything. He didn’t open them more than a crack as he was marched along corridors and through this large building which had been his prison all along. Finally he had the sense, half-caught, of an expansive room around him. Some kind of hall. The guards let go of him, almost throwing him down to the ground. Theo landed on hands and knees, taking some relief from the curtain of his matted, unwashed hair that fell around his face. It cut out some of the light. He blinked rapidly, trying to force his eyes to adjust. 

[ He’s in poor shape, ] somebody said. It was in Mando’a - Theo knew the language mostly from the necessity of war. It hadn’t been taught in state-run schools in decades, and all the standard exams were written and administered in Basic. That didn’t mean it wasn’t spoken amongst the clans, even those who had no ties to terrorist nationalists like Death Watch. 

[ Did you expect something else? ] A voice with a hint of humour in it. [ That’s my cousin’s handiwork all right. ]

Theo looked up. There were three people standing in front of him, all in full armour. The one in the middle wore plain, unpainted silver with blue edging, without any markings of clan or House. The one to his left was unmistakably Death Watch, and to his right… 

Matte black all over, with a glossy shimmer on the shoulder of a clan symbol, black-on-black. 

“Walon,” he whispered. The word barely escaped from his throat; he was too unused to speaking now. He didn’t need a reply. That was Walon Vau. 

What was going on? Was this even real, or had he lost his mind in truth?

“Theodore Kryze?” the man in the centre said, addressing him. 

Theo nodded. He wet his lips and tried to speak, but only a cracked noise emerged, followed by wracking coughs. The question hovered in his mind instead. Who the kriff are you?

The stranger removed his helmet. Theo narrowed his eyes. The face looked familiar, in a distant way. He couldn’t pin it down. They might have met before, or he might have seen the face in an intelligence dossier somewhere. The latter was more likely - he had no cause to meet members of Death Watch outside of the battlefield. 

“You don’t know me,” the man said, reading the lack of recognition on Theo’s face. 

“Shhh… should I?” Theo managed to force out, voice rough and breaking. 

A faint narrowing of dark eyes. “You Kalevalans always ignored the Haat’ade , but I didn’t think it was to this extent. It’s only been two years!”

Two years… two years since Galidraan. A backwater planet the so-called True Mandalorian faction attempted to invade and subjugate, only to be destroyed by the Senate’s righteous wrath, delivered at the hands of the Jedi Order. Though violent as the True Mandalorians had been, they were never the threat that Death Watch were, satisfied to live the lives almost of exiles. 

The exact circumstances of their deaths had never entirely made sense, but they'd been too busy to look into it. 

In any case, this could only be one person. Jango Fett, the True Mandalorian leader. 

The question of how he was alive wasn't as important as that of why he was here, standing next to two Death Watch soldiers. Another of the True Mandalorians’ saving graces was that they were always more focused on fighting Death Watch for the ultimate command of the warrior clans than taking on Mandalore's legitimate government. Vizsla and Fett were mortal enemies. 

Did this have something to do with the reason Theodore hadn't seen Tor for so long?

“Do you recognise me now?” Fett demanded. 

Theo nodded. “What…” was all he could force from his dried-out throat. 

“A lot has happened since you were captured,” Fett said. “I'll be brief. Tor Vizsla is dead. I killed him. Both Haat'ade and Kyr'tsad answer to me now. Your nieces are still alive - Satine and Bo-Katan are in Fort Mereel on Concord Dawn. You'll be going to join them.” 

Too many different emotions were mingling in Theo's heart - he couldn't name them, much less understand them. Part of him wanted to laugh, another cry, though even that might have been with joy or with despair. Satine and Bo-Katan, both alive… but captives, just as he was. Fett hadn't given him any guarantee they hadn't been hurt. If he was even a tenth the monster that Tor was… 

[ Have a medic check them over, ] Fett said to one of the guards. [ Make sure Kryze is secure upon the transport - no-one is to touch them, understand? ] 

[ Mand'alor, ] the guard replied respectfully. 

They stooped and grasped Theo's arms to drag him upright again. He didn't bother to try and ask questions - the memory of pain sapped away any desire to anger this man. Even so he couldn't stop himself from glancing back at Walon as he was taken away. 

Was he meeting Theodore's eyes through the blank T-shape of his visor? 

Walon took a step closer to Jango Fett - by twisting in the guards’ hold Theo could keep sight of him. Walon's voice was quiet, but by straining Theo could just about make it out.

[ Mand'alor, can I have a moment with the prisoner? ]

[ Why? ] Fett asked. 

[ Need to make sure there aren't any misunderstandings. ] 

Fett held up a hand and the guards paused. Theo's heart pounded harder, wild hope. Hope for what he didn't know - that Walon was still an ally, that he cared what happened to him, that he was trying to help in some way? 

Walon took his helmet off as he came over. He looked the same - but then it hadn't been that long, had it? His face was blank, expressionless. Contained. 

“Walon,” Theo said - greeting, plea, perhaps both. 

Walon ran a hand over his jaw, his eyes flicking away. “Tell me what you think our relationship is, Kryze.”

Theo blinked. “You… were kind to me. Helped me when nobody else did. You were a friend.” Why did saying it out loud fall so heavily in the expanse of the hall? Why did it sound somehow pathetic? Yes they were enemies, on different sides, but Walon Vau wasn't a monster. Those small mercies had each been real. Wasn't that friendship - a hand held out from one human to another in recognition that at heart, they were the same?

Walon's tone was flat, eyes cold, none of the warmth that had always been there before. “Kryze. I'm not your friend.”

Theo's voice was rough and ragged from disuse, but this was too important and he made himself speak anyway. “You might not call it that… but I'm still grateful for what you did. That you were different to the rest…”

Walon cut him off before he could get any further. “Kryze, I was your interrogator.”

Theo didn't process what he'd said immediately. Into that silence, Walon Vau kept speaking.

“Every kindness I showed you was manipulation. That's all. I don't care about you. You were a job and that's it.” Cold dark eyes bored into Theodore's own. “The most mercy I'm showing you is telling you the truth now, so you don't get any stupid ideas into your head.”

Any reply Theo might have made dried up. He didn't want to believe it. It felt so real in that tangle of memories. Yet now that Vau said it so plain, ripped the veil from his eyes, rubbed his nose in it… Theo was small and stupid and an idiot. 

It had been obvious, hadn't it? In retrospect. If he hadn't been caught up in the isolation and the hunger and the endless light and the torture and the desperation… 

Which was how it was meant to work. 

Vau saw that he understood. He gave a short, sharp nod and pulled his helmet back on, stepping away. 

[ I'm done here. ]

  And so was Theodore Kryze. The guards took him away. 

Chapter 29

Summary:

Jango Fett's war with the New Mandalorians continues, and a Jedi Shadow takes stock.

Notes:

Mando'a reminders:

Kad'ijaat: Sword of Justice, flagship
buy'ce: helmet
verd'alore: commanders - usually it's al'verde, a contraction of 'alor' and 'verde', but that doesn't have a way of making it pleural so I moved it around.
gorane: armourers
ka'ra: the stars
di'kute: idiots

Chapter Text

[ Hah! ] Pol Vizsla said, clapping Walon Vau on the shoulder. [ You really are good at your job. Kryze believed all of it! ] 

[ Hope you didn't mind me doing that, ] Vau said to Jango. [ I know that relationship might have been a useful tool for you, but I don't like being needlessly cruel. ] 

The key word in that sentence, Jango thought to himself, was ‘needlessly’. 

He could admit to himself that he had been shaken a bit by the sight of Theodore Kryze. During his time on that Pyke spice freighter he had seen badly mistreated slaves, but the spice-dealers usually took their sadism out on those who were no longer useful to them - and they didn't live long after that. They didn't have time to heal and for wounds to become scars. They festered and died quick. In comparison, Thodore's injuries had been treated, with the result that every part of him visible was now crisscrossed with marks in various stages between fresh pink-red and pale white. Nor was that the only evidence of his mistreatment. His skin was loose in the way of someone who'd lost a lot of weight quickly, he was dirty all over, his clothes were blood-stained rags, his hair and beard were long and tangled. Some of his bones had been broken and were healing wrong. He was even missing a few fingers. 

It almost made Jango feel sorry that Tor Vizsla was already dead. Kryze deserved some revenge of his own.

[ It's fine, ] Jango told Walon. [ All I need from Theodore Kryze is the fact that they're my prisoner. ] That might change by the time peace came, but by then Jango hoped his actions would be enough to prove to all the New Mandalorians that he wasn't Tor, and he didn't intend to wipe them out, Theodore and Satine Kryze included. He didn't torture prisoners either. 

The medics would do their best to nurse Theodore back to health. It was the least Jango could do alongside reuniting him with his brother's kids. 

So that was one piece of business dealt with, but not the only one for today. 

Jango left the hall and headed for one of the waiting rooms nearby. “Ready to go?” he asked its occupant.

Lek, buir ,” Pre said. There was a flash of something over his face though - some kind of dissatisfaction.

“What is it?” Jango asked.

Pre looked surprised to be asked. “I… it’s nothing.”

“I’d rather you tell me the truth, even if you think I won’t like it.”

That got a sideways glance from Pol Vizsla, which was interesting, but he didn’t say anything. Jango would have preferred not to have this conversation in front of Pol and Walon Vau, but dismissing them now would make it look like he had something to hide.

Pre ignored Pol’s reaction. “You’ve been keeping me out of things,” he said, tone flat. He didn’t need to expand on that statement. Jango understood. Pre was his oldest child, which made him Jango’s heir until such time as Savage, Kilindi and Feral were full adults. At that point it was usual to nominate whoever had the best qualities to lead after him. Either way, the place of an heir was at their buir’s side. 

Jango could have claimed he was only trying to keep Pre safe - that was certainly why he hadn’t let him pilot one of the Komrks as he’d originally asked - but for the rest of it… that would have been a lie. 

He would not lie to his children. 

“Tor Vizsla tortured Theodore Kryze. I doubt he’d react well to seeing Tor’s son.”

“He’s our prisoner,” Pre replied, irritation putting a little more emotion into his voice. “What does his reaction matter?”

Jango held back a wince. That was Death Watch talking… No. He couldn’t brush Pre’s words away so easily - Pre was Death Watch, he hadn’t stopped being that just because of a few words of adoption. It had only been a month since he claimed Pre as his own. Nothing in Pre’s core beliefs would have changed in so little time.

“Cruelty for the sake of cruelty was Tor’s way, not mine,” he said. Pre immediately dropped his gaze to the floor - but it felt like fear rather than defiance and that didn’t make Jango feel any better. It was the same live-grenade feeling he had sometimes talking to Maul, where if he stepped wrong, said something wrong, it would set off a damaging reaction he didn’t know how to deal with.

Better to ignore Pre’s fear than draw attention to it. “After the way he’s been treated Kryze could react violently just as easily as breaking down - and that would be more trouble than it’s worth. Besides, if we can get a surrender out of him later on it will make this war easier. Any of the House Kryze soldiers who step down are ones we don’t have to kill.”

“If Vau couldn’t manage it…” Pre said. 

“Kryze knew I was Kyr’tsad even if he didn’t know my intentions,” Walon replied. “That was the barrier I could never break through. For the Haat’ade maybe he’ll be more flexible.”

A nasty thought had just occurred to Jango, one that really should have before now. “Pre, did you know that Kryze was here?” Vau said only Tor’s inner circle knew, but wouldn’t his own son count as that?

“No,” Pre said, a faint line between his brows - but his frustration seemed to be more directed at Tor and his secrecy than at Jango for asking. “I don’t know why he kept it from me. Or maybe it wasn’t about keeping it from me, but from Bo-Katan.”

That did make some sense. Pre had been Bo-Katan’s keeper and guarantor of her good behaviour after the assassination. At least it meant that Pre hadn’t been involved in anything that happened to Theodore. 

“Fine,” Jango said. “If that’s all, we have somewhere to be…”

“It wasn’t just Kryze,” Pre said, speaking quickly but still with some hesitancy. “You made sure I wasn’t around when that New Mandalorian commander surrendered to you.”

Now Jango did wince hard enough that he knew it was visible. “Didn’t want her changing her mind,” he admitted. 

“So what?” Pre demanded. “If she was that foolish we would have killed her and the rest of her fleet, just like we did the reinforcements. They’re cowards and traitors to our ways - their lives aren’t worth that much! You can hardly conceal the fact that all of the warrior clans have sworn to your rule, those of Kyr’tsad and House Vizsla included. If you really are trying to win them over, won’t it do more damage if they think you’ve lied to them?”

The way Pol’s buy’ce tilted suggested a smirk. “He’s got a point.”

Kriff it, Jango knew he did. He was partly relying on the fact that once someone had stopped fighting it was harder to start again - and they’d be in a weakened position at that point - but just because something seemed the most expedient course of action didn’t mean it was the best one to take. 

“I’ll take that under advisement,” he said. 

It was enough to satisfy Pre for now. He didn’t try to continue the discussion. They could finally get on with the next reason they were here in Clan Vizsla’s stronghold - talking to their gorane

Jango didn’t think that there could be any possible valid reason for trapping an ad’s spirit inside their own armour, or at least none he’d be willing to accept, but he needed to hear them out before passing sentence. He might have to call for a council of wider gorane to make a judgement, but that might not be such a bad thing. The other clans should know what Vizsla had been getting up to in the shadows. If Tor’s kin had any support remaining, that should erode it. 

Pre marched after him, spine parade-straight, body held tense. Fear, Jango thought. Fear much worse than that caused by questioning Jango. This wasn’t the battlefield or the war chamber. It was religion. Jango only felt as confident as he did because he had his own clan’s goran backing him up. If the gorane - not just one, but all those a clan had - said something was so, why would that be questioned? He certainly didn’t blame Pre for not asking more. Even now that Pre was open to the idea that they’d mistreated him, some part of him must still wonder if they’d really had good intentions. 

House Vizsla was old and rich, even after seven centuries of New Mandalorian government on the planet below. Their forge was built to match - the beating hot heart of their Concordian fortress, a vast network of beskar mines below and the citadel above. Jango felt the heat rippling down the tunnel far before they arrived, his skin beading with sweat before his armour systems adjusted and brought the temperature inside his kute back within comfortable limits. Then they came out into a vast natural chamber of stone, great pillars and arches of worked limestone supporting the ceiling overhead, and the walls terraced down towards the main furnace at the centre. The gorane were waiting for them there. 

Plenty of the other paraphernalia of forge and foundry mapped out around them. Some of the hammers at the secondary forges were large enough to shape starship parts. Painted metal cast back dull reflections of light from the flames that were the only illumination of the space. 

It was meant to be intimidating. Jango put his hand to the Darksaber at his belt and shrugged off the effect with an effort of will. He was Mand’alor. He was owed answers. 

[ Mand’alor, ] a dozen voices murmured as he approached. [ Be welcome. ] They didn’t speak in time and the overlapping words made it sound like the shadows were full of ghosts. He was surrounded by matte golden beskar’gam ; impassive, unreadable bodies. 

My ghost outranks any of yours , Jango thought to himself. Though that might be the problem. 

[ You had questions? ] one goran said, stepping slightly forward from the half-circle. 

[ Yes, ] Jango confirmed, [ but not about my coronation. Or not only about that. ] 

A slow tilting of buy’ce . [ Subterfuge. Then what? ] 

The movement was very small, just a slight swivel of twelve heads, but Jango knew they’d gone from looking at him to looking at Pre behind him. So, they’d guessed. Or they had guilty consciences. [ I know what you’ve been doing to the star-touched of clan Vizsla, ] he said. 

[ Doing to…? ] Pol said from the stairs. He didn’t know what Jango was talking about. He hadn’t known. It made Jango feel better about him. This was just the gorane’s plot then. 

[ Trapping them in beskar that isn’t attuned to their spirit, ] Jango said, not taking his eyes away from the gorane . [ Which is forbidden, isn’t it? Some might even call it an abomination. ] 

He’d offended them, but he didn’t care. That was the least of what he ought to do to them. 

[ The sin in our bloodline is the true abomination, ] the goran at the front said. [ The weakness that would lead us astray. It must be caged. ] 

[ You don’t cage something that’s weak. ] Jango replied. [ You cage something you’re afraid of. ] 

[ What is the weakness? ] Pre said, taking a step forward. [ Why won’t you explain it properly? ] 

[ We have explained it, ] another goran said with a dismissive gesture. [ The whispers of the Jedi. Sweet lies to draw one away from the stars and towards the blindness that comes from staring into the Light. ] 

[ So the answer is to cut someone off from the stars and the ancestors, rather than trust them to make their own kriffing decisions? ] Jango snapped. [ If this is such a threat in the Vizsla bloodline why haven’t you done the same things to yourselves? You’re armourers - you’re all stars-touched. No whispers in your ears? No temptation to the Light? ] 

[ We are not threatened in the same way as those from the main bloodline. They are uniquely affected. It is necessary. ] 

If the gorane wanted to they could talk in circles around this all day. Jango didn’t have the patience for that. He unclipped the Dha’kadau from his belt and held it out. [ Tell me the truth. It’s about this, isn’t it. ] 

Jango wasn’t Force-sensitive, but either the Darksaber itself or Tarre’s ghost was strong enough that it didn’t matter. There was a weight to the hilt that hadn’t been there before, a low vibration and a sense of anger that wasn’t his own. By the way the Vizsla gorane had just gone very still, he was right. This was what they were afraid of. 

[ Tarre Vizsla is our ancestor, ] another goran said slowly. [ How could we say anything against them? They left the Jedi Order, repudiated them and their ways, and yet… ]

[ What made sense in Tarre’s time may not fit the same in our own, ] their leader said. [ Tarre never had to deal with cowardice from those who would claim to be Mandalorian. Their advice may be… flawed. ]

[ The counsel of those-who-march-far-away is to be heeded, but not obeyed mindlessly, ] another added. 

[ Shouldn’t the decision to obey or not be left with the clan-leader? ] Jango replied, his anger only growing. [ How dare you decide for them! How dare you hurt children because of such a pitiful excuse! ] 

[ Our predecessors didn’t come up with this idea by themselves, ] the head goran said. [ The blessings of the stars breed true. Tor’s parent, Uli Vizsla, held the Darksaber and was tormented by the whispers of its ghost. Uli asked for a solution! One was forged. Then we knew what to do, when the blade and its curse were passed on to Tor. ]

[ Did you give Tor the choice? ]

[ The curse was explained. Tor accepted the burden. ]

[ The mutilation, ] Jango corrected them. [ Anyway, if your explanation was anything like as vague as what you told Pre, then that was no real choice at all. ] He was disgusted with them, with all of it. What had Tarre asked of them anyway? To reunite their people? To show mercy? To be better than monsters? That was what threatened them? A challenge they didn’t care to live up to? 

[ Do you have anything else to say for yourselves? ] he asked, weary. He wasn’t sure what he’d been expecting here. This hadn’t told him anything more than what Pre had, or what he’d already guessed for himself. 

[ Have you held it with palms bared? ] one of the goran asked him. 

[ Isn’t that the way it should be done, to make an oath? ] Jango said, riposting with their own damn custom, the one Pre had told him about. 

A shrug. [ Mistaken or not, Tarre is still an ancestor of our House and Clan, and will hold a warrior to their word. You heard them? ] 

The memory of the visions sent a shiver up Jango’s spine. [ I was given a warning, ] he replied, his voice cold. [ There is a terrible fate coming for Mandalore, something that could destroy us if it isn’t stopped. It’s got nothing to do with internal grievances, but if we aren’t ready for it, united and strong, we won’t survive. ] 

He could feel Pre, Pol and Walon staring at him just as much as the gorane were. He hadn’t mentioned any of this to them before, but in the heart of the forge with the heartbeat flutter of the Dha’kadau in his hand, the words just slipped out. Perhaps that was Tarre speaking through him, finally getting these stubborn di’kute to listen to the message he’d been trying to give them for decades. 

If it even was the same message. It might be a new one - he had no idea how time worked in the ka’ra . How far ahead could the future be seen and predicted?

[ The Republic? ] a goran guessed. 

[ Yes and no. The threat is hiding within the Republic, might use them as its pawn, but… ] Was it wise to tell them more? He focused his attention on the Dha’kadau , hoping for an answer. These hut’unn e had done something horrible, but they were still gorane . Both Maul and Tarre seemed sure the Sith would come eventually - who held the ancient knowledge of the Sith Wars if not the gorane

If he was going to call a council anyway, to pass judgement on these people for what they’d done to Pre and apparently to Tor before him, then he might as well ask them how Mandalorians ought to deal with a Sith. 

[ The Sith aren’t extinct, ] he said. [ And we need to decide what to do about that. ] 

----

A rich smell filled the air, fresh dough hitting hot oil. Tholme waited for the fluffy pieces to rise up to the surface golden brown before skimming them out and hanging them to dry. His mind wasn’t on the task, but the motions were automatic. 

[ Five credits, ] he said, trading a greasy bag for the coin. 

[ Thanks, ] his customer said. [ I know I was here yesterday, but this is so good I had to come back. Are you one of those pop-up places that moves around, or will you be here for a while? ] 

[ Depends on how good business is. ] Tholme replied. He must have glanced up towards the sky, because the woman in front of his stall looked up too. Worry tugged at the corners of her mouth, a flicker of fear. 

Then she leaned in, quickly scanning the street. There weren’t as many people out and about today as there had been last week, and no one else was within earshot. [ I saw it too, before they took the footage down, ] she whispered. [ You’re an offworlder. Do you know what… ] 

Tholme shook his head. He wished he did know. The mood in the Mandalorian capital of Sundari was tense, and that was something new. To the average citizen here the civil war was a distant thing - they didn’t even think of it as a civil war at all. In their minds their government was the legitimate one, beset by terrorists who wanted to bring back old, dead ways in an ultimately foolish and futile struggle. Naturally their side would win in the end, or at least there was no possibility of losing. That was what they had believed up until two days ago, when the sky lit up with laser cannons firing in orbit, sending thin streaks arcing through the dusk below the first evening’s stars. 

Inside the dome cities of southern Mandalore nobody could see the sky directly, but people didn’t stay under the dome all the time. In addition, there were Holonet streams that broadcast nothing but views of the sky both day and night just so they could get a taste of what they were missing. They knew where the system defence fleet sat overhead, reassuring. 

To someone like Tholme who had travelled across the galaxy, the small group of ships up there barely qualified as a fleet, but to be fair they’d have been more than enough to take on pirates or criminals, the usual threats that plagued the Mid and Outer Rim. Nor were those the only ships the New Mandalorians had, it was just that the others were elsewhere in the sector, trading hit and run blows in tussels with Death Watch. 

Which everyone here knew. If Death Watch pulled their vessels back and massed them for an attack on Mandalore then the New Mandalorians would have worked out what they were up to and prepared for it, so who was here above the planet firing on them? What was going on?

Tholme did have some guesses, which put him up on most of the citizenry of Sundari. He’d been briefed on everything the Jedi Order did know about Mand’alor Jango Fett and the True Mandalorians. There probably were some Death Watch ships up there, but he’d put money on the bulk of the forces being True Mandalorians. 

Who were supposed to be basically extinguished in the wake of Jango’s death. In Tholme’s experience reality wasn’t as simple as that. People didn’t stop believing in things just because they lost a charismatic leader - they just stopped fighting. The sentiment was still there, able to wake again under the right circumstances. These Haat’ade had emerged from the shadows and they were a very real threat. 

The main thing that Tholme had learned on his mission thus far was that the political situation in the Mandalorian sector wasn’t as settled or static as Jango Fett made it out to Qui-Gon Jinn. He wasn’t the unopposed Mand’alor, and this wasn’t a done deal. He might have the support of the warrior clans - though exactly what fraction of the Mandalorian people that meant was unclear - but the New Mandalorian faction still controlled Kalevala and Mandalore. Or they appeared to control them - Tholme wasn’t sure he trusted the bland, reassuring reports on the news channels. The average citizen in the street knew almost nothing about Fett or the recent developments in their civil war, and Tholme hadn’t managed to get close enough to any government officials to get their take on the situation. 

People were starting to work out that things were being concealed from them. Open battle in orbit wasn’t something that could be covered up. Rumours flew around the Holonet boards, visible if you knew where to look.  The name of the Haat’ade had been invoked, but only by the most conspiratorial gossipers and even then nobody was guessing that Jango Fett was back from the dead. 

Tholme would send all this information back in his next report to the Council, but he had no idea what should be done about it. The Republic’s treaty with Mandalore agreed that the Mandalorians wouldn’t expand their borders or arm themselves beyond certain thresholds, but it didn’t cover internal fighting, and it guaranteed Mandalore’s independence. The Republic had no justification to intervene unless asked - not yet . Even if they did act, Tholme knew how long it took for the Senate to decide anything, Admittedly, the threat of outright war was the one thing which did trigger quick action as the Stark Hyperspace War proved, but it might still come too late if Mand’alor Fett prevailed and decided to go out conquering afterwards. 

Don’t prejudge him , Tholme reminded himself. You don’t know what kind of person he is. 

His job was simply to gather information, not to act on it. He still wanted to be prepared for the worst-case scenario. 

I have to get closer to the action , he thought. He needed to understand Fett and his motivations. There was no way for an outsider to get anywhere near the army of warrior Mandalorians though…

Jango Fett would have to come down to Mandalore at some point though. Tholme could wait for him here in Sundari, but would he really try to take the capital first? Surely he would try to get a foothold elsewhere on the planet before moving on the dome cities. The northern hemisphere was meant to have a more warlike tradition, and it was also the site of the old capital, Keldabe. 

Perhaps it was time for his stall to move on.

----

The system defence fleet was burning. In other parts of the sector, Kyr’tsad harried the rest of the New Mandalorians’ starships to prevent them returning to defend their people’s home. Theodore Kryze was on his way back to Concord Dawn, and the moon of Concordia had openly declared for the Haat’ade , Kyr’tsad, and their new Mand’alor. The supply lines were secure. The tempo of war was on their side, but to fully take advantage of that they had to continue applying pressure. Manda’yaim stretched out below them. Sundari and the south were fed by the north - take the north, and they would starve. Jango would rather besiege the dome-cities that way than with a force of arms they didn’t really have. 

Deciding how to proceed meant the need for another war-council, though not as big as the one he’d needed to get the broad strokes of the conflict worked out initially. 

“What intelligence do we have about their ground forces and defences around Keldabe?” he asked the assembled verd’alore

“Various localised shields around the city and outlying settlements,” Birsh Tarn said, pointing the locations out on the holoprojected map they were all bent over. “Air defence batteries near all the old fortifications.” She snorted. “Even the kriffing New Mandalorians weren’t stupid enough to disarm themselves that much. Just filled their clans’ ancient strongholds with weakness.”

“It doesn’t take a warrior’s spirit to aim and fire an anti aircraft cannon,” Aurelia Saxon said. “If we want to land troops, we either have to do it far away from anything and slog there on foot, giving them time to hit us from the air, or we need to be prepared to take losses and overwhelm them with numbers.”

“Numbers we don’t have ,” Jango replied. “Not without risking our ability to see the job through.” He rested his hands on his blaster pistols and thought about the problem. “The clans that live here… haven’t some of them sworn to us?”

Silas nodded. “Clan Skirata hold land not far from Keldabe, as do clans Ward and Apma. But they haven’t openly committed themselves.”

“Those in the north have long kept their warrior traditions in secret to avoid the exile that was forced upon House Vizsla and their dependents,” Oraya Mereel added. “If we wish them to reveal themselves now, they must be convinced of our victory.”

Which wasn’t something that came easily from a holocall. Jango scanned back and forth over the map. “Infiltration first then,” he said. “We’ll land a small team at night, try and go undetected. The main aim will be to meet with the clans and see if they can lend us some verde to take out at least a few of the anti-air defences for the main force to land.”

“Great risk and great reward,” Lorca Gedyc commented. “Who’s going to lead this strike-force, Mand’alor?”

“You’ve got some idea,” Jango replied, his voice flat. He didn’t like Lorca’s snide tone. 

“Why should they trust the word of anyone other than yourself, Mand’alor?” Lorca raised an eyebrow - a challenge. 

Jango wouldn’t generally rise to obvious bait like this, but Lorca had hit on a fair point, one that had already occurred to him. The only other choice would have been Pre as his heir, but he didn’t want to send him into that amount of danger when he was still basically a kid. That, and the connotations of sending former Death Watch to negotiate on his behalf might not look good.

“Yeah, I’ll be going myself,” he said. “That part wasn’t in doubt.”

Next to him the look on Silas’ face suggested it really should have been in doubt, but he wasn’t going to gainsay him openly. Not until Kyr’tsad were a lot more settled in and accepting of his authority. 

“Fair enough.” Lorca nodded, pacified for the moment. 

“It might take me a while to get their help,” he said. “I’ll keep in contact once a day on a secure channel. Silas, you’re in charge in my absence. Now, you all know your forces best. Who do you recommend for this kind of operation?”

It was going to be dangerous, but war was dangerous. Jango wasn’t planning to die just yet. 

----

“Charges set,” Kal Skirata whispered over buy’ce comms, ducking low as he returned to their hiding place at the edge of the treeline. We’re ready to go whenever.”

Jango nodded acknowledgement. He looked around, the assembled team a blurry mess of heat signals in his HUD on both sides. He had spent the last week talking to the half a dozen clans living near Keldabe who he trusted enough not to turn him in to the New Mandalorians even if they decided not to commit to his cause, and it had paid off. The decisive victory over the defence fleet had gone a long way towards convincing them he could put his money where his mouth was. Alongside the ten person fire-team he’d landed with, the local clans had rounded up another three score verde to take on the anti-air defence. 

“Teams Besh and Cresh, status?” he queried. 

“Ready,” came back across comms almost simultaneously. 

Jango nodded to Kal. “Blow them.”

The deafening wave of the explosion passed over them, dulled to something tolerable by their buy’ce systems. Elsewhere across the hills on the northern edge of Keldabe two simultaneous blasts went off, shaking the boughs of the trees and sending smoke billowing upwards. An alarm started blaring, an insistent rise and fall, but Jango and his team were already moving with blasters up. 

The charges had cut through the blast doors of the facility, peeling back durasteel in still-glowing-red petals. Jango stepped over one and into the corridor, scanning for other heat signals. There was too much smoke lingering for the standard visual range to be effective - all the better for them. The New Mandalorians might wear some kind of armour in replacement for traditional beskar’gam , but other arms suppliers across the galaxy didn’t tend to pack in as much tech as Mandalorian gorane - or they charged through the nose for it. 

A figure stepped out from a doorway ahead, coughing, and took an immediate shot to the chest for their troubles. They dropped. Hadn’t even had a chance to raise their own blaster pistol. They’d become complacent here - the notion that enemies might make it to the surface must have seemed far-fetched. 

Jango raised his hand and signalled to the rest of the squad. Fan out. Search and clear. 

It didn’t take long to find the main control room. The building wasn’t that large - or that well-defended even past the lack of preparation. Jango stepped over cooling corpses to the terminals that controlled the cannons outside. 

“Here,” Kal said, crouching over one of the bodies and tossing something over. Jango caught it out of the air - it was a code cylinder. He nodded his thanks and slotted it into the terminal, which beeped satisfaction. It was the work of a few moments to shut the cannons down. 

His comm crackled. “Cresh squad reporting. Mission complete.”

“Acknowledged Cresh.” Jango changed to the other channel with a click of his tongue. “Besh squad, report.”

“Stronger resistance here,” came the reply. Llats Ward, one of the locals, was leading them. “We’ll get them cleared shortly - no need for additional support.”

“Alright Besh,” Jango said. He turned to the rest of his team - some were still sweeping the other rooms, but he could track their vitals on his HUD and there didn’t appear to be any problems. Kal was directing some of the verde to move the bodies to one side of the room and propping them up against the wall. It was both practical and respectful. 

“Kal, anything on local channels?” he asked. Clan Skirata were indeed well-versed at staying under the New Mandalorians’ radar and had a number of different backdoors into their communications and intelligence. 

The older man checked his comm. “The detonations were noticed,” he reported. “They’re mobilising the local garrison, but we have time.”

Jango flipped back to Besh Squad. “ETA on clearance?”

“Ten, fifteen minutes.”

Jango would have preferred to keep the anti-air batteries operational so that the Haat’ade could use them easily themselves after they took the city, but that might have been overly ambitious. They couldn’t risk still being here when more troops arrived, and waiting for their own reinforcements to land would cut things far too close. He clicked to the general channel. “Slag the computers, then pull out.” he ordered. All the teams had datachips with viral-worms loaded on them for that purpose. 

It would take a full reprogram to get the terminals working again, something that took days at best, but the cannons themselves would be intact. It should be enough. 

They didn’t need to wait around for the worm to finish doing its job. Jango picked up the stragglers from his squad on the way out, and headed for the fall-back point. Cresh had already called in and were on their way. 

“Besh here,” his comm crackled as they marched through heavy forest. “Worm inserted. Joining you shortly.”

Jango relaxed. Good. They should have enough time to get out before the first of their enemies arrived. On his wrist-comm he activated the signal booster and sent the all-clear up to Kad’ijaat . Soon corvettes and Kom’rks would descend through the atmosphere and over the city of Keldabe, bringing their army with them. The local clans had a pretty good idea how strong the local New Mandalorian garrison was. Enough to put up a fight, not enough to be a problem. 

If the New Mandalorians had used this last week as well as Jango had, if they’d gathered their forces and called together a real army of their own, then they might at least have been in a good position to take Keldabe back after this. With today’s strike Jango had removed any local counter to his own air superiority, but the New Mandalorians had the home turf advantage at least in theory. They knew the terrain, could move their own personnel and materiel around faster than Jango could… but first they would have to admit to themselves that this wasn’t a Kyr’tsad trick, that the rules of the game had changed on them, and that they were facing a new and very real threat. 

Apparently they hadn’t done that. 

Jango reached the fall-back point. Although the tree cover was thick all around them there was enough of a gap to look out and over towards the river and the rise that was Keldabe. Old buildings, clan fortresses, homes and forges stretched out over the top of a polished-flat granite outcrop, the stone diverting the Kelita river around it. In the distance the industrial quarter gleamed silver in the evening sun, the MandalMotors tower a clear landmark. Closer by on the road leading up towards these hills there were ground transports on the move, the purr of their repulsorlifts audible through the clear, still air. 

Jango sat on a fallen log and took stock. Almost to his surprise he found that his heart was settled, that he was not even slightly worried. It felt right that he was here. This was Manda’yaim , the soil under his feet, the red and gold leaves of autumn around him, verde with him. He was going to win this war - not without bloodshed, not without tragedy on one side or another, but as quickly as he could - and then he was going to bring peace. United peace, not the kind that came from slaughtering everyone you didn’t agree with. 

Then he could prepare for whatever Tarre Vizsla was worried about.

Chapter 30

Summary:

Theodore Kryze is reunited with his niece and Keldabe falls to the True Mandalorians - yet the war is far from won.

Notes:

No specific new Mando'a words, but the Oyu'baat is a famous and very long-standing canina within Keldabe.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Theodore Kryze expected to simply be shoved into another cell for his trip to Concord Dawn, but his guards actually took him to be checked over by a medic first. Even though it was what Jango Fett had ordered, he hadn’t actually believed they would care that much about the state he was in - he wasn’t dying anyway, so what did they have to gain? The doctor drew blood, scanned him, made notes. Theo let it happen, unable to react to anything that was going on around him. It didn’t feel very real. His head was empty, his heart numb. What Vau had told him, what Fett had told him… these were just more shocks piled up onto a great mound of them and he didn’t know any other way to respond other than retreating inwards. Walon Vau… it wasn’t abandonment. That implied there had been real feelings between them at some point, but in reality there never had been. Just tricks, and his own naivety which meant he’d been taken in by the lies. 

And his nieces were alive. Not just Satine, but Bo-Katan as well. She must have escaped Castle Kryze before Theo even got Satine to the tunnel - that was why he hadn’t been able to find her when he went back for her. 

That was the better option. The nastier one was that she’d been captured by Death Watch that day, as he had. If that had been the case though, wouldn’t Tor have rubbed his nose in it? Assuming he even kept Bo alive… No. There were too many horrible possibilities to think about. 

Alive. Alive. He had to focus on that. 

Whatever had happened before, they were prisoners now, as he was. How long had they managed to stay free? Theodore guessed their capture must have been after Tor’s death, for the same reason it couldn’t have happened when Castle Kryze was assaulted - and Tor would likely have killed him the moment he laid hands on Satine. She made the better hostage. 

How were the girls holding up? Had they been hurt? Intimidated? Threatened? Surely that last, at the very least. He knew they were tough, their father’s children. Hopefully they were coping. 

Hopefully better than he had. Please stars, let them not have suffered anything like he had. 

Theo wasn’t broken out of his thoughts even by the doctor injecting him with nutrient boosters, but he had the presence of mind to accept a tub of some kind of medicinal paste. 

“Rub it into your skin twice a day,” the doctor told him. “It should loosen the scar tissue and help with the stiffness. That’s as much as I can do for now. Later on, once you’ve rebuilt your strength, these bones will need to be broken again and reset.” Gentle, gloved hands brushed Theo’s skin to illustrate the problematic locations.  Even that was almost too much for him. He wanted to jerk away or he wanted the touch to never leave. His nerves were too sensitive - warmth and pressure seemed to burn. 

He nodded a vague acknowledgement, unsure if he believed them. Again, what would be the point in healing him further? He was their prisoner, and they’d get tired of having him around when he proved all over again that the New Mandalorians wouldn’t bow to terrorists. 

That was still what the True Mandalorians were - terrorists. Brutal remnants of a barbaric age, a threat too severe to negotiate with or give in to. The cost would be too great even for a temporary peace. If everything that Death Watch had done to Theodore hadn’t made him bow yet then nothing Fett did would. Besides, though he didn’t know who was leading the government and the defence forces in the wake of the attack on House Kryze, he was sure they wouldn’t negotiate either. 

Theo was taken to a ship after that, and he soon felt the faint thrum and odd sense of dislocation that marked a jump to hyperspace. They weren’t going far, just a few lightyears across the sector. It would take an hour or two at most. That was still enough time for his thoughts to circle round. He did his best to remember as much as possible about the True Mandalorians. Their original leader was the demagogue Jaster Mereel, a dangerous writer and philosopher who authored the “Supercommando Codex” - a book that had been banned in the Mandalorian Sector almost the moment it was published and hit the HoloNet. One would have thought that seven centuries would be enough to forget their warrior past, for the lesson to sink in that being a proper neighbour to the Republic and upstanding member of the galactic community was the only path to long-term survival. 

Apparently not. Like a fungus, the recalcitrant warrior clans sprouted war-leaders - mushrooms emerging from spore networks. Jaster hadn’t been the first, or Tor Vizsla and his Death Watch. Theo had long hoped they might be the last, if they could be captured and brought to trial. Then their followers would see that public opinion wasn’t behind them. 

That hadn’t quite worked out. Between the two factions Death Watch was the far greater threat, and the one Adonai prioritised. The True Mandalorians - aside from standing in opposition to peaceful ideals, and reminding the galaxy of the threat the Mandalorian people had once posed to them - hadn’t caused the government much of a problem. It seemed safe to set them aside for later. 

That might have been a big mistake. 

How had Jango Fett survived, given all the reports of his death? Where had he been for two years? How had he even gotten near Tor Vizsla to kill him in the first place?

Whatever Jaster Mereel’s beliefs, how much did his son share them? Yes, he’d killed Tor, but he seemed to be working with Death Watch now. If the True Mandalorians had been decimated by the Jedi, had he decided to mount a coup against his rival and take over Death Watch? By the time the ship shuddered out of hyperspace Theodore hadn’t come up with any answers to all of these questions. He doubted his new captors would give him any answers either. This might be the last news he got of the outside world for months more. 

As they came in to land, the ship shuddering from atmospheric re-entry, Theodore’s heart started beating faster. He couldn’t get a full breath in. Fear - he identified the emotion later than he should have. It wasn’t fear for himself but for Satine and Bo-Katan. Fett said Theo would be joining them on Concord Dawn but that didn’t mean he would be allowed to see them and check on their wellbeing. He might not even get any proof that Fett was telling the truth about them being here. His captivity here could be the same blank nothingness it had been for these past weeks. 

He was dragged from the ship into a heavy mist, the air damp and sucking the heat from his bones. He began to shiver almost immediately. They were on a landing platform of some kind but he couldn’t make out anything more. A small party of soldiers in full Mandalorian beskar’gam were waiting for him. 

“So this is Theodore Kryze,” the one in front said. “Welcome to Fort Mereel.” She turned on her heel, and led the way forwards. 

Thick walls loomed up out of the mist a few more paces on. They passed between heavy blast-doors and into wide corridors. Nobody else seemed to be about, but Theo didn’t know what time of day it was. There was light enough outside to see by, but it could be early morning or late evening or even mid-day with how thick that fog was. Or perhaps everyone was out on campaign against his people. 

Theodore was escorted to a room that turned out to be a bedroom with a ‘fresher attached. “Take a bath,” he was told by the woman leading the group. “You need it. Then there are clean clothes in the wardrobe.”

Theo had grown well used to any odour he might be putting out, but given the level of sanitation he had access to in Death Watch’s prison he was sure she was right. He just hadn’t thought they would offer him such dignity as a real water shower. His guards even stayed beyond the outer door, giving him a measure of privacy. 

Don’t you care what I might do? he thought to himself. If he had been sufficiently determined and had the desire, he could have done something to hurt himself, even kill himself if they weren’t paying enough attention. Then they would be down one prisoner and bargaining chip… but even in his darkest moments Theo had only wanted the pain to stop, not necessarily to die. Death would just be another way of giving in. 

Instead he took a shower. Steam fogged the mirror over, which he appreciated. The brief glances of his skinny body were unreal, as though it belonged to someone else. He knew what he looked like and it wasn’t… that. Even the bright light in the room illuminated more than he’d seen for some time. The twisted gaps where fingers should have been were… 

These were his own hands? Scrubbing soap over his body was a lesson in stiffness, numbness interspersed with hypersensitivity, little flecks of pain, lumps where there shouldn’t have been lumps, whorls of scarring… He had to stop thinking about it with desperate will, fix his eyes on the ceiling, ears on the hiss of the showerhead, sensation on the water running over him. 

Some indeterminate amount of time later, he finally felt clean. He towelled dry with the same intense, intentional dissociation, and found the mentioned clothing. It was simple, grey without any markings or logos. He left the tattered remains of what he’d been wearing before on the floor of the refresher. 

Now what? He sat on the edge of the bed and stared at the closed door. Was this his new cell? If so, it had plenty of advantages over the last two. There was even a window out onto what looked like natural light high up in the wall…

The door opened. An unreadable helmet poked in. 

“Good. You’re done. Wait here.”

Wait implied it wouldn’t be forever. Puzzled, Theodore did as he was told - not that there was any other real choice. 

It wasn’t long at all before the door opened again and this time… 

“Satine?”

“Uncle Theo?” 

Satine’s eyes gleamed with wet tears - her expression was one of complete surprise verging on disbelief. Theo understood it perfectly. They were actually letting them see each other? Just for… what? To make them grateful, perhaps. After the harsh lesson Walon Vau taught him, Theodore wasn’t going to trust simple acts of human kindness from his enemies anymore. There would be a hidden reason even if it didn’t make sense to him right now. 

“It’s really you…” Satine hadn’t moved since opening the door, almost paused mid-step. 

“It’s me.” He nodded and spread his arms slightly, the kind of invitation that could be easily ignored if it wasn’t welcome. Satine moved at once, almost throwing herself at him. Theodore wrapped his arms around her and felt her shoulders shivering. She was crying now - her tears were damp against the side of his neck. 

“I thought you were dead ,” she said. “You… you were their prisoner? Death Watch’s?” It couldn’t have been difficult to guess that just from looking at him. Theo wished he wasn’t such a mess. At least he looked better now than he had a few hours ago when they dragged him from his last cell. 

“I was,” he confirmed. “Fett must have discovered that when he took over Death Watch. That… that is what happened, yes?” She might have heard a little more than he’d been told. 

“In essence,” she said. “Uncle, so much has happened…”

“If you want to, you can tell me about it. If it won’t make our guards angry?” He glanced towards the door, which had shut again. That didn’t mean they weren’t being watched. It would be easy to conceal a camera somewhere. 

Satine shook her head. “I doubt they’d care. They are very confident there’s nothing I can do to get word out to anyone, and so far I haven’t found any way to try, so I suppose they’re right.” 

Theo took one arm from around her and patted the bed. “I want to hear everything. Especially how you’ve been since I last saw you.”

Satine pulled back from his embrace and composed herself. “Well, I’ll start with after I made it into town…”

Theodore listened with frankly growing relief that nothing close to his awful fears had happened to his niece. She told him how she spent some weeks hiding with members of different allied clans, about the arrival of the Jedi - Theo wasn’t sure whose idea it had been to ask the Republic for help, but he couldn’t deny it had been effective at least for a while. She explained how Concord Dawn was chosen as her next refuge, a place nobody should have thought to look, how one of her Jedi protectors was ambushed by one of Jango Fett’s wards, a star-touched zabrak boy, and that everything had turned sour after that. The Jedi gave Satine up too easily. 

But of course they were meant to be utterly neutral parties. That must have been their motivation for leaving, to preserve that neutrality. Anger stirred in Theodore’s belly. Neutrality was all well and good, but wasn’t the whole point of it meant to be that it was necessary in order to find truth and justice? Leaving a young girl in the hands of terrorists was not just! Accepting Jango Fett’s claim to leadership was not finding the truth! 

“I’m sorry, Satine,” he said. “I’m sorry that happened to you.”

“To me?” she said. “Uncle, how can you even say that - after what Death Watch did to you …”

Theodore looked away, an uncontrollable flinch. He had been able to put it away in the back of his mind and focus on Satine for just a brief spell, but it lurked close by, the memories easily prompted. How could she stand to look at him…?

“Never mind that,” Satine said, forcing cheerfulness into her voice. “It’s not so bad to be a prisoner here. Although it’s… far from ideal, I cannot say that I have been mistreated in any way by Fett’s soldiers. He allows me the liberty to move around, to eat with them, and even to watch them train.”

Theo glanced at the door. “That seems foolish,” he said quietly. 

“It’s rather that they don’t believe I am any threat.” Satine’s lips pressed together with a flash of annoyance. “I can’t say that they are wrong. What am I going to do to them? What can I do? There’s nothing here to sabotage.”

Through all of this, Theo had noticed one glaring omission in Satine’s story. She hadn’t once mentioned Bo-Katan, but Fett had been very clear he had both girls as his captives. Was Satine unaware of this? Or had something happened… was she trying to spare his feelings?

“Do you know what happened to your sister?” he asked, keeping the question vague. 

Satine looked away. It wasn’t simply that she was upset. In fact she looked almost guilty. “She’s here too,” she admitted after a long moment. 

He didn’t like this. “Satine, what’s going on? What are you afraid to tell me?”

She bit her lip. “Do you remember anything different about her, in the months before the attack?”

Theodore frowned, not sure what she might be getting at. He still did his best to consider her question properly. Different? “A little withdrawn perhaps,” he said. “She spent more time in her room -  but that’s hardly unusual for a teenager.”

“I didn’t notice anything at all,” Satine said. “I suppose I wasn’t looking. I regret that now.” She stopped again, struggling to find the right words. Theo waited patiently for her to continue. Pressing her would only be counterproductive. 

“When Pre - Pre Vizsla then - turned up on Concord Dawn, he wasn’t alone,” she said. “Bo-Katan was with him. She was wearing Death Watch armour.”

At first he thought that he must have misheard her - or that he simply wasn’t understanding what she was trying to tell him. Those simple words bounced around inside his head. In Death Watch armour? Did she mean they were parading her around, showing off their power over their captive? Making Bo some kind of little mascot? Really though he knew he was grasping at alternative explanations rather than the one staring him in the face. 

“She was with them of her own free will?” he asked, in a very quiet voice. 

Satine’s distress and agitation were expressed in every tense line of her body, the way she couldn’t sit entirely still next to him. “I didn’t know it was her at first. She looked like any other Death Watch trainee. Later I realised… She took off her helmet…” She swallowed but forced herself to continue. “She didn’t try to lie to me or make any excuses for herself. She told me she’d been in contact with Pre for some time. They were speaking on some kind of HoloNet forum. He convinced her… convinced her somehow that Death Watch is right.”

It was too awful to be true - yet Theo’s recent experiences were a clear illustration that it might be the awful things that were more real than anything else. He knew Satine was telling him the truth, but accepting it wasn’t so easy. “But… your father?” Even if Bo-Katan had been drawn in by lies, by the image of ancient glories with all the dirt and blood artificially scrubbed off, surely after the attack and the assassination…?

“She doesn’t care,” Satine said, her voice flat and almost alien. “She’s one of them now. I barely see her - she spends all her time with Jango Fett’s children. I don’t recognise her at all.”

She took a deep breath and released it in a shuddering sigh. “Jacek Mereel - she’s in charge here while Jango is away - told Bo-Katan you were coming. She gave permission for Bo to come and see you. She could have been here, if she wanted.”

She didn’t need to say anything more. Bo-Katan’s absence spoke loudly enough. 

“Surely she’s given some kind of justification for her actions?” Theo said, still bewildered by all of this. “She’s still young, it can’t possibly be too late to make her see reason.”

“Why should she listen to me when she has soldiers all around her telling her exactly what she wants to hear?” Satine said, bitterness evident. “She’s been told that Mandalore used to be great, that the galaxy used to be afraid of us and in awe of us, that we have the right to take whatever we want, that might is more important than mercy… and now this war! She wanted to go… She’s fourteen! It’s monstrous, the very idea…”

“They didn’t let her.” Theo knew they wouldn't, even if just to keep her safe as one Kryze heir, but he needed the reassurance of hearing that out loud. 

Satine shook her head. “No - at least I can say that Jango Fett won’t take children into battle. Even his ward, Maul - the zabrak I mentioned - wasn’t permitted.”

“How old…?”

“Not long past thirteen.” Satine made a face. “What kind of children are they raising, that they are so eager to kill?”

“At that age they cannot know what war really is,” Theo said, not sure which one of them he was trying to convince. 

“Perhaps not in the True Mandalorians. They don’t hold themselves back from gossiping around me - I’ve heard that Pre killed a person at his verd’goten . That it’s the way for Death Watch - or at least for Clan Vizsla.” Though she tried to hide her distress, it still shone through. 

“The True Mandalorians really are different to Death Watch then? Is it only in how they treat their children, or have you seen other differences too?”

“They seem less bloodthirsty, for the most part,” Satine said. “All save that boy Maul… I must admit he scares me a little. I don’t understand him, or how he got to be this way.”

Satine had obviously spent her time here well, in that she had been observing the characters of those around her and particularly those in positions of importance. Whether or not either of them could put that knowledge into use, it was still vital intelligence. 

“Tell me about this place,” Theo said. “About these people.” If the guards outside hadn’t interrupted when they were talking about their leader and his family, perhaps they really weren’t listening in. That, or they simply didn’t care. Either way he’d take as much advantage as possible of the time they were allowed. 

Satine settled herself on the bed again and started to speak. Theo did his best to commit each detail to memory. 

He wasn’t sure how much time passed before there was a loud knock on the door, and a guard told them their time was up for the day. “Get some rest,” she told Theodore. “If you behave yourself, the visits will continue. If you’re lucky you can even have some time out of here.”

It wasn’t until later on, his head pillowed on a bed that felt like heaven in comparison to the cot-shelf of his last cell, that a trickle of awful possibility made its way into his thoughts. 

Who let Death Watch into Castle Kryze? A person who knew it. Who knew all its security. An impossible spy. A radicalised young girl. Pieces he didn’t want to fit together. 

No. No, it couldn’t be Bo-Katan. Even with a terrorist whispering honeyed lies in her ear she’d never hurt her family, her own father

And Satine would have told him - if she knew. If . Bo-Katine might have hidden the truth, but someone from Death Watch would surely have gloated, so if it was true then she would know. 

He still couldn’t shake the doubt and fear from his heart. Theodore Kryze did not sleep well that night. 

----

Tholme had only been in Keldabe for a few days before the True Mandalorian assault descended upon them. It started with smoke rising in several places from the hills to the north, then not long after several corvettes and troop-landers emerged from the cloud-cover and disgorged drop-troops with jetpacks across the city in impressive numbers. Like most of the citizenry, Tholme kept his head down and stayed under cover. The hostelry where he was staying had a communal open rooftop area with a canopy that could be drawn over against the heat of the sun in summer, or the rain in wetter seasons, and at least half the residents spent that evening crouched behind the cover of the parapet keeping an eye on what was going on. They were lucky enough that the fighting didn’t draw near to them save for one brief spell of danger. 

Tholme had enough experience of galactic conflict to judge the competency of the soldiers on each side, and frankly it alarmed him. He was well aware of the reputation Mandalorians had for their skill at violence, but he’d never seen Mandalorian mercenaries in action for himself and it was certainly… illustrative. There had been some footage from Galidraan, but it was poor quality and didn’t show much that was useful, from a tactical perspective - certainly nothing like what he was seeing right now. 

The fighters on both sides were impressive, and some of the disparity between them appeared to be less from ability and more from arms and armour. The local garrison didn't wear the traditional armour which anyone galaxy-wide would recognise as Mandalorian, although they did have armour of a different design. Tholme understood that their function up until now had been closer to that of a police force than an army, and their weapons matched that - large shields and crackling force-batons, DC-12 carbines and CC-20 blaster pistols configured for efficient stun settings rather than prioritising lethality. Though they fought well, organised and disciplined, the New Mandalorians had little choice but to fall back and retreat from the city. 

The fighting swept through the streets around Tholme's building like a wave, there and gone again with surprising speed. Smoke and corpses were left in its wake. Most people up on the rooftop had thrown themselves flat once the blaster fire was close enough to see - not many had copied Tholme and kept their heads just above the parapet to watch. At least no-one here had been injured by a stray bolt. That might have been chance as much as caution - not everyone had been so lucky. Some of the bodies down there were civilians. 

“What now?” someone whispered. “What are they going to do to us?”

That seemed to be the question that consumed everyone. At least within city limits, the old regime had been overthrown and was unlikely to return any time soon. The intentions of their attackers were unknown and could only be assumed. 

It wasn’t a complete surprise when Tholme came down to the communal dining area the next day to overhear several people talking insistently in support of the old Mandalorian ways. Nobody dared to shout them down, but fear suffused the Force through the room. Although this proved that there were a few here who sympathised with the True Mandalorians, at least for now they remained in the minority. 

Tholme ate his early-meal without talking to anyone, then pulled his hood down low over his eyes and went outside. 

Overnight someone had been by to clear the bodies, but the evidence of recent violence wasn’t so easy to shift. Blaster bolts had pockmarked the pourcrete walls of buildings up and down the street or left long carbon stains. The air smelled of ozone and the faint, oily taint of burned meat. Other less identifiable stains were scattered here and there amongst dust and rubble, the marks of death. 

A dark cloud spread through the Force around him, concentrated on each point of violence. Just breathing in brought with it sense-memories in flashes, quick and vague enough that they didn’t make much sense. The flashing light of blasters, screams and cries, pain, determination, fear, all mingling acrid and awful. It wasn’t enough to block out the Light, but this wasn’t a pleasant place for any Jedi to be. 

There was no escaping this elsewhere in the city. Keldabe had been scoured, its defences routed. Tholme hadn’t seen enough to be able to track the ebb and flow of the previous day’s battle, and the remnants in the Force were more confusion than help. The atmosphere of the populace was unpleasant as well - tense with anticipation. People had to leave their homes for vital errands, but it was clear they were reluctant to do even that. 

Tholme didn’t have a clear idea in his mind where he was going. He wandered slightly at random. The miasma in the Force must have distracted him from a full awareness of his surroundings, for he turned a corner and almost ran into a group of people. 

“Pardon me,” he said automatically, stepping away from them. 

“Wait,” one of the strangers said - tone sharp, a little hostile, but not yet with aggressive intent. She stood at the head of a mixed group of civilians - certainly they wore no armour. Yet when Tholme took a second look at them his eyes fell on pieces of cloth wrapped around their upper arms, or worn like sashes over their chests. These looked freshly and quickly made, and were painted or printed with the symbol of Death Watch. 

Tholme carefully did not react to that. He could think of several different motivations for a show of loyalty of this kind, some more sympathetic than others.

The woman was equally sizing him up.”You’re not hiding indoors like most of these mice,” she said, gesturing to the surrounding buildings with a sweep of her hand. “That’s good. You’re setting a good example. There’s no reason for fear.”

“You seem very certain of that,” Tholme replied, affecting a nonchalant tone, his body relaxed. “D’you know what’s going on then?”

“There’s no reason for civilians to be harmed,” she said. “We’ve been led by a cowardly government, bowing to the wishes of the Republic. We aren’t to blame for that. Here.” She pulled a piece of flimsi from her pocket and handed it to him. Tholme saw it was a flyer, printed very simply with blocky Aurebesh. 

“The Mand’alor will be broadcasting a speech from the Oyu’baat across the HoloNet later today,” Tholme read out. “So this is meant to be a… mission statement, of sorts?”

The woman nodded. “So you see, there’s nothing to worry about.”

No. Jango Fett wouldn’t want the populace harmed when he would need to rely on them for legitimacy later on. This little group, plus the ones who’d been showing their support in the hostelry this morning, were signs that as premature as the man’s claims might have been, that legitimacy could still exist. There would be no atrocities against civilians - at least not intentional ones, not yet. If they did come, if a warrior-king ruled as the tyrant Tholme was worried about, it would be much later on and only once Fett had tightened his grip on power. 

“Thank you,” he said, lifting up the flyer. “I’ll be sure to listen in.” 

What Jango Fett said would tell him a lot - not only his words, but how he said it. Then Tholme would simply have to wait and see. He could still send out his reports with the communicator concealed in his luggage, bouncing the signal off top-priority hyperspace buoys all the way back to Coruscant. If the Jedi Order wanted him to do anything more, they would let him know.

----

“Mayor. I have bad news.”

His aide Yenni shut the door behind her, looking over her shoulder nervously. Outside, Sundari’s civic centre was a busy hive of activity, tension only just contained below the surface. There couldn’t be any evidence of panic. Everything had to be kept under control. 

Mayor Almec set his holopad down and pushed it aside. Straightening his spine, he braced for whatever Yenni had to say. 

“Death Watch have taken Keldabe.”

Almec felt the blood drain from his face - he was momentarily light-headed. His folded hands tightened painfully on each other. “They were supposed to attack here,” he whispered. “That’s why we gathered our forces around Sundari.”

Yenni didn’t have an answer for him. Her silent stare must be mirroring his own shock of desperation. 

Almec looked away. Now more than ever they needed Adonai Kryze - or if not Adonai, then someone of experience and charisma to lead their military forces. Almec wasn’t a soldier. He was a politician. The Mandalore of modern times was a very different beast from the one of the past - they weren’t all warriors these days. It wasn’t as though he’d been taught military matters in school, and his university degree was in political science. He had no experience in leading an army. They had military specialists for that, with Duke Adonai Kryze their Commander-in-Chief - and he’d been taken out with one swift strike, along with anyone who could take his place. 

“Has there been any word from the other cities?” he asked. “Or from off-planet; from Kalevala? Krownest? Ordo?”

“Nothing useful,” Yanni replied. “Mostly arguing again. Captains trying to pull rank on each other, governors doing the same. Nobody can agree on what to do.”

Almec’s unlaced his fingers, rubbing his cupped hands instead. Fear was a cold sweat down his back, dryness in his mouth. “Have we any more information on the figure claiming to be Jango Fett?”

“Survivors from the Keldabe garrison fell back and were able to make it here - that’s how we got the news about the city being taken. They said after they left the city there was a public broadcast on local channels by Fett. The content was about what you’d expect - staking his claim to the city, promising the citizens wouldn’t be harmed so long as they didn’t try anything foolish, claiming he would bring back the old ways once the New Mandalorian government was overthrown…”

“It was just the local channels?” Almec asked. If anyone else had seen that…

“Mayor… This is too big. We can’t keep it from the people forever.”

“We can’t afford to start a panic.” Just the idea of it made him sweat even harder. Chaos, a frenzy, people trying to flee offworld. Running into the guns of Death Watch. Even the smaller kinds of panic - stockpiling food and fuel and other necessities, withdrawing credits from banking accounts - could end up with injuries and even deaths. “Besides, we don’t want to embolden any radicals within Sundari.” 

“Our people aren’t terrorists,” Yanni said with some heat. “They’re not going to side with Death Watch!”

Almec’s lips pressed together briefly. Then he spoke the fear out loud. “Even if they might win?”

Yanni had no answer to that. The situation was bad, and they both knew it. 

“So, we have footage of the impersonator now. Does he look like the original?”

Yenni stared at him for a moment, then shrugged. “ I don’t know what Jango Fett looked like, and I didn’t have time before coming to see you to look up archival images. I’m sure some of our soldiers kept abreast of information about terrorists and exiles well enough to recognise him, but wouldn’t Death Watch have thought of that? There’s ways to make someone look like another person, certainly well enough to fool a holocapture.” She paused, then added, “Couldn’t it actually be him?”

“The Jedi Order sent us their footage from Galidraan,” Almec said, exasperated. “Now, it’s very poor quality, but I don’t doubt the word of the Jedi who were there. Every one of the True Mandalorians on that planet died. Was executed,” he corrected himself. ‘Died’ - as though lightsabers wielded themselves! They could have used a few Jedi Knights to help them now, but things had escalated far past that point. Perhaps they might come as advisors or neutral parties to facilitate peace talks, if only the idea of Death Watch agreeing to peace talks wasn’t completely laughable. 

“Even if they’re just using his name for legitimacy, people seem to believe it,” Yanni argued. “Even True Mandalorian remnants. The garrison reported there were clan sigils from that faction as well as from Death Watch.”

“We’re fragged,” Almec said under his breath, closing his eyes and putting a hand over them. He pressed his fingers against his brow and temples. The pressure helped slightly. “That explains where the ships came from then. Surely they can see this is just a Death Watch trick! Those animals… how can they work with them?”

“There’s no sign of Tor Vizsla. Maybe he really is dead? Maybe this false Fett really did kill him.”

Almec raised his head. “You think he’s even fooled them? Why would they believe it? They know about his death as well as we do.”

Yanni shrugged. “They must know something we don’t.”

Almec sighed. This conversation wasn’t getting them anywhere. “I will make some calls,” he said. “At least Yavasur, Ketu and Jalakupa have pledged to mutual defence with Sundari and are following my lead for now. If our enemy has gained a foothold on Mandalore, there’s all the more reason to put aside arguments and pull together.”

“I think you’re giving us too much credit,” Yanni said. It was a bleak attitude, but not one Almec could really argue with.

Notes:

We don't get much information about how the New Mandalorians were structured under Duke Adonai, but we do see from Clone Wars that there is a 'prince' of Concordia and Almec is the Prime Minister. I suspect there would be full seperation of military and civilian matters, unlike the Haat'ade and Kyr'tsad where they're combined - with a lot of devolution of non-military power to the Clan/House Heads. The attack on Castle Kryze would therefore have been roughly equivalent to blowing up the Pentagon and wiping out a lot of the top brass while assassinating the President at the same time.

Chapter 31

Summary:

Bo-Katan struggles with inner conflict, and Maul is finally permitted to join the war-effort.

Notes:

Keldabe doesn't have a palace in either Disney or Legends canon, but it feels like it should have one.

New Mando'a words:
Laamir-me'sen - the literal translation would be ship-jumping, or ship-hopping. What that actually means in context is something that might not get a chance to come up organically in the world building, so to explain, it's a secret practise of the warrior clans, which helps them carry on the old ways and traditions away from New Mandalorian/governemental eyes. Basically a warrior will leave home for an unspecified period of time and travel outside the Mandalorian sector, moving from ship to ship, taking mercenary jobs or similar work. They don't take their beskar'gam with them so they won't draw attention and get logged on the list of exiles kept by the NMs.

Chapter Text

“You’re on edge,” Kilindi said, taking a step back to put space between them and pause the spar. 

Bo-Katan shrugged, pushing sweat-damp hair off her forehead. She’d been spending more time with the other girl now that Maul, Savage and Feral were so frequently occupied with learning the Mandalorian version of the Force in the goran’s forge, and she’d quickly grown to like her. Kilindi was as straightforward as she was, but more subtle and patient. Bo-Katan couldn’t hold herself back and wait for the right moment like Kilindi could. She was trying to get better at it, but it was still too easy for her to lose her temper. 

“My uncle is alive,” she said - no point in trying to conceal the truth. Anyway she found she wanted to talk about it.

“Is that a good thing or a bad thing?” Kilindi asked, head tilting, non-judgemental. 

Bo-Katan scowled. She wasn’t sure of that herself. “Before all this I wasn’t thinking about him either way,” she said. “He was always… busy. I didn’t see that much of him growing up. I think he and Satine were closer.”

“He was just a necessary casualty of Kyr’tsad’s attack,” Kilindi said, nodding. “Collateral damage.” Bo relaxed slightly, seeing she understood.

“He’s a true believer, the same as my father was, the same as Satine still is.” There was no arguing with them, no way to make them see that what they were doing was hurting their people. Bo-Katan had tried - well, not with her family directly. On the Holonet. She was shouted down for her troubles, buried with vitriol and people calling her a terrorist and a monster, a savage, an animal. Pre told her there was too much bad blood between their sides for any hope of reasonable discussion but she’d needed to see it to believe him. If they couldn’t be made to stop with words, then of course violence was the only other option. 

“Have you been to see your uncle since he was brought back from Concordia?”

Bo-Katan made a face at the idea. “I don’t want to see him. He should be dead, but he’s not - what am I supposed to do with that?”

“He’s lost the fight already,” Kilindi pointed out. “He might say something hurtful to you, but that’s as much as he has the power to do.”

“I’m not going to stick my hand into the fire knowing I’m going to get burned for no purpose,” Bo-Katan replied, scowling. She didn’t want his judgement, the same hate and horror in his eyes as in Satine’s when she’d finally seen Bo for who she was rather than the afterthought little sister. Their disgust didn’t change her determination, it didn’t make her doubt that she was right, but it certainly wasn’t pleasant

“So the reason you’re so jumpy is because you’re worried you’re going to run into him accidentally,” Kilindi said. 

Bo’s scowl deepened. “There’s no reason to let him out of his room. It’s barely a jail cell. He’d be perfectly comfortable in there. He’s our enemy - we don’t have to be kind to him!”

“Death Watch did torture him,” Kilindi said. Bo-Katan didn’t see the relevance. 

“I didn’t know they’d do that - capture him, I mean,” she quickly corrected. Her cheeks burned a little. “He was just supposed to die. That would have been more merciful.” A quick clean strike, cutting out the tumour and dead flesh, letting out the pus so their people could heal. That’s what Pre said. He hadn’t mentioned torture. But he might not have known. Pre didn’t always know about or even approve of what his father did. That was one of the things they shared. 

“He won’t heal unless he gets some exercise and fresh air,” Kilindi continued, not reacting to the guilt Bo had just let slip. “If we’re going to keep prisoners rather than just kill them, then we have to treat them properly. That’s what’s right.”

“Is it? Or is it just softness?”

“It’s not soft to show mercy,” Kilindi said, implacable. “I actually think it’s strong. It shows you aren’t afraid of your enemies, you don’t have to beat them down and grind them into the dust because you’re scared they’ll come back to get you.” She was quiet for a moment. Bo-Katan thought she felt distant, like she was thinking about something else. Then she came back to herself. “And if they really are a threat then you’re right, better to kill them and end it. But it has to be a real threat, not something you made up in your head out of fear.”

“The New Mandalorians are a real threat,” Bo-Katan said. 

“Yes, but…” Kilindi’s brow furrowed in thought. “People can pose different kinds of threats. There are ones that won’t stop, where it’s you or them, kill or be killed. But there are also threats that can be defused, defanged, made harmless. There is a way, once all of this is over, for the Mandalorian people to live united once again, where people respect each other's differences and don’t try to stamp out a way of life just because they don’t like it.”

Bo-Katan rolled her eyes a little. If it was that easy, they wouldn’t have spent so long at the whims of the New Mandalorian government and their secret Republic masters pulling the strings behind the scenes. 

“Jango believes it,” Kilindi insisted. “That’s why your uncle is still alive. Anyway, when it comes to keeping prisoners it’s not just about ideals of morality. Treating prisoners well is just being smart. Mistreatment breeds hatred. Mercy and a gentle hand breeds trust. That’s also the most effective method of interrogation - or at least that’s what I was taught at the Academy, before we found Jango.”

Bo-Katan’s curiosity lit up at that small tid-bit - Kilindi rarely talked about her life before her adoption, though her reticence seemed more about her brothers’ privacy than her own. Bo didn’t press her for more details though. She didn’t want to make Kilindi choose between family and - she hoped - a friend. 

“I suppose what you say makes sense,” she said, thinking it through. The second part was more convincing than the idea that after the war they’d live side by side with the pacifist cowards. “I still think… my uncle might be a problem in the future. I know the whole point is to use him as a hostage and make the New Mandalorians back down, but then what? After we win the war, what are we going to do with him?” And with Satine, although she didn’t like thinking about that bit. “He’s part of the old regime, he’s the furthest thing from harmless! If we let them go… they could stir up trouble against us. They might even run to the Republic and set up some kind of government in exile, or something.” Kyr’tsad always said it was folly to leave your enemies alive to hurt you again later. The best option had to be keeping them locked up forever. 

Practical, sensible decisions weren’t easy. Sometimes you had to do a hard, harsh thing because it was just the best choice. 

“If we kill everyone who stands against us, even if they’re captives or have surrendered, then nobody will ever surrender to us again,” Kilindi said. “That means it’ll be twice as hard to win the war. And afterwards, are we going to wipe out everyone who went along with the New Mandalorian government? That’s half the population, isn’t it?”

“They don’t really support the New Mandalorians,” Bo-Katan replied. “Most of our people are proper Mandalorians at heart, they’re just caught in a web of lies and artificial fear.”

“If they supported Death Watch that whole-heartedly, why haven’t they risen up in protest against the government before now?” Kilindi countered. “More of them might be happy with pacifism than you want to believe. We aren’t going to slaughter them because of that. Then we’d be doing just what the New Mandalorians have tried with their slower methods - wiping out a people and their ways.”

“Those ways aren’t Mandalorian. No matter what you say about living together, about them not being a threat anymore, wiping them out would be right .”

Kilindi shrugged. She didn’t answer Bo-Katan’s point, but Bo could read any frustration from her expression or the way she held herself. It even looked as though she was happy to drop the subject - but not because Bo had managed to convince her. Because she didn’t want to fight about it. Or maybe she didn’t feel so strongly about her views that she would defend them to the last. That left Bo-Katan in two minds. She didn’t want to fight with her friend either - she could already feel from the buzzing under her skin how worked-up she was getting - but she didn’t like to be dismissed too easily either. 

“Aren’t you frustrated by anything?” she said.

Kilindi blinked. “Like what?”

“Like the fact you’re being left here.” The message about that had only arrived yesterday and Bo had gone to argue with Jacek about it at once, to no avail. “Maul and Savage get to go and join the war, but we’re left behind? I’m older than Maul! How is it fair?”

Kilindi thought about this. “I’m not so eager as the rest of you to go and fight.”

“But you’re not a coward.” Bo-Katan was sure of that - and it wasn’t lack of confidence or competence either. 

“If I had to hurt or kill someone for a good reason, of course I would,” Kilindi answered. “I’ve done it before. But I don’t want it like you and Maul do, not in this war. Savage only wants to make sure his brothers are safe - and buir , of course. I’m content to stay here.”

“You don’t want to prove yourself?”

The smile that Kilindi gave her was slightly sad. “I don’t need to prove myself. You don’t need to either.”

How could she say that? Bo-Katan hadn’t grown up a warrior, hadn’t been raised to it like the other Death Watch trainees had. Her heritage was weakness. If she didn’t fight, how would anyone know that she was different from her blood family? Even though Kilindi had only become Mandalorian recently, at least she’d been taught something of the ways of war before. 

“You don’t,” Kilindi repeated. “Your words speak loudly enough.”

Bo-Katan wished that she was right, but it was difficult to believe her. Wouldn’t that just be taking an easy out? 

It wasn’t like she had a choice though. She wasn’t going. She had to stay here, with her sister and her uncle and the House Mereel children and elders… and Feral, and Kilindi. She wasn’t completely on her own. 

Kilindi reached out and took her hand. “I hope there won’t be other wars after this one, but that’s not how the galaxy works. So. There’ll be other wars, if you need them. When you’re older. You can fight then.”

Oddly enough, hearing that did help. 

----

There had been a palace on one particular spot in Keldabe for thousands of years. During that span of time it had burned down on multiple occasions, been bombed, been remodelled, and then for the last seven centuries it had been preserved and renovated as a museum, a snapshot of the past. No matter anything it had been through, it represented a line of continuity persisting through millenia. There were other old buildings within the city walls, but the ancient cantina known as the Oyu’baat was the only one of similar antiquity. 

After the Haat’ade took the city, the palace was cleared of its informative holosigns and staff-only barriers, delicate artefacts were put into storage, and the whole place was made ready for use for its original purpose. As Mand’alor, Jango now had a receiving hall, a suite of rooms, a grand office, war rooms, guest rooms, armouries full of antique and thus unhelpful weaponry… and all of it was making him feel uncomfortable. It was too much - grander than a clan stronghold, draped in the weight of history and authority he didn’t feel worthy of. A few months ago he would have laughed at the very idea of being here. Or taking up the mantle of the Mand’alor. Or coming to Keldabe, or Manda’yaim at all. Now he was leading a campaign on the soil of his own planet. 

Some of the surety he felt before the attack on Keldabe had ebbed away. He blamed the mood of the city; restive, watchful, afraid. He didn’t want his people to fear him but time was the only antidote to that. Time, and proving himself by his actions. 

Reading the final casualty reports from that day wasn’t helping. Knowing it wouldn’t be bloodless on either side was one thing, acknowledging the deaths of those he’d known and those he hadn’t was something else entirely. Despite his orders some civilians had been caught in the crossfire - he couldn’t blame that on Kyr’tsad ’s bloodlust either, because it hadn’t all been in action with their units. It was a simple reality of fighting in a populated area. Fire enough blasters and detonators and some of them would go astray. 

Jango couldn’t remember Jaster ever taking jobs that involved the possibility of collateral damage. Clean cut war zones, army versus army, jungles and forests and plains and swamps and barren asteroids and moons… but never villages, towns or cities. After his death, after Jango was thrust into command, he hadn’t had the luxury of being so picky. At first it hadn’t even been about choosing - he just didn’t know the dangers he was setting them up for with some of the contracts they were offered. The Haat’ade were honourable and fought as cleanly as they could, but some things were inevitable. 

Silas sat down next to him - the throne was built wide enough to allow it. Not all the Mand’alors over the centuries had been human, nor would be in the years to come. “How you holding up?” he asked. 

“Fine,” Jango grunted. He still moved closer and let Silas put an arm around his waist. It felt good. Heat. Comfort. Silas’ beskar’gam didn’t exactly make for a soft surface to rest on, but he liked having him here all the same. Liked knowing he wasn’t alone. That he had someone completely dependable and trustworthy at his side backing him up.

“I knew civilians would end up dead,” he said after a while, giving voice to the dark turn his thoughts had taken. “City fighting is a mess. I just worry… Do you think I’m doing enough to rein Kyr’tsad in? Was any of this avoidable?”

“Have they done something? Can we prove it?” Silas asked, tensing slightly. 

Jango hefted the datapad. “Nothing that stands out. Nothing obvious. I’m just worried. They want blood - they want New Mandalorians dead. My leadership doesn’t change that.”

“They’re getting blood,” Silas replied. “Those New Mandalorian soldiers weren’t eager to run. We might have cleared Keldabe but it’s not the only city in this hemisphere, and they still have the south entirely. This war is far from over. In fact I’d lay money down they’ll turn to the same guerilla tactics Kyr’tsad previously used the more we get a hold on the north.”

Jango winced. Yeah, he wouldn’t take that bet. 

“We need the warrior clans,” he said. “Not just the locals like the Skiratas, but everyone across the north who has kept the old ways alive in secret. Until now most of them have been happy enough not to rock the boat and just live a double life - those kriffing bureaucrats in Sundari and Kalevala never had as close a grip on our people as they thought. If they stand up and make their preference known, it’ll be clear how greatly we outnumber the New Mandalorians. This doesn’t have to be a bloodbath.”

“It’s been a long time since someone forced our people to take sides,” Silas remarked. “The cost of standing up has always outweighed the cost of staying silent.”

“Yeah. My father never pressed the issue.” All his memories of Jaster were painful to think about but Jango didn’t flinch back from them. “He didn’t say why exactly, but I think he was worried about splitting the clans between himself and Tor in a way that could lead to us wiping each other out entirely. It was safer for everyone to take that battle somewhere else, to challenge Tor out in the wider galaxy whenever possible. Keeping the war cold until one side or the other won the day.” He shook himself, trying to get rid of the bittersweetness of it all. The Haat’ade took that victory in the end with Tor’s death, but the cost had been too high. 

“The speech you gave was a good start,” Silas said. “If we can break into the planetary Holonet channels, or even the continental ones, we can spread that message further and put out the call to everyone who hasn’t already heard.”

“Good idea. I’ll talk to Kal Skirata about it.” He had to call the gorane council as well, but that was a religious matter not a military one. Their goran back home would have his own way of contacting them. 

“Worry about it tomorrow. It’s been a busy few days. You need to relax.”

Jango forced a weary smile. “I’m trying my best. You’re helping.”

They lapsed into companionable silence. Jango let his head fall to rest on Silas’ shoulder. The puff of Silas’ breath ruffled his curls. His hair was getting long - it’d need to be cut soon. 

“Wonder what the New Mandalorians will throw at us when they get their heads out of their shebs ,” he muttered. 

“Stop thinking so hard,” Silas chided. 

Easier said than done.

----

Blaster bolts hit the tree above Mij Gilimar’s head, punching clean through and sending a hail of splinters to patter down on top of his buy’ce . He ducked even lower out of pure instinct, scrabbling through the scrubby undergrowth in an undignified, hasty half-crawl. Reaching another thick trunk he crouched behind it and risked a glance behind him. A sniper didn’t get him in the neck or through his visor, so he figured he’d broken line of sight for now. 

[ Tani? ] he whispered over comms. [ Where are you? ] 

[ With the rest of the squad! ] his riduur hissed back. [ Where are you ? ] 

Unfortunately Mij had no idea. When the ambush hit they’d been forced to scatter off the road, and he hadn’t managed to keep track of his position in between dodging incoming fire. It felt ironic. He was usually the one setting ambushes, not falling into them. 

This wasn’t the time to reminisce - though since he was barely back from Laamir-me’sen it couldn’t really be called reminiscing. Distraction got you killed.

[ Kriffing Evaar’ade aren’t meant to be good at this osik, ] he said. [ When did that happen? ] 

[ Necessity creates invention, ] Tani replied. [ Since the Mand’alor kicked them out of Keldabe I’m guessing. ] 

Mij hefted his blaster and crept out of cover. He knew roughly where the shots were coming from, and they wouldn’t get out of this without taking the fight to the enemy. If they tried to regroup and escape they would leave a trail that could be followed, and then they’d be caught with pants down and shebs out. They couldn’t afford to cede the initiative. He tried switching his buy'ce cam-feed into infra-red, but even though it was autumn it was surprisingly humid and the damp interfered with the heat sensors. He couldn’t see anything useful, and the surrounding vegetation washed out into a confusing mess that was more hindrance than help. 

Mij took slow, quiet breaths. Even panting too hard might give him away if his hunters had sharp ears. He brushed his boots over the leaves, placing each foot down carefully. His palms were sweaty and slick inside his gloves, but his hands were steady and his intent was sharp and solid. Closer. Keep listening. Would they move? Had they followed, kept on searching for him, or were they circling back to the rest of his squad?

The smallest movement caught Mij’s eye and he focused on it instantly. 

There .

Mij’s finger closed on the trigger of his carbine. The blaster bolt leapt across the gap and drilled into the space beneath the verd’s ribs, swift death. They dropped with barely a cry, rolling slightly down the slope. Mij was already moving again, slipping back into cover. He was glad of it - several more blaster bolts crashed into the space where he’d just been. 

Those shots came from more than one person, grouped close. He wasn’t keen on dying today - he wouldn’t try his luck when he was outnumbered by an unknown number of adversaries. He juked in a zig-zag pattern across the hillside. He thought he’d managed to re-orientate himself now, and that the road was this way. 

[ Did you hear that Tani? ] he asked.

[ Kriff! ] She sounded relieved. [ I was worried… ] She didn’t have to say it. 

[ Got one of them, ] Mij told her. [ They’ll be on my tail, but not close. What direction did the shots come from, for you?] 

[ Somewhere to our right. ] 

[ Then I’m headed in the right direction. Hide, and let's turn this ambush around on them. ]

[ Affirmative. ] 

Soon Mij slid down the side of a bank and onto the road. It was packed earth, but wide - good enough for speeders and foot travel, but not larger vehicles. That was probably why the Evaar’ade chose it. Anyone coming this way wouldn’t be too large a target for them to deal with.

He looked around and caught the glint of light off pale mirror-sheen paint. [ Get your head down Ulrik, unless you want it shot off. ] 

The glint disappeared. [ Sorry Mij. ] 

Mij slowed his pace, staying out in the open. He cast regular glances back over his shoulder, waiting for his hunters to catch up. Any minute now… 

The shot caught him in the shoulder, on beskar, but the impact was hard enough to make him stagger. Immediately he turned right and dove into the trees, swinging his blaster back around. Streaks of light burned through the forest in both directions as his squad fell upon the pursuing Evaar’ade . He ran back to join them, skidding down into a crouch by Tani’s familiar armoured form. 

[ Frag these shabuir , ] she muttered. [ Don’t they know when to back off? ]

In a skirmish like this it could be difficult to tell who was winning, or even who was still alive. Mij focused on what was in front of him and shooting any part of it that was moving. There wasn’t any point using his scope - with so much foliage in the way any attempt to narrow his field of view would leave him lost. He was pretty sure he’d dropped another one, perhaps two. 

The blaster fire started to taper off. Mij released the butt of his carbine from its solid seat against his shoulder and lowered it slightly, scanning left to right and back. A few flames flickered lazily from bushes, one tree had fallen entirely with the shattered stump slightly smouldering, but not much more. 

That didn’t mean the danger had passed, and he wouldn’t relax completely until they’d left the forest and were under open skies again, but it would do for now. 

[ Roll call, ] he said. 

There’d been ten of them to start out with. Three had fallen in the first moments of the ambush. Two more failed to answer him now. At no point had he been able to get an accurate count of the Evaar’ade numbers, but he hoped they’d at least given as good as they got. 

He pushed away the pain in his heart, the grief that wanted to rise up and choke him. They were at war. This was what happened. He’d seen comrades die before - but the mercenaries and smugglers he’d run with out in the wider galaxy had never felt so much like family as the Mandalorian squad-mates and clan-mates he’d come to know in the last six or seven years. 

[ Frag it, ] he said. [ Let’s move, in case there are more of them. Once we get closer to Keldabe they won’t dare come at us like this. ] 

He hoped the Mand’alor appreciated the risks the emissaries of clan Gilamar were running for him. 

----

The forge sat in the centre of the room, a gaping black maw, empty and lifeless. The fuel tanks around it had long since been drained, a thin dusty layer of oxidation darkening every surface. There was an afterimage in the Force - something not dissimilar to that created by closing one’s eyes after looking at the sun for too long. It could almost fool you into trying to reach out for its strength, but there was nothing really there. 

Maul was drawn forwards despite himself. He put his hand onto the faintly curved flank of the forge and felt… nothing. Only cold metal under his palm, lifeless. It could not even be called hibernation. Dead, dead, truly dead and burned out, no embers remaining. How long had this place been abandoned? In the heart of the capital, in the heart of the Mand’alor’s palace, a sacred space of the Mandalorian people was allowed to rot. After all of his recent experience at Goran’s forge at home, after day after day meditating in front of it either seated or moving through a kata seeking the path towards perfection the very idea was anathema. He was deeply uneasy to stand here. It felt wrong, down to his bones. 

Perhaps the forge could be reignited, but he lacked the knowledge to do so. The itch for it, the need , gnawed at him. 

“It will be brought back to life, brother,” Savage said behind him. “There are gorane here. They will do it.”

“A new life, not a resurrection,” Maul corrected him. He took his hand away. This was maudlin - it was unworthy of him. 

What was far more important was the fact that he was in Keldabe now, that he was a part of the war. Jango Fett kept his promise. It surprised Maul to realise he had genuinely expected this to be the case. If Fett had broken his word it would have come as a surprise. Could he really have developed some measure of trust for the man? 

That would be foolish of him. Fett might wish all he liked to do the best he could by Maul and his siblings, but the harshness of the galaxy made liars of every being. Trust was for the naive.  

“Come,” Savage said, putting a hand on Maul’s shoulder. “ Buir is expecting us.”

The corridors of the palace were busy with troops coming and going, many of them new faces. Maul and Savage were quite recognisable though, and had the status of being part of the Mand’alor’s aliit . They garnered nods of respect, even salutes at times. Maul had a brief flash of memory from his other life; Death Watch freshly painted in red and black in his honour, the quiet respect, the sense of surety and solidity in the Force. Even his Master’s return and his machinations hadn’t been able to completely rob him of his ease in those final months of the Clone Wars. 

They found Jango in one of the rooms designated as a war-room. He wasn’t alone, but he quickly dismissed the verd’alore and left them with privacy. 

“I’m sorry I couldn’t meet you when you landed,” he said. “You didn’t have any difficulty finding me?” 

“Not with the power of the Force,” Maul replied, alongside a slightly enigmatic smirk. There was no need to hide his abilities from Fett these days. The blocking effect of beskar was not as effective against him as it had previously been, and he knew the feel of Jango Fett’s mind. If that hadn’t been enough he could have tracked the quiet, overlapping song of the kyber inside the Darksaber.

“Also, I asked for directions,” Savage added. Maul gave him a quick glare. That hadn’t been necessary. 

“The war goes well?” he asked, coming over and peering at the holo display in front of Jango. 

“Well enough for now, though the place has slowed,” Jango replied. “We can talk about it more over dinner. I want to catch up - sounds like you’ve been getting on well in your studies with Goran .” 

Maul acknowledged the request with a small hum. “I hope bringing us here wasn’t with the intent to fulfil only half of your promise.”

Jango sighed slightly. “Maul, you’ve only just arrived. We really have to jump into this?” He caught himself half-way through starting his next sentence and reconsidered his words. “You don’t have to kill things to be worthy.”

It was not about being worthy . “I am a warrior,” he said. “I have completed my verd’goten . I have skills and I wish to use them - the battleground is the true place to practise what one has learned.” All of this was true but… was it the whole truth? Was there something he was holding back from saying for Fett’s sake? 

The idea caught Maul off-guard. He belonged in this war of course, it was natural and obvious to him, but it had started first with wounded pride. A long time ago he was nothing more than a weapon, and after he’d escaped and taken himself into his own hands he remained a Sith. Sith were warriors. Sith were violence condensed into a living form - if not the violence of combat then subtle violence, killing one’s foes with words and politics and the hands of others. To tell him he could not fight, to suggest he was too young and incapable - he hadn’t been able to stand the idea. At some point over the intervening weeks that spur of pride changed and his motives grew more complex. He wanted to use the ka’ra , use this new Force way as he already knew to use the Dark - to triumph over his enemies. Those enemies were also Jango’s enemies, Kyr’tsad’s enemies, and that mattered too. 

“I want to help you win this war,” he said, and found that it was more true than he’d thought. 

Of course he wanted Jango’s rule consolidated and Mandalore united - their strength was the strength he would use to destroy Darth Sidious. Their ideals were superior, their might greater, their victory the simple natural order of the powerful triumphing over the weak. Yet it had become more personal than that. There was a… fondness. 

How strange. He could find no other word for it. Fondness. It came along with that uncharacteristic trust. He liked Jango Fett, and this feeling was not new. 

Jango must have seen something of his unspoken intentions in his face. He smiled, his expression softening. “Okay, okay. You want to help. I did too when I was your age. You’re mandokarla , to hold you back entirely wouldn’t be right. I just want you to do this safely, that’s all. I never want you to be in the position I was after Korda 6.”

Maul was used to being in the thick of the action. Most of his training in his past life had focused on close-range, hand to hand combat, though he wasn’t incapable with ranged weapons. Mandalorians were capable with every weapon, and his more recent training had sharpened skills previously left lacking. While it still galled him to be taken away from the thick of the action, he could appreciate a more distant role now. 

“I have some ideas,” he said. 

----

The coastal city of Murani spread out in front of him, overlapping rows of tiled roofs interspersed with towers glittering in the sun. It would have been peaceful under other circumstances. Instead the tang of blaster-ozone lifted up on the breeze coming off the ocean, joined by the acrid stench of plasteel burning, scorched brick and scorched stone, the chemical tang left behind by explosives. 

The smooth stone floor was solid against Maul’s belly through his bajur’gam . He was still too young for beskar - and not yet sufficiently trained in the ways of the ka’ra. This was another reason to keep him from the thick of combat. Maul did not resent this too much. The solution he’d found would work for his purposes. 

The scope of his rifle brought the fight close to him, the magnification more than enough to differentiate between their forces and those of the New Mandalorians. Soldiers darted through the streets, disappearing in and out of cover. The Dark Side churned with violence, with death and murderous intent, but from the top of a tower he could maintain an emotional distance and avoid being swept up in it. Even with a Sith’s iron control, war had a way of inflaming the senses and exciting warrior instincts. 

Maul did not require the encouragement. Nor was he here to use the Dark Side. The ka’ra did not require death or fury as fuel. It required a clear mind, to find the calm place at the heart of surrounding chaos, and mastery of one’s body and one’s tools. 

There was no forge here to lean on. He had to reach the stars on his own. Maul inhaled. Let it out. Sat in the stillness of an empty body and an empty yet focused mind, and closed his finger on the trigger. 

Down below, an enemy fell. 

The ka’ra was near, but he did not yet have it. This was acceptable for a first attempt. Perfection could not be attained through an accident. He refocused, searching for another target. At his side Savage was a core of watchful protection in the Force. Maul did not require a guard, but Jango insisted. If was conceivable that he might become so focused on his targets below that he missed a threat more close by - but Savage would not. For now though he tuned out his awareness of his brother and directed it into the rifle in his arms instead. 

Maul knew each component of the weapon he held, how to take them apart, ensure their good working order, and reassemble them. Normally it would be a mere inert object in the Force, but if he twisted the angle and looked again he could feel the shape of them, run his mind along them, into them, into the potentiality of the weapon. He was his presence in the Force, and he was the rifle. His intent was its intent. Its scope was his own eye, unobstructed and clear. He looked down and drew a line through the air between his barrel and his target, the prey he wished to kill and his desire became a bolt of energy that flew across that line and into the gap in the armour and burned. 

Maul drew back, his body alive and energised. The moment had not been euphoria, not the heat of bloodlust or the pleasure that came from the Dark Side, but something somehow more sublime. He could use the Dark to sharpen his senses, to feel the shape of the future and aim thus for what would be rather than what was, but he could not use it to so clearly and cleanly make an almost impossible shot. 

Which was not to say that shot had been impossible. It was just that Maul knew now that such a thing would be possible. 

Fighting with a lightsaber wasn’t like this. It required connection, but that was connection with the kyber, not with the metal and crystal of the hilt and powerpack. It was similar to fighting alongside another person - the more effective the synchrony, the more effective one would be. This was becoming one, becoming a single unit. 

Nor, he was sure, would such oneness with weapons and machines be confined to such a simple use. He needed to learn more. He wanted this power. He wanted to be as proficient as he had the capability to be. With this and the Dark combined, he would reach heights he’d never managed to achieve in his life before - and then perhaps he would face Darth Sidious and win. 

Maul bent back to the scope of the rifle and began again.

Chapter 32

Summary:

The New Mandalorians have taken a few body-blows but they aren't out of the fight just yet.

Chapter Text

“I think we can all agree that this is not going well,” Almec said, his hands clenching the datapad in his lap. He looked around at the blue-tinted holoimages of his fellow mayors, as well as representatives from Kalevala and Ordo and various military leaders who’d escaped the slaughter at Castle Kryze. They were mostly captains or commanders, and even getting them to call in to this meeting had been less a victory of Almec’s diplomatic efforts than due to Jango Fett’s recent demands. 

There was little point in continuing to refer to him as the false Fett even in the privacy of his own head. People believed the lie, and in a way, that made it true. If that man could call on all of Fett’s old alliances then there was no functional difference between the real Jango Fett and an imposter. 

“Be patient, Mayor,” Commander Lutris said. “Once we get Death Watch off our backs out here we’ll muster up and break the siege.”

“And when will that be, Commander?” Almec asked. “Towns and cities across the north have fallen to our enemies. They control the spacelanes. Our hydroponics and greenhouses can only do so much to feed our people - if we cannot begin to import food once again, then even tightening rationing to the utmost won’t save us.” 

Nods and murmurs of support came from the leaders of the other dome-cities. They were all in the same position with no good solutions. The soldiers who remained in the northern hemisphere to carry out guerilla activities could feed themselves off the land by hunting or theft from the enemy’s supplies, but if everyone from the home guard stayed then there would be nobody to defend Sundari and its sisters. Almec had considered ordering them to raid the north in more massed and organised attacks, but even after hashing it out in detail none of the targets they identified would make up for the expenditure in lives. With war-time pragmatism he had thought they could perhaps hit civilian granaries and warehouses, but the reputational damage and propaganda win it would hand to Fett meant it simply wasn’t worth it. 

Instead people were going hungry. So far that wasn’t the same as starvation, but that wouldn’t last long. Something had to change. 

“Has anyone brought any new ideas to the table?” he asked. 

“Give more support to building our counterinsurgency in the north,” Captain Kest suggested. “We still have our industrial production - we can send small teams north with bombs and heavy weapons, build contacts with those who’re already up there as well as recruiting civilian spies. Death Watch can’t risk coming south yet without overextending their forces.”

“We still have a navy,” another ship captain said - Almec couldn’t recall her name in the moment. There were too many leaders of small contingents out there - less than half of them were at this meeting, and it was always difficult to know who would show up each time. “As Commander Lutris mentioned, it’s the presence of Death Watch ships across the sector that has prevented us from combining our forces.” That and infighting, at least in Almec’s opinion. He wasn’t about to mention that thought out loud. 

“So how can that problem be solved?” This came from Mayor Solas of Keyu. His agitation was barely contained - even on a holo Almec could see him sweating. He slammed his fist down on the arm of his chair. “Are you even fighting them? Who is winning out there?”

Sharp glares pierced the man from all the attendant naval officers. “How dare you mock our efforts?” someone else Almec didn’t know growled. “Our losses? We’re the ones taking the risks out here while you’re holed up safe at home! Good people are dying to protect our way of life!”

“All I want is some honesty!” Solas shouted back, half-rising. “I want proper reports, is that so much to ask?”

“You’re not my commanding officer,” the same man replied, pointing a finger at Solas’ face. If they’d been in the same room that would have been more intimidating, but it was difficult to be physically aggressive over a holocall. “If it’s relevant to you perhaps I’ll share things with you, but don’t act like you’ve got a right to it.”

“The situation is different everywhere,” Lorcan said, trying to keep the peace. “We’ve taken losses, but so have Death Watch. They’re menacing shipping around our other planets, threatening civilians so we can’t risk leaving our posts. I don’t know if that’s with Fett’s order or not. If I thought I could risk calling their bluff I would.”

Almec leaned slightly to one side so he could put his elbow on the arm of his chair and massage one temple with his fingers. Characteristically, this conversation did not look like it was going anywhere.

“It’s almost noon,” he said. 

The statement hit the air like dropping a heavy weight into a pool. Silence spread in ripples. 

“He’s calling into this channel?” Wox of Yavasur asked.

“There was a pre-existing administrative link between Keldabe and Sundari,” Almec explained. “It seemed expedient.”

The unease was almost palpable. “What approach should we take?” Wox continued. “Is there even much point in this? He’s only going to threaten us.”

“Perhaps if we’d opened negotiations before he attacked the system defence fleet, we wouldn’t be in this mess,” Almec said, and immediately regretted it. 

“Opened negotiations?” Commander Drexa said, her eyes narrowing. “We do not negotiate with terrorists. We are not negotiating now. We are taking Fett’s call in the hope he’ll slip up and reveal a weakness - or at least that he’ll overplay his hand. We aren’t talking about terms of surrender.”

“I did not use either the words ‘terms’ or ‘surrender’,” Almec replied. “I’m merely suggesting that we keep an open mind.” 

Almec might surrender, if he thought he wouldn’t be killed for it. Warrior types - no matter what side they were on - didn’t appreciate cowardice, and Almec could admit that he was probably a coward in the way that both Death Watch and the True Mandalorians defined it. He didn’t see the point in suffering for the sake of ideals alone. He’d fight to save his life, and he could be steadfast and stubborn to help the constituents who had elected him, but he wasn’t about to pick up a blaster and shoot someone, and he wasn’t about to starve to death for principle. He would take a slow death with the hope of rescue over a quick and certain execution, however. 

So far Jango Fett had kept his word about the appropriate treatment of civilians. Almec did not give this fact a great deal of weight. The true test would come later and in more subtle ways. If he instituted some kind of military draft, for example. If he broke the treaty with the Republic and brought about another Dral’han . If he executed every member of an obsolete civilian government. 

“Mayor,” Yanni stepped forwards, gesturing to the main comm console. “They’re calling in.”

Almec took a deep breath. “Everyone, Keldabe is on the line. I will invite Fett onto the call in sixty seconds.”

That was time enough for everyone to compose themselves. Almec held up his hand to count down the final five seconds, then accepted Jango Fett’s incoming signal. 

In an empty space on the far side of the room, another holo-projector whirred to life. Three people were standing in the field of the holocam in Keldabe, all in beskar’gam . Two wore their helmets and the one in the centre had his tucked under his arm. That would be Jango Fett - Almec knew what he was supposed to look like now. The colour of their armour couldn’t be seen through a holo, but the symbols painted on it could. The taller, broader man on the right wore the stylised mythosaur skull of the True Mandalorians, the shorter, slighter one on the left wore Death Watch’s shriek-hawk. Fett himself wore only the symbol of House Mereel. 

True Mandalorians and Death Watch working together. Only Tor Vizsla’s death could have made it possible, and it didn’t bode well for any of them. 

“So this is the New Mandalorian government,” Jango Fett said, looking around the room. He didn’t look overly impressed with what he saw - and Almec could hardly blame him. They were the rag-tag remnants left in the wake of Duke Kryze’s assassination - an assassination that Death Watch timed particularly well, given that former Prime Minister Bishbelak had also been present on a state visit. They had still been in the process of preparing for a new election when the war came home to roost, and given the discord present at these meetings thus far, even identifying candidates to go ahead with that would be a challenge. 

“Who has the power to negotiate here?” Fett asked. 

Thankfully they’d discussed this at an earlier meeting, otherwise it could have been quite the embarrassment. “That would be me,” Almec said, leaning forward slightly. It wasn’t a matter of experience or seniority - he had neither - merely that he was more confident of being able to keep his temper and keep a pleasant expression on his face than anyone else. 

“And you are?”

“Apologies, of course we should get introductions out of the way first. I am Mayor Almec of Sundari.” Almec went around the room, though he allowed the others to identify themselves. This was useful for his own efforts at firming up names in his head, thankfully. When they’d completed the circle he asked, “And you, of course, are Jango Fett.”

“Mand’alor Fett,” Fett corrected, as Almec expected he would. He gestured right. “This is Silas, my second. And Pre Fett, my son.”

Almec couldn’t check the files on his datapad openly, but he was almost certain that Pre Vizsla was Tor Vizsla’s son and heir. Given the shriek-hawk on his shoulder, were they one and the same person? For one wild and conspiratorial moment he wondered if Tor had faked his own death - but no, that was ludicrous. This wasn’t some bad holodrama. Fett must have adopted Pre after killing his father - even that held the air of absurdity about it. Was this some strange, barbaric warrior custom? What was the boy’s opinion on the matter? Surely he couldn’t have accepted it so easily?

These weren’t questions he could get away with asking, so Almec did his best to conceal his reaction. “Thank you for joining us,” he said instead. “I understand you have a few things to say to the government?”

Fett snorted. “This isn’t a good time to go around pretending you still have the upper hand,” he said. “I asked for this meeting, I’m not joining one you called me to. You might still be the government for the southern half of Manda’yaim , and on Ordo and Kalevala, but not in the north and not on Concord Dawn.”

“You’re missing a few planets off the list,” Almec replied, keeping a mild tone. In truth, out of the eleven inhabited planets across the Mandalorian sector, only six of them were sufficiently populated to require any real government oversight - or to be relevant in turning the tide of war. “What about Krownest and Vorpa’ya?”

Fett shrugged, a faint smirk playing about his lips. “We’ll see about them.”

Did he know something they didn’t? No, he was trying to bluff them, make them afraid. Almec wouldn’t give in to it. 

“Either way, I take your point… Mand’alor.” Using his title was ceding ground Almec didn’t want to give, but they couldn’t risk giving too much offence. “Your objective is to conquer the Mandalore sector and overthrow the government of the last seven centuries. Given that you intend our complete obliteration, I’m not certain what you aim to achieve in this conversation.”

Fett sighed. “I already told you that’s not what I’m planning. I understand not believing Tor if he was the one saying it, but since when has the ‘obliteration’ of the New Mandalorians been an aim of the Haat’ade ? Our goals and principles have been written down for the past thirty years. It’s like none of you read my father’s book.”

Almec hadn’t read it. There were no legitimate means of getting one’s hands on it within Mandalorian space - but in saying that, even forbidden and banned books were still archived in the Prime Minister’s administrative library here in Sundari. Under the circumstances he could surely make a case to have that material released to him. 

“I notice you didn’t dispute the conquering part,” Commander Drexa sneered. “You’re working with Death Watch. They follow your lead, your son wears their mark… how does that square with your so-called True Mandalorian principles? After you’re done with us, where will you turn your eye next? Which of our sector’s neighbours will fall in the crusade to come?”

“Death Watch are Mandalorian, the same as Haat’ade , as New Mandalorians,” Fett replied. “They follow me now. After this civil war is over I don’t plan to start a new war with the Republic. We can live perfectly well under the principles laid out in the Miit’akaan Ori’ramikad .” 

He meant Jaster Mereel’s codex. Almec really did need to get his hands on a copy then. 

“Our people elected my father Mand’alor,” Fett said. “They’ve given me the same honour - and Death Watch have acknowledged and accepted that too. I’m just taking back what is rightfully mine.”

“The Mandalorian people elected Prime Minister Bishbelak to lead them,” Almec corrected, raising one eyebrow. 

“Funny. I wasn’t on that ballot. Might have been a different result otherwise.”

Continuing down this line was unlikely to get them anywhere productive. Almec already knew from Fett’s prior speeches that he claimed his legitimacy from the backing of the warrior clans. It didn’t strike him as a particularly democratic process. Which clans? How many of them? Did their members agree with the clan-heads? Whether or not it was more or less democratic compared to their own process did not really matter though - might made right in this situation. Winners dictated history, and history dictated the reality one lived in. Nor would the limitations of the process prevent Fett reaching the standard of legitimacy set on the galactic stage - there were more than enough hereditary monarchies, kleptocracies, oligarchies and outright tyrannies ruling Republic planets for that! 

“Could we return to my original question?” he asked. “Why did you want to speak to us, Mand’alor Fett?”

“I’m going to win this war,” Jango Fett said. He projected complete calm and confidence, which naturally put the military representatives’ backs up. “It’s how quickly that is debatable.”

“Don’t be so sure,” Commander Lutris said. “Arrogance isn’t a good quality in anyone, much less a leader.”

“This isn’t arrogance,” Fett replied. “It’s strategic analysis. You’re starving, or you will be soon. Kalevala is mostly wasteland populated by your dome cities, just like Manda’yaim’s southern deserts. You’re dependent on importing food, which you can’t do right now. Another dozen clans have put their names behind me - you can read it all right here if you don’t believe me.” He waved a datapad in the air briefly before setting it down somewhere just out of sight - the communication console beeped a moment later with a notification that Kalevala was trying to send a file through. Almec opened a quarantined folder and allowed it to download into that, hoping the very faint tremor in his hands couldn’t be picked up on the holo. Fett’s words rang horribly true. He was in a strong position and they… they were not. 

“You’re asking for our surrender,” Captain Kest said. 

“I hadn’t gotten to that part yet.” Fett gestured, and the holo split into two. His party remained on one side of it, and on the other it displayed three familiar faces. Lord Theodore Kryze, Duchess-apparent Satine Kryze, and Lady Bo-Katan Kryze. The images weren’t live but looked to have been taken recently - Lord Kryze in particular appeared much the worse for wear, thin with sunken cheeks and hair grown out long and untidy. “Thought I should probably mention my hostages first.”

“Hostages… how…?” Almec asked, a sharp spike of fresh fear shooting through him. He didn’t know Duke Adonai’s brother or children well, but he had met them before at political events. With her father’s death, Satine was the heir to his title, which included technical control over their entire military forces. Although she and her sister hadn’t been reported among the dead at Castle Kryze, and she at least was supposed to be on the run somewhere in Mandalorian space, that escape apparently hadn’t lasted long. 

Dank farrik . If only they had been able to find her, Duchess Satine would have made for a powerful figurehead, bringing unity to the disparate factions of the New Mandalorian government. That would have solved so many of their problems. 

Instead she was in Jango Fett’s hands. 

“You’re not in a good position here,” Fett told them. “If you surrender now, then this war will end with the minimum of bloodshed. There will be some restructuring of government positions, but nobody is going to lose their heads. I have no intention of killing civilians, or dragging our people into another war. You say you’re pacifists and that you want peace - well, this is the easiest and best way to get peace again. Our people have fought each other for too long. You have the power to end it.”

“No!” Commander Drexa said at once, leaping to her feet. “Not going to happen!”

Almec swallowed, mouth dry. “I apologise for my colleague’s… hasty words,” he added quickly, before Fett had time to react. “You’ve given us a great deal to think about - I hope you will give us the time to discuss this properly?”

“You can let me know whenever you’ve come to your senses,” Fett replied, his disdain clear. “Until then the siege of Sundari and its sister cities will continue. Between your side and mine, I think I know who’s more likely to flinch at the cost of this war.”

He cut the connection, his image flickering out at once. Almec let out a tense breath, his head swimming. The beat of silence left in Jango Fett’s wake did not last long - almost at once the military representatives were arguing amongst themselves. It faded into a dull roar in Almec’s ears. He didn’t know enough to understand who was right and who was wrong amongst them - what he did know was that Fett was correct. His army wouldn’t flinch at starving civilians, but Almec would have to look them in the face and explain to them why they were suffering. Most of the populace might be horrified at the kind of society Fett would build, but so horrified they would choose death over surrender? 

He found that unlikely. 

That argument wouldn’t hold sway with Lutris, with Drexa, with their soldiers, he could tell that much. Not yet anyway. They still had hope that they could win - and Almec wasn’t a military man. How could he say that they were wrong? Perhaps he was losing hope too easily. 

He had to marshal evidence, and that meant taking Jango Fett seriously - not just as a threat, a symbol of dread, a nameless faceless enemy, but as a man who intended to lead, a political opponent with policy positions and a manifesto. 

He had to read Jaster Mereel’s book. 

----

[ Jango isn’t keen for me to spend too much time alone with you, ] Pre said, looking out the bridge viewport of the corvette Tal’galar . The view from here took in both a large arc of Manda’yaim on the left, the smaller circle of Concordia, and the glittering backdrop of the stars behind them. The sun lit the planet and moon equally. The shapes of continents could just be seen through the clouds.  Around them the rest of the fleet maintained their positions, metal hulls gleaming. 

[ With me, or with your clan in general? ] Pol asked. He kept a more than usual physical distance between them, Pre noticed. What was he worried about? Jango’s displeasure, or Pre himself? 

[ With clan Vizsla. ] This wasn’t the most comfortable conversation. Pre knew that Jango had good reasons for his caution. Taj Vizsla’s attitude towards him was one that was shared by others in his former family, and even if they wouldn’t dare attack the Mand’alor’s son there were other ways to make displeasure known. They were still… family. Had been family - Pre couldn’t call them that anymore but the habit was proving a hard one to break. All ties and claims between them were severed by the oath he’d sworn with his new father - but it didn’t take away the bitterness, or the crawling, sickening sensation in his stomach when he thought about the way his relatives despised him now. 

He couldn’t do anything about their feelings. If they hated him, they hated him. But they weren’t everyone in Clan Vizsla. [ I’m not worried about you Pol, ] he said. [ They don’t like you either. ] 

[ Don’t remind me, ] Pol said, with incongruous cheer. [ Concordia was a nest of vipers at the best of times - but Tor’s influence is on the way out these days. I’ve got my faction, and I’m not going back into exile. ]

[ You’re… satisfied with that? ] Pre ventured. [ And with the way things are just now? ]

Pol’s gaze was sharp, as though he could see right through him. [ I am. Are you not? ] 

It was a good question, and one that Pre had asked himself a lot recently. He was honour-bound to follow his buir and his Mand’alor, and there had always been parts of the Tor’s way of doing things that he hadn’t agreed with. Jango and his Haat’ade were just so much… softer. They were warriors with the edges filed off. Not New Mandalorian pacifists, far from it, but they lacked the predatory spirit and instincts Pre had always been taught were right and necessary. It didn’t seem to stop them from winning though. At least so far, they hadn’t been weakened by it. 

He’d been reading Jaster’s codex. Tor had written a book of his own, though he had never published it. It was more of a journal, a collection of roughly bound papers, broadly sketched ideas, snippets of other works he was drawing from. He let Pre read it occasionally, though his opinions of it had not been welcomed. Pre had no idea what had happened to it after he died - it might be rotting in a cupboard somewhere. 

The Miit’akaan Ori’ramikad was interesting. Pre wasn’t certain he was convinced by all of its ideas, and it seemed to assume a rather more minor role for the Mand’alor in politics than felt appropriate, but at the same time it was still a way of living that respected a Mandalorian’s warrior spirit. It might not advocate for the nobility and glory of the crusading days, but Mereel made convincing arguments that there had also been long periods in their ancient history when the Houses were almost independent self-governing entities, electing their Mand’alor as something like a temporary title and leader in times of need, that war  and conquest were not necessary to honour the spirits of those who came before.

It was still a call back to their old ways and thus couldn’t be dismissed out of hand. 

[ I’m not worried about this war, ] he told Pol. [ Although the New Mandalorians haven’t been wise enough to see their inevitable defeat just yet and are still refusing to surrender, perhaps that is actually a good thing. ] 

[ Because it gives us a reason to keep on killing them? ] Pol’s smile was predatory. [ Fett would rather get this fight over and done with, but if they surrendered now they would keep too much of their administration. While they lack the appetite for proper guerilla warfare, I don’t like the idea of them scurrying around in secret and trying to rebuild their strength. All it takes is a wrong move, the Republic Senate voting to support them and muster against us… ] 

[ I’m worried about the Republic as well, ] Pre confessed. [ I told you about the Jedi following Satine around? ] 

Pol nodded. 

[ They will have reported back to their masters in the Senate. The fact they were in our part of space at all is a bad sign. After the war is over, I… ] He didn’t want to be disloyal. Buir had proven himself this far and ka’ra willing would continue to do so. Pre just didn’t feel he could talk about his doubts with the very person he was worried would fail them all. 

[ Jango Fett is Mand’alor by the will of the clans, ] Pol said. [ If he isn’t up to the job that support will shift to someone else, someone who is willing to do what it takes. With the kind of person he is I don’t think he would fight that, if the House Heads made their decision clear to him. There’s no need for him to die - if it happens, you and your family will be safe. ] 

Pre wanted to object. Pol might feel that way, but what about other members of Kyr’tsad ? People like Lorca Gedyc? Like Taj had been? Once they sensed weakness, blood in the water, they wouldn’t be satisfied until someone died. Any threat, external or internal, had to be eliminated. It was the only way to stay strong. 

Not all the warrior clans felt that way though. The Haat’ade didn’t - and a new Mand’alor would need their support as well as that of Kyr’tsad to stand against the Republic. Even if everything fell apart for Clan Fett, Pol was right. Jango wouldn’t die, Savage and Feral and Maul and Kilindi wouldn’t die. Pre wouldn’t die. 

He relaxed. Pol saw it - he said, [ This war should still end soon. Our ships in other parts of the sector report the New Mandalorian fleet is drawing back - we’ve got them on the run. ] 

That should have been good news. It might only have been the tail end of the fear leaving his system but it still pinged some instinct inside Pre that wasn’t so convinced. Frowning, he said, [ Can you pull that up on the tac-system for me? ] 

Pol caught the undercurrent of worry in his voice and started frowning too. [ Sure. ] He turned to the holo-projector behind him and tapped a few commands into the console, getting the cogitator started on chewing through the data. In a few minutes it had collated the reports from dozens of different locations sector-wide, and Pol threw up a map to plot them on to. 

[ Kriff , ] Pol said after a moment. [ This isn’t a scattered retreat. This looks organised. ]

Pre nodded, no longer thinking about the distant future but zeroed in on the present. [ They’ve been drawing their ships back intentionally. They’re mustering somewhere, planning an attack. ] 

[ And soon, ] Pol agreed, his eyes tracking back and forth over the map, following known trails and the dotted lines of predicted vectors. [ They’ll know they can’t keep this secret for long. The only question is, where? ]

Pre met his eyes. [ Here, ] he said. The New Mandalorians had to break their siege so they could ship in supplies to feed their people. Without that, they had no hope of victory at all. 

[ I’ll message the rest of the fleet, ] Pol said, gesturing to the other corvettes with a jerk of his head. [ You head back down and warn the Mand’alor. ] 

Pre nodded, turning on his heel and leaving the bridge at once. The Kom’rk he’d flown up in was docked with an airlock at the corvette’s flank - he moved towards it at a brisk walk. How many ships exactly could the New Mandalorians bring to bear against them? How many had reached their secret mustering point, how out of date were the reports coming in from the Kyr’tsad ships? He was barely aware of his own surroundings - instead his mind was out beyond the walls of the Tal’galar visualising the coming danger. 

Even as he stepped into the airlock and waited impatiently for the doors to cycle, pulling on his buy’ce and engaging the seal automatically as per safety protocols, his instincts started to scream at him, a shot of adrenaline directly to the heart. He physically jumped - then moments later the lights back in the corvette corridor dimmed and switched to red as an alarm began to blare. 

“Dank farrik!” Pre swore, darting forwards into the Kom’rk and heading for the cockpit. As he booted up the ship systems from standby his sensors flooded with incoming signals. 

The attack was coming right now. 

Pre disengaged the airlock seal and the Kom’rk dropped - he spun through the movement and came around to face the incoming ships. They were still in the process of dropping out of hyperspace, but far too close for comfort. The manoeuvre was risky - they must have chained together enough computing power to make the calculations to approach this close to two different gravity wells; Manda’yaim and Concordia. A fighter screen of their own Kom’rks started to detach from the corvettes and speed towards the unprepared Haat’ade fleet. 

Not all the New Mandalorian ships had made it. The stress of interlinked gravity fields was too much for some of the arrivals - several came out of hyperspace as a smear of Kom’rk debris, or a sparking, damaged corvette. 

Pre angled his engines and shot forwards, his teeth unconsciously bared with anger and murderous intent. Behind him Tal’galar was coming about, angling cannons towards the enemy. Laser fire lit up the space between them - he weaved in between it, focusing instead on the fighters. 

Kom’rks were heavy and large as fighter craft went, able to carry a squad of troops in their bellies. Their more powerful engine systems could support shields and heavier blaster cannons, and they had enough under-wing space for missile systems or bomber arrays. Quick visual inspection showed that the ones he was approaching had been fitted with the latter. 

His Kom’rk danced light under his hands as he brought an enemy into the centre of his targeting array. The noise of his cannons firing thrummed through the hull, a repetitive ‘ tchrk-tchrk ’ cycling shots into the other Kom’rk’s shields. There was just enough time as they closed to overwhelm the shields - he felt it almost ‘catch’ against that one particular spot as the next bolts made it through and found metal plating, tearing it open. 

The Kom’rk shattered in his wake as he skimmed past it. The rest of its squadron passed him in a flurry of arrow-darts. A few peeled off to chase him, the rest continued on towards the fleet. 

Pre’s Kom’rk wasn’t the only one rising to meet the attack, nor were the corvettes defenceless against the oncoming fighters. It was only that they hadn’t managed to get any docked Kom’rks detached in time to be as effective as he would have liked. The New Mandalorians truly had turned the tables on them. This was an exact mirror of their own surprise attack on the Mandalore system. 

Pre swerved and dodged the Kom’rks on his tail. His flightpath took him towards the New Mandalorian corvettes, which was not a good place to be. If they penned him in, laser-fire coming from both sides, he might not be able to avoid it all. In the thick of fighter combat any sort of higher-level planning was difficult as targets moved and the situation changed too quickly for standard human reactions to cope. All you had to fall back on was the habits and instincts of training. 

He followed just such an instinct, swerving for one of the hyperspace-damaged corvettes and ducking down and under its belly. Some internal explosion vomited debris out in his wake, fouling targeting for his pursuers. He pulled back on the joystick and took his Kom’rk in a complete loop, a slingshot back towards Tal’galar and the rest of the fleet. Everything was chaotic, a dizzying sensory overload of colour and movement, but oddly silent aside from the sounds his own ship made. 

Pre didn’t have as much experience of battles like this as he would have liked, simply because Kyr’tsad hadn’t been involved in engagements of this size. When a target came into his sights he went after it, but otherwise he was mostly trying to survive. Were they winning? Were the New Mandalorians? It was hard to tell. 

[ What are you still doing up here?! ] The bark of Pol’s voice from his commlink took him by surprise. [ Break off and get planetside! ]

[ You need all the help you can get, ] Pre responded, trying to stay in the flow of the moment, the flow of the battle around him. 

[ Star’s luck or not, you can still get yourself killed out there, and then Fett will have my hide, ] Pol said. [ You need to warn him about what’s happened. It’s likely we’ll have to fall back and regroup. Let him know, and get the big guns down there online and pointed upwards! ] 

Pre didn’t want to run, but Pol had a point. They couldn’t afford to repeat the mistakes the New Mandalorians had made. Besides, if the New Mandalorians had withdrawn these ships from other parts of the sector for this one strike, then those other planets were vulnerable. Overall, the Haat’ade and Kyr’tsad had more firepower than the New Mandalorians. At worst this would be a temporary setback, so long as they didn’t panic. 

[ Acknowledged, ] he said. [ Heading down. ] He turned the Kom’rk on its side and fell towards the clouds and atmosphere far below. A few fighters came after him, but broke off again when they saw that he was leaving. They had enough to do up here. 

It had been a good gambit on the part of the New Mandalorians. Pre could admit that given time to plan, they weren’t entirely useless. Apparently even a Mandalorian weakened by foolish ideas was still a Mandalorian at heart. Perhaps they did deserve to be treated with more honour than Kyr’tsad had been giving them thus far. 

It still wouldn’t save them from their inevitable defeat.

Chapter 33

Summary:

War is a thing of rises and falls, swells and lulls. Those on both sides of the conflict look for ways to stop it from dragging on longer.

Notes:

Chapter one day early for May the 4th - no chapter on Sunday.

Unfamiliar Mando'a in this chapter:
Ni serim? - Am I right?

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“A strategic retreat was the correct course of action,” Maul said. He did not look at Pre directly but kept his binocs sweeping over the wrecked corvette a few klicks from the city walls. It was still smouldering, but the grassland around it had burned out by now. He saw no sign of survivors emerging into the ashy ground outside. “For you and for our fleet.”

“I know that,” Pre replied. His emotions were a complicated tangle in the Force - some degree of irritation with an edge of thwarted bloodlust that Maul knew well, but also a kind of… fondness, perhaps? He was both pleased and displeased at Maul’s comment, which was an ambivalence Maul didn’t wish to pick apart further. 

Somewhere south of Keldabe the deep, rolling noise of the anti-aircraft cannons started up again. The shots lit up the backside of the clouds overhead, throwing strange shadows over the world. The New Mandalorians were trying their luck again. 

[ Come on, ] Pre said under his breath, looking upwards. [ Why don’t you come down here and die? ] To his evident disappointment, neither dropship or drop troops appeared, and it was not long before the cannons fell silent once again. 

[ To continue trying the same course of action without change is the definition of either foolishness or madness, ] Maul said. The New Mandalorians may have been more impressive than had yet seemed possible in organising the attack on their fleet, but the follow-through was lacking. Unlike the Haat’ade they had not been able to land a smaller force further off to attack the anti-air installations, and thus any time they attempted to retake Keldabe from above they had no choice but to retreat out of range to avoid complete destruction. 

In fairness, the Haat’ade could anticipate their tactics in a way Keldabe’s former leaders hadn’t had a reason to. 

[ They’re testing our defences, ] Pre replied. [ It doesn’t matter though. Taking Keldabe was never their goal - lifting the siege on the spacelanes was. ]

Yes. The dome-cities were no longer starving. That must have given the New Mandalorians hope that if only they continued to fight there might be some possibility of victory. It was the dream of a fool. Hope was a dangerous poison. To put one’s faith in hope rather than the logical assessment of one’s situation was a recipe for disaster. The Sith did not hope for the downfall of the Jedi, they worked at making it come to pass. The New Mandalorians should focus their efforts in the same way. Choose what was effective, and do not waste energy on anything else.

[ It does not appear that any of the crew have survived the crash, ] he said, rather than speaking any of his more philosophical considerations out loud. [ We should return to the palace. ] 

Pre nodded. They climbed down off the wall and made their way through the winding city streets. There was little sign now of the fierce fighting weeks ago when they took Keldabe. Buildings had been scrubbed clean and patched up, streets repaired, broken things replaced. Keldabe had known much violence in the past. The memory of it was written into the Force strongly enough that no particular talent at psychometry was needed to sense it. Now that Maul had some experience with the Mandalorian Force traditions, he could detect the particular elements of the ka’ra within it - he doubted he would have before. 

It was not solely the aftereffects of violence. There were beskar mines below Keldabe. It had a kind of psychic mass, an attraction that pulled one towards it. It shone like starlight, reaching downwards through the crust. He could not reach far enough to sense the end of it. How deep did it stretch? Miles down? Did it pierce the crust and reach the mantle? 

Perhaps some Mandalorian scientist knew the answer to that, or their gorane , but it was only idle curiosity on Maul’s part. There were forges in the city too, and all of that put together built a solid ground on which to stand. It gave him a sense of security, of certainty. Perhaps no more than a comforting illusion, but pleasant all the same. 

He hoped that Pre felt it too. Once the civil war heightened there had been no opportunity for Pre to study the Force or learn to access his birthright in anything more than the instinctual manner of any untrained Force-sensitive. One could come to that knowledge at any time - though the Jedi would not have said as much - so there was not strictly any rush. Pre had been hesitant, before. Did that still hold true? 

They reached the palace before long and made their report to Jango. 

Vore, ade ,” he said. Maul could tell that he was troubled - understandable given recent events. “For now, this is a stalemate. They can’t drive us from any of our positions, and we can’t mount an attack on the southern cities.”

“Concordia?” Pre asked.

Jango’s mouth curled in a half-smile. “Just as able to defend itself now as ever. Also, Pol made contact. He reports he retreated to Gargon.” He gave Pre a firm look. “That’s Kyr’tsad territory, I know, but they aren’t the only ones there. Ni serim?

Pre nodded reluctantly. “The syndicates won’t cross us, even if we appear to them to be in a more vulnerable position now. Criminals like that have too much to gain from our war, and they hope to maintain Gargon as a trading post outside Republic territory. They are content so long as either the conflict continues, or we win. They’re only likely to lose out if the New Mandalorians triumph, since then they would no longer have us as a distraction preventing them trying to reassert governmental control of Gargon.”

“That’s pretty much what I thought, but it’s good to have it confirmed,” Jango said. “Pol suggested there was some kind of shipyard there? What’s their going rate for repairs?”

“Steep but not extortionate,” Pre replied. “There are multiple layers of shell companies, but the end owners are the Hutt Cartels. They make a lot of money from the phobium mine there, so they have a vested interest  in keeping the credits flowing, like I said.”

Maul felt the stab of Jango’s distaste in the Force - though it did not go so far as outright hate. If it had been the Pykes that would have been a very different story. Maul had not forgotten Jango’s intent to revenge himself on the slavers who held him for two years. 

“Even if Pol can persuade the Hutt agents to expedite our repairs, it’s still going to be weeks before those corvettes are back in action,” Jango said, thinking out loud. “That’s weeks in which the New Mandalorians will rush to ship in as much non-perishable food as possible, stockpiling for when we take control of the system again. The longer they have now, the longer this all drags on afterwards.” He scowled. “Kriff it, if I thought they had a chance of winning I would understand it, but Silas and I have thrashed it out with the others a dozen times and I can’t see them doing it.”

Pre’s expression soured. “Not… without assassinating you,” he pointed out. 

Jango nodded - he had already considered this. “They might be pacifists, but there are enough realists in their ranks that they’ll think of that. Necessity will force them into coming for me - or perhaps even hiring bounty hunters to do it for them.”

“We will not allow it!” Maul snapped, speaking before considering his words. Jango raised an eyebrow at him, so obviously touched by the sudden outpouring of emotion that Maul had to look away with heat coming to his cheeks. He had not meant to be so… vociferous. 

“It might be for the best that I’m not here in Keldabe right now,” Jango continued, ignoring his embarrassment. “I was already thinking of going on… let’s call it a diplomatic mission.”

Maul’s eyes narrowed. “I hope you were not intending to go alone.”

“Not alone. If I bring too much of a retinue though, then it’s going to be obvious where I’ve gone.”

“I will accompany you,” Maul said. He had once been an assassin, he knew their tricks. Not even the likes of Ventriss, Cad Bane, or Aurra Sing would get past him. 

“Then who will keep an eye on your brothers?” Jango asked him. “I thought you could bring Pre and Savage to meet the local gorane while I’m gone, work some more on using the Force.”

“The local clan gorane ?” Pre asked, before Maul could raise an objection. 

“Apparently the New Mandalorians didn’t drive all the gorane underground here,” Jango said. “I know - it surprised me as well. I was told they treated the few gorane who practised our traditions publicly like they were another tourist attraction. A ‘preservation’ of the old ways.”

“More like a mockery,” Pre growled, deeply offended. 

“So, do you think you’re ready?” Jango asked him directly. It broke Pre out of whatever diatribe he might have been about to go into and refocused his mind on the topic at hand. 

“I…” It was clear he was unsure. Jango did not force him into an answer, but waited patiently for him to properly consider it. “I suppose… It wasn’t ever the sort of curse I thought it was. There shouldn’t be any danger. It won’t change me… it won't change who I am.” This last was half a question. 

“It will not,” Maul confirmed. “The Force is a tool to be used. The way of the ka’ra does not appear to hold any of the potential dangers of the  Dark Side…”

“Dangers?” Jango said, attention sharpening. His tone was mild, unlike the stab of panic that had shot through him in the Force. “I don’t remember you mentioning dangers when we asked you about the Dark Side before.”

Maul waved his hand in a dismissive gesture. “Dangers only to the untrained, who do not know what they are doing. In that respect it is no different than training with an edged blade or an explosive before one is ready.”

“There’s a big difference between cutting yourself and blowing yourself up,” Jango said, his anxiety unchanged. Maul cursed his thoughtless tongue. “Which are we actually talking about here?”

“Savage and Feral are not at risk,” Maul replied. “I have trained them - they will not call upon the Dark Side without being wary of its power. Those at greatest risk are those who are accustomed to using a different tradition. I mentioned before that the Dark Side is attracted to strong emotion - it will present itself ready to lend its power, ready to be used. If an untrained Force sensitive takes that offer but lacks the willpower to maintain their sense of their own goals and aims, then they may be swept up in the tide of the Dark. The very weak may be destroyed by this.” He looked over at Pre. “Pre is hardly weak. I do not believe there is any reason to fear.”

Jango seemed to force himself to relax somewhat. “You’re the expert on this Sith business,” he said, though it was clear he still wasn’t happy to have been blindsided by this. Maul only felt a little guilty about that. He had discussed the Dark Side of the Force and the ways of the Sith in much more detail with the goran back at Fort Mereel - Goran would have told Jango if it was anything he truly needed to be concerned with. 

“I will be careful,” Pre promised. “This is my heritage though. I ought to learn.”

Jango nodded, looking pleased. “Maul?”

He had caught Maul neatly in a trap of conflicting loyalties. His brothers needed his protection, Jango needed his protection… but he could accept that there were other people qualified to provide the latter. “I hope you’re taking Silas at least,” he said. 

“Of course.” More softly, Jango added, “There really isn’t any reason to worry about me, adika .”

----

Now that food was finally coming into the city again, Almec could relax for the first time in weeks - and he wasn’t the only one. All of Sundari seemed to have let out a breath they’d been holding since the True Mandalorians appeared in their skies. He didn’t have to look citizens restive and angry with hunger in the face anymore. He hadn’t been able to stop rationing food entirely, but the reasons for that were twofold. For one, it led to the fairest distribution of supplies amongst the population, not favouring the rich too greatly. For the other, this reprieve wouldn’t last. Their military might have pleasantly surprised Almec by pulling through and lifting the siege, but having achieved that one task the various officers had fallen back into arguing over the next steps again. There was no clear road from here to defeating the True Mandalorians and Death Watch. 

Just because Almec wasn’t as stressed as before didn’t mean he had nothing to do. In fact, managing the influx of supplies meant he was if anything busier now. There hadn’t been anything he could do about the siege or the threat of famine - that powerlessness was the worst part about it. At least now he could be productive. He had a sense of control over events and over the city. 

Staying on top of his duties as Mayor did mean he had little time to read the copy of Jaster Mereel’s Supercommando Codex he’d managed to pry out of the hands of the archivists at the Prime Minister’s office. They had nothing better to do than to be obstructive, apparently! It had taken a great deal of persuasion, but finally they released the file on a battered, signal-locked datapad. It didn’t connect to any networks, and the function to download or upload anything to it could only be accessed with a password he didn’t have. 

It seemed an excessive amount of security, but apparently it was standard for archives of banned material. 

In between the rest of his work, usually at the end of the day before he went to sleep, Almec worked through the codex. It was not what he had been expecting. 

He wasn’t sure what he had been expecting. Something violent. Something barbaric, certainly. Material extolling the virtues of violence and war, of martial strength and bloodshed. Almec could understand the draw of dreams of glory, but that was all they were. Dreams. Dreams that glossed over the cost to one's own side, let alone the cost to the poor people being ground beneath the bootheel of empire. Studying the mistakes of their past and all the horrors created by them had been a core part of the New Mandalorian education system since the Dral’han

Empire was the furthest thing from Jaster Mereel’s mind, however. 

Mereel was rather humble for a man known as a demagogue. He presented his material like a scholar, not like a firebrand. That did not mean it was dry. Mereel had an easy manner in his writing, as the best teachers did. He brought material together and synthesised it in a clear way, the ideas easy to follow and the point emerging logically from what came before. Almec was rather jealous - if his own political essays in university had been as skilled, his grades would have been a great deal higher. 

In any case, points of style aside, the content itself was… interesting. Jaster’s position was certainly one that centred warfare within Mandalorian culture, but more as a personal calling than a mandatory duty. His focus was as much on maintaining martial traditions during peacetime, on mastering the theory of war, than on putting it into practice. He adamantly disagreed with the expansionist policies of the Mandalorian Crusaders of old, arguing that the original Taung Mandalorians migrated in a nomadic fashion, rather than conquering worlds as an ever-larger empire. Indeed he even argued that an empire represented a congealing, stagnating force, setting up firm rules and boundaries and patterns that crystalised culture and society in place rather than allowing for flexible change and the optimum amount of ‘chaos’. The word he used there had a translation note attached, highlighting an incongruence between the original Mando’a term and the translation in Basic. Almec’s Mando’a was very rudimentary, and he also lacked the traditionalist clan upbringing that might have given him context. All the note said was that the original word referenced chaos in a positive sense, with etymological links to change and rebirth - and ash, for some reason. Unlike most of the rest of Mereel’s codex, this particular section was more abstract and difficult for Almec to parse. It seemed to be responding to or rebutting something else, something he’d never read and wasn’t familiar with. 

There were other cultures in the galaxy that had a symbol of something known as a phoenix or firebird as representing a similar meaning, but that was not a Mandalorian tradition. He supposed the idea still held though. Burn the old to make space for the new. 

Hadn’t the Dral’han , the Excision, been the most terrible kind of rebirth in fire, following that logic? The dross and savagery of the warriors destroyed in the cataclysm of the Republic’s bombing, the New Mandalorians the revitalised path forwards rising up in its wake? 

Mereel didn’t seem to believe so - or if he did then he also must believe that the time had come for the wheel to turn full circle, for the New Mandalorians to be overthrown for something that took the best of their past and revitalised it. Even that was Almec’s assumption. Jaster Mereel barely mentioned the New Mandalorians in his codex. It appeared he felt free to ignore them. 

What he was very clear on was that empire-building was something Mandalorians shouldn’t concern themselves with. The goal a warrior should have was first of all to protect and provide for the clan or wider social unit, and secondly to better themselves and their skills. Mereel saw combat as a whetstone, something to sharpen oneself against. He therefore advocated that warriors should travel to where trouble was and offer themselves as mercenaries in honourable conflict. Perhaps that was why he didn’t mention the Mandalorian government - he set himself as outside of it, a fragment splintering off rather than rising up to overthrow. 

What exactly these honourable conflicts of his were was less well defined. 

Almec could think of very few reasons that justified war. Self-defence… and that was about it. How could Mereel assume he could assess which side of a conflict was in the right? What evidence could each faction provide? What if they had no money to pay for mercenaries - the strong preyed on the weak, after all, and usually had more resources than those they sought to oppress. 

At least with Mereel’s codex, Almec believed that those questions had been considered, and that if he debated Mereel he would get answers that didn’t feel like they were coming from someone whose values were utterly opposed to his own. From his writing, Jaster felt like a person who could be negotiated with, a man familiar with the idea of compromising with others. He didn’t seem like Death Watch at all. If Jango Fett really was following his father’s path, if what he wanted was to put into place the ways described in this codex, it would not be the worst fate for their people. 

Almec hoped he wasn’t deluding himself. It was easy for somebody to say something and not hold to it, or to mean something else by it, or to simply be lying. Given the way this war was going, was he hanging onto a hope because the alternative was so terrible? 

No. He didn’t think so. Keldabe and the other northern cities under Fett’s control didn’t seem to be suffering past the casualties of the initial battles. Even the Death Watch soldiers under Fett’s command weren’t running riot in the way Almec would have expected. If - when Fett won, being honest - their way of life would change, but it wouldn’t mean unleashing the horrors of Mandalorian empire on the galaxy once again. 

Would the Republic see it that way? 

That was another question, and one which Almec had no power to answer. 

Given his conclusions, what did all of this mean? What should he do about it, as the Mayor of Sundari, with responsibilities to the people who elected him to that position? What would lead to the best outcome for the greatest number of people?

Jango Fett made a good point during his holocall with their various representatives.  Prolonging the conflict could only lead to more death, more injuries, more suffering. If the consequences of surrender were not as awful as had been feared, then wasn’t that the more moral, utilitarian option? 

The idea, the very possibility of it, was frightening. Almec thought about it anyway. Even if he believed that perhaps they should surrender, convincing anyone else of it would be a difficult position to argue. The military would never go for it. Their very self-definition centred around the ways in which they were different from the old warrior traditions. Not for them Clan and House and Mand’alor, neither the worship of weapons and martial ideals of Mereel or the open conquest and lust for violence of Death Watch. They were staid, contained, self-disciplined, and organised more similarly to the policing forces or system defence fleets of various Republic systems than an army. If Jango Fett had his way, what place would they have in the new world he would create? 

The leaders of the other dome-cities might be more flexible. Almec couldn’t be sure. If only they could read Mereel’s codex as he had, then maybe they would be reassured by it too. 

There had to be a way to revoke the censure laid upon it. Even if they found nothing in it but military insights, the commanders and captains would surely still want to read it. Almec would have to discuss it with the archivists. 

That at least was a fair plan for now. And if the time came that the war turned even more certainly in Jango Fett’s way, Almec wouldn’t stand against him for the sake of pride. Let the blast doors open and let them welcome him in with open arms rather than die pointlessly fighting a fate that was not even that bad.

----

Jango jumped from his ship into deep, fresh snow, crunching under his boots. Frigid air infiltrated the smallest gaps in his kute immediately, provoking a quick shiver. Slightly delayed, his armour systems whirred into life and his kute began to warm up. And this was supposed to be Krownest’s equatorial zone. 

The landing zone was on one side of a large frozen lake, which spread out in a vast flat plain of frosted transparisteel covered with more dustings of snow. Opposite them the Wren stronghold stood proud from the bank, surrounded by trees. Most of the habitable zone of Krownest was covered in forest, interspersed with shard-sharp granite mountains and open tundra. Only the hardiest plants could grow here, and very slowly. The planet was marginal for sustaining humanoid life. Go too far north or south from the thick band around its middle and the temperatures dropped precipitously to levels where only moss, lichen and the hardiest of herbivores could survive. There were oceans somewhere deep under the ice - Jango didn’t know if anything lived down there. He doubted they’d ever been investigated. House Wren kept to the equator, with only a few scattered outposts out in the borderlands. 

“Come on,” Silas said to him, with a jerk of his buy’ce towards the stronghold. “Let’s get inside before we freeze our shebs off.”

What is it about us Mandalorians? Jango thought to himself as they trooped across the ice. We never saw a dangerous planet we didn’t want to live on. 

Take Manda’yaim - when the Taung first arrived in the empty system the planet was swarming with apex predators. Concord Dawn brewed some of the deadliest pathogens in the galaxy, and half the planet was unsafe to even approach due to seismic activity caused by the fact that a chunk had been taken out of it by an unknown but likely unnatural cause in the dim and distant past. Draboon was infested with venom-mites. Gargon had its own earthquakes to deal with, as well as frequent volcanic activity that churned up phobium and other precious minerals from the mantle deep below. Ordo was mostly baking hot deserts. Harswee and Vorpa’ya were the only normal planets amongst them - and Cheravh, but almost nobody lived on Cheravh. He couldn’t count Mandellia or Jakelia either, since they’d already been inhabited by their own sentient species when the Taung turned up. 

Jango wasn’t just saying this about the Taung or the old Mandalorians either. The New Mandalorians were the ones who had fully developed the technology that allowed the existence of their dome cities in the aftermath of the Dral’han , which also led to them colonising the previously unlivable desert areas of Kalevala - though those were natural deserts rather than the irradiated wastelands left behind by the Republic’s bombing. Difficult living conditions didn’t put them off any either. 

House Wren had an honour guard waiting at the foot of the stairs by the time they arrived, armed and at attention. Countess Wren stood at the top in beskar’gam painted a shimmering pale blue, somewhere between the shade of the lake and of the tall double-thickness transparisteel windows that made up the front wall of her clan home. Her buy’ce was painted with the wing-like patterns of Clan Wren. She had an ad next to her, younger than even Feral. Ten, perhaps? 

“Countess Aurora Wren,” Jango said in greeting, coming to a stop with his small retinue falling in behind him. “Thanks for the hospitality. This must be your daughter, Ursa?”

Aurora inclined her head in a regal nod, putting a hand on her ad’s shoulder. The girl was a bit young for even bajur’gam , but the same rules didn’t hold with big old clans like this. She had a few pieces - a light chestplate and vambraces. She looked at him with curiosity, but not fear. 

“Come in and be welcome,” Countess Wren said formally. 

It was much less cold inside, and Jango could take his buy’ce off without worrying that his eyes would freeze shut if he blinked. Lady Aurora was more relaxed inside the walls of her home, though still quietly reserved. They went through a few pleasantries and introductions. Aside from Silas, Jango had brought with him Oraya Mereel, Aurelia Saxon, Kal Skirata, and of course Felicks Wren, the representative their House sent for that first big meeting on Concord Dawn. Aside from Felicks, that roughly represented the Haat’ade , Kyr’tsad , and the until-now neutral clans of Manda’yaim . On Aurora’s side, she introduced her riduur Yulius and a number of cousins, nephews, nieces and other aliit whose names moved out of Jango’s head as easily as they’d gone in. He hoped he wasn’t called on to remember them all at some point.  

The Countess led them into a receiving hall, laid out more in the modern New Mandalorian style, though not entirely. There were still a few banners on the walls and statues decorating the walls. A dining table on the opposite side of the room from the dais spoke to the space serving double duty. The floor to ceiling windows did make for a good view, Jango had to admit. 

“Your campaign on Manda’yaim has run into difficulties, Mand’alor,” Aurora said after she took a seat up on the dais. 

“That’s true,” Jango replied. He wasn’t going to try and put a gloss on it. The New Mandalorians had pulled off a good counter-attack, but wars weren’t won in one stroke. He met her eyes. She held his gaze for a moment stone-faced before allowing a small smile to curl her mouth up just slightly. 

“House Wren swore loyalty to you already Mand’alor,” she said. “We don’t break our word once it’s given. You will have our aid, as promised. Though before I offer specifics… I believe you had something in mind?”

“Your verd Felicks here told me when we first met that House Wren had ties with the Mandalorian diaspora. I think I know some of what they meant from my father, but… maybe not everything.” Back in that very busy week at Fort Mereel, Jango hadn’t had much time to think about the various offers of support the representatives of Houses and Clans had made to him beyond the broad strokes. Even when they were planning for the assault on the Mandalore system it had been only ‘what can you give us right now’? When House Wren’s verd said ‘diaspora’ he hadn’t stopped to analyse what that term could mean. 

Of course there were Mandalorians out in the wider galaxy. There always had been, from the legacy of the nomadic Taungs, from those left behind by the shrinking borders of the former empire, from those who simply chose to leave and go elsewhere. Jango just hadn’t thought there were that many of them, all things considered. Not enough to be called a diaspora.

You could even say that Jaster was one of those who’d chosen to leave - all his Haat’ade were. Outside the Mandalore sector was where the work was, for one thing. Avoiding New Mandalorian oversight was another. If Jaster had contacts with a wider network of Mandalorian clans than the ones who had sworn to him, he hadn’t had time to teach Jango about it. After he died… there were other things on Jango’s mind. 

Countess Wren knew enough about his history that she didn’t need to ask why he didn’t know this. “In the seven centuries since the Dral’han and the beginning of the New Mandalorian government, many clans have chosen to leave Mandalorian space entirely rather than give up their way of life. They found Mandalorians already out there still following the old ways and integrated with them. The New Mandalorians do not acknowledge any of our people outside their borders. If anyone from the Republic asks, they claim they are not Mandalorian at all, that perhaps the armour is stolen, or a forgery. It is still best for any Mandalorian outside to avoid attention as much as possible - and there are many of them. If we need reinforcements, then I can put out the call and they will come.”

Jango had actually just planned to find out more about them, not call them as their Mand’alor, but would he really say no if that was what they wanted? “You don’t need to pressure them,” he said. “We can wait to regroup - we still have more ships overall than they do, they’ll just take time to repair. I won’t turn down the help though. The faster we win, the better for our people.”

Aurora’s smile grew. “It’s time for our people to change,” she said. “To return to what we were before, proud of our strength, not hiding from it. You do your father proud.”

It hurt to hear that. Hurt, but almost felt good as well. He didn’t let his conflicted emotions show on his face. 

“I should have some news to share tomorrow,” Countess Wren said. “We will hold a feast in your honour tonight, Mand’alor. I hope you enjoy it.”

Notes:

The Wrens being House Wren rather than Clan Wren is a discrepency with what we see in Rebels - by which I am implying that a lot happened to them in the intervening 40 years. Some of it was the New Mandalorians 'shooting first' inn the aftermath of the civil war, cracking down on the traditionalists.

Chapter 34

Summary:

Reinforcements are on their way but will take a while to arrive. Maul is left with more time on his hands than is wise for a former Sith Lord.

Notes:

Apologies for the slightly late chapter - it wasn't quite finished for Sunday.

Only relevant new Mando'a term is the address of Goran be Mereel - be means 'of'.

Chapter Text

Step. Strike. Another. Another. Turn and slide, movement shifting into movement, even measured breathing matching attacks, following a pattern burned deep into the body rather than the mind. 

Wheel and repeat. Begin all over again. 

It was in this repetition that the search for perfection lay. Maul was in the Force, centred in the ka’ra . He was completely at one with his own body - but right now he was not alone there. To his left, Savage, sure and steady and deeply satisfied. In front of and slightly between them, Pre, burning bright with determination. It was Pre’s lead they had followed when they began this moving meditation, but at this point there was no leader or follower, simply a single unit working with one purpose. The strength of the Mandalorians was not only in their individual abilities but in the power of the aliit , the Clan, the House. Only desperate Mandalorians fought alone. 

At first the idea of another person leading him in anything, even something as minor as meditation, had rankled for Maul. Pre was not a teacher with knowledge to impart. He was far less experienced in the Force, much more a novice than Savage or Feral were now. Some part of him had struggled to accept the mere idea of being in a subordinate position, even though in many ways he had been subordinate to Jango when training for his verd’goten , or Goran when he first began to learn of the ka’ra . There was no logic to it. It was merely a feeling. Maul set it aside - he had his pride, but not when it was an active disadvantage. 

This was not about Pre being superior to him. It was about their relative military positions - and despite Maul’s experience of this in a former life it was irrelevant now for two reasons. One; Sidious trained him to be an assassin, not to lead an army. Orsis had covered some of those skills, and he had picked up more during his brief stint with Death Watch on Mandalore, but Pre had been training for such a role since childhood. Two; to every other person he was a child still himself. They did not intend to put him in charge of anything. 

Not yet. That would come in time. Maul would prove himself, he would lead warriors in battle against the Jedi and against the Sith… 

But that was still far in the future. 

So. Pre started the kata and they mirrored him, then matched him. Together they opened themselves up to the Force. In stumbling steps, Pre was improving at this. Maul and Savage acted as buttresses and as examples. They followed him in the realm of the physical, he followed them in the realm of the spiritual. 

Maul’s sense of the ka’ra around Keldabe had continued to improve over recent weeks. There was a great deal of beskar here, and much of that beskar was outside the mines. It resonated from the warriors wearing it, from the forges of the gorane starting to reawaken and shine out star-like all over the city, from decorations in the palace and grand homes, from the MandalMotors factories, and yes, from the mines themselves. It was intriguing. Maul would have expected all of the veins close to the surface to have been fully excavated long ago, yet parts of the ore remained. It had to be intentional. Wherever the miners had been, they left these thin threads behind. The lines led up and down in clear patterns, like wires linking a circuit. They chained the surface to the depths. 

Keldabe was beyond his attention at this moment. The focus of this particular meditation was their immediate surroundings. Aside from the ability to move and fight as one, this also trained battle-awareness, which was necessary for all warriors. The Sith had been no different. Sidious taught again by example here. He would take him to dangerous places and engage in various methods to distract him. This might be as simple as conversation, or it could be a spar with a droid, or with the Sith himself. What mattered was that he kept enough attention on his surroundings that he was not injured or killed. 

Battlefield mastery. The gorane had mapped the shape of it, enough for Maul to begin to grasp the possibilities. Tugging on the minds and attention of ones’ soldiers, pointing their will and determination in the same direction, firming their resolve, inspiring their spirits. Understanding their positioning so as to better direct them towards strategic ends. Finding the places where the enemy was weak and targeting the blow to fall there and break them. This was not meant to be a Force technique that required active concentration and management, but one which they could lay as a deep instinct and automatic response. Depending on the strength of the Force sensitive, Maul could imagine some Mandalorian war-leaders would not even realise that what their goran was teaching them had anything mystical about it all. 

With such awareness of each other in the Force, Maul could sense whether Pre or Savage were nearing the limits of their stamina, as they could for him. Pre did not yet have the skill to draw on the Force to support his strength - it was only natural that he tired first, the burn building up in his muscles, a faint tremor working through each movement. They wound down without a need to signal intent - the thought and decision flickered from mind to mind and was acted on as easily. 

This oneness was not a mental intrusion. Maul had been concerned about that, but despite the strong sense of connection it remained primarily at the level of the physical. Surface thoughts passed between them but nothing deeper. No secrets and nothing personal could be seen. His shields remained intact. 

There was some logic to this. In the middle of real combat attempting to filter through too many differing opinions would only get in the way. Commanders naturally disagreed about the best course of action, but doing so whilst using the Force to work together as one might break that unity. Maul supposed that was why it was still necessary to maintain the chain of command, to start off with a leader and their followers, even if those distinctions appeared to disappear once they sank into the meditation. 

“How do you feel?” Savage asked Pre, moving closer to rest a hand on his shoulder. Always ready with a gesture to comfort - it had ever been so even as Maul’s Sith apprentice. Maul could not resent him sharing this with Pre now - whether or not Maul felt it in the same way, Savage and Pre were brothers as well. 

“Good,” Pre admitted, taking a shaky breath in. Sweat beaded his forehead - he grabbed a towel from a nearby bench to wipe it. Zabrak perspired less than humans - Maul and Savage’s clothing was nearly dry, unlike the damp patches sticking Pre’s top to his skin. “It feels… right, I suppose. Like I’m supposed to be doing this.”

“You are, brother,” Savage reassured him. 

A warm flush of happiness rose up through Pre and into the Force. Maul tried to recall if he had ever felt like that in his previous life. He did not think so. Any happiness that version of Pre experienced had been vicious and hard-edged, the happiness of the hunt, of prey within his grasp, of victory. There had always been an edge of hunger left behind it. An emptiness trying and failing to be filled. He was a leader alone - even when the other Death Watch ramikade drank together, sang, played cards and dice, sparred and wrestled, he sat as apart from them as Maul and Savage had. 

And then he had died, by Maul’s hand. Pre Vizsla betrayed them first, so he could not feel truly sorry for it even now, but… That was a path they would never walk in this life. Circumstances were too different, and Maul was relieved that it was so. 

Savage and Pre headed for the showers, but Maul remained behind. He had other plans for this brief moment of unwatched time. 

This was not the first time he had been in this building, but there had been little opportunity to explore it thus far. It would not have been entirely correct to call it a temple, but all Mandalorian temples were forges first and anything else second. At the heart of this building was a place called the First Forge. Even the gorane were divided as to whether that meant the first forge in Keldabe or the first forge on Manda’yaim entirely. It certainly appeared old enough that either was credible. It held kilns on either wall to burn wood down to charcoal for fuel, there were others to smelt ore into blooms of beskar , durasteel and other metallic blends, and the hearth of the forge itself, its anvil and single drop-hammer, glowed in the ka’ra with so many layers of repetition and intent that they could blind an unwary Force-sensitive who beheld them. 

The New Mandalorians had set it up as a tourist attraction. Unlike the forge in the Mand’alor’s palace though, even  when it grew cold this forge had not burned down to ashes and died. It was too old and too strong - but it had also still been tended when possible. The handful of gorane permitted to remain in the city lit it once a ten-day as a ‘demonstration’ of the old Mandalorian arts for visitors. Through these drops of devotion, the First Forge was kept alive. 

The First Forge was not the entirety of this building, although it gave it its name. There were rooms to meditate and train, like this one. There were residences for the gorane with their own less vital forges attached, for personal projects. There was a hearth-room, a kind of living area native to the northern regions of Mandalore called a karyai where people could gather to eat and socialise. And there were also staircases behind locked doors that led down, towards the reaching branches of mineshafts that Maul could sense just tantalisingly out of reach. When they had first been given the tour of this building the gorane had the subtlety to simply avoid mentioning those doors, guiding them on routes that mostly avoided them. Given Maul’s sharp eyes, suspiciousness, and awareness of the Force, this only made them stand out more. 

It had been a long time since some of these doors were last opened. Thick dust lay heavily on them. Maul chose one at random, albeit near to their training room, and made his way to it surreptitiously. It was indeed locked, as he had anticipated. He popped the cover off the control panel and got to work slicing it, this particular skill refreshed by his more recent time at the Orsis Academy. It did not take long before the door beeped and hissed open - or partly open. Poorly maintained mechanisms ground to a halt half-way. Maul was slender enough to slip through the gap, and he headed down the stairs beyond it into a darkness that was lit only by the soft glow of his own eyes. 

Several flights of stairs marched back and forth, descending from the constructed building into natural rock. A faint line on the wall shimmered in his vision, so dim that Maul could be half-convinced it was his imagination. Reaching out with the Force it rang true - it was beskar . This was one of the mine traces,  a thread to follow. What exactly lay at the bottom?

The mines deep beneath Keldabe had been quiet for centuries of New Mandalorian control, but they had not been extinguished before they were abandoned. There would be more beskar ore at the end of the open seams, but that was not what interested Maul. There were dangers to be found in mines, but if that was all that concerned the gorane they would have given them a simple warning. People only hid things when there was a secret they did not wish to be found. He was certain that there was more down here, and his sense of the ka’ra offered tantalising suggestions that only made him more certain. 

The quality of the air in the stairwell changed. It had been a little close and stale before; now it freshened and cooled, carrying the taste of moisture with it. The stairs flattened and straightened into a passageway which continued to slope downwards. The floor had been smoothed out but the walls were still rough rock bearing the marks of picks and other mining tools. 

There was no source of light down here other than Maul’s bioluminescence and the faint shimmer of the beskar vein. It was enough to vaguely define the walls of the tunnel, but when the space suddenly opened up around him he could see almost nothing at all. 

The cavern was large. He could tell that from the way the noise of his footsteps echoed faintly from distant walls. Irritated, Maul wished he had brought his buy’ce with him even though the vision settings of bajur’gam were limited compared to those of fully grown beskar’gam . If that had not worked, it at least had a headlamp. They hadn’t been training in armour though - it was in a locker somewhere upstairs.

There was no-one else here. Maul could not sense any other lifeforms anywhere nearby. He would not be found. 

Maul took Kenobi’s lightsaber from his belt and lit it, holding it out above his head. The blue light cast a wide circle around him, not enough to fully illuminate the cavern but enough to see by. 

The tunnel he had just emerged from was not the only one behind him. Several others were bored into the rear wall at different angles, heading back up towards the surface. Did they connect to the other doors in the First Forge, or to other places entirely? He couldn’t tell from here, and he did not intend to become lost down here in a labyrinth of passages. He marked carefully the one he would need to take to return, and turned back around.

Facing ahead into the wider darkness, Maul saw several wide, flat platforms on either side of a central staircase leading downwards at a shallow angle. He was not yet close enough to see where it led. Approaching cautiously, the blue light of the saber shone back at him suddenly… from water. The stairs led to the edge of an underground lake. What was this? Was this intentional, or had the cavern flooded during the period it had not been tended. This could be the natural water table of the Keldabe region. 

The water was very still. No breeze moved the surface. His reflection was nearly perfect. 

The cool air held tension, the stillness a held breath. The hairs up and down Maul’s spine rose. He felt watched. 

The lake was calling to him. It was just a whisper, an instinct. He opened himself up to the Force - the Dark was distant, as though the beskar in the walls of the mine was holding it away and on the surface. The ka’ra, on the other hand… That was all around him, a web of stars. 

Maul needed no goran to tell him that this was a Mandalorian sacred space. A small doubt wormed its way in - should he be down here? Yet he was Mandalorian himself, was he not? He had passed verd’goten , he wore bajur’gam , he followed the teachings of the gorane. And he did not feel warned away or rejected by the ka’ra here. He walked down the steps and crouched, looking down at the water. 

The blue lightsaber blade turned the reflection of his face into a mess of purple and black, even giving his eyes a greenish tint. He couldn’t see anything other than this image swallowed up by the shadows around it - the light was too strong. He turned the saber off. 

Darkness washed back in. For a long moment he could see nothing at all. Then as his eyes adjusted the lake began to shine. It was the ghost of a ghost, an outline made up of a thousand, thousand tiny points of light. It was the shimmer of beskar , but beskar was not soluble - how could its essence be there in the water? He didn’t understand it but he trusted the evidence of his own senses, not just his eyes but in the Force. 

Maul reached out and his fingers brushed over the surface of the water. Little ripples moved out from his fingertips in expanding circles, disrupting the mirror-smooth stillness of the lake and intensifying the tiny amounts of light the beskar gave off. The ka’ra in him called out to the ka’ra in the beskar that was in the water and when they met they chimed in the perfect, eerie tone of beskar hitting beskar. The sound and light faded away as the ripples did. Maul could hardly resist - he dipped both hands into the water this time and lifted up a scoop of water - it ran through his fingers like rain and sang like bells. Before it drained away he managed a closer look - the beskar did not appear to be dissolved but suspended, tiny glittering specks like the photosensitive plankton that sometimes danced in the waves lapping the beaches by the Orsis Academy at night. 

Never had beskar seemed so alive and less inert. In its chime he saw an echo or kin-ness to the crystalline song of a kyber crystal. 

Fascinating as this discovery was, Maul could deduce nothing further about it from mere observation. If he dared risk censure by revealing to the gorane that he had been down here he could ask them its significance - but it might be safer to see if he could find some reference to it in a book somewhere. 

As Maul rose to his feet, still swathed in the darkness of the deep underground, he had a sudden sense of being watched once again. It was the same as it had been before, though the wonder of the lake had driven it out of his mind. There was no movement in the air around him, no subtle shimmer of disturbance in the water, no sound of a foot shifting nor of breathing. Yet it was not paranoia. It was something he sensed in the Force, through the ka’ra

Maul reached out for the presence, expanding his awareness across the cave. Briefly he thought he glimpsed something - an alien intelligence, larger than most sentient minds but impassive, cold and faintly judgemental, predatory but not hungry - but then it was gone again. This time he could not be sure if it was imagination or fact. 

He waited a while longer, but neither the thing in the Force or the sense of being watched returned. 

There was little else to be done but make his way back upstairs. If he was gone much longer, his brothers would start to wonder where he had gone. 

----

The weather outside Fort Mereel was wet more often than not, clouds trapped within the valley, mountains forcing the rain out of them. Today was one of the rare dry and sunny days of Concord Dawn’s early summer, and the valley floor was carpeted in green grass and heather waving purple and pink flowers. Here and there patches of lupins rose tall. Fuzzy local herd beasts roamed as white and brown dots in the distance, munching lazily. Theodore Kryze took in deep lungfuls of pure, clean air, appreciating the wide open space all around him. He still had a guard, and the speeder that dropped them off had taken off again to rob him of the temptation of an escape, but that barely mattered. In the weeks since arriving here he had been able to build up his strength to the point he could even run again. Now that he knew how much his body had to lose of itself, the simple pleasure of jogging around the path that looped up and down one side of the river here was joyous. 

Captivity in the hands of the Haat’ade was so superior to what he’d suffered before that Theodore still found it hard to believe this was real. He just didn’t fool himself that it was from any kind of moral positioning. It was pragmatism, the same psychological mechanism of mercy Walon Vau had used on him. They wanted him to like them, wanted him to soften his stance and come around to their point of view. They wanted his surrender, in heart as well as body. He wasn’t going to give it to them. Vau had shown him how unwise that would be. 

He hadn’t seen Vau since that one meeting where he revealed the truth. He presumed the man was off helping Jango Fett’s war effort. Some of the gossip about that made its way back to Theo, though not specifically due to the carelessness of his captors. As with Satine, they knew he could not do anything with the information. The war had not yet been won, and there seemed to be some kind of stalemate, but he didn’t know any more.

Theodore was still permitted to see Satine frequently, and to have his run of most of the public areas of the fortress - though not the armouries, their forge, or the war room of course. He saw much less of Bo-Katan. She was here, but she was avoiding him. That was the only explanation. What little he did see matched what Satine had told him - she had defected to Death Watch, she wore their armour and their colours, she trained for war, and she wanted nothing to do with the peaceful ideals of her own family. 

Theo didn’t know where it had all gone so wrong. What about her childhood made Bo hate them so much? She was the daughter of a planetary Duke, she’d wanted for nothing. Adonai wasn’t a bad parent, he didn’t mistreat his children - Theo would have seen that, he was sure of it. Satine couldn’t work it out either. It just seemed to be some subtle dissatisfaction which a canny Death Watch agitator on the HoloNet picked up on, and managed to radicalise her from there. 

Theodore would have dearly liked to talk to her and see if he could undo the damage, could make her see the evils of Death Watch’s point of view, but she never gave him the chance. She spent most of her time with the other trainees of her own age, not that there were many of them. Death Watch took children off to war almost as soon as they could hold a blaster, or so it seemed. Fett’s True Mandalorians were only slightly more civilised - his middle son Maul was only just past thirteen, but had been allowed to join the campaign in some kind of support capacity - Theo wasn’t going to pretend he understood the intricacies of how these people justified their actions to themselves. 

Bo-Katan was not allowed to go with him. She remained behind with the Mand’alor’s daughter, who appeared to have become her closest friend. Theodore was glad that she at least had someone who wasn’t pure Death Watch at her side. No matter what kind of arguments he could marshal in his head, the reality of any confrontation with Bo wouldn’t turn out the way he wanted it to. He didn’t want to drive her even further away accidentally. 

He still wondered what her part had been in her father’s assassination. Telling himself ‘none’ wasn’t enough - he couldn’t rest easy not knowing for sure. He couldn’t ask Bo, and he couldn’t ask any of his guards. How could he trust their answer? 

All he could do was run and drive these circular thoughts, worries and doubts out of his head.

----

Maul was not content exploring behind only one door in the First Forge. Little progress was being made in the war - they were waiting for Pol’s fleet to finish its repairs and for the muster of diaspora Mandalorians to arrive as reinforcements. In the interim they held Concordia and half of Mandalore, small strikes and guerilla actions nibbling away at the borders on both sides of the conflict. Jango was engaged with diplomatic matters; there was little for Maul to do other than train and explore the city. 

Thus it was that a new day found Maul beneath the forge again, having sliced through another promising door and descended into a passageway formed of reinforced pourcrete rather than the naturally worked stone of the mine tunnels. He was not quite so far down as before, but this was still deep enough that he should have found the natural granite which Keldabe stood upon. Since it wasn’t, the pourcrete must be a shell over the stone. Perhaps the foundations of the First Forge had been excavated as one large area before later being subdivided into cellars and vaults? There might have been multiple remodellings and rebuildings over the centuries, just as had been the case with the palace. 

This corridor was a straight line with multiple other doors branching off from it - true, starship thick blast doors, which furthered his idea that these might be vaults. There was less dust on the floor than he might have expected, and when he sliced the entrance to this stairwell it had not jammed as the last one had - it had been necessary to shove that closed again with the Force when he returned to the main building on the previous occasion. This time it slipped open smoothly and soundlessly. Seven centuries of New Mandalorian rule, seven centuries since the Dral’han , but the gorane had been down here during that time. That meant this secret was a thing that needed tending, and could not be left alone to its own devices. 

But what? When Maul reached out in the Force as he traditionally would he sensed nothing unusual about this area. It was only when he focused his attention towards the ka’ra and the Mandalorian way that he was able to feel the shape of forged beskar in this area below the First Forge. Those unassuming blast doors had a layer of beskar at their core, and Maul could trace the shape of each room behind them by the ringing echoes of the beskar lining their walls. 

To Mandalorians beskar was both sacred and practical, and there were many reasons that they might have built the rooms down here in such a fashion, not all of them interesting. It could even be for aesthetics alone. However the more tantalising possibility was that it was due to the fact that beskar blocked all of the Force that was not the ka’ra

Maul went over to the first room on his left and popped the door control panel out of its housing. Slicing this was considerably more challenging than the upstairs locks, which was only more evidence that there was something of interest concealed within. If they were used for a more prosaic purpose, the builders would not have bothered. At any rate it wasn’t enough to keep Maul out. Orsis Academy training was intended to produce operatives who could slice into galactic bank vaults or bypass every lock on their way to a high value political target. Eventually the dangling screen beeped and flashed green, and the blast door rolled smoothly aside. 

There was a short gap before the way in was blocked by a second door, identical to the first, though with only a simple switch to hold it closed. An airlock. Briefly Maul worried that he was dealing with some manner of biohazard, but there were none of the usual warning signs of such, and no evidence within the small intermediary space of a way to decontaminate those entering or exiting. No, this had to have been designed to make sure that the contents of the vault were kept completely contained within a beskar shell at all times. 

Maul did take a moment to wonder whether he was being foolhardy. The tug of curiosity spurred him onwards and that had caused him problems in the past. In his former life he travelled to Malachor on the strength of curiosity about its ancient Sith ruins and his memory of being taken there once by Sidious. Partial but incomplete knowledge about the planet left him with too many unanswered questions, driving him half-mad. Despite what he believed was adequate caution his vessel had been damaged by the unstable architecture, leaving him trapped there for months before a few Jedi came along. 

This was not the same. Yes, there was likely something dangerous behind that second door, otherwise the gorane would not have taken such pains over its security, but they still kept it underneath their original capital city, near a population centre, not on some desolate moon or asteroid where nobody ever went. He only had to bypass two locks to gain access, not half a temple’s worth of traps and trials to test one's worthiness. Compared to the ways in which both Jedi and Sith kept their secrets guarded, this was indeed child's play. 

Maul went into the airlock and hit the switch. The doors cycled. The vault opened in front of him, and the Dark Side rolled out. 

It was strong enough to hit him like a physical blow, but Maul had been a Sith Lord and he was not so easily staggered. He took a deep breath in, drawing the Dark to him. Hunger and impatience flared, alongside a slow and creeping malevolence. Flickers of hate and sense impressions of violence hit him in waves, flashes of memory that weren't his own. The Dark tugged at him, but he was its Master. He brought his emotions under control and dragged the Dark with it, leashed at his command. 

With a soft growl Maul opened his eyes - he must have closed them instinctively with how quickly the Dark Side was revealed to him here - and looked at the room in front of him. It was a large space, as he had anticipated, and walls, floor and ceiling all shone silver with pure, unpainted beskar . A great deal of material had been packed in here, though in an orderly fashion without mess. Shelves, boxes, display pedestals, some large and bulky shapes hanging on chains from the ceiling, racks for armour and weapons… Maul’s gaze roved over it, unable to take it all in at once. 

He could not be sure if everything was touched by the Dark Side, but a great number of items in here were. He recognised the stylistic flourishes of ancient Sith armour on some of the suits on display, and there were stones, swords and various weapons carved with the Sith language. There were even at least two holocrons he could see - there might be more. His immediate surprise was rapidly followed by a pulse of avarice - there was such knowledge here that Sidious would never have allowed him access to when he was nothing more than his assassin, Apprentice in name only! He had been expecting something interesting, but not to quite this extent. It did make sense once he took a moment to consider it. The Mandalorian people fought alongside the Sith in the Great Sith War, and then against them in the New Sith Wars in the more recent past. ‘Recent’ described a period of almost a thousand years, with the last remnants of the Sith Empire crumbling at the hands of the Jedi and leaving behind it only Darth Bane and the Rule of Two which preserved them to the present day. Naturally the Mandalorians preserved artefacts of those conflicts. It was still an impressive and tantalising taste of antiquity.

Maul moved further into the room, down a narrow corridor between shelves of ancient scrolls, stone tablets and dataslates. He dearly wanted to skim their contents at the very least, but he was unsure how much time he could spend down here, or indeed what he should do about his discovery at all. Jango was not likely to permit him to delve too deeply into the Sith mysteries, too wary of the dangers of the Dark Side. He believed Maul a child, more easily damaged than he really was. Could he bring him around to the idea? Perhaps with the supervision of the gorane ? Maul would not be opposed to involving them , if their interest was academic and they did not get too much in his way. 

Maul paused by a holocron, looking at it longingly, but moved on. Holocrons were tricky things; he certainly couldn’t risk removing it, or the time it would take to open it here and persuade its guardian he was worthy of what lay within. He stopped again in front of something which he did not recognise at all, by sight or description. He was not even sure that it was Sith - it had much less of the Dark Side about it. 

It was a droid, a large one. This was one of the things he’d noticed suspended from the ceiling, although it was tall enough that its feet were touching the ground below it. It was animalistic in shape, with long, sharp claws that were unmistakably beskar on the powerful front limbs, though not the smaller four rear limbs. It had no face, but instead a cluster of rods or tubes that appeared to be some manner of weapon. Indeed it would be rather fearsome when powered up, though no match for one who could use the Force he was sure. 

Although… If its claws were beskar , then its armoured hide might be a beskar blend which would stand up to lightsabers and to any attempts to grip it with the Force. Curious, Maul leaned in closer to tap it with his finger and listen for the chime.

As he did so, he heard the blast door at the other end of the room hiss open. He stiffened, cursing internally - but there was no point in attempting to hide. These vaults were not abandoned but neither did they appear to be visited frequently. This was not bad luck - his intrusion had been discovered. There might be some subtle signal in the ka’ra which he’d missed that activated when a vault was opened, or even a physical signal sent from the sliced control console which he hadn’t spotted. Either way, the newcomer knew that he was here. 

Maul turned around and moved out into the open to see who it was. He was met by one of the Keldabe gorane , an older togrutan woman whom he knew on a casual level. He inclined his head in a respectful nod. 

Goran Soto.”

“Maul.” Her tone was irritated but somewhat wary. “You did not ask for permission to be here.”

“Would you have given it, had I asked?” Maul replied.

Soto did not answer outright. Instead she said, “ Goran be Mereel told us about your past and your training with a Sith. What did you hope to discover down here?”

“Nothing in particular,” Maul replied. “I did not know what there was to find.” 

He was not lying, and his truth was echoed in the Force. It caused her to relax very slightly. What had she feared? That he still held Sith sympathies? That he had known the gorane guarded ancient Sith treasures, and desired to steal them back for his own ends? 

If she saw him as a threat, he respected her more for it. It meant she did not see a mere child when she looked at him. 

“Curiosity can be dangerous,” goran Soto warned him. “It is both a virtue and a curse. Idle hands find trouble - I believe that there was no malice in your actions, but familiarity with the Sith does not mean you are protected from their most dangerous artefacts. It is lucky you did not touch anything.”

Maul did not bother to correct her. He knew very well how to deal with the traps laid by Sith Lords of old, but it was hardly worth an argument. He was only irritated that this had to mean his ability to explore beneath the Forge had come to an end. They would watch him more closely now. 

“Come,” goran Sato said, motioning to him. “Let us return upstairs.” She wished to chide him in a place less soaked in the Dark Side, no doubt.

Maul looked back at the droid looming over him. “What is this thing?” he asked. “It is not Sith.” He was more sure of that now he’d seen the beskar in its forging.

“A basilisk war droid,” she replied. “An ancient Mandalorian weapon.”

“They are no longer used. Did they become obsolete?”

“Not… precisely.” Behind her visor, her eyes turned up to the droid too. “There were difficulties with their programming, the way they bonded with their riders. In many ways they were closer to living animals than droids, which meant they could be unpredictable. That is what the histories say, at least.”

These things could be ridden as mounts? How curious. “They could not simply be reprogrammed?” Maul asked. 

“If you are interested in that period of the Crusades, we can find you some dataslates on the subject,” Soto said, with a hint of impatience. “Maul. You may be the Mand’alor’s ad , but that does not mean that the rules do not apply to you. You are, in fact, in trouble. Come with me before digging yourself any deeper in this hole of yours.”

Everything in the galaxy had a price, and that included knowledge. This would not be the first time Maul had sacrificed some measure of pain and suffering for his own gain. He wondered what punishment he might have earned, and how it would compare to Sidious’. Jango and Silas had been seemingly reluctant to hurt him up until now - would this finally push them over the edge? He was interested to find out. 

Afterwards, they could discuss what, if anything, the contents of these vaults meant for this war and for destroying Darth Sidious in the future.

Chapter 35

Summary:

Jango Fett's war is moving into its endgame and the outer galaxy is taking interest. Dealing with the New Mandalorians won't spell the end of his problems - but he knew that already. The Sith are still lurking.

Notes:

Sorry for the long wait between chapters - and I can't promise about the regularity of the update schedule. Just know the fic isn't abandoned yet!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

[ Do we know anyone on Serenno? ]

Jango’s brow furrowed in confusion at Silas’ question. [ Don’t think so. Why? ]

Silas held up a commlink, light blinking. [ We have an incoming transmission from there. It’s on a standard Holonet channel, but I don’t know how they got our code. ] 

[ I don’t even remember where Serenno is, ] Jango said, taking the commlink. [ Somewhere Rimward of here up the Hydian way, right? ] 

[ Not that far, but still several sectors distant, ] Silas confirmed. 

Shrugging, Jango activated the comm. An elderly human appeared on the other end with a neatly groomed beard, a thin, patrician face and sharp, piercing eyes. Jango didn’t know them and yet… something about this person felt familiar. As though they had met briefly in the past but had never spoken. 

“Mand’alor Jango Fett?” the stranger said. 

“That’s right.” Jango studied their face intently. Where had he seen them before? “And you are?”

The commlink only had a small holoprojector, but the resolution was good, without fuzz or interference. It showed the stranger from the waist up, which was enough to not cut them off when they bowed - a Core gesture and style. “I am Count Dooku of Serenno.”

Jango shot Silas a blank look, met by one of Silas’ own. No, neither of them recognised the name. 

“I was formerly Master Dooku of the Jedi Order.”

Jango stiffened, a flicker of adrenaline shooting through him. “Formerly? Didn’t know that was an option for Jedi.”

“Really?” the man raised an eyebrow - and he was probably a man given the way the Core tended to mark gender. “Given your peoples’ history I am surprised. Does Tarre Vizsla not represent the most famous example of a Master leaving the Jedi Order?”

“That was a thousand years ago.”

“There have been others since,” Dooku said. “It is not publicised outside the Order. Still. I did not leave long ago; you are one of the reasons why.”

All of Jango’s instincts were screaming danger at him. “What do you mean by that?” he asked, dread curdling in his stomach. Silas was equally tense beside him. 

Some part of him was already expecting the answer. “I was at Galidraan.”

A dull roar filled Jango’s ears - no different to being too close to a thermal detonator activating. The surge of anger was overwhelming - in an unthinking spasm his hand gripped hard around the commlink, denting the thin metal casing. His arm twitched - he wanted to throw it away from him but the rage met the outer limits of his control and was held by them. Just. 

His enemy wasn't here. He was lightyears distant. He couldn't be hurt, couldn't be killed. Reacting instinctively would achieve nothing, and then he wouldn't even know why this Jetii scum had contacted him in the first place. 

“What do you want?” he demanded. His voice emerged as a low, rough growl. “Why would you… How dare you…” 

Dooku might have been saying something already but Jango had not been in any fit state to take it in. He’d regained enough composure for that now. He wished he’d been blessed by the ka'ra like his ade so he could reach out and strangle this man with his mind - if the Force even worked that way. Even strange magic couldn't stretch across the vast distances of the galaxy like that, he was pretty sure. 

Dooku paused before speaking. Instead he sank down gracefully to his knees. “ Ni ceta , I believe you say. I am sorry. A great injustice was done to you.”

“Done to me?” Jango sneered. “What, by the universe? By the Force? By fate? Are you trying to dodge responsibility, Jetii?

“No.” He shook his head. “Both of us were deceived. That does not absolve me of responsibility - I understand that and I accept that.”

An apology from a Jedi. Former Jedi - same thing. That was rare. They didn't generally admit their mistakes, or even that harm had been done in the first place. They were too arrogant for that, too confident in their self-image as do-gooders and protectors. Dooku’s show of humility… helped. A little. 

The claim that the Jedi had been ignorant wasn't news to him either. Jango had already known that they were Kyr'tsad's pawns, the knife and not the hand which held it. It was Tor's plot - but so what? That didn't bring back his verde, cut down by jetii'kade. It didn't change the past, or what either of them had believed at the time. He just hadn't thought the Order was aware that they'd been used.

If they knew, why was it only an outcast contacting him to make his apologies? Wasn't he owed more? After that pair on Concord Dawn they couldn't even claim they didn't know he was alive.

Calmer, Jango said, “You killed innocent people that day.” It was an intentional challenge, and was met by a raised eyebrow from the Jetii . Innocent? No, that would be pushing it too far if he was totally sincere. The Haat'ade had also been tricked into shedding innocent blood - it was just that for all their unintentional sin in killing the locals who were not the terrorists or dissidents they'd been told, that had been washed away by too much of their own blood for Jango to feel there was any debt left to be paid. 

What he really wanted was to see how the Jetii responded.  

“As did you,” Dooku replied, echoing his thoughts. “Later on you returned and removed the corrupt ruler who used you in this way. You, Jango Fett, have done what was in your power to see this sad situation put right. I would hope you might allow me to do the same.” 

‘Removed’. What a Jetii way of putting murder, no matter how hot-blooded and deserved. He hadn't even read Jango’s intention right. The only debt Jango had been thinking of that day was the debt owed to him and to the Haat'ade . That death was for personal revenge and justice. Those dead civilians, the most hapless pawns of all, hadn't entered his thoughts for a moment.

With this misunderstanding, Jango’s tense fury shifted into the still clarity of realisation. Absolution. Forgiveness, even. That was what Dooku wanted from him - as he believed Jango must have wanted from his own ‘victims’. Jango wasn't going to give it to him so easily. No Jetii could buy forgiveness for their crimes against the Haat'ade no matter what they did. Mandalorians settled debts with blood.

The Jetii's placid expression irritated him the longer he looked at it. Was he angry underneath it the way Jango was angry? Did he resent the Jetii Jango had killed with his own hands that day? He might claim he took responsibility for his actions despite being tricked, but that went both ways - shouldn't he blame the Haat'ade just as much? Jango wanted to crack that mask like an egg. 

“So it doesn't matter to you that I shot first?”

A faint but rather pained smile briefly lifted Dooku's lips. “Expecting a Mandalorian warrior to surrender was a fool's hope from the start.” So how exactly did he think he should have played it in hindsight? A pre-emptive strike? Hitting them too quick and hard to fight back? Or with more diplomacy, after asking more questions about why they were there at all? But Dooku didn't explain himself any further.

“You accept your dead so calmly!” Jango had a harder time keeping a lid on his rage than the Jetii

That brought a brief spark of anger, there and gone again but unmistakable. “The past cannot be changed, but my acceptance of the facts is not approval of them. It is merely to say that knowing all those involved and the situation we were in, there was no other way events could have played out.”

Jango sneered, not thinking much of this idea. He wouldn't insult his verde by putting aside what had been done to them - if the souls of the Jetii dead were less particular about their remembrance he supposed it wouldn't be so strange for their odd people. “You don't want revenge?”

“Revenge is not the Jedi way.”

“You're not a Jedi anymore.”

“That does not mean I disagreed with their principles, only their implementation.” The Jetii hadn't risen from his knees, but it looked more like he was meditating than humbling himself, no matter his intentions. “I return again to the subject of responsibility,” he said, completely calm once more. Anything Jango said that ruffled him was a stone tossed in a lake, ripples quickly disappearing. “The Jedi Order bears the fault of not asking questions, for acting without thinking clearly, for making unwise assumptions. Jedi died for those mistakes - and so did your people. Beyond that, others conspired to place us both in that position. Death Watch… and the Republic Senate.”

Interesting. The Jetiise were the Senate's attack dogs, but Jango had never heard one of them admit to it before. Dooku's reasons for leaving the Order were making more and more sense to him. 

“Death Watch aren't a problem anymore,” he said. 

Dooku raised an eyebrow again, but otherwise didn't look very surprised. How much could he know? Did he still speak to old colleagues and friends inside the Jedi Order, or did someone become an outcast once they left? The Mandalore sector wasn't cut off from the outer galaxy - trade still flowed on both sides to some extent - even if Jango didn't know how much attention the Holonet news sites were giving to their war. 

“Perhaps,” Dooku said. “But you are still fighting a war, Mand'alor. Serenno is not without its resources.” The implication was clear. Pay back blood with coin and let Dooku discharge his guilt. 

“Whatever you're offering won't erase the Order's debt,” Jango told him. “Is this really going to let you sleep at night?”

“Do not mistake me, Mand’alor,” Dooku said. “This is not merely about personal matters. The Senate would rather you failed to consolidate your rule of the Mandalore Sector. If you are triumphant, that represents a small victory against the hegemony of the Republic - a political organisation which I fear has descended into a corruption which no amount of reform will cure.”

“You've got a bigger plan here.” A plan to hurt or maybe even bring down the Republic? Was he serious? Jango didn't know whether to call him ambitious or delusional. One man, even the ruler of a planet, couldn't hope to topple a ruling class that had been ascendent for thousands of years. If Dooku believed Jango secretly had the same expansionist intentions as Kyr'tsad though… “I won't be used as your pawn.” 

“Not a pawn,” the man said, taking no offence at the accusation. “An ally. The Republic is your enemy whether you would have them so or not. Even now they are arguing what to do about you. They will offer assistance to your enemies, the New Mandalorians, even if you triumph here, working to undermine your fledgling government.”

“I can handle the New Mandalorians,” Jango told him. “The only thing I'd be worried about would be an invasion, but the Republic is too tied up in its own bureaucracy and the laws it believes it holds to - they wouldn't dare.”

“Do not be overconfident, Mand'alor,” Dooku cautioned him. “The greatest warrior plans to win not just the war he is fighting, but the next war as well.”

“And for that you think I need your help.” Jango wasn't convinced. Dooku might be right when he said the Republic was their mutual enemy but they weren't bringing equal amounts to the table here. He wasn't going to cover for or stand behind whatever foolhardy nonsense this former Jetii had planned. 

“I have ships or credits ready to offer your war effort,” Dooku said, stretching out his hand. “Merely say the word and they will be yours with nothing asked in return other than that you consider an alliance with Serenno in the future.”

Why did this feel like a trap? “I'll think about it,” Jango said, and cut the call unceremoniously. 

[ That was odd, ] Silas said. 

[ I don’t trust even a former Jedi, ] Jango replied. Spared the need to control himself and be diplomatic, he started to pace to work out his frustrated energy. His fingers drummed against the sides of the blasters at his waist. [ They've got their own aims - we only have Dooku's word that they align with ours. ] 

[ We don't need more help right now. ] As always Silas was a solid, comforting presence. [ The diaspora are on their way - more than enough to turn the tide. ] 

[ Dooku will keep for later. After the war… I want to see what the Count of Serenno proposes then. ] Jango turned on his heel, thinking. [ Dooku was right about one thing. The Republic are going to be a problem, no matter what we do. ] 

[ Something we’re already prepared for, ] Silas said. [ Once we can spare the people, our spies can get into position for Darth Sidious and all the other Senators we identified as cover for our real target. If some of these diaspora Mandalorians have kept their heritage hidden like the ship-jumpers they might even offer to take these jobs on for us. ] 

Jango nodded. The best cover was the truth - they needed to spy on the Republic as much as they did the SIth. 

He could have spent longer working out the best way to deal with the Republic, but although there was wisdom in Dooku's adage about fighting the next war, focusing too much on the future was no good if it distracted you from the present. 

Maybe once this was over they could decide if it was worth it to align with Dooku against the Republic.

----

Yan Dooku rose to his feet and moved across the hall to sink down into his chair, allowing the mask of diplomacy to slip from his face and thoughts. He let himself become aware of and feel any anger, frustration or hate caused by dealing with the Mandalorian passing through him, before releasing it out into the Force. Jango Fett was an interesting individual. 

The Mandalorian wanted him dead - that had been his first response; instinctual violence. Had they met in person Yan would have been forced to defend himself, and in that it was no different to their first fateful meeting on Galidraan. Try as some might to impose it upon them, Mandalorians were not a naturally peaceful people. 

Dooku's assumptions that day had not been without cause. He was honest enough with himself to admit that he had not fully forgiven Fett for the lives of the six Jedi he killed that day either. There was a strain of hypocrisy to Fett's rage - Yan had refrained from pointing it out for the sake of a possible alliance. If the Jedi took lives on the basis of mistaken information, had Fett's mercenaries not done the exact same in slaughtering locals on the Governor's orders? Did he regret that at all? There had been no evidence of it. 

Dooku did not judge him too harshly for the fault of hypocrisy itself - most sentients were slaves to it to some degree. He merely noted that Jango Fett might be more alike to his former enemies in Death Watch than he wanted to believe. When riled, he permitted his anger to control him and indulged his more brutal traits. No doubt he could justify everything to himself in the aftermath. Most could. No sentient being wished to believe themselves evil, and most were very able to ignore moments they crossed their own supposed moral boundaries.

Fett and Death Watch had come together as allies against a foe even more anathema to their ideals than each other - the New Mandalorians. Given that he was more than willing to work with Death Watch, was Fett really so intransigent about working with a former Jedi? Jango Fett’s actions showed that he was a pragmatic man when circumstances called for it. Perhaps he simply did not yet appreciate how great a threat the Republic was. 

Objectively there was no need for Dooku to rush. The cancer eating out the heart of the Republic had not grown up in a day, a year or even a century, nor would it be destroyed quickly either. Even the idea of doing so, which had been growing in Dooku's mind since coming to Serenno, could be called madness by some. Was it not the peak of arrogance to imagine he could fix something the entire Order was powerless against?

Yet he was not fettered in the same way as the Jedi Order. Decades as a Jedi had taught him how to build alliances, how the streams of power flowed across the galaxy and how the rich and immoral sentients who had caused this cancer tugged at them. Outside of the Order there was nothing stopping him using those strings against their wielders. 

Jango Fett might spurn a hand stretched out in friendship now, but one sector could not stand alone against the Republic. They were not distant and unmapped like Wild Space, they were not so far in the Outer Rim that they were irrelevant, and they did not have the resources of the Hutts or the Corporate Sectors to bribe their way to safety. 

Eventually the Mand'alor would see the need for a like-minded friend.

----

“Thank you for taking my call, Captain Eldar.” The smile of the Republic representative had an oily quality about it, an inherent arrogance that made Jax want to cut the call already. He didn't even know who this man was other than some bureaucrat of middling rank from the Republic's diplomatic corp. He might have to answer to the Chancellor rather than to any Senator or Senatorial committee, but only through several layers of upper management. 

“The founding ideal of the Republic was peace and prosperity across the galaxy, and we are always keen to offer our help to systems where those ideals are in jeopardy,” the man continued. “The Chancellor was particularly saddened to hear of President Bishbalek's death in the terrorist attack. We understand that a number of military commanders were also killed by Death Watch - another tragedy.”

Captain Jax Eldar wanted to ask, so why are you calling me ? He wasn't a politician or a commander, though in a time like this the chain of command was spongy and amorphous. The important thing in his mind was that he answered to House Kryze, or what remained of it. 

He didn't say it. He wasn't that foolish. 

He was also sure he wasn't the only person the Republic was calling either. 

“Thank you for your sympathy,” he said instead. “It was a tragedy, but one we won't let be repeated.”

“I do hope so,” the diplomat said - that sounded oily too. Double-faced. “What can the Republic do to make sure of that?” 

“The offer is… appreciated,” Jax said. He even half meant it even if he couldn't trust it. They were all struggling - every time the New Mandalorians seemed to make some headway against their enemy it started to crumble like a fortification made from sand. The enemy forces were more numerous than the best intelligence indicated - even with Death Watch and Fett's old True Mandalorians put together there shouldn't be so many of them. Where were the extras coming from? 

The rumours whispered they came from their own people. Citizens of Mandalore, Concord Dawn, the other less-populated planets… even Kalevala. 

“At this time though, we don't need any outside help,” he continued. “This is an internal problem, one we will manage to deal with.”

“Hm.” The diplomat eyed him up. It shouldn't have been enough to unnerve him. This man wasn't a soldier. Despite that, a trickle of sweat made its way down Jax's spine. “If that changes, I do hope you will reach out.”

 “Naturally.”

Jax managed to conclude the call quickly after that with a few minor pleasantries. Then he sat down behind his desk - more of a collapse into his chair - and put his head back. Staring up at the ceiling revealed no new insights, political or military. 

The door chimed, making him jump. His heart leapt in his chest, primed by the sense of threat from before. Who…? Scrabbling to check his schedule on his datapad reminded him he had agreed to a meeting with his first lieutenant after that Republic call.

“So, sir?” Etzia Kyne asked. 

“It was just what you would expect - an offer of help and no mention how much it'd cost us later.” Jax sighed. “That wasn't what you wanted to talk to me about.”

“No,” she admitted. She hefted a ‘pad in her hand then pushed it over the desk towards him. “I confiscated this from one of the ensigns. There's a poorly labelled file hidden in its memory.”

Jax knew she wouldn't be bothering him if it was just pornography, no matter how bad. There were clear protocols for possession of illegal content. “What is it?” 

“A copy of Jaster Mereel's manifesto.”

Jax closed his eyes. Just for a moment, but he really wanted to pretend she hadn't said that. “Are they a spy or a collaborator?”

Etzia's jaw was tense, her lips thin and pale from pressing together. “She claims neither - says she got it from another ensign though she refused to name them. Says she was sceptical of the contents at first until she read it. Then she was just surprised. It wasn't what she expected.”

“If Mereel wasn't dangerously persuasive there would have been no need to ban his book,” Jax reflected. “Just because he presents his militant ideas nicely…”

“That's just it,” Etzia said. She was agitated - it wasn't usual for her to interrupt him. “She said it wasn't particularly militant - or at least nothing like the kind of propaganda Death Watch have spewed across the Holonet in the past.”

Jax glanced at her nervously. “Have you read it?”

“No. But perhaps we should. Together - so we can keep a check on our sanity if we have to.”

If this had circulated amongst others on board, or even in their sister ships, they had to know how to counter Mereel's arguments - and they could only do that if they knew what they were. 

“I suppose we should.”

-----

Just because they were waiting for the diaspora reinforcements to arrive didn't mean they weren't still fighting. Jango and his war council had to monitor and coordinate dozens of skirmishes across Mandalore itself, as well as the New Mandalorians probing the defences around Concordia, and brief fleet engagements all throughout the sector. Despite their disorganisation at the start of the conflict, the New Mandalorian military had dragged itself back into some kind of coherency, even if it was clear they still didn't have a complete chain of command. From their perspective they were fighting an existential battle, one they weren't going to lose without giving it their all. Even if the Haat'ade outnumbered them on the ground, in space things were more equal. 

On the advice of Clan Tarn, Jango pulled some Kyr'tsad corvettes back from Jakelia to Mandalore, but their destination was obvious and the New Mandalorian vessels they'd been sparring with were willing to risk the chance it might be a feint and chase after them. It led to another clash over Mandalore, more casualties on both sides, and more ships sent off to Gargon to be put on Pol Vizsla's tab. Jango had some concerns about how much they were going to be charged in the end. Mutual advantage or not, criminals couldn't be trusted. 

He didn't hear anything further from Count Dooku of Serenno. At least the former Jetii could take no for an answer. 

The Keldabe gorane gave in during the second week that Maul was grounded and showed Jango the vaults. There were six of them under the First Forge, each of them packed to the brim. Jango might not have had the star-sense to know what they felt like in the Force, but the looming silent war droids, ranks of blasters and blades and unfamiliar armour was enough to make his palms itch to examine them more closely, and he wasn't a pre-teen ad . He could understand Maul's temptation - which didn't mean he condoned what he'd done. 

During a war might not be the best time for further investigations though. The gorane were twitchy enough about the possibility of an artefact being misused, and Jango didn't want the temptation either. Not when the possible consequences were as high as the gorane claimed. 

Maul wouldn't be satisfied with that answer once his punishment was over. Luckily for everyone concerned, it wasn't long after he'd started brainstorming excuses with Silas that Aurora Wren sent word. Their reinforcements would arrive within the next few days. 

----

They met to coordinate the attack over Krownest. Jango was once again smuggled through the New Mandalorian blockade on the trading ships with a small retinue, a dangerous ploy but a necessary one. The trip wasn’t uncomfortable, just longer than he might have liked. To avoid suspicion the trader took him outside Mandalorian space where he swapped to another vessel to continue on to Krownest. Jango parked himself in the cabin of the latter and ignored the unsubtle hints from the Dug captain that he was getting in the way. Impatience bit at him - and the worry that something bad would happen while he was gone, probably Maul related. There wasn’t any concrete  reason for his concern, but fear wasn’t logical.

They emerged from hyperspace and found a heavy cruiser waiting for them - an old Dreadnaught -class. Jango stiffened. Had the Republic decided to make a move? No. He discarded the idea instantly; it didn’t make sense. One ship wasn’t an invasion fleet, even a big one. It had to be a diaspora ship. 

They had access to these kinds of resources? Heavy cruisers like that one only just skirted the size restrictions the Republic had brought in under the Rusaan reformation, and anything larger was limited to local use only and equipped with undersized, short-range hyperdrives to enforce that. The Rendili-made Dreadnaughts were common in Republic planetary or sector defence fleets across the Outer Rim, but that didn’t mean it was easy to get your hands on one for private use. Acquiring one legally or illegally didn’t come cheap.

On the other hand he wouldn’t turn away the extra firepower over and above what he’d already thought he was getting. 

As they piled into a shuttle to head on over, Silas leaned towards him and whispered, “Are we sure we trust them?”

It was an obvious question, one that made Jango itchy under his skin with suppressed energy, just waiting for something to go wrong. “Lady Wren vouches for them,” he muttered back, which was the only answer he had to settle his own concerns. 

Silas replied with a meaningful look. There was no reason for Aurora to betray them, no reason she would support the New Mandalorian cause over their own. If she wanted to challenge him for the Darksaber and the title that came with it, she’d do it out in the open. She didn’t seem the type of woman who could be bought - either with credits or some other advantage. That didn’t mean she couldn’t have put her own trust in the wrong people. 

They didn’t have a good out if this went sour other than to try and fight their way out with Aurora’s help. It was just that Jango couldn’t ask someone to join his war effort if he came to them with a clenched fist rather than an open hand. 

They docked at the bow and came through the airlock into the large forward cargo hold. The ceiling arced high overhead, a network of catwalks and docking clamps holding a colourful array of mismatched snubfighters. Cargo pallets were stacked against the walls - but front and centre and more important than all of that were the people. A quick glance across the crowd showed a mixture of all kinds of aliens and humans or near-humans lined up in waiting ranks. Few of them had full suits of beskar’gam - but most had at least some pieces of armour covering practical, rough-worn clothing typical of anyone who worked the galaxy’s rougher jobs. 

Oya Mand’alor!

The cry rose up almost as soon as Jango’s boots hit the metal of the deck, a wave of sound from a hundred throats if not more. A few months ago he might have stopped, cringed back from that praise and everything it meant, but he’d come to tolerate it now. He was still glad for the mask of his buy’ce . He nodded and let them get it out of their system. 

A few more repetitions of the chant and someone stepped forward, which seemed to be the cue for the rest to quieten down. They wore more armour pieces than most - probably a sign of rank. 

“Mand’alor Fett. Welcome to the Dreadnaught Talon of Dostra . I’m Commander Kiri Zel, she/her, and everyone you see around you is part of the Dostran Company. Have you heard of us?” The question was full of nervous hope, but Jango had to disappoint her. He shook his head. 

“Well…” she continued, taking it in stride with only a little disappointment. “We’re a mercenary company stationed on Dostra in the Corporate Sector. Hence the name. Not very imaginative, I know, but we’ve been there for long enough that it kind of stuck.”

“You’ve done well for yourselves, to afford all this,” Jango said, gesturing to the hanger and to the Dreadnaught itself and hoping the question would take the sting out of his lack of recognition. Jaster had never taken a Corporate Sector contract, and citizens of that part of space rarely got the chance to leave it, so it made sense now why he hadn’t heard of this group. If all the Mandalorian diaspora came from similarly insular parts of the galaxy then maybe that was why he’d barely been aware of their existence. 

Though how had Aurora Wren…?

“Ah, it’s not technically ours,” Commander Zel said. “The ship and the fighters are CorpSec property, but kriff them. Now that there’s a Mand’alor again we can rejoin our people! We brought everyone with us, so there’s no reason to go back to Dostra now.”

There was something forced about her cheerfulness and her blithe attitude. Might be they were running from something, as much as coming for a cause they believed in. There were dark parts of mercenary work as Jango knew all too well. His hands weren’t clean either, so he didn’t much care what shame they were hiding in the past. Cin vhetin . They were here now. 

“Thanks for coming,” he said. “You’re welcome here.”

“And we’re the first to arrive,” she said, cocking her head with some smugness. “Let me show you around Talon , Mand’alor.”

Jango shouldn’t have been worried about getting here late then. He exchanged a glance with Silas, who made a subtle motion with his hand. No reason not to take the tour, and the Commander seemed talkative. Nobody fought for free, and he needed to understand what she expected for her people once the war was over. 

“When did you leave the Mandalore sector?” he asked as they walked. 

“I grew up in the Corporate Sector,” she replied. “Our ancestors left before the Dral’han… or because of it. Our history’s gotten confused in the retelling over the centuries. The rest of it’s a long and complicated story. We’ve been mercs for the Corporates for a very long time though, under different names.” 

“Breaking your contract… is that going to cause trouble?” The Republic was going to be bad enough to deal with, let alone the long tendrils of power the corporations could wield. 

She hesitated. “We’re Mandalorians,” she said. “Nothing we can’t handle.”

Great. That was a yes on the trouble then. It had to be said; nothing good came without a price. 

“Has Lady Aurora told you who else is coming?” Kiri Zel said, very obviously changing the subject. 

“Only in the general sense,” Jango replied.

“I’ve spoken to some of them, while we were planning how and when to get here. There are Mandalorians on Coruscant! I didn’t know that before.”

Jango blinked, surprised and not quite believing it. “I didn’t either.”

“Lots of different clans, in the lower levels on the opposite side of the planet from the Senate,” she continued. “They say there are monsters in the deeps there. Even in the capital of the Republic, there’s parts of the planet they don’t control.”

Jango had never been to the Core and had never wanted to, but Coruscant was such a strange kriffing place that the stories about it trickled out and were passed around in cantinas and taphouses the galaxy over. He’d thought that was all they were - stories. If there really were monsters, he understood how that would attract their people. 

“And the Children of the Way are coming.”

“They’re a myth,” Jango said before he could stop himself. Commander Zel had a lot of surprises for him. 

Kiri shrugged. “Apparently not - they’re still around. Hiding in coverts all over the place. Doing weird, secretive, hardline orthodox things.”

Jango hesitated, thinking about those myths and the reality of the Dorstra Company - their minimal beskar’gam , most of them showing their faces openly. “Do they know what they’re getting themselves into?” was all he could think to ask. 

“Hmm? It’s a war, and you’re the Mand’alor. What’s the problem?”

“You said it yourself. They’re very orthodox and even amongst Kyr’tsad we’re… not.” Only some of the gorane were as Creedbound as the Children were said to be. 

“They must know that, and they agreed to come anyway. So there can’t be a problem.”

Jango didn’t press the point, but he hoped that she was right. There were so many different groups within the Mandalorian people and all of them believed their way was the only right way. Each piece of the diaspora was no different. After this war was over, he was the one who had to figure out how to get them to agree, or at least to live and let live. 

This was the responsibility you agreed to , he reminded himself. You swore an oath. Swore it to a ghost, even. 

Stars, this had better go well.

Notes:

Sidious hasn't gotten his Sithly claws into Dooku just yet, but that doesn't stop the man from making his own plans...

Chapter 36: Chapter 35.5

Summary:

Oops! I didn't copy and paste an entire scene at the start of chapter 35, so please have it here as Chapter 35.5. Please note these events happen before Jango goes to the meetup at Krownest and before hearing from Dooku.

Chapter Text

[ Where did you say you found him? ] Jango fought the temptation to cover his eyes. Yes he had been busy and he hadn't been able to give his children the attention they deserved, but he hadn't expected them to be able to get into this kind of trouble while he wasn't looking… 

Oh, who was he kidding? This was Maul they were talking about. Of course he had found some way to make problems. Leave him on Concord Dawn and he found both Tor Vizsla's son and the undercover Jedi hiding on the planet within a couple of weeks. So what if he hadn't made trouble in Fort Mereel - perhaps he had just been trying to lull Jango into a false sense of security? 

[ You didn't mention these vaults before, ] he said instead of any of the curses clustering at the forefront of his mind. That was at least half the problem. If he'd known the gorane were looking after some ancient stockpile of Sith and Crusader weapons deep under Keldabe then the fact that Maul would almost certainly turn up next to them would have been obvious. Kid was too damn curious for his own good, and being stars-touched drew him to the biggest source of trouble in any area. 

Well… if Jango was honest with himself, he'd known in a general sense that vaults like those existed - their own goran back home had spoken about them in the past. He just hadn't known one was underneath the very same building his ade were using for their training. He would have thought the gorane would be more careful when it came to the stars-touched.

[ The vaults are sealed for a reason, ] Goran Soto said, tone disapproving. 

A sliver of worry wormed under Jango's skin. [ You don't even trust your Mand'alor with what's in there? ] 

It was obvious she was thinking carefully about her answer. [ Even such old weapons are… temptations. It is not a matter of trust. For centuries it has been the sacred duty of the gorane to prevent the misuse of the things that lie within. For many Mand'alors we have simply… failed to draw their attention to the vaults under the First Forge. ] 

Jango didn’t like that, but strictly speaking the gorane had every right to keep secrets of this nature. The Mand’alor was just meant to be a war-leader, stepping back and letting the clan-leaders take charge in times of peace. Anything mystical and religious was the province of the gorane - and Sith-stuff was certainly that. The other weapons were more arguable - but weapons were also part of their religion.

[ Are there other vaults in the city? ] he asked.

After a moment she inclined her head in a nod. [ It is difficult to find them accidentally, ] she noted. 

Yes. Maul hadn't stumbled onto the vault by chance. He'd gone looking and he knew how to slice a lock well enough to get inside. [ Let me guess - he had a clever argument already prepared to justify his interest in Sith artefacts? ]

[ He claimed he did not know exactly what the vault contained, and it had the ring of truth, ] Soto said. [ His interest was as much for the war-machines of the Crusaders as it was the relics of the Sith. His lack of appreciation of the risk his actions put him at was what concerned me. ] 

Yes, Maul often ignored risks that any sensible person wouldn't - but at the same time it didn't feel like the reckless ignorance of most kids his age. It wasn't that he didn't know the risks. He just thought he had enough skill to manage them. Even when they'd been on the run, he’d followed Jango to a drug deal and hadn't been caught. He and Kilindi had been more than willing to kill the slaver holding Jango captive. He’d taken on Silas alone when he ran into him for the first time. Maul wasn't necessarily wrong about his abilities either - but if Jango said that out loud he'd look like a horrifically neglectful buir.

The block in Maul’s mind was about the fact that he didn't have to rely on his own skills alone anymore. He had family and friends around him, he had decent adults in his life, he could have just asked Jango about the vaults and they could have had a reasonable conversation about it that might have resulted in him asking the gorane to give him supervised access - because if there was anything down there that could be used safely then Maul was the most likely person to find it - but he couldn't do that now

[ I'll talk to him, ] he said. Small steps. He had to keep reminding himself of that. Maul was starting to trust him, but it was so tentative that just one wrong step would break it and leave them worse off than when they started. 

Goran Sato went to fetch Maul from the corridor outside. The ad kept his head held high on entering, without shame or fear. Jango was glad of the latter. More than anything he didn't want Maul to fear him the way he feared his Sith  master. A little remorse might not go amiss though. 

The goran left them alone together and Jango looked at Maul for a long moment wondering what to say.

He wasn't good at being a buir . He wasn't sure how to do this. It didn't get him anywhere trying to think of how Jaster had handled him at this age - Jango had never gotten himself into this type of trouble. 

“Looks like I've got an apology to make to you,” he said eventually. 

Maul was both surprised and suspicious. “What manner of apology would you owe me?” he asked.

“Clearly I haven't found enough for you to do, otherwise you wouldn't have the spare time for unsupervised exploration.”

A glint of amusement lit up Maul's expression, though he was still wary. “So my punishment is to be hard physical labour?” He sounded unbothered by that idea - even perhaps a little contemptuous of it. 

Kriff. Jango hadn't even started to think about appropriate consequences for this nonsense. Putting Maul on grunt duty - by verd standards - wouldn't have even been a bad place to start if they were out on a mission like the ones the Haat'ade used to run. He could have dug toilets, washed dishes, laundered kutes stiff with sweat and stinking with body odour, peeled tubers in the kitchen… all the boring and sometimes slightly unpleasant tasks that had to be done. There just wasn't much of that to be found here in Keldabe - the war wasn't within these walls. 

Did he and Maul even mean the same thing by hard labour? Given Maul's past experiences with the Sith, with the Orsis Academy, and with Death Watch, they all had to be a lot tougher about it. Assuming they even bothered with punishments that weren't out and out abuse. Maul knew that wasn't how Jango and the Haat'ade did things…

But knowing and understanding were two different things. Some part of Maul had to be braced for the worst. He might not be consciously thinking of it this way, but this was another test. 

“No, that's not it,” Jango said, with a confidence he didn't feel. Punishments had to fit the person - either removing something they liked, or imposing something they didn't. “But now I can't let you leave Keldabe to help the war effort until I'm sure you can be trusted not to find trouble yet again.”

Predictably, Maul bristled at once. Despite the lack of fur he put Jango in mind of an angry tooka. “I am not reckless!” he snapped. “There was no danger in my actions.”

“And I'm supposed to just take your word for that?” Jango replied. “The goran disagrees.”

“They are not Sith - they do not know how to deal with such artefacts…”

“They know how to deal with Mandalorian ones,” Jango said, cutting sharply over the top of him. “Maul, this isn't just about safe or unsafe. It's not about whether the gorane have good reasons for keeping those vaults sealed shut or whether you had a good reason to go in there. You don't know their reasons because you didn't ask.”

“No,” Maul said, calming slightly with a visible effort of will. “I did not ask .” The word was pronounced with faint contempt. “Some say it is better to ask forgiveness rather than permission - rather if something is truly desired it is better to act and accept the punishment as the price of achieving one's aims. I… acted. So if your punishment is to imprison me for a time, then I must accept that.”

“I'm not imprisoning you either.” This ad could be so dramatic. “When parents or teachers do it, I'm pretty sure it's called being grounded.”

“Grounded.” Maul snarled it like a curse. 

“Yeah.” Maul seemed so confused and annoyed by this that Jango was starting to find it funny. Just a little bit. A Sith would never do something like that, now would they? “I might not have any scutwork for you to do either, but since you're so curious about your heritage there are better ways of satisfying that. You're going to be doing a lot of reading for the next few weeks.”

“Weeks…” Maul looked away, swallowing down another objection. “ Goran Sato suggested something similar,” he muttered. 

“Good. I know who to ask for recommendations then.” 

“So I am grounded and I am to complete some assigned research project.” Maul’s expression was a mixture of faintly disgusted and still perplexed. “What else?”

Jango shook his head. “Does there need to be something else?”

Maul gave him a deeply suspicious look. “Shall I set my own punishment?” he asked. 

Jango might have let him if not for his fear Maul would be far harsher on himself than Jango ever would. “No, pretty sure that’s just my job. As your teacher and as your Mand’alor, whichever you prefer.”

“And if I do not complete this reading and report on it to your satisfaction, then what?” He was still looking for the trap that wasn’t there.

“That’s not the point of this. The point is stopping you from getting into trouble and taking away a privilege you’ve shown you aren’t willing to be responsible enough to have. When the time is up, that’s it. Then we can talk about these vaults properly .”

“Hm.” Maul seemed willing to accept that, at least for now. “Acceptable.”

“Glad you approve,” Jango said, tone dry. 

That could have gone a lot worse.

Chapter 37: Chapter 36

Summary:

Jango meets some interesting diaspora factions and tends to some other important business. Back on Concord Dawn, Bo-Katan Kryze is struggling with some difficult emotions.

Notes:

Thanks for putting up with my inconsistent update schedule everyone. ;)

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Lelek Cutterclaw should have been preparing to meet the Mand’alor, but it was difficult to tear himself away from the viewport and the streaming lights of hyperspace outside it. This was the first time he’d left Coruscant. Without the weight of hundreds of overlayers above his head the sense of being exposed and observed refused to go away. Armour only helped a little. 

He wasn’t the only deep-hunter on board. Many Corusc’ade had volunteered for this endeavour. Layer-up and layer-down, people talked and word spread. Often it moved faster through gossip than official channels, even if the truth could sometimes get lost along the way. The Corusc’ade liked to know what was happening with the main branch of their people even if it was half a galaxy away and too distant to affect them. There was a new Mand’alor in the ancestors’ sector, a soldier declaring war on the pacifists in government. There had been others before trying the same thing. Tor Vizsla. Jaster Mereel. Not much had come of that. 

Now though, Jango Fett was winning. Coming close at least. That made folks speculate. Wild nonsense for the most part - Mandalorian dreams of empire, or nightmares depending on who was talking. Trouble with the Republic. Nobody in Little Keldabe wanted that. The Senate might not care about the Corusc’ade right now, but if a war started then somebody would remember that they existed. The mid-layer clans didn’t want to abandon their homes and retreat to the deeps. Some were afraid. Some wanted to stay well out of it. Said it wasn’t their problem. 

Others, Lelek included, saw opportunity. In the time before the Excision the trade lanes between Mandalore and Coruscant had been open and thriving, facilitated by the Corusc’ade - or at least so the clan histories claimed. Lelek believed them. Under a new Mand’alor, one who didn’t shun those who walked a warrior’s path, they could expand out beyond the thin link remaining through House Wren. 

The long and short of it was, Lelek joined this delegation because there was money to be made. 

[ Huntmaster. ] He turned at the call from the cabin door. [ You wanted to be notified in good time of our reversion to real-space? ] 

Lelek nodded to the junior verd - one of Clan Drai’s - and moved away from the view of hyperspace. The door hissed closed again leaving him in privacy. He knelt in front of his armour stand and opened his travel-pack. Markings should be painted fresh for the occasion, though it was unlikely the Mand’alor would know their meaning. The Corusc’ade had been separate for a very long time. That was not a bad thing. Lelek did not mind being different and he had no wish to return to Mandalore once this war was over. Nor would he shape himself to their traditions simply for their comfort. If Jango Fett was not open-minded enough to acknowledge the Corusc’ade as Mandalorian, he would not have asked for their help in the first place. 

The giving of gifts was more properly the duty of a leader to their subordinates, splitting the bounty of the hunt they headed like the tip of a spear, but only amongst the deep clans. The only danger in the mid-levels came from other sentients, who made poor trophies and even worse meals, so the mid-layer alore could only share glory and honour rather than material gifts. Mand’alor Fett would lead their war-gathering to enough of both of those, so Lelek would offer him tribute in the spirit of gathering resources before a hunt, rather than in the feast after. 

The beasts of the deep layers were many and varied. Deciding what to bring had been difficult. 

Once he had finished painting his armour, Lelek stowed the pigments away and dressed. Then he retrieved his gift, the tanned hide glinting in the cabin’s low light. It was some of their gorane’s finest work. He hoped the Mand’alor appreciated it. 

----

More ships dotted into existence in the skies above Krownest over the course of the next day, all different sizes and types. Jango took note of chartered civilian transports, small corvettes, several frigates, but nothing as large as Talon of Dostra . The Dostran Company had stolen a great prize from their former employers, and they were justifiably proud of it. 

Commander Zel had given him the run of her ship, and for the sake of convenience it was easiest to meet the representatives of the various factions here. There was plenty of space. Aurora Wren had already come up to join him, helping to smooth the way through the same connections which had brought everyone to Krownest. The Mandalorians of the diaspora knew her better than this stranger calling himself Mand’alor. 

As the latest round of ships emerged from hyperspace, Aurora cocked her head, an intentionally conspicuous gesture of checking her buy’ce HUD. “That one is from the Corusc’ade ,” she said, pointing to a large, bulbous passenger ship - Jango would bet Mon Cala by its design. “And that grouping is all Children of the Way.”

Right. All that Jango really knew about these people came from the briefing Lady Wren had provided. It was bare bones stuff. They were all Mandalorians, but off compared to the ones he knew in ways that were sometimes subtle and sometimes came as a shock even from words on a datapad. He was most worried about the Children. Aurora’s comments about them were in line with the legends he knew. Creedbound. Even that word was one out of old stories. Spacer-tales. 

Honourable to a fault, bound to a strict interpretation of the Resol'nare , some called the Creedbound paragons of Mandalorian virtue. Jango thought it was an ideal nicer in fantasy than in reality. Heroes often disappointed when they proved themselves as prone to mortal foibles as any sentient - and who wanted to be judged to such an unachievable standard anyway?

“Start with buy’ce on or not?” he asked Silas. 

“It may be less painful just to get the shock over and done with,” Silas replied with a slight wince. 

Jango nodded. Yeah. He couldn’t let the Children assume he was Creedbound like they were, even if greeting them with his face concealed might be what they wanted and expected. He was Haat’ade and he would be their Mand’alor in his own way, not theirs. 

If they didn’t accept that, then any alliance was doomed from the start.

“Let’s get this over with,” he muttered, turning on his heel and heading for the main hangar. It was no throne room, but honestly he preferred it that way. Made him feel like he was still just a verd’alor, not the self-declared ruler of an entire planetary sector. 

“Anyone would think you were walking into a gundark lair,” Aurora said, falling into step behind him. At least her tone was more teasing than judgemental. 

“They’re Mandalorians,” Jango replied. “We’re more dangerous than gundarks.”

The hangar was little different now than when he’d first seen it, save that the Dostran Company had unfurled some banners from the catwalks overhead - some were a generic mythosaur skull, others their own sigil of claw marks scoring through the dusty orb of a planet, and some had been hastily painted up with Clan Fett’s mark. 

Jango didn’t know what name to put to the ache of emotion filling up his chest when he looked at those banners, so he avoided looking at them at all. 

Commander Zel was waiting for him too - it was her ship. She snapped off a quick salute and acknowledgement of, “Mand’alor!” 

“At ease,” Jango told her, and turned to face the airlock. 

There wasn’t space for more than one ship or shuttle to dock externally at this point. Aurora had been handling some kind of negotiations over comms. Now she leaned towards him and said under her breath, “The Children.” Jango tucked his buy'ce in under his arm, pushing any lingering uncertainty away. 

When the airlock doors opened, it was to at least a dozen warriors, fully armoured and immaculately painted. Jango saw the golden gleam that marked gorane amongst them- he was fairly sure the Children of the Way had that tradition in common with other Mandalorians. He also didn't miss the subtle reaction when they spotted him , and more importantly his naked face. That stiffness in their bodies was outrage and unhappiness; he didn't need a Jetii's psychic powers to know that much. 

So they were judging him. So what? He didn't swear to their version of the Creed, so he wasn't beholden to their standards. He had his own honour and he was no less a Mandalorian than they were. 

After a moment of hesitation, the Children of the Way entered the hanger. The gorane took the lead, the others fanning out behind them like an honour guard. Jango didn't like looking into those three blank faceplates any more than he had those of the Vizsla gorane , but he wasn't about to turn away help of any kind. 

[ Welcome, ] he greeted them in Mando'a. [ I am Jango Fett. ]

Slowly, the middle goran bowed their head. [ Mand'alor. ] It was grudging, but acceptance all the same. 

[ I appreciate that the Children have offered their help, ] Jango said. He felt around for his next words, not sure whether he should draw attention to the differences between them or ask why they had agreed to come here. He might be learning a bit about politics against his will but that didn't mean he was good at it. Probably he never would be. 

[ These are exceptional circumstances, ] the lead goran replied. 

[ Exceptional. How? ]

[ The Children keep to the Way, as is right and true. Others have forsaken the bright clarity of the stars and walked different paths. In this they have become apostates, but at least they have not made themselves soulless. None of them save the New Mandalorians. ] They said the last with audible disgust. [ Mandalore should not be in their hands. ]

Jango suppressed his reaction to being labelled an apostate. He could try and challenge that, but didn't think he'd get anywhere. The Children hadn’t come here for a theological debate and he wasn’t the slightest bit qualified for that either. 

Instead of an objection, one obvious question sprang to mind instead. [ Why not do something before now? ] The New Mandalorian faction had been around for centuries - plenty of time to act against them if they were so concerned with impure beings on Mandalorian soil. 

[ Lack of ability, not of desire. ]

Was that really true? How numerous were the Children of the Way? They’d sent a fair few ships here today, but surely not every verd amongst their people. When Tor forged Kyr’tsad out of the clans sworn to House Vizsla there hadn’t been that many of them either, not with the Clan-heads mostly backing Jaster, but they’d still taken the fight to the New Mandalorians despite that. The Children could have done the same. 

Tor’s plan from the first had been to set himself up as Mand’alor and bring more verde under his banner. But only the Children were Creedbound, and to them all other kinds of Mandalorian were apostates. Lesser. Had they stayed hidden just because they hated the idea of working with warriors of other traditions that much? 

No. That couldn’t be it, not when they were here now. Not unless something big had changed.

Jango wanted to ask, but some instinct told him not to press the point. The way each of the Children held themselves clearly communicated their coldness and disdain. Any uncomfortable question would put them off even more. 

A new thought, an ugly one, occurred to him. Jango might agree that the pacifists were dar’manda, but even though the old-fashioned translation of that into Galactic Basic was ‘soulless’ he didn’t genuinely believe they lacked souls. Did every sentient being in the galaxy that wasn’t a Mandalorian lack a soul? Of course not. That would be ridiculous. They just weren’t real Mandalorians - and perhaps that meant they didn’t join with the manda after death, but they had traditions and afterlifes of their own. It was a long way from there to saying they weren’t people at all. 

To the Children of the Way, however…

[ After the war is over, there'll be no genocide, ] he said sharply. [ I'm not wiping the New Mandalorians out. ]

[ They are not Mandalorian. ] The goran stated it as irrefutable fact. They didn’t argue with the premise of his statement. Didn’t say anything like ‘no, of course not’, or ‘that wasn’t even on the table!’  

[ So what? ] Jango continued, his stomach turning over. [ They should be killed? Or would you be happy if they were just driven off the planet? ] Whichever option they wanted, he had to be prepared with a good argument against it. It didn't matter whether he was the kind of person willing to get his hands covered in that much blood, or that it would be an atrocity, because those weren’t good enough reasons if he was arguing with someone who didn’t think the New Mandalorians were even people. No - the fact was that there were practical problems with genocide. The Republic would use it as an excuse to invade. The economic blow of losing so many workers would be too great. If the Children of the Way insisted on pressing the point, that was how he could hope to sway them.

This wasn’t the first time he’d thought about defending the New Mandalorians from the consequences of their defeat. Jango was uncomfortably aware of how bloodthirsty Kyr’tsad could be, and that hadn’t gone away just because they’d sworn to follow him. If he couldn’t restrain them…

The Children of the Way were leaning subtly towards each other, no doubt speaking privately over comms. Then the goran straightened. [ Mandalore belongs to our people, but sacred places aside, it is not so holy that outsiders cannot walk there. The soulless may live on our lands, but they have no right to steal our honour or lay claim to our heritage. That cannot be permitted. ] 

Silently, Jango thanked the ka’ra . The Children were dogmatic, but not as bad as he’d feared. What they wanted was still a problem, but not as big of one, and he might be able to negotiate them around to something even milder if he was lucky. There’d be time. 

[ And for yourselves? ] he asked. [ What do you want? You have homes, wherever those are. Are you leaving them behind for Mandalore? ] 

The goran made a dismissive gesture - no need for discussion amongst them now, so they had agreed on this beforehand. [ Our coverts are hidden and will remain so. This is what has kept us safe. We want access to the sacred waters once again. ] 

The sacred waters? Jango felt like an idiot; he had no idea what they were talking about, but he couldn’t say that. The Mand’alor presumably ought to know. 

[ That can be negotiated, ] he said, hoping he wasn’t promising something impossible. [ But first we have to win. ]

[ I do not believe that will be a problem. ] 

[ They’re more stubborn than you’d think, for pacifists, ] Jango warned. [ We’ll discuss it more at the war council. ] 

Aurora Wren moved forward, the slight movement just enough to call attention to her. [ There are other groups still to arrive, but you’re welcome to wait for them on board. Some representatives are here already. I can make introductions. ]

[ We will follow the Mand’alor’s orders.  Anything more is unnecessary. ]

Not exactly keen on camaraderie then, or at least, not with those who didn’t follow their Way. They might unbend with time, but this was obviously too soon. 

Jango had other newcomers to meet though, so he exchanged farewells with the goran and let the Children move away and clear the docking area. They were watchful and on edge even here amongst allies, not relaxing in the slightest as they left. He sighed and shook his head. If they couldn’t work well with other soldiers that would be an issue, but not one he had to solve just yet.  

“Guess that means the Corusc’ade are next?” he checked with Aurora, who nodded. 

That lot were going to be interesting too. The Mandalorians living on Coruscant were their own kind of insular, which some might think was odd given that they made their home in the greatest ecumenopolis in the galaxy. It wasn't odd. It was about self-protection. The Republic held no fondness for their people.

After Aurelia sent the signal it took a short while for the shuttle to leave the big transport and cross the distance to Talon of Dostra. Jango wondered how many verde they’d managed to pack on board that big Mon Cala barge. It wasn’t the best ship to take into a combat situation, nor was it ideal as a drop-ship either, even assuming the owners would rent it out for military use. His thoughts quickly turned to practicalities. The Corusc'ade could be spread out over the military vessels others had brought, or they could help crew Pol Vizsla's combined fleet once it had been fully repaired. 

The shuttle arrived, easing into docking position. Then the airlock cycled and the inner doors hissed open on a new set of strangers. 

Jango's first impression of the being who strode out ahead was tall . Tall and broad both. The second was, what kind of armour is that? Just starting from the top and working down, it looked as though some kind of animal skull had been flattened over their faceplate  - and the rest of their buy'ce was coated in something dark and shiny. Synthleather? No - that was real treated animal hide. Everything was like that, a mismatch of leather and bone covering beskar’gam and kute both. Jango couldn't say for certain that there was even any metal beneath it. In addition the pale white plates of bone were smeared with dark red paint the colour of blood. 

At least, he hoped it was paint.

If the stranger had been a trandoshan it might have made sense, but height aside their proportions didn't match. Nothing else gave their species away. They might be one of the galaxy's many near-humans, or something he wasn’t familiar with. He didn't remember anything about this from Aurelia's notes.

The other Corusc'ade weren't as strangely dressed. Most of them wore beskar'gam that wouldn't have looked out of place amongst the Haat'ade , although there were a lot more capes, bits of fur decoration, and teeth and claws strung here and there over their armour. Only another two at the back had the organic theming of their leader, albeit to a lesser extent. 

“Mand'alor!” the tall one said in a deep, gravelly voice, spreading their arms wide. “It is a pleasure to meet you! I am Lelek Cutterclaw, Huntmaster of Clan Orix, he/him. I bring you tribute.”

So saying, he turned to the verd next to him and took something from them. Jango had the impression of cloth flowing smooth as water before Lelek snapped his wrists forward and the cape opened up in a rainbow sheen. Dangling from his hands, the material had a greater heft than it first appeared. It was a very dark blue, with the oil-slick colours dancing over it where the light caught it. It wasn't cloth - the material was textured with tiny scales. 

The same part of Jango that itched to get his hands on the guns in the Keldabe vaults perked up, whispering ‘ shiny’

“Tribute wasn’t necessary,” he said, pushing away the thought. He wasn’t a child. “But my thanks for the gift.”

“My pleasure,” Lelek said, a grin in his voice. “The skin of a ramoth lizard may not compare to beskar , but it is far finer protection than mere armourweave.” 

Jango had never heard of this lizard, but he doubted the man was lying. He moved forwards and took the cloak from the other’s hands. It felt slick through the material of his gloves, almost frictionless. It might have slipped through his fingers if he didn’t catch hold of the hooks which were obviously meant to fasten it to beskar'gam .

“Do you wish to wear it?” Lelek suggested. 

Jango wasn’t sure how to refuse without sounding rude. He nodded. Lelek took it back and stepped behind him, artfully securing the cloak in place. Though heavier than cloth, the leather wasn’t thick and didn’t weigh him down any, draping mostly down his back and slightly over his non-dominant arm. It might get in the way in a fight, but the protection if offered would theoretically offset that. 

“It sits well,” he said. 

“Good.” Lelek’s approval was almost a purr. “If you like it, the deep layers of Coruscant have a lot more to offer.”

Jango hummed in acknowledgement, not sure what the other man meant by that. Was he talking about himself and the verde he brought with him, or material resources? 

There would be time to hash such things out later on. For now he let Aurora usher the Corusc’ade onwards into the ship, one of the Dostrans darting forward to offer their services as a guide. More groups had arrived in the system just in the time it had taken to greet these two parties - he had to welcome them on board as well. 

Once everyone was here they could get down to business. 

----

Later on, in a moment of quiet before the council began, Silas pulled him aside in the corridor. 

“Just so you know,” he said quietly, “I’m pretty sure that big Corusc’ade guy was flirting with you.”

“You think?” Jango said, sceptical. Then he shrugged slightly - he could admit he wasn’t the best judge of that. “Should we… do anything about it?”

Silas hesitated. Then, sounding as though it was being forced out of him he said, “People are allowed to flirt. It’s going to happen. Even if nothing else, you’re the Mand’alor.”

“They’ll learn soon enough it won’t get them anywhere.” When it came to the relationship between him and Silas, how could some random stranger compare? “Then they’ll give up.”

Silas sighed. “I wouldn’t be so sure of that.”

Jango put a hand on the side of Silas’ neck and leaned forward into a light mirshmure'cya. “Hey. I know it’s been busy. We haven’t had a lot of time together that’s just for us, but you’re not just my right hand in war. We agreed this was something more. Didn’t we?” He suddenly worried that Silas might be having second thoughts. 

Some subtle tension in Silas relaxed. “Sorry. Didn’t mean to get jealous - I know I’ve got no reason for it.”

“I still appreciate the head’s up,” Jango said. “I don’t tend to notice these things - otherwise you might not have had to beat me over the head with how you felt.”

That got a chuckle. “After the war we’ll get this all sorted out,” Silas said. 

Ori’haat ,” Jango promised. 

----

The war council was about as awkward as Jango had expected it to be, but since no-one actually came to blows that meant it had gone as well as it possibly could have. With over two dozen alore gathered around it took a while to hear from them all, and he did his best to be fair in inviting them to speak, trying not to give any appearances of favouritism - not that he knew any of them well enough yet for that to be a genuine concern. It was hard enough keeping names and armour colours and clan symbols straight in his head.

Different traditions aside, at least everyone here was still a Mandalorian at heart - they got down to the business of war without messing around with needless grandstanding or political pomp. Formally greeting everyone on arrival had satiated any small appetites on that front.

Taking stock of the verde and ships now assembled left Jango encouraged. Since the New Mandalorians weren’t about to get reinforcements any time soon, it should be more than enough to turn the tide and bring this mess of a civil war to a close. Getting them to work as a cohesive whole would be another matter, and it was still necessary to wait for Pol’s fleet to finish its repairs before they could move on Manda’yaim . After some talk back and forth, the diaspora agreed they could use the force here to roll up some of the small battlegroups Kyr'tsad had been trading blows with in the less populated areas of the Mandalore sector in the meantime. 

It would mean giving the New Mandalorians intel about their new forces, but it couldn’t be helped. Maybe it would even break some of them out of their stubborn refusal to acknowledge that they were going to lose, no matter what. Jango still held out hope for negotiating a surrender. Besides, the best way to whip an army into a cohesive whole was by seeing action in as low-stakes a way as possible.

The Children of the Way aside, none of the diaspora groups seemed reluctant to work together towards their common goal - the removal of the New Mandalorian government. Even the Children were just cool and stand-offish. Jango knew how much the Creed meant to them but aside from that initial discussion in the hanger they kept quiet and didn’t say anything to any of the other groups that could cause offence. That in itself showed that they were genuinely committed to the cause. 

In the interest of avoiding misunderstandings, Jango made sure to explain exactly what he intended for the New Mandalorians after the war was done. Surrenders would be honoured, peace would mean peace, not a slaughter. Nor would he make the same mistake they had, trying to sever a part of their people and send them off into exile. As recent events proved, that hadn’t worked. There had to be a solution that allowed every different kind of Mandalorian to live alongside each other - with grudging tolerance if nothing more than that. 

Nobody stepped up to offer an instant challenge to Jango's authority after they heard that. It didn’t mean they all agreed, but at least they accepted it for now. 

The leadership challengers might come later, after the war. Jango was expecting it from some in Kyr’tsad if no one else. Some still saw him as a useful tool to eliminate their common enemy rather than as a worthy leader. Killing him wouldn't grant them the backing of the Clan leaders, but that would be cold comfort to Jango if he was dead. He wouldn't let it come to that - but one thing at a time. 

A few more hours’ work saw plans of attack drafted, the next steps in the dance of war, and Jango finally called the council to a close. He'd return to Manda'yaim soon enough, but he had another visit to make first. He hadn't seen his ade on Concord Dawn in too long. 

----

“Oh. It’s you.” 

At the sound of the young voice, Theodore Kryze froze half way through his movement. Bo-Katan was already turning to leave by the time he scrambled to his feet, his medic-prescribed exercise routine entirely forgotten. “Bo!” he called after her. “Don't…”

She did pause, but only looked over her shoulder at him. When their eyes met, hers were narrowed with something poisonous and spiteful. 

“What would be the point?” Bo-Katan demanded. 

“The point?”

“Of talking. There isn't anything useful we could say to each other.”

“That's not true. You're still my niece.” That remained the case even if she had joined Death Watch. She was a child. How could Theo lay all the blame for her choices at her feet? Death Watch had lured her in, told her sweet lies. It didn't matter that Theodore himself saw no appeal in those lies. Children had to be guided. This… it was his fault as well for not protecting her better.

Bo-Katan rolled her eyes. She came back into the room - one of the small training halls. Theo usually had it to himself. There would be a guard monitoring him from somewhere, likely through a camera they'd synchronised to their helmet, but they no longer felt a need to be within arm's reach. “Family is more than blood,” she said. “It’s about choice . I never chose you. You're no different to my father.”

Grief and a hint of fear closed around Theo's throat. “When did you stop loving him?” he asked - wasn’t it too harsh? He regretted it almost immediately, but it was too late to take it back.  

Bo blinked - whatever question she had expected him to ask, in whatever form, it wasn't that. She didn’t look hurt by it in the way he’d feared, but that in itself might be a bad sign. “This was never about love and hate!” she insisted. “It's about what's right for our people!”

The ache spread down to Theo's chest. “ This is what's right? The war? The deaths on both sides?” And in service of such awful goals. 

“You mean Father's death - that's what you're really talking about, right?” 

Theo covered his mouth with his hand, briefly closing his eyes. Waves of emotion battered at him - he was unsteady suddenly, a weakness in his body and in his mind. He had to keep hold of himself. He had to stay rational. He was the adult here… but he had broken inside Tor's prison and had only just put himself back together. 

It hadn't been any part of Bo-Katan's intention to spare Theodore pain by avoiding him, but perhaps she had been merciful by accident all the same. 

“Our history is an atrocity,” he said, grasping the threads of his composure. “The ambition of our family for centuries was to build something new. The past can't be erased, but we can be better than it. Bo, how can you ignore that reality? How can you say that everything evil is good?”

Anger flashed in her eyes. “Evil? What, just because you say so? What makes you the person who gets to decide that?”

This wasn’t what he had hoped, if they ever did talk. This… it felt like an argument without ending or resolution. This couldn’t be the first time Bo-Katan recited Death Watch teachings, the points and counterpoints they’d fed her. Satine had tried this already without success. Bo would only be convinced by somebody she trusted - and Theodore was not that person. 

But Jango Fett was not Tor Vizsla. If he really did walk a path with some honour rather than depravity, perhaps Bo-Katan would mellow with time, yet Theo had no idea what that softer future might look like. He couldn’t conjure up its image in words to counter what Death Watch had always said they would build - a crusading Mandalorian Empire once again.

“Each person values different things in this world,” he said. “At the heart of it, that is what guides them to label good and evil. I value my family - and putting blood ties aside, I choose you as my family, Bo-Katan. Is there no way to… to move forward?”

Did she soften? Just barely? He might only be imaging it because he wanted it. 

“You’re the ones who refuse to accept reality,” Bo replied. “You and Satine. Our father. Are you really saying that now you can ignore factions? That it suddenly doesn’t matter?”

“Family is a Mandalorian value, even amongst Death Watch.”

“You can’t use that to bind me to you!” Her voice rang out loudly, almost echoing off the walls. “If… don’t you get it? You can’t mean anything to me! If I told you the truth about what I value obviously you would have rejected me - you did reject me, you still are! You aren’t seeing the real me! Look!” She hit her chest, the armoured plate she was wearing. “This is the armour of a warrior! Not the weak little girl you think I am!”

Theo blinked, taken aback. Somehow he’d hit a nerve he hadn’t realised was exposed. Now he had no idea which way to turn or what to say to take off the pressure and avoid making things worse. 

Bo-Katan wasn’t finished. “You can say we’re still family all you like, but you only want that if I’m the person you expect me to be! Well, you can’t argue me back around to your blinkered point of view. Satine already tried that. It won’t work because you’re wrong, just like every real Mandalorian knows. You’re lucky the Mand’alor is merciful! That’s the only reason you’re still alive! I wouldn’t…!” 

She stopped. Her chest heaved with great gulping breaths. Tears beaded at the corners of her eyes, but Theo couldn’t tell if they were a sign of sorrow or of rage. 

Wouldn’t? Wouldn’t what? Wouldn’t let him live if she had the choice? 

She couldn’t really mean that. It was the heat of the moment, a manifestation of the anger she felt towards him, not her heartfelt desire. That was all.

How long had his niece believed that her family were ignoring who she really was? How long had she felt unseen and invalidated? The question burned inside his chest. 

“When… How…” Theo moistened his lips, still struggling to find the right words that would unlock the answers he needed. “Where did this all start?”

“I don’t have to answer that,” Bo replied coldly. Maybe she didn’t know herself. But which came first - the hunger for martial glory, or the sense of alienation? “The start doesn’t matter - the ending does. If you want to move forward and be family again -” she said this with a sneer “- tell House Kryze to surrender. Tell them to stop licking the boots of the Republic and have some pride again as proper Mandalorians alongside the Haat’ade .”

Theo was at the edge of a deep hole. It yawned behind him. The ground beneath his feet was crumbling, threatening to plummet him back down into the dark where the pain lurked waiting to devour him. “No,” he whispered, latching onto it like a lifeline. “No. I can’t.”

Bo-Katan looked at him with scorn. “See. You’ll choose ideals over blood family. Just like I did. You’re not better than me.”

The close and foetid darkness of a cell was still too close to Theodore and he couldn’t find the words to speak. Bo-Katan glared at him for a moment longer, then shook her head and turned away. She was gone before he was able to muster the strength to make himself move, to reach out to the place where she had been. 

Theo had barely any more answers now than he had before. Bo might have revealed some of the vulnerability which had been driving her, but it hadn’t clarified the picture of how she had been radicalised, or what ideal exactly had taken her in amongst ancient blood-stained ‘glories’. It hadn’t resolved his gnawing doubt about her level of involvement in her father’s assassination. 

If they ran across each other again, he would be lucky if she spoke to him at all. He would have to hope the answers came from somewhere or someone else.

----

Jango was barely down the boarding ramp before a little body tackled him around the waist and started nuzzling into him. “You're here! You're really here!” 

Feral's horns might not be as sharp as they would be once he was fully grown, but that didn't mean they felt good poking him in the stomach. Jango gently disentangled the points from catching on his kute and pushed him back slightly, enough to look him in the face. “I know,” he said. “It's been weeks. I'm sorry. I didn't think it would take this long.” 

Feral’s golden eyes narrowed, his lower lip starting to pout. “You left us here. Maul got to come help you.”

“This is a war,” Jango said. “It’s not something you want to help me with.”

It didn’t pacify him much. Silas reached out and ruffled the top of Feral’s head, careful of his horns. “He’s not joking ad ,” he said. “It hasn’t been fun. Plus, your buir has been so busy that not even Maul, Savage or Pre have seen that much of him.”

“Is that true?” Feral looked at him with suspicion. 

Lek, haat ,” Jango assured. 

From the gates at the other end of the landing dock someone else was approaching at a more sedate pace. “Come on Feral,” Kilindi said. “It hasn’t been all bad around here. Hi buir . Welcome home.”

“I guess.” Feral sighed, finally letting go of Jango’s waist. “I made some friends anyway, buir . You should come meet them.”

Jango guessed they’d be some of the youngest Clan Mereel ade , plus some of Kyr’tsad ’s that even they agreed were not yet old enough for live combat. 

“I will, but how about the four of us catch up first?”

His youngest liked that idea, perking up immediately. “Yes! Tell me everything!” 

Jango let Feral lead the way through Fort Mereel to their rooms, answering questions as best he could to balance the honest reality of the war while still softening the sharpest, worst edges. Feral didn't know the geography of Manda'yaim or their sector well enough yet to make sense of the various locations Jango was talking about, but he still nodded along eagerly. Kilindi drank it in as well. Her questions were more careful and considered, her Orsis Academy training showing through. 

Eventually Feral flagged, and started yawning deeply, sinking back into the couch of the karyai . His eyelids flickered down and he dragged them back up with a visible effort each time. 

“Didn't you sleep last night?” Silas asked him, amused. 

“Nah,” Feral replied through a suppressed yawn. “Could feel that you were coming.”

The Force. It was still a mystery to Jango, one that left him uncomfortable even coming from his kids. He pushed the discomfort away. That might be fine when it came to Jetiise , but the power given by the ka'ra was as Mandalorian as anything. 

“Take a nap then,” he suggested. “I don't need to leave for a few days.” It had been necessary to use the excuse of operational security to carve out even that small amount of time, but it was worth it. If the New Mandalorians did worry about where he was and what gambit he was up to, all the better. 

Feral protested, but was encouraged to head to bed without too much difficulty. 

Buir ,” Kilindi said afterwards. “I need to talk to you about Bo-Katan.”

She was sensible - she wouldn't bring something up unless it was genuinely important. “What is it?”

“Since her uncle came here, she's been having a difficult time of it. More so than when it was just Satine.”

Jango frowned, exchanging a glance with Silas. “What has he said to her?” The man was under guard, and surely as clan-head Jacek wouldn't have allowed any situations to get out of hand. 

“They've barely spoken, so I don't think it's that,” Kilindi explained. “Bo has done her best to avoid him, and it makes her jumpy. She's worried, maybe even afraid, of something. Whether that's his judgement of her or something else… I don't know.”

“Has she talked to you about it?”

Kilindi shook her head. “Not really. We're friends, but she just brushes me off.”

Frustration rose as a dull heat in Jango's chest - because he didn't know what he was meant to do about this. That wasn't Kilindi's fault, or Bo-Katan's. She sat in a strange place between captive and ward, but he still had a responsibility towards her no matter how you sliced it. “She might not say anything to me either.”

“No, but…” Kilindi was obviously frustrated as well, and for similar reasons. “You're an adult. Maybe she'll trust you to fix it, where I can't?”

No getting out of it. “I'll talk to her.”

----

Finding Bo-Katan was another matter. It took Jango asking half a dozen people and looking through what felt like half of Fort Mereel before he tracked her down. During his search he checked in on Satine and Theodore Kryze both. He knew Bo-Katan wouldn't be anywhere near either of them, but perhaps they knew what was bothering the ad . Satine was understandably frosty towards him, still armouring herself with a wall of icy-polite Coruscanti manners and disdain. 

“Have you killed enough of our people yet?” she asked him when he approached. 

“War's still not over,” Jango replied, letting her draw her own inferences from that. “You going to do anything to change that?”

Satine huffed and stuck her nose back in her datapad. Jango left her to it. 

Theodore was looking much better than he had the last time Jango saw him. He was starting to fill out again, his skin having lost the sag and pallor of captivity. His injuries were also healing well. Didn't stop him going stiff and wary when he caught sight of Jango. Questions hovered on his tongue, but didn't emerge. About the war, no doubt. He hadn't seen Bo-Katan, and asking him about it sent the tension rocketing up. 

There was something there, but Jango got the feeling Theodore didn't know what was going on with his niece any more than Kilindi did. 

He gave Theodore a brief update about how the war was going, careful not to sound like he was gloating. He did respect the amount of fight the New Mandalorians were putting up even if it made life harder - more than that, it meant people were dying when they didn’t have to. 

“Have you seen enough of the Haat’ade to believe we’re different to Death Watch?” he asked. 

“I… have,” Theodore admitted, still tense. His unhappiness had deepened throughout Jango’s briefing. Jango wasn’t sure what he had expected. His faction was outnumbered, struggling for resources of all kinds. With half the production economy carved away from them, it was about all they could do to afford to buy the food that kept the dome cities from starving. Even lasting this long was more than could be expected of them. 

“Will you tell others that?” Jango asked. “Your testimony would be believed…”

An expression akin to panic appeared on Theodore’s face. Tense before, now his entire body poised for flight. He shook his head in a sharp, choppy movement. “No. No, I won’t.”

Another wave of frustration crested inside Jango but he had practise dealing with that now - and getting angry at Kryze wouldn’t achieve anything. “Fine. Then there’s nothing else to discuss.”

He still had Bo-Katan to find. 

Eventually, Jango popped his head out of a trap-door leading out onto one of the flat-roofed firing platforms on top of the citadel almost on a whim, and caught sight of the glint of sun off metal. The wayward ad was sitting tucked into one of the crenellations of the parapet which cupped the muzzle of an anti-air gun. Her helmet was off and she was looking up at the cliffs just above and behind them, fiddling with something in her lap. When she heard Jango approaching she sat up quickly and fumbled whatever it was in an attempt to tuck it under her breastplate - a small flimsi notepad and writing stick fell onto the pourcrete. 

“Taking notes?” Jango asked - it felt a bit much to ask if it was her diary. 

“Drawing, actually,” Bo-Katan said, with a wary look. This whole family put him in mind of a band of feral tookas today. “You must have come up here for a reason. Were you looking for me?”

“Yes,” Jango said. He knelt and picked up the notebook, handing it back to her. “Kilindi is worried about you.”

“I…” Mixed emotions flickered across Bo-Katan’s face, then she looked away over the valley floor spreading out beneath the citadel. Her brows drew down slightly. “It’s nothing.”

Jango stood up again and leaned against the side of the cannon. How should he approach this? It was hard enough when it was his own children - so far not pushing and hoping they would come to him when they felt comfortable had worked, but he didn’t have time to do that here. Besides, it would be presumptuous to treat Bo-Katan like his own ad when she wasn’t aliit

He wasn’t her buir , but he could be a kind of teacher, a mentor. He didn’t have a lot of experience in those roles either, but it was better than nothing. 

“Was it Kyr’tsad who taught you that warriors don’t ask for help?” he said. 

“I don’t need help,” Bo replied, still not looking at him. One boot was resting on the parapet, the other dangling down - thankfully on the side of the wall that lacked a long drop. She hugged her knee to her chest. 

“Even if you don’t need it, do you want it? Neither verde or ramikade stand alone.”

She flinched, ever so slightly.

“I’m not part of a squad,” she retorted. “You’ve stuck me here away from all the other Kyr’tsad trainees my age. And don’t say it’s because I’m too young. You didn’t make an exception for anyone else sworn to House Vizsla. You even let your son join you. You’re treating me like I’m one of them . One of the pacifists! Why should I ask you for anything when you don’t care about who I am or what I’ve chosen?”

It poured out of her like a pot bubbling over. Jango listened, her anger washing over him. There was some truth in her words. He hadn’t made a fuss about Kyr’tsad taking their too-young trainees off to war with them because it was a fight that he knew he wasn’t likely to win. Besides he was still Mand’alor, and that meant he had the final say as war-leader over who went where and fought which battles. As long as those kids were kept to the back lines in support roles, then it was no different to the way the Haat’ade brought up their own children. Bo was still in Fort Mereel only because of her last name and her blood ties. He hadn’t thought of her as a person with her own needs and desires, just as a tool to try and force the New Mandalorians into compliance. 

This wasn’t just about being able to fight though. If it was then Bo would have been down in the training halls, not up here hiding away from everyone. Bo-Katan didn’t strike him as a natural loner. Pulling away like this… she didn’t feel part of anything. She believed too much in Kyr’tsad to want to integrate with the Haat’ade here, and she’d rejected her first family long ago. For a while she had Pre, but now he was on Manda’yaim and she was stuck here. 

If Jango took her with him when he left, would that solve everything? Could he afford to let her disappear into Kyr’tsad’s ranks as just another trainee? There was still a political dimension to this. 

Bo-Katan glanced at him over her shoulder. His silence did nothing to soothe her anger. “You’re not even here because of me!” she said. “You’re here for Kilinidi. She’s the one you actually care about.”

“You’re my responsibility.”

“So I’m a problem for you to fix!”

That might not have been the best way to word it. Jango winced. “You’re hurting,” he said, “and some of that is my fault. That’s what I need to fix.”

She met his gaze again then. Even admitting this small amount seemed to have shocked her - for a moment her face rested slack and amazed, before her walls came up again. “So how are you going to do that?”

“Maybe I should start by asking you what you want.” Maybe just taking her to Manda’yaim would be enough. Maybe she would want to fight with Pre, or perhaps she wanted to make a name for herself within Kyr’tsad . He didn’t know her well enough to assume what would satisfy her needs, just that the current situation wouldn’t. 

“What I…” Bo-Katan cut herself off half-way through her sentence. Her gaze became distant as she thought. Jango couldn’t guess what was going through her mind. Was she surprised again that he’d even asked? Was she not sure herself what she wanted? Did she know but was afraid to ask for it? 

Bo-Katan swung her legs off the parapet and stood, facing Jango with the bulk of the cannon between them. “What did you think of my father?” she asked. 

The question seemed to come out of nowhere, but Jango answered it honestly. “I barely thought of him at all.”

“But he was a pacifist. He was opposed to everything you are. To everything that your father was.”

Jango shrugged. “That’s true, but the Haat’ade could exist outside of him, outside of New Mandalorian society. We had clan support, and we didn’t care that we were basically exiles outside this sector. Coming back home was never as difficult as the law would make it seem.” Although after Jaster’s death, they never really had come back. That was because of Jango’s own issues though, not the New Mandalorians. 

“Our people shouldn’t have to live in exile.”

“What are you trying to convince me of here?” Jango asked, more and more confused by this turn in the conversation. 

“That he had to die!” Bo-Katan replied, her cheeks flushing. “That… that we… that Kyr’tsad did the right thing!”

Faint nausea churned uneasily in Jango’s stomach. Just as he hadn’t thought much about the Duke when he was alive, he hadn’t thought much about him dead. That had been Kyr’tsad’s business. It hadn’t even occurred to him to wonder how Bo-Katan felt about her own father’s assassination. 

With less heat, Bo said, “But maybe… If it hadn’t happened, you would still have gone after Tor. You would still have become Mand’alor. You would still have taken on the New Mandalorians and the war would… I could have just run away. Maybe it didn’t have to happen.” 

She was struggling with the doubt. Family was complicated - it would be surprising if she didn’t feel something positive for her birth father. She was too much Kyr’tsad to have allowed herself to feel that until now - until the second thoughts started creeping in. 

What would have happened if Adonai Kryze were still alive? Jango wasn’t at all sure events would have taken the same course. If Kyr’tsad hadn’t come to Concord Dawn looking for Satine Kryze he might not have been able to discover Tor’s location. Maul would never have gotten into that fight with the jetti and Jango wouldn’t have been forced into taking up the mantle of Mand’alor. There would have been no reason for a civil war at all. 

If Duke Kryze was alive, the New Mandalorians wouldn’t have been in disarray. If it had come to war then they would have mounted a better defence at the start, dragging everything out for what could have been years rather than weeks and months. 

“His death made things much… easier,” he admitted. “I wouldn’t have done it myself, but I’m not unhappy that it happened either.”

Some of Bo-Katan’s tension eased. “So it was for the greater good.”

“I guess you could say that.”

“My sister and my uncle will never accept that.”

Yeah, they absolutely wouldn’t. Had Bo-Katan hoped otherwise? “I’m not sure there’s any way to mend that relationship,” he said.

“My uncle seems to think there is,” Bo told him. “He’s not thinking clearly. He doesn’t see who I am. What I believe. What I’ve chosen.” 

Jango could see how frustrating that would be - and he felt sorry for both of them. Theodore must be grasping for something he hadn’t had in a very long time, if ever, and he was ignoring the present because admitting it meant knowing that it was hopeless. 

“Makes sense why you want to get away from him then.” 

“Yes… I think that’s what I need,” Bo said, with an emphatic nod. “Everyone says the war will be over soon, so you won’t need to pretend I’m your hostage after that - but can I come with you now anyway? And Kilindi too, if she wants.”

At this rate perhaps Jango should just move his whole family to Keldabe. Feral wouldn’t want to be left here on his own, even if he had made new friends. 

“Alright,” he said. It wasn’t like keeping Bo here had done him any good with the New Mandalorians. “If I can guarantee we can smuggle you onto Manda’yaim safely, then that’s what we’ll do.”

Notes:

Jango and Bo are having two slightly different conversations in this last scene. Jango still hasn't figured out Bo's level of culpability for her father's death.

Chapter 38: Chapter 37

Summary:

In which Maul reads some books and thinks about Living In A Society.

Notes:

Just a standard reminder that character views are not author views and all that. Maul's his own little amoral self. *pats his spiky head*

Chapter Text

Maul’s punishment began even before Jango Fett left the planet on diplomatic endeavours - if something so simple could be called punishment. Maul would have suspected it of being a trap meant to lull him into a false sense of security except that by now he knew what kind of person Jango was. If he was lenient, if he was soft, he had his reasons for it. He was treating Maul as he would treat any ad of his people, and in addition Fett did not want to be like Kyr’tsad

Maul worried that Jango would need to be tougher and harsher to remain Mand’alor once the war was over, but in the end only time would tell if keeping to his ideals was a wise decision.

To start off with, Goran Sato took him out from the palace and through the streets of the city to give him a tour of Keldabe’s many libraries -  she was as eager to distract him from any further attempts at making trouble as Fett was. They were greater in number, and larger, grander buildings than Maul would have expected, had he ever had cause to contemplate the concept before. Despite the fact that Mandalorians frequently referenced their past he had not thought of them as studious people, but that was an oversight. Was Jaster Mereel himself not a scholar? Where had he obtained the material for his Supercommando Codex if not from places like these? 

“Do the gorane safeguard knowledge as they do the forge and those vaults?” Maul asked the goran quietly as they headed into another library. Like the others it appeared to be open and staffed, but none of them were well attended by the populace. The war would be a good enough explanation for it, but that did not mean he should disregard other possibilities. 

She tilted her head at him in a quizzical manner. “Why do you ask, Maul?”

“Merely making sure I am not going somewhere forbidden to me once again,” he replied casually. It surprised a faint laugh out of her. 

“No, not forbidden. Any Mandalorian citizen can come here to read, or make copies of the documents stored within these walls - or that is how it should be.” She gestured to the dusty shelves and stale atmosphere of the room they had just entered. “For example, these books and dataslates contain works relating to our history from the time of the Great Sith War - not a time which the New Mandalorian government wished to remember. One of their previous Prime Ministers passed an edict restricting access without an appeal to the government for permission.”

“Surely that is self-defeating,” Maul said, curious. “They justify their ideal of pacifism on the basis of past Mandalorian atrocities, do they not? Unless the Crusaders were not the monsters they claim?” He was sceptical on that front. Empires were built on blood, and while in the early days of galactic history many habitable planets had no sentient lifeforms of their own to get in the way, he did not believe that to be the case with all or even most of the Mandalorian conquests. 

In Maul’s opinion that was not a justification for pacifism, but for him, nothing would be. Non-violence was an inherently weak and self-defeating ideology, an invitation to be attacked and destroyed.

“History is more complicated than heroes or monsters,” Goran Sato said. “That doesn’t mean they were entirely wrong. There is a great deal about the Mandalorian Empire that is troubling, but the Evaar’ade wanted to control precisely how that information was presented to our people.”

Evaar’ade ,” Maul repeated. “I have heard many of the locals refer to the New Mandalorians that way. Would they not be insulted to hear their name translated into Mando’a , considering that they do not use the language themselves?”

“They’ll still be part of our people after the war ends,” she replied. “Perhaps I’m simply calling them what I hope they’ll be in that future.”

Perhaps. 

Maul returned to the main topic. “Hoarding information is merely another way of hoarding power. The Evaar’ade are not the only ones guilty of this.”

Under her helmet, he suspected the goran was rolling her eyes. “I don’t believe that’s a fair comparison,” she said. “Nor will making it suddenly get you access to things far too dangerous for you.”

“As this knowledge is dangerous to the interests of the previous government,” Maul retorted, gesturing to the room. 

“You are a very unusual ad ,” the goran told him. 

It was a deflection, but one that was difficult to challenge when he did indeed have the outer appearance of a child. Even Jango, despite their strange Force experience with the Darksaber, was unlikely to believe the truth if Maul ever told him. The only response he could make was a diffident silence. 

“Still, you speak aptly,” Goran Sato said eventually. “The past tells us the shape of who we are and who we could be. It tells us each step along the path that led us to the present moment. Yet forgetting it also means forgetting the lessons it might have taught us. The New Mandalorians would have done better to select genuine examples to remind us of the true atrocities of our ancestors rather than painting the entirety of our history before the Dral’han as a limitless, identical canvas of evil.”

“Atrocities?” Maul asked. It was not surprising that such existed - he understood war and conflict, and more than anything he understood the ways of the Sith. What lesser beings called atrocities, the Sith called paths to power. Sidious had engineered enough of them as the Emperor; how many more must have been perpetrated by the Sith Empire of old? The Crusaders had worked well with the Sith for a reason.

He felt the weight of Goran Sato’s gaze through the visor of her buy’ce . She was weighing him up, though by what criteria he did not know. “Those are areas I would normally warn an ad away from,” she said, “but I think that would only draw you to them more. I am not like the New Mandalorians. I have no intention of censoring this knowledge - and I remind you before you object that the danger in the vaults is far more physical and real than any idea. 

“The contents of this room are likely to be of particular interest to you. Read anything in here that draws your eye. Learn the prices some amongst Kyr’tsad would be only too keen for us to pay again, and learn what your ba’buir Jaster wanted to steer us away from at all costs.”

Maul should have corrected her then and there that Jaster was not his ba’buir , since Jango was not his buir but his bajur only, but he had been distracted by the task and opportunity in front of him and so he did not notice her choice of words until it was too late. 

In the days after that, Maul settled into a new routine that mixed training and study, moving from the salle of the First Forge - where he was much more closely supervised than before - to the four walls of the reading room in the library building a few streets away. While one or other of the gorane walked him there and back, and remained in the general area to make sure he did not slip away, he was not watched during the intervening hours. He could have ignored the dataslates entirely and spent the time in meditation or childish sulking, but having been given free reign to learn had awoken a hunger in him which he’d forgotten for a long time. 

Decades ago his Master had promised that the secrets of the ancient Sith would be his, that Maul would be one more link in an unbroken chain stretching back through history all the way to Darth Bane and beyond. That had been a lie. Sidious never intended any such thing. 

This was no lie. This was a history and a culture he was a part of - something Maul had always been denied in his first life. How could he not devour it all?

It was not difficult to find records of the atrocities Goran Sato had spoken of. The time of the original Mandalorian Crusaders spanned almost three millennia, during which they conquered worlds less from a desire to win territory and expand their domain than because they wished to wage war as a goal of its own. They did not always colonise - if their opponents surrendered and there was no honour left to gather they often simply moved on, leaving destruction in their wake. Slaughtering those who did not fight back brought neither challenge nor glory. 

However, not all Mandalorians of that time cared so much about their own honour. Three thousand years was a vast span, and no society could be static and homogenous for so long. There was plenty of time and space to hold horrors. 

Isolated bloodthirsty clans and warbands aside, when those ancient Mandalorians came up against a culture as warlike and stubborn as themselves, they found it a cause for great celebration. Honing themselves as a sword is sharpened or impurities beaten from an ingot, they offered up blood and death as sacrifices in honour of a god whose name Maul had not heard before. Mandalorians in the present day might worship the ka’ra , but the call from the throats of those who came before was ‘Kad Ha’rangir’. 

It seemed this deity had fallen out of favour in the millennia since. 

Had this too been an aspect of the Force? Had it been lost to time, something which no longer existed, or was it simply the ka’ra by another name? 

Maul looked deeper, following this thread from one publication to another, much-copied translations of primary sources mixed with secondary histories and tertiary analyses centuries or millennia after the fact, scraps stretching across the ages. How much might have been lost in the intervening time? How truly could one know a past so distant? 

Kad Ha’rangir was not worshipped just through indiscriminate bloodshed and slaughter. He was also a god of change, of growth and forward motion not unlike the search for personal perfection which characterised the ka’ra . One could presume a line of theological evolution, but it would only be guesswork. 

Sifting through the library’s dataslates chasing this topic took multiple days, but those days passed swiftly. Once focused Maul thought of little else, and would be roused hours later by the goran assigned to him returning to walk him home. From the start this ‘grounding’ had never felt like a punishment, and it seemed even less of one now. There was real value in this. 

Savage and Pre knew about what Maul was doing of course, but even though they both showed their support by visiting, the dry history did not grip them in the same way. Pre was naturally interested - this was the period Kyr’tsad venerated most greatly - but he was used to grand tales told with flair and exaggeration. His eyes soon glazed over despite his best efforts. 

Maul had more patience and more focus, advantages held over from his first life. He was quite happy to remain here alone without the distractions of company. He would have a great deal of material to discuss with Jango when he returned. 

Having exhausted what he could find here about Kad Ha’rangir specifically he returned to his initial topic where he left off. Many of the ancient Mandalorian wars had been short affairs. Targeted planets learned that in most cases the warriors attacking them were like felids playing with their prey - go limp and stop moving, and they’d soon lose interest and move on. This was still a risk; Maul had already found examples from his earlier reading of clans who did not respect the idea of surrender. Other peoples chose to join the Mandalorians, seeing some kinship in their way of life. Others would not submit in either of these two ways. 

This was a miscalculation.

Mandalorians did not get tired of war. It did not matter how many gruelling years of conflict passed - the conflict was the goal, not the means. There could only be one ending - one faction had to destroy the other utterly. 

Mandalorians still existed in the galaxy today. Those who had stubbornly fought them to the end… did not. Many species had disappeared into the ravening maw of the Mandalorian war machine, for some even their names lost to history. The war-droid Maul had found in the vault was the invention of one such race, the Basiliskans. Most did not even have the dubious honour of being remembered in such a way. They were simply gone. 

It did not appear that the Mandalorian Crusaders found anything troubling about these repeated acts of genocide, so long as the rules of war had been followed. Their enemies had chosen to fight them with such ferocity - any Mandalorian would have done the same, and sometimes did when clans came to blows, which was not unheard of either. Of course none of those forgotten peoples had chosen to go to war in the first place, but the morality of this was not questioned in any surviving primary sources which Maul could find or see referenced. That only became a debate for scholars of later millenia. 

Morality had never been of much concern in Maul’s life either. Sith were not constrained by right and wrong. The goal of a Sith was accumulating power and strength, and the how of it did not matter. The Dark Side was well-fed by the pain and misery of others. 

Did this still hold true for him now? 

The question was not one which would have occurred to him if not for what he was reading, but once there it could not be ignored. Morality was defined in different ways across time and across species and culture. At its base it comprised a set of rules for relating to other beings, a system of laws designed to hold a society together in cohesion. It filtered through the lens of power, for those who had power were hard to hold to account, and those who had no power at all might see no benefit in following these rules. The only time in his former life where Maul had been part of society was as a crime lord, and then Maul’s focus had been on maintaining his position, bringing in credits for the benefit of himself and his underlings, and attempting to build a base from which to work on his true goal - his revenge against Sidious. The methods he used were dictated by their utility to his goals and nothing more.

Being a Mandalorian was different. He had his family. There were people in his life he cared about and could not afford to lose.  

Cared about… yes. At this point it would be foolish trying to convince himself that wasn’t true. Even Jango Fett, even Pre his newest brother - he cared about them too. He did not want them to turn against him. He did not want their hate and disgust.  

Maul had become part of a society and culture and that meant he had to grapple with its rules of right and wrong, good and evil, and decide how he aligned to them. Indeed this whole civil war was a process of the Mandalorian people asking themselves the very same question. Since they had come to such different conclusions, and neither side were willing to leave the other to it, each side attempted to impose its opinion on the other through the medium of power, which was to say, violence. 

Another example of the inherent hypocrisy of pacifism. 

What did Maul think about this same question? Where did he stand? 

At the start, when he first returned to the past, that was obvious. With Kyr’tsad and with the Sith. He had not known of any other paths that were acceptable to him. Now however, he had been able to read the Miit’akaan Ori’ramikad and observe how its ideas were manifested in people like Jango, like Silas, like all of House Mereel. Maul was more ruthless than they were, but could he hold himself within the boundaries they set? 

Yes, he thought he could. 

The old fear flickered to life again - what if it wasn’t enough? Didn’t they need to be as strong as possible to defeat Sidious and all his plans? If they were soft, if they were weak, wouldn’t it all fall apart? He tamped it down. Had Kyr’tsad’s strength saved them the first time around? They had not triumphed in their civil war, and then even with Maul at their head and Mandalore finally under their control their numbers were too few and their grip on the populace too tentative to prevent Bo-Katan treacherously leading a Republic strike force to defeat them. 

Pragmatism. Efficiency. What was his first goal? A strong, united Mandalorian government with Jango Fett at its head, without internal discord or strife. Which philosophy could achieve that, Haat’ade or Kyr’tsad ? The answer was obvious. 

It felt like a weight lifting from his back, like something falling into place. He had believed himself committed before, but perhaps some part of him hadn’t been - a part that still expected everything to fall apart around him and leave him on his own again as had happened so many times before. 

Maul stopped staring blankly at the dataslate in front of him, which had switched to power-saving mode in the space of time he’d been caught up in his own thoughts. He closed his eyes with a deep, meditative breath, centering himself. 

Personal revelations aside, he was not done here yet. 

----

Lelek Cutterclaw spun under a hail of blaster bolts and closed the distance of the corvette’s bridge, drawing his long knives in the same motion. The dull ivory blades lashed out, smooth cuts that took first the hand holding the blaster pistol, then the head of the man it belonged to. Blood painted red stripes and dots on the bulkhead and console screens. The rest of his boarding party were amongst the other crew members, bringing down their prey with identical smooth efficiency. Soon the room was quiet and still, the ship theirs. 

Killing humans was child’s-play compared to the beasts that lurked in the deep layers of Coruscant. They had no tough hide to protect them, no tentacles or fangs or claws, nothing that could shred a hunter or tear them limb from limb, or crush them with an idle step. They presented no challenge in either offence or defence. These New Mandalorians didn’t even wear beskar or an equivalent of it. 

Jango Fett had accepted his hunt-gift, but so far this was poor repayment. Simple butchery won little glory. 

Lelek hoped it wasn’t that the Haat’ade had very different ideas about where glory should be earned. From his limited understanding of it, the ship-to-ship combat had been more challenging and even-sided, but that was not where his deep-hunters’ skills lay. 

If this was how the Mand’alor chose to use them, so be it. There would be fighting on the ground eventually, once they tidied up the rest of the sector and moved on to take Kalevala and Mandalore itself - the Corusc’ade would have more work to do there even if it was not worthy of them. In the end if there was still a debt owed at war’s end Lelek would call it due and see if Jango Fett had a better target to turn them against. 

How many easy kills added up to a proper hunt? There had to be some weight to them - their blood was not nothing. It simply was not a calculus he had ever had to make before. 

Idly he shook gore from his blades and wiped them clean on the dead man’s uniform before sheathing them. [ Report our success back to Commander Saxon, ] he ordered one of his subordinates. There was nothing more to be done here.

----

Master Tholme had been a Jedi Shadow for a long time, and he had been sent all over the galaxy in those years. He had infiltrated corporations and political parties, rebellions and guerilla movements, he had played at being a noble, a slave, and everything in between. The Republic said there had not been a war for a thousand years - this was true only on a galactic scale. The Mandalorian Civil War was not the first conflict Tholme had lived through. He’d seen the tension before a war, seen the fighting, seen the aftermath and the rebuilding, dozens of snapshots of time on a dozen different planets. 

This did not make war and its effect on the Force any easier to bear. 

The Force’s one blessing was that the front had moved far away from Keldabe, marching on towards the equator. Tholme did not know exactly how far the Haat’ade had progressed other than what he heard in rumours. A certain amount of gossip was inevitable, but Mandalorians had a good grasp of information security. Their leader and command structure were partially based here in Keldabe, but that didn’t mean civilians were allowed to know the details of what went on inside the walls of the Mand’alor’s palace. 

Tholme checked the status of his hyperspace communicator hidden inside the little apartment he currently called home before heading out for the day. Despite the blaster-scars still pock-marking the walls of many buildings as a reminder of recent violence, Keldabe was remarkably peaceful. The soldiers - True Mandalorians and former Death Watch - were mostly away, save for a garrison contingent and groups cycling back into well-consolidated territory for leave. The civilians had rapidly settled back into normal life. Not much had changed yet - or rather, those changes were too subtle for most to bother commenting on.  

Tholme had a greater awareness of small shifts in the political atmosphere. A new energy ran through the air. Old buildings, once historical curiosities and tourist traps, were being overhauled and returned to their original function. Sentients in armour were now a common sight in the streets. Honour and glory, the warrior path, were discussed with admiration. 

Tholme did not fear what was happening now, but he was afraid of what might happen once the war was won.

That Jango Fett would win now seemed inevitable. For a few weeks the New Mandalorians had managed to strike back and stall him, but that was only a temporary state of affairs. Tholme knew he was operating on limited information and so he could not be certain how strong each side was in comparison to the other, but he was used to making calculations from limited data and was confident in his prediction. 

He would have liked to leave Keldabe and head back into New Mandalorian territory, check how they were fairing, but travelling through this kind of active warzone was impossible even for a Shadow. The distance was too far to traverse, not even thinking about the irradiated deserts surrounding the dome-cities at the end of that trek. No, he was stuck here for now. 

It was the northern capital, the seat of power. Not the worst place for a spy to lay up. 

Tholme was not the only non-Mandalorian marooned by the war - he wasn’t suspicious just by his existence. There’d been enough of a shakeup when the True Mandalorians took the city that a number of job opportunities had suddenly become available - for now he was working as a chef and barkeep in one of Keldabe’s many taphouses. Service staff overheard a great deal. To supplement this before or after his shifts - depending on the timing - he wandered the city, looking for anything of interest. 

It was on these wanderings that Tholme discovered the opening up of the libraries. 

Well, that was being slightly hyperbolic. Keladabe’s libraries had been open to the public before, but in a limited way. He’d entered a couple before Keldabe was conquered, just to indulge the curiosity all Shadows cultivated, but found large parts of each building shuttered away behind locked doors. When he asked about it, the librarian asked in return if Tholme was an authorised scholar and what his area of study was. When he replied he was only an armchair historian, their attitude cooled. It was quickly apparent that without the proper credentials he wouldn’t be getting anywhere. 

Today as he passed one of the libraries not far from the Palace, Tholme overheard a couple of locals talking as they descended the steps from the entrance. “Completely open…” He caught just fragments. “Anything… could spend the whole day here!”

That same lure of curiosity took him up and into the atrium. A twi'lek woman staffed the front desk in front of him, her head down as she tapped the keys of her terminal. The air was still and the temperature neutral compared to the autumnal chill of the streets outside. He approached, meaning to wait quietly until she noticed him, but her head came up when he was still several strides away. 

“I heard the library was open again,” Tholme said. 

“That’s right.” She appeared relaxed - her vigilance didn’t come from fear. Then she asked in Mando’a, [ Is there something in particular you’re interested in? ]

Tholme knew the language but only at a conversational level, and his accent would give him away as an offworlder. [ I’d prefer something written in Basic, if possible, ] he replied, with a smile intended to be self-deprecating. 

“I’m sorry,” the twi’lek said, and it felt genuine in the Force. “The gorane have only given access to the wider collections to Mandalorian citizens. There are some general reading rooms I can let you enter though.”

Interesting. It was a different kind of information control than the New Mandalorians, but even so it communicated something about Jango Fett’s faction. They were not fond of outsiders. From what Tholme had deduced of their philosophy, it wasn’t a surprise. So far there hadn’t been any open hostility towards he or any other non-Mandalorian who had been stranded on the planet by the outbreak of war, but that could easily change. It was one possible outcome of their victory he was afraid of.

“I might as well spend some time here anyway,” he told the twi’lek with a smile. He hoped the library might have access to more HoloNet news channels than he could get at work or at his home.

She waved him towards a particular set of doors leading out of the atrium, and Tholme found a large hall beyond, the space mostly taken up with a variety of desks with terminals as well as more comfortable seating, interspersed with shelves of handheld dataslates. He was the only person in here. 

Presumably everyone who could, was taking advantage of the previously closed collections. 

Tholme spent about an hour exploring the collection, finding it to be essentially the same in its nature as what he’d seen before the war, before his chrono pinged an imminent warning of his afternoon work shift. He would be late if he didn’t leave now, and he had planned to get lunch on the way. He shut down the terminal and headed out. 

The moment he opened the door into the atrium, a prickle of cold hit him - not physically but in the Force. He stopped immediately, opening himself up to detect whatever the Force had brought him. 

The library’s main entrance swung open and closed, partially visible through the door Tholme held half open. Two beings entered, moving sure and business-like. In front was a fully armoured Mandalorian warrior, golden-bronze helmet standing out as a feature Tholme hadn’t seen on any of their soldiers before. Following them was a shorter figure - a child, he realised. They were armoured too, though less intensely - the armour plates covered less of their body. The crown of horns around the helmet could be an affectation, but more likely meant they were a zabrak. 

Tholme felt almost nothing in the Force from the adult, but only almost . A faint shimmer surrounded them, an almost heat-mirage. An image leapt into Tholme’s mind of the night sky, the wide scatter of the spiral arm of the galaxy a path laid through it. 

He’d been here long enough to have picked up something about the Mandalorian religion - at least more of its nature and subtleties than the Temple archives held. Across the galaxy religious practice and the Force were inextricably intertwined, and Tholme doubted that it would be any different when it came to Mandalorians. Wherever Force-sensitivity wasn’t strong enough to come to Jedi attention, it was often sublimated into the local priesthood. The only reason that might not be the case here was a curiosity he’d noticed from observing a difference between armoured and unarmoured Mandalorians. Their armour made it harder to sense them in the Force. 

Before leaving the temple on this mission, Tholme had researched Mandalorian culture as much as possible. There were documents from the time of both Sith wars that hinted at beskar’s mystical properties, including strange interactions with the Force, but the exact nature of that interaction had been lost to the intervening centuries. Given the history of conflict between Jedi and Mandalorians, Tholme found the lack of certainty odd. 

Shouldn’t they know more? 

It would be tempting to put it down to malice, but that was no more than paranoia. Bad luck was more likely. Data corruption was a historian’s bane, and non-digital storage wasn’t immune to damage no matter the medium. 

Not all Mandalorian armour was constructed from pure beskar , and it was difficult to tell the composition just by looking since the metal was usually painted over. Tholme couldn’t draw any firm conclusions, but he thought that beskar blocked the Force. If so, surely it went both ways. Their forgemasters - gorane - were layered in the stuff. How then could they be a local Force-sensitive priesthood?

Despite the questions moving quickly through his mind Tholme had not allowed himself to be distracted by them. He continued to allow the currents in the Force to move towards and through him, a method of passively sensing that should keep his own presence well-shielded. The star-shimmer of the adult grew no clearer, but the child… 

The child’s armour wasn’t beskar . The cold chill on the air came from them. 

Tholme wasn’t reaching out, he couldn’t get a sense of the shape of the child’s mind, the strength of his shields, but the only beings he’d encountered who could completely conceal their Force presence at this distance were Jedi Shadows. It was subtle - the child was clearly trained - but it was the Dark Side. 

Tholme very gently eased the door back so that there was only a narrow slit which he could peer out of. A young zabrak, accompanied by a notable Mandalorian of some kind. It had to be the boy who had attacked Obi-wan Kenobi, the one who had some kind of association with Jango Fett himself. Padawan Kenobi described a great swell of hatred and rage during their fight which had almost overwhelmed him. There was no such malevolence right now. 

That might mean only that the boy was not currently drawing on his powers to attack. 

In his travels Tholme had encountered the Dathomiri Nightsisters, as well as other Force religions whose practices hewed closer to the Dark than was entirely comfortable. Even so none of them had felt as unnatural and disconcerting in the Force as the true Dark Side. 

Tholme knew what that felt like. On Kiffex, the twin planet of his own Padawan’s home Kiffu, a stasis facility had kept a Dark Jedi imprisoned for hundreds of years. Stasis fields didn’t allow their captives true consciousness, but despite that the Order’s captive drenched the land around him in the Dark Side for almost a mile.

The ghost of that same darkness hung heavy about this young zabrak. It was pressed into him, part of him. 

Yet at the same time, it was not the only thing there. 

The smell of hot metal, a sense-echo of a hammer dropping, a vague impression of a spiral twisting in on itself in an endless layered pattern… and above it all, the same dust-scattered stars that hung over the other Mandalorian. Tholme shivered, unsettled by something so unfamiliar. 

How could the taint of the Dark Side exist alongside anything else? It was too hungry, too selfish, for that. 

The pair finished their traverse of the atrium and disappeared through a set of double doors on the opposite side of the hall - an area only passable to Mandalorian citizens. Despite his desperate curiosity, there was no way that Tholme could follow them. Nor could he loiter here and wait for them to leave without arousing suspicion. 

Did the boy come here regularly? If so, was it worth it to try and synchronise their schedules - would there be anything to gain by following him and his guard when they left? Tholme did not want to risk coming to the Mand’alor’s attention, but he wanted an answer to the mystery of this child. Who had trained him? Were they still training him now? 

If there was a Dark Jedi out there the Order had somehow missed, it was Tholme’s duty to find them and deal with the problem - but that duty did not supersede the reason he was on Mandalore in the first place. 

He should discuss this with the Council. 

----

“Feral?” Maul said, shock stopping him mid-stride. “Kilindi?” 

From the other side of the palace kar’yai she raised her hand and gave him a cheerful wave, her face breaking into a wide smile. “It’s so good to see you again!” she said. “It’s been too long - I was starting to think we would be on the same planet until this whole war was over.”

“Hi Maul!” Feral yelled next to her, irrepressibly enthusiastic. He bounced up and down as he propelled his arm in a wide arc. “Look! We’re all here!” 

Maul had been distracted by his siblings from fully absorbing the scene in front of him; now he looked beyond his younger brother’s grinning face to the other person standing next to Jango. “Bo-Katan,” he said. This greeting was much colder, and he shot Fett a disapproving look. What had happened to this being a brief diplomatic trip? What was Fett up to, bringing her here? Wasn’t she their hostage?

Jango was able to read something of his thoughts from his expression; crossing his arms and returning a look of mild disapproval he said, “Bo-Katan is a soldier. She’s one of us. I haven’t treated her entirely fairly, and it’s time for that to change.”

One of them? She was not . Maul did not trust her in the least, nor did he like her. While he had tolerated her presence during that brief period at Fort Mereel it had been with the knowledge that it would only be for a limited time. Yet when it came right down to it, he could not find any concrete rationale to justify that dislike to Jango. He only had the experience of a previous lifetime.

Jango had already made his decision in any case. He would never agree to send her away again now. 

“Where’s Pre…?” Jango said, half to himself, then nodded with satisfaction as one of the other doors opened and Silas entered the room with Pre following him. Pre brightened up immediately when he spotted Bo-Katan, and she did the same. 

“Pre, you kept an eye on Bo-Katan before,” Jango said. “I assume you won’t mind doing that again.”

“Not at all,” Pre replied, something in his posture coming to attention. While the protectiveness he felt was more familial than ought to be the case for a commander to a cadet, he obviously imagined their relationship as having something military about it too. “It might be quieter than you’d hoped,” he said to Bo-Katan. “We make too tempting military targets because of our proximity to the Mand’alor - Maul, Savage and I have seen limited action.” And most of that at range, such as Maul’s time as a sniper. 

“Anything is better than rotting away back on Concord Dawn,” Bo-Katan replied, her lips drawing back from her teeth in a half-snarl. 

Jango nodded in satisfaction. “Draw up a schedule and run it past me for approval,” he told Pre. Then to Maul he said, “How’s your research project going?”

At least he hadn’t referred to it as a punishment in front of Bo-Katan Kryze. “Quite well,” Maul told him. “I’m keen to discuss my findings - and the possibility of expanding my scope.” He flicked his gaze downwards, intending to suggest the vaults underneath the city. 

Jango winced very, very faintly. “We’ll discuss it later,” he said. “For now I’m sure all you ade will want to catch up.”

“Yeah!” Feral said, always reliably enthusiastic. “I want to hear some stories!”

Maul had no issue indulging him. He would not have described his feelings as missing Kilindi and Feral, but now they were here a warm sensation was filling him up, a brightness he could only call happiness. 

How odd, that feeling. There had been so little of it in the life which came before. 

Whatever intentions the Force might have had in bringing him back in time, he was grateful for it. He would use this time with his family wisely.

Chapter 39: Chapter 38

Summary:

Victory is close at hand, but winning one war doesn't spell peace for Maul, Jango, or the rest of his family. Other foes are still out there.

Notes:

New Mando'a this chapter:
Tsikala - Ready

Chapter Text

“More losses, captain.” Etzia's face was a blank mask as she offered her report. Spine straight, hands clasped behind her back, she was the picture of military discipline. Jax knew it was only a shell, because he felt the same. What could they do in the face of this war but take refuge in their roles? 

Mandalorians didn't crumble and give into fear. They had a duty. They had their honour. 

“Any intelligence on the source of Fett's reinforcements?”

His second shook her head. “Speculation, for the most part.” That in itself spoke volumes. The New Mandalorians were a sector-spanning government structure, with the reach that implied. Their ignorance was a failure of information gathering, of spycraft and statecraft, and the reason for that failure was that their structure had been cut apart. Turncoats left holes, and each retreat from areas of space they used to hold made even more, or widened those already there. 

An air of hopelessness was tangible. 

“Some claim they're mercenaries,” Etzia continued. 

“How would Fett pay them?” Jax asked, though he was voicing a question Etzia must have asked for herself. “House Mereel doesn't have the resources. Neither do Kyr'tsad . Perhaps a promise to be paid on victory…” Yet Jango Fett didn't strike him as the kind of person to take the risk an arrangement like that would impose. Any mercenaries willing to make such a bargain were either so untrustworthy they'd defect to a higher bidder, or intending to leech every credit possible from the desperate. 

Jango Fett wasn't desperate. Whether the bold alpha-strike on Mandalore and the rapid gains of his initial ground campaign or the subsequent slow grind of mopping up system after system, spiralling from the outskirts of the sector inwards towards the centre of New Mandalorian control, Fett's army had been able to keep them constantly on the back foot. Even in the brief moment of stalemate, the pause where perhaps the balance could have tipped back the other way, there had been something that felt inevitable about his victory. 

“What are we doing this for?” he muttered. 

“Captain?” 

Jax met Etzia's eyes. She was afraid, she was doubting - or he was seeing what he wanted to see, a reflection staring back at him. Did she trust him? They'd both read the book. Mereel's book. 

“Are we fighting for something worthwhile?” he asked her. “Are we giving our lives for anything that matters? The vision of the future Fett wants for us, we've seen it! It isn't worth dying to prevent it!” 

The more he spoke the more certain he was that he was doing the right thing. It made him a traitor - but only to a government that had failed. He might not believe in Jango Fett's world, but he no longer believed that resisting it would lead to anything but pain and suffering. 

Under the law Etzia would be in her rights to remove him from command for saying this much, arrest him and call a military tribunal - but he didn't believe he had misjudged her. 

“They'll have us take up arms against our comrades,” she said. It was the only objection that could hold any weight. 

“It's possible,” Jax allowed. “But maybe the Mand'alor will be content with our surrender. And we'll take as many with us as we can.”

Etzia nodded. “We'll do it,” she said. 

Stepping forwards she took Jax's forearm in a warrior's clasp. Certainty shed the stress from his back like dropping a laden pack. 

They were doing the right thing, and let this war be over the sooner for it. 

----

It was the excuse he had been waiting for. Almec set aside the latest news and sat back in his chair. His eyes slid closed - relief was a wave of lassitude. For weeks now he had been trying to find a way to surrender Sundari to Jango Fett without triggering a panic response from his own citizens or bringing the wrath of the fleet commanders down on his head. Almec didn't believe he was a traitor and he wasn't doing this solely to save his own skin, but the dogmatic voices remaining among the scattered remnants of their government would see it very differently. Under the pressure of loss after loss they were angry and they were afraid. Almec was enough a student of sentient nature to know that those who could not hurt their real enemies would turn against easier targets - a target he didn't want to make himself into. 

So he had been patient. He waited, and worked in secret with a few of his most trusted aides to spread a truth he'd discovered for himself - that the Haat'ade were not to be feared. That defeat would not mean death. Keeping a finger on the pulse of public opinion, he had confidence his schemes were bearing fruit, which left only the choice of the right moment. 

This was the moment. A tipping point, where even if someone on his own side wanted revenge for his supposed perfidy, they wouldn't be able to enforce it. Their naval forces were fragmenting to surrender, destruction or capture - Almec suspected the commanders had done their best to prevent the spread of this information, with limited success. Today he'd just received word that the planet had been cut off again, the New Mandalorian ships in orbit forced to escape from a fresh Haat'ade fleet and regroup elsewhere. 

The people of Sundari were tired and scared - but more scared now of starvation than of giving in.  

Almec reached towards the intercom button on his desk. “Set up a secure channel to Keldabe,” he ordered. “I need to speak to the Mand'alor.” 

----

Maul had to put up with Bo-Katan Kryze less than he had feared. Her interest, as ever, was with Kry'tsad , and she spent most of her time with their young cadets under Pre's supervision. Maul's own schedule changed little, aside from the addition of Feral and Kilindi to the morning training sessions in the First Forge. He hadn't finished compiling his research project into the history of the Mandalorian Crusaders, and as Jango pointed out, it was poor practice to move onto a new task whilst leaving the former unfinished. 

This was at least half an excuse on Jango's part, obviously, but that did not make him wrong. Maul could be patient if it meant gaining access to the contents of those vaults. 

Whatever his plans, and those of Bo-Katan however, the inexorable tide of events was soon to sweep them away. 

With the assistance of the Diaspora the war effort had made good strides, fully consolidating from Krownest to Concord Dawn, cutting their way through scatterings of New Mandalorian ships and taking their outposts wherever they found them. The banners of Clan Fett and House Mereel now flew on the agri-world of Vorpa’ya - further impacting the food supply to the dome-cities of the desert south - over the small settlements and lapis mines of Draboon, on the droid-manned asteroid-crackers of the desolate Hrthging system, and further beyond. Adding to that, Pol Vizsla had sent a holomessage from the shipyards at Gargon reporting that the fleet so badly damaged in the second battle over Manda’yaim was finally ready to redeploy. 

Already outnumbered, the Evaar’ade were now completely overwhelmed - and they knew it. Surrenders and defections began as a trickle, a few stones rolling downhill, but in the way a sodden hillside crumbles under its own weight, this trickle became a landslide, an avalanche. Even the most stubborn and warlike of these pacifists had little morale remaining. 

Soon Kalevala and the south were all that remained. They could not stand for long on their own. 

Maul wished he could be a part of it. It was not that he was bored or unsatisfied here in Keldabe - far from it. The mood in the city was jubilant; every day when he walked from the palace to the library he heard it in the voices of those he passed and felt it in the Force, bright and fizzing. It was just… how much better must it feel for those who were actually fighting and winning? 

Victory had been a rare taste of sweetness in his former life. When he forged the Shadow Collective alongside his Kyr’tsad allies, conquering each criminal enterprise one by one and bringing them under his banner - that had been hunger sated, it had been warm satisfaction… yes, that had been sweet. But it had also been lonely, even with Savage’s presence. Maul wanted to feel those emotions again, but as part of a greater whole. 

It was only a flicker of desire however - it did not burn him from the inside as other ambitions were wont to do. 

Then came Sundari's surrender. It had the feeling of the final blow, the opening chink in the armour before the blade slammed home and took the kill. Stubborn as the leaders of the other dome cities might be, they knew they couldn't hold out for long on their own. Just as it had been with the ships of the fleet, one by one they crumbled and bowed their heads, coming as petitioners to negotiate the terms of their survival. 

Jango was merciful in this too - but when the aim was to reforge one people together again after civil war, this was only sensible. In the span of a mere few weeks, the only New Mandalorians remaining were a few dogmatic ship-captains running dark out there in less well-travelled parts of the sector. Jango Fett was Mand'alor victorious, the Haat'ade were the new legitimate government through force of arms and the will of the people, and those recalcitrant commanders were now cast in the role of rebels and terrorists that Kyr'tsad once occupied. 

When victory was officially declared, Keldabe celebrated for two days straight. Joyous, wild, ebullient, the emotions of the city suffused the Force, impossible to escape. It was so strong one could almost feel drunk off of it - and certainly many of the people creating those emotions were drunk. The parties were not confined to the streets and cantinas and private households, but the Palace as well. As the victor Jango could hardly have gotten out of hosting one even had he wanted to. Kyr'tsad and Haat'ade commanders, House heads and representatives of important Clans, the warleaders of the diaspora factions, everyone of substance thronged the halls, eating and drinking with typical Mandalorian enthusiasm. 

Maul was not naturally built for such raucous events. He could not entirely avoid this one since he was part of the Mand'alor's close clan, but for once he was thankful he appeared to be a child. He was not expected to get drunk and make a fool of himself. Instead he sat among his family, shielded by them from the noise of laughter and singing and music. 

The skirling wail of the bes'bev pipes fired up the blood, equally appropriate to fight to as to dance to. It wasn't unexpected that scuffles broke out in the wide space between the tables set around the edges of the hall, but they were friendly in their tone, simple sparring without malice. 

It wasn't easy to have a simple conversation with all of this going on - more pleasant to bask in the heat of warm bodies and of the decorative fire at the centre of the hall, enjoying the ka'ra singing in tune with the hearts of the warriors around them. Maul could have closed his shields off and shut away that sensation on the outside, but why should he? He maintained enough control so that he remained clear-headed and his reactions were not affected, but he was Sith no longer. He could touch things other than the Dark Side. 

Let Sidious be consigned to the Hells! He had no idea what would be coming for him in time. If that man could see what Maul could see, feel what he felt now, then he would know to be afraid. 

Next to him, Feral giggled. “You're so happy!” he said, poking at the corner of Maul's mouth with an unsteady finger. Maul caught it easily, lowering Feral's hand back to the table. He knew his little brother hadn't drunk anything alcoholic, so this excess of silliness had to be because he was unable to control how much the Force affected him. He might not be the only one. Pre was radiating a simple and uncomplicated joy mixed with satisfaction and unbridled affection for everyone around him. It was most unlike the man Maul used to know - but perhaps not unlike the new person he was becoming.

“Am I forbidden from being happy?” Maul asked Feral, in response to his comment.

“You're smiling ,” Feral teased. 

Maul turned his attention to his own face. Feral was correct - the corners of his mouth had crept upwards without his knowledge. He began to force a serious expression, then hesitated. Just as it was not so terrible to allow himself to feel pleasure, why should he stop himself from showing how he felt to others? Was it beneath his dignity? Was it a show of weakness?

Once he would have said so. No longer. His former Master would have disapproved, would have punished him in some inventive way - he would not allow that man to control his actions even now. 

“I suppose that I am,” he said. 

“I’m glad,” Feral told him. “You should be happy Maul. We’re here because of you.”

I was not the one to win this war,” Maul said. 

“Savage and I would still be on Dathomir if you didn’t rescue us. And buir might not have done anything if you hadn’t found out about Satine and Bo and Pre and that Jedi.” Feral’s eyes were very bright, a mixture of their own glow and the reflection of the fire dancing. He saw everything so clearly. For a moment the cold sharp light of the ka’ra brushed over Maul’s skin and he could not hold back a shiver. 

“That may be so,” he said slowly, “but just because the war is over does not mean that everything is as it should be yet.”

“It’s good though,” Feral replied, nodding emphatically. “This is really good.”

Maul could not argue with that. None of this was a part of his original plan, but it had worked out all the same. 

Not so far to go , he thought to himself. My revenge will be complete when Sidious is dead - and we will not let him win

-----

[ It is time to consider the matter of your coronation, ] Goran said. 

Jango suppressed his instinctive wince. He was a mature adult, he didn’t get to complain that he didn’t want to. Any excuse to put it off had ended along with the civil war. Dodging his own coronation didn't even make sense. He was already Mand'alor, he'd been acting as Mand'alor for months now. The ceremony was just a piece of theatre. With or without it, he was their peoples’ ruler. 

Didn't mean he had to like it. 

[ Do you need my input? ] he asked. [ Why don't I just do whatever you armourers think I'm meant to? ] 

He could tell Goran be Mereel was judging him by the tilt of his helmet. Like all the House Mereel Elders, he’d known Jango since Jaster brought him home all those years ago and wouldn’t let him get away with anything. [ The council of armourers has discussed the ceremony. There are many different ways to walk the path of the Mand’alor - there will not be any complete agreement. This is for you - it is your voice that must choose what suits. ]

[ I don’t want the ceremony to be too big, ] Jango said quickly. 

[ Some kind of speech will be expected, ] Goran replied, a mixture of amused and chiding. [ But that can come at the end. A private coronation has some historical precedent. ] 

Jango relaxed slightly. That would have been the point he made if Goran tried to argue with him. So far as Jango knew, none of the last dozen Mand’alors had big coronation ceremonies. They’d been appointed by the will of the clans, and that was enough for anyone who mattered. It wasn’t just about modesty though. It had been pragmatic. The New Mandalorians would have started paying more attention to what went on secretly in the backwaters of the sector if any chosen Mand’alor tried to throw their weight around as an actual political figure. 

Everything was different now. He was the government - and that was going to be a kriffing mess to sort out. Jango wasn’t made for bureaucracy. He knew how to run a mercenary company, and that was it. A planet? Even something smaller like a city? 

Kriff no. 

It was one reason why they still needed the New Mandalorians. If the Evaar’ade were willing to accept his authority and keep on doing the jobs that kept the lights on, then they could stay right where they were. It wasn’t like Kyr’tsad were champing at the bit to become accountants or farmers or engineers. 

Maybe the last one, if it had a military application. Rebuilding the parts of Mandalore the war had destroyed? That was less likely. 

[ Jan’ika, ] Goran said, drawing him back into the moment. 

[ I’m listening, ] Jango protested, heat rising in his cheeks under the protection of his buy’ce

[ Fundamentally, this is between you and the ka’ra . A moment of communion. Those who march far away may have advice for you. ] 

[ Even for Mand’alors who haven’t been touched by the stars? ] It wasn’t like every Mand’alor throughout the ages had the Dha’kadau at hand to make the connection for them, like had happened with Tarre Vizsla - and that only seemed to be with its original owner, not the ka’ra more generally. 

[ The ka’ra will make itself known if that is its desire, ] Goran said. [ Certain places can assist in forging that connection - such as the chambers of the living waters. ] 

[ The Children of the Way mentioned that - the living waters. ]

Goran paused. [ Did I never tell you about that? ] he asked, sounding surprised. 

[ If you did I’ve forgotten it. ] It honestly didn’t sound familiar. 

[ It is no secret amongst the armourers… but that was never your path. That may explain it. Perhaps I forgot you would not already know - and until now our home has been in the hands of the New Mandalorians, inaccessible. ] 

[ Then it’s something to do with Mandalore specifically, ] Jango realised. The Children had basically implied that already. Maybe it was even in Keldabe itself. It had been the old capital. 

[ Mandalore is the only planet we have ever found with beskar . ] Which explained why it was gorane knowledge. Goran continued, [ After a beskar mine has been exhausted and closed, if it is deep enough, groundwater will slowly begin to fill it. That water, purified with beskar’s essence, is living water. ] 

[ The mines under Keldabe, for example, ] Jango said. [ I thought some of them were still active though. Doesn’t MandalMotors…? ] 

[ They have dug deeply indeed, ] Goran said. [ Their pumps work day and night to keep the shafts dry. If they ever come to the end of those veins, the chambers left behind will be vast indeed. ]

[ So what does that have to do with the coronation ceremony? ] Jango asked. The image of vast spaces looming in the dark depths of the earth left him suddenly uneasy. It would be completely lightless. Easy to get lost, with the weight of earth pressing down over your head… 

[ If you wish, you may mark your coronation by walking into the living waters. There, the wisdom of the ka’ra will speak to you, if such is needed. As gorane we will anoint you beforehand, but we can withdraw after that if you wish. You may proceed entirely alone, or with your family present. ] 

[ Then give a speech when I emerge from the mines I guess. ] That didn’t sound so bad. Hopefully Tarre had already passed on everything the ka’ra wanted him to know and nothing strange would happen. Jango wasn’t going to put money down on it though. [ I like this option. ]

Goran nodded. [ I will let the others know and we shall begin the preparations. Do you want your children there? ]

His family wasn’t just the ade . There would be an empty space at Jango’s side without Silas’ presence - they might not have said the riduurok but since the start of the war Jango had barely spent any time apart from him. They shared a bed, they trained the kids together, they did everything that riduure should do.

I should make it official , Jango thought with a sudden flush of shame. He would talk to Silas after this. They hadn’t had time to discuss their relationship, distracted by all the business of war. Did Silas even want…?

Jango cut that line of thought off quickly. Assuming anything would do neither of them any favours. If he asked he would know… but the words threatened to curdle in his throat. That was cowardice talking though, and he was better than that. Tonight. He’d open up his heart and he trusted Silas to know what to do with that.

Then, at the coronation, his riduur would be with him. 

Some kind of Force nonsense might still interfere - it wasn’t like having Silas there would stop that - but Jango would feel a bit better about it. Hopefully Maul and the other star-touched ade wouldn’t get caught up in it, but Jango trusted the ka’ra a lot more than he trusted a ghost trapped in a kyber crystal. 

[ All my family will be there, ] he said. 

---- 

“Evening, Mand’alor,” Silas said, with a quick grin. 

“Don’t start,” Jango replied, stripping out of his beskar’gam and hanging it all neatly on the armour rack. He was trying to keep a calm face on it but his heart beat a rapid tattoo in his chest. Silas leaned forwards on the couch, his eyes flicking in quick saccades as he read Jango’s expression. 

“What’s up?” he asked, seriousness taking over. 

“I can’t keep anything from you, can I?” Jango said. 

“Guess I’ve just learned to read you.” Silas gave him a half-smile - a brief drawing-up of the lips, almost apologetic. “And it usually helps when you offload some of that stress on me, so… I don’t mind, by the way,” he added. “The job isn’t easy.”

Goran talked to me about the coronation,” Jango said, coming over to sit down next to him. The cushions compressed underneath him trying to swallow him up. For Mandalorian furniture it wasn’t exactly practical - but it had probably belonged to some soft Evaar’ad before it wound up in the palace. 

Silas winced. “Are they insisting on a lot of pomp and circumstance?”

It was a fair guess as to why Jango might be unsettled. “Not that bad,” Jango admitted. He did his best to summarise the conversation earlier that day. “Obviously you should be there,” he said, when he reached that part. 

“At this point, I would be a little insulted otherwise.” Silas’s eyes were still slightly creased at the corners, head slightly cocked in a mixture of amusement and slight confusion - he wasn’t able to make the connection between Jango’s nerves and this. 

“We never finished those conversations about our relationship,” Jango said, struggling with how to broach the topic. He couldn’t just come out and say ‘ I want to say the riduurok with you’ , could he? Wasn’t that moving too fast, even at this point? 

A light flickered in Silas’ eyes and he sat up straighter, attention fixing more intensely on Jango. He hesitated - he wanted to say something, was hoping for something even, but wasn’t sure of Jango’s response. Wasn’t that the exact problem Jango was having too? 

“We’re basically riduur already,” Jango said, the words spilling suddenly out of him like water overtopping a dam. His cheeks were hot, his head oddly full with the rush of blood. “I just thought we should make that official.”

A beat of silence stretched out. I’ve kriffed it up, Jango thought, I’m no good at this, I shouldn’t have said it like that … Then Silas leaned forwards and threw his arms around him, a cloak of heavy muscle strong and warm around Jango’s shoulders. 

“Of course, of course you kriffer,” Silas said against Jango’s neck - his smile was a wide line pressed into Jango’s skin, joy and laughter mixed into each word that emerged. “Of course I’ll say the riduurok with you.”

----

Jango stumbled down the stairs, keeping his balance with an outstretched hand against the wall. The walls closed in around him, his breath loud inside his buy’ce . He’d left the last of the light behind him and had been swallowed up entirely in darkness - not the darkness of night where the ka’ra still speckled the bowl of the sky overhead, or where city-light could bounce down off the bottom of clouds, but the utter pitch only found under the earth. The dim lines of his HUD had only been a distraction, so he’d turned them off. Now it made no difference whether he had his eyes open or closed. 

At least the staircase down was cool, after the heat of the First Forge above. The song of clanging beskar on beskar still rang in Jango's ears and the rock walls seemed to expand and contract around him in time to it even though he couldn’t see them. It was nothing more than an odd sensation in his head. His tongue was stuck to the roof of his mouth with dry thirst, and his kute was plastered to his skin from all the sweat that had poured out of him in the confines of that room over the last hour.

He thought it had been an hour. The details of the first part of the ceremony hadn’t been that specific. 

It was a blur that still whirled through his memory, fresh behind his eyes.  

Bellows, fire, light, chanting, ringing, heat. 

He was glad of the quiet now, and the much more comfortable temperature. Apparently he had to make the journey from the forge to the lake waters on his own, but his aliit would be waiting for him there. 

All of this was supposed to bring him closer to the ka'ra . All it had done was bring him closer to fainting, which didn't seem helpful. What did Jango know though? He wasn’t a goran , and he wasn’t star-touched. Maybe he would have felt differently if he was. 

Jango had no way of measuring the passage of time other than by counting his paces, or his breaths. Since he didn’t know how far he had to go, he didn’t bother to waste the energy. After some time groping ahead the stairs levelled out into a corridor, then after even longer he picked up a faint glow ahead of him. A trick his half-fevered brain was playing on him?

No. The light grew stronger the further he walked. Finally Jango emerged into a cavern dimly illuminated by lanterns. They were primitive objects, fat fibre cords soaking up oil and alight at the tips. The flames they made danced like the charcoal-fires of the First Forge. And there were his ade holding the lanterns. Pre, Savage, Feral, Kilindi. And Maul. Jango had worried over that, worried how the request to be here would be taken. He wasn't going to insult Maul by asking over and over again “will you be my child?” like the boy didn't know his own mind. Maul didn't call Jango buir , but he called everyone else vod . His place was here, with them. 

Not holding a lantern, but waiting for him all the same, was Silas. Jango walked towards him where wide carved steps descended into the living waters and stopped. 

Tsikala? ” Silas asked him. He spoke quietly - the soft shadows enveloping them almost demanded it. 

Tsikala, ” Jango confirmed. Silas reached out and knocked their buy'ce together in a soft mirshmure'cya , then carefully lifted Jango’s from his head. He helped Jango strip out of each piece of his beskar'gam one by one, setting them gently on the stone floor. Then Jango unzipped his kute and shed that too, leaving him just in his underwear. He was just about to step towards the living waters when a sudden whim made him crouch and retrieve the Darksaber from his belt. If he was supposed to hear the ka'ra , wouldn't this help? 

Jango had spent enough time around soldiers growing up that he wasn't self-conscious about his body. He strode into the water, placing each foot firmly but carefully, expecting the rock to be covered in a slippery layer of algae. The soles of his feet met only water-smoothed stone. It wasn't even cold - almost the same temperature as the air around him, it was like walking into nothing at all. Ripples moved out around him with each step, catching the lantern light. The water rose up his shins, over his knees, tickling the hairs of his lower legs then his thighs… 

His next step found emptiness instead of a solid surface. 

Jango plunged downwards into the water, not enough time to take a deep breath before it closed over his head. He sank, limbs flailing. He should have felt resistance, been able to kick up to find the surface again, but it was like falling through air with the same swoop of his stomach. He turned over in the darkness, losing all sense of up and down. His chest ached with desperate air-hunger. 

In the confusion it was impossible to tell if he was still falling or floating, if he was moving in any particular direction. None of his movements appeared to do anything and he couldn't see a thing. Then, all of a sudden, there was a surface underneath him. It rose up - or he drifted down onto it - gently. It wasn't a rough impact. 

Was it the bottom? How deep was the lake? The texture could be carved rock - there were steps and grooves in it but between the markings it was flat and nearly smooth. 

Jango tried to kick upwards, but although his feet left the ground he couldn't gain any height. He didn't dare breathe in even if whatever surrounded him wasn't acting like water, but soon he wouldn't have any choice.

His hand was still clutched around the Dha'kadau . Jango fumbled for the activation switch, managed to find it without letting it slip from his grasp. The buzzing blade slid out, the white rim around the black centre casting light in a halo, and he held it over his head in order to see better. He was standing on a faintly curved platform of some kind which fell away more sharply to his right and left, and more gently in front and back. It was wide enough that he didn't fear slipping from it. It wasn't stone though. In fact, it almost looked like the skin of some vast reptile…

Heart beating faster in his chest, Jango slowly turned around, searching the darkness. 

An eye a metre tall loomed out of the shadows. 

The shock of adrenaline tensed every muscle in Jango's body. His mouth opened in an unconscious gasp - that could have been enough to kill him if this had still been the lake, but no water rushed into his lungs. Since he wasn't dead, he did his best to breathe normally. 

The creature wasn't moving. It was just watching him. 

The beast was too large to see all of it, or even more than the places it loomed closest to him. What part of its body was he standing on? It was too near its face for it to be a tail. He could only think it was its cocked wrist. Had it reached up to catch him?

A massive membrane rolled across the surface of the great eye, one side to the other and back. With agonising slowness it started to move towards him, its head turning from another shadow into something with size and depth and dimension. A maw with fangs longer than his arms, huge horns curving downwards in perfect arcs…

[ You're supposed to be extinct, ] Jango told the mythosaur in a whisper. 

This couldn't be real, but was it a hallucination brought on by dehydration and an altered mental state from the gorane's ritual, or was it another Force-damned mystical experience? No. Not the Force. The ka'ra . There was nothing damned about this even if he was afraid. The mythosaur was long-dead, but it was still revered. It was a symbol of Manda'yaim and of their people. 

As the mythosaur drew closer Jango could see that its fangs jutted from a lipless closed mouth. They weren't bared in threat, and the massive skull tilted on approach to dip the jaws down and out of sight. It had him caught between both of its eyes now, piercing. Some nameless emotion welled up inside Jango's chest. Awe? 

Not just that. There was something almost sad about it too. Could it be loss? The original mythosaurs, the real ones, they were lost a long time ago. Jango wasn't Tor Vizsla though - he wasn't someone who spent his time pining after ancient imperial glory. If their people had lost anything of themselves over time, it was their unity and their independence. The Evaar'ade were too cowed by the Republic, and even his own buir had chosen to sidestep that hegemony rather than confront it directly. Jango would be different - he didn't have any choice. The Republic wouldn't give him one.

Another slow reptilian blink swept across the mythosaur's vision. The pupils of each eye were black pools and Jango's nearly naked body was reflected in them - two small identical figures each holding a haloed midnight blade. 

[ What do you want from me? ] Jango asked it. [ I've been judged once already, by this thing. ] He held the Dha'kadau slightly higher. [ I don't need to justify myself again. ] The oaths he'd sworn were at the forefront of his mind - that no version of the awful possible futures he had been shown would come to pass. Did this beast - and the ka'ra which must be behind it - want more of him?

Now the great eyes truly closed, real eyelids covered in scales the size of Jango's palm falling like a closing blast-door. The head moved even closer. A wide flat plain of skull took up the entirety of Jango's field of view. This close the scales shimmered - faint rainbow light glowed with shifting colours, though for the most part all he could see was the silver of beskar . Carefully and unable to think of anything else it might be expecting, he put his free hand out and touched it. 

A foreign mind - a foreign sensation - an avalanche - an explosion - it hit Jango's mind and overflowed it in a heartbeat with as much confusion and shock as falling into the waters of the lake an indeterminate time ago. It was vast and ancient and possibly infinite - had it wanted it could have subsumed him entirely, washed him away like solvent dissolving paint and leaving nothing at all in its wake. It was being as gentle now as it knew how, but even so it was like standing under a waterfall and struggling to keep upright. 

Curiosity, amusement, warm affection - the emotions weren't his own, but each was big and bright and echoed through him. He felt as it felt - as the stars felt. Was the mythosaur an avatar of the ka'ra ? Or was it something else, some god trapped inside the earth, a ghost, a spirit, some other entity whose nature couldn't be put into words? 

There wasn't time to analyse. A hand put in the fire could only resist the flames for so long. 

Desire? the creature offered - emotion and image rather than word. It didn't communicate in language but in concepts. Want? 

A deep well - an open sky - a map - an ocean - a flower. Something was unfolding in front of him and inviting him to use it, for the brief moments they had. This wasn't a test. It was an opportunity. 

Guidance. The wisdom of the stars. 

He was Mand'alor; he could ask how to lead, but leadership was the skill of making one small decision after another, of understanding what people wanted and what bound them. It didn't seem possible for the ka'ra to see the future and guide him through such a convoluted path. What if the answer to that question was a remaking - dropped into the soul-forge of the mythosaur, who or what would he be when he emerged? 

Kyr'tsad, Evaar'ade, Haat Mando'ade , they'd forge a new nation together. The Mand'alor wasn't a tyrant. He didn't need to be made into a mythical hero or anything other than what he was. His doubts shed away like forge-slag and were followed by clarity.

The Sith. They were the other threat, the looming shadow that had seemed to worry Tarre Vizsla so much. Dealing with Darth Sidious wouldn't be as easy as taking on a bounty hunter’s assassination job, and they didn’t know anything about his master.

The thought only had to flicker across his mind and the vast entity that held him in its mental embrace latched onto it. A breath, a heartbeat, and Jango was in the darkness of the space between stars. Lines of light knit a spiderweb between the glimmering dots, forking and coming back together. Rapid images flashed in front of his eyes - that cloaked figure from Tarre's visions, sometimes with his hood pushed back and his face bared, sometimes wearing more prosaic Senator's clothes, all of them caught in a moment that echoed with a bone-deep wrongness. Possible futures? It moved too quickly for Jango to make any sense of it. 

There was a shadow stretched over the stars, cold and sticky. Disgust flickered through Jango's stomach, the automatic revulsion of opening a container and seeing food covered in rot. The rot was wrong too. It shouldn't be there, an unnatural poison brought about by some malicious will. It dimmed the light and the lines of the pattern, warping them out of true. 

Another face swam up out of the darkness, one that was new and unfamiliar. A muun, tall and thin, with eyes burning unusual sulphur-yellow. Jango didn't know that species well but he could read hatred in their expression, general and undirected. The same rot - the same revulsion - churned in his stomach looking at this sentient.

[ So this is the second Sith, ] he said, a quick epiphany. [ The one called Darth Plagueis. Now I know his face. Now we'll be able to find him. ] The muun were not the most populous species and rarely travelled outside their native sector unless it was on business for one of their massive corporations. The tangled behemoth of the Banking Clans had begun life millenia ago as the organising social structure of their home planet Scipio. It was a place to start.  

The mind of the mythosaur chimed wordless agreement. A constellation of futures still swam around them, flickers of imagery without context. A dusty desert planet with two suns. A lush world of green meadows and water. A storm over a dark ocean with no land in sight. Coruscant, brightly lit and unmistakable, faces that could only be jetii - including the youngling who'd been on Concord Dawn. It was hard to tell if he was meant to be drawing any conclusions from any of the pictures. If the places or people were important, he couldn’t guess how.

The moment of clarity and understanding was fading under the weight of everything the ka'ra could show him. It was a strain to stay centred and present, to remain himself. He was holding his breath, his lungs burning, aching for oxygen. Pressure all around him, surging upwards, fighting towards a glow of orange-gold…

Jango breached the surface of the lake and pulled himself up onto the rough stone of the stairs. Sucking in air  provoked an instant coughing fit, his chest convulsing instinctively. Water vomited from his mouth - it splashed silver onto the stone, a shimmering pool that cast its own light as it trickled back down to join the living water. Silas was by his side instantly, supporting him. 

[ What happened? ] he asked. 

Jango shook his head, unable to put it into words. 

[ You just disappeared, ] Silas said, clearly unsettled. [ I was going to go in after you, but I didn't know if it would help or even be possible, if it was something that was part of the ritual… ] 

Jango hacked up a little more of the silver stuff and took deep, clean breaths. He wiped it from his mouth with the back of his hand - aside from the fading glow it felt just like water. He regained enough composure - and air in his lungs - to say, [ Guess the stars wanted to talk to me. ] 

His fingers were still tightly clutching the Dha'kadau , now deactivated. Innocent and inert, it was just a piece of metal in his hands. Would this have happened if he’d left it at the shoreline? Had the thought to bring it along been his own, or an influence of the ka’ra ?

Jango levered himself to his feet and took stock of his surroundings. The flickering lamplight was comforting after the darkness, starlight and confusion that lurked deep under the waters, down with that mythosaur. It hadn't been real. Just a vision. He was sure of that… mostly. 

Maul and the kids were watching him. [ Did you sense anything with your powers? ]  he asked them. Tarre had only pulled Maul in that time before, and only with direct skin contact, but still…

[ I sensed a locus of great strength, ] Maul replied, his voice soft. His gaze moved to the water with a thoughtful expression that reminded Jango a little too much of how he'd been drawn to the hidden weapon vaults. Vaults that lay only a short distance from here. [ What did it wish to communicate to you? ] 

[ Darth Plagueis is still alive. I saw what they looked like. ] Jango shook his head, face wrinkling with disgust. He marked Maul's eyes widening and the brief moment of complete stillness - the ad was still afraid of the Sith, with good reason. Maul quickly mastered that fear though, his expression smoothing out. 

[ Will it be enough to track them down? ] 

[ Yes, ] Jango replied. Saying it was making a promise, but if it wasn't enough then the ka'ra would have shown him more. It meant for him to work it out from what it had given. [ The Sith are our enemies - the stars agree. We will hunt them down and leave them nowhere to hide. ] 

Maul nodded, but his gaze was distant. There was something else on his mind. 

Silas left Jango's side just long enough to grab a towel from the floor and drape it over his shoulders. [ You're expected up top, ] he said, with an apologetic expression. [ I can ask them to delay, but then people will have questions. ]

Jango closed his eyes, swearing internally. 

Oh yes. His speech.

[ I’d better get dressed then, ] he said.

Chapter 40: Arc 3: To Build Peace - 41 BBY

Summary:

The Jedi Council consider the outcome of the Mandalorian Civil War - the Mand'alor considers the next steps.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The wavering hologram of Master Tholme danced over the projector in the centre of the council room at the peak of the Temple of Coruscant, the signal attenuated by each hyperspace beacon it was passing through on its long journey from the Outer Rim. Jedi Master Sifo-Dyas narrowed his eyes slightly against the pounding inside his head, a pounding that barely relented of late. He was caught between the present and the inexorable advance of the future with no way to stop it, and nothing he would hear from their Shadow on Mandalore could possibly ease it either.

That is fear , he reminded himself. Do not judge without evidence. Releasing that fear into the Force was not as easy as mentally repeating a few words however, and his awful headache certainly did not improve matters. 

Sometimes Sifo-Dyas envied Master Windu his shatterpoints. As visions went, they made for an immediate cue in front of one’s eyes, something that presumably could be blocked out simply by shutting them. The vague premonitions that often troubled Sifo-Dyas’ senses were constantly shifting manifestations, almost impossible to describe to others. They were worst in dreams, but also overwhelmed him in the waking world on a schedule of their own choosing. Sometimes the Force shouted loudly, at others it whispered. When it was utterly quiet he found himself reaching out for its warnings compulsively - it was even worse to grope towards a future unseen than to try and pick a path through shards of possibility. 

The mind of any individual being was not designed to perceive the vastness of the Force, which was the galaxy and every living thing within it. Sifo-Dyas doubted greatly that any of this was intentional communication. Like a passive receiver he sensed the currents that moved within it - the future weighed upon the past, and the present cut the course of the future as water cut a riverbed. It was simply his particular gift - or curse - to be a very sensitive receiver. 

“Masters of the Council,” Tholme said, nodding around the half-circle of chairs. “I thought it best to deliver this report live, so that I could answer your questions about the situation. The Mandalorian Civil War has come to an end.”

A ripple of consternation briefly shivered outwards as the assembled Jedi released it into the Force. However there was no surprise alongside it. It had become clear from Tholme’s reports over the last few months that Mand’alor Fett’s victory was inevitable. It was just a question of when and how. Sifo-Dyas listened with only half an ear as the Shadow explained the military engagements which had led to the New Mandalorians’ surrender. He was even less surprised than the other members of the Council. 

All metaphors and similes were poor descriptions, but for over a decade the river of the present had run into a dark future, a shadowed place that tainted the water red as blood and the skies dark with thunderstorms. Nightmares dogged Sifo-Dyas when he slept - he dreamed of a galaxy without Light. War, with its uniquely metallic taste. Yet those same shadows prevented any attempt at finding the meaning behind the images and sensations, or revealing what he could do to stop it. Nothing at all had changed for years - and then, all of a sudden, a shift. A haze of mist had drawn across the future. The turning cogs in the vast machine called fate paused, clicked, and began to grind again, but what exactly had changed was still too subtle for him to perceive. 

“At present, Fett’s faction is consolidating their position,” Master Tholme continued. “There is a place in the capital city Keldabe which is sacred to the Mandalorian people called the First Forge. Jango Fett had a private coronation ceremony there before giving a speech which was broadcast across the sector.”

“I thought Sundari was the capital,” Poli Dapatian muttered.

“The New Mandalorian capital,” Tholme said. “The original capital was Keldabe, and it has returned to that position.”

“I do not believe the signal carrying the speech reached the wider galaxy,” Oppo Rancisis mused. “Were you able to secure a copy?”

Tholme nodded. “I will send it at the end of this transmission. Summarising the themes, the Mand’alor called for a peaceful handover of power now that the remaining dome cities have surrendered. He spoke of unity and Mandalorian spirit. He acknowledged the hard and unglamorous work of rebuilding. He did not mention expansion or further conquest.” Tholme rubbed his chin briefly. A gesture of disquiet? “So far his actions seem to bear his words out. There have been no purges, no pogroms, and equally little in the way of protests from the losing side. The situation is better than I hoped, though I am glad to have been wrong about that.”

Around him, many of his fellow Masters relaxed. Sifo-Dyas did not. His concern had never been what the Mandalorians would do to each other, but what they would do to the rest of the galaxy, and he did not believe Fett’s omission was the same as a promise. The dark future he’d foreseen was still there - the curtain obscuring it could even be an effect of the Mandalorians’ own secret Force traditions. Master Nu had found nothing about them in the archives, only that they did exist. There had been a Mandalorian Jedi - once. Only once. One who’d come to the Order orphaned and too old, though the rules about age had not been so strict in those times. He’d been of an age to remember his birth culture, but he joined them towards the end of the New Sith Wars - the Jedi had not been focused on cultural exchange at the time. Whether or not Tarre Vizsla would have shared anything he knew was immaterial; it appeared that he had not been asked or his comments had not been recorded.

And then he left the Order. One of only twenty Masters to ever do so, and if the records could be believed, because he was forced to give up his military command when the Senate passed the Ruusan Reformations. 

So he’d always been more a Mandalorian than a Jedi. The rules about age existed for a reason.

This Mandalorian warrior resurgence… it could be the threat that rippled backwards through the Force and shaped his nightmares. 

“What of the child?” Master Yaddle asked. “Have you encountered him again?”

“The Mand’alor’s ward,” Master Tholme said, a confirmation rather than a question. “Encountered is a strong word for it - I have seen him from a distance. Fett’s family was present during his speech. Apparently he has married - the Mandalorians aren’t overly formal about such things. Their vows are quick to say and need only be made directly to each other. Witnesses aren’t even necessary.”

“Who is the lucky partner?” Mace Windu’s tone was dry. A touch of sarcasm was likely warranted - while being married to a person of power came with many advantages it also made them into a target. Of assassination, of political manoeuvring, of jealousy… 

“His second-in-command, Silas Dirn.” Tholme shrugged. “They may have been close before, or grew close during the war. It’s a topic of a great deal of speculation. Personally my money would be on the former. They adopted several younglings together before hostilities first broke out. They may have been riduure - partners - for much longer than is known publicly, particularly if Jango was worried about painting too great a target on Silas’ head while the war was still going on.”

“And one of those younglings was the zabrak boy?” Yaddle’s ears dipped downwards, a sign of her concern. “Master Jinn and Padawan Kenobi mentioned that they were connected.”

“His ward, not his son,” Tholme clarified. “It does apparently make a difference, although again I am mostly relying on rumour for my information. Like any parent would be, the Mand’alor is protective of his family. Thankfully Mandalore lacks Coruscant’s journalistic appetites.”

The mere mention of the populist gossip-channels and the ‘journalists’ that worked for them was enough to get every member of the Council wincing. While their focus was generally a glitzy reality of Holonet stars and celebrities that the Jedi Order were lucky to have little to do with, there was a certain mystique to the Order that sometimes caught the public's attention. It had been centuries since the last event that deserved the name of a ‘Jedi scandal’, but that didn’t stop people from speculating. 

“His name is Maul,” Tholme continued. “No last name. The other younglings - who have taken Fett’s clan name - are two other Dathomiri zabrak named Feral and Savage, likely Maul’s biological siblings, a nautolan named Kilindi, and Pre Fett, the former heir of Jango’s rival Tor Vizsla.”

This last fact had been discussed in previous briefings based on reports from the Shadow, but the mention of this strange Mandalorian custom was no less unsettling now. Adopting the children of one’s enemies was significantly more merciful than some other options, but it still spoke to a cultural assimilation that felt rather imperial in nature. 

Tholme wasn’t done. “Before the war was officially concluded, I saw Maul several times in the same library as before, though I was never able to establish what he was doing there. He always had a gold-helmed guard with him - an armourer.”

“They are religious leaders, correct?” Oppo Rancisis asked. 

Tholme nodded. “They are certainly touched by the Force in some way, but I haven’t been able to understand it.” This wasn’t so odd. There were hundreds of Force-traditions out there scattered across the galaxy, almost as many as there were different cultures. The way of the Jedi was simply one amongst many - understanding one facet of the Force did not confer instant comprehension of the whole. To touch the Force was to be humbled by it. Only the Sith were arrogant enough to claim to master something far greater than any mortal being could hope to grasp. 

“It’s possible this is all no more complicated than some private tutoring,” Tholme continued. “Yet that doesn’t explain why none of the other children were with them, or why Padawan Kenobi sensed the Dark Side from Maul on Concord Dawn.”

“Believe young Kenobi mistaken, do you?” Master Yoda asked. 

“No, he wasn’t mistaken.” Master Tholme’s expression was severe, the corners of his mouth briefly drawing down. “I sensed that Darkness for myself, present on each occasion. Merely sensing the Dark Side hasn’t told me anything though, and as I’ve mentioned, the boy is also being trained in another Force tradition, which can only be the work of these armourers. I cannot draw any firm conclusions. I have no real evidence.”

“We will accept some speculation,” Mace Windu suggested. 

Master Tholme squared his shoulders. “I do not believe that the Mandalorians are responsible for Maul’s Dark Side training. If anything I believe they are trying to undo it. The boy is a foundling, adopted. Logically he must have been somewhere else when they came upon him, with someone else. Caring for younglings is an important part of Mandalorian culture, whichever permutation of it we’re talking about, and they wouldn’t have taken him in if he had responsible guardians looking out for him -  or for his siblings.”

“Certainly none of them could have if they are from Dathomir,” Plo Koon commented, his mandibles flaring outwards in a faintly aggressive gesture. Sifo-Dyas sensed a shimmer of protectiveness from him. 

“Discussed this we have,” Yoda said, tapping the end of his stick against his chair. “Over Dathomir, jurisdiction we do not have. Interfere in their culture we cannot.”

“They may not be members of the Republic, but they use the Force. One could make the argument…”

“Ahem.” Master Sinube knew how to interrupt the flow of conversation. Looking thoughtfully into the middle distance, he said, “Similar cases have been tried before the courts. Oh, one, two centuries ago? A sad situation. A mess with Dark Jedi, and an offshoot group of Dathomiri witches. The Order involved itself and was judged to have overstepped our bounds, resulting in significant loss of life. We were censured for our actions - rightly so, on reflection.”

Plo Koon bowed his head. “Apologies. I hope you can all understand my frustration.”

“Understand it we do,” Master Yoda agreed. “Yet fully Dark even those of Dathomir are not. Another, responsible for training Maul may be. Investigate further we must. If Dark Jedi there are, no choice we have; our responsibility they would be.”

“I’m not sure how much further my investigation can go from here,” Tholme admitted. “I could break my cover and request an audience with the Mand’alor as a representative of the Order, but I can only see that as a terrible idea. The other possibility would be travelling to Concord Dawn and asking the locals for information, but it would be highly likely for word of that to get back to Jango Fett.”

“There really isn’t even a whisper as to where Maul came from?” Yaddle asked, though not very hopefully.

Tholme shook his head. 

“Someone could travel to Dathomir…” Plo Koon suggested, a certain darkness still present in his tone.

“They’re unlikely to be cooperative,” Jocasta Nu replied. She clicked her tongue in a loud ‘tut’. “While we might succeed in confirming the planet as the origin of the other two zabrak, I wouldn’t expect the witches to admit to one of their children ending up in the hands of a Dark Jedi, whether or not they gave the boy away, or if he was stolen from them. They aren’t fond of the Order.”

“There may be another avenue of approach,” Mace Windu said. “Once the Senate finds out the outcome of the Mandalorian civil war, which will be soon, they will have to decide on their response. Chancellor Valorun is not a rash man. He will open with diplomacy - and given the potential danger towards any envoy sent by the Republic it is likely he will ask for Jedi to accompany them.”

“Would that be wise?” Oppo Rancisis asked. “The last two Jedi in Mandalorian space did not leave under happy circumstances. Nor have we addressed the failings of Galidraan.”

That prompted more wincing. It was just as Yan had suggested at the time, Sifo-Dyas reflected - the whole business stank. His old friend might have left the Order but that didn’t mean he wasn’t willing to take their calls when they reached out to him. His recollections had been a helpful starting point, and further investigation had revealed the awful truth. The blame for the blood shed that day couldn’t be laid at the feet of any one individual or organisation, but that did not matter. The past could not be changed. What had happened, had happened. They could only learn from their mistakes and make what amends were possible. 

“We aren’t even certain what kind of redress Mandalorian culture would accept,” Mace Windu said. “We have to begin by asking that question - and that means facing what we fear.”

Oppo Rancisis bristled. “Nobody here is afraid of the Mandalorians.”

“I do not believe that to be true,” Mace Windu said, perfectly calm. It wasn’t judgemental. It was a statement of perceived fact. “Fear is a natural response. Denying that is pride, and pride is a dangerous trap. We have just been discussing if Mandalore and its people are a threat to us, and it is entirely possible that they may turn out to be one. Even so we must not allow that possibility to cloud our judgement.”

“Wise, Master Windu’s words are,” Yoda said, nodding. “A hand offer we shall, outstretched.”

“But who?” Yarael Poof asked. 

No names came immediately to mind. 

“Meditate on the matter we shall,” Yoda suggested. 

The meeting concluded shortly after that, with little more in the way of progress. Master Tholme’s report was complete, and for now he would remain in place as a silent observer. An early warning system should the Mand’alor turn his gaze outwards past his borders. 

Master Sifo-Dyas retired to his quarters still troubled. The Force was a heavy blanket around him, stifling, obscuring his vision. Meditation… what would that show him? The shape of the future remained obscure and there was nothing that could be done to stop it, only to prepare for it. 

Prepare how? The Order was not an army, yet every instinct screamed that it would be forced to become one against all reason, against all law, against everything that they stood for. Master Windu could counsel them to be mindful of their fears all he wanted - could he not see what Sifo-Dyas could see? Didn’t the shatterpoints warn him? Although even if they had, they were all just as powerless. 

Force please, show me a path, he thought desperately. Any path, even the thinnest. Please.

----

“It’s over?” Satine Kryze said in a whisper, repeating the words of the House Mereel guard. “No, that can’t be. It can’t be over.”

Seated next to her, Uncle Theodore took her hand under the table and squeezed it in reassurance. It anchored Satine in place through the haze of disbelief that filled her mind with a dull whine. 

“I would have thought you would be pleased,” the guard said with obvious scorn. “Isn’t peace what you Evaar’ade want?”

A reply hovered on Satine’s tongue malformed. A scattering of words, of disconnected objections, questions, fears. Peace, but at what cost? Her people had held out for just a few dragging months and she’d hoped that… that what? That help would come? From where? From the Republic? 

No. Even if someone had asked them outright their aid wouldn’t have come quickly enough. Since the moment Fett had summoned new forces from seemingly nowhere it could only have turned out this way. 

What was Jango Fett doing with his victory? Were the streets of Sundari flowing with blood? How many had died when the dome broke? Anyone who stuck to their principles, who did not bow to Jango’s new order, what would happen to them? Would they be cut down?

The Haat’ade claimed to be good people who prosecuted a moral war - as if any war could be moral ! Satine could have listened to their assurances of mercy. It would have been nice to be able to believe, a weight of fear removed. She refused to be that naive. Even if the Haat’ade were capable of showing restraint, what of Death Watch? There were so many of them in the ranks of Jango’s army; he couldn’t be everywhere and watch all of them at once. Was she supposed to forget everything they had promised the New Mandalorians for when they triumphed?

There was no point in asking the woman in front of her any of these questions. She would not be able to trust the answer, not deep down. 

Raising her chin, steeling her determination, she asked instead, “What now?” Hostages were no use once the war was over.

“Now?” The guard chuckled. It wasn’t actively malicious but the hairs up and down Satine’s spine still lifted and she suppressed a shiver. “Now you help us rebuild. Now we learn to live together. All your time as a prisoner you’ve looked down on us - I wonder how long you’ll be able to do that when you see Manda’yaim as it should be.”

Satine glanced at Theo. His expression was as confused and troubled as her own. It was meagre reassurance. Not for the first time doubt flickered inside her, a candle flame in the wind. If she was wrong… if she was wrong there would be no poor consequences. If she was right, then at least she would be prepared for the worst. 

“What does that actually mean for us?” she asked. “If you want us to help you rebuild, there’s nothing to rebuild here.”

“You’re going to Sundari.”

This surprised Satine - she’d expected Keldabe, close to the Mand’alor’s seat of power. Sundari was a recently surrendered city and it had held out for a long time. Of course Jango would never let them go home to Kalevala, but even in Sundari they would be around their own people. Satine didn’t have the first idea how to organise an insurrection or an underground resistance movement, but wasn’t Fett worried she and her uncle would try something like that? 

“Governor Almec is a smart man; he’s been very co-operative,” their guard continued. 

“Governor?” Theodore interrupted. “Almec is the Mayor of Sundari.” 

“He was. He’s seen the benefits of supporting the peace process - hopefully you will too in time.”

If she was telling the truth about Almec’s motives then they shouldn’t expect any help from him, Satine thought. On the other hand, it might be a ploy to sow discord between them and make them paranoid about who they could reach out to. What was certain was that they would have to be careful when they reached Sundari. Careful, she could do. 

“I hope this peace is everything you claim,” she said. 

----

If anything, Jango Fett felt even less certain about being a leader now than he had while the war was still raging. Even so life went on; people had to be fed, they had to go to work and be paid. The less populous planets in their sector had always been fairly independent and now they continued in the same vein. In the northern hemisphere of Manda’yaim the old clan structure had persisted and was ready to take over day to day management of their hereditary territories. Haat’ade and Kyr’tsad were similarly organised around House and Clan - delegation was easy. Only the Evaar’ade were used to a more top-down approach. For centuries they’d moved closer and closer to the bureaucratic model of the Republic and now Jango was at the top of it - something he’d never trained for and wasn’t prepared for. 

It didn’t help that even after surrendering, most of the Evaar’ade officials were both afraid of him and disgusted by him. They were deferential, but half of them flinched whenever he moved like he was going to pull a gun on them, and the other half talked down to him as though he was ignorant and completely uneducated. Squeamishness and hate lurked behind their eyes. 

Didn’t help that comparatively Jango was ignorant of some of what was expected of him. He hadn’t ever paid attention to New Mandalorian politics. What exactly had their Prime Minister been responsible for? Acting as an intermediary between Mandalore and the other powers of the galaxy, he got that bit, and something about signing laws, but he hadn’t done it all on his own. He had… people. Of some kind. Even within the Evaar’ade there were factions and differences of opinion, tugging their path forward this way and that. 

He could grudgingly admit that not all the Evaar’ade were that bad. Some of them were genuinely keen to make the new peace work, and he’d handed those ones more power so that they could prove it to him. He hoped that hadn’t been a bad decision. 

At any point it could all come crashing down. The situation was delicate. 

Another question loomed particularly large in his mind right now. What place would the factions of the diaspora have in this new Mandalore?

“Mand’alor Fett!” Lelek Cutterclaw’s voice boomed out across the audience hall of the Palace as he approached. “Thank you for seeing me.” And here came the reason he was thinking about the diaspora now.

Jango couldn’t see any reason he would have refused the hunt-leader an audience. Lelek and the Corusc’ade under his command were efficient, effective fighters. They’d more than played their part securing the outer regions of the sector, so if Lelek wanted to ask him for something he was of a mind to grant it - within reason. He’d previously mentioned the resources that could be extracted from the deep levels of Coruscant, not outright saying he wanted a trade deal but suggesting it. Jango would have to run his terms past someone who knew more about economics but even so, they were all Mandalorians. Lelek wouldn’t try to take advantage.

“You’re wearing my gift,” Lelek noted. 

Jango glanced down at where the scaled hide draped over his arm and shoulder, catching the light with that faint oil-slick shimmer. It had seemed an appropriate way to show his appreciation for Lelek’s efforts.

“It’s come in useful,” he said. There had only been a few opportunities for Jango to lead his vode in battle here on Manda’yaim , but that had been enough to put the ramoth-hide cloak to the test. It really did absorb and disperse the energy of blaster bolts, reducing the risk that one would hit in between the plates of his beskar’gam . It made sense that it would command a high price on the open market - though how common were the creatures it came from? There had to be a reason he’d never heard of this stuff before. 

Lelek paused before saying anything else. Then he reached up and slid his buy’ce off, revealing his face for the first time in their relatively brief acquaintance. He had pale, leathery skin and eyes that were all red iris with a narrow black slash of pupil in the centre. Other than that he could have passed for human, and when his smile bared his teeth, the only oddness about them was a slight lengthening of his canines. A near-human? Not a sort Jango recognised. What other strange beings and people lived in the depths of Coruscant’s sub-levels?

“You may like it,” Lelek said, “but your payment back in kind has been poor.”

Jango stiffened. He’d agreed to no payment. What did he mean? 

He didn’t want to come right out and admit ignorance. Anyway he’d said ‘poor’, not ‘non-existent’ so apparently Jango had done something to fulfil this unspoken bargain. “What about it was unsatisfactory?”

Lelek’s shoulders moved with sleek muscle as he made a wide, encompassing gesture around the hall with the hand that wasn’t holding his buy’ce tucked under his arm. “Come now. You can’t call that fighting stimulating. We reaped a tally, but none worthy of a song or a tale. There’s merit in being part of the hammer that forged our people back together, but my people and I are hunters. You may not have sworn to any oaths about the hunt you led, but still I am disappointed.”

Jango sat back in his seat, his jaw tightening. The Corusc’ade were a strange people but he’d thought them free of Kyr’tsad’s bloodthirst. “Exactly what kind of prey would have suited you?” he asked, knowing his voice was coming out colder and clipped and that it didn’t sound diplomatic, but he couldn’t suppress his reaction. 

“Don’t mistake me,” Lelek said - he hadn’t stopped grinning while he accused Jango but the mismatch between words and expression made it seem mocking or even a kind of threat. Now the grin became a rueful twist of his lips. “I hardly expected the New Mandalorians to field beasts, and even if they had, there are few creatures out there that match the ones in the deeps. I had simply hoped they might have more mettle to them. 

“I’m being clumsy about this anyway,” he added. “I meant to press you through an unpaid debt to a trade contact with more advantageous terms, thought you’d be embarrassed about how poor a showing your enemies made, but I’ve made you angry instead.”

Jango took a slow breath in and out, a conscious effort to relax his muscles. He was as tense as though he was expecting a fight, but he thought now that Lelek was being honest with him. There was a strange kind of logic here, it was just coming at him from a sideways angle. He’d missed some kind of cultural context here from the start, and Lelek had as well. 

“In the interests of being very clear with each other then,” he said, “should I say all over again that I’ve got no intention of starting fights outside Mandalorian space, or rebuilding a long-fallen empire?”

Lelek relaxed back into his typical casual smile. “It would be inconvenient if you did, since war with the Republic would make it hard to ship anything to you from Coruscant.”

Jango tapped one finger thoughtfully against the beskar plate covering his thigh. If Lelek was going to negotiate with him honestly, he ought to do the same. “I don’t know the first thing about trade,” he admitted. “Aside from collecting taxes, I’m not sure what role a government has in the matter.”

Lelek was nice enough not to make his wince too obvious, but Jango could still read it in the subtle tension that briefly flickered around his eyes. 

“You, on the other hand, seem to be more knowledgeable,” Jango said. He was now realising he’d made some assumptions about Lelek based on the kinds of hunters he’d run into as a mercenary, who hadn’t been the most economically minded people. Lelek might be a deep-dweller but he was still from Coruscant, and the world-city lived and died on its trade. If not for the massive import of resources and export of waste Coruscant would starve and choke itself within a few months of having to manage on its own. “Are you looking for another job?”

Lelek raised an eyebrow. “You sure you could trust me? I could bleed you dry to enrich my own.”

“Are we not your own?” Jango answered. “We’re all Mandalorians, and I am your Mand’alor.” Was he still Lelek’s Mand’alor now the war was over - that was the real question. 

Lelek acknowledged this with a nod. “I’m not cut out for a government job - not enough excitement. But if you need me to negotiate with myself… I can do that on my honour and be fair about it.”

“What about sticking around long enough to give me a few pointers?” Jango asked. “A temporary arrangement. If I could find some excitement for you.”

“You’re trying to make peace - that’s not exciting.”

A vague idea drifted through Jango’s mind, but he hesitated to speak it into being. Would it be reckless? How much could he really trust Lelek, as the man himself had pointed out? On the other hand it was vanishingly likely that the Corusc’ade were part of the shadowy conspiracy woven by the Sith. 

“There are other possibilities you might find more exciting…” he ventured.

A spark of interest caught in Lelek’s eyes. “Didn’t you just tell me you’d caught all your prey? Or did you mean the stragglers broken from the pack and on the run? Sorry, even driven to desperation I don’t think they’ll be much of a fight.”

Jango wanted to put Kyr’tsad on those trails actually. It might keep them out of trouble. None of the commanders he was worried about had started to push back against him yet, satisfied by victory, but he could never forget how many of them wanted the empire he refused to build. After however much time they thought was fair he expected more challengers to come for his throne. 

“Not that,” he replied. “The kind of prey nobody has hunted for centuries. A Sith Lord.”

The first reaction was amusement, but Lelek caught himself before he started to laugh. It had to be obvious that Jango was entirely serious. The hunter’s eyes narrowed in thought. “There are no Sith Lords. The Jedi wiped them out.”

“If you were a Sith, wouldn’t you want them to believe that?” Jango replied. 

“And how do you know about this? More than that, what possible interest does the Mand’alor have in hunting Sith?” 

How much did Jango want to tell him? “The same reason I would have in hunting anyone - I know that they pose a threat to our people. As to how I know… I’ll need your commitment before I tell you that.”

Lelek nodded. He stood with a predator’s stillness while he chewed the offer over in his head. Eventually he said, “Hunting a Sith would be worthy of a song indeed.”

“A song you want to be part of?”

“What kind of hunter could I call myself if I turned down an offer like that?” He smiled. “Alright. You have my word. I will help you with these political issues and in return you will take me with you when you go after the Sith.”

Good. There was a lot of manoeuvring to do first off, but at the end of it Jango fully intended to kill both Darth Sidious and Darth Plagueis. Foiling their plots was all well and good, but he knew it wouldn’t be enough on its own from the visions the ka’ra showed him. The Sith wouldn’t take his meddling lying down; it was kill or be killed. Outright confrontation wasn’t the way to do it though. The abilities given by the Force were too powerful - Jango had killed Jedi but none of them had fought like Darth Sidious had on that strange future version of Manda’yaim . Lelek would understand - surely his clan used traps and other ways of getting an advantage on the creatures of Coruscant’s deeps in their hunts? 

There had been another reason his mind connected Lelek and the Sith though. “The political issues and the Sith might be more connected than you’d expect,” Jango said. “There are two Sith Lords out there - that I know of.” As Maul suggested, Sidious might have a new apprentice to replace him by now, and there was no reason that Plagueis would stick to the supposed Rule of Two any more faithfully. There could be more.  “One of them is a Muun, but I don’t know his name, just his face.”

Lelek’s attention sharpened again - he understood Jango’s implications. “Are you sure he wasn’t one of their outcasts, rather than Banking Clan?” 

Jango cocked his head. “I hadn’t heard of Muun outcasts. I don’t know much about their people at all, other than the usual things most of the galaxy says about them - and I wouldn’t put too much weight on that.” Stereotypes and gossip lacked nuance. He needed to do more research, but there just hadn’t been time. 

“The Muun are a conformist culture,” Lelek told him. “They’re raised with a very specific idea of what kind of people they should be. Dissent isn’t tolerated, whether that’s as sweeping as wanting to make changes to their social structure or as small as interests and ambitions that aren’t ones Muun are supposed to have. At heart though they are people like any other - those who are different either learn to suppress that and fit in, or they break off entirely and are made exiles.”

“And what would a Sith be?” Jango wondered aloud. “Are their beliefs compatible with those of a good Muun citizen?”

“To know that, I’d need to know what the Sith believe these days,” Lelek said with a grin. “It’s been a thousand years of hiding, right? Why should they still be the same?” In his eyes an unspoken; is that a question you can answer? And if so, how exactly do you know?

“That seems like a longer conversation,” Jango admitted. One he might need Maul for. He thought he had a fair understanding of the Sith, but he didn’t want to lead Lelek wrongly by accident. “More of a war-council, even.” 

“Hmm. Well, any outcast Muun tend to stand out. There are some of them on Coruscant down on the lower levels - like the Corusc’ade they’re the kind of people who want to stay well away from the attention of the Republic authorities.” He laughed. “I’m not sure there’s a species in the galaxy that isn’t represented in some way on Coruscant. It’s a planet with a gravity unlike any other, so to speak.”

“I’m not sure they would be an exile,” Jango said. “The Sith wouldn’t want to stand out; they survive by their secrecy.”

“I suppose it all depends on when they became a Sith,” Lelek said, eyes flicking up as he thought. “They were supposed to be a mirror to the Jedi in many ways - or even similar to us, in that they are a culture rather than a bloodline. They recruited others and trained them in their ways, yes? If this Muun only found the Sith after being exiled, that would be one thing. If the Sith found them on Muunilinst or Scipio… yes, they wouldn’t have let themselves be exiled after that even if it meant forcing themselves to conform to expectations.”

“If this Sith is playing at being a perfect Muun, then they’ll be part of the Banking Clans,” Jango said. “It makes sense for another reason. Since the Jedi almost wiped them out they’ve wanted revenge, and it's what they’ve been building towards in all the centuries since. They’re too few to manage that with force of arms. They’ve sought out other sources of power.”

“Economic ones,” Lelek said, understanding him immediately. “Will you tell me yet how you know all this?” He paused, narrowed his eyes and asked, “Did one try to recruit you? Recruit us , I mean, a Mandalorian army.”

It was a fair guess. It would have made sense; they had a mutual enemy in the Jedi. If the ka’ra had not been so clear about the fate of their people if they gained the attention of the Sith and if Jango had found out they still existed in a different way, he might even have suggested an alliance himself. Now such an idea was anathema.

“No,” he said. “I do have inside knowledge, but not from one of the Sith Lords. From the ka’ra itself.” It was true enough while still keeping Maul out of it for now. That wasn’t Jango’s secret to tell without permission. 

Lelek’s eyes widened and a curse slipped from his lips. “So it’s true; the ancestors do offer their wisdom to our Mand’alor.”

“At the right time and place,” Jango said. “I’m not star-touched. I don’t expect it to happen again.” It had better not happen again. Once had been enough, twice had been too many. 

Lelek shook his head, centred himself once more. Despite self-evident curiosity he didn’t allow himself to become distracted. “So an influential Muun, probably at least a Magister or their primary heir. There are still enough of them that it doesn’t narrow it down too much. I don’t suppose the ka’ra gave you any more clues?”

“The Muun is the Master, but I know a bit more about the Apprentice. A human - the Senator for Naboo and the Chommell Sector, Sheev Palpatine. There might not be any direct connection outside of their Force learning though. If I was trying to go unnoticed, I wouldn’t fund my student’s activities directly.”

“Or perhaps I would, to give a good reason for our connection if someone saw us together,” Lelek replied. “For the purposes of our hunt I would at least search the Senator’s background thoroughly.”

“I’ll have eyes on him soon enough,” Jango told him. “Once the situation here has settled, we’ll send out spies to investigate not just Palpatine, but a random selection of other Senators as well.”

“Wise to cover your tracks.” Lelek nodded approval. “There’s corruption aplenty in the Republic Senate, so whatever you find on any of them might prove useful. Do you already have people in mind for the roles?”

“I planned to ask amongst the laamir-me’sene . They’re used to going unnoticed.”

“As mercenaries and smugglers,” the hunter pointed out. “That’ll still do for some. They won’t know Coruscant though, not unless they’ve travelled a lot further than I’d expect. If they come to the Corusc’ade first we can teach them what they need to know to pass as Core-worlders; even the rougher sort like us deep-dwellers.”

“If it’s not too big a favour to ask.”

“It’s for our Mand’alor,” Lelek replied, grinning. “Spying on those space-skimmers helps the Mandalorian people.”

“Space-skimmers?” Jango had to ask.

“Anyone from the top level - it’s built up to the altitude where Coruscant’s highest mountain used to be before they buried all but the tip of it. Practically in the upper atmosphere.”

“I get it. And I’ll take you up on that offer.” Jango thought some more. “I don’t suppose the Intergalactic Banking Clan has nice holopics of their senior management posted on their Holonet site?”

Lelek laughed. “That’d be too easy! No, despite their galactic financial ambitions, the Muun are a surprisingly insular culture. Or perhaps xenophobic would be a better descriptor. They don’t like outsiders knowing their business.”

Jango sighed. “Alright. In that case there’s only one other thing I’ve got to ask you.”

“What’s that?”

“Does MandalMotors have any connection to the IBC?”

“That,” Lelek said softly, “is a very good question.”

“Then the Mand’alor and his new economic advisor had better go and find out.”

Notes:

I didn't actually intend for Lelek to join the effort against the Sith, but then I had the same thought Jango does here...

Chapter 41: Chapter 40

Summary:

Politics and plotting.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Maul listened to Jango explaining recent developments in their conflict with the Sith with a mixture of foreboding, fear, and irritation. Why had he brought another person into his confidence so deeply? If he wanted Lelek Cutterclaw’s economic expertise then Jango was the Mand’alor - could he not simply demand it? Would any honourable Mandalorian refuse him? Or better yet he might have asked Maul , who had after all led a galaxy-spanning criminal empire for decades… 

Which Jango did not know about. Obviously. Nor could Maul have offered to assist in managing trade or other financial considerations and have been taken seriously. Even after living as a child again for all this time the reality of it still slipped out of Maul’s mind occasionally, so that the reminder of it came as a shock. 

Maul let go of that sliver of anger which had no true justification, and the Dark Side slithered back from him, swallowing it like a feline with a scrap of meat. Despite this, not all of his feelings dissipated. He was angry for another reason. 

Ah, yes, Maul realised after a moment's more thought. It was the low burbling note of sourness at the back of his throat which had been there since the coronation. 

“You did not say before that you had another vision,” he murmured, and marked Jango's subtle wince.

To Maul it had been obvious even at the time. No Force-sensitive could exist in the presence of an outpouring of power such as had risen from beneath the Living Waters and fail to notice it, even had they not been trained to perceive the particular signature of the ka'ra . Savage, Feral, Pre, they'd all known it but had not pressed Jango to tell them what he had seen. This was a sacred Mandalorian ritual. They assumed it was deeply private. 

Even so, his teacher's silence irritated him like a splinter. This was unfair since Maul continued to keep plenty of his own secrets, yet it had been hard to put aside. Only now did Jango come out with the truth, which was far more prosaic than he’d suspected. A continuation of Tarre Vizsla's warning about the Sith. 

Given that, Maul had a right to his anger. This matter affected him; it affected all of them. Yes, Jango was uncomfortable with the Force and its powers, but that was no excuse. Did Maul not have a right to be informed about information which had a direct impact on him? Any scrap of additional knowledge about the Sith, particularly the fact that his Master’s Master Darth Plagueis was indeed alive, was something he ought to know immediately! 

“I don't know why I didn't say anything,” Jango told him now, a poor excuse. “It's… I'm still half-convinced it was a hallucination.”

“Do you not believe it to be a blessing?” Though Maul meant it as a taunt the sarcasm did not come out in his voice. It sounded like a simple question.

Jango said nothing. An expression of frustration flickered over his face, but in the Force it turned inwards rather than out. Could it be that he did not feel worthy? Jango had never craved power the way Maul had. He failed to grasp that to have power was to be protected, that it conferred its own safety. Instead he shrank from the responsibilities of it. Maul would have expected him to have gotten over his fears by now - had it not been long enough? - yet apparently he had not. 

“Anyway, there wasn't anything to act on before now,” Jango said, deflecting. “A face isn't a name. But with Lelek's help, or through tracking Palpatine and his connections, we'll get one.”

The Dark Side cooled around them, threatening to set a shiver through Maul's skin. Plagueis. He knew absolutely nothing about the man. He had not even known he was a muun. They’d been two dark stars in separate orbits around Sidious, never to meet. Or perhaps Plagueis was the sun to Sidious’ planetary body, and Maul the moon around him , too small to be noticed - or to even be relevant.

He had no idea in truth if Plagueis had ever been aware of him, now or in the other timestream. Maul's survival had to be proof of his ignorance, for how else would the Sith Master react to his Apprentice taking on one of their own? This was the Rule of Two, the Line of Bane. 

“Do be careful, bajur ,” he said now. “If the Sith sense that we have become a threat to them…”

Jango's gaze sharpened. “Is that something the Dark Side can do? Reveal my face to the enemy, just like the ka'ra showed theirs to me?”

Maul hesitated. “Not usually with such clarity,” he said. “A warning of danger that will make them more wary? Yes. But perhaps while we are still searching, hunting them, we will not read as a threat despite the nature of our true goals and intent.”

“Let's hope,” Jango agreed, in a dark tone. 

The desire to be more involved in that hunt tugged underneath Maul's sternum, but at the same time an opposing wariness held him back. The same wariness that held one back from placing a hand into an open flame. The closer one drew to the Sith the closer one came to drawing their gaze. 

He was still afraid of his Master. 

That simple fact, one he couldn't deny as much as he wished to, stoked accompanying hatred. Fear, anger, hate, all of it was of the Dark. It would have been appropriate to use it to feed the Dark Side and draw its strength into him, increasing his power as a Sith should, but Maul still had not discovered how to use the ka'ra and the Dark together. They required states of mind which were too different. He could slide between them, but that was all, and here on Manda'yaim the ka'ra was the stronger. 

So he told himself. 

“And the possible MandalMotors connection?” he asked, picking at another of Jango's mentioned points.

“There isn't one, thankfully,” Jango replied. “The company didn’t put up a fuss about opening their records to me - to their Mand'alor. They've never taken a loan or investment from the Intergalactic Banking Clans. Beskar is too valuable a resource to be a growth industry - not that everything they build even has beskar in it.”

“So we need not be concerned by treachery from that quarter.” 

Strategically that came as a relief, but it also cut off a potential trail they could have followed. What next? Maul could not see any possibilities that Jango had not already covered, and all that could be done was to wait for them to bear fruit.  

He asked the question out loud. “Now what?” 

“Now we wait,” Jango replied. “I’ve got enough to do at least - and I know how bad an idea it is not to keep you busy,” he added with humour.

“Is there nothing I can do to help?” Child he might be, but he’d been Mand’alor of a sort once, amongst his other roles in a past-and-future life. He could make himself useful - and by doing so, take a gentle grasp on the reins of power. Nothing too significant yet, but he had to start somewhere, did he not?

“There’s no need,” Jango said, cutting down this half-formed plot with a wave of his hand. “Maul… we have peace. This isn’t Concord Dawn, it isn’t the farm, but it can be like it was there. All ade want to be grown, and I know you won’t listen to this advice, but… enjoy this while you can.”

Peace? For how long? Internal or external, conflict would come again. But that was Jango’s point. Shehreshoy , the Mandalorian concept of living within the peak intensity of the present moment, giving oneself to it fully with joy and total commitment. ‘Lust for life’, so to speak. 

In that case… “Speaking of my enjoyment,” he said, “I would certainly enjoy finally being granted access to the vaults under the First Forge.”

Jango put his hand over his eyes, which did not entirely conceal that he was rolling them. He dragged the hand back over his scalp. “Of course,” he muttered, mostly to himself. “A strill with a bone…” Louder; “I suppose, under supervision, if the gorane give permission…”

“If their Mand’alor asks, I am sure they will,” Maul said, satisfaction sweeping through him. He knew a victory when he saw one. 

----

Debate raged in the Senate. This was, indeed, the usual state of affairs.

Senator Sheev Palpatine sat back in his chair, lacing his fingers together in his lap. Sharp, ice-blue eyes tracked each hover-platform as it detached from its position and drifted out into the cold void beneath the roof of the Senate Rotunda. Little surprised him about the opinions expressed by his fellow Senators or the representatives of the corporations. He knew each and every one of them in exacting detail, having built up this picture over a decade of political experience and manoeuvring. 

The only aspect of the current debate which disturbed him in any way, was that it was not the result of anything he had done.

Was Darth Plagueis concealing something from him? Moving pieces without bothering to mention it? Palpatine considered this idea for a few minutes before discarding it. He could see no gain for his Master in such a ploy. Since the early days of their partnership they’d worked both together and separately to sow discord throughout the Outer Rim, playing criminals and corporate entities against one another, arranging planets to their liking, all to slowly bring the galaxy towards a point where the Sith could finally ascend to power. A weakened Republic, a civil war, the dragging fall of the Jedi and at the end of it all a final blow… but that would come much, much later. There was still a great deal to be done beforehand.

The resurgence of warrior Mandalore would indeed further those plans, but it had never been a serious possibility in the past. Palpatine had considered attempting to interfere in that sector very briefly before discarding the idea as not worth their time. He’d barely thought about Mandalore before or after. The True Mandalorian mercenaries had been destroyed at Galidraan, a ploy which Plagueis might indeed have had a hand in, though SIdious was not certain either way. In any case the outcome had been to weaken the Jedi and further embed them in their role as justicars - a role they could not maintain forever without breaking under the strain of it. Death Watch were a small terrorist organisation of little import, occasionally useful to employ as assassins but otherwise irrelevant no matter what they believed about themselves. Given this, there would have been no point in placing their finger on the scales.

They had failed to foresee the return of Jango Fett, now Mand’alor. Why? Was this the Dark Side extending a boon, arranging events to their advantage? 

The idea was not inconceivable. The Dark was rising, the Light receding. The frigid, ink-black waters of the incoming tide lapped at the edges of reality. Darth Sidious knew that he was favoured by the Force. Why shouldn’t the path before him be made easy?

Out on the Senate floor, those beings ignorant of the hidden hand that ordered the galaxy had more prosaic concerns.

“If only the Senate would allow some movement on their position regarding self-defence,” the Trade Federation representative was saying, “we would be able to guarantee the ongoing safety and regularity of shipments along the Hydian Way.”

“And by self-defence you mean retrofitting merchant vessels into cruisers and droid troop-carriers?” replied Senator Antilles of Alderaan, no lover of the Trade Federation. “When there is no evidence as of yet that the Mandalorians intend to cross their own borders? This august body surely can’t intend to let fear hand the corporations carte blanche to become private armies!”

“No intent?” This from Kin Robb of Taris, a minor ecumenopolis given temporary precedence now only due to its location just outside the Mandalorian sector on the Mandalorian Road hyperway. “The esteemed Senator surely jests. These are Mandalorians we are talking about - we of Taris know what they’re like very well from the ancient wars. It’s only a matter of time…”

Arguments of this nature had dragged on for the last hour. Palpatine returned to listening with only part of his attention. The problem was hardly a new one, merely new to the Senate. Chancellor Valorum was too fresh in his seat to have brought it to public awareness until he had no other choice - and he’d known about it since the very beginning. Palpatine was only just starting to make inroads into the Chancellor’s circle and had not gained his full trust yet, but he had other sources. The unguarded tongues of the Jedi padawans who had taken roles in the Junior Legislature, for example. That particular venture was bearing fruit even sooner than he had hoped. 

The outcome of the conflict had been a foregone conclusion, so Palpatine couldn’t claim he had not had enough time to consider how it might fit into the plans of the Sith. The Mandalorians could be powerful allies, but they had no love for the Republic. Certainly they would not make any petition to join it and would pay no favours for the privilege. More might be gained in using them as the lynchpin of Outer Rim discontent, but that would require very careful handling. The Sith should encompass both sides of the conflict to come - it would do no good to become the ruler of only half the galaxy. If they could not bring the Mandalorians firmly under their control then it would be foolish to support them at all. 

They might do better positioned as a simple threat. Senator Antilles was correct to perceive that fear could drive beings to many actions that were not in their best interests. Fear would push the Senate further towards the Militarist position, which could only be useful for the Sith. Perhaps they could be induced to over-react and attempt to crush the Mandalorians. In such a case hiring private paramilitaries would hardly be sufficient - the more so since many of the best of those paramilitaries had Mandalorian roots. Why, hadn’t one such company deserted from the Corporate Sector only a few months ago, stealing the ship provided to them in the process? Although their current location was unconfirmed, there was reason to suspect they'd left to join the Mandalorian civil war.

No. The Republic would need a real army. An army that would, one way or another, ultimately answer to the Sith.

Chancellor Valorum’s stentorian voice rolled out over the chamber, amplified and cutting through all others as the audio system controls tied to his station allowed. “Senators and Representatives, we have heard opinions from all sides but few of them based in fact. Even so, they have given our august body a great deal to think about.

“I do not propose that we simply wait and see however! We need hard and actionable intelligence. To this end I propose to send an ambassador to this new ‘Mand’alor’.”

A low susurration swept up and down the walls of platforms, too many whispering voices mixing to pick out any particular phrases. 

Palpatine chose that moment to lean forward and touch the signal button on the console before him. 

“Senator Palpatine of Naboo,” Valorum said, inviting him to speak both with a wide and obvious gesture and by the simpler measure of unlocking his pod from its dock. 

“How can the safety of this ambassador be guaranteed?” Palpatine asked as the platform drifted free, affecting an attitude of simple concern. “Wars do not end cleanly - it is possible that the fighting may not be entirely over.” 

Valorum inclined his head. “I’ve chosen our representative with some thought. The Mandalorians will respect a being who comes from a martial tradition like their own. I nominate Senator Yivvird of Kashyyyk for the task, with the Senate’s assent?”

“A wise choice,” Palpatine said quickly. “Naboo seconds the nomination. Although… will the Senator not still need guards of some kind? She is but one being, after all.” 

He was leading Valorum perhaps rather too obviously, but it did not matter. Valorum took the bait. “The Jedi would be the obvious candidates,” he said, “and indeed their Council tells me they wish to make reparations for the… recent difficulties between the Mandalorians and their people.” 

A very mild way of putting the slaughter at Galidraan. Palpatine could not imagine that Jango Fett would respond well to any attempts the Jedi might make to put things right. All the better for the Sith. These warrior cults did so love revenge. 

Relative silence fell across the Senate as its representatives cast their votes on Valorum’s proposal. Unsurprisingly it passed, and with that the session concluded. 

Rising from his seat, Sheev Palpatine made his way through the Naboo Senatorial offices, a five hundred metre long wedge of floor-space directly behind the pod-dock broken up into a variety of areas each set to their own bureaucratic purpose. Skillfully deflecting any attempts by his aides and staff to start conversations, he exited into the corridor outside and from there made his way out of the Senate dome entirely, taking his personal speeder back to his apartment at 500 Republica. 

Finally, privacy. 

The mask of pleasantness dropped from Palpatine then and he opened himself up to the powerful tides and endless depths of the Dark Side. He became again who he truly was. Darth Sidious, Lord of the Sith. 

Not the only Lord of the Sith. 

Sidious initiated the call from a secure encrypted device, retrieving it from its hiding place in the base of a sculpture and setting it down on his desk. The connection was almost immediate, and the thin, stretched-out face of Darth Plagueis appeared before him. The shimmering blue of the projection did nothing to diminish the aura of malevolence and strength emanating from the muun. 

I hate you , Sidious thought to himself, gaze trailing over the breathing apparatus concealing the muun’s lower jaw and throat - legacy of an assassination attempt aimed at his mundane alter-ego which had been as successful as it was only through the Sith Lord’s own hubris. I hate you but for now I need you. 

“Are matters proceeding as we have foreseen?” Plagueis murmured.

“In essence, Master.” Sidious briefly summarised the discussion which had wasted several hours of his life that day. “What are our own plans?”

“For now patience, Sidious,” Plagueis cautioned him. “The predator does not strike before closing in on his prey. We will choose the right moment, the right place. Allow the Jedi to first blunder in and make things worse. Arrogant in their righteousness, their constricting ideals of morality, they could not be more opposed to the warrior Mandalorians. We have long looked for a tool to strike at the numbers of the Jedi Order; the Dark Side may have placed such a tool directly into our open hand.”

This mirrored Sidious’ own thoughts, though he did not say so. “ Can we use them, master?” he asked instead, a challenge intended to reveal more of Plagueis’ thoughts. “They are not under our control; they will not go where we command, or stop when we say to stop. They cannot attack the Jedi without pulling the Republic into a conflict we haven’t yet set the bounds for.”

Plagueis’ sulphur-yellow eyes narrowed. “You forget yourself Sidious. We are the masters of the Dark Side, we are the architects of the galaxy’s fate. The world moves at our will. We cut the channels of the possible into the future. It is not necessary to tug directly at the reins of the Mandalorians to influence their actions. In any case,” he continued, softening slightly, “we have our hands upon the factions in the Senate instead. There will be no galactic war until we are ready - until your  ascension to Supreme Chancellor is ready.” 

The muun appeared to be completely certain of their path, unconcerned about any of the possible negative outcomes that weighed down Sidious’ mind. Was this confidence real? Or was it a smokescreen to project the appearance of power. In the early days of his apprenticeship Sidious had indeed believed that his master was untouchable and invincible - he had coveted that strength with an intensity that ate him from the inside - until he saw Plagueis fail. He might talk of their power over the future, but he did not see it with perfect clarity, and he could be taken off guard. The assassination attempt proved that. 

Plagueis had grown more wary since then, true. And he was right about one thing. Sidious could not take the risk of acting against his Master until his own position on the throne of the galaxy was secure. 

“Then for now we do nothing,” he confirmed. “Or rather, we wait for further opportunities to present themselves.”

“Indeed,” Plagueis replied. “Chaos will rise across the galaxy, and we will rise with it.”

Sidious thought that this would mark the end of their discussion, but before he could cut the connection Plagueis held up a hand. 

“One further matter,” the muun said. Wariness turned in Sidious’ guts, a brief flare of warning in the Dark. “What news of your wayward assassin?”

“The boy was hardly developed enough to have earned the right to be called my assassin,” Sidious replied. Bitter anger gave his voice a poisonous edge. 

“Your tool, then,” Plagueis said. “A dangerous thing, for a tool to go missing.”

Sidious did not like criticism at the best of times, and all the more so over something he did not believe was his fault. The idea that Maul, well trained little hound-pup that he was, so eager to impress and afraid of the consequences of failing to do so, taking his own initiative to run off made no sense at all. Either an external party had put the idea into his head, or they had stolen him outright. 

“I have nothing further to report to you lord,” he was forced to admit. That ongoing failure was also a source of extreme frustration. Frustration at least was an emotion pleasant to the Dark Side, something he could channel to his own benefit to strengthen his powers. Though his apprenticeship under Plagueis had trained him to master his will and seize hold of each situation to turn it to his advantage, a minor boost to his power was a meagre thing to have gained from this problem. 

How could a child go missing so easily?

In this galaxy, in some ways it should not be a surprise at all. Life was cheap, and the unwieldy bureaucracy of the Republic did not stretch into the Outer Rim. Younglings went missing all the time. Even so, the combined powers of the Sith both temporal and mystical should have made it equally easy to find him again. 

Trezza, master of the Orsis Academy, had been apologetic when reporting Maul's disappearance to Sidious, but offered no fully satisfactory explanation. His report was that Maul and another student stowed away on a routine transport to the orbital station, and from there presumably onto another ship that took them onwards to an unknown destination. That they had not been detected during this process was merely testament to the quality of their infiltration training, supposedly.

Naturally Sidious visited Orsis in person to follow up. Probing Trezza's mind with the Force revealed only a cool, tense anger of his own. No trace of guilt. No shame. The other student had been his protege; it was not hard to detect a wounded pride and a spur of rejection behind that quiet, concealed rage. 

Trezza therefore also had good reason to consider that another party might be behind this dual disappearance, but when Sidious put this to him he had no suspects. There'd been no newcomers in the weeks beforehand, nor anything unusual about the station-side traffic. Neither youngling was valuable enough to have been singled out amongst the rest of the Academy's students.

Given the secrecy demanded of all the clients of Orsis, Trezza breached a significant boundary by handing over the ship records held by the station from that day. It was not due to respect owed. Trezza did not know that Sideous was a Sith or a Senator, merely another faceless if powerful figure. Were it not for his desire to recover his girl, he would not have done it at all. 

It was not as useful as either of them might have hoped. Smugglers, pirates and criminals had no store of trust, understanding that everyone had their price in the end even if it did not take the shape of credits. Every ship passing through had taken further steps to conceal the nature of their onward movements. The best lead was a Pyke Syndicate ship which had gone missing after leaving Orsis - the Pykes had subsequently put a bounty out on Crev Colton, the vessel's owner. He was a small-time smuggler, returning to the Syndicate with a cargo of unrefined spice for processing. A small payload to run off with, but sentients had done more foolish things. 

Sidious hired a bounty hunter himself to track Colton down, without success. Even less had come from the other leads, such as they were. 

“The boy knows your face,” Plagueis told him. “He knows that you are Sith.”

“It is most likely he is dead.”

Plagueis’ eyes glowed with an inner fire. “That is not what I have seen in the Dark.”

That was not something Sidious could argue with. He felt it himself, in meditation. A faint, inchoate sense of threat lingered around the boy Maul. Despite this, the Dark would not reveal his location. Sidious had almost thought ‘could not’, but that was ludicrous. The Dark Side of the Force was all powerful,  just as its Masters would be one day. 

“The search continues,” he promised Darth Plagueis. 

----

The holocall connected, throwing soft blue light over the steps in front of the dais that led up to the Mand'alor's throne.  A pair of holoprojectors were concealed within the pourcrete to the right and left, their rays combining to project a high definition image at one to one scale, as though the caller was physically present in the room. Given the nature of said callers, this did not make Jango feel any better disposed towards them. 

Jetii ,” he said, just managing to suppress his sneer. “What do you want with me?”

A diminutive figure no taller than his knee bowed to him, as did the apparently human - and average height - individual standing slightly behind them. “Mand'alor Fett, I am Jedi Master Yaddle. In Galactic Basic I use she and her.” A wave of a three-fingered and clawed hand at her companion. “This is Master Mace Windu, he and him. We hoped to talk to you about a diplomatic matter.”

That was always going to be the most likely answer, but Jango would almost rather have had her come out with something completely outlandish, like that they'd heard the Sith were causing trouble and wanted to discuss tactics to kill them together, or that they had decided to set aside their ideals and wanted revenge on him for killing their own at Galidraan… something that made sense to him rather than more politics

For his people, he had to bear it. 

“I'm listening.”

Yaddle folded her hands together inside the sleeve of her robes. That Master Jinn had the same habit during their brief meeting on Concord Dawn. A shared jetii tic? “Has the Chancellor's representative been in touch yet?”

Oh. Jango had a nasty feeling he knew exactly what this was about. 

“I'm willing to accept the Republic's diplomat,” he told them. “That's all I said. I never agreed to any jetiise coming along.”

The human said, “Of course we wouldn't send anyone without…” He caught himself and stopped. Jango marked the very faint wince. 

“Without asking?” He completed the sentence. His smile was all teeth. “Like that pair, Jinn and Kenobi?”

Master Windu opened his mouth to speak but Jango held up his hand to stop him. “Don't say you had permission from the New Mandalorians. Maybe you did. Whether that really gave you the right… Even interpreting things in your favour I'd say you came damn close to breaking the treaty. Anyway, that's in the past. I'm willing to let it slide, since they left so nicely when I asked.” Ran off with their tails between their legs more like, but whatever. Lelek was teaching him that sometimes politics meant holding people's mistakes over their heads, and that withholding forgiveness without pushing for specific restitution could have a powerful effect. 

“I can still appreciate that you're following proper channels this time around,” he said.

“The Jedi Order as a whole, and I as its representative, admit that we have wronged the Mandalorian people in the past,” Yaddle said, her large ears drooping. “We have wronged you specifically, Jango Fett. It is my hope that coming now in a spirit of…” she chose her words carefully. “Of reconciliation, we can find a way to repair what we have broken.”

The Jango Fett of only a year ago would have spat on the very idea. Revenge - that was the only thing that could repair the damage done by jetiise blades. The debt to the dead could only be washed away in blood. 

Perhaps a few months of civil war had soured his taste for killing. Perhaps the Force-visions sent by the ka'ra had seeded a mote of doubt in his hindbrain, the way the Vizsla gorane feared their own progenitor would infect their line with ‘ jetii’ weakness. Perhaps he just knew he couldn't afford to pull his people into another conflict right now, not even if some of them would have been glad for it. 

“I don't know if you can,” he said, brutally honest. “I'll let you try anyway. Who will you send?” An idea popped into Jango’s head, startling enough to surprise a laugh out of him. 

The jetiise looked at him with eyebrows raised in a question. 

“You weren't thinking of sending Jinn and Kenobi back, were you?”

The jetiise glanced at each other. Windu said, “While they have some useful experience of the Mandalore sector and the surrounding regions, their names were not on our shortlist, no.”

Jango hadn't thought about the pair recently, but he remembered now that they'd been in Tarre's visions - that fight with Maul on a planet he didn't recognise. He'd wondered at the time if it meant they were a threat. If the Order had nominated them he'd have worried even more - and not just about a possible future, but whether they had an ulterior motive, a drive to fulfil the mission they'd been denied - saving Satine Kryze. 

The thing about threats though, was that they were safer where you could see them. 

“No, send them,” Jango said. His voice sounded calm. Centred. Not like a threat. “They've got their own apologies to make to me - better ones this time, I think. If they're able to behave themselves despite their former loyalties, that will tell me a lot about how sincere the Jedi Order is.”

It was a very reasonable request on the face of it, and the jetiise had no good reason to refuse it. They were, after all, trying to get on his good side.

“If they are available and have not already been sent on another mission, we shall discuss it with them,” Master Windu said. 

“Then I'll wait to hear confirmation of your ambassadors’ identities,” Jango said, and cut the call. 

Notes:

Looks like it's time for a couple of Jedi to start being plot-relevant again! I'm sure nothing bad will happen when Maul sees Obi-wan again...

Chapter 42: Chapter 41

Summary:

Jango negotiates with his kids; the Jedi arrive on Mandalore.

Chapter Text

Jetiise ambassadors.” Pre couldn't suppress the expression of distaste. The Jedi were enemies by ancient tradition, but more so due to what had happened on Galidraan. It didn’t sit right to allow them into Mandalorian space, let alone to step foot on the soil of Manda'yaim . Yet it also didn't escape him that they'd only killed Mandalorians at all because of a plan set in motion by his sire. 

He remembered Tor's words at the time; They're nothing but tools of the Senate. And tools are meant to be used.

“If you have objections, I'm willing to hear them,” Jango replied, with a slightly rueful smile in response. Pre's first instinct was to back down - he felt the bite of shame and embarrassment, half-ducked his head and tucked his chin before he caught himself and looked up again.

He didn't have to worry about punishment for speaking out of turn with Jango. His new buir was genuinely open to the opinions of others, whether they were warriors under his command or his aliit. Just one of the many ways he and Tor weren't alike. If he didn't want to hear Pre's thoughts then he would not have asked the question to begin with - though Pre noted that Jango had only called this meeting with the family members he knew might have an issue with their visitors.

In his hesitation, that other family member got the first word in. 

“You cannot allow this!” 

“And why is that, Maul?” Jango asked - Pre marvelled again at his patience, where Tor would have yelled right back, if not gone straight for physical discipline. 

“You should not need to have me say it.” Maul's glare could strip paint. “One does not invite an enemy to sit down at their own hearth.”

“They do if they're trying to make peace.”

A spike of ice splintered out from the young warrior in the Force, making Pre's breath come out in a faint fog. He'd only been able to actively use this strange sixth sense for a short time but still he knew that this was the Dark Side reacting to Maul's emotions. He was learning the ka'ra from the gorane and the Dark from Maul - he could touch either if he wanted to, but he was a rank amateur when it came to any of the other mystic powers the Sith and their ilk were capable of. 

Pre knew it would come in time, with practice. That was truer of the ka'ra than it was of the Dark Side. The Dark wanted to be used. Touching it was like holding an armed thermal detonator; too dangerous to mess around with unless you knew what you were doing. Pre couldn't trust the wildness of the Dark, the deep oceanic currents within it that tugged at his sense of self. Ramikade controlled their emotions, they didn't allow them undue influence over their actions. 

Pre respected Maul's teachings that he was not meant to give himself over utterly to the Dark, that he should hold enough back to maintain control and bend the elemental power to his will, but plainly this was easier said than done. 

He didn't need to fully understand the Dark to understand what Maul was feeling though. He could see that just by looking at his expression. 

“Peace?” his vod hissed. “Really. And what of your revenge? Your hate for the blood the Jedi shed? Was that a lie?”

Jango's face hardened. “Not a lie. I don't lie to you, Maul.”

“Then what, precisely, has changed? Should I trust this is part of a larger plan? One that will deliver the Jedi Order into your hands in its entirety?” 

Maul sounded almost hopeful about that possibility. This wasn't just Mandalorian pride, or rage second-hand on Jango's behalf. This was personal for Maul. Why? Pre could understand despising the jetiise just like anyone who was weak should be despised - and what else could you call warriors who hobbled themselves as the jetiise did? - but this went further. That day on Concord Dawn he had attacked the jetii'ad with immediate fury and lethal intent and Pre hadn't thought to question it at the time, but now… 

Oh. He was being a fool. It was because Maul had been trained by a Sith. 

Vod ,” he said, “I hold no love for the jetiise, but didn't you say you've left behind the Sith and their traditions? Have you kept their ancient grudge against the jetiise anyway?”

“Should I not?” Maul said, tone silky but underwritten with echoes of malice and echoing into the Dark. “They are weak, as the New Mandalorians are weak, but in their numbers and because of their allegiance to a corrupt and dying power they represent a danger to us.”

“I'm not ignorant about that,” Jango said. “Maul, if you're going to make that comparison then remember we're at peace with the Evaar'ade now. I didn't wipe them out. Those on our side who lost people to their soldiers… I haven't given them permission to take revenge in blood. It was war; there's no place for revenge there. Those fighting knew what they signed up for.”

 “We have not been at war with the jetiise ,” Maul replied. “Not… recently. That may change, if we are not careful.”

“This is what being careful looks like,” Jango explained. “Look. I'll lay my intentions out plain. Those jetiise on Galidraan, the ones I didn't kill that day myself… the largest part of me still wants them dead. The Jedi Order are never going to give them to me. They'll not stand for me hunting them either. That would start a war - so does it matter to me more than what's best for my people? No. It can't. I've got no choice but to let it go, at least for now.”

“There is always a choice,” Maul insisted. It wasn't a simple plea - it rang with insistent sincerity, a deep belief about reality. “All that matters is what one wants, and how much they are willing to pay to achieve it. But you need not pay with war. With a little time and planning…”

Jango cut him off. “And ignore the other , much bigger threat I should be focusing those efforts on?”

By which he meant the Sith. Maul ducked his head, but it was not submission, merely calculation. Sympathy tugged Pre's heart. Both their arguments held weight - but buir was their Mand'alor. The chain of command was clear.

“Put that aside for now,” Jango said. “Apart from those individuals I've got no quarrel with the rest of the jetiise at the moment, and so long as we don't try and piss the Republic off, they've no quarrel with us.”

Pre had to say something to that. “The Republic want us dead simply for existing! They burned half of Manda'yaim proving that!”

“If they were going to try that again, they wouldn't have bothered sending an ambassador,” his buir pointed out. “Yes, they might be the ones to kick off hostilities at some point, but I'm not going to be the aggressor. I won't give them an excuse. Accepting their ambassador means accepting the jetiise. It means hearing them out. Ending peace is easy, ending war isn't.”

Maul's eyes narrowed. “The Jedi are judgemental. They believe in their own righteousness. They will give none of the benefit of the doubt which you give them.”

“Maul….” Jango hesitated over his words. Maul was Pre's vod , but he did not call Jango buir . Even so, Jango was careful to respect his opinions, careful with his emotions. The softness of it was uncomfortable. Dangerous. Pre didn't know what to do with it, or how to react to it. “They apologised to me. It didn't seem like manipulation. They wanted to make amends. If they were as judgemental and rigid as you say, I can admit that conversation would have gone very differently. I'm not saying I trust them, but…”

“You do not know them as I do!”

“Don't you mean as the Sith do?” Jango asked - the same thought Pre had. 

“Both Sith and Mandalorians fought against the Jedi,” Maul insisted. “Do you claim both our peoples were wrong?”

“I think the people of a thousand years ago aren't the same as we are today. Things change. Some Mandalorians fought with the Jedi towards the end of the last galactic wars.”

The chill in the Dark Side soured, bitterness Pre could taste at the back of his throat. 

“The jetiise don't know about the Sith now,” Jango said. “They don't know about you.”

“I do not fear the weak Jedi,” Maul replied, sneering. 

His vod might believe that was true, but Pre wasn't so sure. He'd just transmuted it into anger or bravado - which was what a soldier was supposed to do, consciously or subconsciously. Pre couldn't fault him there. It was safer to destroy even a potential threat than let it fester, otherwise you invited disaster… but buir didn't believe that was necessary. Or at least, he didn't act like he did. 

Pre trusted Jango. It was hard not to after months of war - he led them well. He’d succeeded in restoring the honour of their people where Tor had failed. The stars favoured him, sent him visions to help guard the future of all Mandalore - so Pre squashed down the part of him that despised the signs of softness, as he had so many times before for Jango Fett. When you were strong enough, perhaps you could afford a little softness.

“No, fear wouldn't be the right word,” Jango was saying to Maul. “It's a fair concern though. I can't rightly say what their response would be if the jetiise knew you were trained by a Sith Master - but this is Mandalorian space. Their Order has no jurisdiction here. And you haven't done anything wrong.”

“Aside from duelling one of their padawans,” Maul pointed out. 

Jango cocked his head in thought, faint alarm drawing lines on his face. “And that'd be enough for them to tell you were once Sith? You had to let Goran see that fact in the Force, didn't you?”

“You're correct,” Maul was forced to admit. “The padawan would only have sensed the Dark Side - and not all who use that are Sith. Indeed there is almost no possibility they would believe the Sith are involved. As far as the Jedi are concerned, they killed the last Sith a thousand years ago. They will suspect instead that one of their own “fell” - as they term it - to the Dark. They will have questions for me.”

Which begged the question whether the Jedi should be told that the Sith were still around. If they would be such a threat in the future Mandalore might need all the help they could get. Working with jetiise though… Pre baulked instinctively at the very idea. The jetiise would only get in the way. Beholden to their Republic masters, they could never be effective against individuals locked into the very power structure they served - if they even believed buir . At best they'd try and take the matter out of Mandalorian hands and carry out their own investigation, which would only alert the Sith to the fact that they'd been discovered. 

It wasn't a good idea. 

The question must have occurred to Jango as well, but after a briefly thoughtful moment he discarded it - and probably for similar reasons. “There's no need for you to have any contact with the jetiise during their time here,” he promised, then winced slightly. “Might be better that way in any case.”

Maul fastened on that like a tooka with a bone. “And why would that be?”

“Because one of them is the padawan you attacked.”

Pre’s jaw slackened and his eyebrows rose in surprise before he could master his expression. The jetiise had some nerve, sending that kid back here! And if they sent the padawan, they would be sending the master too. “How dare they!” he said. 

Jango still looked rueful. “My fault,” he admitted. “A bit of bravado on my part, but I saw their faces in the ka'ra . I want to be able to keep an eye on them.”

Underneath the surface currents of the Dark Side, something stirred deeper. Pre couldn't perceive it well enough to understand exactly what he was sensing, but it made him uneasy. It felt like danger. It felt like a threat. His body responded with a rush of adrenaline but he had nothing to do with it. Was that Maul? Or something else? A warning about the jetiise ?

So much of this was grasping at fog which slipped away through his fingers. Even when he fastened onto something solid the shape of it was unclear. 

“It would be diplomatically unwise if something were to happen to the Jedi while they are here,” Maul said, his voice soft. 

“Yes,” buir replied. “Yes Maul, it would.”

Maul said nothing for a long moment, but he nodded eventually. It changed nothing in the Force. 

“Pre,” buir said. “Speaking of diplomacy, I've a task in mind if you're up for it.”

“I'm not sure how polite I can be to any Republic representative,” Pre replied, slightly ashamed by it. As the Mand'alor's heir - as Jango's heir specifically - he had political duties he hadn't as Tor's son. He ought to at least try, but he also wanted to be honest about his capabilities.  

“Fair.” Jango smiled. “That's why I had someone else in mind. Now the war's over, the Republic Senate isn't the only faction interested in making overtures to our people.”

“Tell me it isn't the Hutts.” Kyr'tsad had worked with the cartels before, but Pre didn't like them. 

“No - though I'm sure they'll come calling at some point.” Jango sighed. “I need to settle our bill for use of the Gargon shipyards, for one thing. It's Count Dooku of Serenno - a former jetii with unusual ideas about the Republic.”

The Force reacted to that name, though not in exactly the same way it had to the identities of the Republic jetiise . Pre shot a glance at his vod , but if Maul had been the source of the reaction he'd had time to hide it again. Pre still couldn't tell anything from what he was sensing other than that idea of meaning. Importance. 

“What do I speak to him about?” Pre asked. 

Jango shrugged. “Find out what he wants from us, but don't commit to anything. During the war he offered to back our side, but I’m sure it was mostly for his own ends. He hates the system of the Republic and wants to bring it down, but I won't let an outsider drag us into another war.”

It's a test , Pre thought, then caught himself. It wasn't a test. It was an expression of trust. Even though buir knew Pre still believed at heart in the Mandalorian Empire of old, and that he would be tempted by what this Count was offering, by allowing Pre to take point on this task he was saying that he knew Pre would put Jango's values and ideals over his own. 

“I understand,” he said. 

There wasn't much else to discuss. After buir dismissed them, Pre walked with his younger vod back through the corridors of the palace. Maul didn't say anything at first, deep in his own thoughts. Pre was forced to break the silence. 

“In the Force… I sensed that Count Dooku is important somehow.”

Maul looked up at him, blinking as he focused on what was in front of him rather than the future - or the past. “Yes… you must be careful of him.”

“Did you feel something I didn't?”

“He is a former Jedi Master,” Maul said. “I worry…” He trailed off.

“That his sympathies are still with them?” Pre guessed. “If he's so against the Republic that doesn't make sense.”

“Perhaps he is one of the few jetiise open-eyed about the nature of their subservience,” Maul said. “Does he wish to destroy the Republic to free his own kind?”

Pre hadn't considered that possibility. “Would that be a bad thing?” he asked. “The problem with the jetiise is because they're subservient. They’ve limited themselves. They aren't proper warriors.”

“Principle aside,” Maul replied with a dry tone, “unleashing the jetiise is unlikely to be in Mandalore's best interests.” 

Pre started to ask why that should be so - it was a big galaxy and their interests had nothing to do with each other - but stopped himself. Maul had been researching the old Sith Wars recently - including the time when jetiise and mando'ade were allies - so he would have an answer, but was he trying to distract him from his first question? Pre's vod was cunning enough for that. “You believe Count Dooku would betray us for jettise interests?”

“Not precisely…” Maul hesitated, choosing how he wanted to present his point. “It is rare for a Jedi to leave their Order, I think. I said that some jetiise turn from using the Light Side of the Force to use the Dark instead, but when they do the Order hunts them down and eliminates them, so this cannot be the case for Dooku.”

“Why?” Pre asked, frowning. “Even if it's a religious heresy, that seems extreme - or is it because then they aren't beholden to Republic authority anymore.” Even as he said it he realised that didn't make sense. “But then they wouldn't be allowed to leave at all.”

“They believe any of their number who ‘Fall’ have turned to evil, and pose an existential threat to the very peace they claim they are sworn to protect,” Maul explained. 

Pre snorted. “I wouldn't trust a jetii to know what evil was.”

“Indeed.” Maul's smile was thin but knowing. “If they were more honest with themselves, perhaps they would admit their fear of their fallen comrades comes from their fear of the Sith - who, one must admit, are existentially opposed to the Jedi Order.”

“So what has that got to do with the Count of Serenno?”

Maul looked away, and Pre couldn't help but read it as avoidance, even though he answered, “It is not unknown for Sith Masters to approach fallen Jedi, looking for an apprentice. Or for a useful tool. Dooku is not fallen, but that does not mean he is not of interest to them.”

“Their alter-egos. Sheev Palpatine, or this mysterious muun.”

“Or an intermediary,” Maul pointed out. “His unfamiliarity with those names would not signify anything. Their ambitions span the galaxy - they will have taken notice of Jango's victory.” 

“Then I'll be careful with him,” Pre promised. He would have done so anyway, but Maul's insight had given him another angle to guard against. Despite his youth, his vod had a sharp, strategic mind like that of a verd'alor twice his age.

He would be something truly special when he was grown.

----

Qui-gon Jinn watched the sphere of  Mandalore’s horizon swell in the viewport of their shuttle as they approached the planet, the pale cream sands of the southern hemisphere being replaced by the green and blue of the north; forests, lakes and seas. It wasn't a natural ecological distribution. Mandalore's deserts were a scar, one the Republic had left here seven centuries ago. Neither Qui-gon or the Jedi Order were responsible for what had happened, and despite the long lifespans of Wookies, neither was Senator Yivvird, but it was still an uncomfortable reminder of the difficult history between their polities. 

There was time enough on the way down to the surface for Qui-gon to slip into a brief meditation. He allowed the currents of the Cosmic Force to pass through him and around him, passively sensing anything which the Force might wish to tell him and calming his own emotions. Qui-gon's heart was troubled and uncertain, but that might only be the product of his own fear. Even a Jedi Master could not always tell apart the truth of the Light, and that which they imposed upon the Force as fallible sentient beings.

Qui-gon's heart-rate slowed. Each breath was long and deep. The Force was vast and infinite, but he sensed nothing from it that was out of the ordinary. It did not whisper of danger. 

Jedi trusted in the Force, but the Force was everything and everywhere - that Qui-gon sensed nothing did not mean there was nothing to sense. All Jedi who took on missions outside of the Temple quickly learned that complacency was a kind of arrogance. One must remain in the moment, accepting what was and modifying one's actions to the unfolding of events.

Seated behind him in the shuttle cabin, Obi-wan was doing a less effective job releasing his own worries into the Force. Returning to the Mandalore sector would be a challenge for him. He found it difficult to accept the outcome of their last mission here. Indeed, Qui-gon had been tempted to refuse to come here at all - but the Mand'alor asked for them specifically. 

A power play? Possibly. Yet if the Jedi could mend bridges and garner goodwill with something as simple as a personal apology it was worth it. 

“We're approaching the landing zone,” the pilot told them. 

Indeed a flattened wide field of short grass was coming into view in front of the shuttle as they followed the line of a river towards the new capital Keldabe. It was not a terribly large city, even by the standards of the Outer Rim, but it was well defended. Ground to orbital gun batteries dotted the hills that cupped the horizon, and there were turbolaser batteries on the curtain wall that encircled the settlement. 

The flat, winged profile of a Mandalorian fighter soared over the shuttle then backed into an escort position at their flank, guiding them in. 

The Republic ship was not the only one waiting to land on the plain outside Keldabe. “What kind of ship is that?” Obi-wan asked, peering out the viewport. “It doesn't match any of the designs I know.”

“A Geonosian design,” Qui-gon explained. “Rather rare, and produced for a specialised market; the more eccentric of the galaxy’s rich and powerful.”

[ Might it be from the Geonosians themselves? ] Senator Yivvird asked.

“We cannot draw any conclusions, Senator,” Qui-gon replied. 

Their shuttle set down and Qui-gon rose from his seat. “I will go first down the ramp,” he told the Senator. “Wait until I give the all-clear.”

[ I'm familiar with standard security protocols, ] she rumbled, with an air of humour. 

Mandalore's atmosphere was fresh and clean, tinged with the sharpness of spring. A small party of fully-armoured Mandalorians waited a few hundred feet away, armed, but with their weapons holstered. Qui-gon sensed no fear or anger in the air. Everything appeared normal. Safe.

“Clear to exit,” he said into his commlink. 

As Obi-wan and Yivvird came down the ramp, Qui-gon saw the Geonosian ship open up as well. He prepared for a possible unseen danger, but only a single figure emerged. Human, hair once dark and now streaked with grey, a neat beard… 

“Master Qui-gon Jinn,” Yan Dooku said, approaching. “How unexpected.”

“Master,” Qui-gon replied, bowing his head respectfully. His heart pounded inside his chest. This wasn't his first contact with his former Master since he'd left the Order, but it was one thing to reach out on behalf of the Council with a specific request, another entirely to run into him unprepared. His feelings towards Yan Dooku could best be described as complicated. They’d never grown close during his training as master and apprentice should, and even in adulthood he’d struggled to build more than a professional relationship.

“And this must be the representative of the Republic Senate,” Dooku continued, inclining his head towards Yivvird. “A pleasure. I am Count Yan Dooku of Serenno - once of the Jedi Order.”

Yivvird warbled understanding and acknowledgement in Shyriiwook. [ We must be here for similar reasons, ] she said. 

“Oh, I would not dream of aspiring to the same galactic importance as a Senator,” Dooku replied. “Serenno is well-off, but we are only one planet after all.”

Yivvird nodded, but any further questions were cut off by the approach of the Mandalorians. It appeared they would be walking into the city together. Qui-gon would have dearly loved some time to compose himself before speaking to Dooku any further, but it did not seem he would be granted that luxury. 

“You are well?” Dooku asked, as they walked.

“I am,” Qui-gon said.

“And your padawan?” 

“Master Jinn is an excellent teacher,” Obi-wan replied. A thin smile stretched across Dooku's lips. 

“I would expect no other answer.” 

A flash of pain stabbed Qui-gon, becoming a cold seep of bitterness. He did not think his former Master meant that as a compliment, although it was difficult to tell. Dooku had ever maintained a cold facade, a restrained approach to all those around him, even his own padawans. After all these years Qui-gon was still intimidated by him. He felt like a boy again.

“Thank you for your regard, Count,” Obi-wan said. “I hope your endeavours here are successful, whatever they are.”

Dooku's smile didn't change. “Probing me for information, are you?” Obi-wan blinked, taken off guard, but Dooku continued, “Not bad, though lacking subtlety. I am here representing Serenno's interests - a change of leadership in the Mandalorian sector will have ramifications across this area of space. It would be foolish not to take preliminary measures to prepare for those changes, whatever they might be.”

“I suppose that isn't so different from what Senator Yivvrid is here to do.” Obi-wan's enthusiasm and interest in Yan Dooku was obvious - Qui-gon silently urged his former Master not to quash that too severely. 

The Count retained his reserve, replying only, “Indeed.”

It did not invite further conversation. 

----

Master Dooku - or former Master, he should really call him Count Dooku Obi-wan supposed - was a hard man to read. Obi-wan hadn't met him when he was still at the Temple, though everyone knew of Master Dooku, an exceptional duellist and the master of the second lightsaber form. He'd been pleasant enough but standoffish - the attempt at conversation had died out quickly despite Obi-wan's efforts. His Master wasn't making much of an effort either. 

The awkwardness between them was tense and uncomfortable, and Obi-wan didn't know why it was there. Weren't masters and former padawans usually closer than this? Was Qui-gon angry that Dooku had left the Order? The Count must have had his reasons - perhaps he didn't agree with any of the Jedi anymore, even his former padawan? Qui-gon never really talked about his former Master, so Obi-wan couldn’t begin to guess. 

It wasn't forbidden for former Jedi to stay in touch with their friends in the Order - or at least, Obi-wan didn't think it was. People did drop out - not everyone who failed to be taken on as a padawan in the main Order went to one of the subsidiary branches like the Agricorp or Exploracorp. Even some padawans never took their Knight trials. They weren't counted as part of the Lost Twenty though. You had to be a Master when you left before they put your statue up in the library. 

It was a big coincidence to run into Count Dooku here. Jedi didn't believe in coincidences. This had to be the will of the Force. 

Maybe the Force wanted his Master and Grand-master to mend their relationship?

Silence reigned through most of the walk to the gates of Keldabe, through the tidy and busy streets, and to the imposing building that was the Mand'alor's palace. The palace itself was quiet compared to some of the other governmental buildings Obi-wan had visited on missions, but almost everyone they did see wore full Mandalorian armour. Their escort finally led them into a big hall with a dais at the far end and several chairs positioned in a slight arc across it. Obi-wan recognised some of the figures up there. 

That was Jango Fett in the centre. The Mand'alor and rightful ruler of this sector now that the former government had signed a peace treaty to that effect. Obi-wan realised his eyes had started to narrow into a glare and forced his face to relax. He might not like this, but he couldn't show that openly. 

Of the other people up there, Obi-wan also recognised the man who had arrested him that day on Concord Dawn, a Journeyman Protector named Silas - who the reports said was married to Jango now. The young man on the other side of the Mand'alor had also been there that day. He was Pre Vizsla, now Pre Fett after some kind of adoption. The cultural context for that had been missing from the pre-mission briefing. 

The others he didn't know. Obi-wan tried to fix their armour colours and sigils in his mind. He could look them up later - or try to. He knew there was a Jedi Shadow somewhere on Mandalore but they hadn't been able to integrate with the local culture as well as they might have been able to on other planets. They could hardly bluff at being a local without armour, for example. As a result they were limited in what they'd been able to tell the Council - and Obi-wan had only gotten to see any of those reports a few days ago as part of the mission briefing before they boarded the transport ship to Mandalorian space. 

“Welcome to Keldabe,” Fett said, as their party approached the foot of the dais. Obi-wan thought he caught the man's fingers tightening on the hilt of the weapon in his hands - the Darksaber. He’d read all they had on that as well, though it also wasn’t much. 

Was this a trap? There was no whisper of warning in the Force. Asking Qui-gon and Obi-wan here so he could kill them would inflame the Senate's fears - it would probably start a war. Jango Fett didn't hate them that much, did he?

[ Thank you for allowing our presence, ] Yivvard said, spreading her arms with open upward palms, a gesture of peace. 

“I'm happy to host a representative of the Galactic Republic,” Fett said. “I understand that many of our neighbouring sectors are… nervous, about recent events in Mandalorian space. It's understandable given our people's history - but misguided. I'm no conqueror. I'm only interested in what's best for this sector and for my people, within our own borders.”

[ I am glad you do not take our concern as an insult, ] the wookie told him. Fett cocked his head slightly - Obi-wan saw the thin loop of an audiopiece over one ear. It must be connected to a translator. That was fair; although Shyriiwook wasn't an uncommon language, it wasn't like everybody could speak it. Their delegation had offered to bring a protocol droid with them but the Mandalorians had declined. Possibly they were worried about slicing. 

“You want to know what kind of ruler I am. That's fair. When it comes to a potential threat, I wouldn't take that on trust either.” While the words themselves should have been encouraging, Obi-wan couldn't help but read them as slightly threatening. A message that the Republic really didn't want the Mand'alor to see them as a threat either. “Words only do so much - you need to see my actions. Some of that will take time, but seeing how someone treats the enemy they've defeated is a good start.”

Obi-wan's mouth went dry. That was the question which had weighed on his mind since leaving Concord Dawn half a standard year ago. What had happened during the civil war? What had happened to Satine and her people?

For months Obi-wan had tried to distract himself from wondering by throwing himself into other missions, knowing it was impossible for him to find out. It wasn't that nobody was reporting on the war. There were so many 24-hour HoloNews channels out there trying to find material to fill air-time that even a small war in the Outer Rim was going to be talked about. Given that it involved Mandalorians, that was even more true. On the other hand they were also risk-averse. The reports came second-hand, macro-scale. Nothing about the treatment of prisoners or civilians. Nothing about one single hostage. 

Just knowing which side was supposed to be winning at any given moment only made Obi-wan more anxious. 

Even now he didn't know anything about her fate. The Shadow's reports hadn't mentioned Satine.

“Tomorrow I'll give you a tour of the city,” Fett was saying. “After that, we'll go south, to Sundari. You can see that Mandalore is peaceful now. We're rebuilding. Nobody is being mistreated - including the New Mandalorians.”

Obi-wan hoped that was true. He just couldn't trust it until he saw it for himself - which was exactly how the Mand'alor planned to reassure them. He had time to arrange their visit so they'd only see the most favourable side of things. If possible, Obi-wan should try and sneak away to find out the truth. He was less likely to be missed than Qui-gon.

[ This will certainly reassure the Senate, ] Yivvard replied. [ Thank you, Mand'alor. ] 

“And as for the Count of Serenno,” Jango Fett added. “You're welcome here too, of course. My ad Pre will show you where it's appropriate for you to go in the palace, and can answer any of your questions for now.” He raised a hand and the teen at his side stood, giving Dooku a curt nod. 

The pair left the room together. When they were gone, the Senator asked, [ Have you been approached by many of your galactic neighbours? ]

“Not so many yet,” the Mand'alor replied. “I imagine there'll be more, once they see a Senator come and go without getting killed.”

The wookie laughed - a raucous noise coming from her throat. [ All I want is to promote peace and prosperity, so I’ll try to stay alive. ] 

Fett smiled at that. “Do you have any more questions for me right now?” he asked. “If not, I’ll let you get settled in.”

[ It is as you said. Actions speak louder than words. I will wait for tomorrow. ] 

The Mand’alor nodded and raised a hand. One of the warriors stood and trotted down the steps of the dais over to them; he was a massive near-human of some kind, his armour nothing like Obi-wan had seen from a Mandalorian before. It looked like it was covered in bone and leather, his mask a skull. Still, his voice was pleasant and warm as he gestured for them to follow him. Soon they were ensconced in somewhat spartan but expansive guest quarters. 

[ Hmm, ] Yivvard said, [ I think that went quite well. ]

Chapter 43: Chapter 42

Summary:

Maul knows when his teachers are trying to distract him, and naturally he isn't content to simply allow it. Not when there are Jedi snooping around on his planet.

Notes:

Thanks for all the continued lovely comments everyone!

Chapter Text

Obi-wan Kenobi was on this planet right now. He was within the same city, the same building. Cruel chance saved him from their first confrontation within this timeline, but Maul’s vengeance would not be denied again. Kenobi would not slip away this time. He had nowhere to run to. 

Maul imagined it in his mind. He could travel through the corridors of the palace with a trained assassin's stealth, arriving at the rooms set aside for the Republic's envoys. He would slice the door codes, move silently to Kenobi's bedside where he would be sleeping complacently, cosseted by the belief that he was safe, and drive Kenobi’s own stolen lightsaber down through his heart. 

Or drag a knife across his throat. Wrap the Dark Side around his neck and tighten it. Drip poison onto his lips. 

There were so many ways to kill, and Maul knew all of them.

A quick death was more than his nemesis deserved, true. After Naboo, Kenobi was never far from Maul's mind. So many plans. So many possibilities. Kenobi’s punishment ought to fit the magnitude of his crime, the slow and drawn out torture Maul had lived for years on Lotho Minor. But at least if he killed Obi-wan here and now it would be over. Nothing could happen to foil his greater design as it had in the past. One might even call it elegantly simple. 

Maul could do it. His training had prepared him for it, the blade in the dark, the ghost of death on the wind. Kenobi's Jedi Master lacked an alertness to the Dark Side which his kind had only learned to save their lives after the Sith ascension, when they ran from Sidious’ Inquisitorial hounds. Qui-gon Jinn would not wake. Not until it was too late. 

So why had Maul not acted? Why was he following Goran be Mereel even now down stairs which led below the First Forge? 

Because his foolish, weak heart constrained him. 

I promised nothing , Maul told himself. I swore no oaths. I merely… acknowledged a difficulty . The only thing that mattered was his will and his desire, but what he desired… was for Mandalore to be safe. For the collective interest, not for his own. 

Pathetic excuse for a Sith! his old training screamed at him. Weakling! Fool! 

I am a Sith no longer! Maul proclaimed in response. The nature of my desires are irrelevant. I want this, and so I shall have it. 

He wouldn't bring the wrath of the Republic down on their head. Not now. Not when the balance of power did not fall on their side. In the future that equation of risk might change, and there might come a time where Kenobi's death would serve as a wonderful excuse to start that conflict, but this was not that day. 

[ You are troubled, ] Goran said. 

Maul turned his attention quickly to his mental shielding. There was nothing wrong with it. As he’d learned to use the ka'ra the single barrier had separated out into layers of mirrored surfaces, just like the gorane , or like the layers of power that kindled their forges. It was a change, but not a bad one. Indeed it appeared to be an advantage. Maul’s Force presence was concealed even more easily within them, undetectable even to someone standing right in front of him - and certainly utterly invisible to the visiting Jedi. 

Goran did not need to breach his shields to assess Maul's mood. All he needed was his eyes. 

[ You must know why, ] Maul replied, attempting to control his expression better.

[ I do. ] Goran didn’t bother to harangue Maul with all the reasons he shouldn't be angry with Jango or feel obscurely betrayed that he would ever invite a Jedi to come here. Instead he pointed out, [ It is not wise to be distracted when dealing with anything the Sith left behind. ]

[ I am aware, ] Maul said softly. He looked ahead to the thick blast doors of the vault. They had arrived at their destination. 

Beskar sang from inside the doors, inside the walls, blocking his sense of the contents. Maul opened his shields a crack and tuned himself to the shimmering chime of the ka'ra , but even then he saw only the metal and not what was behind it. The ever-present shadows of the Dark Side drew back from starlit twilight. It pushed less heavily on the parts of Maul's heart soured with hate for Kenobi, and with a long breath out he was able to master himself.

Maul knew why they were down here. It was meant to make him feel better . Jango had pressured the gorane council into it so that Maul could have a consolation prize for the wound of the Jedi's presence.

Maul would not spurn it for so petty a reason. The treasures inside the vaults called to him and he was hungry to know their secrets. 

Goran tapped in the door's entry code, taking care to hide it from Maul's view, and the wan light overhead flickered from red to green. The blast doors groaned, then slowly pulled apart. A faint puff of air escaped, atmospheres equalising. Maul guessed the area within was maintained under archival conditions, which usually meant low temperature,  low-oxygen, and low light. 

 [ It's been some time, ] Goran said, mostly to himself. 

[ How long? ] Maul asked, curious.

Goran glanced down at him. [ Since my apprenticeship, ] he replied. [ You are trusted with a great secret here, Maul. Do not waste the opportunity, else it will be taken from you. ] 

[ I do not mean to, ] Maul vowed. [ Yet you are curious as well, are you not? The gorane have guarded the artefacts of the Sith, but they have not studied them. ] 

[ We do not know the ways of the Dark Side. Any examination is limited by that. ] 

[ And now you have me. ] A smile crept over Maul's face as he stepped through the open doors into the comforting embrace of the Dark. 

This was the same vault he’d entered during his unauthorised wanderings, he saw as the lights came on. It looked and felt just as it had before. The looming shape of the chained basilisk war droid hung in the centre of the chamber, eyeless and apparently dead. Racks of swords and armour lined the walls, the ancient panoply of Sith foot-soldiers. Display plinths held holocrons, tablets, scrolls, lightsabers. Shelves were stacked with datapads. It was a wealth of knowledge, and Maul could hardly decide where to begin. 

[ Do you speak the language of the old Sith? ] Goran asked him, approaching a stele which had been broken in half at some point. Only a partial inscription remained. 

[ I do, ] Maul said. [ Do you? Or any of your fellows? ] 

[ We must have, when we counted the Sith our allies. That knowledge appears to have been lost over the centuries. ] Goran sighed; it emerged from his buy'ce with a crackle of distortion. [ If you could translate these things for us it would certainly be a great boon. ] 

Maul narrowed his eyes. [ And if I wished to open a holocron today, would you prevent me? ] 

[ Yes, ] Goran replied without prevaricating. [ But not because I do not trust you. There are concerns, amongst my fellows. Many believe you should not be allowed here; the vote went your way only by a slim majority. Conditions were placed. First we must make sure there are no ill effects from remaining in this environment for a time, surrounded by so much Sith influence. ] 

Irritation flared through Maul and the Dark Side around them reacted to it, though he did not take hold of the power it offered him. There would be no point expressing his annoyance to Goran. He was not one of the ones who doubted Maul's control or abilities. Maul was moving closer to his overall goal all the time, and it was not as if the writings of the ancient Sith were worthless to him. There was wisdom to be found there as well. 

Maul joined Goran by the plinth. [ You may wish to take notes, ] he said, and began to read.

----

Being on a mission was no excuse to break from their usual daily routine. Obi-wan rose at the same early hour, washed and dressed, then sat down next to his Master so that they could meditate together.

Rather than leading them into communion with the Light Side, Qui-gon asked, “What are your impressions of Mandalore so far, padawan?”

“Wouldn’t you tell me it’s too early to be making such judgements, Master?” Obi-wan replied, adjusting his posture on the solid surface of the floor. It was constructed of smooth hardwood, so well-polished he had no fear of picking up a splinter. When he put his hand down on it it was faintly warm; a touch of the Living Force, the memory of all the sentients who’d stayed in this room and welcomed rest at the end of a long day. Obi-wan wasn’t the talent with psychometry that Quinlan was, but some things didn’t need a lot of skill to feel. 

“Judgements yes. First impressions, no.” Qui-gon raised an expectant eyebrow.

“It doesn’t feel dangerous,” Obi-wan admitted. “The Senator was right. The initial meeting didn’t go badly. The Mand’alor was tense but he seemed willing to treat us fairly. My only concern is that we may not be shown the real truth of the war’s aftermath.”

Qui-gon nodded. “Always a danger on diplomatic missions. Remain vigilant to details. Even if carefully obscured, there are often signs when everything is not right with a people or a planet.”

“I will be mindful, Master.”

“Then let us meditate.”

Qui-gon closed his eyes and Obi-wan followed. He calmed his mind and let his shields open up, seeking connection with the Force all around them and within them. There was his bond with his Master, the connection they’d sworn to as teacher and student, to mentor and to learn. Here was the palace, the hum of life, of people going to and fro. This wasn’t an exercise in distance. It didn’t matter how far Obi-wan could reach. What mattered was the quality of his connection to the Light and his openness to letting it guide him. 

He quickly found that meditating here on Mandalore wasn’t as simple and routine as meditating back in the Temple. A Jedi should always trust in and listen to the Force, but given the strangeness of the Mandalorian people they were also trying to find out if there was anything unusual in how the Force felt here. The briefing said the Mandalorians had some kind of Force tradition, led by their armourers who functioned something like priests - they were the ones who wore helmets plated gold. The Shadow had done their best to describe what this tradition felt like, but it was apparently elusive. Just like beskar itself, which reflected and blocked the Force. 

How could a Force tradition and a Force-blocking metal work together? That was just one of the questions that they didn’t know the answer to. 

Right now, Obi-wan didn’t sense anything strange. The Force was the Force. Perhaps the Light Side was a little muted here, and although he wasn’t looking at any individual person specifically, all of the beskar in the palace created a… shimmer. Like the haze of heat over a desert, or a reflection in rippled water. Rays of light deflected and bouncing around… 

One thing he didn’t sense at all was the Dark Side. 

Obi-wan had been prepared for it. Maul, the zabrak boy who attacked him on Concord Dawn, was one of the Mand’alor’s children. The Shadow reported he was in Keldabe now, so he had to be here in the palace somewhere. Yet there was no sign of him. 

While that worried him, the meditation itself was calming. His fears about the day ahead were soothed and washed away into the Force. Finally Master Qui-gon called it to an end and they surfaced together. 

The real business of the day started not long after. 

The tall, heavily built Mandalorian who led them to their rooms the day before knocked on their door shortly after the standard hour most broke their fast in Core cultures. “Morning,” he said - if not for his easy stance he would have loomed rather menacingly in the open doorway. He was nearly as tall as Senator Yivvird, and about as broad. “Are you all ready yet? I can come back if not.”

[ Ready, ] the Senator said. [ But I am a little surprised. From the way the Mand’alor spoke, I assumed he meant to show us around personally. ] 

“And have you worry everyone’s just on their best behaviour in front of him?” The Mandalorian was wearing his helmet, but he sounded like he was smiling. “Thought you’d appreciate something a little more informal.”

Obi-wan wasn’t that reassured. This man was clearly Fett’s representative, carrying his authority. Why would anyone feel more able to speak freely just because it wasn’t the Mand’alor himself watching them? 

“You can call me Lelek, by the way.” Lelek tapped the side of his helmet. “Excuse me if I keep this on. My eyes are adapted for twilight and dark conditions. The sun out there is a bit much for me.” Something about his accent was familiar. It wasn’t Coruscanti, not exactly. Not the clipped, precise way of speaking everyone who grew up in the Jedi temple acquired - but there were similarities. Obi-wan hoped he might be able to place it if he heard the man speak more.

Lelek led them out of the palace and into the streets of Keldabe. Even if Jango Fett wasn't coming Obi-wan would have expected they would be joined by a guard of some kind, but apparently Fett wasn’t overly worried that anything could happen to them, or that they would be the cause of trouble either. Senator Yivvird noted it too. 

[ Will anyone else be joining us? ] she asked. 

“That chap from Serenno?” Lelek said. “No - Pre will take him around if he wants to see the city.” He was either oblivious or doing a good job hiding it. Obi-wan couldn’t get a read on him. There had to be beskar underneath that shell of bone. 

The marks of recent war were not difficult to see across Keldabe, either in blaster-scars on buildings or evidence of recent repairs. To Jedi senses an aura of violence hung in the Force still, though it was starting to fade out into the background mindscape of any busy settlement. Obi-wan lacked the experience to tell if that was because the fighting and death hadn't actually been that bad, or if this was genuinely unusually fast. The people too… they didn't look downtrodden. If anything it was the opposite. There was curiosity directed towards the strangers in their midst, interest, but no hostility and no hate. 

Lelek beckoned over individuals or groups of locals seemingly at random as they walked and invited Senator Yivvird to ask them whatever questions she might have. Exchanging pleasantries and small-talk came easily. Most appeared open and interested, happy to answer. Obi-wan didn't sense deception. Nor did it appear that these people had been planted in their path, although that could simply be because they were very good actors. 

Obi-wan reflected that a certain amount of suspicion was good sense, but taking it on and on without evidence became paranoia. 

Still, the citizens of Keldabe had many interesting stories to tell, from a multiplicity of perspectives. They heard from a street-cleaner, a carpenter, a wholesaler, a soldier - several soldiers in fact. It was a more common occupation than most on this world. Despite reading what he could about Mandalorian culture, Obi-wan still didn't understand it. How could they support that as a long-term economic prospect without causing trouble outside their borders? What was the distribution of wealth across their populace? Their demographic mix? 

He couldn't just come out and ask. He was only a padawan and his job was to keep the Senator safe, not satisfy his own curiosity. 

Outside of mission parameters, anyway. 

Impressions of the new Mand'alor varied among his people. The soldiers were all in favour of him, as might be expected, though only one had come in with Jango Fett's Death Watch and True Mandalorian forces. The others were members of traditionalist clans, and were happy to admit they'd kept to the old ways in secret during the long centuries of New Mandalorian government - they used a new word for the New Mandalorians. Evaar'ade . It was a close translation into Mando'a, apparently. From their point of view, Jango Fett had freed them from an age of cultural and religious persecution. They thought they were the victims, and the Evaar'ade were the villains.  

The civilians were more measured. Wars disrupted trade, but goods were flowing more freely again now. The incoming government hadn't set out an economic policy as of yet - “Disorganised,” the wholesaler told them disparagingly. “Warlords don't know how to rule in peace - but for now Lord Fett has left the old rules and regulations in place, so he hasn't karked anything up either, which is fine by me.”

“It wouldn't be wise to destabilise the system, since everything is still getting back to normal,” Lelek said, and Obi-wan couldn't tell if he was agreeing or not. He waited, but Lelek didn't expand on his comment. 

At any rate it was clear nobody felt particularly mistreated right now. Even those who would describe themselves as Evaar'ade hadn't been bullied, restricted or harmed. Jango Fett wasn't doing very much with his newfound power. 

If all he wanted was power for the sake of it, a monarch who didn't bother with ruling, that was a far sight better than a tyrant. Obi-wan just didn't think that was very sustainable. 

Their group took lunch at a busy tapcaf, sitting in a booth by one of the narrow windows. About half-way through inhaling a flatbread wrap filled with spicy roasted meat and vegetables, Obi-wan noticed the durasteel blast shutters nestled in slots, ready to slam down and turn this place into a bunker if needed. Then he realised all the furnishings were non-flammable and extremely sturdy - though not bolted down to the floor. If anything, he imagined they could be used to build barricades or as blunt-force weapons as a last resort. Even after such a long time of peace, this place had been built expecting trouble. Had violence always been here just underneath the surface? Suppressed, rather than willingly set aside?

“Is there anything you'd like to see in particular?” Lelek asked, slurping up a meal-shake through a thick straw beneath his helmet. “The libraries? The curtain wall? The market?” He threw each out idly, but seated across from him Obi-wan could almost see the faint curve of his eyes through the visor of his helmet, and something about them unsettled him.

Or perhaps he was just unsettled by how normal Keldabe was, given everything he feared. 

[ The market sounds lovely, ] Senator Yivvird roared. 

----

They returned to the palace late in the afternoon with Obi-wan carrying several shopping bags, which he set down carefully in the Senator's rooms to be packed for travel later. “Did that feel like a distraction to you, Master?” he asked, once Yivvird left them alone for her grooming routine. Depending on the wookie, that could take a long time. 

“That this city has a thriving market at all tells us something, padawan,” Qui-gon replied. “What emotions did you sense from those around us?”

“There was no fear,” Obi-wan said - there had been plenty of time for him to contemplate this same question in the past few hours. “Although… we made some people nervous at the market.” It had been them, not their guide. It could be because they were recognised to be representatives of the Republic, or as Jedi… or simply because wookies were naturally intimidating. 

“And what of your impressions of our guide?” 

Obi-wan sighed. “I have almost none,” he admitted. “My main impression is that it is difficult to make one.”

That got a smile from Qui-gon. “I agree. It is my belief that he was probing us and attempting to take our measure.”

“I didn't feel he was Force-sensitive, master,” Obi-wan said, startled. 

“One need not be Force-sensitive to assess the intentions and character of another,” Qui-gon reminded him, raising an eyebrow.

Obi-wan ducked his head, feeling his cheeks heat. “No, I…” He was too on edge, jumping to an unfounded conclusion merely based on Qui-gon's word choice rather than what should have been a more obvious meaning. 

“His accent…” Qui-gon said, though he trailed off before he finished the thought.. 

“I didn't recognise it,” Obi-wan admitted. 

Now Qui-gon looked briefly surprised - but only briefly, before understanding dawned. “We've never taken a mission on Coruscant.”

“Why should that matter?” Obi-wan didn't understand the connection. “He sounds Core maybe, but not Coruscanti.”

“Not upper-level Coruscanti,” his master corrected. “I've told you in the past my feelings about the Temple. Our isolation from people outside of the Senate, unless we are on a mission. It separates us from the Living Force.” Obi-wan nodded, having heard Qui-gon complain about this repeatedly. He didn't disagree … but he could almost mouth along Qui-gon's exact words by now. Everything about their need to be closer to nature, to be down in the dirt and grime, to vitality rather than gleaming durasteel and plasteel and circuitry and air filtered to remove the pollution from Coruscant’s uncountable hovercars and shuttles and… 

“So many of Coruscant's citizens are trapped in the lower layers of the city,” Qui-gon was saying. “We go down to them - they do not come up. You will never have had an opportunity to hear their accents.”

Obi-wan knew what Qui-gon said was true - but he'd never had the thought for himself. In fact, when did he ever think about Coruscant at all? As a planet, a vast city, rather than a small stretch of buildings that encompassed the Temple, the Senate Rotunda, and all of its associated offices? Even as a youngling his attention was always outwards, to the galaxy he would one day help as a Jedi Knight. He didn't think about what lay in the other direction, beneath his feet. 

“But if it's so hard to get out, how could Lelek have managed it?” he asked. 

“Lower Coruscant is a world in itself. It has its own power dynamics. The cartels have never had any difficulty operating down there, for example.”

“He's a criminal?” Obi-wan said, alarmed.

“I did not say that,” Qui-gon corrected. “But ask yourself this, Obi-wan. Why did Jango Fett choose this particular individual to be our guide? He is no typical Mandalorian.”

Obi-wan felt his way towards an answer. “Perhaps… because he's from the same place we are? So he knows more about people from the Core?”

Qui-gon nodded, stroking his beard thoughtfully. “I hope it is as simple as that.”

----

Obi-wan woke from sleep with his heart pounding. His mouth was dry but sweat dripped from his skin. He grasped at the threads of the dream but it was already disappearing - he caught brief glimpses of people moving and fighting, colour washed out and darkened as though in twilight, impressions of cold malice and hate bearing down on him, a flash like lightning… but nothing more. It was gone. 

On the other bed Qui-gon lay peacefully, eyes closed, hands resting on his stomach. 

Obi-wan turned onto his side and stared at the wall. Even if he didn't remember, it felt like a nightmare. It wouldn't be his first one. He was prone to them. Sometimes they weren't nightmares but premonitions, images of potential futures. There wasn't any point waking his Master. He would repeat Master Yoda's maxim; always in motion, the future is . He particularly couldn't talk to him about something as vague as this was. 

It took a while for his heart-rate to return to normal, but even then he couldn't get back to sleep. His thoughts kept turning back to Satine - where was she? Was she well? Had anyone hurt her during the war? How had she reacted to the peace? 

Lying here thinking wasn't helping. What he should have done was start meditating - that could flow from relaxation and Force-connection into sleep - but instead he pushed the covers off and silently dressed. Then he eased aside the door to his shared room, padded on light feet through their quarters, and slipped into the corridor outside. 

The palace was quiet and dark, though as he walked aimlessly Obi-wan's sharp ears picked up the low murmur of conversation and the sound of footsteps. Guards, patrolling in twos. He avoided them - although he just wanted to walk and clear his head, he doubted they would see it that way. 

Obi-wan paused by a window and looked out into the night. Even at this hour a few lights flickered out in the city, isolated and alone. Part of him wanted to go out there and look for the dark aftermath of war they hadn't seen today, but the window didn't have any way of opening - it was thick armoured transparisteel. If it had been the kind that opened then it would have been alarmed. Besides, what if he did find trouble? Qui-gon didn't know where he was. Nobody would come to rescue him. 

Obi-wan turned, planning to go back to his room. Somebody was standing in the corridor a few yards away, a shape in the darkness. Two golden circles stared at him. Eyes. Glowing eyes. 

“What do we have here?” a soft voice asked - trying to sound menacing, but Obi-wan knew a youngling when he heard them. 

“Apologies,” he said, folding his hands in front of him and making a shallow bow. “I couldn't sleep. I hope I haven't disturbed you - were you having trouble sleeping as well?”

A thin needle of contempt lashed out from the youngling - it was so sharp it almost felt like an intentional Force attack if not for how undirected it was. Obi-wan took an unconscious step backwards, instinct for danger flaring up. “Trouble sleeping,” the boy said, his voice holding just as much disgust. “Do you imagine I would believe such a pathetic excuse? Should you not rather say that you are spying , jetii ?”

He didn't talk like a youngling. And Obi-wan had started to have a terrible suspicion. 

“I'm not spying,” he only said, trying to maintain his calm. “I've told you the truth. I've only walked around a bit, and I'm happy to return to my rooms if that isn't allowed.”

“But you cannot sleep,” Maul said - it had to be Maul, it had been long enough that Obi-wan didn't remember his voice exactly but he remembered how he'd spoken, remembered his stature. The only part that didn't fit was that he couldn't feel him at all in the Force, outside of that one brief flicker. He was hiding himself somehow. “Perhaps I can help with that.” His voice was low and full of menace. 

It would be better not to engage with him. At least this time he wasn't attacking Obi-wan out of nowhere - yet. Obi-wan took a determined step forwards, intending to skirt around the youngling and head back to his quarters, but Maul moved sideways to block his way. He was at least a head shorter than Obi even with his horns, not even into a zabrak's puberty yet, but Obi-wan could see more of his face now that they were closer and he could tell Maul wasn't going to back down.

“Please step aside,” Obi-wan told him. 

“I do not believe I will,” Maul replied. “Not unless you come with me.”

“To where?” If it was a simple as taking him to one of the guards, or even to the Mand'alor, that wasn't the worst possible outcome. Obi-wan was in the wrong to some extent even if he didn't think anyone else would genuinely accuse him of snooping around just from walking the corridors. He would be reprimanded, and Qui-gon would scold him as well which wasn't going to be pleasant, but Maul had stabbed him in the thigh last time so it was certainly better than that! 

“For a rematch,” Maul said, dashing Obi-wan's hopes instantly. “Or would you rather do so here?” 

Obi-wan’s hand moved to his belt - he'd pulled on some clothes quickly before leaving his room, securing them with the strip of heavy, stitched cloth. He hadn't unclipped his lightsaber before taking his belt off last night, so it still hung there now. Did Maul really want to take him on when Obi was able to fight back properly from the start? Did he want to kill him? They were here as diplomats! 

“This isn't what Mand'alor Fett would want…” he started.

“The Mand'alor would hardly object to a friendly spar,” Maul cut in. 

Obi-wan stared. Friendly? There had been nothing friendly about Maul's attack in the marketplace, and there was nothing friendly about his manner right now. 

Maul put a hand on his chest, taking on an injured expression. “ Jetii , did you think I was trying to kill you? Nothing could be further from my mind.”

That was a lie. Obi-wan was certain of it - and so was the Force. For a moment it felt as though the entire universe was looking sceptical at the sentence that had just come out of Maul's mouth. “I must decline,” he said, instead of any of the less diplomatic things he wanted to say. “At this hour of the night…”

“Then here it must be.” Maul shrugged, and took something from his belt. With a familiar hiss, the blue lightsaber blade extended. 

“That's mine !” Obi-wan said, outraged. 

“Oh?” Maul glanced at Obi-wan's belt. “You appear to have replaced it. It does not seem you need it back.”

“That's besides the point,” Obi-wan objected. “Return that!” 

Maul's eyes gleamed. “Fight me for it.”

Obi-wan was sorely tempted. They both had lightsabers, it would be a fair fight on the surface - although obviously he was older, better trained, physically stronger… Maul wasn't bad in combat, but a lightsaber wasn't anything like that knife he'd used before. What was Obi-wan so scared of? 

“Not like this,” he said. “There's a training setting lightsabers can be set to - if you were serious about this being a friendly spar.”

He read surprise in Maul's eyes, then victory. “I accept your condition,” he said, and shut the lightsaber off. “Now come with me.”

Chapter 44: Chapter 43

Summary:

Maul's duel doesn't go the way he expected, and the political situation continues to be complicated.

Chapter Text

The first sign Obi-wan had that he might have made a mistake was when Maul changed the lightsaber setting over to training mode without having to be shown how. Actually, this was clearly only the latest in a long line of mistakes he'd made tonight, starting with the decision to get out of bed at all. He was in this mess now though, and wouldn't be able to escape from it easily.

Maul had taken them to some kind of training hall not dissimilar to the ones Obi-wan was familiar with from the Temple, flicking the overhead lights on as they entered. Now that Obi-wan's human eyes could see properly he noticed that Maul had grown a little in the previous half-year, but otherwise he was much the same as Obi-wan remembered. He was wearing a partial suit of Mandalorian armour, something that had to take a while to put on - he hadn't just been wandering the halls because he couldn't sleep, no matter what he claimed. It was possible Maul had sensed Obi-wan and tracked him down specifically for a confrontation. 

Maul paced to one side of an area marked out on the floor, working through a few stretches on the way. “Well Jedi?” he asked. “Do you need time to prepare before we begin?”

Obi-wan wouldn't have minded working through a warm-up normally, but under the circumstances he just wanted to get this over with. He rotated a dial on the hilt of his lightsaber to lower the power and moved to face Maul. “No,” he said. 

“You'll pardon me if I am unaware of some Jedi niceties before a duel,” Maul said, activating his stolen lightsaber. “Let us dispense with them. On the count of three?”

Obi-wan nodded, readying himself. 

Maul counted off. Obi-wan anticipated the same instant rush of aggression as last time when he hit three, but it didn't come. Maul didn't have the element of surprise this time, he supposed. Instead Maul approached with cautious footwork, lightsaber held forward where it could rise to parry or lunge forwards to strike. Obi-wan's heart sank. 

Someone has been training him . Surely whichever Dark Jedi had been his master hadn't left the Order with anything more than their own lightsaber, and new kybers weren't easy to come by… But these skills didn't need to have come from the Dark Jedi. Maul was a Mandalorian adoptee; they used swords occasionally, which had a very different weight and balance, but many of the underlying principles were the same. 

Fine. Partial training might be even worse for Maul than no training - Obi-wan wasn't so sure of his own ability to cope with the wild, random flailing of a complete novice. But all he had to do was disarm Maul and he could count that as a win for a friendly match. 

Obi-wan attacked - even as he moved forwards Maul had burst from the balls of his feet to meet him, aggression countering aggression now. Their lightsabers met in a clash of plasma and containment fields, and then they were exchanging blows quickly, rapid strikes, blocks, deflections and counters until they broke apart again. Obi-wan panted - he was drawing on the Force only lightly, not thinking he'd need more than that. A rush of adrenaline was waking his body up properly now. Maul smirked at him, unruffled. 

Maul didn't give him much time to reassess. Now he took hold of the rhythm of the fight, springing back in and forcing Obi onto the back foot with a fast succession of testing strikes - none were fully committed-to, but all had to be parried aside or risk a stinging impact against skin. It was strange fighting someone smaller than him. Obi-wan hadn't been the biggest youngling in his creche-clan growing up, and now he'd hit the gangly stage of puberty his main sparring partner was his master, who was tall . It made the angles awkward, forcing him to think too hard about his defence rather than relying on the muscle memory his training was meant to have ingrained. 

Despite his confidence Maul was still far from completely trained himself - or rather, hadn't had time to turn the theory into habit. He was slightly clumsy, a clumsiness Obi-wan knew was his body not doing exactly what he expected it to. He had to be drawing from Mandalorian techniques, freshly learned. Maul hadn't been with Jango Fett that long, not long enough for practice to drive the memory of repeated sabre-drills into his muscles and bones, into the automatic part of his brain. 

Maul knew it too - Obi-wan sensed the flicker of frustration escaping his shields. It drew the Dark Side to him - a blanket of cold air fell over the marked square of their arena. Obi-wan shivered. Fear crept up, spreading sticky, ink-dark fingers over his heart. Memories. A collar around his neck. The explosion at the temple. The burn of a knife in his thigh. 

His opponent took advantage of his distraction, however brief. Maul stepped low and lunged, the tip of his lightsaber rising up like a bird in flight. Obi-wan's connection to the Force was faltering; he moved his own blade inwards to parry… but a fraction too slowly. Maul eeled his weapon around it with a circling motion of his wrist and pressed on, hitting Obi-wan in the centre of the chest. 

At low power, the lightsaber still burned through Obi-wan’s sleeping robe and kissed his skin with a sharp sting of pain. He hissed through his teeth, jumping backwards automatically without thought to his footwork or his defence. Maul didn't follow him. He remained frozen exactly where his strike had ended like a paused holo. His brows were drawn down with surprise and confusion. 

Obi-wan lowered his lightsaber, rubbing his chest with his free hand. That would leave a mark. Why had Maul stopped? The boy he remembered from before wanted to kill him, the one who confronted him in the corridor just now wanted, if not that , then at least to humiliate him. His animosity towards Obi-wan wasn't any less just because Obi had the protection of a diplomatic envoy to shield him. 

Slowly Maul straightened out of his lunge, aggression tucked away again. Obi-wan couldn't read his expression any more. He deactivated his stolen lightsaber and hooked it back to his belt. 

“A fair win to you,” Obi-wan made himself say, with feigned joviality. “Thank you for the opportunity to learn from a Mandalorian force-user.”

Maul jolted - a small but uncontrollable movement. Obi-wan had hit some kind of nerve there. “Yes…” he replied slowly. “I expected more of you, Jedi.”

Honestly Obi-wan couldn't say that he was wrong. It hadn't been his best showing, and while there were plenty of good reasons for that - the lateness of the hour and his lack of preparation only two examples - that wouldn’t have been good enough if Qui-gon had been here to see this. The dangers they encountered on missions didn't care whether you were ready for them. If they’d been using full strength weapons, Maul's strike would have killed him. 

“I'm sorry to have disappointed you then,” he replied. 

Maul's golden eyes narrowed. “Next time you will fight better, Kenobi,” he said. Demanded, even. 

“Next time?” Obi-wan had agreed to no such thing. 

“Oh?” Maul raised an eyebrow, some of his former arch superiority returning. “Were you not aware? It is Mandalorian tradition that the younglings of a visiting group, even if they are enemies under truce, spar with the younglings of their hosts. To learn from each other is a sign of respect - and fighting is, after all, our way of life.”

That all sounded very convenient for Maul. A bit too convenient. Obi-wan didn't think that he was making it up though, since a lie would be easily detected just by asking someone else. 

“That wouldn't be up to me,” he said, thinking quickly. “My time is not my own, I would need Master Jinn's permission.”

“As you needed his permission tonight?” Maul smirked. “What would he think of your actions, I wonder?”

“You were the one who challenged me!” Obi-wan objected, trying to stop his temper from flaring. 

“And the Jedi padawan could find no other way out of the situation other than resorting to violence?” Maul said, clearly mocking him, as though he hadn't put Obi-wan in the position of agreeing to spar or attacking him outright in the hallway and attracting the attention of the guards, which would have made the whole situation much worse. “How disappointing.”

Obi-wan had done what Maul asked. The spar was over. He had no reason to stay here. He turned on his heel and marched away, ignoring the zabrak's eyes on his back as he left. He could not control what Maul might say to anyone about the events of the night, so the only thing to be done was accept that lack of control. Perhaps Maul was right and he'd already failed in his duty as a Jedi by fighting him, but allowing Maul to make him angry now would only make that failure worse. 

Darkness enveloped him outside the light of the training hall. Obi-wan put one hand against the wall and let the Force guide his steps rather than his eyes, following his sense of his sleeping Master to find their quarters again. There wasn't that much of the night left, and he should make the best of it. 

If he was lucky and Maul did not tell anyone of this, Qui-gon wouldn't even realise he'd been gone.

----

Maul waited until Kenobi was well out of ear-shot to grab the knife concealed in his left vambrace and throw it at the wall. It bounced off with a shriek of metal on metal, leaving a dent and a long scrape before clattering onto the floor. It didn't help much. 

This boy , this strippling youth, this padawan youngling… this was not Kenobi! He did not move like Kenobi, he did not fight like Kenobi, he did not banter in some Jedi bastardisation of Sith Dun Moch. He was a sword-blank, neither shaped nor ground, utterly without polish. 

It had not felt like this to fight him on Concord Dawn, but that had been hand-to-hand, not blade to blade. Padawan Kenobi's defects had not been thrown into such stark relief. The dissonance reminded him of sparring with Gar Saxon - the same ghost of potential, the boy who was not yet a man. 

I was not as I should be either , Maul was forced to admit. Tonight was the first time he'd fought a proper duel with a lightsaber since arriving in the past. He did not count his training sessions with Jango, which had consisted mostly of Maul teaching him the basics. It was something else entirely to fight someone who knew what they were doing. The mental aspects of Maul's decades of combat experience had returned with him, but the physical aspects had not. This child's body lacked the same habit and discipline. 

Palpatine had started Maul's physical training as soon as Maul was capable of understanding what he was being asked to do - it had been part of his very earliest memories. That continued throughout his childhood and into his time at Orsis. Yet the same rigorous discipline could be said of the Jedi. Maul had not been deemed worthy to face them until he was years older than he was now - years of relentless combat drills that shaped his body into the elegant weapon his Master desired. 

Instead, for the past few months Maul had focused on Mandalorian martial skills, learning and starting to integrate those techniques into the way he fought. He did not believe that to have been a mistake, but he now saw that he had become complacent. He had fallen into the trap of imagining himself as the warrior he had been as an adult, rather than the child he was. If he'd fought the real Kenobi like this it could only have ended with another humiliating defeat. 

And if he had been at the peak of his power, what kind of revenge would it be to defeat a version of Kenobi so far from his own potential? Was that a victory worth the name? No. No. He would not accept it. 

Maul's promise to Kenobi had been sincerely meant. They would spar again, and again, as many times as it took for Kenobi’s skills to improve. Maul would find some time in his daily schedule to return to his lightsaber drills as well. No matter how long it took, he would duel Kenobi as their best selves and he would defeat him, destroy him, bring him low… and finally he would kill him. 

Only then would he be satisfied.

----

“It must be odd,” Pre Fett said, as they walked away from the Mand’alor's royal hall.

“What must be?” Yan Dooku asked, raising an eyebrow. As they spoke he assessed the young man Jango Fett had chosen to be his guide. There were many points to consider, even though he had already spent time researching the man's chosen family before travelling here. 

After he accepted the mantle of the Count of Serenno Dooku had finally seen for himself just how easily his money could buy influence, influence which was the same thing as power, both in the high echelons of galactic politics and in the murky shadows of its criminal underbelly. Naturally he'd been aware of this reality before, but even as a Jedi Master the worst of it had been concealed from him. 

Leaving the Order meant setting aside the parts of their moral code which no longer worked for him. He had no compunctions about using his new-found connections, since it was abundantly clear that change could only be achieved by getting down in the muck with everyone else. He had spent a fair sum of credits over the last few months for information on the Mandalorian factions and the progress of their civil war. He knew all about Death Watch and their criminal connections, about the True Mandalorians and their history, as much about their culture as any outsider could…

If this had been available to him as a Jedi, would he have still fallen into the trap of Galidraan? 

There was no point examining that possibility too closely. It was the past and could not be changed. He let the idea go, flowing away from the surface of his mind. 

“Seeing jetiise around,” Pre continued. “You used to be one, didn't you?”

It was a prosaic observation, yet Dooku still felt the sting of it. Of all the surprises he had anticipated he might find on Mandalore, the presence of his former padawan and his grand-padawan were not among them. He hadn't spoken to Qui-gon since leaving the Order. Naturally he had thought of him often, to the point that he asked after him during each of his regular holocalls with Sifo-Dyas, listening to the stories of his exploits with pleasure. Since being elevated to the position of Master and taking more independent missions, Qui-gon's unique way of solving problems caused the Council frequent headaches - something Yan believed could only do them good. 

The Jedi Council thought too much of rules, of protocol, of the opinion of the Chancellor and the Senate. Their inability to see the snare the Order was caught in was in itself a symptom of the problem. 

A problem Dooku was out here trying to fix… 

“Their presence here seems inevitable,” he said, only dimly contemplating his words before he spoke them aloud. “The Republic would naturally send a representative, and Jedi would naturally accompany them. It is merely a curious coincidence that we arrived at the same time.” 

A coincidence - or an opportunity. Dooku regretted not asking Qui-gon to come with him when he left the Order. As Count of Serenno he had more than enough resources to support others - Qui-gon would not have had to find a job to survive outside the Order. They could have embarked on the project together… but Yan had no guarantee his former apprentice would have accepted his offer. Like most Jedi, the Order was all he'd ever known. If not for the tether of family bloodlines - a most un-Jedi concept - Dooku himself would have struggled to imagine a life outside it. 

Why should Qui-gon have trusted him? Because of the strength of their relationship? No. Their relationship was rather lacking. 

Even now Yan could not identify the precise moment they'd begun to drift apart. Or perhaps they'd simply never been as close as he'd thought. Dooku was not a man inclined to praise easily, or to effusive demonstrations of warmth. He had always been proud of Qui-gon and his achievements and he'd believed his padawan was aware of that. He'd believed his actions spoke loudly enough. Yet after the trials of Knighthood they'd spoken less and less. Distance bred awkwardness. 

Despite that Yan would still have told Qui-gon of his plans and made the offer if he hadn't so recently taken on a new padawan. Obi-wan Kenobi. An unfamiliar name. An unremarkable youngling. But once the bond of master and apprentice was made it could not easily be sundered, and Dooku refused to make Qui-gon choose between the two of them. He still intended to say goodbye… but fate or the Force had intervened. 

As it might be intervening again now.

Yan was an independent figure, separate from the Jedi and from the wheels of Republic power and bureaucracy. There were political considerations to Qui-gon exchanging even casual words with him, but if he could catch him away from the Senator he was guarding, or use the inevitable manoeuvring between the Senator and Jango Fett as an excuse to get involved… 

“Is it only a coincidence?” Pre said, echoing Yan's own thoughts. 

The young man’s chosen topic had distracted Dooku only partially from his intent to take his measure, but doing so was not as easy as it ought to have been. Indeed Pre Fett was a conundrum. He was the son of Jango Fett's worst enemy and yet after killing Tor Vizsla, Fett had adopted Pre as his own child. One would expect this to be met with resentment or at the very least mixed feelings on the child’s part, yet Dooku sensed nothing of the sort from the boy. Indeed his ability to sense Pre's emotions at all was inhibited by a kind of mental shielding that he had never encountered before. 

It was not due to beskar . Yan’s only experience with the metal and its properties came from that brief conflict on Galidraan, but that had been enough to imprint it deeply in his memory. The armour Pre Fett wore did not shimmer in the Force or deflect his mental grasp. Nor was it some natural defence - the boy was a baseline human. The only possibility was that he had been trained in the Force in some way. 

“If not coincidence, then the Force?” he said in response to Pre's point. “You are trying to discover if I still have faith in that, even if I am no longer a Jedi.”

“There are plenty of other Force traditions out there,” the young man pointed out. He was certainly correct, and his own people were not an exception, though Dooku had only managed to learn the outline of the Mandalorian religion. He presumed Pre's training had come from there.

“Sadly the people of Serenno have no such culture,” he said. “However, leaving the Order does not mean one must renounce all the teachings of the Jedi.” He did not miss the flicker of annoyance in Pre's expression. Force-sensitives might have an edge in understanding the feelings of others, but any Jedi Master knew how to read the common cues in body-language that accompanied what they sensed through the Force. “Does that discomfort you?”

Pre gave him a wary look. “Why did you leave the Jedi?” he asked, deflecting. 

“Because I no longer believed that the Order was capable of acting as a force for good in the galaxy,” Dooku replied. “As I told your father, the Republic has grown corrupt, ruled by money rather than morality. It is too late to attempt to change it from the inside, so the only recourse must be destruction of the current system.”

Pre blinked, taken off guard. “ Buir said you had your own plans, and he said you wanted a war… You think you'll do a better job when you're in charge?”

Dooku frowned. No, that was not what he had meant. “My intent is to free the systems currently disadvantaged by Republic rule so that they can take matters into their own hands. The Senate is inefficient and hobbled by procedure, the Corporations too powerful and influential - they must be broken up and divested of their assets. For any planet outside of the Core, what benefit do they accrue from being a member of the Republic? None. Why then should they remain ruled by it? As to the precise governmental structure or structures which would arise at the local or sector level thereafter, they are less important than the overall principle of the devolution of power.”

The young man looked torn - his expression suggested he wished to say something but was holding himself back. Yan sensed the edges of that inner turmoil in the Force. Pre's desire was strong enough to escape his mental shielding; Dooku caught the shape of it - an image of power, a shining strong structure spreading out from Mand'alor, of glory and violence…

Ah. A Mandalorian empire. 

Pre Fett wanted that desperately. Did his father share the same desire? Fett claimed otherwise, but Dooku was less sanguine. He distrusted mere words. Pre was suppressing what he wanted either because his father did not wish him to have that desire, or because he did not want to give the game away before they were ready to go to war.

“The rest of the Jedi don't agree with you though,” Pre said eventually. “Why are they so intent on bowing to the will of the Senate? Why do they obey when they're so much more powerful than any of those politicians? It makes no sense to me.”

“They believe it is the way they can do the most good. As I have already stated, I disagree.”

“And why are you the only one who can see this?” Pre was't offering that as a challenge to Yan's ideals; it appeared that he honestly did not understand how the Order had blinkered itself to the truth for so many years. 

“I have asked myself that a great many times. I can only answer that they fear the cost we will have to pay for change to come - and they do not truly perceive how dire the situation is.”

“You're willing to pay the cost.” Pre gave Dooku an assessing look. “What's going to happen to them, if you get what you want? The jetiise , I mean.”

That was a question Yan did not enjoy contemplating. “I hope that by then they will understand that it is necessary. I hope they will stand aside and will not get involved, or even that they will join me. But if they insist on propping up a crumbling edifice of evil… they will have brought their doom upon themselves. I will save those I can, if I can. But I will not let a small sin stand in the way of a worthy goal.”

A faint smile of approval curled the young man's lips. “So what's your plan?” he asked. “Where's your army? When does all of this start?”

This… was the less clear aspect of Dooku's intent. “That is what I wish to speak to your father about,” he admitted. “None of this will be easy. I must first build a coalition of disaffected systems, those who have most to gain from the Republic's destruction and their own independence.”

It dimmed some of Pre’s enthusiasm, but not as much of it as Dooku had feared. Indeed he even detected something rather hopeful.  

“I can't promise anything, you know?” Pre said. “I'm only the Mand'alor's ad - any kind of decision is up to him. But what you're saying is right. The Republic ought to go. And if you don't care what comes after that so long as it's better than what came before…” He cut himself off and shrugged in a poor attempt to conceal it. “I know he will hear you out at least.”

It was as much as Dooku hoped for in travelling here - and yet now a faint trace of uncertainty wavered in his heart. Making a deal with Mandalorians… was he attempting to tame a rancor? Their reasons for bringing down the Republic were not the same as his. Yet they would not be the only sector in the coalition he hoped to build, for Mandalore itself could not take on the entire Republic no matter how much time they had to prepare. Not at the size they were currently…

There would be safeguards. This was still the best idea Yan had. He would simply have to be careful.

----

The Republic Senator and her Jedi guards left Keldabe for the south the next morning without further incident. Maul relaxed, safe in the knowledge that Kenobi had mentioned nothing of their duel to his Master, and that Jinn had noticed nothing amiss. While he’d done nothing to harm the padawan, Jango would not be pleased if he learned of the fight. 

If he wished to make good on his promise to Kenobi and meet him in the training arena again, it would be necessary to ask for permission next time. In the open, with the excuse of tradition and with an honest oath that it would be no more than a spar, Jango would have little grounds to refuse him. 

He pondered the best way to raise the subject over breakfast. Peace had not changed their family schedule over-much. Each morning their aliit gathered in the karyai for a morning meal; Jango and Silas, Maul, Feral and Savage, Pre and Kilindi. Thankfully no Bo-Katan. Friend of Pre’s she might be, but that would have been taking things too far for Maul to put up with. 

“So,” Jango asked Pre, “what was your impression of the Count of Serenno?”

Pre put down his fork and composed his thoughts. “It’s as you said buir . He wants Mandalore’s help for his own plans - but I think we have similar goals. He wants to bring down the Senate and the Corporations and break up the Republic into smaller pieces. The Republic is a threat to us - maybe not now, I know,” he added quickly, reading Jango’s expression, “but in the future they will be. They’re too afraid of our way of life. They haven’t changed since the days of the Dral’han , so why would we expect anything different now?”

Jango sighed. “Even if I agreed with you about that - and I don’t - Dooku is delusional if he thinks we’ll conquer the Republic for him…”

“That’s not his plan,” Pre said. “He doesn’t think this war of his will start for a long time. He wants to build a coalition of systems that all want their independence from the Republic, then try and break away together, as a group. Either they succeed and everyone knows it's possible, or the Republic prevents them and the lies of their democratic system become clear.”

Maul leaned back in his seat. This was starting to sound rather familiar. He had only ever known the Count Dooku who was Darth Tyrannus, his Sith replacement . He had no idea what the man had been like as a Jedi, or in the period in between. He’d always believed the Separatist cause to be a smokescreen for Sidious’ plots, manufactured in its entirety. Had there been a time when Dooku genuinely believed in it? 

“Where does he envision he will stand, in this grand future of his?” Maul asked. 

“I wondered that as well,” Pre said. “He claimed that it doesn’t matter what comes afterwards. He doesn’t want to take the Chancellor’s place, or rule as an emperor.”

“I find that hard to believe,” Maul said. Pre nodded, his half-shrug clearly communicating a sentiment of ‘ obviously, who wouldn’t want that?’ 

“Do we really care so much about the Republic?” Savage asked. He was frowning, looking at Pre. “ Buir’s plan has always been to show them that our warriors can live peacefully…”

“Peacefully?” It came out with a whip-crack of scorn but Pre pulled back on that immediately, wincing. “ Vod , not going to war isn’t the same as peace to cowards like them. The first time we take a mercenary contract outside our borders and inside Republic space, they’re going to say Mandalore is interfering in their affairs and that we’ve broken the treaty.”

Both Jango and Silas were taken aback by this, and even Maul had to suddenly rethink his assumptions about the shape of this peacetime era. Everyone here was enough in Jango’s confidences to know his thoughts were taken up entirely by rebuilding and integrating the Evaar’ade, with little to spare for considerations outside of that. The Kyr’tsad clans were neatly distracted hunting down the few remaining ships that had refused to surrender, but that would not last forever. Eventually they would agitate for expansion, for battle, in whatever form they could get it. Even the Haat’ade and formerly neutral clans expected to begin a way of life as expressed in the Mitt’akan Ori’ramikad - one characterised by the personal development of martial skill, Clan and House rule on almost all affairs, and winning glory, honour and income from independent mercenary action. 

Most histories Maul had ever read outside Mandalorian space did not understand the position of the Mand’alor at all, particularly the version of it espoused by the Haat Mando'ade. They described it as equivalent to a king, which perhaps some Mand’alors had been in the past. That was not what Jaster Mereel meant when he used the term. To the Haat'ade and to Jango, the Mand'alore was only a war-leader - one who commanded military forces in times of great need, who called the warriors of the clans together to prevent the destruction of their people. The power they had outside of this command was variable and entirely dependent on the desires of the clans. Jango was only forced to be more than that because the Evaar’ade expected it of him. 

If he attempted to restrain the Haat’ade clans by telling them which mercenary contracts they could or could not take, firstly they would simply ignore him, and secondly there would be instant challenges to his authority. Ironically Kyr'tsad was more likely to obey him there, but only if he was willing to point them at a better target. From the Republic’s perspective though, one sovereign polity would be permitting its people to kill the citizens of another state, which was tantamount to a declaration of war. 

There might be ways around it, diplomatic channels that ensured the Republic Senate consented to its member planets legally employing paramilitary forces to maintain the rule of law - but up until now nobody here had considered the need for such a mechanism. Nobody except Pre, who had somehow spotted the trap in their future they were all walking towards but who saw it only as a reason to provoke that war on their own terms. 

“I should have seen this coming,” Jango said, a hand plastered over his face. “ Ka’ra , why did I agree to take this job in the first place?”

“On the other hand, if the Republic isn’t around,” Pre continued, in a helpful tone of voice, “and the galaxy is made up of lots of independent systems, there will be nobody to object when those systems want to employ Mandalorian soldiers.”

Kilindi sat forward in her seat, her brows drawn down thoughtfully and a few of the tendrils draped over her shoulders flicking the same way. “Is that your only reason, Pre?”

“Aside from avenging the Dral’han ?”

She smiled faintly, and cocked her head, waiting. Yes. That had sounded defensive.

Pre struggled to meet her eyes. “I can see why you’d think otherwise, but it’s not what buir would want so I’m trying…” He trailed off.

“What wouldn’t I want?” Jango asked.

“If the Republic splinters into lots of smaller entities, it would be so much easier for us to conquer them and rebuild the Empire,” Kilindi replied. “But it’s okay, vod ,” she told Pre, and sounded honest about it. “I do believe you. There would be other reasons Dooku's plan is good for us, but if I can see the other possibility then so can other people. That includes Count Dooku. He's willing to take the risk, which means either he's really angry about how the Republic does business and thinks it’s worth it anyway, or he believes he can manage us if he needs to.”

“Manage us?” Silas said. “He's one man, even if he used to be a jetii . Or perhaps I shouldn't be surprised that he's arrogant…” 

“Not just one man,” Jango corrected. “Pre told us he'll have plenty of other systems on-side by the time he's ready to go. If he manoeuvres us to take the brunt of the Republic's reprisal, they can mop up whatever remains. I'm still not seeing that we have enough to gain by helping him, but I also don't think there’s any need to commit to anything right now. He isn't in a rush and he can't afford to be. We slow-roll this, keep an eye on the Republic's attitude towards us. For now nobody I know of is planning on taking any contracts - none big enough that we couldn't disavow. A couple Mandalorian mercs here and there isn't anything that wasn't happening before.”

“As you say buir ,” Pre acknowledged, with some poorly-hidden disappointment. 

“And thanks,” Jango added. “For pointing out a problem before it bit us in the shebs . Looks like I've got even more to talk to this wookie about when she gets back.”

Chapter 45: Chapter 44

Summary:

Travelling to Sundari, Obi-wan Kenobi has a chance to catch up with the one person he has most wanted to see on Mandalore.

Notes:

Thanks everyone for continuing to read and comment! It's greatly appreciated as always.

A few people have brought up characters they're interested in, like Komari Vosa and Asajj. The former is currently assumed dead but should appear at least tangentially later on. As to Asajj, there's a 7 year age difference between her Canon and Legends date of birth, but even taking the older, she'd only be 8 years old, and Narec's padawan for 2 of those. Doesn't mean she can't be in the fic, but not any time soon.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Good morning Duchess,” Governor Almec said, starting to pour a mug of caff for her even before she'd finished sitting down. 

“Is that stimulant-free?” Uncle Theo asked from the other side of the table, a warning in his tone. 

Almec paused, tipped the pot back up. “Oh yes, I quite forgot. Apologies, Duchess. There is another pot here somewhere…” He cast about amongst the breakfast offerings ladening the table - more than any of them would be able to eat. Satine knew this largess wasn't for her benefit or her uncle's. It was a mark of the luxury Almec had betrayed his people for. There was no need for rationing in peacetime - but Satine knew that given a choice between losing their very selves and some temporary privation, any true pacifist would have stood fast and endured. 

“Must you continue this farce?” she asked. 

“Your title?” Almec said - Satine had meant the whole situation and not only her title, but that was a part of it. This wouldn't be the first time they had this argument. “It is no farce. House Kryze maintains its lands and the titles that come with them. Nothing has been stripped from you in the peace treaty.” 

“And what am I Duchess of, precisely?” Satine asked, bitterness creeping in. “An empty ruin on Kalevala? A part of a planet I can't even visit? Spare me. We're still your prisoners…”

“Honoured guests,” Almec interrupted. 

“Guests can leave when they want to,” Satine cut right back in. 

“Prisoners are not invited to take part in the workings of government,” Almec replied, slightly prim - though Satine didn’t think that was a fair way of putting it. Almec wanted her as his pawn, a subordinate running around enacting his will in Sundari. She didn’t believe for a moment she would keep any position he gave her the moment she stepped out of line - and she would be watched the whole time. Closely.

Ignoring her glare, Almec picked up a new pot of caf and slid it over to her. “I believe this is yours.”

When I was with the Jedi, they let me drink real caf , Satine wanted to say, but he wasn't the one preventing her from doing that and it didn't even have anything to do with the point they were arguing over. It was only another thing which made her feel trapped, controlled. Like nothing was hers to choose. 

“Satine…” Uncle Theo said, before she could open her mouth again. She bit her tongue to stop from turning it on him. 

I'm not a child anymore. I'm not the same as I was before Father died. I’m not being stubborn for the sake of it, this matters

She couldn't be angry at Theo. He'd done everything he could to protect her and he'd suffered unimaginably for it. How could Satine fault him for still being protective now? She didn't know how to explain that it wasn't needed. If anything, she should be protecting him! He didn't have to fight for their cause. She could do that, even now that it was once again a war of words and ideas rather than blasters. If she could just get out from under Almec's watchful gaze she could find other New Mandalorians who hadn't given up, she could talk to them, build a peaceful resistance, gradually retake political power… 

“Speaking of government business,” Almec continued, as though the argument had never happened. “We're expecting an interesting group of guests today.”

“How so?” Theo asked, when it became clear the governor was waiting for them to ask. 

“A Republic Senator is visiting Mandalore.” Almec's smile was self-satisfied. Of course it was. A mere city mayor would never have rated such a distinguished visitor, but the Governor of the Southern Cities? The blood-price of treason won’t continue to pay off forever , Satine thought venomously in his direction. “She and her retinue arrive with the Mand'alor's representative this morning, eager to see how our peace is progressing.”

Satine exchanged a glance with her uncle. “You want us to meet with them?”

“Of course!” Almec looked at her with feigned confusion. “You’ll tell the Senator how awful we all are, I imagine, but your point is rather hard to argue when you - the last remaining figurehead of the previous government -  are being treated so well. Certainly much better than one would expect of a potential threat.” He shot her a pointed glance. 

Satine bit her lip. ‘How awful we all are’ - when he’d only become part of that ‘we’ at the very end of the war! He was no political idealist. Almec didn’t believe in anything , that was very obvious, only whatever was most convenient. But he was not an idiot. Nor was Satine. She hadn’t expected to live past the end of the war. It would have made much more sense to kill her. She was plotting against Jango Fett, even if she wanted to bring him down with a peaceful movement of the people rather than starting another civil war. 

I thought it was because of Bo-Katan , she thought to herself. A gift, because Pre Fett and my sister are friends. But it wasn’t. It was for this - to be proof of mercy. To show off to others. 

“Don’t look so sour, Duchess,” Almec said. “In the end we’re at peace. Isn’t this what you wanted?”

----

Obi-wan had plenty of time to observe the devastation of Mandalore’s southern hemisphere as they flew towards Sundari. The lush arboreal equator turned into scrubland, a place where the plants grew shrivelled and twisted, struggling to survive, before eventually the white sand appeared on the horizon. As they passed into the blasted zone, a dial on the shuttle’s control console started to jerk upwards, ticking faintly. 

“That’s just the radiation,” their pilot said cheerfully. “No need to worry. We’re well shielded in here.”

Obi-wan’s eyes were drawn uneasily back towards the dial again and again, despite himself. No Republic force these days was armed with dirty bombs, and when he read about the Mandalorian Excision he’d imagined the more prosaic horror of turbolasers boiling seas, carving up mountains, burning forests… More than enough for localised ecological collapse, but still leaving behind it the possibility of rebuilding. Rad-scouring half the planet was so much more permanent.

What had the people of that time been thinking? 

Senator Yivvard warbled in sorrow as they passed fully into the desert. Aside from protrusions of rock rising up in the occasional ridge, they were flying over miles and miles of nothing at all. 

“An impressive sight, is it not?” Lelek drawled. 

“I would not describe it in those terms,” Qui-gon replied. His face was impassive, but Obi-wan could sense he shared his unease. It was hard not to feel guilty by association. Once again their guide didn’t press the point. He just wanted to see their immediate response, Obi-wan guessed. How much could he tell about them just from that? Did he have to test them like this - couldn’t he just be more direct?

Eventually something new appeared ahead of them. A white dome against the vivid blue sky, it grew larger and larger in the viewport as they approached. 

“Welcome to Sundari,” the pilot told them. “The former capital, but still the most important of the dome-cities.”

Obi-wan was happy to call this impressive. The wall of the dome now eclipsed everything ahead, the subtle curve of its surface almost imperceptible. The pilot banked them slightly, and headed for an irregularity. Obi-wan’s eyes took a moment to make sense of the scale of what he was looking at - a landing platform. It was more than large enough for their shuttle, but what did they do about larger ships? Cargo ships, for example. He had heard that the dome cities needed to import a lot of resources to survive, food most important among them. There must be a landing zone somewhere else around the circumference of the dome, unless they set down on the sand and shuttled the cargo in, radiation be damned.

Lelek led them out of the ship and through the airlock passage, wide enough for several speeders, that led into the city. This time there were guards waiting for them. They didn’t look like Obi-wan had expected; they weren’t wearing Mandalorian armour for a start. 

Lelek must have noticed his confusion. “Sundari Security Force,” he said, with a note of amusement. “They’re Evaar’ade . They do just fine to police their own people.”

“You saw no need to replace them with your own soldiers?” Qui-gon asked. 

“Governor Almec is a very sensible man,” Lelek replied. He kept on walking - the guards saluted him and fell into step behind their party in two lines. “He was one of the first of the Evaar’ade leaders to understand that the change they resisted was nothing to fear. He was willing to trust that the Mand’alor meant what he said, that he did not lie about his intent. His people understand the same; they want nothing more than peace. They will not do anything that risks restarting hostilities.”

[ A confident statement, ] Senator Yivvird said. [ It’s hard enough to get a city to agree on the schedule for waste disposal, or a new public transport route. Surely an emotive topic like this has people split? ] 

“Not to hear Almec tell it,” Lelek replied. “But then, he’s got good reason to be a rosy optimist, doesn’t he? Feel free to make your own judgement.” The Mandalorian didn't seem angry at the idea the Governor would be misleading them. 

[ What do you think? ] the wookie asked, shooting him an almost conspiratorial glance. 

Lelek’s bestial, fanged helmet tilted to the side. “We’re all one people, we are all Mandalorians. That doesn’t mean we agree about everything, nor should we. Mandalore is the clans, the clan heads, the elders, the armourers. Each a point of view, each individual with their own needs and desires. Conflict is a natural state of any society. Mandalorians just choose a more physical way of resolving that.” It was the most Obi-wan had heard him say in one go so far - and it actually sounded like he was expressing how he genuinely felt for once. 

Qui-gon glanced backwards, towards the guards. Obi-wan followed his gaze, but although the helmets they wore didn’t conceal all of their faces, they were doing a good job of acting impassive. “Would the Evaar’ade agree with that statement?” he asked. 

Lelek laughed. “Ah, probably not! And that’s my point.” He gestured; a wide, expansive sweep of his hand. “There’s room among us for plenty of different opinions. The warriors are in charge once again, but there’s no plan to suppress dissent. We don’t kill people for disagreeing with us, and we don’t force them to live any which way, so long as they answer the Mand’alor’s call in times of desperate need.”

[ Then why go to war at all? ] Senator Yivvird asked. There was a sharpness to her, a shrewd alertness, which hadn’t come to the fore before. Obi-wan realised she must have been watching and analysing everything they’d been shown up until now, waiting for the right moment to press for the answers she wanted. 

We don’t force others,” Lelek said. It took Obi-wan a moment to catch his meaning. We don't… but the New Mandalorians did, before.

He wanted to say something in protest… but from everything he knew, could he really say that Lelek was wrong? While the New Mandalorians had very good reasons for encouraging the Mandalorian people to leave their warlike past behind them, at the end of the day that did mean setting boundaries of what ways of life were acceptable and what weren’t, then enforcing them. 

At that point in the conversation they left the tighter confines of the buildings they’d entered through and a great vista opened up in front of them. Obi-wan slowed his pace so that he could take it all in. To someone who’d grown up on Coruscant, even in the Temple, it wasn’t a strange sight - but he hadn’t expected it to feel so familiar. He couldn’t see the ground, only the spaces between towers, empty canyons bridged by walkways and roadways, orderly lines of speeder traffic, the glow of artificial sunlight from transparisteel and durasteel. It was mostly the architecture that set it apart from his home. 

A speeder large enough for the whole group waited for them where the road opened up on both sides to a multi-story drop. Lelek ushered them into it, and a droid pilot set them off at a fairly sedate pace. 

Leaning forward in his seat, Lelek addressed Qui-gon. “ Jetii . A question, if you'll indulge me. What do order and chaos mean to you?”

Obi-wan was surprised he’d asked them anything at all, rather than make another sideways comment and wait for a response. His Master took the question seriously, giving it some contemplation before replying. “Those are extremely broad concepts… but generally many cultures believe order to be a sign of a functioning society, an inherent good, in comparison to chaos which is troublesome and causes them difficulties.”

Lelek's shoulders shifted in a faint sigh. “I didn’t ask about ‘many cultures’. I asked about you. The Jedi Order.”

Wry amusement seeped from Qui-gon into the Force at that question. He couldn't hold back a small smile. “There are also a great many different points of view within the Order. But, for my part…” He added quickly, anticipating what would surely have been Lelek's next iteration of his question. “I would say that order is akin to the Cosmic Force, the universal principles that underlie our physical reality. Order defines the movement of stars, planets, asteroids… It defines how atoms interact. It is inescapable. But it isn’t everything that the Force is. Not all we perceive can be understood. Chaos is a principle that evolves out of living things; the Living Force, as we call it. Life is messy. Unpredictable. Chaos might even be the same thing as free will.”

Lelek didn't react instantly, but then he laughed, shaking his head. It was the controlled amusement of surprise rather than the automatic response which humour shocked out of a person. “That's the last thing I expected a jetii to say. Don't you believe yourselves the guardians of peace and order in the galaxy? Isn't your goal to uphold the status quo?”

“A Jedi should act for the sake of other people,” Qui-gon replied. “Peace, yes. Order? To a point. Justice is more important. Sometimes the status quo needs to change for justice to be done. But I will admit I am not the most typical Jedi, and some of my peers have described me as a maverick.”

Which was putting it lightly, Obi-wan reflected. 

“Don't you feel the Republic has grown stagnant, in the current age?” Lelek asked. 

Obi-wan glanced at Senator Yivvird, but although one side of her mouth curled just enough to expose a flash of wookie fang she was otherwise keeping her thoughts to herself. She must want to see how this played out. 

“Is that how you would define order?” Qui-gon answered the question with one of his own. “As stagnation?”

“Yes,” Lelek said. “Rigidity. Inflexibility. Inability to adapt. Chaos breaks the pattern. Chaos allows room to breathe, to find a new path, to grow and change. Of course I wouldn't say order has no place. People need some stability. The important thing is to find the balance point, as you would a good knife. Dance on the edge, the flow between push and pull.” He broke off, though Obi-wan thought he had been going to say more. 

“That is my ideal, at any rate,” Lelek concluded. “One among many.” 

Why did Lelek's words sound familiar? Thinking of the world in terms of opposing forces of order and chaos was not  a traditional Jedi worldview. Good and evil, yes. Light and Dark… Wait. Something about that… 

Vaapad, Obi-wan realised. Master Windu said he wouldn’t teach the form he invented to anyone except his own padawans, but he had talked about what it was like. It was a state of moving closer to the Dark Side emotion of anger but resisting the pull over the edge; that was a bit like what Lelek had said. So was the Dark chaos, and the Light order?

No. Qui-gon had just said both chaos and order existed as aspects of the Force - which was what the Light Side was in truth. Using ‘Light’ and ‘Dark’ gave the Dark too much power. There was the Force, and there was a corruption of it. All the other Force traditions across the galaxy, they were all drawing on the same thing at their core - and that thing wasn’t the Dark Side. It was only the Jedi tradition that was known as the Light. By splitting the Force into Light and Dark, had they given the Sith too much power? Or were they limiting themselves ?

Pieces clicked together inside Obi-wan’s head like a puzzle he had been looking at for a long time, but was only now putting together. As soon as they had a moment to themselves again he had to ask Master Jinn about this. He was still a padawan and he might have the wrong idea entirely, but it felt right. He just didn’t know what it meant outside of that small flash of epiphany.

The speeder-car slowed and Obi-wan looked up - this had to be their destination. The building was so big that with their view constrained by the network of towers and walkways to all sides, it looked like they were approaching a wall. A massive door loomed ahead of them, large enough to admit a starship, or so it seemed. 

“It used to be the Prime Minister's palace,” Lelek informed them. 

[ The late Prime Minister? ] Yivvird asked. 

“Yes, he died in the Kyr'tsad bombing that kicked everything off, didn't he?” Lelek said, unbothered. If he felt at all responsible for that he didn't show it - or appear to feel very much about it at all. 

They didn't enter through the vast door - as they drew closer the speeder diverted to a hanger bay to the side and the droid parked them within it, chirping a farewell to them as they exited. Here Lelek let the Sundari guards take point, though they didn't have far to go. It was mostly one long corridor, and several ramps. They didn't gain enough height for there to be any point taking a turbolift. Their final destination turned out to be a hall completely made of transparisteel - or almost so. The struts of durasteel were narrow and elegant between the window-panes. The room projected out of the side of the palace with views of the city above and around them, a few paintings hung on the walls, bronze cuboid light fixtures hanging from the ceiling, and a throne at the far end of the room upholstered in red. 

Obi-wan didn't recognise the man sitting on it, or the one standing to its left… but he recognised the other person waiting for them. 

“Satine,” he whispered, no more than a breath released. She was alive. 

----

Obi-wan was barely able to pay attention to the words exchanged between Senator Yivvird and Governor Almec. He couldn't drag his eyes away from Satine, checking her over repetitively for any signs of ill-treatment. She looked physically healthy but stressed, angry even. She stood with her arms folded over her chest, glaring between the Governor and Lelek, but she didn't speak. Sometimes she shot glances over towards Obi-wan and then her expression was as troubled as the confusion of emotions inside her. She was happy to see him, she resented him, it all mixed until it bubbled up and she had neither Force training or beskar to hide from his ability to sense it. 

Satine hadn't known that Obi-wan and Qui-gon were coming with the Senator. Surprise had rung from her clear as a bell when they walked in. Obi-wan wished he could explain. He hadn't wanted to leave. He - they - hadn't had a choice. He hadn't chosen when to come back either. If she wasn't safe then he wasn't here to rescue her either - and that simple fact bit at him painfully.  

The True Mandalorians had what they wanted. They didn't need to torment a prisoner. Why shouldn't the Jedi be allowed to take her with them, a political refugee who'd be kept safe by the Republic? 

And the other man with her… the Governor introduced him as Theodore Kryze, Satine's uncle. They hadn't been sure any of her family were left alive, aside from Bo-Katan. Where was she , anyway? Back in Keldabe in Fett's palace, was the most likely answer. Theodore had the loose-skinned look of someone who’d lost a lot of weight quickly, and hadn’t gained it all back yet. Thin white scars stretched across the back of his hands, which he held folded in front of him. Obi-wan couldn’t tell if he had some on his face as well, or if it was just lined with age. There might be others, hidden by his clothing. The war - or the True Mandalorians - hadn’t treated him so well. 

Governor Almec was talking about the war. It drifted in and out of Obi-wan's attention. Something about rationing supplies, the threat of starvation… but Sundari had never been invaded. The fighting had always been far away from its people, a thing they feared, a stark threat that they were spared from in the end but not an ugly reality. 

[ What is the shape of your peace? ] Senator Yivvird asked him. 

“A pleasant one,” Almec replied, though Satine snorted and looked away in clear disagreement. “For most, day to day life has not changed a great deal except that they may now study and practise the old ways, which were previously forbidden. Before, the fear was that we would be forced to abandon our occupations, train as soldiers and cannon-fodder for future wars, but nothing could have been further from the truth! Making peace took a great deal of trust, but I am gratified to say that it paid off.”

[ What of those who didn't want to surrender? ] the Senator said. 

“The decision did not have unanimous support, but that's politics for you.” Almec shrugged. 

[ I meant, have they caused any trouble, or been the target of it? ] she clarified, with a half-smile.

“Oh. No, there were demonstrations and protests at the time, but as I said, our fears were baseless. Many people remain uneasy about the change of leadership and what the future may hold for us, but certainly not so much so that they feel driven to cause civil unrest. Their voices are limited to publishing opinion pieces and the like.”

“Perhaps they are simply afraid of what would happen to them if they were more forthright,” Satine interrupted, speaking for the first time. 

Almec gave her a rather patronising look. “Duchess, if opposition was going to be punished it would have happened to you by now. The only people more clearly in opposition to the Mand'alor are running lonely starships out in the void, in whatever benighted corners of Mandalorian space they've found to hide in.” 

Satine said nothing. If Almec was lying and the True Mandalorians had already done something to hurt her this would have been the safest time for her to say it, with two Jedi and a Republic senator in the room. Did that mean she hadn't been mistreated? That Obi-wan hadn't abandoned her to an awful fate?

[ What is your position on what has happened, Duchess Kryze? ] Senator Yivvird asked. 

Satine's chin rose slightly. “I don't accept that we should surrender to the rule of an inherently immoral philosophy simply because those who believe in it have not hurt us yet . Jango Fett and the soldiers who follow him think that violence and war are good in themselves, that weapons and martial skill are the most admirable things a person can display. Should I wait until we have finished walking to the end of a road before I'm allowed to point out that we all know where it's going? Should I take complacent pleasure in being under the Mand'alor's dubious protection already and therefore not a target for future violence? Or should I speak out, and encourage those who feel like I do to speak out as well, until there is such a groundswell of public support that Fett's faction realise their rule will not be tolerated!”

Each word was full of passion, of belief. Satine's strength of will and the purity of her ideals were obvious; admiration rose in Obi-wan's chest like a wave until it filled him up entirely. Could he have spoken up against evil with such forthrightness? Even with every advantage of being a Jedi padawan behind him, he wasn’t sure about it. Satine had nothing but her convictions, not even the promise of safety if she kept on standing up to Jango Fett. Despite the danger, she didn't let it stop her. 

Lelek was the one to answer her. “Where was this groundswell of public support during the war, when the Evaar'ade fear of the ghosts of the past was at its height?”

Satine glared at him. “Jango Fett didn't have things all his way - we resisted…”

“And yet you lost,” Lelek replied calmly. “Not due to shoddy tactics, technological disparity, or an absence of fighting spirit in your soldiers. Because you were outnumbered.”

Satine bit her lip. A muscle twitched in her jaw. Obi-wan could feel the fire of her anger and how fierce it burned, but she did not let it out. It did not control her or overwhelm her. Despite that, she couldn't find an answer to Lelek's point, which meant that he was right. In the end more Mandalorians had been willing to fight for the old ways than the new. 

But weren't the New Mandalorians pacifists? Aside from a select number they weren't trained to fight, weren't all soldiers like Fett's faction. In extremis even a pacifist had to stand up to defend what they believed in, but that didn't mean they would have been a match for Death Watch and the True Mandalorians…

“But perhaps I'm wrong,” Lelek said. “Perhaps you will manage to convince others of your point of view - you want weapons to be your words. They can cut as deep as any knife in the right hands, as I’m sure the Senator here could tell you.” He nodded to Senator Yivvird, who was watching their discussion with interest. 

[ You've given me a lot to think about, ] she said. [ Would you allow me to speak to these two on their own? I would be interested to hear their perception of the course of the civil war. ] 

Almec looked to Lelek for guidance. 

“That is why you are here Senator,” the warrior said, cheerful for someone who had been having such an emotive argument - on one side of it at least. Obi-wan had no idea whether it had roused passion in him to equal Satine’s. “To hear both sides. Just remember that we do not look to the Republic to validate our actions. The Mand'alor allows your visit in order to reassure the Senate, and that’s all.”

[ I will remember. ]

----

“Take care, padawan,” Qui-gon muttered as they left the room. “Be mindful of your emotions. Our role here is only to observe, and to protect the Senator. Nothing more.” 

Obi-wan flinched. Had he been that obvious? “Apologies, master,” he replied, ducking his head. They followed a Sundari guard to a meeting room where Satine, Theodore, and Senator Yivvird could sit for a more comfortable conversation while the two Jedi took up positions either side of the door. Obi-wan tried to quiet his mind as he'd been instructed, turning it instead towards the whispers of the Force. It wasn't easy. 

It grew no easier as he was forced to listen to Satine recount everything that happened after he and Qui-gon left Concord Dawn. Her time as Fett's prisoner hadn't been difficult physically, but it had devastated her emotionally. How could it not? This was her whole world coming down around her to be replaced by something she was utterly morally opposed to. 

It was still better than Obi-wan had feared. Much better than what had happened to her uncle after the Death Watch attack on Castle Kryze. Obi-wan listened to that with mounting horror, his stomach churning. Theodore didn't draw out the details, but he didn't have to. Just the bald, clipped sentences in a dull tone stripped of emotion… that was enough. He couldn't understand how Theodore was able to talk about it at all, other than that he wanted the Republic to know the kind of people they were dealing with. Obi-wan’s eyes were drawn inescapably to the scars he bore, faded with bacta treatment but not gone. He even saw - now that Theodore wasn’t trying to hide it - that he was missing several fingers on his right hand. 

Had he refused cybernetic replacements because he didn’t want them? Or because he hadn’t been offered them at all?

Jango Fett might not have had a hand in Theodore's torture, and he’d killed the man responsible, but he still welcomed the rest of Death Watch into his ranks. Wasn't that the same as tacitly accepting what they'd done in the past? 

“I'm not advising the Republic to start a war,” Satine told Senator Yivvird  once her uncle had concluded his testimony. “In fact that's the last thing I want. It would only cause my people to suffer more. Nor am I saying that Jango Fett plans to start one any time soon; on that point at least I believe him. I simply believe that war is the inevitable outcome if I can't convince Mandalore to walk this back, to turn from the ways of war once again. Even if Fett is content to stay within our borders, there are too many inside his faction who won't be.”

[ You believe he will not be able to control them? ] 

“I won't pretend to fully understand the Haat'ade ,” Theodore said. “I used to believe I did - now I see I was making a great deal of assumptions. Jango Fett has been very clear though; he rules by the consent of the warrior clan-heads. He won his position through ritual combat, barbaric though that might sound, which means he can also lose it the same way.”

Yivvird nodded. [ You realise, ] she said, [ that the Mand'alor has taken a risk by letting me talk to you at all. Why do you imagine he would do that? ] 

Theodore sighed. “He wants you to see he hasn't harmed us physically, and he wants you to believe that if he treats his enemies mercifully in victory then he must be a benevolent ruler. But it's as Satine says. We might have been wrong about the immediate aftermath of our civil war, but that doesn't mean this is a state of affairs that can continue long-term.”

[ I'm a wookie, ] Yivvird said. [ I'm used to thinking in the long-term. ] 

----

Satine was exhausted by the time the Senator finished asking her questions, her patience hanging by a tenuous thread. There had been no time to prepare her arguments before this meeting, and she didn't even know what she wanted from the Republic. They'd come too far from those early days when peace might still have been salvaged, before Jango Fett came on the scene, when Jedi protection was all that she needed. Even if Fett was in charge, Mandalore was still an independent sector - she didn't want the Republic to ride to their rescue and take over in the aftermath. 

Even if Almec had rubbed her nose in it this morning he was right about one thing; at least they were at peace. Nobody was dying. The grip the Mand'alor had them in was gentle; he hadn't tightened his fist just yet. 

Would he ever, if he felt he didn't have to?

She wanted the Republic to leave them alone, but she also wanted them to prepare for the fact that they might be in danger. They had to be able to defend themselves. Maybe then the remnants of Death Watch would understand they had no hope of rebuilding their empire - but bad odds had never stopped them before. What if the fact they'd have to fight hard only emboldened them? What if that was what they wanted? There wasn't a good choice between being weak enough to be a tempting target, or too strong and getting locked into endless war. 

Finally the Senator was done. She started to push herself to her feet, but Satine stopped her with a quickly raised hand. “Senator, are you aware your Jedi guards have been to this sector before?”

[ I’d heard something along those lines, ] the wookie said, sitting back down. 

Satine didn't look directly at Obi-wan or his Master. She hadn't forgiven them for leaving her to Jango Fett without a fight but… the separation had been so sudden it was dragging her down, unfinished business. “Might I talk to them?” she asked. 

Senator Yivvird glanced over her shoulder. [ I don't see why not. Come, Jedi. Sit down with us. ]

Satine couldn't tell what Qui-gon thought of this. He was as serene and unreadable as he always had been. He slid a chair back and sat, his hands tucked into the sleeves of his robes. Obi-wan trailed a half-beat behind him, uncomfortable. He met Satine's eyes, looked away, looked back. Guilt? 

Possibly.

Now the opportunity was in front of her, Satine found her words drying up in her throat. She already understood why the Jedi had left. She wasn't asking for them to justify themselves to her again. If she wanted to shame them with what had happened to her afterwards, they'd already heard it all when she told the Senator. She wanted… she wanted the privacy from those days on the run, a Jedi Master guarding her door and his padawan to keep her company, she wanted the feeling of safety, she wanted Obi-wan to look at her with interest as he asked her questions about her world and her people, she wanted the knowledge that with time everything could be set right. 

There was no way back to that. She wanted something impossible. 

“Is the Mand'alor angry with you?” she ended up asking. 

“The Mand'alor was the one who requested us by name,” Master Jinn told her. “It does not seem so far that his request was ill-intentioned.”

Of course - the Jedi were too politically skilled to have chosen to send the pair inadvertently, and they could not be here at all without Fett's permission. Realising that, it felt even more like a trap. They had to know that themselves. “I… did miss your company after you left,” she said, wording it as diplomatically as she could. “I hope you are well.”

“Thank you for your concern, Duchess,” Qui-gon said, inclining his head graciously. “Obi-wan and I are in good health.”

“I'm glad we were able to see you…” Obi-wan said, speaking slightly too quickly. “That is, to see that you are well too. As well as you could be, under the circumstances. Of course we're sympathetic to your position.”

Qui-gon hummed, a low rumble in his throat, not quite a sigh. “It may disappoint you again to hear that the Jedi Order must remain neutral in the matters of independent star systems. We are only here as the Senator's guardians.”

“Yes, that was made very clear to me,” Satine told him. She thought that Obi-wan wanted to do more to help, but he was held back by his own ideals. He'd sworn an oath to the Jedi Order and she wasn't asking him to break that. Even if he would, what could he do? He was only one person. It was selfish to want anything different. “You are not my allies, but during our time together I did feel that Padawan Kenobi was… something like a friend. I hope politics does not prevent us from renewing our acquaintance.”

Obi-wan looked hopefully towards his master. Satine waited for his reply. She was asking a great deal, she knew. Where Jedi were concerned, all of their interactions were political.  

“We may not be on the planet for long,” Qui-gon warned her. “Nor even in Sundari beyond the next few days.”

“Even so,” Satine said. 

The Jedi nodded. “The Senator and I have other things to discuss,” he said. “Perhaps you will join us sir Kryze?”

“Of course,” Theodore agreed. 

The elder three drew away to the far side of the large table, allowing Satine and Obi-wan an illusion of privacy.

“I'm sorry,” Obi-wan said immediately. “I didn't want to leave.”

“I know it wasn't your choice,” she replied. “I just wish…” Some of the bitterness was leaving. It was hard to hold onto it when she could see the sorrow on his face and know that if it had been his choice he would not have walked away. She forced a smile. “You've heard what has happened here, but I know nothing of what you've been up to. Will you tell me? It would be nice to hear about parts of the galaxy that aren't… here.”

Obi-wan nodded. “After we got back to Coruscant we reported to the Jedi Council, and not long after that we were sent on another mission - to investigate a pirate operation near Ord Cestis...”

Satine listened to him talk and a part of her started to relax. Amidst all the struggle of the last six months, it was nice to forget her own troubles for a little while. 

It almost felt normal.

Notes:

I hope everyone is enjoying the politics because... that's not going anywhere. Even if Jango wishes it would.

Chapter 46: Chapter 45

Summary:

Qui-gon proves he hasn't learned any lessons either, Dooku gets less than he wanted, and Jango asks for a favour.

Notes:

Qui-gon managed to go several chapters without being a complete asshole, but that just couldn't last.

Chapter Text

“It was a surprise to see Lady Kryze here,” Qui-gon remarked. “Though a pleasant one.”  It was evening in Sundari and they had been given rooms in the Governor's palace. Transparisteel windows offered a view of the city around them, an expanse of twinkling lights from the cuboid buildings set against the deepening twilight. It was the dimming of an artificial sun, but following the same pattern as Mandalores's own star.

“Yes…” Obi-wan replied. His padawan was ill at ease. They hadn't spoken of their last mission to this sector for a long time, and Qui-gon had taken Obi-wan's silence as a good sign - one of acceptance and evidence of his growing maturity as a Jedi. The outcome of their mission to Concord Dawn had been far from satisfactory, but after Jango Fett's ultimatum there had been no other better outcome. Obi-wan struggled with that at the time, but Qui-gon believed he had come to understand its necessity. Now he wondered if the silence had instead been sullen stubbornness. 

It was obvious that Obi-wan cared for the young Duchess. They were the same age, and had spent some months in close proximity to one another while hiding from Death Watch - some affection was to be expected. In principle, entanglements outside the Order were not forbidden so long as the correct emotional distance could be maintained. Becoming overly close with someone who was integral to a mission assignment was another matter - and even if Satine hadn't been a political figure, Obi-wan was far too young to stay impartial. A Jedi must remain objective, always. The Force and one's duty came first. 

Impartiality was not one of the boy's strengths, and that could not only be put down to his age. Dread curdled Qui-gon's stomach every time he thought about Melida/Daan, the worst possible example of Obi-wan's tendency to become overly attached. 

“It appears no real harm came to Satine after we left Concord Dawn,” he continued, watching his padawan's reaction. 

Predictably, if unfortunately, Obi-wan bristled. “No harm? She had to go for months hearing about her people being killed in war…”

“Padawan,” Qui-gon said sharply. “Her emotional distress is a fair concern, but that is not what you were worried about when we left, was it? You feared for her physical safety, and with good reason. Her death was a real possibility - but even if it had been an inevitable consequence of her capture by Jango Fett it would not have changed anything. Our duty would have been the same.

This is a good outcome - and I expect that now your worries have been alleviated, the matter will no longer weigh on your mind.” Qui-gon had already sensed this wasn't true, which made it all the more important they address this now

Obi-wan's jaw clenched. He said nothing. Denial and anger glinted in his eyes. Despite everything, he didn't agree.

Qui-gon fixed his padawan with a stare, his expression serious. “Obi-wan. No single life outweighs our responsibility to the galaxy. You must be mindful of the bigger picture…”

“Like you were with Tahl?” 

The words slipped from Obi-wan's mouth in a low mutter, then his eyes widened as he realised he had in fact said them out loud. Anger and pain crashed through Qui-gon, a wave breaking against the shore. He could not respond - and then he knew he could not let himself respond because everything that came to mind was too sharp to release. 

The situations were not the same. Master Tahl had been a fellow Jedi in need of his help. The warring factions of Melida/Daan clearly spurned external mediation in their war - the Jedi had no more jurisdiction there than they had over Mandalore. In fact the only reason he and Obi-wan were sent to Melida/Daan at all was to rescue Master Tahl. The situation there had indeed been deplorable, but not within their power to change. 

He had to say something

“Did your actions on Melida/Daan serve the greater good, or only your own ego?” he asked his padawan, managing to keep his tone level. Everything else he pushed out into the Force, apologising wordlessly to the universe for having to swallow such bitterness. 

Obi-wan flinched. His emotions curled back in on themselves, tucking down behind his shields. “I… I shouldn't have said that. I'm sorry, master.”

Qui-gon felt more in control - or rather he felt very little beyond an icy calm. “We discussed the complexities of the Mandalorian political situation at the time. Did you fail to integrate the lesson?”

“No. I understood it all,” his padawan said. The Force was murky around him, a reflection of his unhappiness. “It still feels wrong that it has to be that way.”

“Jedi are not the servants of their emotions, Obi-wan,” Qui-gon told him. “Your feelings towards Satine Kryze are blinding you to an objective view of her situation - which is that she is not in danger. We aren’t here to give her political support. We aren’t here for her at all. We are here firstly to protect the Senator, and secondly to do our best to improve the relationship between Mandalore and the Jedi Order. Does involving yourself with the Duchess help either of those ends?”

Obi-wan looked away. “It doesn’t.”

“This mission is an opportunity to show me you can be objective, as a Jedi should.” Qui-gon softened slightly. He understood why his padawan felt this way. It was just that like all Jedi, for the rest of his life he would forever be caught between what seemed right at first glance, what was right in the longer view, and what was even achievable at all. “Your compassion does you credit. We must be compassionate and empathetic, and we must listen above all to the Force, but be mindful of the unintended consequences of acting without thinking things through.” 

“Yes, master.”

Obi-wan did not argue any further, but Qui-gon was unable to sense true acceptance through their bond. 

He left the matter there. 

It struck Qui-gon later on, in those moments of thought lying in bed before sleep came, that he might have been too harsh. He believed he’d allowed his own emotions to pass through him and had not spoken from anger, but at the same time… he was afraid. Afraid that Obi-wan had not learned the lesson of Melida/Daan; that even a Jedi could not tip the scales of a conflict in the way they wanted. Afraid his padawan could not walk the narrow line between the great power and responsibility of the Force, and the truth that this power had limits. Obi-wan had left the Jedi once already. In his frustration, would he do so again? There’d be no coming back the second time around. 

Qui-gon understood why his padawan felt caught in the trap of politics. Hadn’t Qui-gon often felt the same? He survived by learning when and how rules could be bent, where the line could be pushed just enough to allow a little more justice into the universe. If he could trust that Obi-wan had learned the same then he wouldn’t be so firm with him. If Obi-wan couldn’t find a way to live within the constraints of the system then frustration could become anger, could become hate, could become the Dark Side. 

It happened with Xanatos. Qui-gon had failed him and still did not understand how. Since he did not understand it, how could he prevent it from happening again? 

If it was a choice between Falling and leaving the Jedi, far better for it to be the second. There were places for those who left to go. Part of Obi-wan’s thoughts echoed Dooku’s, inasmuch as Qui-gon understood his former master's reasoning. If Qui-gon asked, if Obi-wan wanted it, Yan wouldn’t refuse his grand-padawan sanctuary, surely…?

No. No, Qui-gon was planning for the worst outcome, and it wouldn’t happen. Obi-wan was still young. He had a good heart. Once he tempered that with wisdom he would become a great Jedi Knight, and a Master after that. 

Qui-gon was worrying for nothing.

----

After his illuminating conversation with the young Pre Fett, Yan believed he had a good chance of coming to an arrangement with the Mand'alor. At the same time he was not blind to the unlikely coincidence of arriving on this planet at the same time as his former padawan. The Force did not give up such opportunities easily, and he intended to use what he had been given. 

The next day he left his quarters early and tried to catch the Senator and her Jedi guardians before they left the palace - but his attempt was in vain, missing them by a hair. Instead Dooku was approached by Pre again, who invited him on his own tour of Keldabe. The boy refused to be drawn on his father's opinions, saying only that Fett had decided nothing just yet. Walking the streets of the city was pleasant enough, but Yan knew perfectly well when others intended to distract him. 

Were the Mandalorians aware of his particular connection with Qui-gon Jinn? Or were they simply wary of any contact he might have with the Republic's representatives? 

It might have been a delaying tactic for other reasons; Dooku expected to see Jango Fett on his return to discuss his proposition, but instead it was put off for the next day. It was not the worst political manoeuvring Yan had been subjected to in the past few years. He put up with it easily enough. It was far more irritating to find out the next morning that he'd missed Qui-gon for the second time; the Senator's party had set out early for the former capital, Sundari. 

At least he was afforded the opportunity to speak to the Mand'alor.

“Has your son discussed our conversation with you?” he asked Jango Fett, when they met in the grand hall again. 

“Yeah.” The man was not as tense as he'd been during their first holocall during the war, but a slowly simmering shadow of anger spread out from him all the same, escaping even the prison of beskar plating. Fett was still not fond of Dooku, though he was capable of controlling this feeling. “Nobody could say you lack ambition, Count.”

“My ambition is confined to the scope of my plan, rather than my personal benefit,” Yan corrected. 

“You really don't care what the galaxy looks like after you're done with the Republic?”

“So long as it is better than that which came before.” Yan repeated the sentiment just as he had expressed it to Pre. He attempted to divine the rationale behind Fett's question. Would he now reveal an imperial sentiment to match his son's? Or did he doubt Dooku's sincerity? 

“Who gets to decide what better means?” Jango asked. “If you don't like it, will you tear it down again until you see something you do?”

“A reasonable fear,” Dooku said. It would not have been expedient to admit this out loud, but there were parts of his plan which had been sketched only lightly in his mind. Pre Fett had surprised him by asking after the fate of the Jedi. Dooku could now see he had been ignoring that problem - failing to think about it because he was afraid of what might be necessary. 

His answer at the time came from the heart more than the head, and it had been the truth. A bitter truth. 

There had to be a way to bring more Jedi with him. There had to be a way to make them see…

“It is my honest belief that the institution of the Republic brings nothing of value to the galaxy anymore,” Yan continued. “I was raised by the Jedi Order believing that we were a force for good, and that it is the responsibility of those with power such as ours to help those who do not have it. Yet the Jedi are prevented from this task by the Senate itself - and this is but one example of how that body interferes with sentients attempting to bring about peace and justice in the galaxy.”

“So the Jedi should be the ones in charge then?” Fett asked. “Like they were with the Army of Light?”

Dooku paused, raising an eyebrow. “I was not aware you were a student of that period of galactic history,” he said. 

“I’m not. I just have an… eager scholar around.” The Mand'alor said this with a certain humour - it had the sense of an inside joke, so Yan put no further thought into it. 

“The Jedi commanded the Army of Light, but that did not give them the power to rule the Republic,” Dooku said. While the Mand’alor might know a little of that time, it was clear it was only surface-level understanding. “The Republic still had a Senate and a Chancellor. If the Order had more leeway to act, it was because the Sith posed such an existential threat.”

Fett snorted. “Yeah, they wanted to bring the Republic down. So do you. Seems like you and the Sith have something in common.”

Coldness swept through Dooku's heart, but he allowed it no purchase there. “The Sith were a great evil…”

“Says who?” Fett interrupted before he could even begin to make his point. “The Jedi? Republic histories? Could just be propaganda - it's not like the Sith are still around to tell their side of the story.”

Yan took a deep, steadying breath. His eyes narrowed. “Mand'alor. Are you attempting to provoke me? It is rather rude to insult a guest like this.”

Jango Fett sighed, leaning forwards in his seat. “Maybe I am - but I want a better read on you, Master Jedi. You say you're not a Jedi any more, you even say you'll sacrifice them on the altar of war if they're stubborn enough to get in your way, but that's hard for me to believe. People don't leave their own behind that easily. You left because you want to save them from themselves, not because you're as angry with them as you are with the Senate.”

“And you?” Dooku replied, his tone cold. There was too much hostility leashed inside Fett. It reminded him of the lethal instrument of hate the man had become in the snow of Galidraan, fueled by the death of his comrades. The instrument that killed Jedi. “Do you hate the Jedi so much more than the Republic that you would refuse to ally with me in case I offer them mercy?”

Oddly, this seemed to calm Fett somewhat. His body relaxed back into the throne. “I don't think an idealist wants to burn down the world,” he said. “I don't think a man as smart and driven as you has no plan for building something in its wake. Are you like the Sith, who wanted their own empire? One ruled by the Jedi instead, perhaps? A different kind of elected democracy to replace the Republic? A hundred small realms, chaotic and feuding?”

Dooku wished his initial answers had been believed - but why should they be? There was little trust between the two of them. How could there be, with the memory of Galidraan still hanging over them? It would take a great deal of action to prove his honesty again. 

“I know the personalities of the Jedi Council well,” he said. “I cannot think of a single one of them - nor any other Master in the Order - who would have an interest in ruling anything, even if they were to abandon the Republic. As to the other possibilities… much depends on the tastes and desires of my allies. If they wish to be ruled by a new government, I will do my best to see that it is a good one. If they prefer self-rule, I would be a hypocrite to stand in their way.”

“You're asking me to be one of those allies. Aren't you worried about my desires?”

It was almost impossible to separate any malice behind those words from the general antagonism Fett felt towards him. Carefully, Yan said, “You disavow any desire to build a Mandalorian empire.”

Fett nodded. “Yeah. But I don't expect that you believe me, do you?”  

Why was he being so blunt? Was this Jango Fett's clumsy attempt to strike though the tension and distrust between them, as subtle and direct as a blaster bolt? Any politician of Dooku's acquaintance would have spoken delicately around such implications rather than drawing attention to them - yet he had grown tired of politicians. Fett's manner was… refreshing.

“I believe there are others in your inner circle who wish for it far more than you do,” he replied. “Can you control them?”

The blank visor of Fett's helmet stared at him. “Good question.” But one it appeared he did not intend to answer. 

Did he even know the answer himself? Despite all his research, Yan's knowledge of the deeper interplay between the Mandalorian factions was limited. If Jango Fett was unsure he could keep his position as Mand'alor, surely he would not say as much to an outsider. And one he loathed at that. Yet Yan could not help but feel that Fett was offering him an out. 

“This alliance of yours,” Fett said. “Coalition, whatever you want to call it. I'm the first you've approached?”

“That is correct.”

“The Republic might end up forcing my hand, but for now this is just a pipe dream. You can't promise me anyone else will join you.”

“And still, you have not yet told me no.” That had to mean something, even if Fett was evidently reluctant. 

“I'm not saying yes or no right now,” Jango Fett said. “I… can see how it could be to Mandalore's advantage. It could also kriff us over completely if you pull the trigger too soon. To be honest Count Dooku, I need something more solid than this dream of yours - but perhaps Mandalore and Serenno can be allies in other things. When Lelek gets back, he can talk to you about a trade deal.”

“That may be acceptable.” It was not the promise Yan hoped to secure by coming here, but it was at least a start. Depending on how long it took this ‘Lelek’ to arrive in Keldabe, he would hopefully have time to finally speak to Qui-gon Jinn.

----

The conversation with Count Dooku had gone about as well as it could have, in Jango's view. Over the days that followed, waiting for Lelek to get back from Sundari with the Senator, he found it easier to bear the former Jedi's presence in the palace. The change was gradual, mostly helped by the fact that the man was wise enough to keep a low profile. He'd spoken to some of the House Heads who hung around the palace, but Jango wasn't worried about that. The worst Dooku could do there was get them agitating for his plan to go to war with the Republic - but the decision to start a war of that scale was the main power the Mand'alor had. Jango would listen to them if they really got behind the idea, but he wouldn't have to give in to them. 

A few days relatively free of politics could only be a brief reprieve. The Republic contingent were soon back from Sundari, which meant Jango had to talk to them. 

“How did you find the dome-city?” he asked, forced into hated small-talk by political necessity. Only it wasn't really small-talk, because the answer would be a sign of whether the Republic was going to be a problem or not. 

He couldn't even trust that his people would be safe if this one Senator was satisfied. She had to report to the Chancellor and the rest of her kind. If they thought they had more to gain from war with Mandalore than they had to lose…

Pre's warning was still in the forefront of Jango's mind. 

[ A pleasant city, ] the wookie replied, the translation coming a half-second behind her warbling cry. [ You have been  fair with your defeated enemies. I found nothing that ought to be of concern to civilised sentients. ]

“Good to hear,” Jango said. He wasn't sure where to go from here. Senator Yivvird wasn't a traditional ambassador, just an observer. As far as he knew, she didn't have the authority to negotiate anything on behalf of the Republic. Technically there was already a treaty between Mandalore and the Republic, but it had been signed with the New Mandalorian government the Republic put into place after the Dral'han - was it even still legal? Could its terms be changed - and if so, who did he have to ask about that? 

[ I will tender a favourable report to the Senate, ] Yivvird continued. [ I see no reason for the Republic to interfere in the affairs of an independent, sovereign state. ] 

As Jango tried to work out how to bring up his question, the jetii Master Jinn took a step forward, bowing slightly. “I have a request to make of the Mand'alor.”

Jango lifted his hand slightly. “Speak.”

“On behalf of the Jedi I would like to make a formal apology to you - for Galidraan, and for our trespass in your territory last year.” With surprising grace for a man that tall, Master Jinn knelt. It took a subtle wave from him to cue his padawan, but the boy took a quick step forward and settled next to his master. The way they did it reminded Jango of Count Dooku; back straight, head only slightly bowed, more meditative than an offering of their lives into his hands which the gesture was supposed to be. Jango wasn't sure the jetiise properly understood that. 

Ni ceta ,” Master Jinn said. 

Since Jango was wearing his buyce - better to hide his thoughts from nosy jetiise - he could get away with rolling his eyes. “What good does this performance do me?” he asked. He didn't have any magical powers; he couldn't tell if they were being sincere or not. “Also, your accent is terrible.”

“You asked us to tender you an appropriate apology,” the jetii said. “Is this form wrong?”

Jango just caught himself from saying something that could too easily be taken the wrong way like, ‘ I don't mind seeing jettise on their knees’ . “It's fine. I accept the apology in the spirit it was given.” That should cover him against dishonesty on their part. “I'm just surprised. I thought jetiise would be too proud.”

“Pride is a trap of arrogance, one Jedi do their best to avoid,” Master Jinn said, in a tone which didn't sound terribly humble either. On the other hand Jango couldn't think of a way to say you weren't proud that didn't communicate the opposite.  

“You and your padawan are forgiven your interference,” Jango told them, “but I don't expect you to apologise for Galidraan. You weren't there.” He laughed. “My other guest was, and I’ve left him alive, haven't I?”

Qui-gon's eyes widened subtly, and the padawan's shock was more obvious. They hadn't thought Jango knew about that. Probably they were wondering if he had invited Count Dooku here as part of some revenge plot, one which they as neutral observers could do nothing about. Let them squirm. They might even try to warn Dooku; that would be funny. The former jetii didn't give a kriff about these two - he would let them die in his war, to hear him tell it. 

Dooku hadn't entirely satisfied Jango of his honesty on that point, but he still wondered what the jetiise would think if they heard the Count say that.

[ I'm not familiar with that part of the Count of Serenno's past, ] Senator Yivvird said.  

Jango found that hard to believe. “The Jedi Order didn't brief you or the Senate on Galidraan before you came here?” he asked. 

Wookies didn't have much of a tell. He couldn't read her. [ I was briefed on the events of Galidraan, yes. Not the names of the survivors. ] 

“Galidraan is unfinished business,” Jango said, letting one hand fall to the holster of one of his blasters. “Revenge is a cultural tradition of ours. The Jedi Order wants to repair our relationship? How's this for terms? Give me those names. If they're still jetiise , they ought to be the ones kneeling in front of me. If they've left the Order…” He let his voice trail off ominously. 

“Blood can't be paid back in blood,” Qui-gon said. 

“That's your philosophy,” Jango replied. “Not mine. But I'm not unreasonable. The jetiise are safe - you lot are capable of acknowledging what you've done wrong.” That wasn't the real reason, which was that the power of the Republic was protecting them, but Jango was in fact capable of lying. “Any others are outside of your jurisdiction.”

[ Mand'alor, ] the Senator said, a warning in her roar. [ Citizens of the Republic are not in your jurisdiction either. ]

The sudden coldness and the hint of hostility got Jango's blood up. “So crimes don't count if they're committed against outsiders, is that right?” 

[ If a crime has been committed, that's a matter for the courts. If an accused is found guilty, extradition could be arranged. ]

It was a politician's answer, frustratingly non-committal. Jango glared at her, knowing she couldn't see it and so it wouldn't have the full effect, but also aware he couldn't risk being too hostile. He could easily destroy the fragile gains made so far on this visit. The pause gave him time to think. Politics was a twisted push and pull of what was and wasn't said, dancing with words instead of a blade, and it didn't come naturally to him. Even so, he could feel the rough shape of the moves in his mind. This could be a test. He hadn't gone into this conversation intending to talk about Galidraan at all, and his desire to kill those directly involved had been overtaken some time ago by his anger at the ones who manoeuvred them all into that conflict; Tor Vizsla, the planetary governor, and whichever committee in the Senate pushed the jetiise to respond without investigating first.

Two of those three were dead. The Senate couldn't be a target for a long time yet. Presumably the jetiise all remained jetiise aside from Count Dooku. He was asking for one life, or only a handful more. How unreasonable would the Republic be?

“But it's certainly not jetiise business, we all agree on that?” he asked. “If I choose to pursue my vengeance, the Order won't get involved?”

“We… would have no right to,” Master Jinn admitted, obviously pained by this. 

[ Mand'alor I must advise you not to press this issue too hard, ] Senator Yivvird said. [ My people understand the honour bonds of life and of death, but there are established processes to allow justice to be done. ] 

“Senator, are you really telling me the Republic would take that much offence to one or two individuals going missing?” Jango asked this with a much more casual air than he felt. 

[ Your position is not such that you can throw your weight around. ] She whuffed out a heavy sigh. [ Do not take that as a threat. It is a friendly warning. ] 

“Don't give the Republic an excuse - is that the warning?” 

Slowly the Senator nodded. [ The Republic is legally bound to act to preserve the rule of law. There are some aggressive factions in the Senate who would insist on a disproportionate response.] 

“I'll bear that in mind,” Jango said through gritted teeth. Anger roiled inside him. He wasn't actually planning to kill Dooku, but if he had been… was it only that the man was rich and influential? The Republic didn't care what happened to most people within its borders, and to hear Yivvird claim they would act to preserve the rule of law was laughable. What about Outer RIm slavery? Piracy? What about the multiple different bounty hunter guilds taking contracts for just this kind of reason? It could only be called assassination when the target was someone like Dooku; if you just wanted to pay to have someone killed it was a matter of paying a few thousand credits. In the absolute worst scuzzholes of the galaxy, a few hundred.

Take it to the courts? Everybody knew there was no justice to be found from that quarter, only judgements bought and paid for. Bribery and legal fees would be a poor use of Mandalore's taxes. 

“Was there anything else?” he asked Jinn. 

The jetii rose to his feet with the same poise as he'd knelt, padawan moving a second behind him. “Yes, Lord Fett, but it could wait until tomorrow.”

Until Jango was less angry, he meant. He didn't want this lot sticking around on his planet any longer than they had to. “Now is fine.”

“It concerns the Force traditions of your people - simply some professional curiosity,” Qui-gon said. Looking over at Senator Yivvird, he added, “It is unlikely to interest the good Senator here, and I would have asked to speak to one of your priests instead if not for the fact some of your children are rumoured to be Force-sensitive.”

Jango's fists clenched before he could stop them. Jinn's tone was mild but it felt like a threat - Maul was afraid of these jetiise scum and he wouldn’t let them anywhere near him! He forced himself to relax. Jinn hadn't mentioned the Dark Side. He hadn't mentioned Maul by name. He said ‘rumours’, even though he knew the truth from his own padawan. 

“Priests?” he asked, playing for time. “Do you mean the armourers?” 

Qui-gon nodded. “I know very little about them, and I - or that is to say, the Jedi Council - feel that lack of knowledge is one of the factors behind the historical tension between Jedi and Mandalorians. We want only to come to know you better, and you know us.”

Good intentions on the surface, but what would the jetiise do with their knowledge if they heard something they didn't like? “The Senator is heading back to Coruscant soon,” he pointed out. “Not much time to learn from a goran .” 

Something a little desperate moved across the padawan's face. “Perhaps a Jedi could come back?” he suggested, jumping into the conversation. 

“Diplomatic overtures between the Order and the Mandalorians could be valuable,” Qui-gon quickly added, less than impressed by his padawan's interruption. “Improving relationships takes time.”

Jango wanted to refuse. It would be easy. The jetiise wouldn't push back if he said no - they didn't have the standing. On the other hand, would it reassure the Republic if he said yes? Would it give him an in with the Order, or an in on Coruscant? If jetiise came here, gorane could go to their Temple - the Senate couldn't argue with that. There were plenty of other ways to get agents on and off Coruscant, but travelling in their retinue would offer another avenue of cover. 

“I'll think about that,” he said. 

Jinn nodded and gave him a shallow bow. “That is all we would ask.”

Jango dismissed them after that. He'd wanted to ask Senator Yivvird about mercenaries and paramilitaries operating inside the Republic, but that would have to wait. It might even need to be put to the side until they heard what attitude the Republic would formally adopt towards Mandalore - which meant another diplomat, and more jetiise guards. 

Politics. There was no way out of this trap Jango had put himself in. Alone in the hall, he glared down at the Darksaber on his belt, and the ghost of Tarre trapped within. 

“This is all your fault. I hope you’re happy.”

Irritatingly, he bet the dead Mand'alor was. 

Chapter 47: Chapter 46

Summary:

Qui-gon takes his concerns to Count Dooku, and Maul has a request to make.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Count Dooku, good evening. May I come in?”

Qui-gon Jinn's voice was perfectly calm, but in the Force he radiated a faint sense of something akin to panic. That was not like him. Yan opened the door wider, allowing his surprise to show on his face. “I must confess this is a surprise,” he said. “I heard the news that the Senator had returned to Keldabe, but your mission on Mandalore has kept you very busy. I hardly expected our paths to cross again.”

He purposefully allowed disapproval to colour his tone and was rewarded with a subtle impression of guilt from his former padawan. Despite that Qui-gon did not allow it to distract him from his purpose.

“I hope the surprise isn't an unwelcome one, Count,” he said, maintaining perfect politeness.

Hearing Qui-gon use his title grated. A large part of Yan expected - wanted - to hear him say “master”... but that was a desire for a role he had chosen to leave behind when he left the Order. He had no right to hear it now. He felt the ache in his heart, acknowledged it but did not hold onto it. The emotion drifted away on the current of his thoughts, released into the Force. 

“Not at all unwelcome,” he said, stepping aside to allow Qui-gon entry. He motioned his former padawan towards the lowered seating area in the centre of the room and closed the door behind them - though not before checking the corridor outside for watchful eyes. It appeared empty. 

Qui-gon would not have escaped notice in coming here, and if Jango Fett was not aware of their history then the visit would draw attention and questions with it. Whether Dooku could honestly answer them depended on the reasons Qui-gon had sought him out. It was not a social call, of that he was certain. For one thing his padawan was not with him. The boy must be with the Senator, fulfilling the pair's obligations as her guards. 

For another, Qui-gon was tense, nervous and awkward. It had not been so long that Yan had forgotten how to read him. 

Dooku took a seat opposite from Qui-gon, facing each other over the heat source in the centre which mimicked a primitive hearth-fire. “Serenno is so far from Coruscant,” he remarked. “A pity there have been so few opportunities for us to catch up.” 

Qui-gon’s eyebrow raised faintly, lines of skepticism drawing up on his face. He did not need to say it aloud for recrimination to hang in the air between them; ‘you could have reached out to me at any time, master’ . Yan could not deny the truth of that, only that he had allowed it to fall from the front of his mind, to fail to be his priority. Looking into his former padawan's eyes now, he was able to admit to himself that what had really stopped him was simple - the fear of pain. 

“Unfortunately this isn't a social visit,” Qui-gon said, after a pause that had stretched just a little too long. 

Dooku had already surmised as much.  “Are you here on behalf of the Order then, or of the Senate?”

Qui-gon blinked, caught off guard. “Neither. That is to say… I'm not here in any official capacity.”

His reticence was starting to grate against Yan's nerves. “I didn't raise you to be this vague,” he said, noting only afterwards that it had emerged too sharply. Qui-gon did not take offence at least. 

“I don't know exactly what political business you have with the Mand'alor,” he explained. “I would rather avoid any appearance of Senate interference in your own matters, but at the same time I cannot in good conscience fail to warn you of potential danger.”

Dooku lifted one brow, almost amused. “You were not particularly concerned for my safety when we arrived on planet. Something has happened in the interim to cause this reaction.” It didn't seem likely to be due to anything learned in Sundari, so he made the obvious guess. “What did the Mand'alor say to you?”

“Jango Fett remembers you from Galidraan,” Qui-gon said, his worry leaking into the Force.

“I am aware.”

It didn't reassure his padawan as he'd expected. “You knew that and you still answered his invitation to come here?”

For some reason Qui-gon had significantly misinterpreted the situation. “He did not invite me - I requested a meeting,” Yan explained.

From the way his former padawan started eyeing him, Qui-gon now believed that Yan had taken leave of his senses. “Ma… Count Dooku. Jango Fett wants to kill you.”

The slip-up was tiny, a syllable barely expressed before it was swallowed and corrected, but Yan’s heart was warmed by it all the same. He did not allow it to distract him. “The Mand'alor and I have discussed what happened on Galidraan,” he said. “I will not claim he has forgiven me, or that a part of him does not desire to kill me - I can feel that much in the Force. At the same time, desire and intent are not the same thing. Lord Fett has given me the opportunity to make amends for the death of his comrades.”

Qui-gon did not believe him - or rather he did not believe in Jango Fett's intentions. “We spoke to the Mand'alor on our return this afternoon. He asked for your death as part of the Order's reparations.”

Doubt flickered through Yan, small and brief, yet it had still come. Taking a few moments to analyse the situation was enough to reassure him. Fett's demand simply did not make sense. If Jango Fett wished to kill him there had been ample opportunity already. They had not fought each other personally on Galidraan, but Dooku's reputation as the Order's best duelist had been well-earned; in a simple clash of arms he was certain he could defeat Jango Fett, but Fett would not give an outsider the honour of a personal duel. More likely Dooku would have been overwhelmed in a tactically favourable location by Mandalorian soldiers with Fett at their head. 

Jango Fett did not care for tricks and traps. He would not use poison, concealed explosives, or even the subtleties of delaying his attack long enough for Yan to let his guard down. Perhaps if he had been acting as a mercenary or bounty hunter that would have been different, but as Mand'alor, the leader of his people? No. 

Fett had been too diplomatic to mean him harm. If he was willing to offer Yan a trade deal, he meant it. 

“What precisely were his words?” Dooku asked.

Qui-gon's eyes grew slightly distant as he focused his mind a few hours into the past. “He described Galidraan as unfinished business and revenge as a cultural tradition. He asked for the names of each Jedi who survived the mission. He said those who were still with the Order should come kneel at his feet and apologise, that this would be enough to placate him since the Order had proven themselves able to admit their wrong-doing. Any others were his jurisdiction.”

Dooku frowned. The wording seemed strange from Fett, too non-specific. “If he wishes for my head why not ask for me by name? I am the only one who fits those criteria.” So far as he knew. He did keep an ear out for any others who decided to leave the Order, but had not heard of any. 

“He may assume others made the same choice as you did, in the aftermath” Qui-gon said, dropping his gaze. His shielding was good, but when any Jedi released negative emotion to the Force the echoes of that could be felt by others if they were not very careful. Misery. Confusion. His former padawan did not understand his decision. Dooku had done his best to explain it. He had left a personal message. He did not know how more explicit he could be now. 

“And have any made that choice?” he asked, voice mild.

Qui-gon shook his head. “He can only mean you,” he repeated.

Yan considered this. He was not sure, precisely, what Jango Fett was trying to achieve, but he knew what he might have wanted in the Mand'alor's position. “You were with the Senator at the time. What was her response to all this?”

“She warned him off, naturally.” Qui-gon frowned. “The Mand'alor took offence. He was angry - but he did not push back too hard. He didn't agree to leave matters be either. All this means is that he knows he must act in a way which leaves him a degree of deniability.”

More precision -” Dooku swallowed the ‘padawan’ which wanted to follow the rebuke. It was a familiar refrain from the past. “Master Jedi,” he finished instead. Qui-gon had not been his padawan in years. 

The echo of memory hit Qui-gon as well, a subtle and almost concealed flinch. “My abilities with Shyriiwook give more a sense of general meaning than one-to-one translation,” he said. “She suggested any attack on a citizen of the Republic would be a provocation, one which more aggressive factions would be only too happy to seize on as an excuse to act. Instead she recommended that the Mand'alor follow proper judicial processes.”

Yan did not bother to hold back a snort of bitter laughter, knowing at the same time the sentiment would have burned for Fett just as much. “Turn to the courts?” he said. “Surely the Senator did not believe that would satisfy a Mandalorian?” Or any sensible sentient, for that matter. For years he had turned criminals over to the judicial branch of the Republic at the conclusion of missions and waited patiently for them to grind their slow way to the right outcome. Too often he had been left disappointed. One could deal with disappointment through apathy, turning away, letting go. Accepting that one has done everything they could and the rest is not up to them. 

That would be the Jedi way. It was not even the worst way. It was self-preservation against moral injury, but that did not make it just

Yan Dooku could not let it go. He became harsher during his missions, dragging justice into the present rather than the future, taking matters into his own hands. He had been censured for that. Sometimes correctly. When one acted from limited information one also made mistakes. He punished those who deserved it, but also those who may not have. If he had not taken that path, would Galidraan still have been…?

“Count Dooku?” Qui-gon's tone was gentle, tentative. A brush of the Force accompanied it, reaching out with his mind even if he did not feel he could do so with his hand. “You seem… troubled. By the Senator's opinion.”

“I do not believe Mand'alor Fett would ever accept it.”

“I agree,” Qui-gon said. “Which is why I am so concerned for your safety.”

“It is noted and appreciated,” Yan replied. “Even if I assure you it is not necessary. I suspect in his own inelegant way, the Mand'alor was testing the Senator.”

“Testing…” To his credit, now that Dooku had put the idea into his mind it did not take Qui-gon long to understand. “It wasn't about his revenge. It was about whether the Republic would give him a small favour to placate him - small in the grand scheme of the galaxy. I still cannot countenance buying political influence with sentient lives - it would have been my responsibility to object even if the Senator had let it slide.”

“But she did not, and now he knows they will only make demands of his peoples’ behaviour and give nothing back in return.” Yan gave his former padawan a warning look. “Not a good lesson for him to learn.”

“No,” Qui-gon agreed, fear creeping back in. “Nor a good sign for the future.”

----

“You want to do what?”

Maul stared Jango down, intent on projecting a nonchalant air which communicated that his request was nothing at all out of the ordinary. “I wish to spar with the jetii'ad .”

Jango's eyes narrowed. Maul did not flinch. He knew his expression was giving nothing away. “The jetii'ad you tried to kill,” he clarified. “After you were so against them coming here at all, after you spoke so strongly of revenge against all jetiise .”

The objections were entirely predictable, but for now Maul said only, “Yes. That jetii'ad .” 

Jango sighed. “I know you, ad . You've got your argument all planned out, so tell me, why would I allow this?”

“The Jedi are curious about me. This was the true reason for their request to learn more of our ways - did they not mention your children outright?” Anger wound in a sickly rope through Maul's chest, as it had since Jango first recounted that segment of their conversation. The Jedi had not said ‘child’, but ‘children’. Somehow they had become aware of Savage, or Feral, perhaps even of Pre. It made them only more of a threat, one Maul ached to strike out of existence entirely. Since he could not do so, he was forced to find another way to drain the poison of treacherous fangs. Distraction. Deflection. Outright deceit. “To hide from them, to run before them, merely encourages the belief that we have something to hide. They do not know I am Sith, merely Dark. I can spin them a tale that cannot be disproven, one that will give them the answers they seek and make me banal and uninteresting to their eyes.”

Jango’s frown had not lightened. “None of that requires you to spar with the youngling. Not,” he hastened to add, “that it isn't a good idea. I just planned to distract them with whichever gorane felt most like a bracing theological argument.”

“No doubt they would fight among themselves for the privilege of such entertainment,” Maul remarked, amused by imagining it. The Jedi were such a staid, solid monolith. Could their simple minds even understand the concept of spiritual disagreement, or would they paint all dissent as heresy? It would be less an argument than an outright war of words and raised voices, but the gorane would love that even more.

“Are you sure that the jetiise will buy whatever story you've got for them?” Jango's doubt pricked Maul's pride. 

“I can lie perfectly well,” he said. 

Jango chuckled. “I know that .”

A faint flush of embarrassment heated Maul's cheeks. He was still lying to Jango, if only by omission. These days he preferred to avoid being dishonest with his teacher, but in general only when he was asked an outright question. His exploration of the First Forge, seeking out the vaults, his unbelievable future-past, even the midnight duel with Kenobi… it was his nature to be secretive. He was not sure he knew how to be otherwise. 

“Easy to claim the one who taught me gave no name - or none I trust to have been genuine,” Maul said. “That he is dead now - overwhelmed by his enemies. There are any number of candidates; pirates, slavers…” He shrugged. “I was a child, I remember nothing they would find useful in tracking down this fallen Jedi.”

“You're still a child,” Jango said - perhaps he thought if he reminded Maul of this fact frequently enough he would start acting like one. Maul ignored him. “I suppose it's better than telling them nothing. Like you said, it gets them off our back.”

“And the spar?” Maul was unwilling to let that point go. It was clear from Jango's description of their conversation that negotiations with the Republic Senator were at an end, so their party would depart in the next few days. Speaking to the Jedi would not delay that for long. He would not have the time to sculpt Kenobi into an opponent worthy of him, yet he had to set him onto the right track. Kenobi's Master would continue his training, with evident success given the previous timeline, but… The idea of not seeing Kenobi again for years ached. An odd feeling. Maul did not fully understand it, but there was not the time now to examine it further. 

“You didn't finish convincing me why I should allow it,” Jango pointed out. 

Maul growled under his breath. Why should he even have to ask for permission? “Is it not customary for visiting trainees to spar? Haat Mando'ade and Kyr'tsad did so at the start of our alliance. The Jedi may not share our customs, but extending the offer is what we would do if they were Mandalorians. It shows… good will.”

Another ironic comment hovered at the forefront of Jango's mind, but he caught himself before speaking it aloud. Instead he took a long moment to watch Maul's face in an attempt to read his intentions. “This isn't an excuse to get close enough to stage a training accident,” he said - a statement rather than a question. “You want to hurt them, but not enough to start a war. Are you planning on maiming the ad ? Or just humiliating him?”

Maul couldn't hold back a smile, even though it felt strange curling over his lips without his consent. Jango saw him clearly, in a way few ever had. He knew what kind of person Maul was and did not judge him for it. In this particular instance however, he had read him wrongly. “I might not win. After all, he is a jetii .”

“Sure,” Jango replied. “That's why you did so badly on Concord Dawn.”

Maul shrugged. “Your sarcasm aside, that was an ambush, and he could not use his lightsaber immediately for fear of giving himself away. This will be a much more even playing field.”

That made Jango frown. “Wait, you want to do this with jetii'kad'au ? Maul… isn't there a chance that would make them suspicious?” 

“It would not once they have a story to shape their expectations around,” Maul said. “But it is wiser not to show them the full extent of my own abilities. I will fight him with a bes'kad , which is not so different. Do not fear I shall embarrass you. Am I not the one who taught you to wield a lightsaber?” 

Jango sighed - it was the one that meant he was giving in. “Just… keep it friendly,” he said. “As much as possible.”

----

Despite meditating for a long time, Qui-gon Jinn did not sleep well that night. His fear was stuck inside his throat, difficult to quieten or release. Had his warning made any difference? His master was as stubborn now as he had ever been. He might be able to laugh off the threat to his life and find reasons for reassurance, but Qui-gon could not bring himself to believe them. 

Was he allowing his emotions to rule over logic? Was this paranoia, or rightful suspicion? 

This was not the only reason his heart was unsettled and disquieted. When he spoke to Dooku it felt as though the ground disappeared beneath his feet, leaving him adrift. Put simply, he did not know where he stood. Yan - the Count - addressed him in the same way he always had both before and after his knighting. It was impossible for Qui-gon not to feel as he had back then, to imagine that nothing at all had changed. To be a fumbling boy rather than a confident and experienced Jedi Master.

It had not been a disastrous meeting. Count Dooku held his antipathy to the Order unchanged, but that had not extended to Qui-gon particularly. That was partly why it was so easy to forget himself, to forget all the time that had passed. 

Had that stilted conversation gone any better than the last few times they’d spoken, years ago now? He wasn't sure. It would be nice to believe that their relationship could improve now that duty and responsibility did not hang over them both so heavily, but these were hardly the best conditions to mend the gap that had grown between them. 

Given all this, Qui-gon was not in the best mood for his padawan's halting questions the next morning about how his visit had gone. He shut them down more sharply than he should have, but trying to explain the history between him and Dooku was a task that required more mental preparation. 

Perhaps when they returned to the temple. 

Qui-gon was still half-way through breakfast when a knock at the door interrupted them. Obi-wan jumped up from the table to answer it, revealing a familiar looming figure. 

“Good morning jetii'ad ,” Lelek said, then turning to Qui-gon, “You seem tired, Master Jedi.” It wasn't a diplomatic comment, and that was as intentional as arriving mid-way through their meal, Qui-gon had no doubt. 

“Not at all,” he said, folding his hands in his sleeves and giving Lelek an impassive look. “I'm surprised to see you though. I would have thought we have no further need for a guide.”

“The Mand'alor has been thinking things over,” Lelek said. “There's time to squeeze in some more cultural exchange before you leave.”

What did he mean by that? The beskar Mandalorians wore made them intensely frustrating. Reading the surface emotions released by other beings came as second nature to any Jedi - to suddenly be unable to do so was as disorientating as being blindfolded. Perhaps more so, given the ability to use the Force to compensate for that. 

“I will check if the Senator is ready…”

“Not the Senator,” the other replied. “This is jetiise business.”

“I see.” So he was referring to their request to discuss Mandalorian Force traditions. “Then we must still seek her permission.”

Senator Yivvird gave that permission, of course. Qui-gon had no difficulty reading her ; she was deeply curious and even jealous, mixed with a faint edge of worry which was understandable. He was slightly worried himself. The Mand'alor's reaction yesterday had been so emphatic he had almost expected their delegation would be thrown off the planet today. Instead he had softened. Why? Was he making a last-ditch effort to improve relations? 

Lelek walked them through the palace to an unfamiliar area. There was a change in the Force in the direction they were heading, noticeable only because Qui-gon was paying close attention. A faint shimmer, like a mirage. A gravitic weight that did not match that sense of delicacy. At first he thought the noise of hammer on metal was a sense-impression, but then he realised he was hearing it with his ears as well as in the Force.

“The Palace Forge,” Lelek said, as they approached an archway over which was hung an animal skull fashioned of metal. A mythosaur, Qui-gon realised. A creature of ancient Mandalore, long extinct but still a common symbol in Mandalorian heraldry. 

The temperature was noticeably higher the moment they stepped through, though not so much as to be uncomfortable. The source of the noise was an individual in Mandalorian armour with a golden helmet, beating a plate of metal into shape. A piece of beskar , Qui-gon guessed as they put it aside. This was an armourer - a goran , as Fett called them. 

They were not alone. The Mand'alor was waiting for them too, accompanied by a young zabrak. Qui-gon sensed Obi-wan's brief alarm, but even without that he remembered the boy from Jango Fett's group during their very brief meeting on Concord Dawn. He had not registered anything unusual at the time and had only made the connection later after Obi-wan's mission report. He had worn a helmet back then, shaped to allow for his horns. He wasn't wearing it now. 

Maul was unmistakably a Nightbrother. They were the only zabrak whose skin tones were naturally so bright at their base, and marked on top of that with intricate black patterns. It was a point of contention whether this was achieved via tattooing or whether they appeared biologically as Dathomiri zabrak grew. The strange abilities of the Nightsisters included the ability to tamper with genetic codes, operating through instinct and will rather than scientific understanding. Either option was possible, and they were not telling which. 

Jetiise ,” Jango Fett said, greeting them with a sharp nod. His body language was not encouraging, his arms folded over his chest, his body angled away from them. Qui-gon sensed familiar hostility seeping past beskar plates, but also an edge of protectiveness. At least his hands were not resting on his blasters. That would have been a worse sign. 

At their back, Lelek was there one moment and gone the next. Qui-gon was left oddly bereft by this. He'd grown used to the Mandalorian’s presence, and apparently some part of him believed Lelek would temper his leader's anger if necessary. He doubted this would be an easy conversation.

“Mand'alor,” Qui-gon said, hoping politeness would ease some of the tension. “Thank you for this opportunity to learn.”

Maul's face twitched at that - something mocking. It was gone almost immediately. 

“This is Goran be Mereel ,” Jango said, nodding to the armourer. “He’s the goran of House Mereel. And you know Maul, don't you?”

The youngling's smile was mostly teeth. It was not friendly. 

“My padawan is acquainted with him, yes,” Qui-gon said, wary. “I cannot say the same, but it is a pleasure to meet any of the Mand'alor's family.” Truthfully it was an unexpected meeting rather than a pleasurable one, and the reasons for it remained opaque. 

Something about his statement annoyed Maul, but Qui-gon was struggling to get a good read on him. Despite the lack of beskar in the pieces of armour he wore, which did not have that characteristic strange sheen in the Force, his shielding was excellent. Few temple younglings his age were so self-contained. It was troubling given the extent of training it suggested. 

Master Tholme reported the Dark Side still lingered around Maul, but not the Dark alone. He had sensed something else from the youngling. Reaching out now Qui-gon could detect very little at all, but then Maul had been unaware of Tholme's presence. He had not known he needed to hide, but the circumstances now were very different. 

“Let us cut to the chase,” Maul said. His voice was high-pitched, a child's, but soft and precise. He did not hold himself like a child. His back was straight, his hands folded behind him. A soldier at attention. “Your curiosity is not genuinely about the Mandalorian religion. You wish to know who I am. You have questions for me.”

It would do them no good to lie. “We do,” Qui-gon replied, “but I was honest with your father. Ignorance of Mandalorian ways is part of the conflict between our people, and is something we wish to fix.”

Another subtle reaction. “My teacher,” Maul said. “Not my father.”

That was a surprise, but explained the odd responses. Although… what of the other Nightbrothers? They had to be related to Maul, but Tholme had been sure they were Fett's adopted children. There was something he was missing, but he couldn't ask without revealing the Order knew more than it should of internal Mandalorian affairs. Qui-gon set the puzzle aside for now. 

“Obi-wan reported that when you fought him, you used a power we call the Dark Side,” he said. “Have you heard that term before?”

Maul's lip lifted in a sneer. “Of course I have. Do not presume me ignorant, jetii .”

Qui-gon realised he must have hit his pride, the boy wishing to appear knowledgeable and experienced. Maul had made a mistake in reacting that way, for it was more troubling if Qui-gon believed him than if he thought that he was boasting. “Your teacher told you that was what you were using?” he asked. 

“My master ,” Maul corrected, his sneer shifting slightly as disgust mixed with anger. That was obviously ‘master’ in the sense of owner, not ‘master’ in the sense of teacher. It had not been a positive relationship. That much was hardly surprising; the Dark Side was selfish and malevolent, and those who fell into using it as the easy path to power drew strength from the suffering of others whether or not it was the most efficient way of achieving their goals. Qui-gon felt a trace of sympathy for the child in front of him. He was still so young and his scant years must have been full of pain - but that did not mean he was not also dangerous. 

“What can you tell us about them?” Qui-gon asked. “It is possible they may have once been a Jedi, and if so they are our responsibility to deal with.”

“A human male,” Maul said - the words almost stuck in his mouth, emerging reluctantly. There was fear in there, though he remained an unnerving blank space in the Force. Qui-gon had been prepared to have to coax answers out of him, and was impressed that Maul could speak of his former owner without flinching. “On the younger side, I think. I called him Master and never knew his real name. He took me from my birth family, but I have no memory of living with them, or the circumstances of leaving.” A pause. “Aside from a few images of my brothers, that is. I remembered them.”

The intent behind spoken words shaped the Force around them, a subtle process for the most part, but one which a Jedi Master could sense. Maul's inner thoughts and feelings were impenetrable, but what he said felt like the truth. 

Standing behind Maul, Jango Fett and the armourer were visibly tense and uncomfortable, but not to the point either felt the need to step in. Maul did not appear overly affected by the conversation, but at least he knew he had the support there if he needed it. Qui-gon appreciated Fett's forbearance. This could not be easy for him to hear again either. 

“Can you tell me anything else about this man?” he asked. “A description, something that would help us identify him?”

“It is strange,” Maul said softly. “In my memory he is surrounded by shadows.”

That was concerning. Some kind of mental influence? Or a visual trick of the Dark Side? 

“But you need not be concerned with finding him,” Maul continued. “He died… he was killed.”

Qui-gon couldn't be sure whether this man had once been a Jedi or a corrupted member of a different Force tradition, but it was never easy to kill someone with the gift of the Force and the training to use it. On the other hand, Maul had ended up with Mandalorians somehow . This was probably also true. Qui-gon's gaze flickered to Jango as he asked, “Killed by whom?”

Maul grew distant, as though drawing back from the moment. Lost in bad memories? “It was not one group. He had brokered a meeting… there were pirates there, or perhaps they were slavers. More than one crew. They did not trust each other, to the point that someone amongst them took precautions against betrayal. Intentional or not, those precautions were triggered. There was an explosion…”

Qui-gon focused on what Maul was saying, reaching for the flavour of sincerity behind it. He was met with shadows, or nothing at all. Difficult to know the significance of that. What had happened would have been traumatic, and it was evidence that Maul was glossing over certain details. That was not the same as telling an outright lie. 

Maul shuddered. “There were not many survivors. I was lucky to have been left on the ship. I was on my own after that… at least until I encountered Jango. He helped me find my family - what there was left of it. My brothers.”

“And your birth parents?” Qui-gon asked, trying to be gentle with him. Most cultures didn't adopt children who still had someone to look after them.

Maul merely shrugged, giving no clear answer but implying that they were no longer around. “Does that satisfy you?” he asked, tone flat. “There is nothing remaining for the Jedi Order to concern themselves with.”

That was only somewhat true. Maul had been trained to use the Dark Side, a power which came from unbridled emotion, a power that was both evil itself, and made evil those who used it. Qui-gon’s mandate as a Jedi included the identification, detention, and if necessary the summary execution of any Dark-sider he came across. 

The idea of killing a youngling was still anathema to a Jedi. If this hadn't been the Mand'alor's ward he would have been taken into Jedi custody, monitored, guided to set aside the Dark, the wounds of his soul tended until such time as it became clear whether rehabilitation was working or if a bitter fate was the only option. 

This situation was more complicated. On the other hand, Master Tholme had said he sensed something other than the Dark Side around Maul. The Mandalorians had a Force tradition of their own, one they were clearly willing to teach to him. It was not the same treatment the Jedi would have given, but that did not mean it would fail, and given the qualities their people prized perhaps it would be more successful. Like the Nightsisters, traditions that skirted the Dark were acceptable under Republic law so long as they did not step over the line where madness dwelled. 

“Thank you,” Qui-gon said. “You have been very honest, and I appreciate that it could not have been easy.”

Maul bowed his head in acknowledgement, and when he looked up again something glinted in his eyes. “In that case, I have a request for you, as Padawan Kenobi’s Master.”

Dread swelled up inside Obi-wan. He had some idea what the request might be. Qui-gon struggled to make a guess, but Jango Fett wouldn’t allow the boy to ask for anything too outlandish, surely. 

“When I saw your padawan on Concord Dawn, I sensed he was a Jedi and that he had no right to be on our planet. He was unaware of my presence and could not anticipate my attack. It was not a fair fight.” That was admitting guilt of a sort, but still a far thing from an apology. “I would like to see how a jetii ad manages against a Mandalorian trainee in a friendly spar.”

Jango Fett might have sighed - it was difficult to pick up from inside the helmet. There was no reaction other than that - this was not something he or the armourer objected to, which indicated there would be no significant danger in granting Maul’s request. It was an interesting thing to ask for, but if it was indeed a fair fight this time around Qui-gon could see no good reason to refuse. “Well, padawan?” he asked, turning to Obi-wan. “Are you willing?”

Obi-wan shot him a nervous look. “If you think it appropriate, master…”

Qui-gon nodded. Engaging in a Mandalorian cultural tradition was politically wise, after all. “My only hesitation would be the timing of it,” he said. “Unless we can justify remaining on planet to the Senator…”

“I can make it a formal request,” Mand’alor Fett growled. “Are you in a hurry now? I thought you were the ones keen to stay and poke your noses into things?”

“Given what we have heard today, it appears the Order has no specific mandate here other than our responsibility to the Senate and their representative,” Qui-gon replied. “Since she has all the information necessary to complete her own report…”

Fett snorted, waving away the rest of his explanation. “Fine, fine, I get it. You’re happy to be dragged around on short leashes. We can do this now, if that works for you. Or did you actually want to talk to Goran rather than that being an excuse to hunt down this ex-Jedi of yours?”

The anger in his voice did not bother Qui-gon greatly. He was used to dealing with people who didn’t much like him, and meeting their emotions with anger of his own was a poor way of getting anything done. “I am genuinely curious to learn,” he said. 

“Alright,” Fett said. “Stay here and discuss philosophy and your magic. Someone will let Senator Yivvird know I’ve asked you to stay an extra day. We’ll have the spar tomorrow morning, then you can be on your way back to the Core.”

Notes:

Only another chapter of big politics stuff, and then hopefully we should be moving forwards a bit faster. Though this is always a story concerned with the politics of situations. ;)

Chapter 48: Chapter 47

Summary:

Obi-wan confronts Maul once again, while Quinlan is stuck in the soft jaws of Sheev Palpatine's trap. Meanwhile Tholme begins to make his way home.

Notes:

Content notes for violence, severe injury, minor character death.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Obi-wan couldn’t pay as much attention as he probably should have to the conversation his master was having with the Mandalorian armourer. He knew it was important to try and understand their people better, but his thoughts were constantly dragged away to the problem of Maul and the idea of fighting him again. Why was it worrying him this much? The night-time duel hadn't been that bad. Alright, Obi-wan had lost, but he had barely been injured. Now that a few days had passed the light burn on his chest was nothing more than a red mark. He’d gotten worse when sparring with Garen or Quinlan. 

Maul said dueling was normal for Mandalorian younglings - well, it was normal for Jedi padawans too. Everyone raised in the Temple spent at least a little time training to use a lightsaber, and that meant sparring with the trainers like Master Dralig, and with your peers. It was just that… Maul wasn’t a Jedi. Frankly he was a rather concerning individual. He hated Obi-wan - Obi had felt it in the suffocating cloak of the Dark Side on Concord Dawn, and he didn’t understand why it had been there, or whether it really had gone away. Yes, he no longer sensed anything like that from Maul, but he wasn’t able to sense any of Maul’s emotions this time around.

That kind of hate didn’t vanish easily. 

And why had it been there in the first place? Had Maul’s Dark Master taught it to him? Only Obi-wan was sure it wasn’t just because he was a Jedi. Maul hadn’t directed that level of hatred towards Qui-gon. There was something weirdly personal about it.

Obi-wan simply didn’t understand Maul, not even after hearing him talk about his past with the Darksider who first taught him. That didn’t mean he lacked sympathy for what he had been through. Maul might not have shared all the details but Obi-wan could read through the lines. It had been awful for him. Obi-wan was raised in the safety of the Temple and he had only realised what a privilege that was after becoming Qui-gon’s padawan and seeing the world outside for the first time. His memories of his early life were, on the whole, positive. He had friends. He had teachers and caretakers who made sure he had everything he needed. He didn't miss his birth family; he didn't know them and he didn't feel disadvantaged by that fact. It would have been their choice to give him into the Order's safekeeping. The worst Obi-wan had suffered was a little bullying, and in the end that turned out worse for Brock Chun than it had for him. 

Not that any of the events involving Xanatos du Crier had been easy

But still. His childhood was the complete opposite of Maul’s. He should probably be surprised that Maul was even this normal. The Dark Side was so poisonous, but whatever the Mandalorians were doing it was allowing Maul to step back from it. He wasn’t like Xanatos, who only went deeper and deeper. His hate had been personal too, because even if he’d rejected his relationship with Qui-gon, Obi-wan’s existence was like proof that Qui-gon had been able to move on and forget him. It was a kind of abandonment. 

Was that why Maul hated him? Because Obi-wan got to have the childhood that Maul should have had? 

The important thing was that Maul wasn’t actually his enemy. It was just hard to let go of the memory of Concord Dawn and all the associated emotions attached to what had happened there. The roiling touch of the Dark conjuring up everything with Xanatos, the pain of being stabbed, being forced to abandon Satine to an uncertain fate, the sense of knowing his mission and being committed to it shifting under his feet into a state of complete confusion… That wasn’t an excuse to still be afraid. He had to trust in the Force, in himself, and maybe a little bit in Maul as well. 

He had to trust Maul’s intentions. He knew Maul wasn’t planning anything malicious, that he wouldn’t truly hurt him. If he didn’t do that when they fought in secret, he wouldn’t do it in front of an audience. Maybe all he wanted was the satisfaction of defeating a Jedi again, and proving to everyone that Mandalorians were superior.  

Obi-wan wouldn't make it as easy for him this time around. He wouldn't get distracted, he would put in his all, and this time, he would win. 

----

“What are the rules of engagement?” Qui-gon asked, once everyone had gathered in the specified palace training salle the next day. Obi-wan hung back, a flush of embarrassment rising from the pit of his stomach. He'd assumed everything would be the same as the last time, but that had been hurried and secretive, a far cry from this formal practice. What if there were a lot of rules to learn? Was there a points system? Did they duel to first touch? First blood? To submission? To the first hit that would have been lethal in a serious battle? 

“Well Maul?” Jango Fett asked. He sounded casual and amused, less tense anger escaping from him than usual. To a Mandalorian, sparring or watching others spar must be a commonplace entertainment, not something to get worked up about. They even had a small audience; a group of younglings that had to be the rest of the Mand'alor's family, including Maul's siblings. Two zabraks, a nautolan, Pre Fett, and a human girl a little younger than Obi-wan. Obi-wan wished they were just fighting alone again. If he didn’t put on a good showing he would embarrass the Jedi Order - it was a lot of pressure. 

Maul was not overly pleased to have so many eyes on them either. “I do not recall inviting her ,” he growled, glaring at the young woman. 

“Pre invited me,” she replied. “I didn’t have anywhere else to be this morning.” Her smile had a smug edge. 

“Are we expecting Silas…” Maul began, and was met with a sigh from Jango.

“Clan political stuff,” he said. “Can't delay all of it. Sorry.”

“Very well.” Maul walked over to a weapon rack at the side of the hall and picked up a sword with a blade made from an unfamiliar material, more shiny than durasteel would be. “Armed, rather than unarmed.”

“My padawan has primarily trained in the use of a lightsaber,” Qui-gon pointed out. 

“A Mandalorian does not need a lightsaber of their own to defeat a Jedi,” Maul replied. “ Beskar will do just as well.” Which explained the sword. Obi-wan was just used to seeing beskar painted. 

Obi-wan almost objected to point out that Maul had a lightsaber. His lightsaber. It wasn't even as though that would come as a surprise to Qui-gon, since Obi-wan still remembered with embarrassment their trip out to Illum for a replacement kyber after they got back from Concord Dawn. Then he realised Maul must have a reason he didn’t want to use it. Cultural artifacts like the Darksaber aside, Jedi had lightsabers and those who had lightsabers were Jedi. The Order took a dim view of anyone else having access to them. Obi-wan might be able to get his back by asking for it right now - but Jango could claim they got rid of it already. The only evidence Obi-wan had otherwise was the duel he didn't want to admit he'd taken part in.  

The moment to speak up had passed. Maul walked out to the marked area on the floor, taking a few leisurely swipes at the air with his beskar weapon. Obi-wan started to head over to join him, then the door on the far side of the room hissed open to admit Lelek and behind him, Count Dooku. 

Maul raised an eyebrow, but did not object to this addition to their audience. 

“Count Dooku,” Qui-gon said, pitching his voice a little louder to carry as the two men approached. “I did not realise you would be joining us.”

“Professional curiosity,” the Count replied. “The Mand'alor was kind enough to invite me.”

Nerves fluttered in Obi-wan's stomach. This wasn't just his master's master, this was the Order's best duelist watching him. He couldn't embaress Qui-gon in front of Count Dooku! 

It was better to just get it over with - there wasn't time for any more preparation. Obi-wan faced Maul across the circle marked on the ground and said, “Pardon me, but you didn't finish explaining the rules. What is and isn't allowed? What counts as a win?”

“The point is to learn, not to win,” Maul told him, clearly pleased with the small power of having more knowledge than Obi-wan. “Neither of us are intending to injure the other - not severely, at least. A few bruises are to be expected.”

“A points system then?” Obi-wan guessed. “Whoever reaches a certain number of lethal touches first?”

“We are not usually so formal,” Maul replied. “Until one has had enough, is the usual measure. I understand you jetiise have greater stamina than most due to your Force powers however, so that may be less practical. Three touches?”

Obi-wan nodded, relieved. This wasn't as bad as he'd imagined it might be. Even if Maul defeated him again he was certain he could manage to score a few points against him, so he wouldn't look too bad. 

“Ready?” Maul asked. 

Obi-wan unhooked his saber from his belt and lit it, taking a simple Shii-cho guard to begin with and opening himself up to the currents of the Force. 

This room had seen a great deal of combat, but not the kind with hostile intent behind it. The Force moved purposefully here, and as Obi-wan allowed it into him it swept some of his doubts and worries away. He let it gently push his mind into a quieter place, borrowing some of the intent that seemed laid into the very walls themselves. 

The Force also moved around Maul. Not the Dark Side, not the cold and the poison, but something unfamiliar. The shimmer on the air from the Forge yesterday, a feeling that combined solidity and motion. He could have spent more time examining it, but that was time he didn't have. Perhaps spurred on by their audience, Maul didn't wait around to take his measure but came forward at once. Swift steps closed the distance and he struck high - though not with such force and weight that he overextended. Obi-wan flicked his saber up to block, intrigued instantly by the contact between it and the beskar . Some heat was transferred but not a lot, and the containment field around the saber’s plasma heart almost bounced off, which certainly wasn’t meant to happen .

Curiosity would have to come later. Maul redirected the energy of the block, pivoting his blade around and coming from a new angle. Over the space of heartbeats they exchanged a dozen blows, trading the initiative of the attack back and forth. There was a rhythm in it, a sense of a dance, of collaboration rather than competition, which was certainly new. Not new to Obi-wan in general - he'd felt this at the Temple - but new with Maul. It let him relax slightly and take up that rhythm. The pause was natural when it came, both combatants whirling away from each other and opening up room between them. 

Maul paced a slow circle, and Obi-wan mirrored him. His breath was deep and clean in his chest, his heart rate fast yet not hurried. This felt good.

Maul moved first again. Darting in, he pressed Obi-wan's guard, forcing his blocks lower before pressing for a moment, keeping their weapons locked more with simple strength than the way lightsabers could bite at each other. Then he said quietly, “Mind your grip in this position.”

Obi-wan looked at him blankly. Maul's golden eyes were serious, calculating. “Are you trying to give me tips ?” he hissed in reply. 

Maul's lips twitched in amusement. “Yes,” he said, and used the distraction of Obi's confusion to step around and shift the angle and pop the hill of his lightsaber out of his suddenly over-extended and too loose grasp. 

A moment later Maul's sword was at his throat. 

“First point to me, I think.”

Maul's siblings were cheering, but that faded into the background. Obi-wan was grasped by the sudden urge to punch Maul right in his smug face, but he made himself give the impulse to the Force. It was hardly worthy of a Jedi. 

“So it is,” he said. “Best of three, right?”

Obi-wan returned to his starting point and centered himself. Now that Maul knew he could get an advantage doing something like that, he would certainly try it again. 

He was right. The whole rest of the fight was like that. Obi-wan knew Maul had described it as a learning experience, but wasn't the idea that they were both supposed to be learning from this? It was all the more infuriating because Maul was right every time. He wasn't always able to leverage that into an attack which scored him a touch, and he wasn't immune from making errors of his own either. It was just like the last time they fought, the sense of theory more than practice guiding the younger boy's actions. 

Obi-wan whispered a few corrections right back, just because he could, and the look of deep offence and muttered, “I know ,” from Maul was intensely gratifying. 

In the end they traded touches back and forth and Maul took the third and final of them, tripping Obi-wan up with a foot quickly hooked around his ankle. Despite the Force Obi couldn't recover in time to prevent the flat of Maul's blade tapping against his belly, though at least he didn't fall flat on his back. He stumbled back a few steps and straightened up, powering off his saber and bowing to Maul. 

Losing didn't feel as bad as he expected. He was learning something here. 

“Well fought,” Count Dooku remarked, and a bloom of pleasure warmed Obi-wan's cheeks. He certainly wasn't expecting his grandmaster to praise him. Qui-gon nodded approval too - they would have time on the flight back to the Core to go over the spar together and work on Obi-wan's mistakes. 

“Thank you for the lesson,” Obi-wan said to Maul, who frowned slightly, like he didn't know what to do with that. 

“My… pleasure,” he replied, and it seemed to be the truth. 

----

“Hey,” a gotal said, slipping into the seat next to Tholme. “How much are they charging you for the ticket out?”

“Why do you want to know?” Tholme asked, eyeing up the stranger. He wore tidy and hard-wearing clothing, clean apart from a few old stains, a multitool hanging from his belt, his large and bulging backpack dropped on the ground next to them. He had the same strong body odour of all his species, but not overpowering. Perhaps an engineer? Either way he was leaving Mandalore just like Tholme. 

“Just wanna know if I'm being taken for a ride - more than literally.”

Tholme glanced towards the freighter's cockpit then leaned in to mutter the number in the gotal's ear. The stranger hissed through his teeth. 

“What were you doing on Mandalore to scrape together that kind of money?”

“I have friends at home who will settle the sum when I arrive,” Tholme explained. 

“Lucky you,” the gotal said, chuckling. “And if they don't pay up, I guess you've an indenture contract in your future, am I right?”

“I presume so.” Given those friends were the Jedi Order, there was no real risk of that. 

It was long past time for Tholme to return to the Jedi Temple. He hadn't given up his role as a Shadow when he took on a padawan, but he had stepped back from any of the longer missions which required one to be deeply embedded within the target organisation or culture. Monitoring the situation on Mandalore wasn't supposed to have taken this long. He had been away from Quinlan for too long. 

The political situation here was still unsettled, and still a potential threat to the safety of the Republic. The Council might choose to send another Shadow out to take his place, or a non-Jedi informant who still reported to the Order, but that was no longer Tholme's business. There weren't that many Shadows to go around, and now formal diplomatic channels were open, it simply might not be necessary. The Senate itself might send one of their agents. They didn't rely on the Order for everything. 

Tholme was looking forward to returning home. He missed Quinlan dearly. Hopefully his padawan hadn’t managed to get into too much trouble in his absence.

----

“Padawan Vos, do the Jedi have an opinion on this matter?”

Quinlan came to attention at the sound of his name, blinking away the haze of boredom. Junior Legislator Amati of Corulag looked at him expectantly from her end of the table. What were the issues they were meant to be discussing again? Some kind of hypothetical dispute over agricultural resources between two planets in a trade contact, which happened to be on either side of a sector border. He didn't know who came up with these scenarios, or even if they were based on real problems that had actually happened somewhere. As far as Quinlan was concerned, they were pulled out of nowhere, and that was if he was being polite. 

He cleared his throat to buy time. 

“The Order would be happy to mediate the negotiations, but we are unable to take a stance supporting either faction,” he said - an answer that could be used in most circumstances and was also generally correct. That was what Jedi were supposed to do - it just wasn't very interesting. Up until Master Tholme left him behind, Quinlan's missions were much more exciting than this. Now he wondered if that had only been because of luck. 

What if the Council made Quinlan do this kind of poodoo when he was finally knighted? The possibility worried Quinlan more and more. He hadn't been keen on joining the Junior Legislature Programme exactly, but he'd known he ought to understand politics better than he did. He was a lot more educated now, but all that achieved was to prove to him how much he didn't like it. 

Amati accepted his answer, and turned her attention back to Junior Legislator Veck of Brentaal, Corulag's galactic neighbour. They were each taking the position of one of the feuding planets in the debate, which made sense. They had strong opinions about each other at the best of times. 

Quinlan stopped paying attention again, slipping into a light meditation instead. The Force wasn't telling him much, but he preferred floating in it and quietening his mind to listening to this lot. 

Eventually the session came to a close. Quinlan slipped out of the conference room before the rest of the delegates. Everyone else would stick around for a bit to network - that was what they called it instead of socialising, and it sucked all the fun out of it. No thanks. Quinlan had better things to do. 

To be fair to the others, not all of them were that laser-focused on politics to the exclusion of everything else. They were still younglings, same as Quinlan. Actually Quinlan was one of the older ones - the minimum age for the programme was a human-equivalent age of twelve. No twelve-year old wanted to sit in a room and talk for too long - but they all had private tutors and personal lesson plans to get back to, or friends of their own from their planetary delegations to hang out with. Quinlan… Quinlan was a Jedi. Normal people weren't afraid of him exactly, but he could feel their nervousness, their curiosity, their reticence. He wasn't treated like another politician in training, as someone to get to know, but as an eternal outsider. 

Quinlan sighed. It was just so frustrating

One bright side of the whole endeavour was that he’d gotten to know Senator Palaptine properly. He didn't treat him like some kind of exotic animal. He talked to him like… like anyone else. Like they were just two people having a normal conversation. 

Quinlan headed into the Chommell Sector offices, nodding to Palpatine's personal assistant as he passed her desk. 

“Master Sinube isn't here just yet,” she told him. 

“Thanks Emerri. Is Senator Palpatine busy right now?”

She glanced at the console in front of her. “He's between meetings,” she said. “You can head in, no problem.”

“Great.” He flashed her a wide smile, and went down the corridor to the large office at the end of the hall. 

“Come in, come in,” Palpatine said, when he looked up to see it was Quinlan at the door. “You finished early?”

“I left,” Quinlan confessed. “It was getting dull.”

Palpatine sighed, but it wasn't disapproving. “I do understand,” he said. “You Jedi padawans lead such interesting lives in comparison to the rest of us. I envy you, I really do. You know I used to be something of a thrill seeker in my youth?”

Quinlan flopped down into one of Palpatine's comfy chairs - not the one in front of his desk, but off to the side where he would sit with people he actually liked. “You've told me some pretty good stories,” he replied. “It's not too late for you Senator - just say the word and I'll help you get out of here and find some real Coruscant entertainment.”

Palpatine chuckled. “I might just take you up on that some time, Quinlan. Now, would you like something to drink while we wait for your Master? A snack?” He got up and came over to the wooden cabinet against the wall, carved in a traditional Naboo style. Opening it, he winked. “Whatever you like. I won't tell, if you don't.”

His first comment hit Quinlan before the question, and Qunilan couldn't stop the faint wrinkling of his nose. Master Sinube was okay, but he wasn't his Master. He was just looking after him for a bit, until Master Tholme came back. 

“Is something wrong?” Palpatine asked, perceptive as always. 

“No,” Quinlan replied, though he knew it had come out sounding defensive. “Can I just have that drink?”

Different planets across the galaxy had different standards for how old they thought younglings should be to get access to alcohol, even within Republic space. Qunlan had tried it on missions with Master Tholme - he'd never been drunk , but his Master wanted him to know what it tasted like, how it affected him, and how to use the Force to resist it and purify it from his bloodstream if he had to. He still appreciated that Senator Palpatine didn't treat him like a little kid. 

Palpatine poured out something clear that almost glittered when the light hit it, mixed something else, and finished it off with what looked like a piece of candied fruit. He handed it to Quinlan and took a seat in the chair next to him, cradling a more delicate glass of his own. “You know you can tell me if something is bothering you,” he said. “Have you heard something from Master Tholme?”

It was a gentle question, but Quinlan had to fight to stop his cheeks flushing. He sipped his drink instead. “Oh, it's sweet,” he said, the words startled out of him. 

“Do you like it?” Senator Palpatine asked, pleased. The flush of it was warm in the Force. Sometimes Quinlan really liked being around people who weren't Jedi - their emotions were right there on the surface, natural and easy. If they were feeling good it was easy for him to feel good as well. Not so comfortable if they were angry, or sad, or in pain, but sometimes he got to do something to fix that. 

“It's nice,” Quinlan said. “It's new, right?”

“A small gift - one of those niceties that grease the wheels of power.”

Quinlan swirled the liquid in his glass, watching it shimmer again under the lights. He wanted to… he wasn't sure what he wanted. Vent about how tired he was of the Junior Legislature? Palpatine had recommended it to him, so it would be ungrateful to go on about it too much - the Senator already knew it wasn't exactly Quinlan's preferred environment. Talk about his worries for his Master's safety? Complain about Master Sinube? - but he wasn't cutting Quinlan out of Jedi missions, he just wanted Quinlan to get the most out of his Senate experience, and his current case was a political one anyway so it wouldn't even be all that much more exciting…

Palpatine didn't push him to speak. He sat and sipped his drink, peaceful and quiet, his mind open with a sense of invitation. There was no pressure, aside from the pressure that was building inside Quinlan. 

“He should be back by now,” Quinlan said. “It's been months .”

“The situation on Mandalore is complicated,” Palpatine said, though with sympathy. Quinlan winced internally. He knew he shouldn't have let slip the nature of his Master's mission, and he really hadn't meant to, but… he'd just been so frustrated and worried, and he'd known so little about how the war was going. Master Tholme was still alive - Quinlan would have felt anything otherwise through their training bond - but that was the only thing he could be sure of. Nothing bad had come of his mistake. Senator Palpatine wasn't even involved in anything to do with Mandalore, so there was no reason to worry. 

“The war there is over,” he said. “So he should be heading back. It was never meant to be a long-term thing, otherwise I would have been allowed to go with him. Masters and Padawans aren't meant to be separated for this long.”

“It can't be easy for you,” Palpatine said, kindness etched into every line of his face. “I won't pretend to understand the bond you Jedi have with your teachers, but I can tell it's very special. Your master is more like a father to you, isn't he?”

“It's… not really like that,” Quinlan said. Under the weight of Palpatine's knowing gaze, he corrected himself. “It's not meant to be like that.”

“None of us can help how we feel. Building those kinds of connections is only natural. You are right to be concerned about your master. Mandalore is a dangerous place - some might say even more so since the war ended. With their warrior caste ascendent, can it really be called peace?”

Quinlan bit his lip. Palpatine was right - it was what everyone in the Senate was worried about. It was why they'd sent Master Jinn and Obi-wan and the Senator from Kashyyk. If Master Tholme was in trouble surely he would be able to get a message to them? Or if the Mand'alor had discovered him and captured him, wouldn't Fett be so angry he wouldn't let any Jedi come into his domain at all? So if he was being diplomatic then that was a good sign…

“Not knowing is the hardest part,” Palpatine said. “At least a burden shared is one lessened. I am always here if you simply need someone to talk to. Someone who will not judge your feelings.”

He didn't mean anything by it, but Quinlan still felt a stab of guilt. The Senator didn't know that Jedi were meant to be able to manage their own feelings - or at least the negative ones. Quinlan ought to release his worry into the Force, not burden someone else with it, friend or not. 

“Thank you,” he said anyway, because what else could he say when Senator Palpatine was being so nice to him? 

He couldn't talk to Master Sinube about his worries anyway. Even if Sinube knew something Quinlan didn't, he knew how to keep confidential information secret. He wouldn’t be able to give Quinlan any updates about how Master Tholme was doing.

Quinlan was blowing everything out of proportion anyway. Master Tholme was probably just waiting to see how the delegation from the Republic got on. He would come back after that. 

It was far too early to assume something bad had happened.

----

“There are dozens of ships leaving Mandalorian space,” the lanky duro said, leaning back in his chair and transferring a toothpick from one side of his mouth to the other. “How do you know the target will be on this one?”

“Insider information,” Meltch Krakko replied, not really looking at the kid. His attention was fixed on the docking bay on the other side of the street from the tapcaf. A freighter had just set down there a few minutes ago and its pilot would be running through power-down checks and getting matters squared away with port control before they allowed any passengers to disembark. 

“Insider information, heh Mando?” the kid said. Hard to tell if a duro was giving you the side-eye, but Meltch reckoned this one was. “You back in with your clan now then?”

Meltch frowned, risking a glance over. “What are you on about?”

“Thought all you Mando bounty-hunter types were outcasts and exiles.” The duro smirked. Meltch dearly wanted to slap that off his face, but he needed him for now if only as a warm body between him and his mark. 

“You don't know shavit Cad, so stop acting like you do.”

“I'm here to learn, Mando, aren't I?”

“You'll learn by shutting up and paying attention, not asking inane questions.” The boy was twenty, if that. Still a baby by bounty hunter standards, though a hardened criminal by others. He'd lasted long enough to get a guild membership so he wasn't entirely useless. Just green as grass. Meltch didn't have a lot of time for newbies and preferred to work alone, but that was a bad idea if you were hunting jetiise .

This wasn't his first time. He might not have as many kills to his name as the Mand'alor did, but jetiise caused plenty trouble for beings with money. Bounties were inevitable. 

“Spose it's bad politics to kill a Jedi in Mandalorian space,” Cad said, still prodding. “Guess that's why somebody was willing to sell the info on to you rather than snap him up themselves.”

The most irritating bit was that the barve was right. Clan Krakko of House Vizsla were loyal to the Mand'alor, for now. He'd done a lot for them. He might do more. Jango Fett wasn't the same kind of man as his father. He was more practical. He had a taste for power. There was proper ambition in him. He'd taken Tor's son as his own under an ancient Crusading tradition. Some said he was weak for keeping the New Mandalorians around, but Meltch saw that as pragmatism. Killing them would piss off the New Republic something fierce, and they couldn't afford that just yet. Besides, there was some work that needed to be done that wasn't fit for real Mandalorian hands. Back in the old days they had slaves for that, the soulless ones, or so he’d been told from the clan histories. Meltch didn't know that he believed in souls. If he was better than the rest of the galaxy it was because he had a warrior’s training and could take their lives from them if he wanted to. It didn't have to be more complicated than that. 

The point was, once they were stronger the Mand'alor would start the war that Tor Vizsla had been unable to give them, so nobody in Clan Krakko was going to be the one to make that harder for him. 

Outside their borders though, Meltch was a bounty hunter, and he took whatever jobs he liked. 

Cad Bane was examining the projection from their bounty puck. The jetii had a solemn face, a once-broken nose, a square jaw. Long, dark hair was pulled back in a tail at the base of his skull. A name floated underneath - Master Tholme. A location - Mandalore. Enough info for a well connected beroya

“I don't like anonymous clients,” the duro muttered.

“You'd better get used to them,” Meltch told him. “They prefer guild jobs. Makes the whole anonymous thing easier.”

The kid scowled. “I got worries about why, is all,” he said. “Why kill this Jedi? He ain't been playing politics on Mandalore, so that makes him a spy. How’d our benefactor find out a spy’s name and face? The Jedi aren’t that stupid.”

Meltch cut him off there. “Learn not to worry, and not to ask too many questions. We're paid to keep our noses out of other people's business. Gather the intel you need to find the mark and to plan out the hit, kill them, and get out.”

Cad said nothing, which meant he knew Meltch was right. 

The doors of the hanger slid open. A small group of sentients exited into the street and Meltch gave them a quick once-over, his eyes settling on one in particular. A tall human male, his hood up and his features hidden in the shadows, a ready bag slung over one shoulder. Just the angle of his jawline was enough - it matched the holo. Cad shut it off with a snap, though at this distance and angle the jetii wouldn't have been able to see it. 

“Him?” the duro asked, half a question. 

Meltch nodded. He waited until the man turned his back then slid from his seat, leaving a few credits for their server. Money greased wheels everywhere. It helped people forget just who'd been sitting in their establishment when the authorities came calling, for example.  

They trailed the jetii at a distance for a while. It increased the risk of being noticed, but jetiise magic gave them strange premonitions. If the jetii already knew he was being tracked they couldn't act too quickly. Better he get complacent, let his guard down. Meltch and Cad had scoped out the streets around the spaceport already, taking note of the cover, the choke-points, where it would be best to close in for the kill. 

The jetii ducked down an alleyway, away from the drifting crowds passing to and fro. 

“He's onto us,” Cad hissed under his breath.

“Or he's planning to link up with some secret contacts,” Meltch replied. “Either way, better nab him now.”

The duro nodded. They separated, Cad pressing on towards the mouth of the alley while Meltch used his grappling line to scale the side of a nearby building. The bulging domed hab-blocks round here didn't make for easy transit, but their smooth walls were studded with balconies and atmospheric control units, both of which provided handy perches. Meltch leapt sure-footed from one to another, navigating the side of the building so he could look down into the alley. It'd be best if he could get ahead of the jetii while Cad distracted him. 

The duro was at the entrance to the alley now, heading down it at an easy stride. Meltch had eyes on him and on the jetii . The jetii stopped walking mid-pace - that magic must be tickling him. He turned slowly, his hand brushing aside the weight of his concealing cloak at his waist so it could rest on his belt. 

Meltch slung his rifle off his back where the pieces mag-locked to his beskar'gam under his cloak, snapping them together. 

Below, Cad Bane advanced. The jetii watched him, utterly still, watchful. Waiting. They were passive sorts, the jetiise . Their code of honour stated they could only ever react, rather than taking the initiative in matters of violence. If Meltch saw an obvious rogue like the kid approaching he'd pull a weapon on them at the very least, if he didn't fire a warning shot as well. The jetii was giving him the benefit of the doubt.

Bad idea. 

Meltch crouched low, settled the rifle into the pocket of his shoulder, lined up his shot. He had to time it right.

Cad stopped a couple yards from the jetii , put his hands on his hips, gave the man a long once-over. 

“Do you want something?” the jetii asked, after a long silence where neither party moved. 

“Just takin’ your measure,” the duro drawled. 

“This is a poor idea on your part,” the jetii warned him, which would have been fair enough under other circumstances. “Walk away if you value your life.”

“Big talk,” the duro said. “For an unarmed man.” 

The jetii tensed. He wasn't unarmed and they both knew it, but the longer their target thought this was a run-of-the-mill confrontation the better. He let go of the strap of his pack and held his hand up in mid-air. His fingers moved in a soft motion, like plucking unseen strings. “You want to leave me alone,” he said, his voice carrying a strange cadance. 

Cad frowned. There was a tense moment, then his hands were a blur, darting towards the twin holsters at his hips. Blaster pistols stabbed lines of fire towards the jetii . In the same moment the man swept his cloak fully back and a bar of light arced upwards with a loud hum. Meltch didn't wait to see if the lightsaber deflected any of Cad's shots back at him, or if the duro had been hit. He pulled the trigger. 

The rifle kicked, a loud bark. Somehow the jetii reacted; his blade pulled back from its circling blocks and came up… 

The heavy metal slug burst against the plasma, throwing a spray of high velocity super-heated metal into the jetii's face. The scream was terrible. The jetii stumbled backwards, half-falling into the wall. The arm holding his lightsaber barely moved, keeping it up in a guard position, but the other clawed instinctively at the ruin of his cheek and eye. Dispassionately, Meltch racked another slug into the chamber. 

Useless against shields, against anything other than the simplest armour, ancient and difficult to get hold of, with limited and expensive ammo, slugthrowers were still the best way to kill a jetii

In the alley, Cad Bane was cursing. Meltch didn't pay that any attention - if the kid died it just meant he didn't have to split the bounty. A few more blaster shots flickered from Cad’s position towards the jetii , but sightless he batted them away, flashing back to ground and sky. One passed close to Meltch; he ducked and lost his shot. The target was on the move, half-leaning against the wall of the alley for support as he ran. 

Meltch was grudgingly impressed. The jetii must be in agony. It was a surprise he was still conscious, let alone still on his feet. The alley split ahead of him, a possible route of escape. Cad Bane wasn't following aside from those occasional pot-shots, so he was likely injured himself. Meltch readjusted position. Aimed. 

The damn jetii dodged. The slug buried into the duracrete in a spray of dust, not penetrating far. Meltch swore. This was why the distraction was so important. A jetii couldn't dodge in two directions at once, and their lightsaber could only block so much. 

Eject the empty cartridge. Rack a fresh one. Aim. 

A burst of unnatural speed and the jetii turned the corner. 

Meltch turned and fired his grapple into the wall where it bit deep. Testing it with a tug, he dropped from the atmo-unit and let his gauntlet lower him down into the alleyway. As soon as his boots hit the ground, Cad limped out from behind some stacked garbage, one hand pressed against his thigh. Blood leaked between his fingers - a skimming blaster-wound. 

“Blind ain't dead,” he said. “We won’t get paid.”

“Don't tell me something so kriffing obvious,” Meltch snarled. His blood was up - not just anger at failure, but a bit of nasty pleasure too. His prey was a wounded animal, running, leaving a trail. The grimy stink of burned flesh lay heavy on the air. He couldn’t sense emotions like a jetii but he could imagine them. Pain. Fear. Panic. Making a quick kill was more efficient, more professional, but secretly he liked it when there was no option but to draw it out. 

Cad holstered his pistol and fumbled on his belt for a bacta patch, ripping the foil open with his teeth. A darting glance told Meltch he’d considered asking for assistance before thinking better of it. Good. He knew that much at least. Show no weakness. Never rely on anyone but yourself to keep you alive. 

“Ain’t you gonna get after him?” the duro growled, scowling at his own hand when he took it away from his wound. The shot had scored a line along his skin down to muscle - not so bad he couldn’t walk, but running was out of the question. “He came here for a reason. Don’t want him finding his friends.”

“He won’t take the chance of leading danger to their door, if he’s even thinking at all,” Meltch replied. “Head back to the ship. Monitor local channels.”

Cad nodded, biting back his irritation. “I know what to do,” he muttered. 

“So do I,” Meltch told him. Holding the rifle low, he turned to follow the jetti’s trail.

Notes:

*pointing to distract the audience from Tholme's fate* Hey look, it's baby Cad Bane!

Chapter 49: Chapter 48

Summary:

News from Mandalore makes its way back to the Jedi Order, both good and bad. Maul continues his studies.

Notes:

Ongoing content note for minor character death.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Mace Windu pressed the tips of his fingers together as he listened to Qui-Gon Jinn recounting the events of his mission to Mandalore. It was a technique he found helped focus his attention - and he needed that focus. He needed to keep thoughts of the other news at bay, the dire report of which had reached them just ahead of Master Jinn’s Senate transport. It hovered at the edge of his mind, a heavy weight threatening to break through and swamp him, but he could not allow it to be a distraction in the moment when he needed to properly consider the ramifications of what he was being told. 

It would be addressed later. There was a time and a place. 

“Overall I would regard the mission as a success,” Qui-gon was saying. “Senator Yivvird is satisfied that the Mand’alor has no intention to cause problems with the Republic, and indeed that his treatment of the losing side gives no reason for the Republic to intercede in the affairs of an independent sector. It should be enough to calm the Senate alongside my testimony and that of my padawan.

“As to our secondary goal, while Jango Fett was hostile towards us, this did not appear to affect his treatment of us as representatives of the Order. However…”

“You are concerned about his attitude to Count Dooku,” Mace said. 

Qui-gon nodded. “Count Dooku did not agree with my assessment of the risk.” 

“Did any harm come to him during your stay?” 

“No,” Qui-gon had to admit. “I was concerned that we had to leave before he did, but I understand from subsequent communication that he returned to Serenno without incident.” Something that obviously relieved him - though it should relieve them all. If Jango Fett had tried or succeeded in killing a member of Republic nobility, there might be no avoiding a war.

A few chairs along, Master Yoda’s ears flicked subtly. “Well, did the Count seem? Of his intentions and plans, to you did he speak?”

“Barely,” Qui-gon said. “He was not… best favoured towards the Republic.” That was not a surprise. Master Dooku had made his complaints about Senate corruption and its effect on the galaxy and the Order clear when he left them. “Later on he mentioned a promised trade deal with Mandalore. It seems he is taking his responsibility as Serenno’s Count seriously.”

Mace sensed that Yoda wanted to ask more. Yan Dooku had been his student, and his departure came as a surprise to them all. Frankly, it had knocked the Grandmaster’s confidence, though that was only apparent to those who knew him well. Mace wouldn’t have spotted it himself if it weren’t for all the time he spent around Yoda in Council meetings. 

The atmosphere in the room lightened slightly as Master Yoda sighed, releasing his desire to the Force. “To meet the other Jedi from Galidraan, the Mand’alor requested. Your opinion I would have; safe they will be if go they do?”

“Now that I have had time to reflect on Mand’alor Fett’s request, I am more concerned that he found the Senator’s response to it both insulting and distasteful. I don’t believe he was concealing murderous intent towards those Knights and Masters, and he gave his word that he wasn’t seeking the deaths of the Jedi.”

It was certainly a good sign that Jango Fett hadn’t made any move against Count Dooku in the end. Mace didn’t sense any shatterpoints around Qui-gon, nor had he seen any before he left. While his ability to feel the traces of the future depended on physical proximity, there was nothing momentous or troubling in the Force in response to Qui-gon’s report. It was tempting to relax, but… 

Almost unconsciously, Mace glanced over at Syfo-Dyas. The Master had been silent throughout this, but Mace remembered how concerned he had been about the potential Mandalorian threat. Were his dreams still shadowed and threatening? More and more it felt as though he was withdrawing from them all, and that was worrying. Was it possible that Syfo-Dyas no longer fully trusted his fellow Jedi Masters? He had been close to Master Dooku once. Would he ever consider following him out of the Order?

Plo Koon leaned forwards slightly in his chair. “You confirmed that Maul was indeed trained by a Darksider. We should still pursue the matter further. Whoever this man was, he did the boy great harm.”

“I don’t think there’s much to go on,” Qui-gon replied. “Maul was never given a name to call his Master other than that title. Nor did he remember the names and affiliations of the pirates the Darksider associated with - and that might not be enough of a lead in any case.”

“He came from somewhere ,” Plo said. “If one of our own Fell, we owe Maul a debt - and we must understand why it happened.”

“If it was one of our own,” Mace told him, “we would have found some record of them going missing.”

“Indeed,” Madame Nu added, her tone prim. “I have searched through all of our records and those from the subsidiary temples, even the ones that have been shuttered since the Reformation. I have been able to account for the names, locations and eventual fates of every individual who left the Order over that period, padawans and knights included, and every Dark Jedi. The man may have been from another tradition, or he may have been self-taught.”

That I would disagree with,” Qui-gon replied. “The boy was too well-trained - though some of that may have come from the Mandalorians. Whatever they’re doing to help him is clearly working. When he sparred with Obi-wan I sensed nothing Dark about him.”  

“That is good to hear,” Plo said, relaxing back into his seat. “And I deeply appreciate the thoroughness of your work, Madame Nu.”

She nodded to him, gracing him with a small, tight smile. 

Mace asked, “Your padawan sparred with Maul?” Qui-gon had failed to mention that before. 

“Yes. It was a good education for him, I believe. Maul may be a few years his junior, but he was a match for Obi-wan despite that.”

Mace raised an eyebrow. If so, it was impressive. Over the years Obi-wan Kenobi had developed well as a duelist, and was shaping up to be one of their better Knights, to hear Master Drallig tell it. Qui-gon was no slouch with a lightsaber either - how could he be with Yan Dooku as his Master? - so perhaps he failed to realise how good his padawan actually was. 

“You didn’t mention why young Obi-wan isn’t with us just now,” Master Rancisis said. 

Qui-gon’s expression had softened when talking about his padawan, but it grew strained now. Mace sensed the echoes of his discomfort. “He’s friends with Quinlan Vos. Given the… circumstances, he wanted to see him as soon as he arrived.”

A shiver went around the room, distress leaching into the Force. Yes. The other matter. The one Mace was trying to keep separate, to not allow his sorrow and his anger free reign. 

There was an argument to be made that it was related to the matter of Mandalore. The only lead they had was a man in Mandalorian armour. It was tempting to assume that this was Jango Fett’s response to finding out that the Order had sent a spy into his territory, but given the positive trend of Qui-gon’s experiences that didn’t ring true. It didn’t seem to be in Fett’s character. Mace had spoken to the man before, albeit over a holocall rather than in person, but it had been enough to take some measure of him. He was a straightforward man, direct in his speech, his anger, and his hate most of all. He would not offer the open hand of peace on one side, cold and unwelcoming though it might be, and stab them in the back with the other. 

“Masters,” Qui-gon continued. “We were told very little about what happened. Quinlan met us in the main hall as we entered the Temple, but even he knows only that his Master is dead. Did it happen on Mandalore?”

Mace exchanged glances with Master Yoda, with Plo, with the other members of the Council. Tholme was… had been a Shadow. Secrecy was supposed to keep them alive - but it was too late for that now. Silent queries and replies flickered through the Force before they reached a wordless consensus. 

“It happened just outside of Mandalorian space,” Mace told him. “The details are upsetting, which is why we have not shared them with Padawan Vos, as well as the fact that his assassination would be politically damaging. The Senate need not be made aware of all Jedi business.”

“Then the Mandalorians are somehow involved,” Qui-gon said, sharp enough to deduce that without further prompting. 

“In Mandalorian armour, the killer was,” Master Yoda said. “Only this we can be sure of.”

Qui-gon contemplated this for a while, his features composed and placid. It had to be obvious to him that the Council were only sharing this because they wanted an opinion informed by someone who had been on the ground on Mandalore. “This happened while my padawan and I were in transit?”

Mace nodded. “Master Tholme left the planet not long after you did. He was meant to check in with Shadow contacts on Vanquo who would have facilitated his return to Coruscant, but he never reached them. His… body was left to be found in a public location in one of the planet’s spaceports.”

“Left… then we have no evidence of what happened during the confrontation itself?”

Mace shook his head. Anger rolled in a low wave - he let it be like the tides, rising and falling while he was the sea itself, stirred but unchanged. “No. We only have images of the Mandalorian who left him there.” Which was not strictly proof he was the killer, but even if he hadn't struck the final blow, he'd been deeply involved. “Madame Nu was able to run him through our databanks and turned up a match; a bounty hunter named Meltch Krakko. He's been operating on and off for about ten years now.” 

“You said the details were disturbing.” Qui-gon frowned. “There's something else you haven't yet shared.”

“It may not be relevant,” Yarael Poof said. “It could have been the preference of the killer, rather than some kind of… message.”

“It appears that Master Tholme may have been tortured before he died,” Mace clarified through gritted teeth. The waves rose, the waves fell. There was nothing here that would benefit from the application of rage. No reason to channel it, so he could only accept it.

Qui-gon absorbed this, maintaining an admirable grip on his own reaction. “It makes little sense for the Mand'alor to be responsible,” he said after a little more thought. “If he discovered Master Tholme's presence on Mandalore he would have been within his rights to confront us about it, and he would not be shy of doing so. If he found out between the time we left and when Master Tholme did, which is very unlikely, he would have stopped him from leaving and confronted us via holocall. Even if he did kill Master Tholme, it would not be in such a way.”

Master Yoda nodded. “Thought this also, we did. I am glad that agree, you do.”

Mace sighed. “It still leaves us with more questions than answers.” Questions such as who might want to kill Master Tholme in particular - although a personal grudge was only a little more believable than that his cover as a Shadow had been blown. How had Meltch Krakko found him? Why allow a holocam to record him leaving the body - that was too sloppy for a professional, unless someone wanted the Jedi Order to have evidence of a Mandalorian killing one of their own.

Was this a set-up? Whose interests did that serve?

“The Council will meditate on those questions,” Master Rancisis said. “Thank you for your time, Master Jinn.”

Qui-gon bowed to them and left. At least his padawan and Tholme's were friends. At least Quinlan Vos would have some support in this dark time. 

When they tracked down Meltch Krakko, they might get some answers. 

----

A week had passed since Kenobi and Jinn left the planet, taking with them the Senator who held their leash. Once the duel was done, the last touch scored, the final lesson given, Maul accepted the compliments and cheers of his aliit with a quiet pleasure that still had not entirely faded. Even Bo-Katan’s grudging congratulations did not sting him as he had expected it to, though when Count Dooku - not yet a Sith and perhaps never one in this universe - approached and offered a few words of praise Maul had been struck with a sense of unreality that stopped up his tongue. 

Luckily it had been taken for nothing more than his usual mistrust. The Count was gone now too, trade contract secured, though with none of his other goals accomplished. 

Once, that man had been his replacement. A Jedi fallen and manipulated, rather than a Sith raised in the role - but Darth Sidious only ever tricked those who served him. There was less difference between Maul and Dooku than he liked to admit. 

It had been a week of normality, of routine reasserting itself. At the end of the day they gathered in the karyai around a clean-burning fire for a spell before returning to separate bedrooms to sleep - the palace had more than enough space for this. It was… strange. To sit with family, by blood or by bond. Even now Maul found companionship unfamiliar, perhaps even cloying at times. At least he was not pressured to speak if he found silence easier. There was a pleasantness to be found in listening to Savage and Feral discussing the news of the day, their comments about acquaintances of similar age they’d encountered, Pre’s report from the ranks of the ramikade , Kilindi’s sharp and quick-witted observations like pieces of a puzzle slotting together. Jango and Silas joined them most of the time, but not always. It was not only that they were busy, though they were. Maul perceived another intent, which was to give their children privacy away from their guardians. 

“That Jedi fought well,” Savage remarked, on one such occasion. “It was impressive.”

Why had his brother chosen now to bring this up? The Jedi were old news - there had been no further communication since their departure, which could only be a good thing.

“The Jedi padawan fought well,” Maul corrected, reaching out to Savage in the Force to sense his intent. “We do not know the Master’s capabilities.”

Savage was trained enough at this point to have shields in the overlapping layers favoured by Mandalorian traditions, but there were paths between them that allowed his emotions to slip out. Maul caught flickers of amusement and interest, a desire to learn more. It was gentle rather than burning, lacking intensity. That was good. Savage should not be too eager to associate with those who were still their enemies - no matter the tentative peace that held for the moment.  

“Hard to work out a way to test them,” Pre said. “I’m not sure Jinn would have been as open to sparring.”

“It would’ve been so cool if he had,” Feral said, huffing out a little sigh and putting his chin on his hands, exaggerating disappointment. 

“They are more worthy opponents than I expected,” Pre allowed. “But buir has killed them in the past. We could too, if we had to. Maul proved it - he scored first against the jetii’ad .” 

Savage sighed too, though attempting to make it subtle. “You are both wary and cautious as always, my brothers. But Maul, I meant only that you seemed to enjoy the battle, not that we should be concerned about how skilled the Jedi are. They mean us no harm.”

“For now they don’t,” Kilindi replied before either Pre or Maul himself could object. “Hopefully they never will - but it isn’t their choice. That’s the real problem, isn’t it? They do what the Republic tells them, and the Republic isn’t all one thing. It’s a thousand Senators and all of them have their own motives. Even if war is bad for civilians, if there’s money to be made, or some other goal to be achieved, all it takes is enough self-interest to swing a vote and we’re vulnerable.”

“Indeed,” Maul said softly. As was typical, Kilindi saw to the heart of the problem. “We are strong, but we are but one sector. I fear we would struggle to overcome the weight of the entire Republic’s resources turned against us. Nor do we only have to fear venal, greedy fools. Eventually the Sith will turn their attention to us.” His former Master wanted a war that spanned the galaxy. A war to devour the Jedi, to give him an army to crush those who opposed him and to pacify the empire that came after. Each grand move of the conflict had been within his command with Darth Tyrannus on the other side of it, but would he hold back if he lacked that lever of power? 

No. Darth Sidious was patient, but even that had its limits. 

Mandalore might become his excuse for war, to grab for power, to gather everything into his hands. 

“We need to be prepared to stand against the Republic,” Pre said, his eyes full of a familiar energy. “We need the strength of a Mandalorian Empire, even just as a safeguard - or as a deterrent.”

Savage shook his head. “How can one be built without it being a reason for war, rather than against it?”

“There are ways to bring planets to one's side without conquering them,” Maul replied. “Is this not what Count Dooku proposes, after all?”

Pre’s nose wrinkled - though Maul was unsure if the echo of disgust in the Force was because Dooku had been a Jedi, or because Pre disliked the idea of coalition building. “He wants allies so that he can go to war,” Pre pointed out. “He’s not trying to avoid it.” A sideways excuse to Pre’s real objection, Maul could tell. 

“Because he can’t see any other path,” Kilindi said. “He wants the Republic to change - but what is the Republic? A collection of star-systems who agreed to come together at one point because it was in their interests. Do you remember Maul, in class, we had to read the founding constitution?”

She meant at Orsis Academy It must have occurred before Maul returned to the past, a time so distant that he had no memory of it whatsoever, but he nodded assent anyway. 

“Systems are supposed to be able to leave if they want to. If enough of them want things to change, then they could just… do that. At least in theory.”

It was an exact prediction of the so-called cause of the Separatists.  “In theory,” Maul said, his tone intentionally dark. 

“Count Dooku does not believe the Republic would let them go,” Savage said. “Nor do you.”

“And so…” Maul began - but he was interrupted by Feral’s deep sigh. 

“Do you have to talk about boring politics all the time?” his younger brother said, flopping dramatically sideways on the couch. “Can’t you ever talk about anything fun and interesting ?”

“Such as?” Maul asked.

“I don’t know, the podracing championships? The Galactic Nunaball League? Shockboxing? Sky-skimming?”

Maul eyed Feral with a degree of suspicion. “Since when have you developed such interest in galactic sports?”

Feral froze briefly, then wriggled in what Maul could only interpret as faint guilt. “Since the system got access back to the galactic HoloNet.”

“Is that what you’ve been doing with your friends from training?” Savage asked - he referred to their martial training which was once again being conducted with a large group of others of the same age range. There was no need to protect the Mand’alor’s aliit with isolation now that the war was over. 

“Sometimes, if there’s a cool match on,” Feral replied. “Sometimes we just hang out. They don’t go on about politics all the time.” Maul sensed a degree of resentment from him - was that natural for younglings Feral’s age? His own childhood had been formed of little other than emotions far deeper and stronger than this little flicker. He should have welcomed it - it was poor soil for the Dark Side to grow in, yet soil all the same. The Dark would enrichen it, with time. Yet instead Maul’s response was… it was not pleased. Feral had never resented him, had only ever been happy with him and anxious to spend time with him. 

These other friends… were they so much better than he and Savage? 

A stab of a knife in his belly; how could they not be better? What kind of creature was Maul, in the end? He had relied too heavily on the bonds of blood and forgotten the truth that he was a weapon, a Sith, that he needed no family and that others could not be trusted… 

Kilindi nudged him firmly in the side. Maul glared at her, but she simply raised her eyebrows at him. 

“I am unfamiliar with these sports,” Savage was saying. “I apologise that we have ignored your own interests, brother. Perhaps you could show us one of these matches and explain the rules?”

Feral brightened immediately, all other emotions vanishing beneath an upswell of happiness. “Of course! There’ll be something on right now, just let me get the holoprojector on…”

Maul’s unease settled as well. Those spiralling worries were beneath him, irrelevant. He put them out of his mind. 

Feral was discovering new interests, that was all. Nothing to be concerned about.

----

“I don’t know what I’m going to do,” Quinlan whispered. Obi-wan had to strain to make the words out. Quinlan was curled up into a ball on the window-seat of his room, his face pressed into his knees, arms wrapped around his shins. This wasn’t the first time Obi-wan had been confronted by the sharp hollow of another person’s grief. On Melida/Daan there had been losses, members of the Young taken by disease or starvation or the impersonal weapons of their merciless elders. There had been anger, tears, the gaping holes that dragged down the inside of someone’s heart - but there had also been a goal to soothe them; a war to win, an enemy right in front of them to fight. Friends, brothers, sisters… the Young lost them all, but none of the adults. 

This was different somehow. It made it even harder to work out what would help.

Obi-wan hadn’t known Master Tholme well, but he was like all the other older Masters. He seemed untouchable. It was rare for Jedi to die on a mission. Not completely unknown - Galidraan was an example of that - but rare enough that nobody expected it to happen, not really. There was a lot Obi hadn’t known about his friend’s Master. He hadn’t known that he was a Shadow. Hadn’t known he was the one reporting back from Mandalore. 

“The Council will… they’ll know what to do,” he said. It was more of a hope than an assurance and it came out like a plea. 

“They haven’t even told me what happened,” Quinlan said. He rubbed his cheeks against the fabric of his trousers, to little avail. “They probably won’t . Even though I’m his padawan I don’t get to know Shadow business, I didn’t get to know anything he did on Mandalore, I didn’t know that he was heading back, I wouldn’t even have known where he was if he hadn’t been the one to tell me… We don’t matter to them!” His emotions roiled in the Force, a shifting ball just behind tattered shields. 

“You’re angry at them,” Obi-wan said. “You’re blaming them, but that doesn’t mean…”

“Doesn’t it?” Quinlan’s gaze was fierce when he looked up. “Aren’t they the ones that make all the decisions? Aren’t they responsible?”

Obi-wan wasn’t sure what to say. He wasn’t used to seeing another padawan show this much emotion - it felt wrong, like Quinlan should be hiding it, like they would get into trouble if one of the Masters saw them. They were all of them mortal and passing into the Force was inevitable - that was what the Temple taught. Quinlan was allowed to be upset obviously, but then he should release that emotion into the Force. It was dangerous to do anything else. 

Not that Obi-wan was one to talk. He wasn’t good at this either. If he was, he wouldn’t get into trouble with Qui-gon so much. Melida/Daan wouldn’t have been just as awful as it was. He wouldn’t have felt so responsible towards Satine. 

But that hadn’t just been about his feelings! Obi-wan wanted to do what was right . Quinlan was no different. Master Tholme hadn’t died of sickness or old age or bad luck. He had been murdered

“I don’t want to be reassigned,” Quinlan said quietly. “I don’t want a new Master.”

“What’s the alternative?” Obi-wan asked. He honestly didn’t know - he hadn’t heard of this happening before. 

He wasn’t sure if that was anger or fear in Quinlan’s eyes. “I don’t want to go to one of the Corps either, and I’m too young to become a Knight. I… I need another Master, even if I don’t want someone to replace Tholme.”

“I don’t think anything will happen right away,” Obi-wan said, trying to be comforting. “You have time to mourn, time to recover. But Quin… you wouldn’t leave , would you?” 

He wasn’t sure why that question in particular had come into his mind. Normally the possibility wouldn’t even cross his mind. Perhaps because he had met Count Dooku so recently? Anyone could leave the Order, of course, but in reality almost nobody did. Where would you go? Back to your home planet, where you didn’t know anyone, where you had no connection other than the thin ties of blood and only a partial understanding of their culture? Or stay on Coruscant, where you would always be reminded of what you’d left behind? 

Obi-wan couldn’t imagine it. He’d never wanted to be anything other than a Jedi and a Jedi Knight at that. He’d wanted it enough that he couldn’t even accept going to one of the Corps instead.  Maybe he wasn’t that good at being a Jedi, but he certainly wouldn’t be better at anything else. 

His question startled Quinlan. He looked at Obi-wan for a good, long while. “If I leave,” he whispered eventually, “I’ll never know what happened.”

“Just… don’t blame the Council,” Obi-wan said. “Master Tholme wouldn’t have agreed to the mission if he didn’t believe that it was important. Whatever happened, if it was something anyone could have foreseen they wouldn’t have sent him - not when he still had a padawan.”

“Then they shouldn’t have sent him at all !”

Obi-wan didn’t have a reply to that. Usually master and padawan pairs didn’t split up, so Quinlan wasn’t even wrong. It was just… there must have been a good reason for it. How many Shadows were there? Perhaps there hadn’t been anyone else. 

Quinlan turned to look back out of the window. The lights of the ecumenopolis were flickering on as the sky glowed with the colours of dusk. Lines of traffic made orderly patterns in the distance. Obi-wan could see the faint reflection of his friend’s face in the transparisteel. His sense of Quin’s emotions sapped away as he tightened his shields around his mind. 

“I’ll find out what happened,” Quinlan whispered. “Someone did this. I should have been there. If we’d been together…”

“You might have died too,” Obi-wan whispered back. 

“Or we might both be alive right now.”

Obi-wan said nothing. If it had been Qui-gon who died, wouldn’t he feel the same? They’d been separated before - what if they were never reunited after Melida/Daan? He’d already struggled to deal with what he saw on that planet and it was difficult to imagine what he would have done if another weight had been dropped on top of his spirit. 

“You’ve still got people who care about you, Quinlan,” he told him. “You’ve got me, you’ve got Bant, Siri, Garen… Whatever you need, we can help.”

“Maybe,” Quin said, very quiet. 

It wasn’t as much of a response as Obi-wan had hoped, but at least it was something.

----

Without the distractions of a civil war and the Jedi to occupy him, Maul had to find new topics to fill his thoughts. Governing had never been of much interest to him, and what he’d learned of it in a limited way as the leader of Crimson Dawn had been essentially against his will. It had come as a relief to be able to hand that off to Qi’ra, who took to it like a natural. Politics was not to Jango’s liking either, but Maul had the luxury of declining his invitations to join his discussions with the clan heads. The Jedi might reappear in the future, trailing behind other Republic diplomats and emissaries, but not upon any predictable schedule.

This only left the quest to learn. 

Maul hardly begrudged this. Darth Sidious hoarded knowledge like water in the desert, allowing him only enough of a trickle to preserve life. Learning anything was as joyous an experience as spitting in his former master’s face. 

Day to day, his routine returned to an expected baseline where physical training mixed with training in the Force. The former kind of knowledge had never been denied him, it was only the latter which had been lacking. Maul had great experience of hand-to-hand and lightsaber combat both, but in his adult body. As his duel with Kenobi so clearly demonstrated, the child’s form he had now lacked the same degree of muscle memory. In addition, while Mandalorian fighting styles had similarities to Teräs Käsi, the differences were still marked, and had to be integrated into his existing training. There was much practice and discipline required, though this did not only benefit him physically. The act of conscious, intentional repetition, of moving towards a goal of perfection, was also to embody the teachings of the ka’ra .

Maul still had Kenobi’s stolen lightsaber, and did not neglect to use it as he perhaps had before now. He would not give Kenobi the opportunity to embarrass him again by pointing out his errors in a fight. At times Jango joined him in this training. Clearly he understood the utility in mastering the Darksaber, even if the lack of the Force meant he could not use it to its full potential. 

He could have chosen to bleed the crystal now, but Maul held back from it. There were rational reasons. There had been no need to use the lightsaber to duel Kenobi, but he could not guarantee there would never be conflict with the Jedi in the future. Yet they knew he had once been trained by a Darksider. Fallen Jedi often bled their own blades unconsciously - the skill was not difficult to learn. It would not mark him as a Sith when the Jedi did not even know they need fear one. 

Still he hesitated. It would have bound the blade to him, broken it to his will and made it truly his own, but each time he considered it he found an excuse. 

It was not that Maul suddenly disdained the Dark Side! It was his oldest weapon, his truest companion, the source of his strength. It was only that he had a fair mastery of it already, which could not be said of the ka’ra . The power of the stars did not block him from the Dark or vice versa, but Maul lacked the intensity of understanding that would allow him to discover whether the two could be used together.

As to gaining that understanding… he had the tutelage of the gorane , and he had access to the vaults under the city. He did not lack for sources from whom to learn. 

[ We have never been able to open these, ] Goran be Mereel told him, carefully lifting the pyramidal holocron from the cushion upon which it was displayed. 

[ Naturally, ] Maul replied, his attention already distracted by the promise of knowledge which had always previously been denied him. [ They open only to the touch of the Dark Side. A security system. ] 

[ An effective one. ] Goran looked around the vault. [ Should we isolate it before opening it? Is there danger? ] 

[ I… have heard some Sith holocrons were protected in other ways, ] Maul said, somewhat begrudgingly. [ I have never actually opened one, only been told about them. ] While he wished to appear knowledgeable on the matter, that was not to the extent of risking injury to either of them. 

[ So we should take precautions. ] Goran held the holocron as carefully as one might a thermal detonator and nodded to the door. Maul opened it and closed it again behind them as Goran led the way through the tunnels to a chamber of the Living Waters. This was not the large lake where Jango’s coronation took place, but there were other shafts down here which had filled up with groundwater in a similar way, equally shimmering with beskar . The only difference was the lack of a strange presence deep below - though Maul had only sensed that when Jango accidentally woke it up. 

Goran knelt at the edge of the water and put the holocron down so that it was submerged at its base. Beskar specks glittered where the liquid met the metal and crystal, throwing off a faint white light. 

[ Hopefully the waters will not interfere with its workings, ] Maul said. 

Goran cocked his head. [ I could return to the Forge and fetch a beskar plate to put it on, ] he suggested. [ A curved upright piece as well, in fact, in case it explodes. ] 

[ I have never heard of a holocron exploding , ] Maul said, not liking that the idea had been put into his head. [ Let me try opening it, and we will soon find out how it reacts. ] 

Goran put a hand out in front of his chest. [ From a safe distance. ] 

They retreated a few meters. Maul was sure they were being overly cautious, but he could not countermand Goran , nor was there any real reason other than the fear of feeling foolish. He raised a hand and reached for the Dark Side. 

There was still beskar in the stone around them - not enough to mine but tiny glimmering shards entombed in rock - enough that the Dark felt distant and difficult to reach. Maul concentrated. Beskar and the ka’ra were kin to each other and he knew the stars. He merely had to look at this in a different way… and there it was. A subtle shift in reality, and he could reach through what had previously blocked him. Oddly tentative, the Dark Side reached back. Then out, towards the holocron. 

Crystal facets lifted and rotated. The corners of the pyramid separated, and it rose out of the water to hover just above the surface, mirrored reflection rippling. Fuzzy at first but quickly solidifying, the projection of a figure emerged above the forward face of the holocron. They appeared human, but swathed in heavy robes. Eyes flickered beneath the edge of their cowl, attempting to locate the one who had summoned them. 

[ Who is there? ] the holocron asked in the Sith language. 

Maul knew the tongue, and his recent experience translating scrolls and stele in the vaults had sharpened his mastery of it from a previously rusty state. Since no traps revealed themselves he felt it appropriate to walk forward to where the holocron’s projection could more easily perceive him. 

[ A child? ] the Sith said, surprised and dismissive. [ I need no sacrifice of blood to appease me. Send away this boy and reveal your true face to me. ] 

[ I am no child, ] Maul replied in the same language - confident in revealing this truth because he knew Goran be Mereel could not understand him. [ Do not be fooled by this appearance. I am a Sith Lord, as you were. ] 

The holocron’s eyes narrowed. Manifestly they did not believe him. He should have expected something like this. Nothing that was of the Sith gave up knowledge for free. One had to demonstrate that one was worthy. Maul raised his hand and called the Dark Side to him, fueled with the lure of his irritation. Proud rage swept through him. How dare a mere conglomeration of crystal defy him? Let it feel a taste of his might and realise who held mastery over whom here. 

His mental grasp tightened around the holocron, his mind pressing down on the imprint of a soul within. He held it like a bird in the jaws of a beast, ready to bite down. 

[ You… speak… truly, ] the projection said, each word forced free. 

[ Have I made my point? ] Maul asked.

[ You have. ] 

[ What does it say? ] Goran asked in Mando’a. 

[ Little of use just yet, ] Maul replied, with a moment of dissonance as he moved between the languages. [ We are conducting initial negotiations. ] 

[ Is it that sapient? ] 

[ Holocrons are each unique, ] Maul explained. [ Some are little more than databanks, like one might access on a ‘pad, whereas others are the exact psychic imprint of their creator, able to mimic their appearance, behaviour, speech, intent and so on with near perfect fidelity to the real thing. This one appears to hew closer to the latter type. ] 

The holocron had taken note of this other conversation. [ Mandalorian, ] it said. [ You grow more curious yet, youngling who is not a youngling. Have you stolen that body? Possessed it? I thought Mandalorians took better care of their young. ] 

[ Irrelevant, ] Maul said. [ Who are you ? ] 

[ Do you not know? ] 

Maul glared, his irritation a whip-flick of the Dark Side that scraped painfully against the presence that was the holocron. [ This holocron was stored in a Mandalorian vault, unlabeled. You have been forgotten. Lost to time. Speak to me, and you will live again in my memory. ] 

That displeased the Sith, as he’d known it would. [ Last I was opened, I was in the stronghold of my dark Mistress on Tython, one of many in our great library. She had no need to employ mercenaries. We had an army of our own. I do not see how this holocron could have fallen into Mandalorian possession. ] 

Tython… the name was familiar but the specifics escaped him. [ And when was this? ] Maul asked. 

[ In the 24th century since the Treaty. ] The holocron’s reply was notably vague. 

[ Which treaty? ] 

Again the Sith looked at him with confusion. [ The first treaty between the Empire and the Republic, the treaty of Coruscant. ]

That clarified the matter less than Maul would have liked. Darth Sidious had told him stories of the Sith Empire of old, which rose and fell and rose again, an ever-changing beast with many heads, tearing at itself as much as it conquered and ruled over others. Such was the lesson of Darth Bane and the reason for the Rule of Two - one Sith line kept in-fighting to a minimum. Specific dates within that time period had been less important. 

He would ask Goran afterwards, once he had extracted as much information as he could reasonably remember in one sitting. [ I would have your name, ] he said, [ and that of your mistress. ] 

The projection drew itself to its full height, with all a Sith’s pride and arrogance. [ I am Lady Yunis, apprentice to Empress Belia Darzu, ] she sneered. [ You should have more respect for our legacy. ]

[ I am Darth Maul, ] he told her. [ And you will reveal all of your secrets to me. ]

Notes:

Maul better hope Feral doesn't have a rebellious teenage phase because he Would Not Cope.

Chapter Text

The lights around the karyai were off, leaving the space illuminated only by the dim flickering glow of the artificial campfire. The seats were comfortable, well-worn leather, easy to relax into, tempting to fall asleep on. Jango paged idly through his datapad messages, the low grumble of irritation in his chest sustained by the fact that they just kept coming. 

“Why am I getting so kriffing many of these?” he said under his breath. It was a complaint mostly to nobody, but Silas was close enough to him to overhear and laugh. Pressed into his riduur’s side, Jango felt it rumble through him. 

“If you didn’t want people interested in us, you shouldn’t have signed a trade deal with Yan Dooku,” Silas whispered into his ear. 

Jango scowled. He opened one of the transmissions at random and skimmed the body of the text, a nauseating mixture of pleasantries and economic jargon. “That wasn’t me. That was Lelek. Oughta bother him instead.”

“So just pass them all on to him,” Silas said, as though that was a perfectly reasonable suggestion. 

It only sounded like one at first glance. Jango moved his elbow backwards to collide with Silas’ ribs - not hard enough to really hurt, just enough to express his feelings about that . “You know why I can’t,” he growled. 

The issue was that Lelek wasn’t actually his Chancellor, or his accountant, or whatever the right title was for the person in charge of all Mandalore’s external trade. All he’d done was thrown a few policies together for them in return for the promise of hunting a Sith. While that hunt would inevitably take some time to see through, that didn’t mean Jango could take Lelek’s goodwill for granted in the meantime. The equation had to be balanced at the end, when they tracked down that muun and took him out along with his apprentice. 

“Then you’re the only one left for other planetary leaders to approach.”

Jango tipped his head back onto Silas’ shoulder. “This shouldn’t be Mand’alor business. They ought to be able to negotiate directly with the Clan or House heads for whatever it is they want, but neither they or the Evaar’ade are keen on that idea. ”

Silas shrugged. “I’m no expert on trade either,” he confessed. “But I’d lay money it’s because this is just the way it's done in the rest of the galaxy.” 

“When I led the Haat’ade we bought supplies from whoever was willing to do business with us,” Jango said. “I didn’t have to go talk to the sector’s damn Senator to get their permission to buy fuel.”

“No, but we usually did need someone in authority to give us the go-ahead to be there in the first place. Though they were also mostly the ones paying for our work to begin with.”

“Yeah, but these are planets asking for trade terms,” Jango said, slapping the pad with the back of his hand. “The merchants that just want to come through our borders are easy - I hand their details over to Clan Saxon to run background checks, then they’re either fine or they’re not. This is different. Complicated . If there was someone amongst the Evaar’ade I trusted with the job I’d just give it over to them.”

“Who used to do it?” Silas asked. 

It was a good question, one Jango had already looked into in the hope of an easy solution. “Killed in Kyr’tsad ’s attack on Castle Kryze,” he replied. “Seems like half the government was visiting the Duke at the time. Old contracts kept everything ticking along up until the war was over. Now that I’m in charge, apparently everyone wants to renegotiate.” And he couldn’t even go threaten them into being sensible, because that would look like he wanted to expand their borders and then everyone would get ideas

It had been months now since the Senator’s visit, months of being left alone - which was all that he’d wanted. Months of peace, months of rebuilding, months of settling into a new normal. Mostly everybody was just getting on with their lives and not bothering him. A lot of the political nonsense had settled down. Life was good. Then this new problem reared its head, the problem of other systems and governmental leaders wanting to talk to him. On the other hand even if it hadn’t been this, Jango knew his peace wouldn’t last forever. It wasn’t the Mandalorian way. He still hadn’t worked out who to approach on the Republic side to make sure it wouldn’t cause problems when his people took work outside of their borders like they wanted. 

“Lelek can’t be the only person we have who knows this stuff, even if it’s on a smaller scale,” Silas said. 

“Guess I could put out a call for volunteers,” Jango said. He didn’t fully understand his own reluctance, but it was there all the same. “Kriff, I’d be fine telling these planets they’ve got blanket permission from me to negotiate with the House heads if it wasn’t making the Evaar’ade so twitchy. I know it’ll take time for things to make sense, but right now it’s like we’ve got two different systems running alongside each other, and I’m stuck between the two.”

“If we need an Evaar’ad to do it, why not use the opportunity to try and get Kryze on side?” 

Jango’s first instinct was to dismiss the idea out of hand, but when he thought about it for a bit longer it wasn’t as unrealistic as it sounded. “She’s got an incentive to make it work for the sake of her people,” he said. “She can't kriff us over in favour of outsiders without also hurting the Evaar’ade . Does she even know anything about trade and economics though? I don’t know what kind of fancy civilian education her father gave her.”

“Lelek could show her the ropes?” Silas sounded a bit doubtful, but made the suggestion anyway.

“I think that’s punishing Lelek for no good reason,” Jango said with a laugh. “Maybe she’s become more bearable with peacetime?”

“I won’t take that bet,” Silas said. 

“I’ll ask him,” Jango said, making the decision. “Something like an apprenticeship, maybe. And just as importantly, it’ll keep Satine out of trouble if Lelek agrees.”

----

“Hey,” Kilindi said, sitting down next to him. Maul raised an eyebrow at her in a silent query. “I wanted to talk to you about something,” she continued. 

“Concerningly vague,” Maul muttered to her, turning the small droid he was holding over in his hands idly. This exercise was nothing of any great importance and he did not truly mind the interruption. His intention was meditative, to reach a point of awareness where he could see the droid in the Force not simply as an assembly of parts, dull non-living metal, but the conglomerate whole of its minimal, non-sapient sentience. It was an extension of the techniques of mecha-deru , the Sith art Sidious had taught him a very long time ago, an art he was learning even more of from the apprentice within the holocron. 

That he should have opened this of all holocrons did not feel like simple coincidence, yet Maul did not sense the machinations of the Force moving either, not precisely. There was a through-line here between the Sith and the Dark Side, the connection with metal, and the Mandalorians and the ka’ra

It was their vault. Of course it contained knowledge of relevance to them.

Kilindi did not speak immediately. She watched what he was doing, though there was little to see. Maul was attempting to alter his mindset, not the droid. 

“I’ve noticed something recently,” she told him after a while. “During the war, and then again these past weeks. I think you’re trying to push us away.”

Offence shot, bolt-like, through Maul’s core. He straightened up, letting his hands fall into his lap. “By ‘us’ I presume you mean our family,” he said, “but that is simply untrue. First of all, I live with you…”

“Living in the same building isn’t the same thing as being close to them,” she said, her dark eyes narrowing. “Yes, you eat meals with us, you train with us, but you’ve become distant. Pre, Savage and Feral have the gorane now, so you don’t teach them about the Force like you used to. You have your own research projects that we aren’t a part of. Maybe we wouldn’t understand it - I don’t have the Force - but that never used to matter. Before the war we spent time together. We hung out.”

“Before the war,” Maul echoed. “Matters were very different then…” Without the complications of politics, without the ability to put any of his plots against the Sith into motion, without the knowledge of other paths to power that were not simple repetition of what he’d known in his old life…

Kilindi was not done. “During the fighting we were all in different places doing different things, so obviously we grew apart - but once the Evaar’ade made peace it seemed as though everything would slot back into place. For a while there I thought it had. Then you started to drift away again.” She looked him directly in the eyes, earnest and open. Maul wanted to deny her accusation, yet now she had put it out there before him he understood what she meant. He was holding her at arms reach, his brothers too, and had been since he turned his attention to his new Sith research. 

“Is it about trust?” Kilindi asked. She drew one knee up to her chest, tucking it to her. “I know at the Academy… they would have said family was a weakness. A vulnerable place for assassins like us to strike, or a dead weight dragging us down, or someone who would find it easier to get close enough to betray you. Slaves as young as I was didn’t have blood families - though if we were lucky we still had families of choice. Sometimes it was safer to stick together, and sometimes it was safer to be on your own. You said once that Sith don’t believe in families either. But you went out of your way to find Savage and Feral, you’ve stuck with me as your sworn sister, you accepted Pre even when you didn’t expect or ask for him, so I thought you’d decided all those old lessons didn’t matter.”

Maul’s hearts fluttered in his chest - it was not anger, which left the only possibility to be fear. How could it be fear? What was there to be afraid of - no, he simply did not like to be pressed to answer questions about his thoughts in this manner. 

“And you?” he deflected. “Have you not learned to be wary? None of those lessons were lies.”

“They weren’t, in the context we were in,” Kilindi said - Maul was not sure if this was agreement or a riposte. “But we aren’t assassins or criminals. We aren’t slaves. We don’t have to make our own way in the underbelly of the galaxy.”

Maul wanted to deny her point but again found that he could not. “We are… warriors,” he acknowledged. He could have said, ‘I am Sith’, but he was not anymore. He had disavowed their tradition and he had meant it, yet so often he found himself returning to that old way of being. It was all he’d known and his faltering search for an alternative remained a tentative series of experiments, not a pattern he could easily sit within. 

“Warriors and soldiers. Mandalorians. We don’t fight alone. Aliit , Clan, House, People. That’s the same as Haat’ade or Kyr’tsad .” He could feel her confidence, her certainty. She was a solid point in the Force - she knew herself, what she was, what she wanted. Only in seeing the strength of it did Maul understand how unsteady he was by comparison. 

Hadn’t he solved these problems in himself yet? Hadn’t he made his decisions already? Kilindi was not telling him anything he did not already know and she should not have had to say it again now so bluntly, but it seemed that Maul had fallen back into old habits. 

Kilindi was watching his face, the subtle changes in his expression and the angles of his body. He could feel that too - the sharp, cutting point of her intelligence analysing him. This was what she utilised to understand others instead of the Force, and at times it appeared to be a more effective tool. “Perhaps we’ve done something that’s made you feel unwanted?” she suggested. 

Maul sneered. “As though I need to be cosseted in such a way…”

“You didn’t like it when Feral was talking about his friends,” Kilindi pointed out. 

“That was months ago.”

“You’re his brother. You’ll always be closer to him than friends are.”

“Am I not close to you?” Maul answered - he felt a little lost with all this discussion of social bonds. 

“We started off as friends, but we’re aliit now. Nobody is going to steal Feral away from the rest of us. Or Pre. Or me. Or Savage.”

Obviously he believed her - why should he do otherwise? These were baseless concerns, and not ones which he had given any thought before this moment. There was no reason for the pace of his beating hearts to ease, and yet somehow Maul did feel better. “Bo-Katan continues to sniff around like a feral tooka looking to be let in,” he said, able to put a light-hearted tone behind his words. She annoyed him, but not sufficiently enough to hate her anymore. Even in his past life it had been a reflexive hate, the way he felt about anyone who slighted him but not burning with the intensity of something personal , as it was with Kenobi. 

“She doesn’t have anyone else,” Kilindi said. 

“And whose fault is that?”

Kilindi rolled her eyes at him, half-smiling. “Let’s find something fun to do together,” she said. “All of us as a family. We’ll make it a regular thing. And just remember. You’re allowed to have this, Maul.”

----

“Quinlan?” 

The familiar voice behind him stopped him in his tracks. He hadn’t expected to hear it down here, levels below Coruscant’s open skies, but he knew it straight away. That was Senator Palpatine. Quinlan Vos turned around and scanned the crowd, his gaze quickly settling on a figure standing by the railing at the edge of the racetrack. He must have walked right past him without even noticing he was there, which said nothing good about his situational awareness at the moment. 

So what if Quinlan was distracted? Didn’t he have good reason to be? His head wasn’t a nice place at the moment, and he’d much rather be out of it than in it. He wanted to be distracted, which was why he kept running down here to the chaos and clamour of Coruscant’s mid-levels. 

Was the Senator looking for the same thing? He’d said he used to be a thrill-seeker when he was younger. 

Quinlan headed over and leaned against the railing next to Senator Palpatine. His friend did look very different to his usual persona. None of the brocade and silk, none of the wide sleeves, the precise tailoring. Instead he was draped in a simple set of black robes with a deep hood, a set of goggles pushed up on his forehead, and a wide scarf around his neck that could be quickly pulled up to conceal his features. It was a far cry from the mixture of decadence and elegance that characterised Naboo fashion. 

“Hey,” he said, keeping his voice low. “What are you doing down here?”

“I might ask you the same question,” Palpatine replied mildly. He mimicked Quinlan’s posture, outwardly relaxed. In the Force his mind was a mostly calm pool, stirred into small ripples of excitement and happiness. The atmosphere was weirdly casual - not that Quinlan hadn’t felt able to be casual with the Senator in his offices, or the Senator casual with him in return, but the Senate buildings were draped in a blanket of staid professionalism, patterns of protocol, manners, rules and regulations and… No, it was all awful, and Quinlan had nothing good to say about it at all. The moment he stepped inside that place it suffocated him. 

“I’m here to watch the race,” Quinlan said, nodding down towards the droids sweeping up the scattered parts left by previous crashes. “I guess you are too?”

“Indeed.” The Senator’s smile was small but mischievous, almost conspiratorial. “I might not be able to fly in a podrace, but I would hardly be the only Senator tempted into placing a few small bets on the outcome.”

“Sure, but most of those Senators would just watch the broadcast, not risk being here in person.”

Palpatine’s eyebrows rose slightly. “The mid-levels are hardly some awful hive of scum and villainy.”

“That’s not what most of your colleagues would say,” Quinlan noted - which didn’t mean those Senators were right. He’d been to places far worse than this on missions with Tholme, and even on a few of Sinube’s cases as well. That wasn’t the same as saying there was no danger down here at all, but most people were ordinary folks just trying to get by, not hardened criminals. Quin knew how to look older than he was and not seem like an easy target, and that was enough. 

“I’m not most of my colleagues,” Palpatine replied. “Aside from watching the race, is there any official business I should be aware of?”

He meant Jedi business. Quinlan knew when Palpatine’s eyes widened that he hadn’t done a very good job of hiding his reaction to that. 

“Is something the matter?” the Senator asked. 

“It’s fine,” Quinlan replied with some force behind it. He wanted to shut down that line of inquiry quick. He didn’t want to talk about anything to do with the Order. “Just the race. Nothing else.”

Palpatine shrugged, gracefully letting it go. “Would you object to watching it together? It’s been some time since I last saw you. Your Master must be keeping you busy - though I suppose it’s lucky you are even on Coruscant at all. You Jedi spend so much time travelling all over the Republic, I confess I’m a little jealous of you.”

Quinlan swallowed around a sharp and bitter retort. Palpatine didn’t know anything. He was the lucky one. Nobody close to him was going to just… die. But it wouldn’t be fair to snap at him when he was ignorant of the reasons his words hurt so much. “Sure,” he said instead. “Whatever. I don’t mind company.”

Senator Palpatine smiled. His satisfaction was a mental burst of warmth against Quinlan’s face. At least one of them might get something out of this - Quin’s chances of finding trouble on purpose were a lot worse with an adult following him around. On the other hand, maybe it would do him some good for today’s distraction to be something other than violence. 

Palpatine walked them round to the betting booth and filled out a little flimsi ticket, pushing a handful of credits over the counter to the disinterested clerk. He folded the ticket and stowed it away in an inner pocket somewhere, and they went to find a good place to watch the race from. Pod-racing was technically legal on Coruscant, but there were a lot of rules around it that mostly didn’t get followed. On the other hand, there were also far more illegal sports to be found the lower down through the layers you went. This race was official enough that there was HoloNet coverage, a proper track, big screens projecting multiple views of the course, even seating for sentients that were willing to pay a bit extra for the privilege. 

The Senator was willing to pay. 

They’d just managed to beat the rush of the crowd pressing towards the railing, filling up the gantries and corridors, every spot which had at least a decent chance of a free view. The noise of a hundred different languages turned the air into a buzz of complicated, layered sound. Emotions rose and mingled, simple hopes and fears - excitement and anticipation both sweet and sour, the faint worries of ‘ have I made a bad bet? ’ Quinlan lowered his shields enough to let it sweep through him like water. He didn’t want to think. He didn’t want to be himself. He didn’t want the thorns and detritus of his own grief. 

The pods lined up at the starting line. No fancy opening ceremony here, just a countdown, the loud siren blaring as lights changed from red to green and the racers were off. Quinlan let go of anything other than the moment, cheering and groaning along with the rest of the crowd. Time was an endless smear of gleaming metal and frantic motion. Voices bayed from thousands of throats - an edge of bloodlust lay under the excitement, a different kind of tension. Pilots were expected to spin out and crash, and not all of them survived the experience. 

All too soon it was over. The first pod whipped over the finish line, a name Quinlan didn’t care about flashing at the top of the leaderboard. 

“Splendid,” Senator Palpatine said, patting his pocket. “Not terribly long odds, but enough to treat us both to a fine dinner. If you’re amenable,” he added quickly. “I would not want to presume.”

Quinlan’s heart was still beating fast from the rush of adrenaline. He hadn’t come back down to ground yet, but the crash was only a matter of time. Selfishly, he wanted to leech off someone else’s satisfaction, cushioning the bumpy landing. “Sounds good to me,” he said. 

They pushed through the throng to a betting booth to collect the Senator’s winnings. Quinlan was glad of the layers of his clothing - if there’d been any bare skin to brush against any of the beings here he would have been overwhelmed by it. He didn’t have the strength to keep up his mental barriers - he’d been making progress there but it had all fallen apart after... 

You never had to walk too far to find a place to eat on Coruscant. It was actually easier away from the upper levels where zoning regulations were more firmly enforced. Down here, commercial, residential and industrial mixed together chaotically. Walkways were narrow and cluttered with stalls - the locals made use of every bit of available space, squeezed between the high rents above and the dangers below. Palpatine seemed to know where he was going. They ended up in a booth at the back of a noodle joint that wouldn’t have been too out of place a dozen levels up, though the prices on the menu weren’t half as steep. 

“Have your political studies come to an end then?” Palpatine asked when they were mostly done eating, bowls pushed away from them crowding the small table. 

A nasty, greasy feeling trickled into Quinlan’s stomach. He thought he’d managed to get away without talking about this. “I guess,” he said, staring at his empty bowl and the few scraps of broken noodle curled up in the bottom of it. “Maybe it’s for the better. Politics doesn’t suit me.”

“It certainly isn’t for everyone,” the Senator allowed. “I shall miss our discussions though.”

“Yes…” Swallowing felt like trying to force down a stone. Guilt, Quinlan realised. He tipped his glass of water on its base, abandoned ice-cubes rattling. 

“Such is the way of the world,” Palpatine said with a sigh. “Of course you’d rather not be involved in something that so disinterests you, though I appreciate it isn’t your choice either way. How is Master Tholme, by the way? I never had the pleasure of meeting him - perhaps you could introduce us?”

Quinlan bit his lip and tasted blood. “That… won’t be possible.” 

He glanced up enough to catch the edge of Palpatine’s frown. “Quinlan? Have I said something to upset you?”

The stone was still solid in his throat, prickling heat burning behind his eyes. He should release it into the Force but he couldn’t, he just couldn’t. Not here, not like this - he could make himself do it if he meditated properly, but there wasn’t time… 

“Master Tholme is dead.” He surprised himself by saying it. He hadn’t meant to. He’d told himself he wasn’t going to talk about this but apparently all it took was a few open-ended questions by a sympathetic person and he cracked. 

Palpatine sat back, a quiet, shocked breath escaping. “He’s… Quinlan, I am so sorry. I had no idea…”

Quinlan didn’t look at him. If he did then he really would start crying and he couldn’t bear it if he did. Hadn’t months of mourning been enough? Why couldn’t he move on from this? Eventually the temple mind-healers would realise that there was something wrong with him - well, if they knew about these trips down-level they’d have worked that out already. 

It wasn’t an easy silence. The Senator’s discomfort churned the surface of his mind into choppy waves. “I really ought to have known,” he said, half to himself. “The Order submits casualty reports to the Senate, I don’t know how I missed one mentioning your Master of all beings…”

“No,” Quinlan forced himself to say. Small shards of guilt glinted like broken glass in the Senator’s head and he couldn’t let him feel like that. “His… his death wouldn’t have been reported.”

Guilt slid into deep concern. “Quinlan, are you suggesting that the Order is concealing things?”

“Not everything is Senate business,” Quinlan muttered. 

Another long pause. “I suppose… I don’t fully understand the details of the arrangement between the Order and the Republic.” Palpatine still sounded, and felt, worried and off-balance. “Then you can’t tell me what happened.”

Familiar anger stirred in Quinlan’s chest. “I don’t know what happened,” he whispered. 

“You don’t know? But he was your Master.”

Quinlan knew he was scowling, knew that his feelings were obvious, but he couldn’t accept them, he couldn’t release them, he couldn’t push them away. Not when he was right to be angry. “I shouldn’t be telling you this.”

“Then…”

“But I want to,” he continued, before Palpatine could give him an out. “It’s not fair. I’ve got every right to know! The Council shouldn’t be keeping this from me!”

“Surely they haven’t left you completely in the dark.”

“They’ve asked a mind-healer to see me, to help me deal with the grief. But what are they going to do when I’ve got so many unanswered questions?” Frustration built, fire catching quickly on the dry kindling of all his resentments. “I need to investigate on my own, they’ve left me no other choice.”

Palpatine’s uncertainty solidified; he’d made some kind of decision. “Quinlan, I would like to help you,” he said. “The resources of a single Senator may not match that of the Jedi Order, but they are not inconsiderable.”

The anger wasn’t gone but it settled down, now just a low simmer. It shouldn’t have been such a big deal to have another person trust him, believe in him, say that what he was doing was right, but Palpatine was the first one who had. His friends at the Temple… they were all Jedi, and what Quinlan wanted was not the Jedi way. That was the problem. If he was honest with himself, the only thing that would let him move on from Tholme’s death wasn’t just knowledge - it was revenge. 

“Thank you,” he said. “That means a lot.”

“There must be some place we can start,” Palpatine said. “Do you know anything …?”

“He was on his way back from Mandalore,” Quinlan explained. “I don’t know what route, but there aren’t that many options. The lane past Vanquo to Bandomeer and then Coreward would make the most sense. I’ve searched for HoloNet reporting around that area but if there was anything, it’s been deleted.”

“Then perhaps someone asking around in person would have more luck…”

It was possible nothing would come of this, but for the first time in months, Quinlan felt the stirrings of hope.

----

Obi-wan sat quietly in front of the Holonet terminal waiting for his call to go through. He was taking a chance by contacting Count Dooku - they’d barely spoken on Mandalore and he had no idea what the man thought of him. He might be offended that Obi-wan was calling him suddenly without warning, but he couldn’t think of anyone else who might be able to help. 

The terminal beeped. The rotating ‘waiting’ icon wavered into a stern but familiar face. Obi-wan stood up and bowed immediately. “Count Dooku, do you remember me?” he asked. 

“Naturally.” Yan Dooku’s voice was smooth and dignified, the kind of voice that made you feel as though you’d done something wrong. Obi-wan reminded himself that was just his own impression, not the truth. “Young Padawan Kenobi. I sense this is not a simple social call.”

Obi-wan was grateful the man was so direct and to the point, though it made sense; the Count’s time was too valuable to waste, and he knew Jedi wouldn’t be offended by missing off the niceties. “It’s about Qui-gon,” he explained. “Sir, I hope you’ll forgive me when I say that your relationship seemed strained on Mandalore, but despite that, would you be willing to help him?”

“Help Qui-gon Jinn?” The elegant curve of Dooku’s eyebrow seemed amused rather than irritated or surprised. “What trouble has my former padawan dropped himself in this time?”

Obi-wan hesitated briefly. He’d planned this conversation out beforehand, but even so… “Master Tahl has been killed.”

“Ah.” It was a quiet exhalation, one of understanding. Obi-wan thought he might have to explain who Master Tahl was and the relationship she had with Qui-gon, but the Count must remember her from his time at the Temple. Given that Tahl and Qui-gon came up through the creche together it made sense. “How did it happen?”

“It was on a planet called New Apsolon -” He caught the flash of recognition in Dooku’s eyes. “You know it?”

“I kept myself aware of Master Jinn’s missions even after he left my tutelage.”

Obi-wan nodded. “Then you might remember that the governor elected after that first mission had two daughters. Master Tahl received a message from them, accusing one of the governor’s old friends of arranging his murder in order to take power and she… I suppose she felt she had to help.” It was a desire he understood all too well, the desire to do what seemed to be the right thing. It was only that the right thing so often carried unintended consequences with it. That was the lesson Qui-gon kept trying to knock into his head, though Obi-wan still didn’t think he fully understood or agreed with it.

“I suspect the Council did not see things her way,” Dooku said. 

Obi-wan couldn’t hold back a sigh. “That’s right. Master Tahl went to New Apsolon anyway - and then when she didn’t report back for weeks, Qui-gon insisted on going to join her. I wasn’t about to let him go alone.” At the time he’d also been angry at his Master. He thought that he was being a hypocrite, that he was doing exactly what he chided Obi-wan for. Now he wondered if part of Qui-gon’s fear came from what had happened to Master Tholme - and in the end his fears turned out to be warranted. “The whole thing was a trap from the start. The sisters were plotting to take over the government with a radical traditionalist faction. Tahl was betrayed, captured, poisoned…” He trailed off. There was no need to draw out all the horrible details. 

“A terrible fate,” Count Dooku said. “Qui-gon would not have taken it well.”

“I think they were in love,” Obi-wan said. He hadn’t been sure whether or not to mention that part of it, but now he just wanted to know how long it had been going on. In the past he’d accused Qui-gon of caring about Tahl more than a Jedi should, not because he thought the emotion itself was wrong but because he thought it had changed his Master’s decision on Melida/Daan. He wasn’t happy to have been proven right. “Did you know?”

The Count considered the question carefully. “It does not surprise me,” he answered. “But I do not think Qui-gon himself was aware of any such feelings during the time he was my padawan. The situation grows more complicated. Tell me, what happened to the ones responsible for Master Tahl’s death?”

“Captured and arrested in the end,” Obi-wan replied, and noted the subtle relaxation of Dooku’s shoulders. “But - and this is really why I reached out to you - I’ve never seen Qui-gon angry like he was for a while there. I worried that…” He couldn’t say it out loud. Not when his Master had stepped back from that precipice in the end. 

He didn’t need to explain any further. Dooku understood what he meant. 

“Grief is a difficult beast to tame,” he said. “It would hardly be my place to offer advice as a master Qui-gon has long outgrown, but perhaps… as a friend.”

Obi-wan’s nod was a bit too fervent, but he thought Dooku would forgive him. “Please. He needs something right now, and I don’t know how…”

“A padawan is not responsible for their master,” the Count replied. “Leave this with me.”

----

Obi-wan was slightly buoyed up by his conversation with Count Dooku, but that brief good mood hit rock bottom when he went to find his friends and walked in on Quinlan and Bant glaring daggers at each other. “What’s going on?” he asked. Garen was the only one to do more than glance his way, motioning him over with a pained expression. 

“Say that to me again,” Bant hissed through gritted teeth, not taking her eyes off Quinlan. “Go on! Blame me for my Master’s death!”

Obi-wan swallowed down the thing that tried to come out of his mouth - whether it would have been words or a cry of shock and anger he didn’t even know. What was going on here? Surely Quin wouldn’t have… Bant was hurting right now, she must have misinterpreted…

“I’m just saying this proves my point!” Quinlan replied, gesturing with a violent motion of his arm - everything about him was vibrating with barely-controlled tension. “Bad things happen when our Masters go off without us! It shouldn’t be allowed!”

“The Council didn’t allow it! She went because she had to!”

“And so the Council hung her out to dry without support! Those people thought they could kill Jedi and get away with it!”

“They didn’t get away with it!” Bant replied, eyes narrowing. Both of them were having difficulty with their shielding, throwing off spiraling waves of anger into the Force. Even if Obi-wan hadn’t been involved in what had happened, even if he hadn’t been struggling with his own emotions, it would have been hard not to get caught up in what they were feeling. 

Bant caught herself slightly, pulling inwards, shedding pain like layers of dead skin. “There was a crime, and there was justice done. That’s how it should go. That’s how it did go.”

“If shouldn’t have happened in the first place,” Quinlan insisted. His anger hadn’t gone anywhere - it was barbed, hooked. It caught on itself and kept going. Obi-wan had to do something - you couldn’t feel it and not need to do something - but even putting out a mental hand was like trying to grab broken glass. Quin’s gaze darted sideways to Obi-wan, and the intensity of it made him flinch. 

Blame. That’s what he’d seen in Quinlan’s eyes, there and gone again but sharp and quick as a lash. The same blame that made Bant so cool towards him when she’d arrived on New Apsolon to collect her Master’s body - but that had been as much about their thoughtlessness than anything. If Qui-gon hadn’t been sure the Council would censure them when they heard about everything that had been happening, if they hadn’t thought the only option was dealing with the mystery themselves… 

That was Quinlan’s point. But Master Jinn had been acting from emotion, he had been foolish. The Council would have been right to tell them - Master Tahl included - to back off until they understood the situation properly. The censure wouldn’t have stopped help from coming, if they’d gone about it all the right way. Master Windu came as quickly as he could afterwards, and they might not have been able to track the culprits down without him there. 

Bant followed Quinlan’s glance, and her shields solidified even further when she locked eyes with Obi-wan, clamping down on her reaction. Their friendship wasn’t entirely back to normal yet even if she wasn’t as angry with him now. It might never go back to the way it had once been, but it still felt better than whatever was going on with Quin. 

Obi-wan was doing his best to be there for Quinlan like he’d promised, but friendship didn’t take away his other responsibilities. Obi-wan had to follow Qui-gon on missions, and then Quin wasn’t even in the Temple half the time Obi-wan was… It felt like an insultingly obvious question to wonder what was up with him, but this seemed… bad. Bad in a way Obi-wan didn’t have the words for. 

“Master Talh was nothing but a pawn to those people,” Quinlan said, voice cold. “A thing to help them get power, one they threw away once they were done. They weren’t scared of the consequences. They weren’t scared of justice . That wasn’t enough to protect us - and the Council didn’t protect us either! It’s broken, it’s all broken, and nobody is even trying to fix it!” 

“Quin…” Obi-wan started to say, but Quinlan turned on his heel and left, the Force going with him like a stormcloud and leaving a sick feeling behind. A pressure change like your ears popping. 

Garen swallowed several times and found somewhere to sit down, eyes wide and shocked. Bant paced - a few steps towards the door like she was going to follow Quinlan, then a sharp turn back, shoving her hands into her armpits after a few twitching movements, not knowing what else to do with them. Obi-wan took slow breaths, telling himself the nausea wasn’t physical. 

“We should… tell someone about that,” Garen said, after a while. 

“Yeah,” Obi-wan agreed.  

He still felt sick. Quinlan was right about one thing. Something was broken, and Obi-wan had no idea how to fix it.

Chapter 51: Chapter 50

Summary:

Maul and his family may be able to enjoy peacetime, but not everyone is so sanguine about this state of affairs. Elsewhere in the galaxy, the Sith's machinations continue, while Jango tries to find the best way forward for his people.

Chapter Text

The forest air was sharp and clean with the chill of morning. Pine needles crunching underfoot added a faint note of decay, but as the day warmed the musty smell of tree sap would soon take over. A distant scream reached Maul’s ears, but it wasn’t a sound of pain. Excitement, joy… halfway to laughter. 

“Not coming this way,” he murmured. 

Kilindi checked the holo-projection from her vambrace. “I think that was from where Pink Team’s base is located.”

“Not our target then,” Savage said. 

Maul nodded. He’d already come to the same conclusion. Despite himself, he was forced to acknowledge something like the thrill of the hunt in this childish game. 

As though he’d projected the thought outwards, Kilindi looked his way and smiled. “Enjoying yourself?” she teased. “Having fun?”

Maul glared, but with little heat. “I would not describe this as fun .” 

“I’m having fun,” Feral said. “Kilindi, Savage, are you guys having fun?”

“This is a good activity you found for us,” Savage replied. “Well done on your initiative, vod’ika .”

“Yes Feral,” Kilindi added, her tone very sweet. “I am having fun as well.”

Maul did not sigh out loud. He could hardly blame his siblings for enjoying something designed for children when that was indeed what they were. Savage might have been nearing his eighteenth birthday, yet he was still much more an immature youth than the ever-serious brother Maul had known for that too-short time as Master and Apprentice. 

“The Green base is ahead of us,” he said, motioning upwards. Braided ropes as thick around as his wrist lashed walkways and ladders together, leading up into the ancient trees. Thin metal walls offered potential cover to defenders, despite the lack of ranged weapons permitted in this particular version of the game. 

“Intel suggests the flag is somewhere inside!” Feral said, adopting a mock-professional tone that was undercut by his clear eagerness. “If we’re careful, we should be able to infiltrate and snatch the prize before the Green Team can react!”

Maul refrained from pointing out that this had always been the plan. “Feral, Savage, can you sense the defenders?”

It was clear that Feral had not been thinking overly much of the Force - or rather, was too excitable at the moment to maintain his concentration. He bit his lip, then closed his eyes briefly and slowed his breathing while he focused. “There’s… four of them up there?” he suggested. 

“Three,” Savage corrected. “Another may be scouting while these focus on guarding the base.”

“They will hardly prove an obstacle,” Maul scoffed. Truly, this was child’s play.

“We were told the defence teams were meant to be larger than the attack teams,” Kilindi said. “The numbers don’t add up.”

She was right. Maul doubted an ambush however, and he could feel the same number of beings ahead of them as Savage reported. He could have reached further out, but there were multiple bases and multiple teams throughout the forest with no clear way to differentiate them aside from direction. Then he reminded himself of the nature of their opponents. “These are children… undisciplined children, I mean,” he corrected himself. “Doubtless they lacked the patience to wait for us to attack, and have gone out looking for us.”

“Not completely undisciplined,” Kilindi said. “They’re still Mandalorians. On the other hand, I can’t think of another explanation.”

“We could still take them even if there were thirty of them up there!” Feral boasted. Admittedly, that was likely true. 

“Then let us proceed,” Maul said. 

With the aid of the Force they easily ascended to the upper walkways, Maul boosting Kilindi up to join them. It was impossible to move forward without causing the walkways to sway and creak slightly, but Maul did not sense any change from the minds ahead. The ‘base’ itself was constructed to be a maze of sudden turns and blind spots, but for one with his training it was hardly difficult to navigate. 

Moments later the four of them burst into the larger central room, a standard-pole and battered canvas flag at the centre of it. The enemy were not completely taken by surprise - perhaps they had been alerted by the creaking walkways after all - but clearly did not expect to be attacked with such swiftness. One fumbled with an attachment on their beskar’gam , activating it moments before Savage’s punch knocked them off their feet. A glimmering trail arced up through the pine branches and exploded in the air in a shower of sparks and a whistling alarm trill; summoning the rest of their squad back to base. 

Maul bared his teeth. Too late for that. 

As Kilindi had pointed out, these were Mandalorian trainees. They were not entirely useless - but nor were they equipped for taking on three Force-users and one Orsis student assassin. It was not a long fight. 

“Got it!” Feral yelled, sprinting out of the room with the green flag waving in the air behind him. Laughing quietly, Savage followed him at a more leisurely pace, leaving his target sprawled on the floor clutching their buy’ce and groaning as much with humiliation as pain. 

Maul met Kilindi’s eyes across the room, where she was using her target’s own rip-cord to hogtie them. “See,” she said. “Fun!”

----

Later that day, evening sun slanting sideways through the trees and lighting everything golden, Feral presented their haul to Pre with great pride. 

“Look how many flags we got!” he said, having difficulty holding onto them all at the same time. “Isn’t it wizard?”

Pre raised an eyebrow. “I thought this was meant to be a one on one thing. Not you four against…” He circled a finger towards the dozen other teams of children sitting around the rest zone. 

Maul raised an eyebrow right back. “Don’t put your own mediocrity on us.”

“Mediocrity?” 

“You’re covered in paint,” Maul observed. 

Pre looked down at himself, as if just realising. “Well…” he said, then failed to come out with an explanation. Coming up behind him, one of his ramikade friends hit him lightly on the back of the head, his grin widening. 

“Kids, this is what trying to be a hero gets you.”

“What do you mean?” Feral asked. 

“Our fearless leader here decided to run out and draw the other squad’s fire. You can see how well that worked out for him.”

A slight flush rose on Pre’s cheeks. “It worked didn’t it? You wiped them while they were distracted by me.”

The ramikad snorted, looking Pre’s paint-splattered armour up and down. “And you’re still dead.”

“In a real-world scenario I would have been fine,” Pre protested. “My beskar’gam would have protected me.”

In reply his friend prodded one of the many patches of paint directly on his kute , in between the beskar plates. “Dead, dead, dead.”

“I’ll show you dead,” Pre growled, turned and leapt at the other, tackling him in the chest. The pair fell to the ground and continued grappling, throwing up dirt and mud.  

Maul did sigh at this. Were none of his family at all mature?

----

Jango’s day had been pretty good up until the moment Lorca Gedyc walked in, strutting with a smug confidence he really didn’t like. “Mand’alor!” the ramikad’alor called as he approached. “I’ve brought you a gift on the anniversary of your coronation.”

Had it really been that long? Jango hadn’t been keeping that close a track of the days and months rolling past, but he realised that yeah, his dip into the Living Waters and the vision of the mythosaur had been a year ago today. Nobody else had said anything about that, but anyone who spent a lot of time around the palace knew that Jango didn’t wear power easily - knew he wouldn’t want the reminder. 

“What is it?” he asked, already knowing he wouldn’t like it. 

Lorca held up a cuboid carrying case, gripping it by the handles on either side and twisting. Seals released with a hiss - Jango tensed, half-expecting poison, a bio-weapon, some kind of assassination attempt, but nothing came out until he pulled the two halves away from each other and a solid mass dropped down and hit the stone beneath with a wet, unpleasant thump. 

Jango didn’t relax. “Lorca,” he growled. “Did you just dump a head on my floor?”

Lorca clicked the stasis chamber back together and put it down so that he could remove his buy’ce and reveal his smirk. He nudged the head with his boot so that it was facing the right way. Jango had no idea who this was meant to be, though identification was made harder by the fact that this wasn’t the first rough treatment it had received before landing in front of him. “You don’t recognise the last rebel ship captain?” Lorca asked, eyes widening in mock surprise. 

The situation started to make a bit more sense. Jango forced himself to relax each muscle group in turn. Ugly dramatics aside, Lorca Gedyc was technically fulfilling his duty. Jango had managed to placate the bloodthirst of Kyr’tsad’s worst this long by sending them after the Evaar’ade who refused to surrender. “You could have sent a comm.”

Lorca’s smile kept on going, sharp-edged and not fully softening his flat, dead eyes. “The last enemy of your rule is dead. The Fighting Corps has done its work. My ramikade are resting and celebrating, but after that… it won’t take long for us to get bored. Do you have any more work for us… Mand’alor?”

Jango knew a threat when he heard one. 

“Let me think about it,” he said, locking eyes with the other man. Lorca met his gaze, his expression easing into a blank mask. A predator’s stillness, calculating, looking for signs of weakness. Jango made sure he wouldn’t find any. Lorca wouldn’t challenge him, not here and now. He didn’t have the support to rule, even if he could kill Jango. This wasn’t an ambush, it was the first step in a duel fought with politics first and blades much later. 

Lorca backed down. “Sure. Give me a call whenever. But if I get a better offer somewhere else… I’ll just have to take it.”

And he wouldn’t be the only one looking, that was the problem. 

Jango didn’t totally relax until Gedyc was out of the room. Then he let his head fall back against the seat of the Mand’alor’s throne, his hand unconsciously dropping to the hilt of the Dha’kadau. Right. He’d been chewing over possibilities in the back of his mind for months, waiting until something forced his hand. Time to make a decision. 

And there was still a head on the floor. He better find someone to deal with that.

----

“I’m not objecting to going after criminals,” Pol Viszla insisted, though Jango pegged him as defensive. It was in both his tone, and his arms crossed too tightly over his chest. “As you might expect, they make up more than half of the mercenary and bounty contracts that are available galaxy-wide.”

“Then what is it?” he pressed. 

“We’re still paying the Hutts back - paying their intermediaries,” Pol corrected himself. “The Hutts are the ones at the end of the chain. I don’t want us to kriff ourselves over accidentally. And to be honest, the Kyr’tsad Houses have had a lot of dealings with the Cartels, and with other gangs throughout the Republic. There’s been no reason to break off those relationships before, but if we’re going to target the underworld preferentially…”

Pre shifted his stance - enough to make Jango glance over at him. The set of his shoulders communicated tension, maybe something vulnerable. “Is this… you did know about that, right, buir?

Jango closed his eyes in the safety of his buy’ce . He hated looking ignorant but there was no other option but to admit he had no idea what they were trying to talk their way around. “Just say it,” he told them. 

“So that’s a no,” Pol said. Pre winced, looking to his uncle for help. 

“According to the Republic and the New Mandalorian government, we were terrorists,” Pol continued in a flat tone. “As you can imagine, that restricted our employment options just a bit. Our people had to eat. Of course it wasn’t just about survival - we did want to defeat our enemies and take power, and we needed resources for that too, but… We weren’t in a position to be picky about who we did business with even if that had mattered to Tor. Aside from the odd corrupt Republic governor or official, we worked for the galaxy’s underworld.”

Now that Pol pointed it out, Jango realised it should have been obvious. He’d spent years fighting Kyr’tsad , tangling with their forces half-way across the galaxy in a dozen running engagements, but at the same time he’d still needed to find work for the Haat’ade . Soldiers needed to be fed. He’d just viewed that as a distraction, and to the extent he focused on his enemy’s supply lines it had only been about finding them and disrupting them. If they were mixed up with some bad people, he’d reasoned it was because Tor enjoyed like-minded company rather than a lack of choice. 

“That’s old history now,” he said, shaking off memories of the past. “We’re all Mandalorians together, and nothing is forcing you to take a particular kind of contract.”

“Isn’t it?” Pol asked with a raised eyebrow, before Jango could continue. “What about the Republic’s eyes on us? What about the Miit’akaan Ori’ramikad ?”

“Are you telling me you prefer dealing with the Cartels?” 

Pol shrugged. “If their credits are good, what’s the problem?” More sardonically, he added, “Are you telling me the virtuous Haat’ade never took a contract with a criminal?”

Jango’s temper had been waking up, reminded that a part of him had never wanted to bring Kyr’tsad into the fold and that he hadn’t entirely set old grudges aside - but this cooled him off again. Pol was right. Jaster’s code spoke of avoiding harming civilians but mercenaries couldn’t spend time trying to work out who represented the “right” side of a conflict. They weren’t some kind of moral arbiters of goodness in the galaxy, they were soldiers for hire. Besides, sometimes it was the “criminal” or “rebel” cause that appeared to have more moral weight, if you did care about that sort of thing. 

Which was all a long way of saying that yes, the Haat’ade had been a lot pickier than Kyr’tsad , but nowhere near as much as some - for instance the Republic - might have liked.

“That’s what I thought,” Pol said, smile slightly smug. 

Pre cleared his throat. “It’s not all ancient history anyway.”

Jango frowned. “What do you mean?”

“I mean we’ve still got ongoing contracts,” Pre admitted, not entirely meeting his eyes. “Well, not ‘ we’ , but Kyr’tsad . Mostly smuggling stuff, black market supply, that kind of thing. And… I wouldn’t call it friendship exactly, but I know some of the vode have good relationships in the underworld. There’ll be bad feelings on both sides if people feel we’re betraying them.”

“Since when is it betrayal?” Jango demanded. “Bounties and contracts go out all the time - criminals understand that cold, hard credits trump so-called friendship.” He was rapidly getting tired of this argument. He was trying to find a way to give Kyr’tsad what they wanted, and now they were putting up a fuss? He made a dismissive gesture. “I’m not getting involved in individual decisions to accept or reject the offers that are out there. I’m just drawing lines around what’s…” 

“What’s safe.” Pol finished for him. “With the Republic looking over our shoulder. It always comes back to the Republic, doesn’t it?”

Jango couldn’t deny it. He didn’t like acknowledging this was the main argument behind all of this, but they all had to face it anyway. 

Pre nodded. “We aren’t operating from a position of strength,” he said. “It’s ridiculous that we even need to consider asking for permission - but what’s the alternative? For our Mand’alor to be forced to disavow our warriors like the Evaar’ade did?”

“Think about where this road could go,” Pol warned Jango, his shoulders tightening. “We can’t be turned into a force for the Republic to police the galaxy with.”

“Is that really what you see happening?” Jango asked. The idea seemed to have come out of nowhere. “I can’t imagine that pleasing anyone involved.”

“If you’re afraid of something, you look for ways to control it. That’s what they did to the Jedi Order a thousand years ago, and it’s what they’ll do to us.” In response to the questioning tilt of Jango’s head, he added, “The Ruusan reformations. Given our recent tangles with the jetiise , I thought I should read up on their history.”

“That would be a long road to walk down before we got anywhere near there, and plenty time to step off it,” Jango said. “Look. Let’s go back to the original problem, alright.” He waited for Pol’s reluctant nod, then continued. “I agree we don’t want to step on the Hutts’ tails while we owe them money. That still leaves plenty of targets. And I’m not saying our people have to limit themselves to contracts issued by the Republic or a similar governing body - just that if they’re going to take one off the general market, don’t take a merc job targeting civilians, and don’t hit anything that’s part of the Republic government. Nobody’s going to care if a Hutt pays a beroya to bring back one of their runaway accountants, for example.”

Pol sighed. “Sounds so reasonable when you put it like that.”

“Still gotta let the Republic know what we’re doing,” Jango said. It was easier on his pride than saying ‘go ask permission’ again. If they balked… he’d just have to find some way around it. The consequences were potentially too dire to risk asking forgiveness after the fact. 

Anyway, he had the first target in mind. Had done for a while now - and there was no way the Republic should object to cutting the Pykes down to size.

----

“Quinlan my boy, you look weary. This search seems to be taking a lot out of you.” 

The full-length holo-projection of the young man was in truth too small to draw any conclusions about his emotional state, but the truth was immaterial for Sheev Palpatine’s purposes. His deft manipulations of the boy were going rather well. Quinlan had run away from the Jedi Order, firmly bent on his mission of revenge, and Meltch Krakko was leading him a merry chase through the seedy underbelly of the galaxy, further enmeshing him in a milieu where violence and betrayal were second-nature. Quinlan had no Jedi Master to guide him out again. The only road led inwards and down, down towards the darkness. 

The only person Quinlan could believe was on his side was faithful, trustworthy Senator Palpatine. Sheev offered him enough words of caution and wariness to appear to care, but at the same time validation of his worst instincts and decisions, and never enough pressure to make him turn back from his current course of action. A troubled enabler, one might say. 

Sheev saw no need to reveal his true nature to the boy just yet. Doing so was as yet not without risk. Quinlan had to trust him as he would his own Master, had to be on the cusp of falling, if not fallen indeed from his own actions. Push too hard, and the prey might realise the manipulation. Always, always, they must believe their choices to be entirely their own. 

“I’m fine Senator Palpatine,” Quinlan told him, straightening his posture. “I’m making progress. This Mandalorian mercenary can’t run forever.” 

Sheev nodded, shaping a sympathetic expression. Internally he laughed. Meltch Krakko certainly did not see himself as on the run. He was working, and if his employer chose to drag him from one side of the galaxy to another it was of no matter to him so long as his expenses were covered and the pay was sufficient. 

“I am so sorry your luck has not been better,” he said. “Do you need more funds?”

“Senator, you don’t have to…”

“Ah, ah, my boy,” Sheev quickly brushed his objections aside. “It really isn’t any trouble to me at all. I’m well paid by the Republic for my work, and in fact I’m even thankful for the opportunity to use some of those credits for a cause that might actually do some good.”

Quinlan was silent for a long moment. “Will it do some good?” he said at last.

“Seeing justice done isn’t doing good?” 

A flicker of anger flashed in Quinlan’s eyes, though it was not directed at Sheev. “It is, of course it is,” he replied, “but in the end it won’t stop whatever - whoever - set all this in motion! It won’t change everything that lets it happen!”

Which was exactly the lesson Palpatine wanted him to learn; that the system was corrupt, that the present authorities and those in the Jedi Order most of all would only let him down, and that true change could only come from burning everything down and taking hold of the power to rebuild it in a shape of his own choosing. This too was a lie, but a far more palatable one. His hands, the hands of Darth Sidious, were the only ones which would shape the future. 

“I’m happy to accept whatever credits you can spare then,” Quinlan said. “I’ve found out that Krakko was last seen heading for the Obroa-Skai system and I need to leave quickly otherwise I might lose his trail.” 

“Good luck on your search,” Sheev told him, and terminated the call. Idly he called up his Scipio accounts on his datapad and flicked a few hundred credits into both Quinlan’s and Meltch’s accounts. The transactions were automatically rerouted through a dozen different shells before reaching their destinations.

Palpatine rose from his desk and paused in front of a mirror to smooth out his robes. Then he made his way through the Chommell sector offices to the Senatorial pod just in time for the beginning of the afternoon Senate session. There was actually an interesting topic on the agenda for discussion for once.

“The Senate recognises the Senator for Kashyyyk,” Chancellor Valorum called, after the usual niceties of opening the session. “She wishes to present to us a proposal from Mand’alor Jango Fett.”

Sheev could tell which of his esteemed colleagues had bothered to read the notifications for the day’s slate of discussion by the degree of their reaction to this pronouncement. Senator Yivvird’s pod detached from the wall and hovered forward, her translated words broadcast across the chamber. 

“Senators, thank you for your attention. The Mand’alor reached out to me due to our recent contact as the Republic’s representative to his people. Having listened to what he has to say, I am in personal support of his motion.”

Very well, but just what was the man’s proposal, Sheev thought to himself with irritation. It was galling that he’d been unable to discover the contents of the Mand’alor’s message in advance of the session. 

Senator Yivvird continued, “Prior to my mission to Mandalore, I undertook as much research about their people as I could. Many in this chamber will have certain ideas in their heads about Mandalorians, as I certainly did. Lord Fett’s faction are indeed a warrior people, but that is true of many cultures within our Republic - it should not be a reason for fear. Based on my research and personal experience, it’s my opinion that some of our beliefs about them are misguided.”

This caused a wave of disgruntled grumbling to sweep around the chamber - these proud sentients naturally disliked being told they were wrong in any matter. Palpatine hid a smile. He couldn’t yet make a guess as to where the wookie was going with this, but presumed Fett wanted a favour of some kind, else why work to position the Mandalorians as less of a threat from the outset?

“Fett’s people want to contribute to life within the Republic without being accused of warmongering,” Yivvird said, and the susurrus of murmurs grew louder. Valorum held up a hand. “Objection raised from Senator Robb of Taris; she may briefly make her point.”

Senator Robb’s fears of Mandalorian conquest had not been allayed by Yivvird’s report from her visit to their capital, and that had not even required any whispers in her ear from Sheev’s agents. Her face was a mask of anger. “Misguided? And which beliefs would that be? The Senator from Kashyyyk has confirmed that former terrorists have a place in the new government - a faction whose very mission statement was to return to the time of the Neo-Crusaders! Their failure to declare war yet is only evidence that they are appropriately wary of the Republic’s strength! If they want to make a contribution to the Republic, then they should petition to become a part of it, with all the duties and responsibilities that are involved.”

Yivvird turned to her. “Would Taris even support such a petition?”

Robb’s eyes narrowed. “Is that what Fett has asked you to bring us today?”

Palpatine highly doubted it. Indeed, the wookie shook her head. “Merely pointing out Taris’ lack of objectivity when it comes to Mandalorians.”

Robb’s anger spiked - she started to hiss a response but Valorum cut her off. “Objection made in full,” he said. “Senator Yivvird, please continue.”

The wookie growled her thanks. “The Mand’alor wanted me to ensure the motivation behind his proposal was not misconstrued. I understand the wariness of many here, but it is based in ancient history. Mand’alor Fett assures me he and his people have no interest in conquering planets or starting wars, however it must be said that they still value combat as a way of life.” Speaking above a buzz of concern, she continued, “While I doubt any of my fellow Senators here will have had cause to employ Mandalorian mercenaries in previous years, perhaps they are aware of citizens from their sectors doing so?”

Senator Robb tapped furiously at the objection button in her pod. Chancellor Valorum’s voice was tired as he repeated, “Objection raised, permission to speak.” 

“As this body was repeatedly reassured in years past by the New Mandalorian government, there are no Mandalorian mercenaries working outside their borders,” Kin Robb said, fast and vicious. “Only copycats.”

“Unfortunate lies to give plausible deniability,” Yivvird riposted. 

Robb’s eyes narrowed. “Are you suggesting that this Senate was so credulous…”

The wookie didn’t let her finish. “I suggest a veneer of plausible deniability was advantageous to us as well, since it allowed our citizens ongoing access to mercenaries of such high quality without causing strife with the prevailing ideology.”

Sheev wondered why she was fighting Fett’s point so hard. He believed he understood the proposal now, but the wookies had their own martial culture and hardly needed to employ mercenaries to do their dirty work. Nor did he imagine she could have been bribed in some way - her species were too simple to be materialistic. There still had to be something - Yivvird was a politician when it came down to it. Perhaps some of the clans back on Kashyyyk had ambitions to start mercenary companies of their own, if this became a more accepted practice for planetary leaders across the galaxy?

And if that was so, did this play into the Sith’s plans or not? Sheev remained wary of the Mandalorians, as he would any faction they were unable to directly influence and control, but in the past year he’d come to believe there was no reason they could not establish such influence over time. Whilst the civil war was ongoing and the outcome uncertain there would have been no point in infiltrating agents into Mandalorian space - not when one could simply pay those such as Meltch Krakko for information - but it was growing past time to begin. Darth Plagueis had not mentioned any plan to do so in their recent meetings, but Palpatine didn’t fool himself that this meant it wasn’t in his Master’s mind. 

There might even be an easier route. Imagine if the Sith could repeat the example of Ulic Qel-Droma and Mandalore the Indomitable? A ready-made army in their hands, no need to continue this aggravating search for an appropriate template to build a clone army, or to incur the expense of purchasing droids… Although that was a closed loop of credits when as Emperor he’d seize the assets of the Techno-union and Trade Federation. 

Such fantasies were irrelevant to the question before the Senate at the moment. If the Republic had Mandalorian para-militaries to call upon, they would be more resistant to the calls of the Militant faction to build up forces of their own, including arming the corporate bodies. Yet at the same time, give a sentient a weapon they felt no guilt using, and they would be more and more likely to take that option. When the time came to split the galaxy in two, this might affect which side they should place the Mandalorians on. 

Senator Robb hadn’t yet run out of arguments. “Isn’t Fett basically asking us to let his soldiers extort us all for money?”

If the wookie Senator didn’t roll her eyes, it was only because her anatomy did not allow her to. “Mandalorian mercenaries work for themselves, not for their government. The Mand’alor would like the Republic to allow his people to seek work within our borders, within the existing legal structures. The terms and conditions of such contracts would be between employer and employee, as they always have been.”

“Objection raised by the Trade Federation,” Valorum noted, waving their pod forward to speak. 

“Honoured Senator Yivvird speaks of existing legal structures,” the nemodian said, “but the legislation around defence has been a matter of frequent debate in this chamber over recent years! If we are opening this for discussion again, the Trade Federation argues that this should cover a broader area of the options open for political and private entities…” He was half drowned out by an outcry of boos and cheers in roughly equal measure, but he continued speaking anyway. Sheev paid only half an ear to this, knowing already what these repetitive points would consist of. The Trade Federation could afford Mandalorians, but would much prefer to cut costs by using droids if only it were legal. 

His attention sharpened again when Valorum called forward the Banking Clan. 

“Scipio has little need to expand our access to mercenaries,” the representative said, “however we are interested in the proposal to widen Mandalorian involvement in Republic affairs. The end of their civil war brings - in our minds - numerous opportunities for economic advancement. Greater penetration into the Outer Rim market, contracts for resource extraction…”

“Relevance to the current discussion?” Valorum queried, tone mild. 

“If the Senate intends to open negotiations of this kind with the Mandalorian government, then Scipio suggests it should cover more than simply military topics.”

Palpatine narrowed his eyes, carefully opening himself up just enough to sense the currents of the Force moving through the chamber. Any words that came from the mouth of the Banking Clan were the parroted intent of Darth Plagueis, but what was the direction behind them? Had his Master been aware that this would be discussed today despite Palpatine’s own ignorance? Had he prepared this move in advance, or was this the triggering of a plan already in motion? Sheev could easily imagine this as cover to allow one of Plagueis’ representatives an audience with Fett. 

Either way, Plagueis had said nothing of this to his Apprentice. 

Sheev could easily imagine his Master’s dismissive response were he to confront him about this. You need not be aware of all my plots. I shall inform you only when it is necessary for you to know. It still burned. The muun might spin pretty words about needing Sidious, about being a partnership, claiming Palpatine had risen too far in the Senate to be easily replaceable, but of course these were lies. Sidious trusted Plagueis no more than his little pawn Quinlan ought to be trusting him

For now, he allowed the arguments to play out across the Senate floor for some time until he judged the overall mood of the room to have grown tired and irritable with the lack of resolution. Then he sent out a request of his own to speak. 

“It seems clear at this point that no consensus can be reached without a firmer understanding of exactly what this body would be agreeing to,” he said. “Naboo suggests a special sub-committee should be put together to further discuss and define the Mand’alor’s request, returning with a consensus document - perhaps tabled as amendments to the current Treaty of Mandalore of 263?”

Valorum’s relief at being gifted a means to escape the current deadlock rippled through his mind. “Suggestion put forward for a vote,” he said. 

As expected, it passed. Wonderful. The delay could only increase the tension and impatience within the Mandalorian clans. It might even drive the Mand’alor to do something… rash. 

Whichever way events in the galaxy turned, the Sith were poised to take advantage of it.

Chapter 52: Chapter 51

Summary:

Qui-gon and Dooku reconcile further in the wake of Qui-gon's grief, and Jango tastes a revenge that's been a long time coming.

Chapter Text

Qui-gon Jinn was startled out of his meditation by the chime of someone at his door. He’d been unable to sink deep into the Force, and the fact he had not sensed this person approaching was yet more evidence of the ongoing turmoil in his heart. There was a disconnect within him, a chasm carving out an insurmountable distance to… to everything. 

The chime sounded again. Qui-gon flinched. It was too loud in the stillness. They were impatient - or had he waited too long to respond? His body was heavy and sluggish. It took effort to uncross his legs and push himself to his feet. More effort to move step by step across the floor and reach the door. He stared at the plain metal before him. 

A tendril of the Force brushed the outer layers of his mind. Someone reaching out. They felt familiar. 

Duty more than curiosity forced Qui-gon’s hand up to the control panel. The door slid open, and a dull wash of genuine surprise loosened a little of his apathy. 

“Master,” he said automatically. 

“Not for some time,” Yan Dooku replied, a faint arch to one elegant eyebrow. “Qui-gon. May I come in?”

The request took a few moments to process, then Qui-gon took a step to the side. The Count of Serenno entered, the sweep of his cape stirring the air behind him. Dooku looked around the apartment with what Qui-gon knew would be a critical eye, but it was difficult to care what his impression of it would be. In recent days the world often felt surreal, or unreal, and so the presence of his former Master here in the Jedi Temple was simply an extension of this. 

Dooku went to his sofa and sat, flicking the trailing end of his cape out of the way. “Your apprentice contacted me,” he said, offering an explanation to an unasked question. “Qui-gon. You do not appear well.”

Slowly, Qui-gon realised he hadn’t moved from next to the door. He slowly walked to a chair and lowered himself into it. Was he well? That was a complicated question. He asked it of himself often. 

“There’s no need for concern,” he replied. 

Dooku clearly didn’t believe him. “You are grieving,” he said. “Obi-wan told me what happened. I am aware that you and Talh were… close.”

The choice of words, the talking around a stronger meaning, the impression of disapproval, stoked a flicker of emotion in Qui-gon’s chest. I am a Jedi Master. I am dealing with loss… as a Jedi should . Or I am trying . “Yes. She is one with the Force now. Your condolences are appreciated, but I am entirely well.” 

Dooku’s lips thinned. “I am no longer part of the Order, nor am I your Master. You need not speak to me in platitudes.”

“Are they platitudes?” Qui-gon replied, with another spark of temper. “This is the Jedi way.” As you well know , he did not add, for he should not have to. 

“Retreating into yourself is not the Jedi way,” Dooku said, waving a hand at the room around them. 

A denial hovered on Qui-gon’s tongue, but it would have been a lie and he didn’t have the heart for it. When it was put that plainly he was able to acknowledge that yes, he had been avoiding other people. It was easier when he didn’t have to pretend for them, the same mask he was putting on for Dooku now. “You’ve come a long way from Serenno, Master Dooku,” he said. “I’m surprised you put such weight on my padawan’s request. You must be very busy.”

He saw a struggle in the Count’s eyes then, in the slight expressions that moved swiftly over his face. He was uncertain how to reply - but would it really be so hard for him to come out with the brutal truth? Events on Mandalore aside, they were not close now and had not been for years. This could not solely be about Qui-gon, although he couldn’t guess as to what Dooku’s other motivations might be. 

On the other side of a thick pane of transparisteel, a crack. Qui-gon felt it through the Force, attenuated. Something in Dooku had changed - he couldn’t yet say what.

“Once upon a time you trusted me enough to tell me the truth,” his former Master told him. “At least, I believed that to be the case. If you no longer do, or if you never did, I suppose that is my fault.”

Startled, Qui-gon met his eyes for a long moment. Trust? As a padawan, of course he had trusted his master… but that instinctive response was rapidly followed by doubt. Trust was a difficult word. He believed Dooku wanted to see him do well. He believed Dooku wanted him to be the best Jedi he could be. That wasn’t the same thing as trusting him to be gentle with any vulnerability which Qui-gon might have wished to reveal. It didn’t mean he could rely on his master for unconditional support. If he’d never thought of their relationship in terms of trust, it was only because he’d never had anything he felt he needed to hold back and keep secret. 

“Fault rarely lies entirely on one side,” he replied, falling back on another Jedi maxim for lack of something else to say. 

“You were always a padawan of great potential,” Yan Dooku said. “Potential I hoped to nurture, seeing certain similarities between us. It blinded me to our differences - differences I fear were responsible for the distance which slowly pushed us apart.”

Dooku continued to surprise him. “I thought I was the only one who felt that.”

The Count’s wince was minute but detectable. “I was not aware of it at the time. With reflection… As a teacher one always hopes to see their pupil grow beyond them, but ideally that is because of one’s efforts, rather than despite them.”

Qui-gon had never had his former master open up to him like this before. If asked, he would have dismissed it as an impossibility. Without quite intending it, he answered honesty with honesty. “ Have I grown beyond you? For a long time I closed my eyes to the nature of my feelings for Tahl…”

“Did I teach you that experiencing love was not the Jedi way?” Dooku asked him - it had an edge of self-recrimination.

“Experiencing, no. Acting?” Grief roared in the pit of his stomach, a ravenous wild beast stirred to wake by the guilt of his mistakes. “Because I had blinded myself to my true feelings I also made myself ignorant of how those feelings influenced my choices.” As Obi-wan had thrown in his face - rightly as it turned out. It did not change the lesson he’d been trying to impress on the boy, but it made him a poor teacher. “I was rash. I made the wrong decisions on New Apsolon several times in succession, thinking I was the only one who could save Tahl - instead I doomed her.”

“Her death is not on your hands.”

“No.” A wave of anger swelled, caught against his grief and tugged - but Qui-gon had already faced that trap of the Dark and stepped back from it. The wave broke, crashed, fell back into the sea. “No. Those responsible are the ones who made the choice to end her life.”

Yan nodded. Quiet sympathy softened his severe features. Why was it only now, so many years later, that Qui-gon saw this side of him? “Even so, you seem as troubled by your own response to events as to those events themselves.”

While not spoken with harshness, the words still struck Qui-gon like a physical blow. He stiffened. “What do you base that conclusion on?”

“On your padawan’s descriptions of you,” Dooku replied. “And on some guesses which I hope are my accurate understanding of you - unless I was an even more inadequate master than I begin to fear.”

Qui-gon took a deep breath in and out, and forced himself to look Dooku’s accusation in its face rather than deflect it from offence. He’d already admitted to difficulties with emotions - with a failure to recognise and acknowledge love. That was the mark of a poor Jedi, particularly a Master who should be wise to such things. Then his anger, which had almost taken him too far, stepping over a line from which there was no return. Though it hadn’t been at the forefront of his mind today, at times in the past weeks he’d wondered if he was fit to call himself a Master at all. Was this blind spot in himself also the reason he’d closed his eyes to Xanatos’ faults? The old doubt - that he was in some way responsible for his padawan’s Fall - crept back in. As well, he worried about Obi-wan’s attachment to the Mandalorian Duchess. Was he being too harsh on Obi-wan - or not harsh enough?

“I doubt myself, yes,” he admitted. 

“Your fellow Master Jedi are worried about you,” Yan said, “but not because they feel you are unworthy as a Jedi.”

Discomfort twisted in Qui-gon’s throat. “Despite my feelings towards Talh?”

A faint smile lifted the corner of Dooku’s mouth. “They failed to mention that matter - while I don’t believe it would change their opinion of you, I don’t think they are aware of the full truth.”

“How can that be?”

“Young Obi-wan kept that out of his report. An omission intended to protect you, I suspect, but if Master Windu was aware he has also failed to mention it.”

“Then how can you say they are right to believe in me?” Qui-gon asked. 

“Many Jedi have a crisis of faith,” Dooku replied. “Does that make them poor Jedi? When one makes a mistake, is it impossible to remedy it? Is that the lesson you wish to pass on to your padawan? My own crisis of faith was not in myself but in the system, and so there was no remedy for me other than to leave the Order, but is that really the choice you would have me put before you?”

“Why haven’t you?” This entire conversation had been so unexpected that even though it should have been logical for Dooku to try and persuade him to follow his path, the possibility of him doing so hadn’t occurred to Qui-gon. 

“If I believed it would help you, I would have suggested it already,” Yan said. “I would welcome your help in my efforts to repair the rot within the Republic - if it was driven by the right reasons. Not if it was simply a way of punishing yourself.”

The desire to leave was tempting, to shuck off the skin of an old self and leave the guilt behind with it - but Qui-gon could acknowledge that would just be running from his problems and refusing to face reality. Dooku was right. Joining his cause wouldn’t be because Qui-gon really believed in it.

His former Master might have just shown him a door he hadn’t realised was there, but Qui-gon was the one who reached past him to shut it. That was not the answer. 

“I don’t know what to do,” he admitted. 

“Speak with your peers,” Yan told him. “They are only waiting for you to ask. Speak to me, if there is any chance it will help.” That came back to the distance between them - although the gap had shrunk just in the course of this conversation, as it had already shrunk from impossibly vast to merely a treacherous chasm in their time on Mandalore. 

Qui-gon didn’t relish the idea of opening up to others, nor the necessity for honesty and vulnerability that it would require, but this isolation was self-indulgent. He realised that now. It certainly wasn’t achieving anything. “I will… find someone to talk to about this,” he said. 

Dooku nodded, a faint tension easing. 

Between them was the Force, and within that the impression of a hand outstretched, offering rather than demanding. It had been a very long time since Qui-gon was joined to Yan through the bond of student and teacher, but even when he felt at his most inadequate, withering under what he believed was his master’s disapproval, their bond had still been a source of reassurance and comfort. 

He took that mental hand. It did not fix anything, but it made the burden a little easier to bear. 

----

Haze in the air. Walls shifting around him. Narrow corridors, bodies, targets, enemies running in front of him. Blaster bolts gleaming red, swimming like fish in still water. Vision focused in, pistols out, fingers pulling triggers, death, death, death. 

A corpse kicked over. No. Not a corpse - only dying. Face familiar. 

Put a boot on its throat and press down. Slowly. 

Feels good. Feels right. 

Kill, and move on to the next.

Blinking, Jango Fett woke up. The room was dark, save for the moon’s faint glow from the skylight above. The weight of Silas’ arm thrown over his waist grounded him, reminded him where he was. Still on Mandalore, in Keldabe, in the palace. 

Not where he wanted to be, hunting down the Pykes. 

Jango closed his eyes and tried to put the images out of his mind. It wasn’t so easy. He knew where he’d been even though the details had been wrong in that way typical of dreams; the spice freighter where he’d been held as a slave, where he’d first sworn that one day he would break free and get revenge on everyone who’d put him there. 

His revenge against Tor was done. Against the treacherous governor of Galidraan too, and Kyr’tsad . But not against the Pykes. 

It was easier to put his anger aside when he’d been busy with war. Planning to hit the Pykes was as much for people like Lorca Gedyc as for himself - or he could tell himself that and almost believe it - but it had also woken the anger up again. It glowed like an ember in his belly, an edge of adrenaline, of battle-lust. He wanted to go. He wanted to taste victory and then he wanted it to be over and in the past so that he could forget about it all once again. 

Silas’ arm tensed over him. “You’re awake,” his riduur muttered in his ear. 

“Hard to sleep,” Jango admitted.

“Feeling impatient?”

“Yeah.” 

Silas didn’t need to say anything out loud to communicate his sympathy, or to commiserate. Jango could read it in the lines of his body lying next to him as well as he could spoken words, as though he’d picked up a little of that ka’ra telepathy. 

Jango rolled onto his back, staring up at the waning sliver of Concordia through the skylight and the clouds beyond. “I’m tired of waiting,” he said, a whisper in the dark, a confession. “Isn’t it a simple enough decision? The Republic has stuck it in some committee so they can drag it out for as long as they want, just to spite us.”

More silence, the understanding kind. 

“But what’s the alternative?” Jango said, voicing the objection they both knew out loud. “Go anyway?”

“You want to.”

Jango let out a slow breath. “I really do.”

Silas moved closer, cupped his cheek with his hand. His lips brushed the shell of Jango’s ear. “You already know every reason I can give you. I won’t make this decision for you. It means too much - you have to choose.”

“If the Republic takes too long - if I take too long - clan Gedyc will make it for me. And I won’t send them out alone. I refuse to let Lorca Gedyc have my vengeance.”

Anger the Republic, or anger a faction of his own people - it would be one of them. “It will have to be done secretly,” Silas said, echoing his thoughts. “If you’re going.” 

“We can do that, if we plan it right.” The form of the campaign was already taking shape in Jango’s head, clear, bright and merciless. It wasn’t war - it was extermination. Kyr’tsad wouldn’t mind. They would even prefer it. Jango wasn’t about to feel guilty for that, now or in the future. These people were slavers. Even if Jaster was still alive, surely he would feel the same way. 

“One ship at a time. One base at a time. They’ll go dark, go silent, and nobody will know who’s doing it or why.”

Silas nodded. “The kids will want to go with you,” he observed. 

“No,” Jango said at once, though he knew it wasn’t like Silas was trying to convince him. “You’re right, they’ll want to help, but… this isn’t work for them.”

“Even Pre?”

Jango paused. Pre was twenty-one, no child even by the Republic’s accounting. If Jango was going to do this - and the greater part of him had already decided that he would - then he’d be taking mostly Kyr’tsad soldiers with him. He’d need a few more loyal, reliable people to watch his back, but should Pre be one of them? Or would that be painting a target on him as well? 

Something to discuss with his eldest son, he reckoned. Pre knew the mood amongst his former vode best. 

“We’ll plan it properly tomorrow,” he said. The tension had eased inside his chest, and he thought he would be able to sleep again. This felt like the right decision - the one he could live with the best, at least.

----

Riivak Minn glanced down at his cards and suppressed a toothy smile. Pure Sabbac. A winning hand for sure, but he needed to tempt a few raises out of the other players if he was going to make a real profit. He toyed with the worn edge of one of the cards as though indecisive. Just as he was about to push a few wupiupi forward, a gods-awful racket started to blare out of the walls. 

“What’s that?” Yulius said, looking up with an idiotic expression. 

“Proximity alarm, fool,” Riivak replied, reaching forwards to hit the weequay across the side of the head. He shoved his cards under his tankard and stomped through to the bridge of the Good Trip . QP-10, the ship’s nav-droid, already had the images up on the viewscreen. Riivak narrowed his eyes at the dozen vessels cutting across space towards them, lit by the golden light of the gas giant they were orbiting. He didn’t know them by configuration - a kind of trident shape with swept-forward wings cupping a sharp central hull - but he knew the paint-job. Black and white stripes. 

“Pirates,” the trandoshan growled. “What are they playing at? Have they hailed us yet?” he asked QP. 

“Negative,” the droid replied. 

“Then hail them now! Any proper captain ought to know not to tangle with the Pykes, so let's remind them who they’re dealing with.”

“And if they’re not led by a proper captain?” she asked, while inputting his command. 

Riivak bared his fangs. “We let them know just what kind of retribution they’re bringing down on their heads.” 

The comm console beeped fitfully. Their signal went out and was ignored. Fine. They wanted to play it that way? “Get on the defences,” he bellowed to the others, sticking his head back into the break-room. As they scattered, the guns QP could manage from the bridge started up, sending faint vibrations through the ship. The pirate assault broke formation and answered fire, blaster bolts scattering over the Good Trip’s shields. 

Kriffing things pack a punch , Riivak thought, grabbing onto the back of the nearest chair as the world shuddered around him. One of the smaller fighters zipped past the window, wings rotating around its core and dodging their fire easily. Uneasily, he realised they might be in real trouble here. 

Bracing himself, Riivak swung into the seat next to QP and strapped himself in, taking the controls. He started up the main engines, and the hyperdrive initiation sequence. “Plot us a course out of here,” he ordered the droid. Then he rolled them out of their orbital path and started to take evasive action. 

Not that it did them much good. The Good Trip was a spice-freighter, not a warship. They were protected by looking nondescript, and when that failed, by their speed - but these pirates were faster. Faster, and too kriffing heavily armed by far. A rippling explosion somewhere aft threw Riivak forwards, head slamming into the console in front of him. Blood dripped from his mouth, an iron taste. Red warning lights turned everything around him the same colour. 

“The engines,” QP said, calm despite everything. Weird damn droid. “We are floating dead in space.”

Riivak tried to unbuckle the webbing, cut himself free when that didn’t work. The vibroblade buzzed in his claws, a comforting reminder that he could deal out violence as well. The Good Trip wasn’t shuddering anymore - the firing had stopped. Time for the boarding action. Yeah. He licked his own blood from his teeth, imagined it belonged to someone else. Yeah. He’d show ‘em then. 

The corridors shone orange-green-yellow, haze of spice thicker on the air, stirred up by the pounding they’d taken. Slaves cowered in corners or pressed against the walls, chains stopping them from running. Riivak didn’t pay them much attention other than as potential obstacles or as cover if necessary. Fools didn’t have any reason to be afraid anyway. They were loot, same as the spice, and they weren’t worth much dead. 

He found more of the crew clustered around the nearest airlock when he reached it. The air smelled of fear, but they were ready to turn it into rage. Wasn’t like there was another option. No escape pods, nowhere else to go. “Remember,” Riivak growled. “We’re Pykes! We can take on a few pirates!”

His presence seemed to give them more confidence. 

With a loud clang, something fastened onto the exterior of the hull. 

“Back away!” Riivak ordered, motioning with his vibroblade and drawing a blaster in his off-hand. “Wait until they blow the door then start shooting!”

He counted in his head, imaging the sequence on the other side of the airlock. Placing the charges. Arming them. Moving away a safe distance of their own… 

A thud felt in his chest, in his bones. The door glowed blinding white around the edges and fell in. Earlier than he’d thought, but he snapped his pistol up and fired. It was enough of a signal. Blaster bolts turned the air red, crimson glow in grey smoke, but… 

A hail of answering fire. Screams and cut-off yells. Riivak snarled defiance, anger, confusion. He couldn’t see, and he couldn’t hear the sound of the pirates' bodies hitting the floor. Why weren’t they dying? 

Light caught metal. Figures stepped out of the obscuring cloud. Figures wearing armour.

Not pirates.

“Mandalorians,” Riivak hissed. 

Kriff. 

Kriff. Who hired Mandalorians to come after spice-traders? To hit the Pykes? Was it the Hutts, or a rival faction within the Syndicate? 

Didn’t matter. Mandos were serious. This had always been kill-or-be-killed - now he just had a harder fight on his hands. Riivak was no coward. He wouldn’t beg for mercy. He was gonna die a warrior’s death. 

Vibroblade held low, aiming for the gaps between their armour-plating, Riivak lunged. 

The Mando met him, head ducked down like a charging ronto, a solid butt that split Riivak’s tough hide and spilled more of his blood. Claws and blade scraped metal, a weird singing chime rather than the screech it should have been. He grunted harsh breaths, muscles straining in the awkward grapple. He twisted, got space enough for his jaws to open wide and clamp down, but there was no sweet flesh to find and tear, only cloth his fangs couldn’t pierce or cut, a sweat-sour tangle filling his mouth. 

The Mando swore, threw punches at Riivak’s nearer eye - pain but not damage - he was trying to let go and bite again but his teeth were caught. His hand that held the vibroblade was pinned against the Mando’s side, no help there. One hand - one set of claws - free. Scrabbled for the prey’s throat. Clipped armour at the shoulder, the edge of the helmet. Rumble of a growl sounding through his throat, through his chest. Under the fabric there was the swell of muscle, the pulse of a heartbeat. He worked his jaws, tried to find purchase, tried to bite through, down, to crush if nothing else. 

Snap-hiss . The sound loud by his ears, like nothing he’d heard before. A sudden flare of heat by his throat, then the world dissolved in pain. 

He was light. Almost weightless. Floating, then dragged down and he couldn’t hold himself up, couldn’t feel his body, couldn’t feel… 

Couldn’t feel…

----

Jango looked at the trandosan’s head still clamped down on Tarik Saxon’s neck, disgust turning his stomach. The eyes were flat and dead, half-closed. A faint wisp of smoke rose from the cauterised flesh, bringing with it the smell of cooked meat. 

[ You good? ] he asked.

[ Fine, ] the ramikad replied, using both hands to pry the jaws apart and untangle his kute from their fangs. [ Bruise bigger my hand I bet, but nothing worse. ]

Jango nodded acknowledgement. He deactivated the Dha’kadau and clipped it back to his belt, forcing himself to turn away. The Kyr’tsad squad had finished clearing the hall of Pyke scum, leaving nothing but piled corpses. He moved closer, kicking bodies onto their backs, looking into dead faces. 

His breath caught in his throat. Recognition. Faint, dreamlike, but still. 

For a moment he was both here in beskar’gam , the Mand’alor , a man victorious, and at the same time forced to his knees, head swimming from the spice in the air, a collar around his neck and a bomb planted somewhere deep inside his body… 

Silas’ hand landed on his shoulder. Jango met his eyes through two layers of transparisteel and some of the tension left him. The past slipped back where it belonged. 

[ Do you know how much of the crew we killed here? ] Silas asked. 

Jango took a second look, grounding himself in his riduur’s touch and trying to be analytical. [ Of the guards, maybe a third, ] he said. [ Some will have been manning gun turrets, others are probably hiding and hoping the ‘pirates’ overlook them. They might mass to meet us at another choke point. ]

[ Cowards, ] Lorca sneered, coming over. There was a knife in his hand, wet with blood. Probably he’d been making sure the downed Pykes were really dead, but Jango still watched the blade carefully - he didn’t trust that Lorca wouldn’t try and put it in his back at some point, even if he knew it wouldn’t be a logical move for the shabuir right now. Lorca wiped the knife clean and shoved it back into a sheath tucked under one vambrace. [ You want us to drag them out, show them what they should really have been afraid of? ] he asked.

[ I want us to stick together and sweep the ship properly, top to bottom, ] Jango said, suppressing a sneer of his own. [ We’re professionals, not bandits. ]

Lorca shrugged. He swung his carbine off his shoulder and back into his arms. [ Lead the way. Mand’alor. ]

Jango was happy to. This wasn’t like the civil war, knowing he was shooting at his own people on the other side of a battlefield even if they were kriffing New Mandalorians. It was revenge, death to pay back pain, and culling criminal scum who nobody would miss. He was eager - even this first skirmish felt good. Felt right. 

They moved out into the next passage. The air here was thick, shimmering with spice-dust. Their buy’ce filters kept it out but Jango remembered what it had been like to take it in with every breath, half-intoxicated with every moment both awake and asleep. Spice-dreams were strange. Nightmarish - to him at least. He didn’t know why it appealed to some sentients, but possibly their experiences were different.

He caught a flash of movement through the haze and tensed, starting to raise his blaster before realising what it was. Who it was. 

Slaves. The ones who hadn’t been as lucky as he had, to find rescue un-looked for - not that many of those he’d known would have lived this long. He started to turn his head away. He hadn’t come here for them. 

Lazily, Lorca lifted his carbine, tilting his buy’ce to look down the sights. 

Jango took several quick steps sideways and slapped it down - Lorca spun towards him with a low snarl. [ What? ] he snapped. 

[ We’re here to kill Pykes. Not slaves. ] Jango’s heart wasn’t pounding with anticipation now, but rather sick dread. 

[ No survivors, ] Lorca replied. [ Isn’t that what you said? ] 

[ Obviously I didn’t mean them , ] Jango told him, with a nod of his head towards the various sentients cowering away from them, taking what cover they could against the bulkheads. There was defiance in some of their expressions, not only fear. If pressed they might fight, for what little good it would do them. Whether it was a fight or a slaughter didn’t matter - these people were innocent and had done nothing to deserve death.

Lorca took a step towards him. A few ramikade twitched, uneasy. Jango was reasonably sure most of them were loyal, and they weren’t all Kyr’tsad , but he wasn’t certain . [ Survivors, ] the verd’alor said, [ will talk. It only takes one to let something slip. ]

And this was supposed to stay utterly secret. 

Heart sinking, Jango understood exactly what he meant. They couldn’t afford for the Republic to find out who was responsible for this attack. While the slaves could be sworn to secrecy in return for their freedom, that wasn’t exactly enforceable the moment they left Mandalorian hands. They might be grateful, they might mean to keep their word, but as Lorca had pointed out it only took one unguarded moment and the wrong person listening in. Jango cursed himself internally. This wasn’t a problem he should only be thinking about now . If he’d planned this mission out properly then he should have seen this obvious issue.

But he hadn’t been thinking about the slaves. His mind was full of vicious memories and bloodlust, of the slavers, the Pykes, with no space for any of their victims other than himself.

In a rush of shame hot and cold through his belly, he was glad he’d left Pre behind in the end. He didn’t want his son to see him fumble into such a bad mistake.

[ We’ll discuss this later, ] Silas said, saving him from finding a solution just yet. [ They’re no threat to us - focus on our main targets and leave them for now. ]

Lorca snorted, a derisive noise, but turned away. [ Perhaps we’ll find another use for them, ] he said. Jango didn’t like that either. Whatever use a man like Lorca was thinking of would be nothing good. 

The squad continued their advance down the corridor. As they passed between the huddle lines of slaves one of them, a twi'lek, raised their head. Probably a male, since slavers didn’t waste female twi'leks on spice-processing. The spice had carved lines of age prematurely into their skin.

“Who are you?” they asked in a whisper. “What are you doing here?”

One of the ramikade scoffed. “You don’t know a Mandalorian when you see one?” she asked in Basic. 

“I do, but…” They didn’t look at them directly, keeping to a safe side of deferential. “What’s going on?”

Clearly they wanted to ask what was going to happen to them, but didn’t dare to. Jango paused, guilt and shame still twisting uneasily. Looking at the slaves felt strange, an odd distance drawing down between them. The thick layer of spice clouding the air, then his visor, then some wall inside his head. The easiest thing would have been to set it aside to examine later on, push the problem off again - but wasn’t ignoring things just what had gotten him into this situation in the first place? Did he trust these people would even be here when they came back? Easy for a squad to become separated in the heat of battle. Easy for Lorca and those loyal to him to claim the slaves tried to cause trouble and it just made sense to shoot them all. Sorry Mand’alor - words not spoken but a silent understanding between them. We’re monsters, but you’ll forgive us that, won’t you? You’ll forgive us because we’re still your people, and there’s too many of us to kill us all - and because you would never have won your war without us.

Kyr’tsad hadn’t been monstrous during the war - not in the way he’d feared, not the way they were under Tor’s leadership. They were just soldiers, Mandalorians, efficient and effective. He didn’t like that they pushed him to think of conquest, but in the end that was just words. Half a year of honourable fighting, a year of peace and fair hunting his enemies, and he’d forgotten… 

Jango stopped. Looked again, looked properly. A ripple of concern ran through the slaves; shivers of fear, some drawing back even further if they could. The twi’lek’s lekku twitched, but although they had their gaze fixed on some mid-point they didn’t drop their head and look at the floor again. 

The wall of distance was fear, Jango realised with a nasty stab of some similar emotion. He’d been one of these slaves. Under other circumstances, he could have been the one sticking his head out for a chance to ask for freedom, beaten down but not completely broken yet. Or worse, one of the ones curled up in terror, everything that made him who he was crushed and fallen away. 

And because remembering that and looking it in the face was so hard, instead he’d buried it and not thought of these people at all. 

“We didn’t come here to free slaves,” he admitted, tasting the ash of the truth of it in his mouth. “We’re here to kill Pykes.”

The twi’lek’s head dropped slightly now. “Then you’ll take us and sell us?” Horribly, the note in their voice was hope . They were smart enough to have figured out the worse option even if they hadn’t seen him knock Lorca’s carbine down.

Realistically though, it wasn’t an option at all, which meant that Jango had to come up with another one. “We will take you all with us,” he said, “but not to sell you on. You’ll come back to Mandalorian space with us.” He caught the tension spreading through Silas’ shoulders, the faint reactions of some of the ramikade and continued quickly before any of them could get the wrong idea. “Once we get home you’ll be freed, but you can’t pass our borders. Aside from that one rule, you will be able to do whatever you want. We’ve got space; you can take land to farm though it’s dangerous, or you can find paid work, or you can learn the Mandalorian way of life if you can find a clan to take you in and teach you.”

The twi’lek met his eyes then - or tried to; the darkened transparisteel of his visor was still in the way. They wanted to believe it, but didn’t quite. They were curious too, must wonder why he was willing to free them but not let them leave. “If…” Their tongue flicked out to wet their lips. “If someone did try to go?”

Jango closed his eyes, thankful to hide inside his buy’ce . “Then you’ll die.” He knew he was giving them no real choice at all - what was the choice to make a life somewhere they’d never known when that was the alternative? - but he didn’t see another way. 

“I don’t mind,” the twi’lek told him, sounding honestly grateful. “But some of us, they’ve got people out there. Families. There’s no way to go back to them?” 

“Their families can come to them,” Jango said. “If they want to make them that offer, we’ll go out, find them, tell them, and bring them back home if they agree. That’s the best I can do.” At least for now. If he got things settled with the Republic then this would stop mattering, but he wouldn’t dangle an uncertain promise in front of these people. 

The other slaves had been listening in. A wave of relaxation and relief was spreading out around him, and a faint murmur of whispers as those further away heard it passed along. The knot of tension in Jango’s belly was easing as well - it wasn’t an ideal solution but at least it meant nobody was dying today. 

“We’ll be back to cut the chains off once the last Pyke is dead,” he said, and started to move on. 

The squad fell in around him, shifting back into the sharpness of hunting. They’d been lucky no Pykes came at them while they’d stopped, but those scum were criminals, not soldiers - they weren’t that organised. There was work to do, and Jango’s shoulders felt lighter now. The eagerness was back, the bloodlust. 

They turned a corner, and then Lorca started laughing. Jango snapped round to stare at him - he was half bent over, rifle dangling from its strap and hands on his thighs as he tried to regain control of himself. 

When he finally straightened up, he said, almost respectful, [ Mand’alor. You’re either a weak fool or the best actor I’ve seen and I’m not sure which anymore. ]

[ What do you mean by that? ] Jango asked coldly. 

The tilt of Lorca’s head was a smirk. [ Your words and your actions, they don’t always line up, do they? So you’re either lying to yourself, or to everyone else. What’ll the excuse be when you take your first planet? That they asked to bend the knee to you? ]

Jango couldn’t reply. A heavy weight had settled over him again, the weight of misinterpreted actions. It was like when he’d claimed Pre in that battlefield adoption all over again. In the eyes of Kyr’tsad , what had he just done other than take captives in battle to bring back home and use to strengthen their empire? It didn’t seem to have occurred to Lorca that both options - taking them or killing them - would have pleased Kyr’tsad the same. Or if he was the worst sort of monster, that they’d have stayed slaves under his power. Probably he thought that if Jango was the weak man he expected, he’d have turned those slaves loose no matter the consequences - even if it meant possibly going to war against the Republic and the death of thousands of his own people. 

What would Jaster have done?

It was a hollow question that stuck in his throat, because he didn’t know. Jaster wouldn’t have taken up the Dha’kadau . He wouldn’t have gone to war against the Evaar’ade - he’d had that option and hadn’t taken it. He cared about the people under his banner though, so if the scenario had been the same… wouldn’t he have made the same decision?

Lorca thought Jango might be the same kind of monster he was, hiding behind a mask that had allowed him to unite their people under his rule. Jango shouldn’t care if he believed that. If it stopped Clan Gedyc turning against him, it was a good thing. He wasn’t lying, wasn’t claiming to be anything other than what he was. It was Lorca’s fault if he saw something else. 

It still left him feeling dirty. Just wasn’t anything he could do about it.

[ Keep moving, ] Jango ordered. Ignoring Lorca’s accusation seemed the best thing to do. [ We have work to do. ] He still wanted the sweet relief of his revenge, even soured as it had become. 

[ Yes, Mand’alor, ] came the overlapping replies, and he tried not to flinch from their respect.

Chapter 53: Chapter 52

Summary:

Satine struggles to fit into the new Mandalore, but she's far from powerless - as her latest responsibilities prove.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The Keldabe landing ground was a gravel-covered field on the other side of the river from the city, serving both planetary and interstellar traffic. It was a poor excuse for a spaceport - the one outside Sundari was far finer - but improvements were already underway, construction visible from the air as Satine arrived. The shuttle she’d taken from Sundari should have been small enough to fit on the landing pads near the palace, but those were now reserved for the Mand’alor’s personal ships, or the ships of his inner circle. Satine wasn’t surprised that she was not counted amongst them, but it was still an irritation she struggled to put aside.  

She’d taken Fett’s offer of a job despite believing it was a trap, one she just couldn’t see the teeth of at first. What else ought she do to fill her days? Keep on letting Almec drag her around like a talisman, a doll to show off to his traitor friends? No. She refused to remain under his power, stifled and constrained until she choked on it and finally went mad.  Fett might not treat her any better, but at least it would be a change

But the trap wasn’t what she’d thought. It wasn’t the work; Satine wasn’t asked to do anything which would cross her moral boundaries or compromise her principles. In fact she could see immediately how this would help her people, New Mandalorians and warriors both. The scope of it was daunting, a responsibility most would not have thought to hand to someone her age, and to an enemy even less so. Did Fett really trust her with the economy of the entire sector? 

Even before the war, Satine hadn’t expected this role would fall to her. Her father was Duke of Kalevala, but he wasn’t the sole ruler of their people. It was just that almost everyone else who’d held those vital government roles was dead, caught in the same disaster of blood and slaughter that marked the beginning of it all…

She ripped her mind away from that chain of thought with an effort. 

No. Fett’s trap wasn’t in the job itself, but in what came alongside it. The trap was familiarity. Every day she  was in Keldabe she worked with her enemies, learned from one of them, and was surrounded by their culture and their way of life. She should have been able to keep her distance at least mentally, as she had at Fort Mereel, but everything was different now. She had chosen to be here. She wasn’t a prisoner. She had to talk to these people nicely, she had to listen to their opinions and priorities, she had to… accept that this was their reality now. 

The new regime threatened to become ordinary to her. 

Satine couldn’t afford to forget the price that had been paid to bring Fett to power or the price that would come due in the future so that Mandalore could maintain these traditions. Blood and war. 

She refused to forget the lessons of the past.

A private speeder took Satine into the city. She rated that much at least. Even now, after splitting her time between the two main cities of the north and the south for several months, Keldabe felt as though it belonged on an alien world - that at least her instincts had not yet tried to accept. Sundari was a city of straight lines, of clean whites and greys, of order. Keldabe was its opposite in every way. Before the war, she’d never visited. She’d barely bothered to imagine what it might be like here. It was a museum, but one that ought to have been forgotten. 

Satine rested her chin on her hand as she thought, elbow propped against the transparisteel pane of the window. Some of the noise of the street filtered through that barrier, joining the hum of the speeder’s engine. So many of the beings out there were wearing armour, at least a few pieces if not a full set. Even in Sundari, even amongst her own people, a few were doing the same as though it was the season’s latest fashion! Almec paraded around in a breastplate, a woven braid signifying some manner of rank draped over one shoulder. Surely even the warrior clans must find it laughable? Almec hadn’t fought for anything, even during the war. He sat behind a desk until it was time to roll over and bear his throat for his new master to fix a collar around it. 

The dark outer wall of the palace passed over them as the shuttle entered a courtyard and smoothly slid to a stop. The blank gazes of the guards’ helmets moved to Satine as she got out, then away again when they recognised her. Nobody stopped her or spoke to her as she went through the second set of blast doors into the building proper. She was here often enough not to need directions. She walked quickly, even though she had plenty of time before the start of her meeting - she knew that she was being silly, but a part of her felt as though if she moved fast enough the atmosphere of this place wouldn’t stick to her, wouldn’t corrupt her. 

Satine passed a few people she knew. She ignored the ones who were Death Watch and they ignored her right back, but she made herself nod to the True Mandalorians, and to those from the clans around Keldabe. Since she had to work with them to do her job effectively, she had to at least be polite. It wasn’t the same thing as acceptance - or at least that was what she told herself. 

Ahead, the sound of laughter bounced loudly from the walls, several voices mingling. Satine turned the corner and saw a group in Death Watch colours, still chuckling in response to a joke she hadn’t heard. The bright flash of red hair caught her eye and she looked despite herself. 

Bo-Katan’s eyes slid her way too. Their gazes met. It was an awkward moment of stillness. Satine thought about saying something, but nothing came to mind. Her sister didn’t want anything to do with her, and Satine wasn’t sure she wanted anything to do with Bo-Katan. Bo had made her decisions and kept on standing by them. She didn’t want to change. 

Bo was the first to look away. She turned back to her friends and rejoined their conversation - the whole lot of them pointedly ignored Satine as they walked past her… and then they were gone. Satine didn’t move for what felt like a long time, but was probably less than a minute. She realised her hands were shaking, and clenched them into fists to make it stop. 

Running into her sister was inevitable. It should have been surprising that it hadn’t happened before now - Satine hadn’t avoided her intentionally, but perhaps Bo-Katan was trying to avoid her .

Good , Satine thought viciously. I hope she feels guilty. Bo wasn’t just complicit in their father’s death, but in those of half the New Mandalorian government. Would any of this have happened if not for Bo-Katan?

Maybe she could have gone after Bo, forced a confrontation, but she couldn’t imagine achieving anything she wanted that way. Instead she forced herself to keep moving. 

The palace had numerous meeting rooms of varying sizes, but she was usually assigned to this small one. Satine flicked the lights on and set her datapad down on the table, taking a seat to wait for Lelek. She paged through some of the latest reports he’d sent her - or rather, that his secretary had. The idea of that hulking beast of a man having something so prosaic as a secretary was laughable at first pass, but they’d worked together for long enough now that Satine had plenty of opportunity to look past the outward appearance Lelek put on.  

Not that she’d spoken to him about it directly, but he was too smart and too calculating for it to be anything but an act. The bone, the leather, it was all designed to intimidate. He wanted others to make assumptions about him and under-estimate him. Well, Satine knew better now. He’d taken her off guard with sharp words enough times - she could meet him on that sparring ground and give as good as she got. 

The door opened. Lelek’s first action was to dim the lights back down - Satine suppressed her smirk. That was part of the small, silent war they’d fallen into, little things done to annoy the other and provoke a reaction. It started as what she could now admit was rather petty revenge, but it had become more like a game. 

“Good afternoon, Chancellor Cutterclaw,” she said sweetly, knowing this would irritate him too.

“Still not my title,” he replied, removing his bestial bone-covered helmet and placing it on the table in front of him as he sat. 

Acting Chancellor of the Exchequer then?” she suggested. “That does accurately describe what you are doing here, does it not?”

“Up until you take over the role,” he said. “Learn faster, Evaar’ade .”

It was Satine’s turn to purse her lips slightly at the name. Evaar’ade - Mando’a might be their people’s own tongue, but those who used it were only those who grasped after the old ways. The New Mandalorians looked to the future, to the wider galaxy, hence choosing to favour the tongue of its ruling Republic. Even though these warmongers had been more merciful in the end than she’d expected, she didn’t like them renaming the New Mandalorians in an effort to bring them into the fold. Bring them to heel, more like. 

And even their mercy was a fragile thing, not extended to all. Not all of the New Mandalorians had been part of the rush of surrenders that ended the war, but there were no jail cells waiting for those brave patriots who refused to accept defeat. When they were finally caught, only death awaited them. Had Satine known of their fates when Senator Yivvird visited she would have made sure the Republic was made aware - but even then she wasn’t sure that barbarity would have been enough to change anyones’ minds. 

“Saw Bo-Katan with a thundercloud over her head,” Lelek continued, another effort to put her off-balance.

“She seemed in fine spirits to me ,” Satine replied, unable to keep her tone from sounding snippy even to her own ears. She hesitated over it, but then asked, “How is my sister?”

“Seems well enough,” Lelek said. “Though I don’t know her that well.”

Satine sighed, a bit disappointed. 

“Do you want to speak to her?” Lelek asked. “ I could ask.” The edge to his smile showed he already knew what her answer would be. Satine was tempted to prove him wrong, but hadn’t she already turned this over and over often enough in her own mind? If Bo hadn’t softened at all in all those months at Fort Mereel, why would she do so now? 

“Thank you, but I think that would be unwise,” she said. She turned her attention back down to the datapad. “We had better get started, don’t you agree?”

Lelek let the subject go easily. “First thoughts?” he asked instead.

“I think that I’m not quite sure why you have me reading about geographical survey reports and agricultural yields,” Satine replied. “Let alone all this information about historic sector imports and exports… There are centuries-worth of data here.” She shook the ‘pad lightly to emphasise her point. “Is this a lesson on learning to prioritise?” She could easily imagine him doing something like that. Lelek was the sort of teacher who didn’t like to lecture, but gave her problems to pick apart instead.  

“It might end up being that - but that isn’t the main reason,” he said. “So far you’ve watched me renegotiate trade agreements with our immediate neighbours, but that’s small prey compared with what we’re about to face. The Banking Clans want to send a representative here.”

Satine drew an audible breath in, immediately understanding how significant this was. The Banking Clans had interests across the entire galaxy, their wealth unimaginable. “What do you think they want?”

“I have some guesses, but I don’t know yet for sure,” Lelek replied. He nodded towards her. “That’s why you need to read all that and help me figure it out.” He gave her an expectant look.

“Because if we don’t know, they’ll take the excuse to cheat us,” she said, completing one of the mottos he kept impressing upon her. “When are they coming? How much time do we have?”

“A few weeks.” Another smile, flashing teeth - always a little vicious, a little mocking. She didn’t think he knew any other way to be. “Don’t worry. I’m sure you’ll be ready in time.”

“... me? ” Satine blinked, then glared. “What do you mean I’ll be ready? You can’t possibly intend that I should be the one to talk to this representative!”

“Why not?” Lelek asked, making a dismissive gesture with one hand. “You’re learning well, making good progress.”

Satine felt the heat rising to her cheeks. She caught herself before starting another protest. “Wait. No, I see. You aren’t doing this because you have faith I’ll do well bargaining against them - you want them to see an incompetent little girl so they’ll underestimate us and let down their guard. And if it involves shoving me into deep water and letting me drown, why should you care?”

His grin got even wider. “See. You really are learning.”

“Do you expect me to just go along with this?”

Lelek grew more serious. “Satine, when it comes to beings as cut-throat and dangerous as the Banking Clan, we need every advantage we can get. They will have a team of dozens working on their side to find every sliver of value they can cut out of us, and all we have is the two of us. We could refuse to do business with them altogether, but that would only hold them off until they find the right middle-man - one we don’t trace back to them. Mandalore doesn’t need a lot of trade to survive, but we can’t afford to lock down our borders altogether either - you know the numbers as well as I do.” He shrugged. “Besides, that would just mean folks turn to smuggling instead, and the underlying problem is still there.”

Satine thought about it and uneasy understanding seeped into her bones. Laid out like that, one thing flowed into another like a net knotted around them, or like a spider-web. During her year studying on Coruscant she’d been warned about the Banking Clan’s cut-throat tactics, just as she’d been warned about the various guilds and corporations. Even the Republic, far larger and more powerful than Mandalore, had to be careful in how they managed those groups. 

She swallowed, anxious nausea clenching her stomach tight. “Are you sure we can do this?” she asked. 

“They can’t force us to comply with what they want,” Lelek said. “If they want to make a point they can squeeze us, make life tricky, but there’s ways around that. You can play by the rules and still play dirty - and you can leave those rules behind any time you want.”

Satine looked at him with suspicion. “Are you suggesting working with criminals ?”

“With pirates and smugglers, as a matter of official policy?” Lelek replied, unashamed. “Who’s to say they’re criminals by our laws, other than the Mand’alor? No point in looking to the Republic for help, so make the deals you can get, right?”

“I don’t like it.”

He grinned. “And when you’re good enough to take over from me, you can tell the Mand’alor all about that. Until then, watch and learn.”

“Except for dealing with the Banking Clan. You don’t want me to watch there.”

“We’ll work to get you as prepped as possible for that, and I’ll still be in the room.”

“What will you be pretending to be?” Satine asked, tone caustic. “My bodyguard?”

Lelek shrugged. “If you’d agree to wear armour, we could talk over comms without them knowing - but I already know you won’t do that. Any time you want to discuss things, call for a break to look over whatever deal they’re trying to get past us. They’ll expect that, but think they can confuse you with legal groxshavit so it won’t make them worry any.” He trailed off for a moment, deep in thought. Then he continued, “There’s a way to play this where you surprise them and bite back just enough to get a kind of… indulgent mercy. Not so much they think you’re a real contender, a real threat, but enough that they laugh and pat you on the back for trying so very hard. Do you know what I’m getting at?”

Satine’s nose wrinkled in automatic disgust. She’d never been treated like that personally, but, “I can imagine it.” 

“Think you can manage it?” 

This was for her people, Satine reminded herself. She would never raise a hand to violence, but words were her weapons. If she ever wanted to use them to defeat Jango Fett, she couldn’t let a patronising banker defeat her. “I’ll do it.”

----

The Banking Clan emissary was a muun, and he was just as unpleasant as Satine was expecting. It started the moment he saw her waiting for him, visible in the slight widening of his eyes and the half-laughing smile that tugged uncontrollably at the corners of his mouth and settled into something easy and self-satisfied. He’d judged her in those first few seconds and saw no need for a second glance. Satine pushed her bitterness and anger down and mirrored his expression back to him, vapid and insubstantial. 

“On behalf of Mand’alor Fett, welcome to Keldabe,” she said, gesturing him towards a seat. “I am Duchess Satine Kryze of Kalevala.” She didn’t introduce Lelek, lurking stiff-backed and silent by the door. The muun had walked past him as though he were a piece of decorative furniture. 

Satine wondered about that. Her people had a troubling reputation and Lelek cultivated this impression of savagery - she would have expected at least a little unease. What did it mean that he hadn’t so much as flinched? Perhaps only that the Banking Clan were used to doing business with all kinds of people across the galaxy, even dangerous ones. 

“It is so good to join you on your most impressive planet,” the muun replied - and that was sarcasm, Satine could tell. Even though the insult was based on what he’d seen of Keldabe - a city which belonged to the warriors, not truly hers - her instinct was to bristle defensively. Instead she pretended she’d missed his real meaning. The act wasn’t as hard to put on as she’d feared. All those months at Fort Mereel had taught her to swallow rage when there was nothing she could do to act on it.

“My name is Bik Glass, of Damask Holdings,” the representative continued. “It is our hope we can come to an equitable and most lucrative arrangement.”

Satine nodded, imagining the sweetness of her smile as slow poison. Time to put her facade to the test. 

After a few pleasantries had been exchanged, Bik started to lay out his proposal. He’d brought charts. Not just charts, but a full holo-presentation which he moved through with dizzying rapidity, his voice a droning monotone of figures and projected value, revenue and returns. Satine’s work over the last few weeks had prepared her for this as much as possible but she was still on the edge of her understanding. Hopefully Lelek was making more of this than she was. She bought time by asking innocent and ignorant-seeming questions - it was easy when she still was more ignorant than she’d like of how money flowed back and forth on the level of beings like this. 

Bik’s smirk deepened each time. He answered leisurely with a tone that was rather indulgent. Satine could have slapped him - but such violence was beneath her. 

“Thank you for this,” she said at last, once it seemed he was done. “Of course I - we - will need time to consider the implications of your offer properly.”

“Naturally,” the muun replied. He was entirely relaxed, certain of his victory. “This is indeed a good offer for your people in these uncertain times. And if this is agreeable to the Mand’alor, perhaps he would also be interested in doing business with other clients of ours. Those with… similar values and political goals.”

Satine almost tried to hide her confusion before realising it would make more sense to let it show. “What do you mean?”

“A topic for later,” Bik said. He nodded to the datapad holding the Damask clan’s proposal. “Take as much time as you need to look that over. In the meantime I would be pleased to see more of your interesting city - if it is… safe for me to do so?” A slight, amused widening of his eyes, like a joke shared - Satine almost started to reassure him that even now Mandalorians weren’t as barbaric as he might have heard, before she realised she shouldn’t have to. Nor would it have been smart to say that. Bik had made her feel ashamed and defensive with a simple implication, aware of how much her political beliefs differed from those of the new regime and using that tension against her.

He might not see her as a threat, but he would still take advantage of any weak point he spotted.

“Of course,” she said instead. “My guard will escort you to find someone who can act as a local guide.” Lelek would know who to assign to that duty to keep the muun away from anything he shouldn’t see, because Satine certainly didn’t.

Bik Glass left with the unthinking arrogance of someone who expected others to arrange themselves around him, Lelek trailing behind. Satine relaxed by slow degrees, although she couldn’t do so entirely. The task that remained ahead of her loomed like a thundercloud or a weight waiting to drop, almost too great to imagine she could cope with it. She forced her shoulders down and looked up to the ceiling, taking a deep breath in and out. 

All things considered, that had gone well. As well as they could expect, anyway.

Satine waited for Lelek to come back, reaching out for the datapad and starting to read reluctantly. Dense language swam in front of her eyes. There was so much to cross-reference, so many places where the Banking Clan could maneuver themselves into an advantage months or even years down the line. Could they move forwards quickly enough to stop the muun growing impatient and without showing off their lack of experience?

“You handled yourself well,” Lelek said, the door shutting behind him with a click. Satine looked towards him and he read the question in her eyes. “He’s out of our hair for now, and we’ve got enough eyes on him that he can’t cause trouble even if he wants to.”

“Would he do that?” Satine asked. “Try to cause a diplomatic incident?”

“If it means we have to give him some kind of concession to soothe ruffled feathers, of course,” Lelek replied. “It won’t happen. We’re all on our best behaviour.” He took off his helmet and gave her a toothy grin. “Not the only thing he’ll be disappointed about. It seems the Banking Clan are interested in Gargon, but the mineral rights there are already spoken for.”

Satine frowned. “By whom? Gargon is practically deserted.” She hadn’t seen anything to the contrary in all of his briefing materials. 

“At the moment, to a splinter of the Hutt Syndicates, to repay them for use of the shipyards they’ve built above the planet,” Lelek said. 

“Criminals?” A new shock of anger rippled through her. “You can’t be serious - or perhaps I shouldn’t be so surprised. Naturally Death Watch would associate with the lowest scum if it helped them win their war, but I thought Fett pretended to be better than that.”

Lelek shrugged. “I won’t argue with you about the Hutts, but they’ve got their fingers into so much of the criminal underworld it’s hard not to end up working with them even accidentally. It’s a bit harsh to judge every so-called criminal by their standards.”

“Why are you defending them?” Satine demanded, after a moment able to identify the sharp stabbing feeling in her chest as betrayal. 

“I’ve done business with people outside Republic law plenty,” he told her. “On Coruscant’s lower levels, that describes essentially most of the population. You think the security forces venture down that far? No. I’ve only seen a security officer once in my life before coming to Mandalore, and that was a visit up to trade in the mid-levels. A little group of ‘em, travelling in a herd for protection looking for some poor rich waif who’d tried slumming it and paid the price. And that was in the heart of the Republic - why would it be different outside the Core?”

“Mandalore has never been like that,” Satine retorted. 

“Sundari has its guards,” Lelek said, “and I know Concord Dawn have their Protectors. I’m guessing Kalevala has always been kept to Evaar’ade rules of order as well, but in other parts of the sector? That shipyard on Gargon didn’t spring up last year, or even the year before that. The Evaar’ade abandoned Gargon to Kyr’tsad and the syndicates some time ago because it wasn’t worth the effort to re-conquer it.”

Satine knew he wouldn’t be lying to her - she’d tried to catch Lelek in falsehoods before, but his opinions and interpretations aside, he had always been accurate about the basic facts at least. Her education hadn’t been complete when her father was assassinated, and perhaps he hadn’t told her about Gargon because he’d been ashamed that there were criminals out there that he hadn’t been able to deal with. “I suppose it’s true that in reality governments can struggle to enforce their laws,” she said. “Not everyone is able to access justice when they’re the victim of a crime - but that doesn’t mean the people who hurt them aren’t criminals! It doesn’t mean that good people become criminals simply from the absence of law-enforcement.”

“What’s moral and what’s legal don’t always align,” Lelek replied. His tone was calm, but it wasn’t because he wasn’t taking their argument seriously or because he lacked investment or emotion on his side of it. He was always calm - Satine had no idea what would make him angry or get him fired up, and wasn’t sure she ever wanted to see it happen. “Everyone’s got their own different code, ideas of right and wrong and how they’ll act if someone else crosses those lines where they can see them.”

“Laws are made for a reason,” Satine said, insistent. “Laws exist to stop people from being hurt. Of course morality and legality align!”

“What about someone stealing to feed themselves and their aliit ? Or killing someone in revenge for the death of a person they cared about?”

Satine’s eyes narrowed. “Revenge isn’t moral.”

“Forgot who I was talking to,” Lelek replied, with a flash of a smile. 

“No you didn’t,” Satine said, “you just wanted to prove your point about our differing morality, didn’t you? Well I don’t believe morality is subjective. I believe there are underlying principles from which good and evil can be derived - and I don’t care that you’ll just say those principles are another subjective point of view, we can go around on that point all day and still not get anywhere!” She was speaking from experience there - debating Lelek was so frustrating sometimes! She tried to marshal her arguments - there were too many of them flitting around inside her head all trying to get out of her mouth at once. “Laws should align with morality - to prevent harm from coming to others and to protect people. If the laws don’t manage to do that, then it’s an issue with those specific laws, not with the concept of having a legal system!”

“My point,” she continued, “is that whoever Fett has done business with on Gargon, they aren’t people just trying to get by. They’re part of an organised crime gang. They make their money by taking advantage of other people, by hurting other people. We should not be doing business with them, because that allows them to continue existing and continue hurting others for their own benefit. It’s wrong morally and it’s wrong legally.”

“We do owe them money,” Lelek pointed out. 

“I’m sure we could find another way to pay them back.” Not paying at all would be too much of a risk - they didn’t want to provoke the Hutts either. Satine thought for a moment. “We might not be able to trust the Banking Clan, but they are giving us an opportunity to transfer the output of Gargon from criminal interests to legal ones…”

Lelek folded his arms over his chest. “The Banking Clan has hurt plenty of people, and the only difference is that they did it legally.”

“Are they worse than the Hutts?” Satine replied. “They’re not slavers - or are you going to tell me some other new awful secret about the galaxy?”

“We’re not working with the Hutts directly ,” Lelek said, “And I don’t have any evidence either way of the Banking Clan’s involvement in slavery, but that doesn’t mean it doesn’t exist. I’m not making an argument as to which is better, simply that if you can’t bear one morally then the same should hold true for the other. There are other considerations as well. We’ve made a deal - breaking it suggests we can’t be trusted to hold to our word.”

“Our word to a crime syndicate.”

“We may still need to do business with them again in the future. Satine, you’re assuming there’s some stark line between economic activity within the law and outside of it. There isn’t. So much of the trade in this galaxy goes through the underworld that everything would collapse immediately if that was taken away. I ought to know; very little of my clan’s income came through legal channels.”

“And why was that?” Despite Lelek’s stories, Satine still struggled to picture how everything worked deep underneath the version of Coruscant she’d seen in her brief time there. 

“The Republic only bothers to control the upper levels of Coruscant, where it serves their interests to dictate what they will and won’t permit. That’s what laws and government are - expressions of power. They don’t actually care enough to extend that power lower down, so the void is filled by organised crime on the mid-levels, and on the lowest, by simple ability to survive their dangers. We traded with our neighbours. Credits are credits, no matter who they come from.”

“This isn’t Coruscant,” Satine said. “We have options.”

“Our independence from the Republic is one of our great economic advantages,” Lelek told her. “You’re quick to assume the Banking Clan would want to take over the syndicate operation on Gargon, but it’s actually better for them to work together and even set up a trading post. I know they’re already laundering plenty of criminal money out of the Republic’s sight, but it’s much more convenient to not have to bother to hide it. Anyway, they want to make investments and buy shares and control, they don’t want to actually do the work.”

Satine glared at him again. “At the start of this conversation you told me the Banking Clan wouldn’t get what they wanted, but now you’re saying we should give it to them.”

“Not on the terms Glass wanted,” Lelek said, gesturing at the datapad. “And with us as the go-between. I don’t want the Banking Clan to have unfettered access to our syndicate contacts either.”

Satine sighed, her head spinning. “And this is just one part of his proposal,” she said quietly. “There’s still so much to discuss.”

Lelek smiled. “We’ll get through it. You and I don’t agree on much, but we both want the best for Mandalore. Making deals inevitably involves some compromises.”

“Although the fewer of them, the better,” Satine observed. “Right. Let’s keep working.”

Notes:

Lelek starting to show his anarchist side - well, he did grow up in that kind of decentralised system. Once again a caveat that political arguments in the Star Wars setting should not be compared directly to real life and I'm not necessarily on either 'side' - just having fun exploring the dialectics.

Chapter 54: Chapter 53

Summary:

The destinies of Mandalorians and Sith are drawing ever closer together, although those dark plots are still impossible to fully perceive. Maul continues his extra-curricular activites.

Notes:

Thanks everyone for continuing to comment on this fic!

Chapter Text

The ceiling was moving. Blisters of colour welled up from the peeling paint and wriggled across her field of vision like worms, twining over and under and around each other and making all kinds of patterns. Her head was unsteady too, blissed out but spinning - maybe she was the one moving rather than the ceiling? She put out her hand, which took a great deal of effort, and looked at it. Her long fingers bent and waved, but she wasn’t the one doing that. Maybe it should have alarmed her, but she wasn’t feeling any emotions at all right now. 

The knock happened again - bright red flashes of sharp sound and a bitter smell like unripe fruit. 

Altin Weave realised that she might be supposed to do something about that noise. It was a noise happening near to her. It was happening to the door of her apartment. 

That was inconvenient, because she wasn’t so much in her body right now as she was both it and the walls and the bed and the floor and the ceiling and her workstation and all the cables coming out of it that were wired into the building’s subgenerator and the HoloNet substation booster line which if she really thought about it must mean she was all of the HoloNet itself so… 

But being everywhere also meant being somewhere, and she might as well be in the somewhere that was here as well as the somewhere that was anywhere else. 

Sitting up was an exercise of unprecedented co-ordination. Her feet crinkled against food wrappers when she swung them down onto the floor - sharp tingles of blue-green and citrus. A spice-pipe fell off the bed and rolled - clatter-whirr, dark burgundy and warmth - and her eyes tracked it with dull surprise. Yes, spice cut with something else strong and artificial, lab-brewed mind-opener, a few hours of paradise promised to her. What else was there to spend her credits on down here in the miserable depths of Coruscant’s mid-levels?

Blood-red rapping on the door, rhythmic pounding like her pulse.  Altin moved her body like a gangly puppet, stumbling across the room half-tripping on discarded takeout boxes, only a few cramped paces in this small space that nevertheless took eternity. Then she was by the door, leaning against the frame. 

Who was out there? 

Although she was her body and the wall and the door and the control panel and the exterior camera and the corridor outside Altin didn’t know the answer to that question. A burst of epiphany like the sunrise she hadn’t seen in years dawned, and she remembered how to use the display to access the view from the security camera. 

There was a person, cloaked and hooded. Not strange for those who lived down here. Human or near-human build, no jut of horns or headtails, average height… that was all that could be made out from the static-laden feed. 

At present Altin felt generally well-disposed to all beings living and programmed, so she opened the door. The person looked up at her - most beings had to look up - and said, “Altin Weave?”

Yes, that was her name. A beat of silence passed musty and mildewed before she thought to nod her head. 

The figure muttered something under its breath and stepped forwards, putting a five-fingered hand on Altin’s belly to gently push her backwards into her apartment so that they could come in. She stepped back, staggered, almost fell… the person grabbed for her arm and steadied her. That was nice of them. 

The door hissed closed, spreading ripples of light pink. 

“You live like this?” the stranger said, looking around. 

“Should I not?” Altin asked - her voice emerged rougher and lower than she’d meant, but she liked the blue-toned peals of it all the same. 

“Sit down,” the stranger said, pushing at her again. Obediently she folded her legs underneath her, idly brushing some of the rubbish to the side when it got in her way. “Not… ah, never mind,” the person added. They pushed their hood back and they were a dead thing. A skull, blank and staring at her with dark holes instead of eyes, bare ivory fangs… 

Fear came all of a sudden, water lapping at her feet, the stink of rot, the churn of sickness, the world swimming in a way that was panicked rather than the soft rock of a cradle. Altin swayed back with her hands scrabbling and panicked on the floor, but there was nowhere to run and no strength in her limbs. Darkness gathered at the edge of sight and the only thing in front of her was the corpse leaning in and speaking with alarm, “Hey, hey, you don’t look so good? Is something wrong?”

Night came then, a savage slumber stealing her away. She swooned, fell backwards, knew no more. 

----

Altin woke up to an awful taste in her mouth, not helped by the bitter dryness sticking her tongue to her palate. Her head was pounding too. Spice was good while it lasted, but the come-down left a lot to be desired. She dared to crack one eye open slightly. The room was mostly dark, so that wasn’t too painful. Faint blue light from her workstation cast a soft glow, but that was all. 

She was lying in her bed, on her side, the blanket tucked in around her. That was odd. She wouldn’t have thought to do that for herself. 

She shifted slightly and the springs creaked - a moment later something else creaked just nearby, the familiar noise of her chair when she got up from it, but she wasn’t in her chair. She was here. So why…?

Altin realised she wasn’t alone in her apartment at the same moment as the being moved into her line of sight and crouched down next to her. Her heart jackknifed into her throat, beating like a bird bursting into flight. 

“How do you feel?” the stranger asked. 

Altin moved very slowly. There was a vibroblade under her pillow… only there wasn’t. Not anymore. 

The intruder must have taken it. That was… bad. 

“Do you want something to drink? Don’t know exactly what you’d dosed yourself with, but you were out for a while.”

Had they broken in? There was only one thing worth stealing in her apartment - her workstation - and it wasn’t exactly easy to move. Anyway, the stranger was still here. So they wanted something with her . Did she owe someone money? No, no, she was pretty sure she didn’t. And how had they gotten inside anyway - the door was shut, so they hadn’t forced it… 

There wasn’t anything to be gained by lying here, as though if she stayed still enough the stranger would think she was dead and go away. Altin opened her eyes properly and sat up just enough to look around - she didn’t trust her head or her stomach to do anything more. A wave of dizziness passed over her, then she could focus on the threat. 

A faint noise of confusion mixed with fear made its way out of her throat when she got a good look at them - or rather, at what they were wearing. “You… you’re a deep-hunter,” she said. “What are you doing here?”

The skull-faced helmet tilted slightly. They held out a flask. “Water,” they said. “It’s clean.”

There wouldn’t have been any point in poisoning her or drugging her - she’d done that to herself. She took it, unscrewed the lid and sniffed. It smelled right. When she took a sip, it was soothing and almost tasteless, filtered and purified. Sudden thirst tempted her into tipping the whole thing down her throat, but she wasn’t going to be rude to a creature as dangerous as this. 

“Thank you,” she said. “You didn’t answer my question.”

“I’m looking for a hacker,” the hunter said. “Asked around and was given your name. Word is you’re good at it.”

“I am,” Altin replied cautiously. This still didn’t make sense. “I don’t understand. You… you are one of the deep hunters, right? From the lower levels?”

The stranger nodded. Under the cloak she could see smooth plates of dark armour and flashes of more pale bone. She had never been this close to one before, just seen them once or twice at a distance. They came up to trade; strange leathers, real meat, weapons made from massive fangs and claws, vials of weird liquids chemists seemed very keen on. There were stories about them, just like there were stories about everything that lived in the depths of the planet. Deadly things. 

“Why would you need a hacker?” she asked. 

“I’m just the messenger,” the hunter said. “It wouldn’t be smart for you to know more than that.”

The skin over Altin’s shoulders prickled, a shiver of fear. It wasn’t unusual though. Most of her clients were with the gangs or the syndicates, and they didn’t want anything getting back to their rivals. “What’s the job then?”

The hunter shoved a hand into their robes and rooted around for a bit before producing a battered datapad, the kind with a heavy protective cover. It looked like it had needed it. “Here.”

She took it. Opened it. 

“The Senate ?” she hissed. “Are you crazy ?” 

The skull-helmet tilted. “You can’t do it.”

“No it’s not that,” she said quickly, professional pride stung. “It’s just… this won’t be simple or quick. The security around any Senator’s systems will be as tight as any in the galaxy, and they tend to tweak them based on their sector’s needs. Cracking one doesn’t mean I can use the same technique to crack the next - and why cast such a large net anyway?” She glanced down at the datapad and up again. “What am I trying to find?”

“Corruption,” the hunter said. 

Altin rolled her eyes. “They’re all corrupt. That’s how it works up there. If your boss is looking for blackmail material there have got to be better ways of going about it.” She wasn’t going to ask again, but she assumed they were working for one of the many crime-lords that ruled their patchwork fiefdoms across the mid-levels. 

“We want patterns. We want to know where the money is moving.”

Altin’s eyes narrowed. “I’m not… I’ve got nothing to do with the Banking Clan.” That was why she’d run away from Scipio in the first place. The assumption burned but she couldn’t afford to get angry the way she wanted to. That couldn’t go well. “Just because I’m a muun…”

“No,” the hunter said. “But do you want to get back at them?”

The question was completely unexpected. She couldn’t think of an answer at first. This whole situation just grew more and more odd. “Get back at them how ? By uncovering some kind of dodgy dealings with the Senate? Like anyone is going to care about that. Maybe one of those toothless regulatory bodies will slap them with a couple of fines, but they’re so small it’s no more than a rounding error on a balance sheet!”

The hunter shrugged. “I don’t understand it either, but I’m only here to do a job. If you won’t do it, guess I’ll find someone else.”

“Not someone as good as I am.” It wasn’t a boast if it was true. She hesitated, but even though what they wanted was ridiculous she found that she didn’t want the hunter to walk away. Biting curiosity had its teeth in her. “You better not be trying to pay me with revenge though.”

The hunter reached out and dropped a handful of credit chits onto the bed next to her. “A down payment. You’ll be fairly compensated for your work, of course.”

“Fine,” Altin said. “I accept.”

----

Jango spent the entirety of his meeting with representative Bik Glass resisting his desire to shoot the man in the head. It wasn’t because he hated the muun’s personality specifically, but his dislike for politics in general was only eclipsed by the depth of his hatred for economic policy . That was why he had Lelek to do it for him, and eventually he would have Satine once she’d been trained enough for the job. 

He glanced over at her, tuning out the muun’s honeyed, meaningless compliments for a moment. Lelek told him she’d done well over the last week of negotiations, but that had still been with a lot of help from him. She wasn’t ready to take over from him yet. Selfishly Jango hoped it would take some time. It was handy having Lelek around, even if he’d still be on board for their Sith hunt either way, even if he had to join them from Coruscant.

“I am so glad we were able to negotiate a mutually beneficial deal,” Glass was saying. The faint note of bitterness in his voice proved it actually was a good deal for Mandalore - that the Banking Clans hadn’t been successful in screwing them over. “I am not ashamed to tell you there was a great deal of competition amongst the Clans to secure the opportunity to do business with the newly installed Mandalorian regime. Clan Damask was indeed lucky to have triumphed there.”

Jango was tired of this - had been tired of it since the start. “You said there was something more. Another offer.”

Bik Glass nodded. “We are aware of the proposal currently going through a Senate subcommittee,” he said, approaching the subject delicately. “This may surprise you Mand’alor, but the Banking Clans have some interest in hiring mercenaries - at least when it comes to matters of private security.”

“Are you suggesting you’re in a position to put some pressure on the Senate?” Jango asked, immediately suspicious. 

Glass’ eyes widened slightly in pleasure and perhaps a little surprise. “Your words, not mine, Mand’alor,” he said. “Though as we are not in Republic space I will dispense with the usual veneer of plausible deniability - naturally the Senate is amenable to bowing to the correct levers of power, which are so generally financial. Where our interests align, why should we not help each other out?”

“What’s your price?” Jango tried not to snap - this felt like a trap, but that was only because he was expecting the hand of the Sith somewhere behind Representative Glass. He had no proof of it though. All he really knew was that the Sith Master was a muun, and that meant he was probably high up in one of the Clans. It might not be Damask Holdings. 

“A small, time-limited discount on your services,” Bik Glass said. “The precise details can be drawn up later, if you decide the bargain is advantageous. I understand that we would not be contracting out anything as significant as Mandalore’s whole army - indeed the proposal is to allow your peoples’ Houses to negotiate independently, is that right?”

Since he appeared to expect some response, Jango nodded. 

“Even so, there must be a way… perhaps the crown pays a small amount of the overall fees, to serve as our discount? As I said, we can work that out at a later point.”

“Is there a time-frame for this deal?” 

The muun smiled. Jango didn’t like it. “Only in the sense that the longer your proposal drags on in committee, the more leverage will be required to move it forwards - and thus the more recompense would be expected.” And if those were the words of a Sith coming out of this man’s mouth, a Sith they knew was also deeply intertwined with politics, then the committee wasn’t moving anywhere at all until the Sith said so. 

Jango was backed into a corner. He needed the Republic’s approval, because his own people wouldn’t wait forever. Asking permission then ignoring the process would raise hackles even more than acting first and asking permission afterwards would have. 

“I’ll discuss it with my advisors,” he said. “I’ll have an answer before you’re due to leave. Now, if that’s all?”

“My deep appreciations once again, Mand’alor,” Glass said, bowing deeply. “Good health and prosperity.”

Jango waved him away. Yeah, this was going to require some thought.

----

“Does the name Damask mean anything to you?” Jango asked him. 

Maul considered the question, but was forced to shake his head. “I imagine this is related to the latest diplomatic visit,” he said. Fett’s answering expression of disgust was quite amusing. 

“Yeah. That muun is from Damask Holdings - Clan Damask is one of the Banking Clans,” he confirmed. “Wasn’t really expecting you would’ve heard of them, but it was worth a shot.”

“It would be wise to operate as though they are agents of Darth Plagueis,” Maul warned, unease prickling at him. There was nothing familiar about the name at all, but when he opened himself up to the currents of the Force there was… something . “Whether or not it is true, when it comes to the Sith one cannot be too cautious.” 

They were all gathered in the karyai in the Mand’alor’s personal wing; Maul, Savage, Kilindi, Pre, Jango, Silas and Lelek - the last of whom Maul still did not entirely trust with these particular secrets, but since he did know them and was assisting with a fairly large part of their plot, it was too late to exclude him. Feral had been invited, but was as typically disinterested in politics as ever. They’d chosen the karyai for this discussion as it had the smallest chance of being bugged, or of someone managing to make it all this way to listen in. That it was comfortable was a secondary consideration, but not an unwelcome one. 

“Assume he’s speaking for the Sith then,” Silas said. “If they’re offering to push through our proposal then it must mean the Sith have decided it benefits them - so what are they getting out of it? Just the ability to hire Mandalorian mercenaries? Not that it wouldn’t be useful for them, but doesn’t it lie crosswise to their goals? They’re looking to establish political and economic power, not force of arms.”

Memories of war flashed through Maul’s mind - not sharp and fresh as they’d once been, but not lacking power either. The clone wars had been an opportunity, a cover for his own actions and his attempts at revenge, but he had never forgotten that they were also his Master’s plan writ large across the galaxy. A plan that only involved one Mandalorian, the template for the grand army that was both gift and trap at once…

Maul had not thought about the clones in some time. He’d assumed that in the absence of one template the Sith would simply choose another, but perhaps it was not that simple. He did not know the criteria which marked Fett as suitable - yet surely with a whole galaxy to pick from, some other being would fulfil them? 

Now he was forced to rethink his assumptions. 

Sidious wanted a war. He had to assume Plaguis did too. If he could work through the chain of their logic out loud, then he might be able to guess what they were planning in this changed timeline without giving away knowledge of the future he had no reason to possess. 

“Force of arms may yet be a part of it,” Maul said. “We know the final goal is an empire ruled by the Sith. The Republic is corrupt, bloated and inefficient, all of which allows them to grow their power now but will be detrimental after they have taken control.”

Pre nodded. “Maybe they want to hire Mandalorian enforcers?” he guessed. “They’ve one Sith in the Senate, another in the Banking Clans. Becoming Chancellor would be the best way of getting the most political power possible, but the Senator would need funds for his campaign - which is where the muuns come in. Then what? Declare the Chancellor an Emperor, and put the boot down on anyone who resists?” Maul didn’t miss the faint wisps of envy in his voice and in the Force, tendrils of the Dark Side curling closer but not yet touching. It was not easy to set aside those long-standing imperial ambitions of his.

“Palpatine’s got a long way to go before that ,” Jango said, more dismissive than Maul would have liked. Glancing at Lelek, he asked, “Unless there’s something from our spies on Coruscant that says otherwise?”

Lelek shrugged. “We both get the same reports there, Mand’alor.”

“I know we’re young to be involved in this,” Kilindi said, “but it would be helpful to know a bit more about those spies. Buir , don’t forget the training Maul and I have. Our opinions can be useful.”

Silas and Jango exchanged glances. Maul sensed the movements of their thoughts beneath the surface of their minds - a manner of communication only possible between two beings who knew each other deeply and intimately. Arguments were made in the rise and fall of an eyebrow, the twitch of a muscle, before finally they came to some silent accord.

“The problem is penetration, for lack of a better word,” Silas said. “Lelek’s contacts amongst the Corusc’ade are keeping an eye on gossip on the lower and mid-levels of the planet, which includes finding out which members of the Senate have criminal connections. The laamir-me'sen can move around the upper levels but their cover is still as regular bounty hunters or merchants. They can’t get access to the area around the Senate plaza or any of the government buildings. Long-distance surveillance is one thing. We can see who is going where and when, but inside the Senate, in private, we have no idea who they’re talking to, or what those conversations are about.”

“I’ve tried to help with that from the other direction,” Lelek added. “My clan recently secured the services of a hacker to uncover the trail of credits flowing from the Banking Clan, and other economic interests. Once we can link them to Palpatine, we might find our Sith Master - and what else they’re mixed up in.” 

“That will take some time - and Palpatine will not make any moves in the open,” Maul said, concluding the thought. “Yes, I see the problem. The hacker is not enough. Yet is this not why you agreed to that… cultural exchange with the Jetii ?”

Jango’s distaste was palpable. “I didn’t agree to anything,” he said. “Jinn was the one who came up with that idea, and I said I’d think about it. That’s all.”

“But does it not give us an opportunity to insert one of our own within the circle of power on Coruscant?” Maul asked, pressing the point. That it also served a different one of his purposes - getting Kenobi back on Mandalore where he could assess the progress of his training - was merely a secondary gain. “A Mandalorian in the Jedi Temple - and from there it is not so far a jump to visiting the Senate.”

“It isn’t a bad idea,” Kilindi said, backing him up. “It won’t be enough to get us the access we want straight away, but it’s a foot in the door of establishing proper diplomatic channels with the Republic. The official representative of Mandalore would be allowed inside the Senate buildings.”

“We don’t want the Republic to get the wrong idea,” Pre said quickly. “What if they think we’d be open to joining them? Giving up our independence?”

Kilindi smiled. “I think we’ve done enough to disabuse them of that notion, haven’t we?” she said. “Anyway, who cares what they think ? They can make nice with us if they want - that helps us and doesn’t get them anywhere.”

Lelek came down on their side too. “I agree that it’s a good idea. Besides, if the Republic gets wind of your vendetta against the Pykes it’ll be nice if there’s a way they can ask us about it rather than going straight to panicking.”

Jango bared his teeth. “Shouldn’t matter now,” he said. “If we make this deal with Damask Holdings we’ll have their permission for mercenary work.”

“Hitting the Pykes isn’t fulfilling any contract,” Lelek pointed out. “It’s the personal revenge of the Mand’alor. I’d say it’s good for you to go out and blow off steam,” he added. “Hunt whatever and whenever you want - just keep an eye on the consequences.”

Jango swallowed a response half-formed. Maul sensed an inner turmoil; perhaps he had fooled himself that he would only accompany the ramikade on the first few missions where secrecy was needed twice over, that he could give up the taste of vengeance after that. Maul could have told him otherwise. Revenge was too sweet for that. 

“Fine,” Jango said instead, shrugging as though he were brushing the whole matter from his shoulders. “We’ll do the kriffing jetii exchange programme. Is that all we need to discuss here?”

“No,” Maul replied. Jango would not escape a conversation he disliked that easily.  “We did not resolve the question of the Sith’s potential motivation for this deal.”

With a sigh, Silas said, “I think Pre’s got the right of it; they want mercenaries to solidify their control of their eventual Empire. It even makes sense from a historical perspective, right Maul?” 

He was referring to Maul’s research projects on the ancient Mandalorians - though it had started as a punishment he had not given up on it afterwards. “The Sith Empire of old made use of Mandalorian warriors, yes,” he admitted. “But that was millenia ago. Assuming that our ideologies are currently aligned seems uncharacteristically rash.”

“Is it?” Jango replied, with an edge of bitterness. “It’s the same assumption a lot of people are making.”

“If they’re trying to get us on board as potential allies,” Kilindi said, “that’s much better than recognising that we’re a threat.”

“They could have waited to offer us this bargain,” Silas pointed out. “They aren’t going to need soldiers for years yet. Why now?”

“Palpatine will wear the Republic and its government as a mask for as long as he can,” Maul said. “He cannot afford for us to grow even more resentful of it. Giving us a concession now, even one that has a price, earns at least a small amount of goodwill. Damask Holdings are rewarded with their own economic gain. No, it all makes sense.” Unless he was missing something again. His Master’s plots had always been complex. Once trapped within them, any move one made in any direction served the Sith in some way. Sidious understood that the best way to win was to ensure that every outcome was a victory. 

Savage cleared his throat. Until now he had listened to everything with great care and attention - although he knew the least of these matters of any of them, given that he was older than Maul and Kilindi both it would have been insulting to exclude him. “If we’re meant to be mercenaries in the future, why would they ask for a discount that starts now?”

It was a good point. “Perhaps it is meant to be a feint?” Maul guessed. “They have to ask for something , or appear suspicious.”

“Or it’s so that their muun allies get something out of it?” Kilindi added her own suggestion. “Only one of them is the Sith, after all. The rest of Damask Holdings won’t work for free.”

“Or we’re overthinking all of this,” Jango said irritably. “And Damask Holdings hasn’t got anything to do with the Sith at all. They’re just seeing a good deal.”

“It doesn’t seem like we’re going to be able to guess what’s going on just by talking about it,” Silas said. “Might just need to see what contracts they end up offering us. It’s not like we’re forced to say yes to them.”

We might not,” Jango replied, gesturing to the assembled group, “but they’ll ask around until they find someone who will. Clan Gedyc, or Saxon, or Vizsla - and if it’s not something I can prove threatens the wellbeing of our people I can’t stop them.”

“So the question is, is it worth it to say yes to the deal?” Pre said. 

“What do you think?” Jango asked him. 

Pre hesitated. “I… I think it is. Because the alternative is that they hold it up in committee even longer, and I don’t think we can afford that.”

None of them spoke to raise a counterargument. Pre’s analysis was correct. 

“They’ll come ask us again with worse terms later on,” Lelek said, “when they figure we’re desperate. Play nice for now. We’ll bite back later.”

“Yeah,” Jango said with a sigh, “that’s all pretty much what I figured. Fine. Lelek, I’ll need you and Satine for the details.”

“Of course,” Lelek agreed. “They might want our good will, but not so much that they won’t negotiate for the best deal they can get.”

With that, their war-meeting was over. They had not been able to establish as much of the Sith’s motivations as Maul would have liked, but Silas was right - there was only so much they could guess at with the limited data available. They were taking every possible step to gather more. There were years to play with - eight until the attack on Naboo that made Sidious the Chancellor, ten more after that until the start of the clone wars, assuming either of those things would even happen. Whether they did or not, Maul was certain nothing he’d changed would accelerate the timeline. 

And if the Sith intended to use the Mandalorians for their own aims, they would rapidly discover what a great mistake they’d made. 

----

Metal chains rattled through pulleys as Goran be Mereel slowly lowered the basilisk war-droid to the floor, where its six massive limbs, previously hanging slack, now stiffened and took its weight. Maul knew that it was not awake in any sense of the word, yet nor was it dead. It slumbered, all systems shut down, battery drained, binary consciousness cut off in the moment of its deactivation more than three thousand years ago. 

The deep vaults under Keldabe were almost as old as the city itself, maintained by the living tradition of the gorane . They kept watch, contained what needed to be contained, fought off the ravages of time, and maintained the records of the dangers those vaults contained with unflinching precision. 

Mandalorians had not used basilisk war droids in any numbers since the end of the Great Sith Wars, though Maul’s research suggested some had continued as the personal property of certain clans. Most had been intentionally destroyed to fulfil the terms of Mandalore’s surrender - someone had taken the initiative to hide this one away. It had not woken since. 

What knowledge of history might its databanks hold? Maul was deeply curious, but even more than that something about the basilisk called to him. When he looked upon it he heard the faintest whisper of the Force. He could not divine the meaning of it, save that perhaps he was meant to use the droid in some way.

[ Alright, ] Goran said, stepping away from the hoist controls. He circled the basilisk slowly - despite the Sith artefacts that saturated the area around them with the Dark Side, an air of menace hung over the droid’s blank, faceless form. The hunched shoulders were the coiled poise of a beast waiting to strike. The beskar carapace forced back the Dark - it was a boulder in a stream, ripples of water flowing around and over it. [ I see no damage. ]

Maul moved closer, realising as he approached the tangle of generator rods projecting from its head that he was holding his breath. Irritated, he released it. He identified no fear within himself, only tense anticipation, but still… 

[ The records said it was in pristine condition when it was… entombed, ] Maul said. That word was not his own choice, but the one those ancient gorane used. A term with curious implications. 

[ Beskar does not tarnish or rust with time, but many of the other materials which would have been used in its construction do, ] Goran replied. [ I cannot guarantee that we can wake it, not even that it would be safe to do so. ] 

Maul gave him a side-ways glance, sudden suspicion sneaking into him. [ Yet you agreed to make the attempt with me. ]

The tilt of Goran’s helmet was a smile. [ We share the same hunger for knowledge, ] he said. [ Whether or not that is always entirely wise. ]

Concern alleviated, Maul turned his attention back to the basilisk. He was not a novice to working on droids, but he had no experience with those of such antiquity. At the shoulder it stood twice his height - but he was still young, and due several growth spurts in the next few years if he remembered correctly from his first life. Even after that it would be taller than him; it was taller than Goran . Maul was able to get a visual on its underside, but saw nothing helpful along its length there. No charging port and no access panel - or if it existed he could not recognise it. It would take only a brief touch of the Force to leap onto its back, but even then he would not know what he was looking at. 

There was a better way.  

The remnant of Lady Yunis, the Sith Acolyte inside the holocron from this vault, had taught him many things. Sidious’ tutelage of mechu-deru had been rudimentary in comparison, although Maul did not confuse this for a lack of knowledge on his Master’s part. Rather, he had instructed Maul only so far as he thought would be useful in an assassin rather than a true Apprentice. The holocron required the application of his will to force answers from it, but it was still a far more pleasant teacher. 

Maul laid his hands on the broad chestplate of the war droid, needing to reach up slightly to do so. The beskar tingled against his skin, a faint musical vibration in the Force - or rather, in the part of it that was the ka’ra . Closing his eyes he hummed a rising and falling note, a rumble down into his chest. He felt it catch like a thorn on cloth as it harmonised with the beskar, letting him in rather than repelling his senses. He was the metal, and the metal was his flesh. The droid lit up in front of him as though it were a transparent holoprojection which he could manipulate, turning the mental image of it this way and that to examine the layers of it from the outside in. 

Here in the ka’ra the past and the present were forged into one. The behaviours of ages past and the intent behind them pressed on top of one another, bound into the basilisk’s beskar shell and - he discovered - its heart. Glimmering motes of the living metal drew patterns on its circuit boards and although it was no more conscious now than it had been moments ago Maul could still sense in brief juddering flashes the kind of creature it had once been and would be again were it to wake. 

Violent - yes, of course. How could it be anything else? It was built for war. It had been to war - the pulse of a thousand activations of its integrated weaponry sang through its frame, the layered motion of charging and clawing and shredding flesh over its limbs. It had will enough to stamp intent again and again into the Force, shaping itself and shaping a path through reality that bent to what it desired. Yet it had not been alone. Another presence sang the shape of a memory alongside it, now gone but leaving behind the unmistakable mark of their existence. 

Once this basilisk had a rider. A Mandalorian, bound to it just as tightly as they were bound to their beskar’gam , their souls entwined. Whoever that person had been, they’d been dead for millenia. 

Maul opened his eyes, the drum-beat of war echoing in his heartbeat. The droid in front of him was a gift of bloodthirsty potential, waiting to be claimed. The temptation had the sharp craving of starvation - but whether or not it would be wise to give in to that, for the moment it was impossible. Sensing the basilisk in its entirety had also allowed him to see that Goran had been right about the amount of work it required. Many parts needed to be replaced, but now Maul understood how they should start going about it. 

[ Down here, ] he said, ducking under the droid’s belly and finding a hidden latch that would have been impossible to locate without already knowing it was there. [ This will allow enough internal access to make a start. ] 

Goran’s attention on him was heavy for a moment. [ Impressive, ] he noted, with an odd note in his voice. [ Are you still certain the path of the goran holds nothing for you? ]

Maul met his eyes through the visor. [ I will be limited by no path, ] he replied. [ I forge my own way. ]

Goran be Mereel said nothing more to that. He joined him beneath the beast and they began the prosaic work of putting to rights the entropy of time.

Chapter 55: Chapter 54

Summary:

Feral Oppress is growing up, Obi-wan has a penpal, and Dooku talks to an old friend.

Notes:

I think a fortnightly chapter is about achievable for me at the moment. Thanks all for continuing to read and comment! :3

Chapter Text

Feral returned from his verd’goten windswept and grinning, a pure musical tone of satisfaction vibrating from him into the Force, bounding down the ramp of the shuttle towards Maul at speed. “It went really well!” he said in lieu of a standard greeting, coming to a sudden stop just in front of Maul. He bounced on the balls of his feet standing there, such was his apparent pent-up energy from the flight back. 

“Did you not wear yourself out?” Maul asked, raising an eyebrow. He understood the pleasure of a job well done, but this seemed excessive even for a significant life event like this. 

Feral paused very briefly, scratching his cheek as he thought. “I was a little tired right afterwards, but after I woke up from my nap I remembered I’m an adult now and I’ve been thinking the whole way back about getting my bajur’gam and it’s been so hard to wait!”

Emerging from the shuttle behind him, Jango shared a long-suffering look with Maul. He pulled one of two packs from his shoulder and held it out to Feral as he came up alongside him. “Forget something?”

“Oh!” Feral’s cheeks flushed. “Sorry buir .” 

“The others are waiting at the Palace forge,” Maul told him. There would be somewhat more ceremony to that part than to Feral’s trip into the deep forests of the north - a rugged land of mountains and valleys mapped only by the clans who claimed that territory as their own. It was a good place to test survival skills, though the dangers were different to those found on Concord Dawn. There were ways to make even such a practical trial into a ritual - certainly the way Sidious had tested Maul over the years often had such an air to it - but even when it came to the Mand’alor’s child, this was not their way. 

When Maul and Kilindi were presented with their bajur’gam by the goran in Arakura, that had also been a simple affair. He was curious to see if there were any differences in how Goran be Mereel carried that out. 

“It’s strange though,” Feral said, as they walked through the corridors towards the forge. “I feel just the same. Shouldn’t it feel… bigger, somehow?”

“The verd’goten is just proof of something that’s already true about you,” Jango said, his hand falling in an affectionate pat on Feral’s head and rubbing briefly between his horns. “You’re no different before and after. Feel about it however you want.”

Feral contrived to find a way to smile harder, a thing Maul had not been aware was possible. “How should I paint my armour, when I get it?” he asked. 

“You need not decide yet,” Maul told him. “It is only bajur’gam .” He certainly had not bothered with his own; it remained the same off-white as when it had been presented to him, only faded and weathered. The clean slate the colour represented could also mean the freshness of youth, one’s path as yet undecided. Truthfully he had given the matter little thought. 

It struck him that he would not have that luxury for that much longer.

His sixteenth birthday was but a year away. He and Kilindi would receive their full armour then, sets passed down within House Mereel, beskar reforged to attune to their Force-signatures. Maul knew enough of the principles of mechu-deru that he likely would not have even needed a goran to synchronise himself to his armour in the Force - but he was not entirely sure it was the same thing. It was not his place at any rate. Goran be Mereel’s poorly hidden desires notwithstanding, he had no desire for a path that tied him to a peaceful role stuck in a forge somewhere, rather than on the battlelines. He was a warrior.  

Having beskar’gam was about religion. It was about heritage. It was about self-definition. And that meant, for Mandalorians, it was also about paint. 

“I don’t know if the Fett clan colours make sense for me,” Feral was saying to Jango. “Green for duty - but do I have a duty? I mean, aside from the obvious duty we all have to follow the Resol'nare. And flat-gold is vengeance, but that’s not something that’s been important to me the way it is for you and Maul. I suppose… maybe the Nightsisters?” His lip briefly curled in disgust. “No. That’s not vengeance - they didn’t hurt me . It could be black for justice, for the Nightbrothers we had to leave there. Perhaps one day we can go back and make a difference - but I know you’ll say politics will get in the way.” His happiness dimmed as he glanced at Maul, who could not deny the truth of it. 

Maul had offered that idea a long time ago as a sop to Feral’s guilt, a lie to lure him off Dathomir. Maul had not and did not care anything for the rest of the Nightbrothers. Feral had been young enough that Maul expected his brother to forget them, but apparently he had not, or he had not yet . Some of that guilt remained. 

“Orange,” Jango suggested. “Out of us all, you’ve the most shereshoy .”

Feral laughed. “I could! But it’s a bit garish sometimes, isn’t it?”

The arched gateway to the forge opened ahead of them, guarded by the traditional mythosaur skull. Maul felt the heartbeat thrum of the rekindled forge wash over him as they entered, vibrant yet weak compared to the depth and weight of the First Forge. There was no way to replace the years of dedication and effort that had been lost when the Evaar’ade snuffed out the previous iteration, and so the room retained a melancholy atmosphere. 

Goran be Mereel waited by the forge, the rest of Clan Fett - of their aliit - arrayed around him. He beckoned Feral forwards. Armouring him required no words, no chants, nothing more mystical than a few final adjustments made with the tap of a hammer on the anvil. Even so, Goran moved and the ka’ra moved with him. Each movement was made with perfect and pure intent, a weight that seemed to bend the world around him. 

The Dark Side was very far away. Not absent - it was the part of the Force Maul had been born and raised to and so could never leave him - but nothing here was of interest to it. 

Plain durasteel armour was fastened piece by piece around Feral’s body, a full matched suit to replace the odd and isolated pieces he’d worn from time to time before. The buyce came last, shaped with space for his horns. As it slid over Feral’s bowed head and he looked up, the burning blue light of the forge glinted from the visor like the light of the rising sun. 

It should have felt prosaic and ordinary, yet an unfamiliar emotion flickered inside Maul’s chest. Not an unknown emotion, but… 

He identified it a few moments later. Pride. He was proud of his brother. That was it. 

Feral insisted on tilting himself this way and that to admire how he looked, as well as to show the bajur’gam off to the rest of them. Then he paused as though an idea had struck him and said, “I heard something about a birthday party after this?”

“Did you?” Silas replied, with mock-alarm. “That was supposed to be a surprise.”

Feral laughed - it was all rather too saccharine for Maul’s liking, but what could he do? They were family. He was stuck with them. He was not particularly looking forward to this party either, which would involve many of Feral’s tiresome youngling friends, but he had a duty to them. 

It would make Feral happy, and that was something Maul was rather invested in.

----

“Are you going to the vaults again?” Feral asked, appearing next to Maul the moment he opened the door. 

“I was required to obtain special permission for that,” Maul told him, immediately anticipating the next question that would follow. “I doubt the gorane would extend that to another ad .”

Feral frowned, making no attempt to conceal his disappointment. “Oh. Are you sure?”

“I had not thought you so interested in the history of the Sith.” Certainly Feral had displayed no signs of this before. 

“It’s not about the Sith stuff down there. Goran said you were working on an ancient war-droid.” Feral’s eyes were wide and excited merely from mentioning it, his eagerness easily apparent. “I wouldn’t touch anything, I would just watch, I promise.”

“I was also not aware you had an interest in mechanics. Or is it merely those capable of great destruction? If so, you have a far higher chance of success requesting an internship at MandalMotors.”

Feral rolled his eyes. “You think you’re making a joke, but no - MandalMotors just make ships . They’re not alive .”

“Neither are droids,” Maul said - which he should not have had to. Feral was not a very serious person, but nor was he taken to irrational flights of fancy. Why in the Force would he think that about the basilisk?

Goran said the basilisks were alive once - or something like it.”

“Where did he get that idea?” Maul asked - and more importantly, why had he not yet mentioned it to him? “Some piece of gorane gossip?”

“Old stories passed down, I think.” Feral shrugged. “I guess you won’t know if it’s true or not until you turn it on, but Goran said it was something to do with the ka’ra . Or with gorane stuff.”

“You seem to have been speaking to Goran be Mereel in some depth,” Maul remarked. 

“Well. Yeah.” Feral’s gaze darted away, suddenly acting as though he had something to hide. “I mean. What the gorane do is… it’s important, isn’t it?”

A suspicion entered Maul’s mind. “Are you interested in their path?”

Feral squared his shoulders, met Maul’s eyes again. “Yes.” The ‘so what if I am’ did not require to be voiced aloud. 

Unease and an edge of anger stirred in Maul’s belly - but why should that be so? His original plan to train his brothers in the Sith tradition and enact his revenge from there was long since obsolete. Their strength and power now came from the Mandalorian way, not from the Dark Side - though it was still a tool open to them if needed. Feral did not need to be a warrior, and indeed would be safer now if he were not, since there should be enough layers of protection around him to deflect any reprisal or counter strike Sidious might make when he knew to move against them. This time he would not arrive on Mandalore without warning and kill another of Maul’s brothers!

Feral had taken his silence as disapproval. “I know you wanted us all to be warriors,” he said, “but I don’t enjoy it like you do. I can fight! I’m still Mandalorian! But I want to create too. I want to shape the Force like Goran does.”

“You are putting words in my mouth, brother,” Maul told him. 

Feral’s eyes narrowed. “But am I wrong?”

“You would not have been before,” Maul allowed. “I have since changed my mind. If you wish to learn the arts of the gorane , I shall not attempt to persuade you otherwise.”

“Oh. Well.” Wrongfooted, it seemed Feral did not know what to say. “So… if I’m going to be a goran , then doesn’t it make sense that I come and learn about the war-droids?”

Maul was tempted to laugh, but kept the expression of his amusement to a mere smirk. “Still on that point are you? I cannot fault you for persistence, but even if I had the power to admit you to those vaults we are still at the stage of replacing parts. I suspect you might find it dull.”

“You can’t know that until I give it a try,” Feral argued. 

“There are droids to repair above ground,” Maul said. Mostly agricultural and forestry models, barely sapient things designed for single tasks that even Evaar’ade could not be bothered to do, but easy to learn from in their simplicity. The Mando’ade seemed to utilise droids for far less than the rest of the galaxy. “Perhaps you should start there.”

“And if I’m good at it, you’ll help me persuade Goran to let me see the basilisk?” 

Maul could see no real harm in it himself. He would be present to stop any of the Sith artefacts attempting to get their claws into Feral, and he could even add some mechu-deru to whatever Feral would be learning from the gorane in due course. “Why not?” he replied. 

----

… Ever since he left, Representative Glass has been sending me the occasional holo-message inviting me to events on Scipio. I’d half think he was trying to flirt with me if the very idea wasn’t so repulsive. Can you imagine! Now I almost wish I’d done a worse job of standing up to him in the contract negotiations, though of course it would have been much worse for our people if I hadn’t. These ‘events’ all sound dreadfully dreary - I hope you Jedi don’t have to attend networking conferences of that kind. One assumes something of interest might be learned as well, but I certainly wouldn’t count on it!

I hope I don’t make my life sound too dull. I know your missions take you all across the Republic and sometimes beyond; you see so many wonderful things. I enjoy all of your stories about them, even the sad ones. I suppose your story about me - about Mandalore - must count as a sad one, since it came to open war and our defeat in the end. 

I am trying to do my part to bring some positivity into that sorrow, though the Satine of even a few years ago would no doubt accuse me of capitulation. Sometimes I still think that even now. I console myself by telling myself that there would be no point and no merit to sitting in Sundari sulking. This way I learn useful skills, and I contribute to the wellbeing of all of our people. 

Being so close to the heart of our new government, I hear all the gossip. You’re coming back to Mandalore? I am surprised not to hear it from you first - or perhaps you don’t even know yourself yet, if this is a request that originates with the Mand’alor. I hope to see you again - but if our responsibilities make that difficult, please be careful? 

Invitation or not, I know Jedi are still hated by many here.

Obi-wan put down his holopad, his chest aching with pangs of longing. Although it was much better talking to Sabine over the HoloNet than all those months where he’d thought she might be dead , it also reminded him how much he missed her. During a mission he would often wonder how she would have responded to whatever problem faced him, her passion and furiously clear moral compass pointing her unerringly towards her goal. Whether that was always a goal achievable by the Jedi was a different story.

As for her mention of the invitation to Mandalore, he had in fact received this latest message while they were en-route. He was doing his best to compose a reply in the few hours of hyperspace travel left, but his motivation was drained by the knowledge that he might see her again so very soon, without needing the clumsiness of the written word. 

Might. That was the part that pained him. If her new job kept her busy… but even government workers had free time. 

Obi-wan usually didn’t struggle so much to find the right words, but after typing and deleting an opening sentence several times he put the datapad away and went into the other room to check on his Master instead. As far as Obi-wan could tell, Qui-gon was doing much better than he had been, but he still had an edge of fragility sometimes that alarmed him whenever he noticed it. It seemed so alien to the man he’d always known his Master to be. 

“Are you prepared for our arrival?” Qui-gon asked him. He sat on a meditation cushion, eyes closed. The stillness of the Force around him suggested he’d been successfully using the cushion for its intended purpose, which was a good sign. 

“I believe so,” Obi-wan replied. “Although I am not sure I entirely understand our purpose here beyond the broadest strokes.”

Qui-gon smiled. It was good to see it. His Master had been serious and low for too long, and Obi-wan was very thankful for all of Yan Dooku’s help bringing him out of that dark mood. Getting to know his own grand-master had been an unexpected but welcome side-effect. “We are here to carry out the fundamental role of the Jedi,” Qui-gon said. “Diplomacy.”

“That’s a rather broad remit,” Obi-wan observed, slightly sardonically.

“There is something in particular concerning you, padawan,” Qui-gon replied, seeing through to the truth of him easily. 

Obi-wan’s mind went to Satine at once, but although he was worried he wouldn’t get a chance to see her again and with the complexity of his feelings towards her, that wasn’t what had troubled him the most about this trip. With a sigh, he was forced to admit, “I’m worried about having to duel Maul again.”

That tugged the corners of his Master’s smile higher. “True. I sensed a competitive streak in the boy, and given his background it’s only natural that he wants to measure his skills against yours. What is it about sparring with him that worries you precisely?”

Obi-wan wasn’t entirely sure of that himself. “I shouldn’t be afraid of losing,” he said, wondering if that was the source of his reluctance. “A Jedi should not be prideful, and I learned a lot from him before. I’ve learned more from Master Dooku and Master Drallig since. Maybe it’s that I have a strange feeling about his motivations.”

“He is a Mandalorian.”

“If they hate us that much, why invite us back?” They weren’t here as representatives of the Republic, but specifically of the Jedi. 

“Apparently Mand’alor Fett is willing to revise his views towards us.” Qui-gon’s gaze rose upwards in thought. “It would be welcome if he did, given how much reason he has for that hate. Where he leads, other Mandalorians will follow, which may alleviate worries amongst both the Senate and the Jedi Council.” He was referring to the argument that Obi-wan had only heard half of through the doors when they gave Qui-gon this mission. It had gone on for a while. 

“However, it’s probable that Jango Fett has more than one reason,” Qui-gon continued. Consider the fact that as part of this cultural exchange, we will be welcoming a Mandalorian to the Jedi Temple.”

Certain Council members hadn’t been pleased about that either. It was hard to be completely sure when listening to such muffled voices, but Obi-wan thought Master Sifo-Dyas had been the most vocal of those. One warrior couldn’t do that much damage though, surely? They weren’t letting him just go wherever he wanted… 

“Meditate on your questions and your doubts, Obi-wan,” his Master told him. “Whether in the Force or your own deductions, you may find the answers you seek.”

There wasn’t any point arguing with that . Obi-wan dug another cushion out of a cupboard and did as he was told. They would reach Mandalore soon enough. 

----

Once Qui-gon and Obi-wan left for their new mission there was little reason for Yan Dooku to remain in the Jedi Temple, but he found himself lingering even so. It had changed not a bit in the years since he left the Order, yet nor had he expected it to. The Temple, as much as the Order itself, was a fossil, trapped in the amber that was the bureaucracy and corruption of the Republic. The Council still could not acknowledge this reality despite his best efforts to open their eyes to the truth and there would have been no point presenting his arguments to them again. If there had been any hope of changing their minds he would not have made the choice to leave.

All of this was true, but it was also true that Yan had missed this place. 

He missed the warm blanket of the Force that wrapped around him from the moment he crossed the threshold, built from the soothing presence of a thousand Jedi; masters, knights, padawans, younglings and babes living together, sharing fellowship and community and belonging. It whispered the idea of ‘ you could come back’ even though it was not true. His commitment to Jedi vows had wavered, slowly separated, then finally broken. Some things could not be repaired even if one wanted to. 

Yan walked idly and without purpose through the wide halls. He admired the architecture that was itself art, the play of Coruscant’s light through the high windows onto the stone, the sculptures set here and there memorialising Jedi long dead. He supposed he could go to the library and look at his own sculpture, a warning as much as a memorial, but the idea struck him as in some way morbid. 

It would also mean tangling with Master Nu, who had taken his leaving as a personal insult. It had not been intended as such, yet Dooku well understood why it had been perceived in that way. He could explain, but he had missed his chance.  

Other Jedi nodded casual greetings to him as he passed, but Dooku doubted most knew who he was. Unless one spent a great deal of time in the Temple or held a high position, there were too many Jedi coming and going for everyone to know everyone else. It was not at all unusual to see an unfamiliar face. Some Masters - usually those without padawans - rarely returned to Coruscant at all. 

Dooku had considered taking that path, but distance from the Core would not in itself free him from the word of his vows that bound him to the Republic Senate. He was certain of it now; change could only come from without, not within. 

Yan moved along a colonnade suspended above one of the grand entrance halls - little used in these days when the Jedi went to others, rather than having others come to them - and into another corridor studded with doors to either side. It was not familiar, and he realised that he had managed to lose track of his location within the Temple. Given that his only aim at present was to bask in the Temple’s atmosphere in the Force that was not overly bothersome. He could find a map on a terminal whenever he felt the need to return to his room in the guest wing. 

The guest wing. Dooku permitted himself an internal sigh. Yet another consequence of his choice… 

As he passed one set of double doors, they suddenly opened and emitted a familiar person - the sight stopped Dooku in his tracks. 

Sifo-Dyas had his head down, not looking where he was going until he almost stepped directly into Yan and was forced to pull up, eyes snapping upwards yet still distant and distracted. He began to mutter some apology before his gaze sharpened in recognition. 

“Old friend,” Dooku said with a faint smile. 

“Yan…” Sifo-Dyas licked his lips. He seemed lost, uncertain of what to say. “I… hadn't been aware you were back.”

“A brief visit,” Dooku replied. “And an unplanned one, hence my failure to communicate it to you in advance.” He could have informed him after he had arrived, but keeping in touch with Sifo-Dyas via holocall did not feel at all the same thing as seeing him face to face. There was no time for Yan to analyse his own reluctance now, but he took note of the awkward feeling currently rising inside him. 

“Unplanned… was it about Qui-gon Jinn?” Sifo-Dyas knew the situation well enough to guess quickly and correctly. Yan nodded his acknowledgement. “Then whatever you've said or done for him worked well. It's knocked him out of that funk he was in, although I'm not sure he should have agreed to another mission as quickly as he did. Or at least, not that mission.”

Sifo-Dyas said that last in a dark tone, his brows furrowing with a mixture of distress and anger. 

“Are you concerned for his safety on Mandalore?” Yan asked. “Or the idea of having a Mandalorian come here ?”

“Of course he told you about it.” Sifo-Dyas’ eyes darted left and right along the corridor, then he leaned further in, speaking in almost a whisper. “It’s like this. I've told you about my dreams.”

Yan’'s own eyebrows rose slightly. His friend had long confided in him about his premonitions of a dark and terrible future. “You have. You sensed something regarding his return to Mandalore? Or Obi-wan’s?”

“It isn’t about this mission in particular,” Sifo-Dyas replied, his voice intense. “I am concerned about the Mandalorians generally; about their return to martial rule and about the effect they could have on the galaxy. I know,” he added quickly, noting that Dooku was about to offer an objection, “that you have visited them yourselves, and that a trade deal was signed between Serenno and Mandalore. I’m not trying to cause you political difficulties. I am not even accusing Jango Fett or his government of direct malice, but there is such…” 

He paused. Dooku was used to this; the premonitions did not lend themselves well to spoken language. 

“The ripples of a pebble become a tsunami. Unintended consequences. A vast, dark thing is coming and it stinks of war - where else would a warrior people be?”

The awkward edge in Yan’s chest was gone, but it had been replaced by unease. “Having spoken to Lord Fett, I am convinced he means to keep his pledge of peace and non-expansion,” he said. “And… this war you see. What lies beyond it?” 

What might I be unleashing ? War certainly was coming, almost inevitably, but Dooku didn’t intend to be the one to start it, only to give the Republic an ultimatum to which he expected only one answer. He hoped that war would be a crucible from which a fairer and more representative order would emerge, but war and particularly civil war was naturally a messy thing. There would be a great deal of death and suffering caused by it - but that would be the Republic’s choice, not Dooku’s! And there was also great death and suffering now, no less simply because others refused to acknowledge it.

Their ignorant response was one thing. The response of the Force was another. He ignored Sifo-Dyas’ warnings at his peril. 

“Nothing,” his old friend whispered. “I can see nothing beyond it.”

“That does not mean there is nothing to see,” Dooku replied, his heart still sinking. 

Once again Sifo-Dyas darted his eyes both ways along the corridor. “Do you have time for me to show you something?”

“I have no pressing engagements.”

His friend nodded decisively, then with a beckoning motion set off. Curious, Dooku followed behind. They turned at the end of the corridor and found a turbolift a little further along; Sifo-Dyas took them down a dozen floors, found another and they went down some more. Then a winding trail through almost-empty halls to find wide staircases that took them deeper still - Dooku had barely been aware that the Temple went this deep. They had skirted the Sacred Spire; the mountain peak which formed the Temple’s core, but at some point surely they would find the lowest point, the impregnable base plate of the ziggurat which kept the Temple safe from intruders from below. The air began to hold the stale quality which suggested few people ever used this part of the building, though the diligence of the cleaning droids meant there was no trace of dust. 

Sifo-Dyas paused only once, turning and asking him, “Can you feel it?”

Dooku frowned. “It is cold here.” He wasn’t sure if that was what his friend meant. 

Sifo-Dyas didn’t explain. He nodded, and set off again. 

They emerged into a hall with a floor of polished black stone, the walls a slightly lighter grey, angled inwards as though to mimic the angle of the ziggurat’s exterior. Faint lines were incised on the floor, but worn and almost invisible as jet on jet. Opposite the door from which they had entered, the artificially built gave way to the natural; raw rock, untouched by hands other than to close any gaps between the Temple and the Spire. A simple cavern entrance was an empty mouth in the direct centre of this scrap of mountain. 

The cold was even more prominent here. Dooku had initially blamed the atmospheric controls, hypothesising that they had been set low to save power given how abandoned this part of the Temple was, but that was not an excuse which continued to hold water. His breath did not fog the air, nor was his body shivering or pricking up its hairs. This was a cold of the soul, not of the flesh. 

“What is down here?” he asked. 

His eyes widened, expression almost feverish, Sifo-Dyas turned to him. “I don’t know,” he said. “I’ve searched everywhere I can to see if I can hone in on it, but I can’t get a sense of a direction other than down - and there is no further down.”

Dooku gestured to the cave. “The Spire?”

His friend shook his head. “It’s closed inside. A stone door I can’t open, even with the Force. There are no markings, carvings or writing other than the ones on the floor here, and I can’t make any sense of those.”

Dooku frowned. All of this was very strange. He couldn’t even be certain of what he was sensing other than that it was cold, but that in itself was ominous enough. It was clearly something in the Force, but so vague and unclear that nothing more could be said. While it would be tempting to label it an emanation of the Dark Side simply because of its icy chill, such an assumption would be simplistic. It was a warning of some kind, but there were many dangers in the universe that had nothing at all to do with the Dark. 

“How did you find this place?”

Sifo-Dyas put a hand to his forehead, letting out a breath that was almost a miserable laugh. “It called to me.”

“Another dream?” Yan guessed. He liked this less and less. 

His friend nodded. He crossed his legs and sat on the floor, tucking his tabards tidily around him. Assuming that he was intended to do the same, Yan knelt opposite him, and almost immediately Sifo-Dyas reached out to take his hands. His eyes fluttered closed and his breathing evened out as he reached within. Dooku opened himself to the Force and to his friend with caution. It would not be the first time Sifo-Dyas found it easier to share something mind-to-mind. 

Shadows enveloped them. The touch of Sifo-Dyas’ mind against his own was a fluttering bird, wings beating impatiently against the walls of his shields until Dooku made a space for him to come in. Then he was familiar warmth, steadfast, loyal, and trustworthy. They inhaled and exhaled as one. Images unfolded like petals falling from a flower. Red curtains of smoke, tendrils reaching across the stars and dying them crimson. Clanking and crashing, mechanical movement. The blank visors of Mandalorian-style helmets, soldiers marching in concert. Somewhere, laughter. Turning wheels, millstones grinding. Dust and ash, bitter on the tongue. A lash of malevolence like acid. Then eyes, two pairs of them glowing in the dark, brilliant and sickly yellow.

So sharp and hard did that last image come that Yan jerked his hands away from Sifo-Dyas’ grip without thinking, breaking their connection. He opened his eyes to see his friend staring at him. 

“You saw?”

Dooku swallowed. The clamour of the premonitions was still echoing around the inside of his skull. “Yes. That last part… the imagery recalls the ancient Sith. I agree it must be a bad omen indeed.”

Sifo-Dyas wetted his lips. Spoke softly. “What if they are not dead?”

The idea was obviously ridiculous, but Yan could not put too much blame on his friend for wondering it given the intensity of his visions. They had struck Dooku hard enough now; how much worse to have them repeated night after night. 

“Even if one or two survived the end of the wars, a thousand years have passed,” he said, attempting reassurance. “They must have died out. If not we should have found a sign of them making trouble - to dominate others is the core tenet of the Sith. There have only ever been the arrogant and foolish attempting to lay claim to the title without understanding its true meaning.”

“I can’t be reassured,” Sifo-Dyas replied. His tone was shaken, afraid. “Why else would the Force show me this? What else could be so terrible that the Force screams warnings nightly?”

“Then it is not truly the Mandalorians who worry you…”

“They have been tools of the Sith before,” Sifo-Dyas said. 

“And they have been allies of the Republic,” Dooku reminded him, though it was hard to say which example from ancient history ought to hold more weight - and he certainly did not intend for the Mandalorians to help the Republic in any way if war did come. 

Sifo-Dyas shook his head. “Enemies gather. We are not the Order of old, we are not the Army of Light. When this war begins, how will we protect ourselves, let alone the people of the galaxy?”

Yan was sharply reminded of the question Jango Fett had put to him, about the role he saw for the Jedi when the Republic was destroyed, about the price he was willing to pay for the good of all. 

“I’ve put all of this to the Council,” his friend continued. “Even my fears about the Sith… but they dismissed everything. I’ve thought about what to do if I’m on my own.”

“You’ve considered leaving the Order?”

Sifo-Dyas forced a thin smile. “Yes, but I can’t bring myself to do it. I’ll wander instead, I think. Follow the prompting of the Force, find the evidence I need to prove the need to act to the Council - and perhaps be in a position to offer them some options to choose from, in that event.”

“You are not entirely on your own,” Dooku reminded him. “I am no longer a Jedi, but I am still your friend and I would help where I can. Perhaps it would behoove an eccentric nobleman with religious interests to do some research of his own on extinct Force cults like the Sith.” He meant it, but at the same time he desired to keep a close eye on what Sifo-Dyas was getting up to. There was nothing illegal or underhand precisely about Dooku’s actions amongst the discontented systems of the Outer Rim, but Sifo-Dyas wanted so much to avoid war… He might not see that it was necessary. 

“Thank you, my friend,” Sifo-Dyas said, grasping one of Dooku’s hands in both his own and shaking it quickly. “I will call in on you on Serenno as often as I can, and we can put our heads together.”

Chapter 56: Chapter 55

Summary:

Obi-wan Kenobi is back on Mandalore and that means only one thing. Fighting! Which isn't at all the same thing as flirting, shut up.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“What are you doing?”

Maul startled at the sound of Kilindi’s voice, throwing a glance over his shoulder towards her. He had not noticed her approaching, which only indicated how far he had sunk down into the twists and turns of his own thoughts. She slunk up to stand slightly behind him, enough to peer past into the room beyond. Her smile held a strange, indeterminate warmth, a shared smugness like a hand held out or a joke shared.

Quite what she was laughing at he didn’t yet know. 

“What do you mean, what am I doing?” he asked, dissembling. He considered how this might appear to an external observer; loitering and watching their guests from behind the frame of a doorway. One might guess that he was suspicious, mistrusting of their motives and even believing that constant monitoring was required lest they carry out some hidden plot or secret sabotage. He had spoken out against the Jedi often enough. 

Maul did not actually think the Jedi were here for any such purpose. He was only here for Kenobi, but there was no way for Kilindi to guess that, or why he had such an interest in this target. 

Kilindi nodded towards the salle, where Kenobi and his Master were working together on their katas. Two brilliant blue blades made smooth arcs through the air, faintly buzzing at the edge of hearing. “Watching them,” she said. Then with a certain pointed sweetness, “Is this like your crush on Gar?”

Any clever or calculated reply instantly fled Maul’s mind. “What?” he said again, louder than he meant to. The surprise - and frankly, the insult - was worse than a slap across the face. What about those two situations was remotely alike? How could she possibly think… And that so-called crush hadn’t even existed! Various forms of denial started to line up across his tongue where they tangled hopelessly together and failed to exit. 

“You know,” Kilindi said, not hiding her enjoyment at his reaction at all. She raised and lowered her brows in a further taunt. “When Gar Saxon first arrived at Fort Mereel, you couldn’t stop looking at him whenever you were in a room together. Lucky for you both that his mother took him with her when the war started, otherwise you might have done something silly to impress him.”

“Firstly,” Maul hissed, then drew himself up, trying to reclaim some of his dignity. “I did not have a crush on Gar Saxon. That idea was something you and my brothers made up out of nothing, to please some strange instinct for gossip inside yourselves. And secondly, why would I feel anything of the sort for a Jedi Padawan, of all beings?”

“I didn’t say anything about it being the padawan,” Kilindi replied, an ill light of joy dawning over her face. “ Interesting . I’d have gone for the Master myself - he’s very tall isn’t he? And hairy, for a human, but that’d be half the fun…”

Unable to bear hearing another word, Maul clamped a hand over her mouth - which earned him a sharp-toothed nip for his troubles. He jerked back his bleeding finger instinctively, and regarded it unhappily. His noise of protest sounded much more like a whine than he liked. “ Please do not say anything like that,” he asked her. “The mental image is quite upsetting.”

“Oh, I know you aren’t interested in me ,” she told him, nudging him in the ribs. “You like that little padawan out there. What is it? His hair? The colour is a rare one for his species. His eyes? His smile ? Or something more raw - his body maybe? The robes they wear leave a lot to the imagination unfortunately…”

Stop ,” Maul said, wondering if there was a way that did not resort to begging her. Clearly she was enjoying his discomfort far too much. 

“Do you have a better reason to be lurking in the shadows staring at him?” Kilindi asked, sharp, watchful. Waiting. Maul wondered if this was a new interrogation method she was developing. If she intended to put him off balance she had certainly succeeded. 

He did have a better reason than any carnal interests , obviously. He wanted to assess Kenobi’s ongoing martial development and was hoping he would reveal this through sparring with his Master. There was little point in telling her this though, as he was sure Kilindi would only misinterpret it further. 

Somehow she guessed anyway. “If you want to fight him again, just go and ask,” she said. “You looked like you enjoyed it last time. There’s nothing stopping you from asking; the worst he can say is no.”

“He has barely arrived on the planet,” Maul replied. “I have no intention to pounce upon him like some impetuous child.” The gleam in Kilindi’s eyes suggested that might not have been the wisest choice of words. 

“You don’t know, he might like that sort of thing.”

Maul bared his teeth in a sneer. Kenobi was his nemesis! His lifelong enemy! The only possible emotion that could be felt towards him was hate, and the only reason that Maul had not killed him yet was that the boy was currently unworthy of it. “Might I not simply be competitive?” he suggested. “What precisely am I doing to give you such an inaccurate impression of my motives?” 

Rather than snapping off another teasing retort, Kilindi found enough seriousness to consider her response properly. “Well… you aren’t normally that competitive a person, Maul.”

His brows drew down in confusion. “Of course I am.”

“No you’re not.” Kilindi gestured at him vaguely. “Normally the only person you measure yourself against is your own self. You’re sure of your own abilities and you don’t see any need to prove that - you’ve got an assassin’s training and you’ve got the Force, so you aren’t competing with me, or with your brothers, or even with buir . You’re learning from the gorane , not competing with them either.”

“Then it is only a lack of others to compete with ,” he suggested, then seized more fully on the idea. “That is why I wish to spar with Kenobi - and why I sparred with Gar as well. They are both near our age…”

“Both a few years older, but sure,” Kilindi said, amused. “Because Gar was such a challenge to you - so much so you needed to show off all those Force athletics for him. I guess maybe that argument works for the Jedi, but again I’m pretty sure the only person you were trying to impress last time was him , not show him up in front of his Master.”

“That still has the effect of proving myself better than him.”

Kilindi continued to assess him through faintly narrowed eyes. “You’re more bothered than I thought by the teasing.”

“Why would I appreciate being accused of…”

“Is liking someone a crime worthy of an accusation?” she replied quickly. “Having a crush is normal when you’re growing up - and zabrak puberty isn’t that much later compared to humans and nautolans. You don’t like to talk about your emotions, and sorry Maul but you’re a bit repressed. I thought maybe if you hadn’t realised what it was that you were feeling, I could actually help by pointing it out.”

“Not all beings have ‘crushes’,” Maul said, forcing out that juvenile word. “Jango would be an obvious example. Perhaps we have that in common.” He realised he had crossed his arms defensively over his chest without thinking about it and that his body was tense. He tried to relax at least his shoulders. Kilindi was right about one thing - he deeply disliked discussing this topic and wanted to shut it down entirely. 

Why did it make him so uncomfortable? In his first life he’d rarely thought about his relationships with other people in any way other than that of ally or enemy or simply tool to be used. Even before he was mutilated by Kenobi and lost the relevant organs he did not recall ever wishing to take someone to bed. He was a Sith. He had a great and terrible purpose which was part of a legacy that stretched back a thousand years. What room did he have for even a base animal urge like lust? He could hardly imagine Darth Sidious indulging that either… though Maul was not around his Master all the time. 

He suppressed a shudder of revulsion. What a hideous mental image that was! 

“There’s sexual feelings and there are romantic feelings,” Kilindi pointed out. “You can have one but not the other. Wanting someone’s attention and their regard whether that’s positive or negative, caring about their opinion…”

You are the one who keeps making so many sexual comments,” Maul interrupted, in response to a sudden urge to stop her continuing that thought. 

“The only way to get you to admit to anything is to put you off balance,” she replied, smiling. “I want you to be happy, not denying yourself because you won’t admit you feel something, whatever that something is.”

“I am no Jedi; I do not suppress my emotions or wash them away with the Force. I understand my feelings. I could not have mastered the Dark Side otherwise.”

“You said the Sith focus on anger and hatred,” Kilindi said. “You told us they don’t even believe in family. Can they use the Force with love and affection?”

Maul did not have the time for a prolonged theological debate on that matter, but Kilindi was in essence correct. Anger and hatred gave strength; there would be no point in cultivating the weak emotions which would not allow one to achieve their goals. Sidious had not even needed to teach him this explicitly - what love had there been during his training, familial or otherwise? And after he was cast aside…

The last few years had served as a pointed illustration of what family really was. Maul knew he had been unwilling to think of Savage as anything other than an apprentice when they first met. He knew Savage put some weight on their shared blood and made it a tie between them, but he’d told himself it really meant nothing to him

That had been a lie, but one Maul hadn’t seen through until it was too late. 

He was not lying to himself now. Not about Savage, or Feral, or Kilindi, or Pre. He was not comfortable with calling Jango or Silas buir , but he accepted that he’d grown fond of them. Given that, how could Kilindi suggest he was repeating his mistake when it came to Kenobi, or with Gar for that matter? 

She was wrong. She had to be wrong. 

Kilindi was waiting for his answer. 

“The Sith do not utilise positive emotions, but that does not mean I do not understand them,” he said. “But if I pledge to meditate upon the concept will you cease pestering me about it?”

She held out her hand for a warrior’s pledge. “On my honour.” 

“Fine.” Maul clasped her arm. He was not fool enough to think that was the end of this though.

----

“Master?” Obi-wan asked, his eyes darting along the line of Qui-gon’s gaze towards the door of the training salle. 

Qui-gon let himself smile. Humour still had a delicate quality, even in small amounts. The weight of too much attention on it might pop it like a soap-bubble, but it had been far worse not to feel it at all. He had a great deal to be thankful to his apprentice for. “We are being watched,” he said, through barely parted lips. 

Obi-wan took a second look, and this time caught the shadows of two figures just visible. A faint line of confusion or concern appeared between his brows. “Is that something we should be worried about? I don’t sense danger.”

Nor did Qui-gon. There wasn’t much to sense there at all, which was not uncommon on Mandalore but which had taken a while to become accustomed to. It was inherently disturbing to speak to someone who was not all there in the Force. Yet being hard to sense was not the same thing as being completely absent. The pair were a heat-haze shimmer and a deep pool of water, one more solid and easily perceived than the other, but both faintly familiar. 

“I believe your former challenger desires that rematch.”

Obi-wan scowled. “You mean Maul. Why is he lurking out there? He doesn’t respect Jedi…”

“Peace,” Qui-gon said. “It is up to him how and when he approaches us. Remain mindful of the present moment and let go of that which you do not control.”

Obi-wan breathed in deeply and let it out. His presence in the Force relaxed with it. “I didn’t notice anyone there all through our training session. I should be more aware of my surroundings.”

“Aware, but not distracted.”

Obi-wan nodded. “You waited until we were done to point him out to me. So… we’re going to be leaving anyway, which means walking past Maul. It would be rude not to say something.”

Qui-gon made no reply. A Jedi did not seek out potential enemies - not that he really believed Maul was an enemy, whatever his origins - but nor did they ignore them when they placed themselves into their paths. This was a safe situation where his padawan could learn how to handle those with unclear and possibly ill intentions. 

“Alright,” Obi-wan said, squaring his shoulders. He headed towards the door. Qui-gon trailed after him. He almost expected Maul to be gone before they reached the corridor outside, but instead he was still there along with the nautolan girl they’d previously identified as one of Jango Fett’s adopted children. The boy’s golden eyes regarded them warily.

“Do you have some more feedback for me?” Obi-wan asked - Qui-gon suppressed a sigh. His tone had been more confrontational than was ideal. 

“None your Master did not already supply,” Maul replied. “Yet if you are eager to hear my thoughts I would be satisfied to teach you whenever you like.” 

Obi-wan considered this offer. Qui-gon trusted that he would think about the political ramifications of whatever they did here, not only the personal ones. Insulting their hosts by refusing was something they could work around, but it wouldn’t be ideal. “We’re here to learn about Mandalorian culture,” he finally said. “Like you said before, friendly sparring is part of that.”

“Very well. Tomorrow?” Maul’s expression did not hide his eagerness. 

“I am certainly curious to see more of the Mandalorian sword arts,” Qui-gon added, which had the benefit of being true. Oddly this caused a little of the eagerness to ebb away. 

Obi-wan saw it too. Qui-gon sensed the flicker of rapid calculation across his mind, then he asked, “Do you still have my lightsaber? The one I had to leave behind on Concord Dawn.”

Maul’s eyes narrowed slightly. “Spoils of war,” he said quickly. “I see you have procured a replacement.” It was not a ‘no’. 

Qui-gon was torn. Republic law restricted ownership of lightsabers solely to the Jedi Order, but this was not Republic space. Order protocol was to retrieve lost sabers wherever possible - it had only been abandoned in the first place because it had been too politically dangerous to do anything else. Asking for its return now would be a significant favour and he was not sure their stockpile of good-will was up to it. 

The Mand’alor held the Darksaber. Of all beings in the galaxy, a Mandalorian had to be one of the least likely to accidentally harm themselves with a lightsaber - but that was no comfort when it came to thoughts about intentional harm. 

Instead he decided this wasn’t the time to address the problem. “Did the Dark Jedi teach you anything about using a lightsaber?” he asked Maul. 

The boy gave him a wary glance. “He did,” he admitted. “I have shown what I know to the Mand’alor, and we have continued to work on our skills together.” Which was perhaps meant to point out another reason the Mandalorians would be reluctant to return Obi-wan’s lightsaber. 

“That will make the spar easier then,” Qui-gon said, and saw Maul relax slightly. “I will make sure there is time in our schedule tomorrow, as you requested. Will the Mand’alor be there?”

“Perhaps,” Maul allowed. He did not appear interested in making small talk. “Send me a message with the time. Farewell for now.” He nodded quickly to both Qui-gon and Obi-wan, and left with his friend.

“Less painful than you feared?” he asked his padawan. 

“Oh, don’t say that Master,” Obi-wan replied, managing to smile. “We don’t know how much better he’s gotten yet.”

----

Facing Maul across the mat, Obi-wan acknowledged the buzz of tension and anticipation in his stomach then mentally set it aside. He hadn’t worked out why Maul made him so anxious. The fear was obviously irrational. Since he couldn’t get to the bottom of it, the only thing to do was accept that it existed but press on despite it. He could do that - he wouldn’t have been a very good Jedi padawan otherwise. 

Well. Calling himself a good padawan might be going a bit too far, but recently Obi-wan thought he was starting to get somewhere. Approaching expectations, if not meeting or exceeding them. 

They bowed to each other, unhooked lightsabers from their belts, and took up opening stances. The fight began - and all that anticipation disappeared below a flood of adrenaline and action. 

Under the watchful eyes of his Master and the Mand’alor, Obi-wan and Maul chased each other back and forth across the floor of the training hall in rushes of aggression, trading momentum as they traded blows. Even on a low-powered setting their lightsabers spat ozone when they met, creating a sharp scent that filled the air alongside clean sweat. His kyber was a heartbeat within Obi-wan’s curled grasp around the hilt of his weapon and it settled him to feel them working together as one, despite the fact that he could also sense the one he’d lost calling out to him from Maul’s hands.

They weren’t bonded. They couldn’t be. A Jedi had to find their kyber for themselves, guided to the crystal by the Force. While anybody could borrow another’s weapon for a time it wasn’t the same as using your own. A brief stab of sympathy towards Maul - he would never have that sacred experience - distracted Obi-wan briefly, and he only just managed to dodge a swipe that would have taken off his head if they’d been using full-powered blades.

That kyber was still his. He wanted it back, but it was too late now. Asking about it had been a challenge to see how Maul would respond, because he knew it was too great a prize to be given back. Even if they had … Obi-wan was no good at duel-wielding. It would only go to the blade-vaults back at the Temple to sit in a mausoleum full of the memories of the dead. That seemed like far sadder a fate than being used by a stranger. 

The lack of a bond wasn’t affecting Maul’s ability to use it at all. His practice with Mand’alor Fett was obviously working, but it was hard to connect that kind of training with the improvement in Maul’s skills. How much had the Dark Jedi taught him, and how was that possible in the limited time they must have had? It wasn’t clear how long Maul had been in their power,  but he was a youngling - it couldn’t have been that long. 

Maul didn’t fight like a Jedi anyway, even if he was clearly familiar with their standard forms. He was aggressive and quick, fluidly moving between each strike with a surety Obi-wan envied. Sometimes what he was doing looked almost like Master Windu’s show-bouts, but then it would change to something else again. Was he incorporating Mandalorian sword techniques? 

Obi-wan didn’t have a lot of mental space to figure it out - he had to keep his concentration on staying one step ahead of his opponent. He wouldn’t have been able to manage it except that Maul kept reading him wrongly. Ataru was an aggressive form not given to feints, but Maul was looking for them anyway, missing some of Obi-wan’s attacks because he wasn’t expecting them to be followed through. It was like he expected Obi-wan to act more cautiously, to instinctively pull back rather than pressing forwards, to dodge rather than block. 

Had the Dark Jedi taught Maul that the Order fought like this? Or was he expecting that they would fight differently to Mandalorians? And if that was the mistake Maul was making, why? This was their third duel, so he should know better by now.

It wasn’t as big an advantage for Obi-wan as it might have seemed. Each time, Maul caught himself within the span of a breath or two and recovered before Obi-wan could do anything about it. 

Maul knew he was doing it as well, and he was angry about it. Thankfully not angry enough to start calling on the Dark Side - Obi-wan didn’t know what he ought to do if that suddenly happened - so it was just another distraction to put him off his game. Obi-wan needed that. The work he’d put in with Masters Dooku and Drallig had been worth it, but Maul wasn’t going to make things easy for him. 

All of it - the mismatch of competency and simple mistakes - was another puzzle piece in the enigma that was Maul. Obi-wan would try and put them together later. Now he kept his mind focused, calm, and purposeful. He tempered Ataru with elements of Makashi and a little Soresu and finally, finally, he managed to scrape his way to victory. 

It may have said more about Maul’s level of distraction than Obi-wan’s own ability, but he’d still take it.

The touch of the tip of the saber to Maul’s belly was light, and he only held it there for a moment before pulling back. The match ended with a salute and a bow in the same way it had begun. Easing back his grip on the Force flowing through him, Obi-wan realised that his muscles were trembling with effort, about ready to give up on him. His robes were soaked through with sweat and his heart hammered. Apparently he needed more work on his stamina outside what the Force could give him. 

“Thank you for the match,” he said, and was able to mostly mean it. “It was very educational.”

Maul said nothing at first. A muscle twitched in his jaw. Then, without breaking eye contact, he returned the bow. “Indeed. We must do this again.”

Of course he wasn’t satisfied. Obi-wan couldn’t imagine why he might have thought any differently. 

“Well done,” Qui-gon said. “To both combatants.” To Jango he added, “You must be proud.” 

The Mand’alor answered with a grunt of acknowledgement. Obi-wan was suddenly struck by the memory of the report on Galidraan, that Jango Fett had killed multiple Jedi. He suppressed a shiver. Were either of them all that impressive to a man who could do that?

A practice bout was very different to a real fight, he reminded himself. 

“We’ll debrief in our quarters,” Qui-gon continued. “My padawan will be eager to freshen up.”

Fett waved them away. Obi-wan looked back at Maul as they left. He didn’t look angry, which was a relief. Just thoughtful. He already knew what mistakes he was making and surely he would be able to correct them quickly, whereas Obi-wan didn’t know if he was making mistakes or if he just needed to get better generally. 

He wasn’t sure he’d manage another win any time soon.

----

[ He’s been busy, ] Jango said in Mando’a, nodding after the retreating Jedi. 

[ It seems so, ] Maul agreed, though his attention was turned inwards rather than towards any conversation. The loss smarted, and it sent a low curl of anger writhing through his belly. He did not show it outwardly. It was not directed at Kenobi this time in any case, but at himself. Once again this youthful body with its under-developed reflexes betrayed him. He was capable of so much more than this! As an adult he achieved heights of lethality that he was barely approaching now - yet despite all his former knowledge and experience it appeared the only path forward was the simple mantra of practice and time. 

It did not help that all his instincts were primed to counter Soresu. Even though Kenobi used Ataru almost exclusively during their last encounters Maul assumed the lesson of defeat might have pivoted him towards the form which had once served him so well. It had not - nor did he know precisely when that shift had originally occurred. After Naboo, he supposed. 

Could he defeat a version of Kenobi who used Ataru? Of course. It would in fact be easier, which was why it would not be enough. Their final battle had to be with Kenobi as his most realised self, at his most powerful, the greatest challenge to measure himself against. 

The other factor was the Force itself. Juyo was the form of the Sith, and Maul was used to using it alongside all the advantages the Dark Side gave. Now he was supposed to be reformed, ‘rescued’ from his Dark Jedi Master. The Dark hovered, called by his anger and hatred of his nemesis, but should he leash it and bring it within there was no possible way the Jedi would fail to notice it. Then they would decide it was their problem to solve. Even political considerations might not be enough to stop their high-handed hero complexes. 

The ka’ra served as a fair replacement - not the pure strength of the Dark Side, but it was still the solidity of beskar , reliable and true. Maul did not know it to the heart of him as he knew the Dark. It was too new to him; he’d been a master of the Dark for decades. He could not pretend that the effort of a few short years could possibly match that, but his potential in the Dark had been hobbled by Darth Sidious. It was a stark contrast to the gorane’s openness. 

Time and practice, time and practice. The mantra was maddening, but it was also the natural path of the ka’ra . Necessary work was also meditation; one built on the other… 

[ I doubt I’ll get anywhere near that level with the Darksaber, ] Jango said, interrupting Maul’s thoughts. [ Good thing there’s other ways to kill Jedi, if it ever comes to that. ] 

Maul was not in the mood to rehash the old topic of revenge. He shrugged and changed the subject. [ Has Trevish Mereel reached Coruscant yet? ] 

[ Checked in this morning, ] Jango confirmed. [ Settled into guest quarters in the Temple, and they’ve found the library already. ] His sigh had a note Maul could only read as melancholy. [ Jaster always wanted to see the Jedi Archives. ] Maul vaguely recalled meeting the Clan Elder Trevish Mereel during their time at the Fort on Concord Dawn, and that she had academic interests of her own. It seemed appropriate that someone from the clan could carry on Jaster’s legacy like this, though he knew better than to share that sentiment out loud. Jango would only interpret it as a criticism by comparison. 

[ What next? ] he asked.

Jango’s lip twisted. [ Politics. ] 

Which meant more waiting. Patience , Maul counselled himself. Patience . He’d waited decades for the faintest hope of revenge in his last life. He could do the same all over again. 

And in the meantime, temper himself against one of those who he would eventually kill. Obi-wan Kenobi would not be going anywhere for some time. 

----

Weeks after returning to Serenno, the memory of that strange place deep under the Temple and the uncomfortable emotions it prompted continued to linger, try as Yan might to dismiss them in order to focus on his other work. The idea that the Sith might yet exist in the galaxy was a nagging splinter that would not come loose. On the surface it should have been laughable, easily dismissed, but Sifo-Dyas’ fear and certainty was compelling. Trust in the Force… as Sifo-Dyas said, why would the Force show him visions that had no truth to them? 

Eventually Dooku resolved that there was no other choice but to do some research of his own. With Serenno’s resources at his disposal he asked his staff to send out inquiries to antiquarians, historians, and representatives of smaller Force-cults for anything they might know of the ancient enemies of the Jedi. It would not raise eyebrows - he had used similar requests as cover to approach key systems and planets for his work in building the organisation he had taken to tentatively calling the Separatist Alliance, at least within the privacy of his own mind. He might find another name for it in time, but that would be for the group as a whole to decide. 

Nothing of note had come back to him yet, but he had not expected it to. Any research took time, and if the Sith did exist they could only have managed it through the cover of utter secrecy. Even if he found nothing, it did not mean there was nothing to be found. 

Asking his secretary to arrange a holocall with Jango Fett was another potential line of enquiry to pursue, but one of enough political weight that he required Yan’s personal touch. He could also admit to an ulterior motive. His padawan and grand-padawan were on Mandalore even now, representing the Jedi Order. They’d managed to avoid insulting the Mandalorians again during their last interactions, yet Dooku still worried about them. Qui-gon had only just regained his mental equilibrium, and though Padawan Kenobi might insist that he was perfectly well, Dooku had come to know him well enough to judge that he was the kind of person who was allergic to asking for help, let alone admitting that anything was wrong with him. 

It appears that pride runs through our lineage

Mand’alor Fett joined the holocall at the appointed time. “Su cuy’gar,” he greeted in his own language. “What’s this about the Sith?”

Direct as always. “A personal project,” he said. “Of primarily historical interest. Given your people’s history with the ancient Sith I wondered if you might know something about them. Whether that comes in the form of artefacts, writings or similar would not matter to me.”

Fett was wearing his helmet; it was impossible to read him. “We’re protective of our history. Wouldn’t be up to me. The gorane deal with that.” 

“I doubt you would have accepted this meeting if you were completely unable to help me,” Dooku countered. 

“You might remember I mentioned knowing someone with their own interest in the New Sith Wars period. Might be some kind of useful exchange - you let us know what you find out about the Sith, we pay you back with research of our own.”

Yan considered the offer. The only potential downside he could envision was that the exchange would be unequal, that he would receive less than he gave away. For something as esoteric as this information however, that mattered little. It would only become problematic if he discovered the Sith in truth, in which case they would all have far greater problems. 

“That would be acceptable to me,” he responded. 

Fett gave a sharp nod. “Then we’ll be in touch.” He cut the connection before Dooku had a chance to ask about Qui-gon or Obi-wan. 

Yan Dooku sat back in his chair, letting his mild irritation pass into the Force. His lineage members had his comm codes. If they needed him, they had the ability to reach out. As to the Sith, he would learn something from the Mandalorians, though only time would tell if it would be of any use. 

For now he had other work to occupy himself with. Such were the responsibilities that came with ruling a planet.

Notes:

Maul: Dad, the allosexuals are bullying me!
Jango: ... did you just call me dad?
Maul: ...... no....

Chapter 57: Chapter 56 - 39 BBY

Summary:

Maul comes to a startling realisation.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Maul stood in the heat of the First Forge and moved meditatively through a Teras Kasi kata. Each element flowed slowly into the next; the purpose was precision, not speed. He was bringing the ka’ra to him, layering it over his soul. It would know him, recognise him; he would know himself. Only then would he see with clear eyes, and choose with a wise heart. 

That was the goran’s intent for him at least. 

The pace of Maul’s thoughts calmed as he moved further through the kata. Emerging like flickers of sunlight between clouds, various plots and plans entered his consciousness - he observed them and let them pass again at their own speed. Always he returned his attention to the movement, the position of his limbs, the strikes and turns which proceeded one after the other until they looped around and he began again from the beginning endlessly. 

Often he felt time as a weight dragging on him, yet now it seemed it had moved past him far more quickly than he’d realised. It was the eve of his sixteenth birthday, or as close to that mark as he could guess. 

Neither he nor Kilindi knew the precise dates of their birth. Talzin had never bothered to mention it and Maul had not thought to ask her, and as for Kilindi, that detail had been lost somewhere along the line of being sold from master to master. What did it matter? Sidious certainly hadn’t cared to mark the passing years during Maul’s childhood. He knew roughly how old he was, and that was enough for most purposes. For the various occasions he’d required falsified legal documents, he let the forger assign a random number. 

It mattered now - but only in the sense of picking a date to mark the transition from one stage of life to another. Sixteen was rather arbitrary. One could argue that for Maul it should be later since zabraks aged more slowly than humans, but mentally he had been an adult for a long time and was not willing to delay any longer. Savage had not waited; his forging had come and gone, the process itself unproblematic and giving Maul a template at least for what to expect. 

A turn into a kick, a foot planted solidly on the ground, a slow sequence of punches like the movements of a dance. Maul let this line of thought sink down again. 

Time. That had prompted it. The passage of time. 

With none to gainsay them, he and Kilindi had selected the same date to receive their beskar’gam - and now suddenly the occasion was upon them. A great deal had occurred in the interim. All of Trevish Mereel’s work on Coruscant to build their spy network. A dozen and more mercenary contracts offered across the broad span of the galaxy accepted by Mandalorian clans. Months with Kenobi and Jinn, interspersing their field trips to witness various Mandalorian cultural activities and their discussions with the gorane with what Maul regarded as their real purpose here - which was for Kenobi to spar with him. 

Now they were gone again. The Jedi were too few in number to spare a team for too long in any one place. Not even the argument of diplomacy could trap them here; the same could be said of a dozen other planets where the power of the Republic rubbed up against independence and sovereign pride. 

At least it had been long enough for Trevish to establish a foot firmly in the door of the Jedi Temple; her many research projects had afforded an excuse to stay good enough for the Council to allow her to remain.

The shape of Kenobi’s absence ought not have been so obvious, nor felt so barren and sharp-edged. To fight him had become a habit, and Maul observed intently how it shaped his progress forwards just as he had desired. The boy’s Master had acknowledged the benefit of it too, to the point that he had even started to encourage it. Jinn would not allow him to fall behind in his studies after their departure. 

I miss him , Maul acknowledged, and tasted it bitter on his tongue. It could become a discordant tone, an impurity in the alloy, if he allowed it. 

It is not fondness, not as Kilindi would have it , he thought. Even as an enemy he is a sure and steady thing. I can rely on him to stay alive, to save his death for my blade. One can become used to having such a whetstone - we polished each other. I miss him as the knife misses flesh, as the predator misses its prey. 

In the still, pure air of the Forge, in the liminal space of meditation, he felt that this was a truth but it was not the entire truth. Something had changed. There was a difference in his heart. 

I still hate him. I must. I have to. After what he did to me…  

A hammer-blow on the layered metal shell of his soul, but one that should have strengthened him, bound the layers of practice and intent together more strongly. Instead, a shiver. A crack. 

A lie.

No, Maul thought desperately. My hatred is my strength . It was solid bedrock, the foundations of his link to and relationship with the Dark Side which had been there for as long as he could remember - and even as he reached for it there it was, all those memories of pain and suffering which Sidious had heaped upon him, the haze of Lotho Minor, the colder years of Crimson Dawn… Hate itself was not the lie.

So what was?

Kenobi . Maul refocused. Held the man in his mind - but the boy kept creeping in around the edges. This unfinished, unformed clay, this youngling who was yet a material Maul kept on matching himself against and not the person who had cut him down on Naboo… Two incompatible versions of the self. It was not the first time Maul had been forced to confront the fact that someone was not who they had been, and for Gar Saxon he had managed to separate them. He had not done the same for Kenobi. 

He could not do the same! Kenobi was not the same man yet . He would be one day, as Gar could one day become the man in Maul’s memories. Kenobi was still a Jedi, still self-righteous, still an enemy. If he knew Maul’s past he would still try to kill him. That was no different. 

Another blow of the hammer, but this time the armour felt more certain and sure. Even so, Maul could tell he had not fully uncovered the source of the weakness, the part that still lay out of true. 

What is in here aside from hate?  

Recent memories rose unbidden, catching Maul’s breath in his throat. To measure oneself against another required admitting some commonality, the self reflected back to observe the parts that were the same, and in that mirror something like camaraderie had crept in. To kill Kenobi, Maul had to be the best, had to be better , but was it possible that in some secret part of him he had seen a version of the future where that victory over Kenobi’s best self did not end in the other’s death?

A sharp pain cut into Maul’s chest. The crack opened up, tearing down through all the layers. His calm poise vanished into a whirl of panic. He was knocked out of the meditation and stood still on the floor of the First Forge, hearts pounding and head spinning and full only of the loud clangs of ‘no, no, no’

Once admitted into reality by being vocalised even in the privacy of one’s head, a thought could not be erased.  Its existence could not be denied. Even if it was only the smallest part of him, even if most of his desires remained in agreement with his original goal, this still existed. 

He did not entirely want Obi-wan Kenobi dead.

Maul had no idea what to do with this realisation. Should it even change anything? His plans had been laid over years and such a small thing was not a reason to set all of that aside, wasting his efforts. 

Maul moved from the open space in front of the forge to kneel by the forge itself. A red-hot glow spilled out from its mouth, where banked layers of charcoal smouldered and put out a fearful heat. Maul consciously tensed then relaxed his muscles, reaching out with the Force as he did so for the ka’ra built up within those depths. He was not brittle metal to shatter at an unexpected blow - and if he did, if he ever had, he went back into the flames to melt the pieces together and be reforged. One thing he did know; he must either reject or accept this new part of himself into the greater whole now, or risk compromising the ritual of his beskar’gam which was by nature more involved for the star-touched than any other Mandalorian. 

Staring into the fire, Maul turned his attention within. Slowly the periphery of his visual field vanished - the forge was all that remained. Within the glow images - memories - presented themselves. The refinery on Naboo seen in crackling suggestions of movement. The duel. Jinn and Kenobi and a naive version of Maul that seemed now oddly innocent. Not of bloodshed, but of the idea of defeat. He remembered the satisfaction of matching himself against a Jedi, of proving himself by killing the Master, assuming the Padawan would be easy prey after that. Kenobi’s grief, sharp and sickening, drawing the Dark Side close for Maul to divert to make himself stronger. He’d taken pleasure in it, in all the joys of battle and of victory. He was overconfident.

The pain through his abdomen, the fall, the confusion of so sudden a loss, the garbage pit far below… 

Maul knew all that too well. Hate was automatic, a reflexively ingrained response that was all that had kept him alive but… he wanted to see that thing which lay past the hate. Forgiveness? No. No, he almost laughed at the very idea. Kenobi had been taking revenge for his Master, but that was no reason to forgive. Every being had a justification for their actions which made sense to them; the goals of the Sith and the Jedi were inherently opposed and so they could not allow each other’s philosophy and adherents to survive in the universe. There was no place for forgiveness in that. 

Again the thought repeated; ‘ this boy has not yet wronged you’. Nor could events ever proceed as they had before. Maul would never be Sidious’ tool again. What point then in revenge?

If I wish to kill someone, is that not my right? Maul told himself savagely. Morality does not constrain me, only my own desires. What I want, I should take! And it was the truth that to kill face to face, in combat, was an exercise of the simple expression of physical power and skill. So if he set aside an unnecessary justification of revenge and past hurts, what did that leave? What did he really want from Obi-wan Kenobi?

Whatever the universe, whatever the timeline, he has the potential to defeat me within him. And I… before now I have only ever bested him for a brief time by using his Jedi weaknesses against him . That in itself should have been a clue that his goals were not consistent throughout all the years. In the first freshness when Mother Talzin returned him to sanity, when he realised he would have a future at all and that revenge could exist within it, he’d wanted to drag Kenobi down into the depths with him. He desired to break his spirit and force him to suffer the same manner of loss as Maul had. So he killed civilians on some nowhere planet to bring him close, and when that failed, took Mandalore and killed the object of his affection in front of him. In the end, the worst loss had not come to Kenobi by Maul’s hand, but by that of Darth Sidious. What pitiful torment of Maul’s could compare to the genocide of the Jedi Order? 

So at the last, his revenge boiled down to a replication of the moment on Naboo, of martial skill with all else stripped away. 

A test Maul had decidedly failed that night on Tatooine. Failed, until the Force sent him back for its own purposes, and not as a boon as he’d originally believed. 

Given that… I want to defeat him properly. What I do with him after that is less important. 

Yes. That was it. A path that made sense of the competing desires at Maul’s core. The final victory, and in the sublime moment afterwards he would know what his decision would be. Death, or the mercy only the more powerful could offer their defeated foes. 

Shot through with the forge’s warmth, Maul rose to his feet, a smile curling his lips. The shining shell of his soul had closed over him again, the crack melted into the whole, reforged rather than repaired. He was ready for what came next. 

----

The clear shimmer of self-knowledge remained with Maul as he left the heart of the First Forge and moved through the building. Goran be Mereel met him part of the way there, and when he saw Maul he relaxed. 

[ You were worried about me, ] Maul noted.

[ I sensed something amiss, ] Goran replied, [ but whatever it was appears to have passed. ] 

It had been a personal revelation, not something Maul wished to discuss. He merely nodded, and they proceeded together to the storage room which Goran had temporarily set aside for their purposes today. Kilindi was waiting for them by the door, a faint sense of impatience seeping from her. She bounced slightly on the balls of her feet as Goran unlocked the door and let them enter. 

The room was full of suits of beskar’gam . These were the legacy of Clan Mereel, sets handed down through the generations for uncounted years in a process that was rarely as neat as that description made it sound. It was not as simple as children donning the armour of a parent - how could it be, when Mandalorians often had more than two children, and hardly died just in time for said child to become an adult? Instead either parent or child would commission a new set of beskar’gam , or take an older set from the clan vaults, or even mix new pieces with old. Sometimes a Mandalorian died without children, and their armour returned to the clan. At any rate the clan’s stockpile grew over time, unless some tragedy befell them and the beskar’gam was lost. 

[ It doesn’t matter which set I pick, does it? ] Kilindi said, walking between the rows of display stands. [ Not the way it matters for Maul. ] 

[ You may not be touched by the stars, but they are still in you as they are in every Mandalorian, ] Goran replied. [ You should choose armour that calls to you. ]

Kilindi nodded. Maul did not join her search yet. Instead he focused on the clarity his prior meditation had brought him and cast it out into the space around him. In his core rang the bell-chime tone that comprised his truest self. Somewhere in this room there would be a note that matched it, or at least came close. From that base he and Goran would work together to reforge as much of the armour as was needed to bring the song of beskar and soul into harmony, just as the set Kilindi chose would be made to match her physical body. 

I know who I am. I know what I want

The power of the ka’ra was a tool and it was a weapon - for something that was the soul of the Mandalorian way, how could it be anything else? Like the Dark Side, it would give its strength to any who had the will to use it, but it would not devour those who proved unworthy, merely abandon them with cold disdain. It had no goals of its own, unlike the Jedi’s foolish concept of the ‘will of the Force’. 

Here I am , Maul declared. Help me reach perfection. 

The call went rippling out through the ka’ra , and like the pip of a targeting array something came back. Maul followed that signal through the ranks of waiting beskar’gam until he found the set which had answered his cry, Goran following a few steps behind him. 

[ Old, ] Goran murmured. [ I suppose I shouldn’t be surprised. ] 

Maul reached up and stroked the mantle of beskar scales that cascaded down around the rim of the buy’ce . [ Surely this is not as ancient as it appears? ] 

[ It isn’t a genuine Neo-Crusader set, ] Goran said, which relieved Maul somewhat. It was one thing to work on an ancient war-droid which had been consigned to a vault for its protection, but for a set of armour to have lasted three millenia unworn - and thus unchanged - would be a coincidence too suspect to stand. [ The forging date was around Tarre Vizsla’s time, and it has rotated in and out of circulation several times since, though not for at least a hundred years now. Still, the inspiration is there. Shape carries symbolism. ] He hesitated a moment. [ It is not up to me to determine your path, Maul. But I’d take it as a favour to our House if you refrain from conquering any planets. ] 

It was said with a degree of forced levity, but Maul knew it was not really a joke. He was able to answer honestly, [ I have no particular desire to rule. ] Crimson Dawn had illustrated as much - too many tiresome administrative matters. 

Running his finger up against the scales made them rise and fall back with a musical chime. The note called to him - it was not perfect, not yet, but it came the closest out of anything here. Beskar was not like kyber. Even when attuned, it did not feel. He would not work with this armour like a partner in battle, the way he would with a properly attuned lightsaber, but would focus himself through it as though through a lens. 

Kilindi came over to take a look. [ Nice, ] she said appreciatively. [ Are you going to change the design much in the forging? ]

[ You think it does not suit me? ] Maul asked her.

She rolled her eyes. [ No, it looks cool. I think you can make the retro look work, if that's what you’re into. Which I’m sure you are, you history nerd. ] 

[ Disparaging the great history of the Mandalorian people, ] Maul said, with an exaggerated sigh and shake of his head. [ And in front of our goran . ]

Kilindi laughed. [ I think I’ve found one as well. Perhaps you or Goran can let me know if you agree that it's a good fit, you know, spiritually? ] 

[ If it has called to you, I am sure it will be, ] Goran said, but followed her away briefly to make the assessment anyway. 

Maul looked into the slim shape of the visor before him. Soon he would be looking at the world from the inside of it. The very thought felt right. He was seized with a sudden urge to crawl inside like some sea-creature making itself at home inside its shell, home and protection both. 

Patience , he told himself. It shall not be much longer.  

Then he realised he still hadn’t decided what colour he was going to paint it. 

----

For those touched by the stars, the reforging of one’s beskar’gam had to be done together with the gorane . It was another meditative process, the layers of repetition this time shaped by the rise and fall of the hammer and the simmering heat of the flames. A certain degree of mental intimacy was also required, though the experience was not as invasive as Maul had feared. Instead it was more akin to the battle meditation he’d worked on before with Pre and Savage. Goran be Mereel met him mind to mind and brought him into the circle of his intent. Maul provided the pattern, Goran provided the knowledge and experience. 

Maul could not have said afterwards how long they spent in the forge. Time fell away and left only progress behind. At the end of it he had a second skin to wear atop his own. 

This had all been a fairly private affair, but his aliit were eager to witness the results. Maul slipped the buy’ce over his head, careful of his horns. They slid neatly into the covers made for them without the least discomfort, a more natural feeling than he was used to from the bajur’gam helmets he’d worn before. He had kept the scaled gorget, and the weight of it settled pleasantly around his shoulders. Leaving the forge felt rather as though he were presenting himself for inspection, and the bare silver beskar seemed slightly awkward. 

Maul ignored the flutter of uncertainty in his stomach - then forgot it entirely when he caught sight of his brothers. “It appears I am not the only one with something to show off today,” he said. 

Feral spread his arms to show off the fresh designs on his bajur’gam , ones which had not been there yesterday. “Not trying to show you up, orivod ,” he said, grinning, “just… it felt right.” On his pre-existing bright, matt-orange base Feral had arranged for someone to paint familiar Nightbrother markings, in a red which was dark enough to appear black at first glance. 

“Those are my markings,” Maul said. This made sense when he considered the colour. The standard crimson held a signifier of honouring a parent, and other shades suggested different family relations. This was Feral’s way of honouring him , of proclaiming their connection, even of staking a claim - one that Maul was happy to accept. Nightbrother patterns were not - as some in the galaxy believed - placed upon them by the Nightsisters as another sign of their subjugation, but were entirely their own. A small resistance the Nightsisters did not care enough to forbid, they proclaimed the Nightbrothers’ ties to each other beyond their status as pawns and breeding-stock.  

“And Savage has mine,” Feral said, briefly gesturing to him. Maul had noticed that already; an equally dark red on top of his reliable blue. Had it been a brighter shade, he reflected, it might have clashed inconveniently. “You look wizard, Maul, since I hadn’t said it yet. Kilindi sort of told us what it looked like when you picked it but we weren’t sure how much might change during the forging…” 

There was a self-evident gap in the pattern his blood brothers had set out here. Maul thought about it while he let Feral’s easy chatter sweep over him. He did not feel pressured to wear Savage’s markings simply because of the choices they had made, but now that the idea had been presented to him it felt appropriate. It left only the base colour still unclear. 

The shape of his revenge against Kenobi might have changed, but that was not the only revenge Maul sought here in the galaxy’s past. The sharper revenge was against the Sith, against Darth Sidious, which also had the advantage of being justice according to any system of morality which gave weight to the concept.  He could make the argument for black, with deep red for his aliit and flashes of gold for the vengeance he would bring. 

“It does look good on you,” Jango said, coming over to put a hand on Maul’s shoulder - and as an excuse to look at his beskar’gam up close, Maul was sure. “Does it feel…?” He cast around for the right word, awkward as always with the workings of the Force, “Comfortable?”

“Very much so,” Maul said, truth and not just reassurance. 

“What technical specs did you choose?” Pre asked - which of course meant no escape from a long conversation about HUD settings, integrated weaponry options, operating systems and other minutiae, areas upon which any Mandalorian who thought themselves worthy of the name had a plethora of opinions.  Feral and Savage were soon chiming in, as was Kilindi - albeit less so. The additional complications of Maul’s reforging meant she had completed the process some days before he had, and thus there had been time to paint her new-forged beskar’gam in shades of blue and orange similar to the base-colours of Feral and Savage. 

Reliability and joy were certainly appropriate for her, but Maul wondered if this was also her own way of referencing family. If she changed it again after seeing his armour painted he supposed that would give a clear answer. She’d taken nothing of Pre’s, but his situation was more complicated. He was not part of House or Clan Vizsla now, yet despite a few alterations to proclaim his allegiance to Clan Fett and House Mereel, his colours remained those of Kyr’tsad . In this, he was an embodiment of the alliance which had ended the Mandalorian Civil War, as well as the hope for it to continue on into their peoples’ future. 

Some Mandalorians could argue that they chose their colours merely for the look of them and not for the meaning they signified, but the Mandalore’s aliit did not have such a luxury. Too many eyes would be upon them in the coming years, and too great a judgement. It was necessary to be mindful of the messages they were sending, intentionally or otherwise. 

That attention could be dangerous. Not just politically - that was obvious - but when it came to their hidden enemies too. Darth Plagueis might not know to take notice of a Force-sensitive Nightbrother adopted by the Mandalore, but if word of that ever reached Darth Sidious… 

Maul shivered. He had been lucky to have remained unnoticed for this long. The Jedi had been the greatest source of threat, yet it was the Order’s very arrogance when it came to matters of the Force that may have protected him from being mentioned specifically in their report to the Senate. He had avoided the wookie Senator and the Banking Clan representative, but if the wrong visitor happened to ask the wrong questions…

If one could not stop an event, the only alternative was to be prepared for it. Wasn’t that what all of this had been about? Sheltering in the strength of the Mandalorian people? If they could draw Sidious into a trap with the right bait, it was possible they could even turn this into an advantage. 

----

Peacetime, such as it was, was treating Gar Saxon well. The fighting might be over in their sector, but somewhere across the countless lightyears of known space there was always some conflict burning. Galactic peace was the greatest lie of all. Mandalorians knew the truth; war was inevitable and eternal, and good soldiers were always in demand. It set them apart from lesser peoples who liked to ignore reality, pretending that violence was unnatural or even that if they couldn’t see it then it didn’t exist at all. Now that Mandalore Fett had brought the Evaar’ade into compliance and bargained with the Republic, House Saxon was finally able to return to the old ways. Everything was as it should be. 

At seventeen Gar wasn’t old enough to command troops, but he’d seen action as a junior ramikad under the command of Tyro Saxon in the campaign to take Mandalore and he had remained part of a squad under Kaan Saxon when the Saxon elders re-organised their fighting corps into a mercenary company after the pacifists surrendered. For a year though there had been nothing but training. It was useful, necessary, but in the end a Mandalorian should sharpen their skills against the enemy, not against each other. Then, finally, permission. 

Gar didn’t know what deal Fett had to make to get the Republic on board, but even with a dozen clans unleashed to fight they didn’t want for work. Maybe that was it. Perhaps the Republic, cowardly and craven though they were, was smart enough to see that the galaxy was a dangerous place and recognised that they needed warriors to do what they flinched from themselves. 

He touched a trophy from their last contract, remembering. The carved ivory trinket no doubt meant something sentimental to its original aqualish owner, but now it was just a token of a campaign. The Andoan Free Colonies. Hah! Freedom was a bold thing to claim if you couldn’t back it up, and the colonies hadn’t had the resources for that even if their fighting spirit wasn’t bad. House Saxon would have been there longer if not for the Republic coming in to settle things down, which voided their merc contract with the Spiverelda government… 

That was all political stuff, which Gar didn’t care about. He’d been able to fight, and that was enough. If it had been cut short, fine. They would go kill somewhere else and the details didn’t matter to him. 

The light cruiser Vokat settled down on the landing grounds of Fort Saxon and the company disembarked in an orderly manner, squad by squad. Gar’s mother would expect him to check in immediately upon his return, so he didn’t waste any time in heading for the command centre, where he found that she had unexpected company. 

Alor Pre,” he said in greeting, saluting. There was only five years difference in age between himself and Pre Fett, and they were both eldest ade in their aliit . Pre’s path might have skewed unexpectedly after Tor Vizsla’s death, but he’d found his feet again and it wasn’t unreasonable for Gar to see in him the shape of his own future. 

“Gar Saxon,” Pre replied with a nod of acknowledgement. “You remember my younger siblings?” He gestured to the two verde with him - or more likely they were ramikade given who they were. 

“I remember. Maul and Kilindi, right?” He offered them both his arm for a warrior’s handclasp. Maul stuck out in his memory particularly; it wasn’t often those touched by the stars diverted from gorane training. Sparring with him had been like fighting a whirlwind, devastating and impressive. He hadn’t stood a chance of beating him. “What can Clan Saxon do for you all?”

“That’s what we’ve just been discussing,” his mother said. “Maul and Kilindi have both turned sixteen, and we have been asked to assist with their ongoing ramikade training.”

“Oh.” Gar turned back to Pre, confused. “But… wouldn’t they just join your command?”

It was Maul who answered, in a measured low voice that somehow grabbed hold of your attention despite that quietness. “We would rather avoid any appearance of favouritism from our orivod . Besides, Pre is politically unable to take mercenary contracts at the present time.” 

Gar didn’t understand why, but didn’t care enough to ask about it right now. “You want to stretch your legs outside the sector,” he said, starting to grin. Rumour was this pair had rough pasts before being picked up by Fett and had survived it with plenty of mandokarla . It made sense they wanted work befitting real Mandalorians. 

“They’ll be assigned to Tyro’s command to begin with,” his mother told him. “I’m sure you’ll help them settle in.”

“Of course.” He wasn’t sure how good a fighter Kilindi was, but Gar was already imagining what it would be like to have Maul as part of their unit. Who could possibly stand against them with the power of the stars at hand? “Welcome to the team!” They were going to have fun .

----

Test designs for Maul - the one on the left has more of the Neo-Crusader look.

Notes:

I like these Nautoloan Mando designs: https://starnebulalegacy.tumblr.com/post/619446380088410113/so-wish-helmets-were-displayed-on-nautolans-a and https://starnebulalegacy.tumblr.com/post/659611089681678336/ambushing-a-bounty-with-guns-out-or-by-striking-a

I'll probably have to sketch out Maul's design to illustrate what exactly it looks like.

Chapter 58: Chapter 57

Summary:

A mission gone wrong causes Maul to consider his actions in a past life, and Satine recieves an interesting invitation.

Notes:

It's probably obvious from context, but akaan'laar means battle-song, and is basically a Mandalorian version of Battle Meditation. You might recall Maul practicing it before with Pre and Savage (it was probably about 20 chapters ago though, lol).

Also please note I added some art to the end of the last chapter to illustrate possible designs for Maul's armour.

Chapter Text

A dull thump resounded through Gar’s chest as the breaching charges went off and filled the air with white smoke, smoke that quickly lit up crimson from the inside as a hail of blaster bolts lanced out towards them. His buy’ce audio-filters were still cycling back down to normal levels so he couldn’t hear it, or the clang as the door hit the decking, but he didn’t need to. Predatory intent was upon him, filling his body with its strength. Infra-red picked out targets through the haze and he returned fire along with the rest of his squad. People screamed and bodies dropped. 

That was enough to deal with the initial resistance. Maul leapt out from behind the cover of Gar’s body with bes’kad in hand, moving almost too fast for human eyes to track. Smoke curled and made patterns in his wake. He darted from heat-lined shape to heat-lined shape like an insect lapping beads of nectar from a patch of flowers, pollinating with death and collecting blood in return.

The weight of single-mindedness in the back of Gar’s head told him when to hang back and when to push forwards. The squad was one unit, one organism made of many parts. Right now this beast had reached out a paw to bat the station’s defenders aside, and now that task was done the rest of the creature moved up to join it. 

They swept the corridor, rifle muzzles up and passing over the bodies of the pirates. It proved needless; their body-heat was already fading as the smoke cleared, all of them dead. Gar knew where Maul was the same as he knew the location of his own right hand, as he knew where each of his squad-mates stood in the space around him, but he looked over at him anyway. Maul had crouched to wipe his kad clean on a rodian’s tattered overalls and now he rose again, his chin lifting as though he were scenting the air. 

Gar knew what he was sensing was nothing as solid and physical as scent. Even in the midst of the akaan’laar he caught only the echo of it, but when Maul found what he was looking for that was passed on, a new source of purpose lighting them up, a pip on a targeting array. No need for tactical discussion, no need for battle-sign, question and answer flitted from mind to mind and the organism decided. 

This bounty was worth more alive than dead. Cowardly, he fled from them through the station looking for some way to slip from the net closing in around him. Perhaps he hoped the weight of bodies between them would protect him. It wouldn’t. Not from Mandalorians. Perhaps he had a fast ship waiting, or would steal one from another pirate captain, but even that wouldn’t be enough. Vokat had decoupled as soon as the strike-team made entrance and was looping the planetoid’s airspace overhead. Her guns would disable any vessel before it had a chance to plot a jump to hyperspace. 

They had a direction to follow. They started moving, back to the hunt.

Gar’s blood was up, his reactions sharpened by the akaan’laar , senses shared between them. He couldn’t have said how he knew the pirates were about to turn the corner ahead of them but the certainty was in his mind and his rifle joined the others spitting out a withering hail that turned the intersection into a zone of death. A few managed return shots but those splashed harmlessly from beskar’gam , causing soft warning beeps in Gar’s ears as the impacts were registered by his armour systems. Barely enough to bruise. Most of the pirates dropped, though not all were dead just yet. Those still able to move scrambled back into cover cursing. 

No point wasting tibanna. His squad switched to suppressing fire, taking a shot whenever a target thought about poking their head out from behind the wall. Some idiot tried to shoot back at them blindly, and lost a few fingers for their trouble, blaster pistol clattering to the floor smoking slightly from the hit.

With their prey pinned down, it was time for the claws to reach out again. Maul closed the distance in the space of heartbeats. Apparently nobody had lived long enough to pass on a warning about him - if this rabble even possessed enough organisation to coordinate over comms - because they weren’t expecting the assault. Voices cried out in fear and alarm. Blasters fired close-range from the hip, going wild. The squad moved forward in Maul’s wake, just in time to shoot down the ones that tried to break and run. There were injured lying amongst the dead, some too far-gone to do anything but moan, but none stupid enough to try to keep fighting. A thought passed like a wave from mind to mind through the squad - mercy, or elimination? - and a pause of deliberation. 

Republic system contract , someone noted. Their rules. Can’t kill prisoners.

Another; not prisoners yet. 

Another; could charge more for transporting criminals back for trial - which was why their employer wanted the pirate king alive. It was enough weight on the scales. This time when the rifles fired, they were set to stun. They could come back for anyone who didn’t die of their wounds. 

This rhythm of move, kill, move repeated, a familiar and almost comforting pattern. Each beat of Gar’s heart pumped pleasure through his body, pleasure shared and mirrored through the akaan’laar . This was what it meant to be Mandalorian. This was what they were made for. There wasn’t a force in the galaxy that could stand against them. 

Resistance was melting away in front of them as pirates ran rather than face them. Finally they saw sense. Perhaps they weren’t as stupid as they appeared. Beneath his buy’ce Gar was smiling, a vicious, teeth-baring grin. His confidence was shared across the squad - but not by everyone. Some were feeling more cautious, that instinct warring against the eagerness. It held Gar back like a leash, a thing he wanted to bite down on and tear apart. 

Up ahead an open blast-door split the corridor they were travelling down from a larger space beyond. Another flicker of caution passed through the group, but it wasn’t strong enough. They kept moving, for there was prey ahead, a concentration of life-forms glowing in that mental vision that was not vision. A threat assessment was made and returned only an impression of contempt. In the end these people were only pirates, not soldiers. They took from the weak and fled from the strong. 

The hunting organism fanned out slightly as they entered what looked to be a dinner-hall, two tiers of balconies wrapping around three of the walls above the main floor, assessing the space through many sets of eyes. At the point of the spear Gar saw the trap first. The long barrel poking out from over the top of a barricade of hastily assembled crates on the first balcony up, pointing directly down at them. His eyes widened, shock disseminating - as the heavy repeating blaster spun up they had already started to scatter and find whatever cover they could, but the pirates had chosen their spot well. There wasn’t much to hide behind other than flimsy tables and benches. Caught in the centre, Gar had a choice of which direction to dive and he picked wrong. Chunky red blaster-bolts as long as his forearm stitched up the floor towards him - they’d aimed low anticipating the repeater’s kick-back - and then caught up with him. 

Gar wasn’t exactly sure what happened next. The next thing he was conscious of was that he was on his back with an alarm whining in his ears and that everything hurt. 

He was alive to hurt. That was good. 

He blinked, tried to take stock of his own body. A detonator had gone off on the inside of his head and the akaan’laar was all wrong, a set of shattered mirrors. The echo left behind a sudden silence, an absence. A hollow place cored out of him where unity ought to be. It ached, but that hurt was shadowed by the ones that were more physical. 

Another blink forced his eyes to focus and he could see his HUD and the large warning splayed across the centre of it, which explained the alarm. Thermal dispersion at critical limits - basically his beskar had done its job absorbing those heavy blaster bolts, but energy had to go somewhere and if it wasn’t going into him it had to become heat instead. Enough heat that his armour systems had almost shut down from it. 

Gar clicked his tongue, cancelling the warning, and another one scrolled up right behind it. It was hard to focus long enough to read it - the letters swam in and out. Something about his kute ? It was ripped? 

No. Punctured. 

Right, Gar thought. That was bad. Meant the pain wasn’t just bruising and getting half-cooked. He’d actually been shot. 

The heavy repeater was still going, characteristic chatter thrumming away at a remove. Gar should have known what the plan was to deal with that. Even if he couldn’t think of anything, one of the others should…

A familiar voice was cursing. Another started barking orders. Gar was having difficulty hearing that too. He cancelled that second alert, which left his HUD clear so he could see what was going on out there. That was the ceiling… the edge of a table… 

Movement in his peripheral as someone dropped down next to him. Hands grabbed underneath his arms and hefted him up enough to start dragging him. 

[ Kriff, you’re heavy, ] Ghaj snarled. 

[ Like you’re any lighter, ] Gar managed to say back. 

[ So you’re still alive. Good. ] 

His squadmate managed to get him out of the hall and back into the shelter of the corridor, propping him up against the wall. Gar looked down at himself. Trying to breathe too deeply hurt, and that made sense when he saw the dull silver of the beskar- durasteel blend which made up his breastplate, instead of paint. There was some black carbon-scoring around the edges, but mostly everything had been scoured off by the blaster-bolts or cooked off by heat dissipation. Then further down… 

Gar touched the hole in his kute and his glove came away stained with blood. 

[ I already hit you with a coagulant, ] Ghaj said. [ Another one and you’ll have the opposite problem. Humans don’t really need their spleens though, right? ] 

It wasn’t much of a joke, but under the circumstances it hit him as funnier than it ought to be. Laughing hurt too much though. He felt better than he had a minute ago, so the coagulant must have been doing its job, but better was a long way from good. He doubted he’d be getting up off the floor any time soon. 

He’d successfully assessed himself, so Gar managed to turn his attention to the wider situation. Despite the ongoing repeater fire none of it appeared to be reaching the door. He slid more than leaned sideways to get line of sight back into the dining hall. 

[ Kriff, ] was about the best he could come out with. 

Maul stood level with the first of the scattered, toppled tables, his hands pressed up and out like he was leaning against an invisible wall - except the wall was a dome of almost unseen force a half-meter away from his palms, a shield from which the heavy blaster bolts splashed in shimmering silver ripples. Maul was snarling, a low growl coming through comms, his whole body tense with effort. Gar hadn’t known something like this was possible, even for the stars-touched, but there was no way he could keep it up for long. 

Hopefully he wouldn’t have to. The rest of the squad had taken advantage of the cover he was providing and retreated to the safety of the entrance corridor. Gar was the last one in, since Ghaj had to drag him. Maul must have sensed they’d finished their retreat; he started to take careful steps backwards, arms trembling with the strain. As soon as he moved past the lip of the door someone triggered the blast shield and it slammed closed.

Maul staggered, then sank to his knees. Kilindi was by his side in an instant. 

[ Are you alright? ] she asked. 

[ Merely… tired, ] Maul replied. He shook his head, then looked around. [ Situation report? ] 

It shouldn’t have been him asking. He wasn’t actually in charge here. He’d only just started training with them, he was too young to lead, they had Alor Kaan for that, but what was true on paper and true in reality were two different things. He sung them into akaan’laar , he was the rhythm that kept them together and of one purpose within it. They might think together, a mind making decisions by committee, but… some minds shouted louder than others.

[ Gar is the only one seriously hurt, ] Kaan said. 

Maul’s head turned towards him instantly. Gar flicked him a quick ‘I’m okay’ in battle-sign, but still heard Maul’s quiet hiss of distress. The blood must be more obvious than he’d realised. 

[ The longer we’re held up here, the more likely the target will get away, ] Maul observed. He didn’t sound happy about it, but he was obviously right. 

[ Can you handle the emplacement? ] Kaan asked. 

Maul thought about it but shook his head. [ Not with our current weapons, and not after that . My strength in the Force is not infinite. Even so, they need to die. That was too obvious a display of power. Rumours of my abilities should not spread. ] No. They didn’t talk about stars-touched for a reason - though most of them weren’t as flashy as Maul. What he could do was more like the Jedi, and they didn’t want anyone thinking a Jedi had somehow taken up with Mandalorian mercenaries. 

Kaan tapped his vambrace, navigating the station schematics they’d managed to scrape up before the mission on his HUD. [ Going around won’t be easy, ] he said. [ Kriffers! They’ve got us in a choke point and pinned us here! ] 

Kilindi crouched, tapping the deck. Kaan’s head cocked, but it was Ghaj who asked, [ What are you doing? ] 

[ Thinking, ] Kilindi replied. [ We might be on a planetoid rather than in space, but a station this size needs ventilation no matter what. That, and regular maintenance. ] 

[ Droid tunnels? ] Vhesa asked. [ Will any of us even fit? ] 

[ Maul and I are the smallest, ] Kilindi said, without embarrassment. [ Maybe not with armour, but I think we can make it. ]

[ You can’t go without armour, ] Kaan objected. [ It isn’t safe. ]

[ We trained as assassins, ] Kilindi said. [ Where force has failed, stealth just might succeed. Besides, the pirates will be focused here, on you. They won’t be expecting us. ] 

Gar didn’t like it, and he could tell nobody else did either, but he also couldn’t think of a better plan. Nor could Kaan. 

[ We’ll hold their attention, ] the alor said, nodding reluctant agreement. [ They won’t be getting through that door if we don’t want them to, and I doubt they’re in any rush to circle around and come at us. They’ll be happy enough with a stalemate where none of them are dying. ] 

[ Gar is injured, ] Maul pointed out. [ You won’t be able to move easily. That leaves you vulnerable. ]

Gar bristled. [ I’m not going to slow anyone down if it comes to that! I got myself shot. If someone’s too weak to keep up, that’s on them, but I promise you I’m not weak. ] 

Maul shifted uneasily. [ That is the traditional Mandalorian way. ] 

[ What are you waiting for then? ] Gar said. [ We’ll guard your armour. Strip down and find this droid-shaft. ] 

[ Just don’t die while we aren’t here to save you, ] Kilindi told them. 

Gar couldn’t see Alor Kaan roll his eyes, but he knew that was what he was doing. [ We’re not going to die. But if we were, we’d die well, like Mandalorians. ] 

----

Maul squeezed himself through the narrow, dust-choked passageway, avoiding breathing in too deeply. He had not done this since Orsis, but it was not a skill one easily lost, and both Mandalorian and lightsaber combat forms emphasised flexibility nearly as much as the training of an assassin. Nor was this the tightest space he had ever been in.

He was distracted though. Kaan’s parting words echoed around the inside of his head and refused to leave. 

We’d die well, like Mandalorians. 

Maul had once voiced a similar sentiment. It had been a long time ago. Another life. Mandalore, in the last days of the clone wars, the walkways and gardens of Sundari’s sheltered towers burning in plumes of black smoke, distant explosions blooming like flowers, the shroud of the Dark Side as heavy over everything as earth thrown into an open grave. The ascendency of the Sith, the coming death of the Jedi, the entire galaxy poised on the pivot-point twisting, turning over, flipping and falling… 

Gar’s voice on the other end of a commlink. Our forces are falling. We need your support!

It had never been about winning the war on Mandalore, not then. It had only ever been another tool for revenge, reappearing there to lure out Kenobi and his padawan Skywalker… not that he’d even managed that. 

Die well, Mandalorian. His parting words to Gar, who had served him so well and so loyally. He’d deemed it a fit reward at the time. Was it not the destiny of a Mandalorian warrior to die in glorious battle against a worthy foe? Now guilt twisted inside him, a dull knife. Those remnants of Kyr’tsad had not entered that fight expecting death. They believed he had a plan to win. He had failed them. Betrayed them. Whether he’d thought of it that way or not at the time, he wouldn’t have cared. Everything was different now.

He was a different man now.

One thing had not changed. Maul had abandoned Gar Saxon again. 

It did not matter that Gar had been the one to make the choice - he should not have had to. Maul should have seen the trap coming. What use was the Force if not for that? The gorane had taught Maul how to bring a fighting force together with battle-meditation and they had warned him of its limitations and its dangers, but in his arrogance he’d believed himself immune to such things. Did he not have all the wisdom and experience of a Sith Lord? 

Maul did not know how badly Gar had been injured, but it was clear that the injury was severe. When it had happened the pain and shock splintered through all their minds, throwing them out of the war-song. A moment of paralysis, preventing them from reacting as they should have… 

If he died, it would be Maul’s fault. 

The longer he and Kilindi took to find and capture their target, the more likely that death became. 

He needed to hurry.

----

Obi-wan’s holoimage fuzzed and faded half-out of view before steadying again. It appeared he had leaned forwards and adjusted something on the console, possibly resorting to a little percussive maintenance. “Sorry,” he said, his expression apologetic. “The problem isn’t the tech we’ve got, it’s the signal. Everything is fine within this system, but sending it onwards…” 

This wasn’t the first time he had explained the situation. “It’s the Holonet relays,” Satine said, completing the thought with a sigh. “The buoys still aren’t set up? I would have thought that with the Jedi involved, the matter would have been dealt with more swiftly. Have you escalated it…”

“You wouldn’t believe the number of messages I’ve drafted,” Obi-wan replied. He smiled, eyes twinkling, and added, “Or perhaps you would. You must have similar frustrations in your own work.”

Satine laughed softly. “Oh yes, I know exactly what you mean.” She smoothed out her dress as she sat down, making herself comfortable. “At least mine have the right effect.”

Obi-wan shrugged. “You give us too much credit, Duchess. We poor Jedi are nowhere near as important as the vice-chair of the Mandalorian treasury.”

Satine pointedly rolled her eyes at him. She knew he was teasing her, and the pang of emotion that ached inside her chest in response was a mixture of pleasure and sorrow. Wasn’t it odd that she missed Obi-wan even more when she spoke to him on their infrequent holocalls than when she had only her memories to remind her of him?

They hadn’t had as much time together as either of them would have liked during his six month sojourn on Mandalore. Both of them had been so busy, and that was unlikely to change at any point in the future. In another world, one where they’d managed to evade detection, perhaps even where the warriors had never rallied and defeated them, that much would be the same. Obi-wan would never have been able to stay with her forever. He was a Jedi. He had responsibilities, and if he was the kind of person who would shirk them then Satine wouldn’t have cared about him this way. 

“How is the new colony faring?” she asked. 

“There is something strange going on here,” Obi-wan told her, frowning. “We intended to find a way to encourage the gundarks to relocate to areas far from the new settlements, but something has stirred them up. I don’t believe it to be the fault of the wookies. Their culture values respect for the natural world; they weren’t aware of the extent of the gundarks’ distribution over the moon’s surface when they drafted their plans to colonise it, but they’re too invested to back out now. My Master led a small effort to scout the closest nest and found it being attacked by battle droids.”

“Battle droids?” Satine’s brows shot up in surprise. “What kind?” Even though it was silly, her first thought was of the ancient war-droids used by the Mandalorian Crusaders, but those had been gone for millenia. She doubted even Death Watch still knew the secrets of building them, otherwise they would have done so already. 

“Nothing all that dramatic,” Obi-wan said. She could tell he was trying to reassure her, not having expected her reaction to be that remarkable. It really shouldn’t have been. She must be more on edge than she thought, though she wasn’t sure why. “Battle droid is more of a marketing term - they’re actually sold as security droids, although one could use them for combat if there were enough of them.”

“Which, of course, would be illegal under Republic law,” Satine noted. 

Obi-wan nodded, with a wry expression to match her own. It appeared they were both on the same page in identifying the veneer of plausible deniability over the whole thing. “They’ve only recently been released as part of a collaboration between the Trade Federation and the Techno Union,” he explained. “More specifically, Baktoid Combat Automata. Qui-gon put me on research duty after we found them here. It seems like the Trade Federation miscalculated the timing of their release, because the sales figures aren’t very good. Mandalorian mercenaries are more expensive, but regarded as much more reliable.”

Satine’s lips thinned, not liking the reminder of her peoples’ violence even if it was simple reality. She did her best to set her distaste aside. “It does seem that there is a great deal of work going around for our warriors these days. They have the ability to be choosy, and I imagine many of them would find gundark extermination to be beneath their dignity - which I suppose tells us something about why one might choose to use droids instead.”

“Indeed; to save credits, or for dull, gruelling, long-term postings. Whether or not the Trade Federation intended for them to be more than mere security droids, that’s likely all anyone will want them for.”

Good ,” Satine said. There was enough conflict and violence in the galaxy already without unleashing unfeeling, immoral droids on its people. “But how does this fit your mission on Alaris Prime?”

“That is the problem,” Obi-wan said, rubbing a hand over his chin. “The wookies didn’t buy those droids, and there isn’t supposed to be anyone else on this moon. They’re the only ones with colony permits from the Republic. I think - and Qui-gon agrees - that whoever it is wasn’t expecting them to be granted the permits this quickly. They were trying to get something from Alaris Prime while it was still unclaimed territory. Raw resources, probably.”

“It sounds like this could get messy.”

“I’m not sure my missions go any other way,” Obi-wan replied with a rueful smile. He checked a chrono. “I should go, but I’ll keep you updated.”

“Thank you,” Satine said. She kept her gaze fixed on the place his image had been even after it faded away. She wished they had the opportunity to talk for longer. Perhaps she could ask Lord Fett for permission to travel to Coruscant, timing her visit with Obi-wan’s return to the Temple… There was a Mandalorian presence there these days, trying to improve their relations with the Order. She could easily make it a business trip… 

Speaking of business, a light blinked on her datapad, alerting her to a waiting message. Her responsibilities called too. 

Satine’s lip curled in distaste when she saw who it was from. Bix Glass again. She never enjoyed reading any of his communications, but she couldn’t afford to ignore them. The IBC was too important as a trading partner and economic force across the galaxy. She skimmed his opening slimy pleasantries to get to the meat of the message, which she read more closely. He had a number of suggestions about potential companies and entities with whom Mandalore might wish to discuss trade - in return for a small fee for introducing them to these opportunities, of course. 

“Regardless of whether you wish to pursue any of the above at this time, Clan Damask extends an invitation to a social event,” Representative Glass continued, “without any implication of debt or obligation. Mandalorian mercenaries are becoming an ever more important and valued part of galactic life, and Mandalore’s star is rising. Power of any kind affords one certain advantages. Mand’alor Fett ought to have the opportunity to make use of those advantages.”

Now what did he mean by that?

Clan Damask are honoured to host regular soirees on Sojourn, also known as the Hunter’s Moon.The festivities are sure to appeal to Mandalorian appetites, and the guest list is exclusive, by invitation only. My Clan and I hope to see you there.”

Attached were coordinates, and a date. Instinctively Satine was wary of anything Bik Glass wanted, and she didn’t much like that reference to Mandalorian appetites either, but perhaps it was unfair to judge the messenger rather than the message. 

The decision wasn’t hers in any case. The invitation was for Jango Fett. She would have to discuss it with him. 

----

As soon as they got back on board Vokat , Gar was whisked off to the medical bay. Not that he was in any state to object; the coagulant might have done its job but it hadn’t been able to stop the bleeding completely, and nor had the bacta dressing Kaan slapped on from his field kit. He was tired, drained and weak, and had needed to be carried from the station in a makeshift stretcher, drifting in and out of consciousness the whole way. Baar’ur Iffan had not been impressed. Luckily he wasn’t awake enough to catch more than a little bit of her complaining. 

They’d completed the job and nobody had actually died. That was what mattered. 

Some time later - he wasn’t sure how long - Gar woke up properly to find he had a visitor. Maul sat next to the med-berth, his buy’ce resting on his lap. The shimmer of scales dangling from it spilled across his thighs, catching the light. Gar blinked, his thoughts coming slow as drifting clouds. The glitter was hard to look away from. 

That was probably because he was high on pain-stims, he realised.

Maul wasn’t looking at him. Didn’t seem to notice he’d woken up either, because he didn’t react at all, just kept staring down at the floor.

[ Hey, ] Gar said. The way Maul startled was kind of cute to his sleepy brain. 

[ Gar… ] Maul stopped. Hesitated. His expression was softer and more vulnerable than Gar had seen on him before. 

It wasn’t like Gar knew what to say either, but he didn’t think the responsibility for carrying on this conversation ought to fall to the person who was on drugs. He watched Maul with curiosity. Why was he here anyway? He’d been with their company long enough for it to be obvious he wasn’t the kind of guy who made friends easily, and although Gar was aware that he supposedly had some kind of crush on him, he didn’t take that kind of gossip too seriously. Maul didn’t act like someone with a crush. He didn’t go out of the way to spend time with Gar or make a point of talking to him - more like the opposite, to be honest.

[ I must apologise, ] Maul said eventually. 

[ What for? ] 

The flinch was small, but it was there. Maul glanced away briefly, a rapid flick of his eyes before they returned to Gar’s face. [ You were injured because of me. ] 

[ I don’t see how, ] Gar replied. [ I was on point. I was the one who walked us into that trap. ] 

[ The battle-song was too deep. We weren’t thinking clearly. ]

[ Even if we hadn’t been in battle-song, that wouldn’t have changed the tactical situation, ] Gar pointed out. [ The choke point would still have been there, and we would have been stuck trying to go through it either way. ] He supposed they might have been more cautious and spotted it earlier, but although Maul had put them into akaan’laar it wasn’t just his thoughts that contributed to it. Gar was pretty sure the excess of confidence that made them so careless had been coming in large part from himself. 

[ But you would not have been shot, ] Maul hissed, looking down at his wound - or the place on the blankets which concealed it. 

It didn’t hurt, so Gar had forgotten it was there. Curious himself, he lifted up the cover to take a look at it, but there was just a bacta-dressing clamped to his side. 

[ Stop that, ] Maul said, reaching forward to tug the blanket out of his hand in annoyance. [ You’ll make it worse. ] 

[ It’s my first time being shot, ] Gar objected. [ I wanted to see what it looks like. ] 

Maul smoothed his expression back down into something blank. [ It should be your last time as well, I hope. ] 

[ We’re Mandalorians, ] Gar said. [ It’ll probably happen again. ] 

The twist of Maul’s mouth showed he didn’t like hearing that, but he didn’t push about it. [ My point, ] he said, [ is that I must be more careful in future. I do not intend to treat any of your lives as… disposable. ]

[ You’re not ramikad’alor yet, ] Gar reminded him. He couldn’t help grinning; it was easy to forget that Maul was a year younger than he was when he had his buy’ce on, but an expression that serious and authoritative on a face that still had some puppy-fat was pretty funny. [ You don’t need to feel responsible for us. If anything we should be the ones looking after you and Kilindi. ] 

[ Nevertheless, I do, ] Maul replied. [ I am not attempting to push for a leadership role I have not yet earned, but we are commandos together. Those who fight side by side have a responsibility to each other. Is that not what being a soldier is all about? ] 

Gar shrugged. [ True enough - ] so he couldn’t argue with it. 

Maul’s golden eyes were bright and intense as he leaned forwards. [ I will make this pledge. Be loyal to me and I will be loyal to you. ]

Words like that could give a man ideas, but Gar didn’t think there was any kind of romantic intent behind Maul’s declaration. All he meant was the loyalty between comrades, not partners and not commander and subordinate either. It wasn’t hard to accept a deal that was part and parcel of what ought to be expected from both of them anyway. 

[ Sure, ] he said, [ I’m loyal. ] 

[ I know, ] Maul replied. [ It is in your nature to be. As for mine… let us say that I am trying. ]

Chapter 59: Chapter 58 - 38 BBY

Summary:

An invitation, a hunt, a party, a conversation, and at last, a clue.

Notes:

Back to the main project.

Chapter Text

Night had fallen on Sojourn. Inky shadows enveloped the courtyard of the ancient fortress, swallowing up corners and walls, turning into living creatures that danced monstrous in the animating light of many fires. It draped shrouds of secrecy over the groups of hunters and revelers. There a pair of Hutts twining serpentine together, only the darkness giving a veneer of deniability to their mucous-wet coupling. There a cluster of muun in mockeries of traditional Eriadu hunting gear inexpertly butchering some kind of cervine. There some human in elegant clothing groping a pair of giggling twi’leks in a haze of spice. 

Clouds of perfume and intoxicants mingled with woodsmoke, trapped inside the high walls of the fortress. Jango was glad of the filters in his buy’ce , and he had absolutely no intention of taking it off. Satine Kryze wasn’t so lucky. She pressed a scrap of cloth to her nose and mouth and coughed through it now and again. 

[ This is… awful, ] she muttered to him in an undertone. Her Mando’a was clumsy, but it served to conceal her words from their hosts. 

[ This is the galaxy, ] he told her. [ Better than that, it’s the Republic. ] 

[ No! ] she said vehemently. [ Not Republic… ] She lapsed into Basic, failed by her small knowledge of what should have been her native language. “It’s corruption. An aberration. Half of these people are criminals .”

“Looks that way, does it?” Jango took pleasure in rubbing her nose in this. “Half of them might be, but all of them are important players. The Banking Clan wouldn’t have invited them here otherwise.”

She looked away, but that only gave her a better view of the party. Her cheeks flushed with colour and she fixed her gaze firmly on the paving flags underfoot instead. Jango kept them moving, an easy stroll around the perimeter where they’d go mostly unnoticed - or at least only noticed by people who were also looking to fade into the background. Lelek was more than doing his part representing the Mandalorians here. 

Jango couldn’t help looking his way. Wasn’t hard to spot him. He was on top of a table at the centre of the courtyard, draped in the hide of the thing he’d killed - it’d been an avalanche of claws and muscle that roared out at them from the thick jungle undergrowth of the hunting range before Lelek’s squad of Corusc’ade surrounded it, harrying it like a pack of strills until it turned tail and ran. Then Lelek swept in and took it apart. 

Now he was dancing. A blade-dance, a victory-dance, something half-familiar but only enough that every difference was like missing a step on a ladder, giving a sudden shock. The Corusc’ade had been separate from the other Mandalorian clans for a long time. Long enough to have traditions of their own. The music came from small drums of leather and bone, a rapid heart-beat throb strong enough to have drawn in some of the other revellers, who were parading around their own trophies. Nothing as impressive as Lelek’s - or rather, prey taken through less direct methods. Hit a nexu with a big enough harpoon and it would fall down dead, and you didn’t even need to leave the safety of your armoured speeder to do it. 

As Lelek turned in an elegant whirl of his new cape he caught Jango’s eye and his lips curled back in a smug grin. He wasn’t afraid of getting buzzed on the cocktail of substances that filled the air, or perhaps whatever his species was they were resistant to such things. His eyes were clear and sharp and though he’d made a show of drinking along with all of the toasts earlier, Jango hadn’t missed that more of it splashed onto the floor than went down his throat. 

Nothing about Lelek’s actions today was a mask or a lie. He was the hunter, the predator, a being the cultured Core would call a savage barbarian without knowing he’d been born in Coruscant’s depths beneath their very feet. At the same time as Lelek made a show of this truth, he also held the other part of himself back. It was the calculating part which read the intentions and desires of other sentients, that thought in lines of credits and bargains. 

Not that Bik Glass knew about that. As far as the Clan Damask were concerned Lelek was here as Satine’s bodyguard the same as the rest of his people - and they’d only allowed that much because she was below the galactic standard age of majority for a human. Didn’t matter that plenty of planets, and most Mandalorians at that, figured things differently - it was a good enough excuse.

Jango might not have accepted the invitation at all if not for Lelek. This could be a ploy by the Sith Master - but as soon as Lelek heard the name ‘Hunter’s Moon’ he latched onto it with laser focus. Jango reckoned he still owed him from the poor hunt their civil war had been - and their Sith-hunt wasn’t moving forward fast. Lelek deserved the kind of fun the Corusc’ade valued so highly, and if this helped draw the Sith out, it would be worth it twice over. 

[ What I’d give to have gone on that hunt with him , ] somebody said nearby with deep admiration. 

It startled Jango out of his thoughts and drew him away from the spectacle Lelek was making of his victory. He turned towards the stranger and realised as he did so that they’d spoken in Mando’a. He tensed. If there was another Mandalorian here, shouldn’t he have already known about it? 

The human who’d spoken was broad and muscular and wearing beskar’gam , painted mostly a flat grey with hints of blue. There was a House Vizsla shriek-bird on their paldron alongside a more prominent clan marking Jango didn’t recognise. They weren’t wearing their buy’ce , and their pupils were widened by spice, or something like it. Just enough for a buzz, Jango would bet. He’d seen the effects of spice well enough during his time with the Pykes to call himself something of an expert. 

[ Mand’alor, ] the stranger said, nodding. [ It’s an honour to meet you. ]

[ And you are? ] 

[ Meltch, Clan Kraako, House Vizsla. ] They held out their hand. “He/him in Basic.”

Jango took the arm-clasp warily. It was always hard to know where he stood with Kry’tsad . They either understood him and disliked him, or followed Lorca’s example, misread his intentions and liked him the better for it. He preferred the honesty of the former even if it caused more problems. [ What are you doing on Sojourn, ] he asked.

[ Just playing bodyguard for some muun, ] Meltch replied with a dismissive shrug. [ I’ve always worked better as a lone operator. Not ready to go back to the warm embrace of my clan just yet. ] His smile had a sarcastic edge to it. [ It’s good to see you here though Mand’alor. It’s about time our people got the respect they deserved, and that these decadent unsouled were shown what true hunters look like. ] 

Jango didn’t let his reaction to that particular word choice show, but only because his buy’ce was enough to hide it. Kriffing Kyr’tsad ! There were still too many of them who thought like this, but that was what happened when you made peace with your enemy. Killing them all - another genocide - wouldn’t have been better. He could only leash them as best he could. 

[ I only came here because I was curious what it was all about, ] he said. [ Not sure I like it. Might not bother again. ] 

Meltch nodded to Lelek again. [ You friend over there likes it plenty. Who would have thought Coruscant bred such mandalorian spirit? - but then again that shouldn’t be a surprise. It was the home of the Taung once, before stagnation covered it over like a fungus. ] 

Meltch might be a lone operator but clearly he still talked to his clan enough to know what was happening inside Mandalorian space. He knew who Lelek was. Had he told those muun employing him? Would they have known to ask? 

Jango was saved from enduring this conversation any further by one of the fortress guards approaching. They were Echani Sun Guard, which was interesting. It seemed the IBC wanted the mercenary bill to pass the Senate not just so they could hire Mandalorians. He knew the Echani by reputation only, as duelists more than soldiers. But perhaps Mandalorian guards at an event with the Mand’alor as guest would look too partisan. 

“Lord Fett, Duchess Kryze,” the guard said, saluting. “Clan Damask hoped for a moment of your time.”

“Wouldn’t want to keep our hosts waiting,” Jango replied quickly. Meltch nodded, slipping back into the crowd. Jango realised he hadn’t even glanced at Satine the entire time they’d been talking. As though she didn’t exist, as though she wasn’t even a person to him. 

She glared after him with fire in her eyes, and he’d be willing to bet the cloth over her mouth and nose hid a sneer. Not like she thought much better of folk like Kraako.

“This way,” the Echani said. “Inside the fortress.”

Jango shrugged, and followed.

----

Quinlan Vos ducked his head down below the curtain wall, fury boiling in his blood. There he was. Meltch Krakko. His target. The man who’d killed his Master. The man he’d been tracking for years now, winding back and forth across the galaxy like chasing smoke, following a trail that dropped for weeks or months at a time before he managed to pick it up again. A trail that led him here, to the moon called Sojourn. 

And Kraako wasn’t the only Mandalorian here.

That killer exchanged words with the Mand’alor so casually! As though they were comrades, or old friends. This was the ruler of Krakko’s people, after all, so where was the deference? There was no way this was the first time they were meeting. And why would the Mand’alor know this loner? He wasn’t a mercenary like the other Mandalorians stepping out of the shadows; Krakko was a bounty hunter and scum to his rotten core.

Quinlan had seen plenty of his work in the past few years. Enough to understand very well the kind of man Meltch Krakko was.

He let go of the lip of the battlement and slithered back down the wall, moving from bare handhold to handhold like a lizard. He dropped the final few feet to the ground and pressed into the shadow of a tower’s outcrop while a lazily moving searchlight panned across the tamped earth in front of him. In the moment of stillness his head span, his thoughts blurring together. What did all this mean?

Lay out the evidence, piece by piece.

The Jedi Council believed that Meltch Krakko had been working alone, collecting a bounty an unknown party had put on Master Tholme’s head - or the head of any Jedi the hunters could find. They claimed Jango Fett and his government had nothing to do with it. Quninlan hadn’t questioned that part before now, only the Council’s reluctance to do anything to punish the killer, to hunt him and bring him to justice. He assumed they had good reason to discard the most obvious suspect.

You don’t know they don’t , he told himself. A conversation wasn’t proof. He had no firm evidence, and hadn’t found any during the length of his chase either. If Krakko was regularly answering back to his own people, working as some subtle hand of the Mand’alor like some Mandalorian version of a Shadow, wouldn’t Quinlan have discovered that already?

Krakko took bounties off the general market, as well as private ones. He took anonymous claims, and identified ones. He wasn’t picky about what he was asked to do, only that he was paid well for it. He went to unpleasant places, and Quinlan hadn’t had any choice but to follow him or risk losing his trail. It didn’t matter what Quinlan had to do to find him - it was justified. His cause was righteous. He had to.

But just because Meltch Kraako was an independent agent didn’t mean he’d refuse a contract from Jango Fett if the Mand’alor offered him one. He didn’t need to be Fett’s agent to do what he asked - and wasn’t a genuine rogue actor even better for plausible deniability? 

There were just too many reasons for Jango Fett to want Master Tholme dead, and a lack of any other suspects. In all this time Quinlan hadn’t found any motive that made sense, and he hadn’t been able to discover how Krakko had known where to find Tholme or when he’d be arriving. Fett might be playing nice with the Jedi Order right now, but only because he didn’t want to provoke the Republic. If he’d found out there was a Shadow on his planet… It was the only thing that made sense!

The searchlight had long since moved on along its pre-programmed track. Staying low, Quinlan moved quickly across the empty space between the wall and the forest and disappeared into the undergrowth that choked the land around the castle. Being under cover wasn’t the reassurance it should have been. The trees, the bushes and vines, the very ground beneath his feet, it was all choked with a heavy blanket of corruption. It was the Dark Side. This moon was strong with it. 

Some places in the galaxy were like that naturally and nobody knew why, but Quinlan suspected this was the result of the people who came here. You didn’t have to be Force-sensitive to affect and be affected by the Force. 

It wasn’t the first time on his hunt that he’d found the Dark Side. He walked amongst criminals, pirates, mercenaries, scum like Krakko. Sure there were good people in these places too, just like there was always the Light, but so often it felt dragging, a swamp of tar sucking him in. Hard places made for hard choices. Quinlan wasn’t clean himself, and he’d walked a long path away from that of the padawan he’d once been.

It didn’t make him a Dark Jedi! He wasn’t doing this for himself. It was for Tholme, and for the Order. This wasn’t selfishness, or indiscriminate rage, and he wasn’t evil

Sojourn was not a comfortable place to be, but he could endure it. He could remain on the moon’s surface for a long time without being discovered if it was necessary. There was plenty of food and water, and the dangerous beasts only needed some persuasion with the Force to avoid him. He’d been here a while already waiting for the event to start and for Krakko to arrive for it - sneaking through the security had been a lot easier before they ramped up for this party or whatever it was. 

He knew Krakko was here now, so he had to take his chance. Quinlan wasn’t going to let him leave Sojourn alive. He just had to talk to him before he killed him. He needed answers. Details. A confession. A motive. He needed to know if he had to kill the Mand’alor as well.

----

The grand hall of the fortress was decorated with tapestries, statues and standing-stones carved with unrecognisable runes. Jango gave them a once-over and dismissed them. He wasn’t impressed by old arts and crafts no matter how much they might have cost. He was more interested in the people sitting around the table up on the dais, watching him. A bunch of muun all of them, the picture of wealth in rich robes and fancy hats that were probably very traditional. These must be the Magisters of Clan Damask - and one of them could be the Sith Lord he was looking for. 

Well, they were the ones that asked for Jango’s presence. He hadn’t come here as a supplicant and he wouldn’t act like one. He headed up the stairs to join them on the dais and pulled out a free chair with a screech of heavy wood on flagstones, sitting down as casual and relaxed as though this was his throne back in Keldabe. Satine stood behind him - probably best she didn’t draw too much attention to herself and let them all focus on him. She’d be safer that way, and she might even spot things Jango didn’t. 

“So,” he said. “You wanted to talk.”

It was dark in the hall. The light came from a roaring hearth-fire half-way down the room which didn’t do as much as you’d think in a space this large, as well as a bunch of torches on the walls. The faces of the muun were in shadow, and compensating with his buy’ce filters washed them out into shades of grey. It took one of them leaning forwards and pulling aside the drape of fabric which fell from his head-covering for him to see it was Representative Glass. 

“Thank you for coming, Lord Fett,” Glass said. He spoke quietly, as though the atmosphere of the room or of this meeting demanded it. “We are certainly grateful. Allow me to introduce the Magisters.” He went around the table in a flurry of names, only about half of which ended in Damask. Jango guessed it was much like the structures of House and Clan, with multiple lineages pledging loyalty to the most important line. He didn’t manage to take in many of the names. It was hard enough to tell the muun apart as it was, any distinguishing features lost in the folds of cloth and shadows. 

Maybe Satine was having more luck. 

There weren’t many women in this group either - at least Jango guessed there weren’t going off of the muun gender cues he’d learned from Lelek. Apparently the muun’s conformist culture also had strong ideas about sex roles and gender differences that, as far as Jango understood it, weren’t necessarily born out of their species’ biology. That didn’t make a great deal of sense to him, and it was another thing that made him wary of getting involved - but he wasn’t here to make nice with the Intergalactic Banking Clan, not really. He was here for the Sith and that was all. He had to see if he could bait them into revealing themselves, without letting on he knew about them in the first place. 

Not an easy task. 

“You are a warrior, Lord Fett,” one of the Magisters said - Jango thought their name was Feld, or something like that. Felt? Felk? “We know you have no love for social niceties and small talk, so let us get to the point immediately. We know you have spoken to Count Yan Dooku of Serenno, and we know of his opinion of the current galactic regime. Some might say that war is bad for business. Those people are fools. War is an opportunity. The clever and able may turn a great deal of profit, if they plan appropriately.”

Jango stiffened. He hadn’t expected this - the content or the bluntness. “I haven’t promised Dooku anything,” he said, which was the truth. He didn’t know what Clan Damask knew or what they had guessed, or what they might be wrong about. He had this sinking feeling that - like Lorca Gedyc and his ilk - they’d decided he was a conqueror at heart, biding his time until the right moment. 

They thought they could buy his violence.

That might have been true when he’d been nothing more than the leader of a mercenary band, but it wasn’t true now. The Mand’alor could not be for sale. 

The muun nodded. “We understand. This is a discussion of possibilities only - but war is possible. Indeed if the good Count is correct then it may be inevitable. The policy of the Intergalactic Banking Clans is that we do not take sides, but understand that this means we offer our services freely to any who need them, not that we would withdraw from galactic affairs in the event of a civil war.”

“And you want… what? To pre-negotiate a stream of Mandalorian mercenaries to protect you?”

The muun blinked, though Jango couldn’t tell if his surprise was real or for show. “It seems more likely that you will already be part of the galactic civil war - whether you like it or not. We wish rather to assure you that we will not withdraw our support should Mandalore side with the secessionist systems, and that we shall continue to promote our values of trade, the flow of capital, and reasonably rated loans.”

No, this wasn’t as simple as a show of support. Clan Damask hadn’t invited him to their private stronghold out of the goodness of their hearts - obviously they wanted something. Jango ought to have brought back-up, had Lelek in here with him, brought Silas, kriff, even some of his advisors from the Kyr’tsad and Evaar’ade factions. He’d been an idiot to think he could walk in here and deal with these bankers without falling into some kind of verbal trap. 

“The Republic isn’t as afraid of us as they used to be,” is what he ended up with. “They’re even employing us, just like the IBC are. This split could work out a lot of different ways. If Serenno and other systems move to leave the Republic following the legal pathway, whatever that is…”

Another muun chuckled softly, his wide and thin-lipped mouth curving with almost malevolent amusement. “Lord Fett, please let us be realistic. Legal or not, the Republic will not allow it. Where a few systems go more will follow, and socially, economically, or politically, the current hierarchies will not survive the process. The only outcome then is war.”

The next Magister along the table added, “Mandalore’s soldiers will be needed more than they have been for thousands of years. If you don’t pick a side you’ll be hired by both sides. You will be fighting each other. Is that really what you want? To water a thousand worlds with Mandalorian blood, dying on behalf of those unwilling to fight their own battles?”

Hah! These bankers didn’t know the traditionalists as well as they believed they did if they thought that would be a problem for them. While the split between Evaar’ade, Haat’ade and Kyr’tsad had caused the kind of conflict that demanded every Mandalorian pick a side and hence made for an unusually complete civil war in their people, violence between the Clans had always been common throughout their history. Mandalorians fought other people, or they fought amongst themselves. Only the Mand’alor could get them all pointed in the same direction, and only for as long as an external threat warranted it. 

“But perhaps the financial gain is worth it?” another muun said, his eyes glinting in the firelight. “You may be in a position to name your price to either side. What other armies are there in this galaxy?”

“What about the Trade Federation’s security droids?” a Magister suggested. “They may be crude, but sheer numbers count for a great deal. Besides, droids can be replaced far more easily than organic soldiers.”

“Are we here to discuss how this war will be fought just for the hell of it, or did you actually want something from me?” Jango demanded, his frustration rising. He could have pulled his blasters and mowed the whole lot of them down before the Echani security could stop him. He might even catch their Sith off-guard and get him too. 

But that was just an idle fantasy. He wouldn’t make it off the moon alive, for one thing, and he didn’t have a death-wish. For another, the Sith might not even be here.

The attention of the group had never really wavered from him, but now it was a distasteful weight. Jango felt like a pack of scavenging akk-dogs were standing around waiting for him to show enough weakness that they knew it was safe to attack. 

“Our apologies,” Feld or Felt said, putting a long-fingered hand over where his heart probably was. “You wish commitment, not discussion.”

Another leaned forward - this one was Than or something like it. “Damask Holdings will benefit from a galactic war, but only if it is controllable.”

“You want to control me,” Jango said, a flat, immediate denial in his tone.

“No, no, you misunderstand.” Than shook his long head. “We would not dare meddle in operational goals, or interfere with you achieving your objectives. We merely want to be able to guide the conflict away from our own interests. We are neutral of course and are not able to join the war on your side of it, but that does not mean we can’t work together to achieve mutually beneficial outcomes. This meeting is about establishing lines of communication and quid-pro-quo.”

Fled might have claimed they were just talking about the possibilities of war, but his comrade acted like it was a done deal. Like it was a dejarrik board with all the pieces already in place just waiting for the players to make the first move, sides set and chosen already. If Jango didn’t protest otherwise though, was Than wrong? Was this war inevitable?

Was all this what the Sith wanted? Palpatine had political power in the Republic and must be trying to get more, so how did a war help him? Unless the Sith just knew Dooku’s plan and the Rim’s unhappiness meant they couldn’t stop it and they were honestly trying to make the best out of the situation, just like Clan Damask. 

Either way, it was an obviously bad idea for Jango to agree to be their pawn in the war.

If there’s a war,” he said, “the Republic would be smarter to let the separatists leave. Like you pointed out, Count Dooku’s negotiating with me - with us. If the Republic can’t hire Mandalorian mercs then they don’t have an army. Any war will be over kriffing quickly.” That was more a boast than the truth - there were enough planetary defence forces scattered across the Republic that they could scramble some kind of force together, if they were willing to leave their home planets vulnerable. Not enough to reconquer a lot of secessionist planets, but enough to be a problem. And, as that other muun pointed out, there were droids.

The group actually relaxed, like he’d said something to confirm their idea of him. So they probably did think he was secretly planning to rebuild the Mandalorian Empire, like he was using Dooku’s ideals as an excuse to take territory when the split happened and the war started. Problem was, just like Jango had blundered into confirming Gedyc’s ideas after that whole thing with the slaves, he could see something like that happening almost by accident. Mandalore wasn’t in the Republic, they were already independent, they wouldn’t have been involved in this at all if not for the whole mercenary thing and the fact the Republic would probably loop them in as guilty by association or whatever, but as soon as they were part of Dooku’s faction Jango would naturally end up in its leadership too and it would all spiral from there. 

Kriff. He’d have to think about this later, with Silas and Pre and the rest of the kids.

“If you can defeat the Republic as easily as you claim Mand’alor, why stop there?” a different muun asked, smiling in a way that suggested she was either joking or serious depending on his response.

“That seems like a lot of work for not much gain,” Jango replied in a similar tone. No point repeating his true intentions if they weren’t going to believe him. 

“To be clear,” Than said, with slightly narrowed eyes. “Are you unwilling to work with us, Lord Fett, or merely unwilling to commit to any open-ended accords?”

“The second one. In any scenario where the Mandalorian clans are united in war against the Republic I won’t agree to anything that puts my people or my allies at risk.”

“Well, risk is always a matter of degree,” someone muttered on the other side of the table. 

“It would not be wise of us to ask that of you,” Than responded, ignoring his associate. “If it were rather a request to not attack some particular location when another was available that achieved the same ends, or even to focus your attention on a planet or system where it would also benefit us… in return for some appropriate manner of payment of course, all details to be agreed upon at the time?”

“I’d hear you out,” Jango said. He wanted to be done with this conversation. Any of them could be the Sith, or none of them. The Sith might not even be in the room; he could be watching through surveillance footage, or be waiting for a verbal report later. Jango might even have all this wrong and Damask Holdings were nothing more than a corrupt and greedy company. 

Than smiled. “Then we have the beginnings of an accord.” He held up a hand. “A verbal agreement only, nothing formal. More than enough for now, I think?” He addressed that last as a question to the table. The assembled muun murmured a general sense of assent back. 

“The night is still young,” Feld said. “Festivities will continue into the early hours of the morning, and there is no pressure to leave tomorrow either. Please remain as long as you wish, Lord Fett. If some desire comes to your mind, only ask to speak to us again.”

Jango stood, the legs of his chair scraping stone again. He gave them a curt nod and turned to leave. Satine startled slightly, perhaps having expected more niceties, but quickly fell into step beside him, wise enough not to say anything before they’d left the room. 

“Odious beings,” she hissed under her breath, once the heavy door had closed behind them. 

“No argument there,” Jango replied. Frustration burned low in his gut. That didn’t seem to have achieved anything. 

His comm clicked, receiving a narrow-band transmission from somewhere close by. 

[ Yes? ] he said immediately, muting his external speakers. 

[ In position Mand’alor, ] a quiet voice told him. [ Will watch to see who leaves and who arrives. ] 

[ Good hunting, ] Jango replied. To Satine he said, “You might as well get to bed.”

“Are you going back out there?” she asked, gesturing to the courtyard with her chin. Her distaste was written on her face openly. 

“For some reason I’m not feeling safe enough around these people to relax that much. I’ll check in with Lelek, then head to bed myself.”

That seemed to reassure her. They’d all been quartered in adjoining rooms, and he could understand not wanting to be alone for too long in a place like this - or with people like this. Their hosts didn’t want to offend them but some of the other guests might be less cautious about the consequences. 

“How ‘bout I walk you up?” he offered.

“Thank you,” Satine said. “I look forward to leaving tomorrow; the faster that comes, the better.”

----

A few hours later, the door of their assigned quarters opened and closed again without any visible cause. Their spy had returned. Jango looked up from the table where he’d been waiting with Lelek, his attention sharpening. Even though he knew there was someone there he couldn’t detect them - it really was impressive.

[ Krik’las, ] Lelek said. [ What did you find? ] 

Shadows rippled in the air in front of them. Light bent around the defel as she slid back into the visible spectrum. Jango hadn’t explicitly asked but he suspected her abilities were being augmented somehow by the leathery material wrapped over her beskargam, which seemed to change colour in response to whatever she was standing near. Another gift from the creatures of Coruscant’s deep layers, no doubt. 

Krik’las held out a small holoprojector. [ The Magisters left in small groups, ] she said, [ but once they were all gone these two came out together. ] The holoimage was on a contrasting pair; a tall muun and a human of average height, both draped in robes of a different style than the ones the Magisters had been wearing. Their hoods hung low enough to throw their faces into shadow, but even so Jango could see the strange apparatus covering the mouth and jaw of the muun. 

[ They weren’t in the room while I was there, ] he said, not liking that at all. [ A hidden area, or even a concealed passage? ] 

[ If it was a passage they could have left the same way, ] Lelek pointed out. [ An observation room seems more likely. They were watching you. And look - ] he pointed at the human, [ - that’s Senator Palpatine, I’m almost certain. ] 

[ Then we have our muun Sith Lord, ] Jango said, staring at the image, committing it to memory. [ Even if we don’t have a face or a name. ] 

[ Whoever this is, he’s part of Damask Holdings - we guessed that much but now we know for sure, ] Lelek said. [ We can refocus our efforts away from the rest of the IBC. Our hacker said she was on the trail of Palpatine’s finances. This might help. ] 

It frustrated him to have the threat so near and yet not be doing anything about it. [ Where did they go? ] he asked Krik’las.

[ Into the private areas of the castle, ] she replied. [ I couldn’t risk following - I can avoid organic eyes but it doesn’t always work on machines, and I didn’t know their security measures. ] 

Lelek knew him well enough to guess what he was thinking. [ We can’t kill two Sith at once, ] he said. [ And we’re in their lair. It’s not the right time or place. We’ve got what we came for. ]

[ We still don’t even know the muun’s name! ] Jango protested. 

[ I don’t think that mask is just to hide, ] Lelek said. [ It’s medical. There can’t be too many muun in Clan Damask who’ve had severe respiratory injuries or illnesses. We’ll find the name. ] 

He was right, even if Jango didn’t like it. 

[ I can’t wait to get out of here, ] he said. [ Let’s try not to come back - unless its to bring the whole place down on the Siths’ heads. ]

Chapter 60: Chapter 59

Summary:

Quinlan Vos comes to the end of his road and finds what has been waiting for him all along.

Notes:

What a nice long chapter. Not full of hurt at all. Don't worry about it!

Content warnings for torture in some detail, invading another's mind, erasing another's mind, murder, Meltch Krakko's sadism, and Quinlan Vos having a very bad time. (Let me know if I should add additional notes here).

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The interior of Krakko’s ship was no shelter from the miasma of Darkness that covered Sojourn. Quinlan curled his Force-presence more deeply inside his skin in a vain effort to protect himself, to separate himself from this oily, slick, unclean sensation.

It didn’t help. It was too close. Too… everywhere . Or he was too close to it. 

Grimy, itchy, restless, anxious, all of it building his tension and setting him on edge. It was hard to know how much of that was the influence of the Dark Side and how much of it was the effect of his own emotions. He had good reason to be alert with anticipation. He was waiting here for a very dangerous man.

Quinlan rubbed the palm of his free hand on his trousers, an idle, compulsive movement. The other was occupied, curled tightly around his chosen weapon. The dirty sensation was at its worst in his palms and had been since he’d taken his gloves off so that he could get inside the ship - putting them back on afterwards hadn't fixed that. 

Quinlan wasn’t a bad slicer by any metric. He had natural aptitude and there’d been plenty of opportunity to study and practice his skills both as Master Tholme’s apprentice and with Master Sinube. It was still easier - and more importantly much faster - to use psychometry to read a passcode directly from the impressions left behind by its owner punching it in dozens and dozens of times. Under the circumstances speed had been of the essence. Krakko wasn’t important enough to get one of the better docking locations around the fortress but there were still security measures out here, including patrolling guards. Hanging around outside slicing the lock in the traditional way would have been too risky. 

So he’d bared his skin and touched the cool metal of the keys. He’d felt the echo of Meltch’s mind. It hadn’t been the first time - there had been other fleeting impressions left like spoor during his long hunt - but it had been the strongest. Meltch Krakko wasn’t Force-sensitive, but the Dark Side clung to him all the same. It just proved even further the kind of man he was. 

Quinlan shivered and wedged himself more deeply into his hiding place. It’s a good plan , he reminded himself. It's going to work . The mantra didn’t help that much, but he couldn’t think of any way to make the plan better. His enemy didn’t know that he was being hunted. He’d been drinking and smoking spice all night. He wouldn’t be expecting a trap, and he wouldn’t be paying attention in a place he thought was safe. All Quinlan had to do was get close enough to strike.

He rehearsed it in his mind. Wait until Krakko was inside, his guard down, his helmet off. Slide the cover of the cargo locker aside. Put his feet here and here, where the floor wouldn’t creak over the struts just as he’d checked earlier. Move low and slow. Slide…

A noise echoed down the corridor. The hiss of the ramp. Boots coming up, moving towards the cockpit, an unsteady pace suggesting their owner was intoxicated. 

Quinlan held his breath and watched through the crack he’d left open. He couldn’t see much in the low light, but he heard a rough chuckle as Krakko half-tripped and caught himself on the pilot’s chair. He swung it round and fell into it with a thump. 

“Kriff, I forgot how wild this place can be,” he muttered to himself. 

Quinlan waited, holding his breath, feeling the thrum of his heart against his ribs. It was hard to tell, but he wasn’t sure if the mercenary was facing him or not. If he didn’t turn around… but then, he might fall asleep right there. Quin hoped he didn’t drag himself through into the coffin-like sleeping bunk. There wasn’t a lot of room to maneuver in there - a bad place for a fight for both of them. 

Silence. Slowly, Quinlan shifted the cargo panel, widening the gap so he could see a little more. Meltch Krakko lounged bonelessly with one foot resting on a protruding part of the console casing, elbows draped over the chair’s armrests, swivelling it slightly back and forth with light pushes of his boot. His head was tipped back towards the ceiling. No helmet. That was on the console itself where he must have set it down when he came in. 

Krakko wasn’t looking in the direction of the storage cubbies built into the rear of the cockpit, but he’d be able to catch movement from the corner of his eye and there wasn’t anywhere to hide as soon as Quinlan left his current location. There wasn’t a great distance to cross and the man’s reflexes would be impaired by all the substances he’d consumed, but it would still be taking a big risk.

No. No, he’d come this far and waited this long. He could wait a bit more.

Krakko hummed something tuneless to himself. His eyelids fluttered down over his face, but rose again. Whatever tiredness he felt wasn’t enough yet to drag him under, but neither did he look to be going anywhere or doing anything. Then, as he turned the chair again his head lolled sideways and his gaze fell on the back of the room. He blinked. His eyes slightly narrowed, and he pushed himself to his feet. 

Had he really noticed such a tiny opening in the cargo cover? 

Quinlan tensed as Krakko approached. The man’s body was held loose, still not anticipating any kind of threat, but Quinlan knew better than to underestimate him. He’d seen Krakko’s bloody work spread across a dozen systems. More than that, he was a Jedi-killer. Fear and anticipation gathered like ice in the hollow of his ribs.

Krakko looked the gap over, shook his head to himself. He reached towards the sheet-metal door.

Quinlan couldn’t hold still. Energy, fear, anger, terror all vibrated inside him trying to get out. He couldn’t keep it in, not when his enemy was this close. 

The Force punched out of him in a wild thrust that ripped the cargo cover from its mountings and threw it into Meltch Krakko’s chest with an awful ringing clang of durasteel on beskar. The man was pushed back across the cabin and fell hard to the floor. Quinlan sprung forward in the same breath, but the Mandalorian took almost no time at all to recover his senses and understand that he was under attack. Quinlan grabbed at him and found himself grappling, though with a wild and half-terrified wave of energy sweeping through him in the Force he was strong enough to be a match for the older man. 

Krakko snarled something in his own language but Quinlan didn’t hear it. It was just sound. He slammed his head forwards into Krakko’s nose and felt it crunch. He’d lost track of what Krakko was doing but realised he’d gone for a weapon when the muzzle of a blaster pistol pressed into his belly and he slithered sideways in an attempt at dodging which only just succeeded. At the same time it meant Quinlan had a hand free. He was still clutching the hypospray. It hadn’t been knocked away. He forced it up under Krakko’s chin and pressed the activator. 

The toxin was fast-acting. Close-up like this Quinlan saw the moment Krakko knew he’d been dosed with something new - not the drugs already in his system - and saw the fear creep into his eyes as he felt its first effects. Quinlan didn’t look away as the paralysis stiffened the man’s body and the fear grew and mixed with frustrated anger. 

Good. Good. Someone like Krakko ought to feel like this, after everything he’d done.

The galaxy held a vast variety of poisons, all of them subtly different. This one was distilled venom from a giant insectile predator which lived on a moon near the edge of Wild Space - or at least that’s what the vendor who’d sold it to him claimed. Quinlan didn’t care where it had come from, only that it did what he needed it to. He had always planned to interrogate Krakko for the name of his employer, the one who ordered Tholme’s death, and seeing him talk to the Mand’alor hadn’t changed that. A conversation wasn’t enough evidence. It was too circumstantial. Quinlan needed proof. He needed something to show the Jedi Council to prove that they’d been wrong to let this go and that everything Quinlan had done in pursuit of justice had been right

The venom was paralytic, but it didn’t kill. It only acted on some kinds of muscle tissue, so Krakko wouldn’t suffocate and his heart wouldn’t stop. The insect had another kind of poison to follow this one in its home environment - it injected digestive acid into its prey’s body and waited for the innards to liquify before it consumed them. Krakko should be glad that Quinlan wasn’t planning anything like as unpleasant a fate for him as that. 

The venom just meant he wouldn’t be able to fight Quinlan off physically when he went inside his mind. 

Quinlan’s racing heart calmed more the longer he saw his enemy lying still and unmoving. It meant he was safe, that the plan had worked, that everything was going the way he needed it to. As the adrenaline left him pain crept in. Quinlan shifted his weight and winced at a sharp burning sensation from his left leg, a line scored along the outer part of his thigh. Twisting to examine it hurt too, but apparently he hadn’t done as well dodging that blaster bolt as he’d thought. It hadn’t hit him exactly, but had come close enough to burn through his close-fitting synthleather trousers and the skin beneath.  

He could deal with that later. It wasn’t that bad an injury. 

Quinlan was basically straddling Krakko from their grapple earlier. He tugged his gloves off with his teeth and leaned forwards enough to put his hands on either side of the man’s face, hovering over him without touching him yet. He wasn’t looking forward to this part. He’d felt enough of Krakko’s mind from those psychometric impressions and the reality of it would only be worse. Even so, it had to be done. 

He pressed his palms to the sweat-damp temples of his enemy. 

Surface thoughts battered him immediately alongside their associated emotions; rage and embarrassment at being taken off guard and bested by some brat of a boy - yet no simple human, he’d been too quick and strong for that, so who was he and who had sent him? …maybe some Force-cult spawn? …he had a lot of enemies out there but Sojourn was neutral ground and how had this brat gotten onto the planet in the first place let alone inside his ship? He was no stowaway, else Meltch would have found him long before now… 

A black sink of murderous intent splashed up in the next wave, a riptide trying to drag Quinlan down with it, an image of fastening his hands around the neck of this brat in front of him and squeezing tight, feeling him thrash and choke and gasp and fight and die and knowing exactly what that would look and feel like because he’d done it before… 

Quinlan flinched, trying to duck behind his mental shields, but it wasn’t as easy as that. This was the Force flowing mind to mind through the connection of their skin - the only way to stop feeling it was to let go, and there was no point in that because he would only have to start all over again. He needed what was deep inside Krakko’s head and the only option was to swim down and get it. He just had to remember who he was, and not allow the mercenary’s sense of self to overwhelm him. 

It wasn’t like he’d been taught how to do this. Both his Kiffar teachers and Master Tholme had focused on making sure he didn’t get swept up in the echoes and ghosts he saw through his abilities, on control, on tempering down the intensity of the experience rather than turning it up. This wasn’t like a Jedi mind trick. It was deeper, different - Quinlan didn’t have the words to describe exactly how. He didn’t know if other Force traditions had their own ways to enter the minds of others, for interrogation or for darker purposes. He only knew what necessity had forced him to try and master all on his own, practicing on the criminals and pirates and bounty-hunters he’d encountered on his hunt. 

Jedi didn’t invade minds. They persuaded, they cajoled, they eased the way towards truth or being helpful or doing some small favour, but that wasn't the same and Quinlan knew they wouldn’t have approved of what he was doing. He didn’t care. Methods mattered less than the goal at the end of this long, grubby road. 

Meltch Krakko was staring up at him. He didn’t have much of a choice in that, given the paralytic, but Quinlan saw something new in his eyes. For a moment he was trapped between two mirrors; Krakko looking at him looking at Krakko looking at him… Quinlan shut his eyes. Predatory, hungry, sharp-edged, something nasty moved just under the surface of Krakko’s mind. The mercenary knew something was wrong, had felt the connection in some Force-blunted way just enough to know that he was not alone in his own head, and at the same time had sensed there might be a way to fight back. 

He couldn’t let Krakko get the upper hand. Quinlan took a deep breath, focusing himself, and dove in. He pushed past the boundaries of outer thoughts, past a wildly snapping sense of self or consciousness, in towards the central place where memory dwelt. He trailed himself like a line behind him, external pressure growing tighter and tighter from every direction. 

Awful images flickered past. Murder and pain. Torture. Hurting others both to achieve an aim and for nothing but the joy of it. Half-remembered faces and faceless bodies, sentient beings like puppets, like living dolls, like no more than meat. 

It was like swimming through oil. Or blood. The foulness stained him. Krakko didn’t think of himself as evil. He didn’t believe in evil at all. He believed in power and the powerless, in strength and weakness, in the ability to enact your will on the world or be acted upon. Quinlan understood this because he felt it from the inside, this deep heart of Meltch’s emotion and self. 

All of this was a distraction. It wasn’t what he’d come here for. A specific time, a specific place, a specific victim. 

Quinlan thought about his master and cast the image out like a lure. That was all it took. He was violently tugged into a memory. He was crouching on a hunting perch on the side of a building staring down the scope of an ancient gun. He saw the Jedi. He pulled the trigger. The slug became a spray of molten metal passing around the beam of a raised lightsaber biting deadly deep into the side of his target’s face, into his eye…

Panic, denial and horror collided with cold satisfaction and Quinlan was thrown from the memory into whirling vague shadows, feeling like a struck gong. The conflicting emotions clawed at each other. He shivered in pain. He was still inside Krakko’s head, still deep in the core of him. He’d just become momentarily unmoored. He’d only seen a fragment. He needed to see more. 

He should track the memory backwards from there, find where the mission had started and who had set the mercenary’s feet upon it, but something else gripped Quinlan’s heart. A need to know. To see the truth of what had happened. Tholme hadn’t died in that moment, so… how?

He pressed back in, chasing the thread of Meltch’s hunting instinct. 

He was down in the street, running not at full speed but an easy lope that he could keep up for a while and which would give him time to react if the Jedi turned to fight him. His vision filtered through the display inside a helmet, wrapped round with thin lines of writing that Krakko understood even if Quinlan did not. A trail floated in the air, conjured by the display - scent particles picked up by a sensor. Burned meat. Quinlan’s stomach turned over, but Meltch only felt a warm thrill of pleasure. 

It wasn’t just scent he was tracking. There was blood smeared occasionally on the walls of the alleyways, handprints where his prey reached out to steady themselves. Shock would be setting in. The wound was a grievous one. Metal as hot as that didn’t quench quickly in flesh but kept on cooking until it was cut out. Every moment weakened the Jedi. Half-blinded and shaken, he would not think clearly, would run rather than plan and so make himself an easier target. 

Meltch stopped by a spray of blood on the ground next to a garbage container, crouching briefly. It wasn't just blood but lumps of metal, shapeless blobs torn out somehow. The Force? Heat still clung to them in his HUD. Was that mindfulness, or an animal scrabbling away at the thing that pained it? 

No matter. He wasn’t far behind. 

This part of the spaceport was a maze of tiny streets and passageways, housing for workers and transients. He hadn’t seen another being since heading after his target - folk around here were smart enough to get the kriff away if they saw a badly-injured person on the run. The Jedi undoubtedly had contacts here who would be willing to help, but would he risk going to them knowing he would be leading death to their doorsteps? Hard to tell. Jedi liked to think themselves selfless, but would they keep to that even at the cost of their own lives? 

But the Jedi might not be thinking, only reacting; the animal part of his brain sending him scurrying for the nearest place of safety. 

Meltch slowed his pace again, confident his advanced tracking suite wouldn’t risk him losing the trail. He slung the slugthrower over his back - at this point it would come down to close-range work inappropriate for that kind of weapon. Instead he checked the whipcord, darts and shield projector in his vambraces, and pulled his dagger from its thigh holster, holding it reversed along his forearm to hide its profile. It had enough beskar mixed into it to hold up to a lightsaber for at least a few blows. 

He turned a corner into another tight alleyway where the rear exits of business let out via armoured doors. The shutters were down on most save one. The scent-trail led right to it. 

Shoulda kept moving , Meltch thought. Going to ground won’t help you against me

He wasn’t fool enough to go right up to the door, or anywhere near the area where a standard security system might pick him up. He went up again instead, reaching the roof and looking down the other side. It was a normal street with other beings moving around, coming and going. No sign of anxiety or disturbance - and he didn’t want to cause too much of one. Not yet. He would have killed the Jedi quick if the first plan had worked, but if the kriffer wanted to make him work for it, then he’d work for it, with everything that entailed.

The actual shop where the Jedi was hiding was some import-export business and didn’t have a lot of traffic - if it was even legitimate and not some kind of Jedi front. They’d be alert and expecting him. Fine. Didn’t matter. He was Mandalorian; he was the best. These were spies, not soldiers, and he didn't plan to play fair. Honour was for other Mandalorians, not for outsiders.

He dropped back down to street level in a different alley close by and simply headed for the front door, walking fast enough to look purposeful but not hurried. He palmed a couple smoke detonators, shot out the lock quietly from close range, shoved the door open and tossed them in. There were some chems mixed in with the smoke that’d give most oxygen-breathing species a nasty surprise. He gave it a few seconds, changed his buy’ce to thermal vision and followed the detonators inside.

The first room was only a small front office with a floor to chest-high counter cutting it in two, but whoever they’d had guarding it had been prepped for someone to come in shooting, not for grenades.  Their cover didn’t help them much against smoke and they were choking on the floor behind it. He vaulted the barrier and hauled them to their feet, almost standing on an abandoned blaster rifle in the process. He kicked it away. 

“Where is he?” he demanded. 

The human shook their head, unable to speak. He hadn’t expected much else. That was fine. He’d mostly just wanted the hostage. 

There was another door on this side of the counter, not locked but shut tight enough that not much smoke would’ve made it through. Meltch opened it and held his prisoner roughly in front of him as he waited. Smoke drifted out and down a corridor with more rooms to either side. A perfect choke point or place for an ambush; if they were smart they’d wait until he was half way down then catch him in a crossfire. Even in beskar’gam that’d probably get him - if they were willing to shoot through their friend. 

Meltch was almost certain now there weren’t actually any other Jedi in here except his prey otherwise they wouldn't have left this incompetent to stand as their first line of defence, but these people worked for Jedi. They weren’t going to be that ruthless. 

The smoke would help too. The doorway was concealed enough now that he could risk stepping forward to chuck another detonator along the corridor and spread it even more. Then he moved. 

Somebody was an idiot and opened their door too soon. Meltch cocked his wrist downwards to spray them with needle-darts then opened up their throat with his knife before they needed to start worrying about breathing the choking air. It hadn’t even been necessary to let go of the back of his hostage’s neck. The hardest part was keeping them standing when they were coughing this hard. 

Clearing the rest of the building wasn’t that much of a challenge either. They hadn’t prepared for this kind of assault and hadn’t thought to stock the place full of rebreathers. Just more evidence of Mandalorian superiority - this would never have worked against anyone wearing beskar’gam . He did lose his first hostage, though that was more accidental on the part of the Jedi’s guards when they shot blind into the smoke than evidence of their ability to make hard choices. He found a replacement easy enough.

Then he found the Jedi. 

There was a med-bay near the back of the building, and a properly equipped one at that. It proved this place was more of a front than it was legitimate. They had ox-tanks, and breathing masks to deliver it to their patients, so the Jedi wasn't incapacitated by the time Meltch got there. He was alert enough to send the smoke detonator Meltch chucked in flying back out again hard enough to have taken off someone's head if they'd been standing in the wrong place like an idiot. 

Meltch grinned, predatory. He went in with his new hostage in front of him and his knife held to their neck. 

“Careful,” he said in Basic. “You could'a killed one of your own.”

His prey stood in front of a medical berth, the burned side of his face slathered in bacta and a drip still in his arm, but holding his lightsaber out at guard. There were a couple other beings in here cowering up the back - med-techs probably. Potential leverage, but not worth thinking about otherwise. 

The Jedi glared death from one remaining eye over the rim of a breathing-mask. The strap holding it on cut into his burns but that drip evidently held the good stuff - he looked pretty rejuvenated. Good. Meltch wouldn't mind a decent fight after the disappointing showing so far. Smoke drifted in past him. It must've looked dramatic, and the thought pleased him. “What?” he asked in the face of the Jedi's silence. “Got nothing to say?”

“Who sent you?” the Jedi asked. He slowly pulled the drip from his arm, preparing for things to get violent.  

“Nice try, but no,” Meltch replied. He jerked the hostage slightly, who had gone very still when he put something sharp against their skin. “How ‘bout you throw that lightsaber over here before I open this guy's throat up?”

The Jedi's gaze flicked from Meltch to the hostage with brief sympathy, but his expression quickly closed off again. “The responsibility for your actions and your choices lies only with you. I do not respond well to threats.”

Meltch pressed the knife in and drew a thin stream of blood. “You're happy to let this one die for you? Not much of a Jedi.”

“I don't trust a creature like you to hold to any such bargain.”

Meltch could have taken offence at that - if his word wasn't good enough for a contract he wouldn't have made much of a bounty hunter or mercenary - but he could tell how that conversation would go and didn't want to waste time. His hostage was trying to say something through their smoke-ravaged throat but he didn’t give them the opportunity. He dragged his weapon across and inwards with a swift motion and let the useless hostage fall to bleed out at his feet. 

The Jedi attacked as soon as he did it, which he was expecting. He didn't brag about it since it caused more trouble than it was worth but he'd killed Jedi before, and other sorts of Force-sensitives from different cults too. There was a reason he’d been chosen for this job. He'd never tangled with a Jedi Master, but that was a matter of degree not of kind. It wouldn’t be an easy fight by any means, but he’d given himself plenty of advantages and he knew the trick to taking down this kind of dangerous prey. You had to do the unexpected. All these sorcerers had the same flaw; they were used to reading their opponents’ intentions in the Force and couldn't cope when the beskar messed that up. 

Meltch met the saber with the dome of his vambrace's shield, bracing himself for the flecks of plasma the blade spat at the connection. He came for the Jedi's blind side, aiming not for him but for the pipe connecting his mask to the ox-tank slung on his back. His prey still had enough precog to dodge, but the injury was too fresh for him to have learned to compensate for it, just as Meltch had anticipated. He didn't cut through the line but managed to nick it. 

Not really enough. He'd come back to that later. 

Be unpredictable. 

The Jedi turned the duck away into another attack, fierce buzzing blows of his lightsaber raining down with unnatural strength. He was trying to get this over with quickly - he couldn't have much stamina left, whereas Meltch had plenty. There wasn't a lot of room to maneuver trapped up against the doorway like this so he focused on his defence, sometimes blocking with his shield and at others angling to take the blow on his beskar'gam - never in the same place twice since he couldn't risk it holding up to that. He kept in close so the Jedi couldn't build up momentum, feinted occasionally with his knife to keep him distracted, and hoped he'd start to tire or at least make a mistake. 

It was weird how calm and emotionless a Jedi could seem even when they were fighting for their life. There was none of the hate there ought to have been in his prey’s one remaining eye, just determination. Meltch probably should have admired that, and maybe he would have if this man had been Mandalorian, but as it was it was inconvenient. Enemies that got too worked up got distracted. Then it was easier to kill them.

The Jedi backed up a step, changing up his approach. Meltch moved forward to press him hard - he didn’t want to give him breathing space - but not quickly enough. The Jedi switched to a one-handed grip on his saber and gestured with the other; Meltch was thrown back and hit the wall hard. Not enough distance to make it really hurt, but apparently they’d gotten to the part of this fight that was really going to suck. He snarled inside his buy’ce and tried to dodge something he couldn’t see. 

At least he knew this wasn’t easy for a Force-user. Their powers cost energy the same as regular combat - maybe even more so. 

Things got messy after that. It was a chaos of the Jedi bouncing Meltch off every hard surface available while Meltch shot at him with his pistol, his flamethrower, some needle-darts - the durasteel ones, he was saving the good ones for later - so his enemy had to keep on blocking rather than chopping any parts off him with his lightsaber. A few times Meltch went for the civvies cowering at the back of the room just to get the Jedi to split his attention - and it turned out to be that ploy which got him the opportunity he needed.

The Jedi couldn’t guard both his oxygen supply and his ally, and of course he made the wrong choice. The stupid Jedi choice. 

This time, Meltch's knife struck true and the pipe flopped free. The atmosphere had only grown more poisoned as time went on and the Jedi was breathing deeply from exertion. It only took a few inhales of chem-smoke for him to realise and try to hold his breath - but it was too late for that. The hacking coughs burst out of him and he backed off, trying to maintain his focus despite everything. 

That was fine. The longer he spent choking down the foul air the better. If Jedi could purge this kind of poison from their lungs, he doubted they could also fight at the same time. 

A wounded animal was still dangerous. Meltch wasn't free of injury himself; his kute was smoking in several places, though none of the glancing burns underneath were anything like as bad as what marred the Jedi's face, and he hurt all over from deep bruises. A little turnabout was fair enough, he supposed. He'd pay it back all over again soon enough. 

The Jedi was trying to do something with the air around his head, vague motions of one hand as though tugging with his fingers. Some Force trickery. None of that , Meltch thought, and shot him with two of the beskar darts he'd been saving for something like this. One bounced off the lightsaber's defence but the other buried itself in the Jedi’s wrist, a serrated needle that wouldn't be coming out again easily. 

The Jedi didn't scream, which was disappointing. Must be the painkillers they'd given him. 

His breathing was growing more laboured, heavy and hacking. He must know he didn't have much time left before he passed out - he leapt to one final desperate attack. Meltch had been saving his strength for this moment; they exchanged a few blows of lightsaber against shield and knife and Meltch turned just right as his prey over-extended and put his blade through the Jedi's other arm. 

He hadn't caught the wrist this time but the keen beskar edge slid between the bones of the forearm and pulled them apart when he twisted. That got a scream. The lightsaber fell to the floor, deactivating. Blood splashed down with it. Meltch used the impaling weapon for leverage and forced the Jedi to his knees, stooping himself to snatch the saber hilt up and stow it away in case the Jedi found some last burst of energy or magic. 

“Was it worth the effort of running?” he said into his prey’s ear. 

The Jedi ground his teeth together and said nothing. 

Smoke curled around them. The Jedi was weak, pinned, choking. The keen joy of victory surged in the pulse of Meltch’s heartbeat, in the ache in his muscles, in the pain of his own wounds seeping in. 

It met horror - a shudder that peeled Quinlan apart from the mercenary he’d embodied so closely that he had lost the thread of himself. He remembered who he was and what he was doing here. He’d wanted to see how… how even a soldier this cruel and merciless could kill his Master. By inches, it turned out, and by playing dirty. 

He’d countered Krakko with poison too. Did that make them the same? 

No; Quinlan rejected that thought immediately. It was poetic justice, that was all. 

He didn’t need to see the end of it. This wasn’t even the reason he’d entered Krakko’s mind - his employer, that was what Quinlan needed to search for next. He would rewind from here, leap back to the start of the mission…

Where do you think you’re going? Meltch whispered. The memory remained frozen with an edge of unreality, but Quinlan couldn’t move either. Hands had clamped down on his shoulders - invisible but completely solid. Pressure squeezed him now from every direction. Quinlan might have the Force but this was Meltch Krakko’s own mind. He was not defenceless against invasion. 

Quinlan struggled to move, to fight back, to do anything, but he had gone too deep. Krakko hadn’t had to drag him here because he had come of his own accord, and now he didn’t know the way out again. He was pinned in place as the mercenary drew him back inside the memory, the scene shifting around him like ink until he was standing where Krakko was standing, moving when he moved, seeing what he saw and feeling what he felt. 

Quinlan shuddered desperately, but he was a prisoner in Meltch’s body, unable to close his eyes or remove himself from the foreign emotions that were suffocating him. He had to watch hands that felt like his own drag Tholme over to the medical berth, lift him up and tie him down. Of course Tholme still tried to fight, but his limbs didn’t seem to want to obey him. Once he was restrained Meltch replaced his breathing mask, let him take in fresh pure air and waited until he started to come around. 

In the meantime he shot the medical technicians who were hiding, hoping he had forgotten about them, and stripped off parts of his armour and undersuit, slathering his injuries with bacta. All that time Meltch was laughing on the inside. Looking forward to what came next. It was anticipation and hunger and Quinlan didn’t know exactly what he was planning but he didn’t want to see it .

He wasn’t given that choice. He felt every bit of ugly pleasure as… as… as the torture started. 

The flame of a torch held up so his captive could see him twist the blade of his knife in it until it glowed red. Hot metal pressed into bare skin where it hissed and bubbled and turned crimson too. Weeping blisters building up in lines. Grunts of pain that became screams, became begging. Begging that meant the breaking point, the last shattering of strength that satisfied his hunger and proved him the superior predator. That was what this was about. It wasn’t interrogation. Meltch didn’t have any questions he needed answered. He just wanted somebody else to hurt. 

Quinlan felt his deep satisfaction - and the equally bone-deep sickness at it all in Quinlan’s heart as he tugged harder and harder and screamed endlessly in the silence of Meltch Krakko’s head…

The memory began to tear around the seams. Pain stabbed through him - he was hurting himself by doing this but at least he was hurting Krakko too, he could tell it. He felt the damage to the mindscape around him as he clawed and writhed and bit and did as much violence as he could until finally something broke…

He was falling through shards of broken mirror-glass. Parts of the memory echoed on around him but they were only fragments; a few words here, an image there. He wasn’t feeling anymore, and the relief left him lightheaded. Then he was out of Krakko’s head entirely, jerking away from the man so hard he fell backwards onto the floor. 

Quinlan lay there heaving in deep, wracking, sobbing breaths. His cheeks were wet and his whole body was pulsing with cold shivers of sweat. Nausea wrung his stomach tourniquet-tight. 

He hated . It wasn’t just shock or sorrow, this was anger, crystal bright and sharp, and the hate that raced along behind it. Hate that roiled and called the Dark Side even closer - if such a thing was possible in a place already so saturated with it. The world was shadows and dust and bitterness. 

Quinlan rolled over and pushed himself to his knees. Meltch Krakko thought he was a predator? He thought he was the strong one, the one who had all the power? He thought he had the right to kill Jedi? 

He had no idea at all. 

Quinlan dragged himself over and stared down at the Mandalorian. The venom was still doing its job keeping the man motionless, but he could see the satisfaction in Krakko’s eyes. It only made him want to punish and hurt him more. 

This time Quinlan didn’t flinch when he went into Krakko’s head. He was no longer afraid of the darkness inside contaminating him. Why should he have been afraid of a weapon that fit in his own hand just as well as his enemy’s? He made armour from his hatred and shaped it into razor shards, his touch a knife that carved a path into Krakko’s mind. He didn’t care what kind of damage he did. The greater agony the better. 

Krakko was trying to fight back but every time he tried to grasp Quinlan it damaged his own psyche. When he brought his anger to bear Quinlan absorbed it and made it fuel for his own rage. He raked through Krakko’s memories, paring away anything that wasn’t relevant, that didn’t lead him where he wanted to go. He shredded the present into the past, destroying everything along the way. Tholme’s death was a burning coal he tossed away convulsively, and what was around it had already been torn up by his escape, but there were still threads to follow and he tracked them onwards. 

He’d lost the feeling of flames and ash and now he waded through oil. Rainbow stains of it coloured the memories he was looking for and the coating of it made them shimmer and distort. It was difficult to pin them down but with enough force and enough sharp edges Quinlan managed it. He saw the blue of a holocall in the darkness of a familiar ship’s cockpit, a Mandalorian helmet painted with the same stripes as Krakko’s. 

We caught a match of the facial scan. The Jedi’s on the move. Sending you the details of the ship he’s taking now - it’s routing through Vanquo. The foreign language became meaning filtered through the mercenary’s head. 

Which means he’ll be out of Mandalorian space . Krakko smiled. Thanks for your help, cousin

Quinlan tossed the memory aside in frustration, letting it scatter in droplets. So he’d reached out to clan contacts to track Tholme down; that still didn’t answer the question of who had hired him. He pulled more memories to him feverishly, scanning them for the right one. Where was it? Where was it?

A familiar face. Jango Fett’s face. Quinlan stopped and brought the memory closer. It was as oil-slicked as the rest from around this time, perhaps even more so. Was that natural? He’d never delved into anybody’s mind as deeply as this before. It could be a defence mechanism, evidence of the damage he was doing to Krakko’s psyche, or just the stain of his sick and evil soul. 

It didn’t matter. It didn’t stop him from seeing what he needed to see. 

The Jedi have no right to send a spy here , Fett said, coldly furious. They kill us, pretend to ask forgiveness, then spit on our honour? I won’t have it. They must be taught a lesson. Slaughter this lurking womprat, and make it hurt.

On your order Mand’alor , Krakko replied. 

Quinlan was a hard boulder of hate - no, he was a thermal detonator compressed and about to go off. It was just what he’d thought. Just what he’d known . This was it, the proof. It was all Jango Fett, all the Mandalorians. They hated the Jedi and they wanted revenge for a mistake and didn’t care who was really responsible - they’d tar all Jedi with the same brush and they would kill them all as soon as they thought they were strong enough… 

He didn’t need anything else inside Krakko’s mind. Quinlan let his anger out. The oil of Meltch Krakko’s memories caught quickly and burned well, a roaring wildfire that Quinlan kept on feeding. He shredded the pieces of the mercenary’s self and tossed them into the pyre, breathing in the heady smoke that rose up charred and stinking of burned flesh - after everything Krakko had put his master through it felt right. Righteous. A punishment to fit the crime. 

Quinlan didn’t know how much time passed before he was surrounded by an empty shell that had been a person. He was the only living entity in here now - the rest was ash and smoke. He pulled back, feeling a web of charcoal that was the remains of memory and personality crumbling around him, and opened his eyes in his own body. 

Meltch Krakko was dead. His gaze was glassy and he wasn’t breathing. He just hadn’t started to cool yet. 

Quinlan held the man’s head in his hands and thought about crushing it, about spitting on him, about erasing him even more than he already had. Even though he’d just killed Krakko he felt cheated, as though he should have suffered more, as though Quinlan wasn’t done yet. 

No, of course he wasn’t done. Jango Fett was still alive. 

Quinlan took a shuddery breath in, let go of the corpse, and got to his feet. He stumbled, unsteady. A wave of exhaustion spread through him, along with something else. What was he feeling right now? What had even happened here? Nothing had gone exactly as he’d expected. He was still warm inside, comforted for all that Krakko’s death hadn’t completely satisfied him. A purring warmth; an ugly warmth. The Force was flowing through him and in him but… but not the Light. When he looked for the Light it was nowhere to be found. 

No, that’s… that’s just because this whole moon is so Dark , Quinlan thought desperately, but he knew at once that it was a hollow justification. Sojourn was a Dark place, but he had carried the Light with him when he came here, just as he’d kept it alive but guttering like the flame of a candle all along the road he’d walked, which led him into the shadows so often. 

The Light Side wasn’t inside him anymore. 

Instead there was strength - yes he was tired, but somehow also energetic despite it, a feverish energy that could drive him onwards if he let it. Something moved inside him growling quietly, a beast that he didn’t recognise. Fear flicked through him as a possibility occurred; could it be an echo of the predator Meltch had been? Had he left some part of himself inside Quinlan like a parasite?

No. No, that was impossible. Quinlan had burned him so completely that nothing could have survived. This beast was hunter and venom and hate and it was far vaster than he’d seen at first impression. It didn’t end where his skin did but stretched on and on. It was the forest and the animals and the castle and the people within it, it was the naked utter cold of space and the chaotic heat of stars. 

It was the Dark Side. 

But I didn’t choose it , Quinlan thought. The shock of realisation numbed him through. Thoughts that tumbled rapidly now slowed to a crawl. Falling, that’s a choice. A decision. That was what he had always been told. It was the last step on a long road, but one that you had to be stupid enough to walk down of your own volition. That wasn’t what he’d been doing. This was an accident ! He didn’t even know when he’d picked up the Dark rather than the Light!

Oh, don’t be an idiot , an internal voice said. Of course you knew what you were doing, or you should have. You’ve just been lying to yourself. Pretending you could handle it. Pretending you could go into dark places and do dark things and act like them but keep yourself clean. If you didn’t know what you were risking it’s because you were willingly closing your eyes to it.

Desperation rose in his throat, strangling him. Convulsively Quinlan reached out for the Light; he knew how to open himself up to the Force and find its currents, the grace of it, the whispers in quiet places, the reassurance of wisdom and peace. 

It wasn’t there. No matter how he searched, it wasn’t there. 

The creature he’d allowed into him had eaten it, snuffed it out, and he couldn’t go back. Even if the Dark would let him, how could the Light possibly accept him? Everyone knew that Fallen Jedi couldn’t go back. 

Oh Quinlan , the Dark whispered - or perhaps it was his own voice and his own thoughts that were painful enough to draw the Dark Side eagerly to them. It’s just because you weren’t good enough to do this. That’s what you’ve really been lying to yourself about. You aren’t strong. You aren’t even properly trained. Tholme saw it. That’s why he left you behind in the Temple. He didn’t want you dragging him down. You’re nothing without him. You’re broken and desperate and weak and alone. 

Worse, you’re a monster at heart. You’re no different to Krakko. You tortured him. You killed him. You liked it. 

What would the Jedi Council say if they knew? What would your Master have said? Obi-wan? Bant? The rest of your so-called friends? They’d condemn you and they would be right to do it. 

Quinlan put his hands over his ears but that didn’t help. The whispers were on the inside. He gripped his hair instead but the tug of pain sent little shivers through the Force - through the Dark. It was a lure for it, and once it was there it demanded to be used, only there was nothing to use it on . Quinlan didn’t have another goal right here and now. 

He felt feverish. His thoughts span around and around, quickening, running in circles that went nowhere. 

Fett. Yes, that was it. His goal was Fett. He was on Sojourn somewhere and surely Quinlan could kill him - as soon as the idea occurred to him the Dark bit down on it with approval and a pulse of urgency. He was full of wild strength - he could fight for hours like this and even another Jedi-killer like Fett wouldn’t be able to stand against him, yes, yes, he’d hunt him down, he’d tear him apart…

The Dark Side was a lash at his back, a demand, a hunting howl, but it was also lying to him. Quinlan only made it half-way down the corridor that led out of Krakko’s ship before his legs gave way underneath him. He was a campfire log that had suddenly burned through, crumbling and collapsing and nothing like as strong as it might have looked from the outside. All the false energy drained from him. He could barely keep his eyes open. 

In the moments before exhaustion took him, he thought he saw a familiar, friendly face hovering over him. Obviously it wasn’t real. Senator Palpatine wasn’t here. He was lightyears away, on Coruscant. 

It was still nice to pretend, just for a moment. He wouldn’t know what a Fallen Jedi was. He’d always supported Quinlan. 

He wouldn’t care. 

----

A storm was raging inside the ship, visible only to those sensitive to the Force. The Dark Side was a serpent twisting around its prey, joyous with exaltation in the pain and suffering of another, feeding on the immanence of death. Darth Sidious stood with his hands folded in front of him, enjoying the show and siphoning off the roiling Dark to bolster his own power. He knew it would not be missed. His almost-Apprentice was a child fumbling with his first taste of true strength; he had no idea what he was doing and certainly would not notice. 

It was delightful when a plan came together so well. 

Arranging the players and the stage had not been very difficult. The harder part was doing so in a way that could pass beneath his own Master’s attention. Sidious did not fool himself that Plagueis was totally unaware of what he was doing, and it was certainly safer to assume the old muun knew everything at all times the better to plan countermeasures, but equally Plagueis would not interfere. He had known about Maul, and had done nothing then either. 

In the version of the Great Plan that Plagueis claimed was their goal, they ruled as equal partners, immortal Lords of the Sith, one holding ultimate temporal power and the other spiritual. There would be no more need for the Rule of Two, and thus they could expand the ranks of apprentices and acolytes as either wished. None would ever replace or surpass them. 

Sidious did not trust this vision at all. Betrayal was both natural and right. It only remained to be determined which of them would make the first move. 

Larger plots aside, it had long grown time to claim an apprentice to replace the one who had disappeared, and Sidious had judged his little padawan toy was finally ready. For years now he had cultivated all Quinlan’s worst impulses, validated every step away from the restrictive moral rules of the Jedi, and pointed him at situations that required extreme measures to resolve. There had been a dozen points where Quinlan Vos might have Fallen, where he pulled back at the last moment, but the anticipation made this all the sweeter. 

Where better to claim an Apprentice than Sojourn, fortress of the Sith?

Vos was his weapon, primed and aimed. Sidious knew his Master would invite Jango Fett here, so he had arranged for Meltch Krakko’s attendance, relying on the mercenary’s patriotic spirit to draw them into conversation - or at least to be seen close enough together to sow seeds of suspicion in Vos’ mind. He’d also used the opportunity to plant false memories in Krakko’s head. The poor fool obeyed orders too well, and did not expect those who hired him to harm him. He’d willingly made himself vulnerable without realising it. Sidious had slipped the falsehoods in with a light touch and they would have faded within a week - but a week had not been necessary. 

The dark red glow that marked Meltch Krakko in the Force finally winked out. The Dark continued to rage. 

Darth Sidious smiled. Time to bring the play to a close.

Notes:

Much like Sheev Palpatine, I am laughing evilly.

Chapter 61: Chapter 60

Summary:

Palpatine has a cordial discussion with his new apprentice, and Maul is a horse-girl now.

Chapter Text

Quinlan woke in a panic, a surge of adrenaline that jerked him upright and had him searching his surroundings wildly. His arms tangled in a blanket that had been lying over him, briefly interpreting it as a threat until it was thrown clear towards the bottom of the bed. 

Bed. He was in a bed. 

A bed in a narrow cylindrical space, the ceiling barely inches over his head, storage slots arranged in the walls and a thin but comfortable mattress pad notched seamlessly into a setting underneath him. Quinlan recognised it, if from a different angle. He was still on Meltch Krakko’s ship. Disgust shuddered through him and shadows came with it. He didn’t want to be in that man’s bed. 

The shadows clustered closer around him. They draped over his shoulders, welled in his heart like water. Like drowning. Disgust plunged into shame and guilt as he remembered what he’d done and what this was. The Dark Side. 

For a moment a vast hole opened underneath him. He was balanced on the edge of it, a hungry void waiting to swallow him up and all he would need to do was step back into it, not even that, only slip in his footing and maybe that would be for the best, maybe then everyone would be safe from him and the thing he was now…

Quinlan forced a sobbing breath into his lungs and held it until his ribs ached. He tried to let the horrible ball of emotions in his chest leave with it when he finally let it go, but it didn’t help. He centred himself, following it up with calmer, smoother breathing - it was the simplest kind of meditation, the sort of thing creche younglings could do - and that helped a little but not the way it should have . The Dark Side tugged at him with even the slightest shift of his emotional equilibrium. He was barely balanced and would tip over with any wrong movement - or that was how it felt. 

Barely balanced was more than he’d been before, and it was enough that he could think about something other than what was going on inside his head. 

He’d killed Krakko, he’d used the Dark Side to do it, then he’d… he had been about to go after Jango Fett but his strength ran out and he collapsed before he left the ship. He doubted he had been the one to drag himself into the sleeping cubicle or put that blanket over him or - or take his shoes off, he realised. There had to be somebody else here. 

Normally Quinlan would reach out with the Force for a sense of other sentients nearby, but he didn’t dare use the Dark for that, or for anything else. It was difficult enough to resist its effects on him now, so he couldn’t imagine how hard that would be if he connected with it willingly again, the way he’d used it against Krakko. Would he be swept up by that awful manic energy that’d driven him on until he passed out? Or would it pick some other emotion to intensify to the point of madness? He couldn’t let it feed on him, use him as fuel in a fire that would burn him up entirely. 

But what was the alternative? Could he try and cut himself off from the Force? All his life had been spent doing the opposite. 

“Quinlan, my boy?” a familiar voice called from outside. “Are you awake?”

Quinlan tensed, instincts screaming threat, threat, threat, but - why? This person must be the one who found him unconscious and made him comfortable, so there had been plenty of time to hurt or kill him if they’d wanted and that obviously hadn’t happened. Even if they’d changed their mind now, Quinlan could take on one sentient. Anyway, he knew that voice even if he couldn’t place it immediately…

“Quinlan?” A face stooped into view at the opening to the cubicle. Senator Sheev Palpatine met his wild gaze with a look of faint concern. He was dressed like someone trying to go unnoticed in black robes that covered his entire body, even falling down over his hands. The deep hood was pushed back over his shoulders. It wasn’t the first time Quinlan had seen him in a disguise like this, for example when they’d visited Coruscant’s lower levels, but it still didn’t make sense that he was here .

He remembered seeing Palpatine’s face in the moments before he passed out, but he’d thought it was a hallucination. 

“Senator?” he asked. “What are you doing here?” His voice was soft and scratchy, strained like he’d been crying or screaming. Maybe he had been at some point inside Krakko’s head. 

“Looking for you, my dear boy,” Palpatine replied. “Are you able to come out of there so we can talk?”

Quinlan didn’t want to. He wasn’t sure why he didn’t want to. His instincts still prickled, warning him of danger. Was that the Dark Side or was it his own irrational fear? He didn’t know how to tell the difference yet. And even if it was the Dark Side, what did that mean? There was no possible way he could trust it. 

Palpatine’s eyebrows rose further the longer he remained motionless. “Are you quite well? Perhaps you haven’t fully recovered…”

“No,” Quinlan said. “Sorry.” He started to shuffle down the bed and winced slightly as his thigh ached. Oh yeah. He’d been injured. His trousers were burned through - he pushed some of the charred fabric out of the way to check and discovered a bacta patch hiding the spot where the blaster bolt skimmed his skin, which explained why it didn’t hurt more . He looked up again. “You…”

“What kind of person wouldn’t treat your injuries?” Palpatine asked, sounding surprised. Quinlan winced. Yes, obviously. Obviously. Palpatine was his friend, he’d shown that he cared about him many times over the last few years. It didn’t make any sense that he’d been surprised. 

It had to be the Dark Side messing with his head. 

He slid down to sit on the edge of the bed. The metal decking was cold under his bare feet, and he shivered. Palpatine backed up, moving a few paces to the other side of the cabin where a seating area with a dining table was set into the wall. He had already put out two mugs and a carafe of brown liquid that had to be tea - the supplies must have been in the cupboards of the adjacent kitchenette, which wasn’t much more than a food heating unit, a water boiler, and enough counter space to put a few things on. The Senator sat down and swirled the carafe gently. Leaves rose then fell back to the bottom. A strong floral scent filled the air as he poured himself a cup. 

“I still don’t understand,” Quinlan said. This whole scene was surreal. Furnishings aside, they could have been back in Palpatine’s offices on Coruscant as though nothing since Tholme’s death had ever happened. He couldn’t square that with the brutal reality of the last few hours, with the weight of the Dark permeating everything. Unless it wasn’t real, none of this was real and he hadn’t touched the Dark… No. Head spinning, Quinlan held on to the physical sensations of the cold deck under his feet, the ache of his thigh, the smell of the tea. He couldn’t push everything away and pretend. 

“How are you here? On Sojourn?” he asked.

“How, or why?” Palpatine replied. “Those are two separate questions.”

He was trying to get out of answering. A stab of irritation lanced into Quinlan which should have been easily brushed off, but anger spread like ink - or like blood - from the tip of it. The Dark Side was right there in his hands, power waiting to be used. He deserved answers! He would make Palpatine explain…

Quinlan realised all at once how deranged his own thoughts sounded, like his friend was one of the criminals he’d been chasing all this time. He jerked back from the Force as though burned. “Um. Both I suppose,” he said. 

“The ‘how’ is not as difficult as you might be imagining,” Palpatine told him. “You might have dragged the name ‘Hunter’s Moon’ out of Krakko’s associates, but don’t forget it took my contacts to pin down the location as Sojourn. I wasn’t able to rely on the Force to sneak onto a ship travelling here as you were, but where the Force is not an option then credits can often do just as well.” He smiled, amused. “I may not be the usual clientele of this place, but they don’t really care about that. I’m the paid guest of a low-ranking official in the Banking Clan, subject to the understanding that I don’t talk about what I’ve seen here on pain of… well. Having bounty hunters sent after me, I imagine.”

That… made sense. Quinlan relaxed slightly. He stood up, taking a moment to get over a wave of dizziness, then joined Palpatine at the table. The Senator raised the carafe in a questioning gesture and Quinlan nodded. Palpatine poured him a mug of tea and slid it towards him. Quinlan wrapped his hands around it, anchoring himself again to its warmth. 

There was a flash of alien emotion and an image along with it - victory and satisfaction, a hand raising a mug of strong alcohol in a toast to another Mandalorian sitting opposite him - and then it faded again. Quinlan swallowed down nausea. He hadn’t realised… hadn’t thought… “Did you see my gloves anywhere?” he asked, hating how small and pathetic he sounded. 

After a moment of consideration, Palpatine shook his head. “I’m afraid not. But then, I was not looking for them particularly - they may still be in the cockpit.”

“Did… you go in there?” He couldn’t not ask, even though he was afraid of the answer. 

“I did.” There was no sign of judgement in Palpatine’s expression and that should have been reassuring, but the moment the Dark Side sensed his fear it was there latching claws into it and pulling pulling pulling until it ran like ice up and down Quinlan’s spine and froze his stomach and made it hard to pull air into his lungs…

He took a too-large gulp of tea and ended up inhaling some of it. A fit of coughing made for a pretty good distraction. 

“It seems you achieved what you came here to do,” Palpatine said, face creasing into sympathy. “Perhaps I had no justification to worry about you the way I did.”

“So worried you followed me here?” Quinlan asked, grabbing onto anything that would let him put off talking about Meltch Krakko a little longer. 

“It seems to have been a good thing in the end,” the Senator said. “Given the state I found you in.”

“This place is dangerous ,” Quinlan insisted. “You aren’t the kind of Senator who comes here; you’re not corrupt like they are.” Not a criminal, not a monster, but he didn’t even want to say those words out loud. 

Why? In case he was wrong? But that didn’t make any sense. He wasn’t accusing Palpatine of being like that, he knew the man. He knew his character. 

“If the Banking Clan realised who you were, that you’ve been on the Senate anti-corruption committee, throwing you out would have been the best possible outcome. It could have been far worse. And what about the Hutts? Others in organised crime? Mercenaries like Krakko?” 

Palpatine chuckled. “Please Quinlan. I’m not completely defenceless. I’m from Naboo; we have a proud tradition of political assassination as well as more subtle methods of getting rid of rivals, so we are all trained to take care of ourselves.”

“And I’m a Jedi,” Quinlan said. “What kind of danger did you think I would get myself into that you’d be better equipped to get me out of than I am?”

Palpatine’s gaze flattened. Phantom teeth closed around the back of Quinlan’s neck, not biting down but poised there threatening to. He froze - once again he just knew there was a threat here even though it still didn’t make any sense. Even the darkness inside him quailed, trembling in the face of a greater predator. 

Then it was gone again, like it had never existed. 

Quinlan wondered if he was going mad. 

“I was primarily concerned with your escape from Sojourn,” Palpatine said. “And it appears that I was right to be. Tell me, what did happen to Krakko? He was quite dead, but I saw no injuries to explain it. Did you poison him?”

Another wave of skin-tightening guilt flushed Quinlan into a cold sweat. Every emotion was on a hair-trigger and he was past tired of it, but it wasn’t going to stop anytime soon. He should feel guilty. The way he’d killed Krakko… Palpatine had been helping him all this time because he cared about justice. He agreed that the Jedi Council weren’t acting and that something had to be done. It hadn’t been about revenge. Quinlan had talked to his friend often about the things necessity forced him into during his quest, but it was one thing to hear about that and another entirely to see it. 

“He killed my Master,” he said, and wasn’t sure exactly what he was trying to justify. 

“And so you killed him in turn,” Palpatine replied, his tone free of judgement. “Did you discover who sent him after Master Tholme?”

Some of Quinlan’s tension relaxed slightly. “Yes,” he replied. “It was Jango Fett. The Mand’alor.” He swallowed down the corresponding wave of hate, having anticipated that even saying the name would make him feel that way. Fett deserved his hate. That didn’t mean he could give into it. Not now. It was too dangerous. The Dark Side made him too dangerous.

He was in so much trouble . Forget any metaphors about playing with fire - he’d pulled the trigger on a flamethrower with no off switch and he couldn’t stop it, only choose which direction it was pointed in. 

“Ah.” Palpatine put his mug down. “You suspected that Fett might be behind this, didn’t you? It must be a relief to be proved right, if nothing else.”

Quinlan didn’t remember if he’d told the Senator that - but he must have, and it was true besides. “I saw it in Krakko’s mind,” he said flatly. “That’s proof enough.”

“Is that how you killed him?” 

The question wasn’t said with any particular weight. Palpatine made it sound like he was asking what Quinlan had for breakfast that day, but it still hit like a physical blow. He swallowed hard, rode the Dark’s pulse of emotion. He might be fooling himself, but it felt like he was getting slightly better at it. 

Seeing his reluctance to answer, the Senator added, “I’m hardly condemning you, Quinlan. You had every reason to want that man dead. Nor would it be the first time you’ve told me about the things you’ve had to do to get to the truth. Hasn’t it helped to talk about it before?”

Hesitantly, Quinlan nodded. “I suppose… I’m not sure it’ll make sense to you though. It’s Force stuff.”

“Which I am not entirely ignorant of,” Palpatine said, slightly reproving. 

“Yes, but reading about the Force isn’t the same as being able to use it.”

Palpatine looked at him for a long moment. There was something strange in his eyes, different to before. Threat , Quinlan’s mind whispered, but more quietly. He didn’t sense a warning in the Force. It was more like… the Dark was laughing at him. 

Of course that was ridiculous.  The Force wasn’t like that. It was vast and incomprehensible, it was nature and the universe itself, not an entity with thoughts and motivations and a sense of humour. 

“Quinlan my boy, you’ve told me a great many of your secrets since we met - and I have shared a few of my own in return. As friends do. You may think I will not understand you, but extend me a little more trust and I shall tell you something close to my heart in return.”

A flush of shame and embarrassment warmed Quinlan’s cheeks. He was right. They were friends weren’t they? The idea of the Dark Side was an academic curiosity to Palpatine, not a matter of life and death. He was one of those people - and there were a lot of them out there - who was fascinated by the Force partly because he couldn’t use it, and so he’d read a lot about all sorts of different Force traditions. Even obscure histories that mentioned the Dark Side. 

Hesitantly, searching for a way to put an experience of instinct and feeling into words, Quinlan told Palpatine what he’d done to Meltch Krakko. 

Palpatine frowned a little during the explanation, but his expression remained understanding overall. Quinlan searched for disgust and failed to find even a hint of it - and it did help to say it all out loud. It was like this moment, and what had come before it, were entirely different worlds and he hadn’t been sure which of them was the real one. Now he was drawing them together. It had all happened. It was still happening. 

And the Dark Side was still in him. He couldn’t tear it out again, just as he couldn’t run back time and change the decisions he’d made. 

Did he even want to have done things differently aside from Falling? 

The fierce heat of rage warmed him again. Meltch Krakko deserved to die. Quinlan could have tried to do it the ‘right’ way; tie him up for when the venom wore off, take his ship, and fly them back to Coruscant so that Krakko could face justice. He just didn’t have any confidence the system would work the way it was supposed to. Or that prison was enough for someone like that. 

“When I arrived you were nearly unconscious,” Palpatine said - which wasn’t where Quinlan had expected him to go first. “Using the Force to kill like that could not have been easy.”

Quinlan swallowed nervousness. “Using the Dark Side,” he repeated. He shouldn’t be surprised that Palpatine didn’t fully understand the magnitude of the difference even after his own research. 

“And is that so very bad? It is a part of the Force, like any other.”

“It’s… in the name. It’s dark. Evil.”

“Are you evil?” Palpatine raised an eyebrow. “I have a hard time believing that.”

“I did just kill someone,” Quinlan pointed out. Worse than the deed itself was how he’d done it, but the intimacy and viciousness of that violence wasn’t something a Force-null would understand. 

“A necessary death - and one which the man’s own culture would hardly condemn you for. Taking revenge on the one who murdered your father-figure isn’t evil, Quinlan.”

“It isn’t something a Jedi would do.”

“You left the Jedi for a reason,” Palpatine reminded him. “Because they refused to do what had to be done. Because they didn’t really care about you, or about Master Tholme. Because their rules and inflexible concepts of right and wrong have taken their feet from the path of true justice and left them the ineffectual puppets of corrupt interests.”

Quinlan winced. “Harsh,” he muttered. 

Another sceptical look from his friend. “I am only repeating your own sentiments back to you.”

Quinlan didn’t think he’d used exactly those words, but Palpatine wasn’t wrong . Quinlan had complained about the Jedi often enough. “I don’t regret killing him,” he admitted. “Maybe I should, but I don’t.” The way the Dark Side purred in his bones in response was a warning sign, but he couldn’t lie to himself and pretend like he was a better person than he was. “I still shouldn’t have done it like that. I… destroyed him. Tore his mind apart with the Dark Side. That’s the part that was evil. The Dark isn’t a tool like a blaster or a lightsaber. You can’t play with it, and you can’t put it down once you’ve picked it up.”

Palpatine sighed. “This is still a cultural context that I’m struggling to understand. How can the tool itself be evil?”

He wasn’t the only one struggling. Quinlan had good reasons for his beliefs. The history of the Sith and their actions. The teachings of the Jedi. Kriff, all the proof he ought to need was how the Dark Side felt - cold and ugly and grimy. Or that was how it had felt before. It wasn’t the same now - but that wasn’t an argument he could use because Palpatine couldn’t feel it. He ended up saying, “It wasn’t a good death. It was… cruel. Painful.”

“Meltch Krakko killed many people in equally cruel and painful ways without using the Dark Side to do it,” Palpatine replied. 

That was true. The Dark gathered around Krakko but it was attracted as a side-effect of his actions, not because he could use it and had called it there. “The Dark Side changes people,” Quinlan insisted. “Every Jedi in our histories who thought it wouldn’t affect them, that they could use the power for good, still ended up a monster in the end.”

“In the Jedi histories,” Palpatine countered. 

“The Republic’s histories as well,” Quinlan said. “Just look at the Sith! You’ve read about them haven’t you? Their empires, the wars they started, the planets they conquered, the people they subjugated, the torture and the slavery and…”

Palpatine leaned back, his head turning slightly away. He sighed. “Quinlan, what have I told you about this before?”

For a moment Quinlan was confused - they hadn’t talked about the Sith much before - then he realised what the Senator meant. He bit back an irritated retort despite the Dark stoking a flare of frustration. “History is biased,” he recited. “Everybody has their own agenda. I need to check my sources; who wrote them and what they might have to gain.” Palpatine hadn’t been the first one to tell him that. He vaguely remembered the class Master Nu taught about it, though she’d never gone as far as suggesting that they could be wrong about the very nature of the Sith.

“Exactly,” Palpatine said. “We are talking about events from millennia ago, and we have very few primary sources. I am not denying that there were wars, or that the Sith attempted to destroy the Jedi of the time, but tales change in the telling. Nuance is lost. Extremes are magnified. Who can say what it was really like to live back then?”

“It’s not academic ,” Quinlan said. “If the Dark Side wasn’t a real danger, why would every Jedi learn how to watch out for it?”

“For the same reasons they bow to the will of the Senate, or maintain unreasonable neutrality in the face of injustice, or allow themselves to be disrespected,” Palpatine replied. “They have been taught to fear their own power.”

A shiver ran up and down Quinlan’s spine. The Senator made the same point when Quinlan had first gone to him in a rage over Tholme’s death and the Council’s inaction, but for some reason it felt different now. There was a new and strange weight behind Palpatine’s words. 

“Why is defending the Dark Side so important to you?” he asked. Which one of them here could use the Force! Shouldn’t Palpatine just take his word for it?

“Now we come to my secret.” Nothing about the Senator’s usual kindly smile changed, but all of a sudden his pale blue eyes were boring into Quinlan and there were sharp edges hidden just under his skin. The pressure of jaws closing around his neck was back, a predator’s threat. 

Quinlan swallowed, mouth dry. “I’m sure it couldn’t be anything bad…” he muttered. 

“Bad? That depends upon your point of view.” Palpatine’s eyebrows raised. “I do hope you have learned to be less judgemental than the Jedi, my boy. At least, that you can judge based on my actions and on our relationship, rather than on a… lie of omission.”

Quinlan had no idea what he could have lied to him about. Palpatine appeared to expect a response from him, so he nodded. He couldn’t do much else. His body was frozen in place. It didn’t want to move. 

Palpatine twitched a finger, and a curtain in the Force Quinlan hadn’t even been aware of drew back. The only metaphor he could think of was that of an optical illusion; one moment the world appears one way and the next it shifts to something else with nothing more than a change of mental perspective. Palpatine hadn’t been anything in the Force and now he was… was… 

An ink-black ocean of cold water, fathomless depths, the hungry heart of a black hole warping gravity, the vast mouth of a stellar predator waiting in ambush. The Dark Side given form and flesh and intent. It was so far beyond the strength and power the Dark had been trying to offer Quinlan that it could not even be compared, and the Force quailed around him leaving him empty, drained, and very, very afraid. 

“My interest in the Force is not entirely academic,” Palpatine said, self-satisfied. 

Quinlan’s thoughts slowed to a crawl. He wanted to hide or run, but his body wouldn’t obey him. “You’re a Fallen Jedi,” his mouth said, failing to engage cognitive processes on the way. 

Anger flickered in Palpatine’s eyes, but oddly enough not through his Force-presence. Nothing about that was angry . Quinlan didn’t know how to read it, only to fear it. “I have never been a Jedi.” Which was obvious. Quinlan would have heard of him. He wouldn’t have been allowed to become a Senator. He would have been a story to warn others. “I have only ever trained to use what you call the ‘Dark Side’ of the Force.”

Quinlan knew there were a lot of other Force traditions out there in the galaxy but he was pretty sure none of them were really Dark, not like this. Or so he’d thought. Apparently he was wrong. He wanted to ask what Palpatine called himself, when this had started, a dozen other questions that jumped immediately into his head, but he didn’t dare.

“So,” Palpatine said, leaning forward and looking at him very intently. “Do you think I’m evil, Quinlan?”

It shouldn’t have been a difficult question. Up until less than a minute ago the answer would have been an obvious ‘of course not’. Senator Palpatine was his friend, his confidante, a campaigner for justice and against political corruption. He’d only ever helped Quinlan. Quinlan trusted him and there had never been a reason to doubt that. 

Until now. Nobody could stand under the weight of that presence in the Force and not be deeply disturbed by it. Put in the simplest of terms, it felt bad

Wasn’t that strange? The Dark Side was in Quinlan now too, so shouldn’t Palpatine call to him as like calls to like? Shouldn't he feel a sense of kinship? He didn’t. How could he when Palpatine was so much stronger, so much deadlier, something almost elemental. But was that evil

Quinlan couldn’t make that accusation come out of his mouth. He swallowed and the uncomfortable silence dragged and dragged. 

Palpatine sighed. He appeared almost sorrowful. “You do not trust me,” he said. “Even after all this time, when we want the same things… Jedi prejudice runs deep.”

Shame tugged at Quinlan’s heart. “You did keep this from me,” he whispered.

“Apparently I had good reason to.”

That made him feel even worse. Shame became guilt and even despair, the Dark a layer of mud that sucked him down and the vast cold ocean of Palpatine didn’t care to save him… “I’m sorry!” Quinlan forced the words out and the pressure eased a little. “I’m sorry, I do trust you, I just don’t understand…”

“Would you like to learn?”

Quinlan stiffened. The question was innocent enough but it felt like a trap. The teeth remained at his neck. There was no way out. No way back. “Learn what?”

“My boy, you were just telling me about using the Dark Side for the first time,” Palpatine said. “The Jedi are wrong about the Dark in many ways, but one thing is true - it is a jealous, hungry power. It does not easily give up those who have welcomed it in. Nor is it safe for those unwary fools who think to use it unprepared.”

“Weren’t… weren’t you just telling me it isn’t evil?”

Palpatine frowned. “Quinlan, please. Set aside human notions of right and wrong. The Force is beyond such things. It is only power, waiting to be used. A tool, as you said. Tools cannot be evil, only what is done with them - and that is your choice.”

“It doesn’t feel that way,” Quinlan said. 

He caught another flicker of flat annoyance at the back of the Senator’s eyes. Suddenly the jaws bit down. Agonising pressure ran through Quinlan’s spine - the cup of tea fell from his hands and hit the floor in a resounding clang he still barely heard as he was pressed flat against the top of the table whimpering in pain. 

“Do you know what will happen if you don’t take my offer?” Palpatine asked pleasantly. 

Quinlan shivered and couldn’t stop. It was the only movement he could make. Psychometry had forced him to build powerful shields early on in his training but he’d constructed them with the Light and they’d fallen apart as he left Krakko’s head. He didn’t think it would have helped to have them still. Palpatine could tear his mind apart as easily - no, far more easily - than he’d done to Meltch Krakko.

“You… you’ll kill me?” 

“No, no.” The reassuring tone fell very flat given the circumstances. “You will become the monster you are so afraid of being, and that the Jedi warned you of. It will not be the fault of the Dark Side, but of your own ignorance and a failure of your will. If you do not use your power, it will use you, and you will fail. Everything you have worked for will fail.”

“You’re hurting me,” Quinlan whispered, feeling very pathetic. The pain was needle-sharp and crushing at the same time, fire and ice stabbing through his neck and shoulders. 

“I am teaching you,” Palpatine replied. “Are you angry at me, boy?” 

Not ‘my boy’ anymore. Quinlan hadn’t realised one word made such a difference. His fear made anger hard, but not impossible. He managed to nod. 

“Good,” Palpatine said. It was almost a purr. “Feel your pain and your anger. Have those led you wrongly all this time? Is that not where your fire for justice begins? Use that strength. Fight back!”

It went against everything Quinlan had ever been taught by the Jedi, but he didn’t think Palpatine would stop any other way. The Dark Side was everywhere, it just wasn’t in his hands. Palpatine had all of it. If he wanted that to change, he had to make it change. He reached past his fear to the ember of rage - he was betrayed, his friend was a liar, this pain was his fault - and the Dark twitched. Just a little, but he felt it and knew that it was possible. 

Slowly, Quinlan gathered his strength, his anger intensifying until it became the sharp edge of a knife just as he’d used against Krakko, and the Dark came with it, and with a cry he swept that weapon into the jaws of the beast holding him down wanting nothing more than to hurt right back… 

Chuckling, Palpatine let go. 

Breathing hard, Quinlan pushed up from the table. He was slick with cold sweat and still the flames of rage danced under his skin looking for a target. He didn’t fool himself. He hadn’t forced Palpatine to back off. He’d just… done enough to show that he was capable. 

“Your first Master is dead,” Palpatine said - his apparent sorrow had a false ring. “Call me Master now, and I will ensure your revenge is complete.”

Quinlan didn’t look him in the eyes. His gaze remained on the matte metal surface with its faint reflections of colour, and on the pools and flecks of spilled tea. The Dark was in him, pounding with his heartbeat, moving strength through his limbs with every breath. The future had narrowed to a single path, a single possibility. “Yes Master,” he said. 

“Very good,” Palpatine answered. He sounded pleased. “You have a great deal of potential, my boy, and I will see it fulfilled. Remember that we want the same things, and that everything I do to you from now on is only to make you stronger.”

Quinlan did not like the sound of that. 

-----

Maul left the meeting in the karyai with a sense of persistent unease. He’d been against Jango travelling to the Hunter’s Moon from the first, but his argument for caution and wariness had not been heeded. While it did not appear that any ill had come from this expedition as yet, the Sith were subtle and did not spring their traps upon the wary, waiting until time bred complacency, until the moment had come to act. Fett might have learned a truth about Darth Plagueis on Sojourn, but it was equally possible that their enemies had gathered intelligence of their own.

Had the risk been worth it? For a holopic, to see the hidden face of their enemy?

Perhaps, if it gave them his name, but this was only one more step on that path and not the goal itself. 

Maul suppressed a shiver. A mere holo that might have been but it was still Darth Plagueis, his Master’s Master, the Sith Lord he’d never met. How could he not fear him? Sidious was an enemy he knew in malice and in capability, and there Maul’s fears were both justified and manageable. The fear of the unknown was more difficult to reassure.

There was nothing Maul could personally do to act on this new information, and the same was true for the other members of their small conspiracy. Mandalore’s spies would take the image and use it to filter what they had already sliced from Clan Damask’s records both public and private, and if there was anything to be found they would locate it. Maul had faith in the efforts of a whole sector’s resources. The mundane identity of the Lord of the Sith would be revealed and then… 

Their options remained limited. 

It was not pride to say that in his prime Maul had been the most accomplished assassin in the galaxy, but even so he would never have been able to kill his Master on his own. Even with Savage’s help their cause had been hopeless. It was equally outwith their power to kill either Sith now - not without enough collateral damage to start a war - thus the best that could be hoped for was to utterly foil their plans. 

Those plans still included a galactic civil war, as the conversation with Clan Damask proved. Stopping that war outright did not seem possible with the tools they had, but Mandalore would not be a pawn for the Sith as the Separatists had been. Nor would they allow Sidious to manipulate himself into the Chancellorship. 

But the crisis of Naboo was years away. Maul still had not shared any of his foreknowledge with Jango or anyone else, but he did not believe it would be necessary. It was Palpatine’s obvious goal, and if he used the same ploy in this timeline it would not take any great cunning to discern what he was up to. 

Maul had other business to focus his attention on in the meantime. His time with Clan Saxon’s mercenary company was only part of it; the work repairing the basilisk proceeded apace, and Jango had him fielding Count Dooku’s somewhat concerning questions regarding his interest in the Sith. 

Thinking of the former Darth Tyrannus reminded him to check his holomessages. In amongst the needless social chatter of his squadmates, the thread containing his chain of communications with Count Dooku had flagged that a new message was waiting for him. Maul paused in a quiet corner of the palace to read it. 

My contact in the antiquities market has informed me of another Sith artefact coming to auction on Coruscant four weeks from now,” the Count had written. “May I trouble you to examine the listing and comment on its potential authenticity?”

Ever polite, Maul reflected, but at least Dooku had grown familiar enough to leave off unnecessary niceties and come to his point efficiently. He did not know that he was conversing with the Mand’alor’s ward, of course. He believed Maul to be an ordinary Mandalorian who merely happened to have an interest in the history of the Great Sith Wars, and that his expertise with Sith artefacts was drawn from Mandalorian sources which the wider galaxy knew nothing of. 

It was not a lie. It merely omitted certain important details. 

Maul opened the link to the auction house’s HoloNet page and found the listing mentioned, perusing it while he thought. Thus far it did not appear that the Sith had reached out to Dooku directly, but it could only be a matter of time. He did not trust the man’s sudden interest in the Sith or their history. Had it happened in this way originally? Was this the start of his slide towards the Dark Side and swearing loyalty to Darth Sidious? 

Maul had no intention of allowing it to happen again. This was not because he cared anything about Yan Dooku, but because he refused to allow Sidious to have access to such a powerful weapon. It also cut the Sith off from another Separatist pawn, since it did appear inevitable that Mandalore would end up siding with the Count in any coming conflict. Galactic war did not allow the luxury of neutrality, and of course they would never aid the Republic

“Why are you really asking my thoughts about this? ” he wrote back. “You already know that this is a real holocron, even if its form is different to those of the Jedi. Do you imagine our armourers have a way to force it open that does not involve the use of the Dark Side?”

He was not expecting Dooku to respond right away, but he must have caught the man during a spare moment. “A vain hope perhaps,” the Count replied. “I shall acquire it anyway, if only to prevent it falling into the hands of one who might be tempted down that path as the price of knowledge.” Maul found that sentiment rather ironic. “ The auction does not permit remote bidding, so I will be travelling to Coruscant. I am curious who else might show interest in this item. It may result in further leads.”

“Leads towards what?” Maul asked. It was not the first time Dooku had teased at a deeper motive than mere historical interest, but as of yet he had not been able to draw him out to state clearly what that was. “ Any Force-sensitives who try to lay claim to the legacy of the Sith come to the attention of the Jedi sooner than not.” Or the true Sith either suborned them or destroyed them, Maul presumed. He’d discovered only a few mentions of such individuals in his trawl of galactic records. 

The subsequent pause was longer than could be explained by slow typing. Eventually Dooku said, “Some Jedi are gifted to see glimpses of the future.”  

If that was so, Dooku had certainly failed to predict his own death at Vader’s hands. “ I fail to see the connection. You have seen a vision of the Sith?”

Another pause. “Not I. A trusted friend. It was not clear enough to be certain of anything other than that some trace of the Sith looms over what is to come.”

What would happen if Maul told Dooku the truth, that the Sith yet lived? Could he be an ally to their hunt, or would he throw himself into danger, either revealing everything too soon or dooming himself? He decided it would be foolish to trust him, at least for now. Perhaps if it was the only way to convince him not to make his prior mistake it would be necessary, but for now Maul doubted it would help them. 

“I hope your friend is wrong ,” he wrote back. 

As do I ,” Dooku replied.

----

Cloaked in the shadows of a natural cave, the basilisk had the weight and stillness of a statue, carved and polished. This was not the main cavern beneath the First Forge but a subsidiary, yet mined deeply enough for a pool of beskar -infused water to have gathered at the far end of it. Aside from the glowrods they had brought for illumination, exceedingly faint threads of beskar shone from the water and from the walls, imparting the war-droid with their unearthly light. 

It had the trappings of a ritual, which felt appropriate. This first attempt at awakening a being millenia dormant was nothing so prosaic as turning on a droid fresh from the factory floor. 

[ Be ready to move away if you must, ] Goran be Mereel said. [ This is a dangerous endeavour. ] It was not the first time he’d warned Maul of this.

[ All the internal repairs have been completed, ] he replied. [ This is nothing more to do save for this - unless you have reconsidered the idea of altering its programming? ] 

The goran shook his head. [ The programming language itself is archaic, and we have only a partial idea of how to read it. Altering it is beyond my skill, or that of any other armourer I have asked. It would not be appropriate to skirt danger towards us only to wound it too deeply to recover from. ] 

[ I agree. So this must be done, and now is as apt a time as any. ] 

They had taken precautions. The basilisk had been relocated to this cave instead of the vault, away from any Sith artefacts that could be damaged if it lashed out. It was hard to say if long exposure to the influence of those things might have corrupted the war-droid from its original makers’ intent, but Maul had not found any evidence of this in his time spent repairing it. The song of the ka’ra seemed pure in the basilisk - and yet it would still be dangerous. It was a thing designed to kill and they were not its original masters. It might recognise them as Mandalorian and be pacified, or it might see them only as Other and prey and attempt to kill them. 

The exit to the cave was too small for the basilisk to leave in one piece. It had been partially disassembled for the transfer. Retreat was an option, even if it was unpleasant to contemplate. 

Goran moved back to the mouth of the cavern. Maul went forward, standing in front of the slumbering war-droid. His eyes threw a faint reflection in the beskar . He put both hands flat on the chestplate and focused his attention, passively at first on his own presence in the Force and then on that of the basilisk. It had grown familiar to him by now, and he knew it in the intimate way one only could when they had worked on its components for many months. Every beskar strut and piston and plate, every wire, every circuit board and memory bank, down to the power-plant and batteries at the heart of it trickling out the energy to maintain its existence for eons. 

He knew its purpose too. It was written into the reality of its existence to kill and to destroy and to tear down. It was a predator whose hunger could only be sated with victory - but it was also an obedient thing, which was the only chain capable of restraining that hunger. 

Would it obey Maul? That could only be answered by testing it. 

A flicker of thought nudged the basilisk to begin the process of awakening. 

Its power core hummed a low note as it fired up. Electrical impulses spread through its frame, a constellation that Maul could see mapped onto the inside of his eyelids. Even with the understanding mechu-deru gave him he could not sense a droid in the way he could an organic being, but only because they were such different forms of life. They were still affected by the Force and affected it in turn. He knew the moment the basilisk became aware.

Aware of itself, and aware of him. 

It was not a clear thought so much as an instinctive and emotional reaction. A wave of denial, of negation, a wordless ‘ NO’ that hit Maul and might have stunned him had he not been ready for the possibility of some form of attack. He stood firm and let it splash from his shields, projecting calm solidity. Disorientation after millenia was understandable. 

His calm was met by an impression of bared teeth, though the basilisk had no mouth and its weapons were missiles and cannons instead of fangs. It shoved an image at him like a physical blow - a woman in ancient beskargam , its long-dead rider - and another which superimposed that image on top of one of Maul. He understood. He was not its master. He had no right to approach it, to touch it. He was enemy and threat and would be killed.

Maul felt the pulse of energy as the basilisk attempted to access the shockwave generator spines in its head and the blare of errors that came back. Together he and Goran had disconnected all the droid’s weapon systems before attempting this. They were not that foolish. 

Rage! the basilisk communicated. The temerity! How dare you! 

Maul intercepted the thought of it raising its forelimb to crush him with a flicker of mechu-deru. Thus far he had passively sensed its mind but had not reached out to communicate with it. Words might be beyond it - it seemed to think in emotion and imagery - but he could certainly manage to transmit his meaning to it. 

The basilisk did not seem like an entity which would respond well to appeals to its better nature. Maul summoned his will and surged forward into its mind in an attempt to knock it off balance and perhaps to overwhelm it entirely. He projected strength and might, tapped into his own predatory spirit. He made himself a show of force and attempted to intimidate it into submission. 

The droid was not so easily subdued, though he had not expected it to be. He felt it retreat from him, suddenly wary. It was no longer sure what it was dealing with. It had not realised there was something sharing psychic space with it and had not experienced this type of bond before. Its mental image of itself took a wide, ready stance, firmly rooted to pounce or to flee, and flared its plating in a threat display. Yet here in its mind it was not only a being of metal. There were flashes of something else layered in and on and beneath the beskar ; reptilian scales, and claws, and those fangs he’d seen before. 

Maul had no idea what that meant. He hoped it did not suggest some manner of corruption.

The basilisk pawed the ground and blasted him with sound. It was a psychic version of the very real attack it was capable of, but Maul’s powers in this space were significant and he turned it aside easily. This seemed to alarm the droid. 

Maul sent back the image of its rider before it could decide what to do next, accompanying it with emotional qualities of curiosity and a desire to know more. This suggestion was met eagerly, with pride and an accompanying sense of threat - perhaps the idea that if the basilisk itself could not drive Maul off then she would arrive soon enough and destroy him. The droid bent its head and assaulted him with a flurry of memories and sense-impressions. Its rider-owner-master was fierce and cruel, was a conqueror, was a killer. Here they dived together towards a world, tore across its surface, slaughtered its inhabitants. Here they received tribute, a bribe from those lesser buying mercy.  Here they trained with others under the same banner, testing each other and honing sharp edges. At the same time Maul sensed what the basilisk felt about its master. Respect and admiration mingled with something deeper, but familiar. Fear.

That was unexpected.

Maul reflected the emotion back. Why do you fear her? 

The war-droid flinched slightly, shifting on its feet. There was a fire that burned everything. Burned people and worlds. Seas of blood. Cinders in the sky. An atmosphere red and black with ash and cataclysm. Doom hung over all. If not submission, then death. Bend the knee, bear the throat, crawl to a master and be owned, for to be owned was to be valued, and what was valued was cherished. 

Maul disliked how much he understood the sentiment. Though he had not been valued even as Sidious’ possession.

Even so he found the motivation a curious one from a machine like this one. Was this unit in particular not the Mandalorians’ creation? Why program it in this way?

The basilisk felt his curiosity and replied again with memory. It woke in a body of metal facing a mirrored-self connected with heavy data-transfer cables, knowing that it was it and it was that and both had once been something else long before. It was a copy that diverged from this moment, but even though it had not previously existed it retained the memories of this other self - and that self remembered… A different place of crafting, and not another droid standing before it but a being. Organic life, heavy and reptilian, the original whose echoes Maul had seen shifting as a ghost around the basilisk. Plugs dotted the upper part of its spine and the lower section of its skull, jacked into a computer which translated the pattern of thought and personality and instinct as the base material for the programming of the droid which had been crafted in its image and bore its name. 

Maul knew the history of basilisk war-droids in broad strokes. He knew the Crusaders had not invented them but taken the technology as yet more spoils of war, impressed by the droids’ strength and power. Their original creators, the species which shared their name, were one of many who had resisted the Mandalorians and were rewarded for their admirable tenacity with genocide.

The basilisk looked at him and was afraid. It knew him as a Mandalorian. It desired the dubious protection of its master. It did not trust that he would treat it well. 

While the war-droids might lack the full sapience of their creators, or of other droids in common use in modern times, they were more than mere weapons. Maul did not want a slave. The idea of mentally overpowering the basilisk and breaking it to his will was distasteful. He wished for a partnership. He wanted it to trust him. 

Trust was not a thing that was given quickly, or without cause. 

Do not hurt me, and I will not hurt you , Maul told the basilisk, making sure the sentiment was clear. If they could begin with that understanding, everything else would follow on in time. He opened himself to the droid in the Force and deepened their connection, projecting sincerity. He felt the basilisk contemplate his offer uncertainly. Its instincts were still to attempt to destroy anything it perceived as a threat, but being reminded of its fear made it hesitate, doubting itself. It had already tried to attack him and had failed. It missed the strength of its master - there was still much admiration and pride there despite the fear. 

It backed from him, one step, then another. It sank down on its belly with its limbs tucked beneath it, watching him. Fine. Accept. Concepts rather than words, but easily translated. 

What was his next move? 

What do you desire? Maul asked it. 

The question confused the basilisk. It immediately sent back images of violence, repetitions on the themes it had shown him before with its master. Its desire was to follow its programming, which was to go to war. Perhaps this had been the mentality of the warriors of the basilisk people who created its original template, or perhaps they had only extracted those parts of themselves for the sake of clarity and efficiency of purpose. Maul supposed it did not matter. He could offer the droid work of the sort it would find satisfying with the Saxon mercenary corps, though it would have to be carefully managed. Not everyone in the galaxy knew their history well enough to recognise a basilisk war-droid when they saw one, and rumours of it would mostly be believed to be tall tales, but if proof of its existence were to become widely known the optics of that would prove troublesome. 

Better than letting the thing languish down here for decades more, which would be a fate it did not deserve. 

Maul showed the basilisk fragments of memory from some of their recent contracts. The droid raised its head in immediate interest much like a beast scenting food. It projected eagerness back, though still with a degree of wary reticence. Maul waited for it to decide, not pressing. A short time passed, then the basilisk rose and padded forwards. The tangle of rods that was its face nudged his outstretched hand. 

If feed//satisfy, then obey. 

It was a start.

Chapter 62: Chapter 61 - 37 BBY

Summary:

A new contract, a new war - and an old face in a new guise.

Notes:

If you view the chapter index you'll see I've added some date markers to some of the chapters. There will be time skips going forwards (this chapter is one, for example), so do keep an eye on this.

Chapter Text

Blaster-bolts kicked up a spray of sand to her left, driving her away from the place where she might have been able to slip away into the dunes. The sea was at her back, roaring breakers driven against the shore by the high winds. Low clouds ran across the sky like great grey herbivores stampeding. The sound of nature’s impassive fury could almost drown out the clicking chitter of the soulless bugs approaching. 

There was nowhere to run. She could not brave the waves for she would surely be destroyed. They surrounded her, cutting off all avenues of escape. She was trapped. 

Ronderu turned to face them, raising her swords. If she were to die here, she would take many of her enemies with her. 

The Yam’rii approached like the tide. Most were warrior-caste needing no weapons or armour but that of their own bodies; heavy, metal-infused chitin and massive curving shear-claws. The few workers mixed in amongst them wielded blasters with their more dexterous limbs. Ronderu did not fear those blasters. The Yam’rii were a hungry, carnivorous race. They would not shoot her. They preferred to kill up close, and to devour what was left behind when the spirit fled. 

There would be no body for the other half of her soul to bury. 

Scythe-limbs reached towards her, mandibles clacking with anticipation above them. Ronderu planted her feet and waited for the opening. Battle was a dance, her enemies were her partners, and their bodies would tell her when to move. Even bodies as alien as these. Her head was empty and her heart was open to the world. 

The moment came. She leapt. Long, needle-pointed Lig-swords punched through hard exoskeletons and dragged out the soft wet innards. Yam’rii screeched as they died. Big as they were, they got in each others’ way. She was a shadow darting between them as light as the breeze and bringing death. But there were so many of them. Even if she could avoid their grasp forever and kill and kill, eventually even her arms would tire. She was alone. Her other soul moved elsewhere. It had not been wise to separate, but sometimes this war demanded it of them. Her death would wound him badly, leaving a grievous scar if he survived, and there was nothing she could do now to prevent that. 

Sorrow and doubt had no place in the death-dance. Ronderu Iij Kummar bent backwards beneath a slice that would have taken her head and leapt back up, a jump that found a foot-hold on the very limb that struck at her before she pierced the maw of the bug and took the light from its eyes. 

So close, the chittering of the crowd filled her ears, a maddening, ugly sound. It was the noise of near-mindless hunger. It was the noise of an implacable enemy that could not be reasoned with, could not be negotiated with, could only be stopped by utter destruction. 

Qymaen would bring that destruction eventually. She had to believe that. 

The wind roared behind her. What she thought at first was only a particularly strong gale came from over the sea and hit her in the back, powerful enough to send a few of the weaker and less prepared Yam'rii stumbling. Then a group of bugs to her right simply exploded. One moment they were advancing upon her, the next they were shards of chitin and splashes of gooey ichor. Her enemies were as surprised as she was. Their heads turned upwards, looking around for the source of this new threat. Ronderu could not afford such a luxury. Instead she took advantage of their distraction to kill them, each sword rising and falling, punching in and out in mirrored movements of attack and defence. Her cloak, mask and wrappings were covered in the offal of slaughter. 

Another explosion nearby caught more Yam'rii in its destruction. This time Ronderu saw it more clearly. The air itself shivered, wavering and dancing and vibrating the insects apart. The edge of an awful noise clipped her; a deep and bone-churning roar. Yam'rii pointed upwards, chittering, and those who had them raised blasters and began to shoot. She still did not look. This unseen attacker was an ally, even if only by accident, because they were killing her enemies. She would thank them once all of the Yam'rii were dead. 

Lightning flashed. No, it was not lightning for it travelled in straight lines and more slowly - it was a weapon like a blaster cannon stitching a pattern of shots through the packed mass of bugs with enough power to send them flying and tear them apart, even if less utterly than whatever her new ally had used before. The Yam'rii were enraged but they had not brought the tools to fight whatever this thing was, only to hunt one Kalee warrior on her own. They were powerless, and so they died. 

Finally the only bugs remaining were the ones directly around Ronderu, who could not be targeted without putting her at risk. They had not taken their attention off of her entirely, and the fighting was still fierce such that if she made even one mistake she would fall, but doom was no longer an invisible partner dancing with her. The taste of victory was rich upon her tongue and she did not waver from it. 

Then there were no more Yam'rii to kill. The last rangy body fell to the sand, curling in twitching throes of misfiring nerve impulses before going still. Ronderu slid her Lig-sword free of its corpse and turned to look upon her ally for the first time. 

A young man stood an arm's length from her. She’d been aware of another dancer joining her in the final moments of the battle, but the sight of him surprised her. He was not Kaleesh. Ronderu's people knew less of the outside galaxy than any of them wished, the natural outcome of long years enslaved to the Yam'rii, but the elders remembered a before-time when Kaleesh walked the stars, met other species, used technology that was now denied them. Those fresh-hatched knew only what the Huk allowed them to know. At least, until recently. Until the Kaleesh started to fight back. Because of all this, she did not know the name for what this man was. 

The stranger wore armour painted black, and a black cloth jumpsuit beneath it. A long rifle not unlike Qymaen's was slung across his back and a sword was in his hand, painted with Yam'rii ichor. His helmet was crowned with horns - she did not know the beast this mask was meant to represent. Nothing they hunted on Kalee. 

“Ronderu Iij Kummar?” the young man asked. 

“You are looking for me?” she replied, wary. A temporary ally could become an enemy in the turning of a breath.

“Your partner was concerned about you. Rightly so, it appears.”

She could not deny this. She'd known an attack was possible and had only miscalculated the strength of the ambush. This miscalculation would have killed her if not for the stranger. “I am grateful for your assistance,” she said. “I owe a debt.” This was true no matter why he’d sought her out - and that he’d mentioned her other soul was not enough yet to reassure her.

“Qymaen jai Sheelal has already paid it,” he told her. “ I am part of a mercenary company.”

Using Qymaen’s name was specific enough to convince her - an offworlder might have guessed she had a partner, but he would not have known more without being told it by a Kalee. Nor did this have the flavour of a Huk trap - they lacked the cunning. Even so, Ronderu could not help but bristle when the man told her he was a mercenary. “Why?” she demanded. “Qymaen knows we can fight our own battles!” It was an insult to go begging for outside help, more so since she could not imagine how they could afford it. It was difficult to accept her other soul would have done this without speaking to her about it. 

“I am certain you can,” the stranger said, “but it will cost your people in blood. We are professionals in the arts of war, soldiers whereas you are warriors. We will not merely fight alongside you, but train you to defeat the armies of your enemies.” He glanced at the piles of bodies all around them. “Though you, at least, may not require much instruction.”

In the moment of quiet which followed his words, she heard the sound of sand shifting behind her, and a dull, crackling crunch. Ronderu whirled around bringing up her swords, anticipating that one of the Yam’rii had not been as dead as it appeared. 

A vast beast of metal crouched behind her. It seemed impossible that a thing so large could have approached unnoticed until this moment, and yet it was there. It had no face but a protrusion of tubes, and heavy weaponry sprouted from its flanks. The noise she’d heard was the carapace of a Yam’rii giving way beneath the weight of one of its front paws, which sported three massive, knife-like claws. She froze. How could she defend herself against such a thing? She saw no weak points to strike that she understood.

“The droid is mine,” the stranger said. “It will not harm you so long as you do not threaten it.”

Ronderu had no idea how she could threaten it. This must have been what tore the Yam’rii apart from a distance. Droids were things of the outer worlds, not of Kalee or of Huk - the soulless ones preferred slaves of flesh to servants of metal - and so she had little experience of them other than the dim awareness that they existed. She had not known they could be weapons of such power. Starships she understood, but not this thing. 

She made herself relax, slowly and by inches, lowering her swords. She did not like that she could not meet its eyes and judge its thoughts. The vast silver bulk of the droid was as impenetrable as stone. Did it speak? How alive was it? It must think, for the stranger was doing nothing to control its actions. 

It felt like it was staring at her somehow. 

The droid shrugged - she could think of no better description for the way its armoured plates rippled, flaring out and settling down again. It turned its head away and pawed at the bug corpses in the sand, smearing ichor around, seeming almost curious at how they cracked under its claws. 

“We should leave this place,” the stranger said. “The Yam’rii may send reinforcements when they do not hear back from this unit.”

“It is a long way to Qymaen’s camp,” Ronderu told him. “We must move swiftly if we hope to avoid being cut off. Once they find out that off-worlders are helping us they will marshal in far greater numbers and with weapons capable of hurting you.”

“That will not be a problem.” The young man wiped clean his sword and sheathed it at his side, then went to his droid and leapt up onto its back with unnatural agility. When he moved she saw that there were patterns on his armour that revealed themselves when the light sifted, matt sable tracing through midnight sheen, but once again they had an unknown meaning. He settled into a sheltered pocket behind the flare of the droid’s neck where he could sit easily. He held his hand out to her. “Come.”

Ronderu eyed the creature. If she ignored the lack of a face and thought only of how it held its body she fancied she could make more sense of what it was feeling, just as she would judge the emotions of the karabbac she was hunting. It canted very slightly away from her; a mount equally as wary of her as she was of it. “Are you sure it will allow another rider?”

The stranger put his hand on the droid’s shoulder. Although he did nothing but rest it there for a few moments, something unspoken passed between them. “There is little other choice,” he said. 

Ronderu shook as much ichor from her Lig-swords as she could and tucked them away. There were few obvious handholds on the side of the metal beast, but she made do. Her ascent was not as agile as that of the mercenary but she made it to the top all the same, tucking in behind him. Their positioning was awkward, the space not designed to be shared, but there were curved loops of metal which she could hang on to. The moment she had settled into place the droid sprang into motion in a loping run, sand spraying up from each impact of its claws. While she supposed it would not tire as they would, it did not seem fast enough to escape pursuit. 

And then it jumped, and did not come down. 

They were airborne, soaring smoothly upwards and picking up speed as they did so. The droid tucked its legs beneath it like a bird, and great fans of metal opened up behind them like the wing-cases of a beetle. Heat radiated from them and she heard the roar of engines. It was more like a starship than she’d thought. Despite this source of warmth the air cooled rapidly as they went higher and faster, and Ronderu tucked her cloak in around her with a shiver.

Soon she would see Qymaen again, and she would discover how their war was going to change.

----

Kill , the basilisk thought at Maul, sending him a vivid mental image of pinning the Kaleesh warrior to the ground with impaling claws and ripping her apart with phantom teeth. Other equally violent images flickered past, yet all were tinged with the faint humour of an idle fantasy rather than true desire. 

Ally,   Maul sent back, the chiding equally soft. Did you not kill enough?

The basilisk turned memories of slaughtered Yam’rii over pleasantly in its mind, rumbling quietly with enjoyment. Indeed it had been good, though the insectile beings failed to put up much of a fight. This did not bother the war-droid overmuch. It did not seek out the honour of worthy opponents. It only wished to win, and the more foes it killed the better it liked it. 

More soon? it suggested. 

Soon. They had been called into a true war this time rather than the usual mere skirmishes that had characterised their previous employment, and the Yam’rii were a plentiful people. Their Kaleesh employers had a great deal of fighting spirit, but that would not necessarily translate to victory without being equally adept at both strategy and tactics. Clan Saxon would do its best to assist. It was certainly far from a hopeless cause.

Maul did not know if that would have been the case without Mandalorian aid. In his first life he had not bothered to learn the history of one of Tyranus’ minor tools, only a few sparse facts about his heritage. Had Qymaen Jai Shaleel defeated the Yam’rii, or had they punished him for rebelling against them by taking his body from him? Was this the start of the cyborg Grievous, or was that fate from a conflict yet to come?

Steel-grey clouds moved beneath them as they travelled. The air was quiet and still. Maul had been concerned that the Yam’rii would launch starfighters to hunt them down, but it appeared they could not track something as small and rapid as the war-droid. They were not being followed. Roughly an hour’s flight brought them to the main Kaleesh encampment, where Vokat and several other Saxon cruisers were concealed beneath the camouflage of jungle foliage. He caught his passenger’s faint exclamation when she first caught sight of the hulking shapes of the vessels as they came down through the canopy; aside from those used by their oppressors, her people had seen little of this sort before. 

Both Kaleesh and Mandalorian warriors had emerged from the camp buildings to form a welcoming party by the time the basilisk set down on a patch of clear ground. Maul sensed its hostility towards their allies; the basilisk regarded anyone or anything that was not Mandalorian with contempt, and Mandalorians themselves with an ongoing mixture of respect and fear. It was something Maul was working on. Even so, it understood the concept of working with others, and of the structure of military command. It would not disobey him by attacking. 

One Kalee in particular pushed through the curious mass, his mask and robes familiar. Their employer Qymaen jai Sheelal.

“Ronderu?” he called, his cry sharp.

Ronderu Iij Kummar leapt from the basilisk’s back, landing with much less of the ease she’d shown while fighting. It was likely she’d grown stiff from the cold air of their flight. She stumbled but caught herself, going to Qymaen and embracing him with an intimacy that seemed at odds with their audience. 

[ Any trouble? ] a voice asked nearby. 

Comrade , the basilisk rumbled, nudging the Gar Saxon’s shoulder in a friendly way with its shockwave rods. Gar chuckled and returned the gesture with a shove of his own. He was not strong enough to shift the droid unless it allowed him - which it did, letting him push its head away. 

[ Trouble barely worthy of the name, ] Maul said, dismounting. He pressed a hand briefly against the basilisk’s chest, passing along his thanks for tolerating another being on its back for the duration of the flight, and for its competence at dealing with the Yam’rii. [ Easily dealt with. ] 

[ That’s not saying much for you two, ] Gar replied, smiling. The easy praise still felt strange and somewhat uncomfortable. Maul did not know how to respond to it, so he did as usual and ignored it. 

[ We should discuss strategy now that I’m back. ] 

[ Commander Tyro is eager to get started, ] Gar told him. [ But if General Shaleel isn’t ready… ] 

Maul looked back towards the pair of Kaleesh. Ronderu was speaking to Qymaen quietly but forcefully. It had the tone of an argument even though he could not discern her words at this distance. He was about to interrupt them when she stopped speaking, turning as though she’d felt his attention upon her. There was something in the Force then, a light flicker of campfire embers crackling and gone again, and Maul marked it even though he did not yet grasp the full shape of it. There were many degrees of sensitivity to the Force in the galaxy, and many who did not meet the criteria of the Jedi Order yet became important figures in their own cultures. Might she be such a being? 

Perhaps. She and Qymaen called each other their ‘other souls’ - if one was sensitive, should the same not be true for the other? 

Grievous had not been able to touch the Force as far as Maul knew. His skills in lightsaber combat were brute force and technique and nothing more. Yet he had also been much reduced both physically and psychologically from his original self, a degree of trauma which could easily cut one off from the Force. Maul had never met him. It might be unwise to make any assumptions. 

Maul nodded to Ronderu, who returned the gesture after a slight hesitation. Qymaen met Maul’s eyes and put a fist over his heart, flipping his cloak back over his shoulder to make a half-bow of gratitude. “Contract of employment or not, I owe you for this,” the Kalee said. 

“The first victory of many in our joint war,” Maul replied. “Speaking of which…”

“Ah yes. Your Commander will be growing impatient with me. It is time to speak again of strategy, and of destroying the despicable Huk!”

The General turned and led the way through the camp, Ronderu walking in step beside him. They moved with an eerie synchronicity. Perhaps there was something to this ‘two souls matched as one’ idea. The rest of the welcoming party either scattered back to whatever they had been doing before, or if they were of sufficient rank, followed behind them towards the war-tent. 

The Kaleesh camp was dispersed between the vast trunks of the native trees which provided them cover from surveillance, though the thick undergrowth below the canopy had been cut back to make way for buildings and the starships, and to provide the material to build those shelters. The outer perimeter was a thicket of barbed vines woven together with surprising sturdiness and swiftness. Maul might have suspected the Force, but not every strange thing in the galaxy could be attributed to that so easily. 

Or, depending upon one's point of view and philosophical stance, there was no occurrence which could not be attributed to the Force. In any case the manipulation of Kalee’s natural world was not a work of any Force tradition Maul was familiar with; not Sith, Jedi, gorane or Dathomiri. If it was something purely of Kalee, it was not knowledge he had any interest in studying. He was here to win a war, not to play the scholar.

Clan Saxon had its own supply of rapid-construction shelters and had set them up between the Kaleesh ones wherever there was space. Living in close quarters would create a greater sense of cohesion, which would be vital in any prolonged campaign like this. All these barracks orbited a grander building in the centre of the camp; the bulk of the war-tent. It was a more impressive construction than the name implied in size alone, and the waterproof fabric that was the primary building material was dyed in all manner of colours and patterns that rippled entrancingly whenever the wind caught it. It was supported inside by long, stout beams chosen from the largest of the felled undergrowth plants, and ropes of twisted plant material as thick as Maul’s wrist held everything in place. 

As promised, Commander Tyro was waiting for them in all her scarred, impatient, glory. Her smile had a slightly feral edge to it when Maul followed the Kaleesh pair in, showing off slightly pointed teeth. Clan rumour suggested she’d had them altered, as Sephi were apparently meant to have a standard near-human dentition set, but they were also a species with quite a degree of genetic diversity. No-one was quite sure of the truth, and Tyro certainly wasn’t telling. She clearly enjoyed keeping her past a mystery, and given that she was well over a hundred years old it was not as though she had any peers around to spill her secrets.

“General Sheelal,” she said. “Good of you to join us. And this must be Ronderu Iij Kummar, safe and in one piece.”

“Thanks to the efforts of your warrior,” Qymaen replied. 

Tyro’s eyes flicked Maul’s way, then fixed just over his shoulder, narrowing slightly. [ Really? ] she said in Mando’a. 

Maul ignored the cluster of shockwave rods looming past the side of his head. [ The droid goes where I go, ] he replied without a trace of apology. 

[ When you said you’d woken a basilisk, you didn’t mention that it had separation anxiety, ] Tyro grumbled, but didn’t say anything more about it, waving them all in. They gathered around the tables that spanned most of this room of the tent, laid out with maps of ancient design if not genuine antiquity - ink laid onto the cleaned and preserved skins of beasts, as Maul understood it. Denied access to technology by the Yam’rii, the Kaleesh made do with the techniques of their ancestors. While not as convenient as a holo, the maps still served to display the primary settlements and terrain of Kalee adequately for their purposes. 

The basilisk crouched to squeeze its bulk through the entrance, padding as quietly as it was able to along the perimeter of the room to sink down at Maul’s back, though still close enough to see the table. Maul would not discount its opinions if it chose to offer them; it possessed a suite of tactical processors and the programming to go with it. There was good reason to allow it to accompany him, even if he would have felt obscurely guilty about forcing it to wait outside. 

Ronderu bent to examine the small cluster of figures that marked their current camp. She lifted one to her eyes, turning the stub-winged miniature cruiser over curiously. “You are an impressive band,” she said, “but there are not many of you compared to the numberless hordes of the Yam’rii. If this war drags on as it surely must, will you tire of our cause eventually?”

Commander Tyro’s scowl tugged at the scars that grooved the right side of her face, that had made a tattered mess of the remains of one pointed ear, and which were the reason her eye on that side was a cybernetic replacement. “When Mandalorians swear a contract, we are never the ones to break it.”

Ronderu looked between Tyro and Qymaen. “My other soul has shared the terms with me. Is this not a gamble on your part? Your payment requires our victory, and while I believe that in the end our people will win, you have no reason to share our faith, nor our patience to see the work done.”

It was a fair question, and one that somebody would have asked eventually. That Qymaen had not spoke to a desperation he hid from all those close to him, even from himself. Why risk the good fortune of new allies by questioning their motives? It was this same guilelessness that must have led him into Dooku’s hands. A mistake he would have no reason to make in this timeline.

Tyro glanced Maul’s way before answering. “We’ve got our own kind of faith. Some of our kin can read the future in the stars, and while we don’t let that dictate our destiny, a nudge or two along the path we walk is fair enough.”

The ship-figure almost slipped from Ronderu’s fingers before she tightened her grip again. “You have seen our destruction of the Huk coming?”

“We wouldn’t be here otherwise,” Tyro replied. 

That was true, as far as most of Clan Saxon were concerned. The lie was the one Maul had told them months ago; there had been no vision from the Force, only his own memory of events and figures from his original timeline. If the stars had nudged him to think about General Grievous in particular he could not say, but it equally could have emerged from his musings on mecha-deru and the unity it brought between metal and flesh. In any case the thought prompted further research, and his discovery that the war between Kaleesh and Yam’rii was still in its infancy, ripe for intervention. 

He saw a chance to change circumstances in their favour. He did not care if Grievous still joined the Separatist cause - that cause itself was altered from what it had once been - he merely did not want Grievous to be Dooku’s pawn again. Let him be beholden to a different power this time - to the Mandalorians. 

“Are you satisfied, my soul?” Qymaen asked Ronderu softly. 

She nodded, and put the figure down again, though a stiffness remained over her shoulders that suggested she was holding back more questions and curiosity. Acceptable. There would be time to reassure her later - she would trust them once she saw they did not abandon the Kaleesh as the fighting went on.

“Clans across Kalee have sworn oaths to me as their general,” Qymaen said, “but it is not safe to gather our forces in a great number before we are ready or the Huk will detect our movement and be able to strike at us first. You have promised to train our warriors in the techniques of modern galactic warfare, but we must decide how this can be done.”

“There’s two ways, as I see it,” Tyro replied. “The clans travel to our camp one or two at a time, in small enough numbers to go unseen, or we disperse and go to them. The second would be faster, but also more dangerous for us since it means we’re spread thin in case of a Yam'rii attack. Plus eventually we won’t be able to hide our presence from them and they’ll start targeting us specifically.”

“I would favour speed,” Maul said. “Do not allow the Yam’rii to adapt. We have the initiative on them and we must keep it. In addition, the longer this conflict drags on, the greater chance your enemies seek outside assistance of their own.”

“What outside assistance?” Ronderu asked. “Do you speak of other mercenaries like yourselves?”

“Not other Mandalorians,” Tyro said dismissively. “We don’t take contacts to fight each other unless there’s no other work available, which isn’t exactly a common problem in this galaxy. There’s other kinds of mercenary companies though.” 

“I was referring to the Republic,” Maul corrected their assumption. 

Tyro’s good ear twitched, and the Kaleesh appeared surprised too. “Why should the Republic concern themselves with us?” Qymaen said. “They never have before! The Huk would not dare go begging to them, or risk all of their crimes against us coming to light; the planets they have conquered and stripped of resources, their use of us as beasts of burden and a source of food…!” He cut off, pure rage pulsing from him. It stirred the Dark Side in the way of all such strong emotions, though this did not seem intentional. “Let them call the Republic - we shall make sure to accuse them in turn if they are so foolish.”

“I would not rely on the moral compass of the Republic,” Maul replied. “Not even the principles they claim to hold to. In my experience they will easily sweep these aside in favour of cold credits and economic advantage.”

“You speak of bribery?” Qymaen asked. 

“Maul is young,” Tyro said, with a note of irony, “but he isn’t wrong. That has been my experience of the Republic too over the decades.”

“What then?” Qymaen asked, clearly uneasy. “If the Republic were to come… to side against us…”

“That… would require a reassessment of our contract,” Tyro said, not pleased to have to admit it.

“Which is why time is of the essence,” Maul added, returning to his original point. He did not know the details but he did recall that the grudge General Grievous had against the Republic was based in some claim that they had treated his people unfairly. Whether that was Separatist bias or not was less relevant than the political considerations if it was true. Mandalore could not fight the Republic… at least not yet. 

“Then it’s decided,” Tyro said. “We spread out, train your troops, and whilst we’re about it we can assess the capabilities of your forces and make plans to wage this war in earnest. We’ll need names, safe travel routes, trusted contacts at each location…”

Qymaen nodded with vigour. “You shall have them, Commander. One day not long from now everything the Huk have taken will be ours, and then we shall move on their world. Kalee will never be safe without their eradication.”

Tyro was unbothered by this mention of potential genocide, merely shrugging. “The war will be over when you decide it is, General. Remember, we’re just contractors. It’s our job to make sure we achieve your goals, but the nature of those goals is up to you.”

“For now,” Qymaen replied. “Your eventual price is my allegiance, is it not?”

“Allies, not allegiance,” Tyro corrected, suppressing a wince. “I’m not particularly interested in pissing off the Mand’alor, thanks. Your word to join the Separatist Alliance alongside Mandalore, Serenno, and all the other systems who have seen no benefit from membership of the Republic isn’t the same thing as asking you to submit to Mandalorian authority.”

“Perhaps,” the Kalee said. He did not sound convinced, but nor was he pressing the point. “Perhaps. Let us focus on this war first, hmm?”

“Yeah,” Tyro agreed. “One thing at a time.”

Chapter 63: Chapter 62 - 36 BBY

Summary:

The war against the Yam'rii continues, but not without drawing notice from the wider galactic community.

Notes:

Sometimes a robot dragon-horse can also be a cool shiny motorcycle your crush lets you ride with him...

Chapter Text

The conversation filtered down the corridor, casual, two soldiers catching up on the eve of battle. Gar would have dismissed it and moved on - neither was the person he was looking for - but then he recognised one of the voices as Kilindi’s smooth tones and paused. He didn’t want to go butting in, but…

“I like the balance on it, but the barbs don’t seem practical outside of this theatre,” she was saying.

“It’s a souvenir, and a cool one at that. It doesn’t have to be practical. Kills bugs well enough.” The voice replying was familiar as well.

“Oh, I know.” A low purr. “I’ve seen it in action.”

“So you’ve been paying attention to me.” Warmth in the answer. A teasing edge. 

“And I like what I’ve seen,” Kilindi continued. “Perhaps there’s something else you can show me…”

If Gar was going to interrupt now was the time to do it, before doing so crossed the line from frustrating the pair to creating a damn awkward situation. He rounded the corner, making the sound of his boots loud on the metal flooring. Kilindi glanced his way and didn’t bother to move otherwise, but Ghaj - their squadmate and one of Gar’s distant cousins - jumped, sliding slightly away and almost dropping the Lig-sword he’d been holding out for Kilindi’s approval. 

“Oh, it’s just you,” he said irritably, when he realised who it was. 

“Need something?” Kilindi asked, raising an eyebrow. 

“Yeah,” Gar replied. “Looking for Maul. You seen him?” He didn’t bother commenting on the little scene in front of him. Folks got worked up right before a battle. Wouldn’t be the first time squadmates blew off steam together. 

“He’s in the hangar bay,” Kilindi said. A sharp look came into her eyes. “With the basilisk,” she added. “They’re planning an orbital drop.”

A stab of jealousy wracked Gar’s guts. He’d been raised on stories of the ancient days just like all Kyr’tsad ade. That was history with a sprinkling of myth in all likelihood, but it did well to stir the blood. He imagined it; falling from orbit on the back of a war-machine at the mercy of gravity and g-forces, exposed to the danger of fire from the surface but all the more alive for it. “Wish I could go with him,” he said, accidental honesty slipping out. 

Kilindi’s lips curled, a knowing smile. Quite what she knew, Gar wasn’t sure. He hoped it wasn’t the thing he thought it was - but knowing Kilindi, she had probably seen right through him. “Maybe you could ask.”

“Is there even space for someone else on the back of that thing?”

“Ronderu fit,” Kilindi pointed out. 

It wasn’t really the same sort of circumstances… but the temptation was acute. He had wanted to see Maul anyway, and the worst he could say to a question like that was no. “Only a couple hours until deployment,” he said, gesturing vaguely over his shoulder. “I’m… gonna go.”

Kilindi waved goodbye and looked back to Ghaj as Gar turned away. “Let’s find some place a bit more private,” she said - and then Gar was too far away to hear anything more. 

----

At first glance Maul didn’t appear to be doing much of anything. His hands were on the basilisk’s expansive chestplate and his eyes were half-closed, but nothing else was happening. Gar wondered if he was communicating with the war-droid somehow. Perhaps it was a Force thing, a stars thing.  He was having second thoughts about this conversation now. If it was religion, if it was sacred, he didn’t want to interrupt it.

What did he want anyway? Not just to ride the basilisk - although it would be kriffing awesome, it wasn’t tactically necessary or even maybe advisable. The utility of the war-droid was what it could do more than its rider, though Maul was a one-man army himself. Gar’s place was with the rest of their squad watching the flanks of the Kaleesh, laying down covering fire, delivering them to where they needed to go. He’d come to find Maul because… he was drawn to him. Wanted to spend time with him. He was just too damn cool - and it didn’t help that since that thing in the medbay he’d noticed Maul watching him more, that he was oriented towards him more, like they were a pair of magnets circling each other, drawn together but held back by something.

Kriff the rumours about Maul. Gar was self-aware enough to have realised he was the one with the crush here. It had been growing slowly for months. The seeds of it must have been planted back when Maul first joined their squad, and fighting alongside him in a proper war had done the rest. There was a lot about Maul to admire, and he really didn’t act like he was a year younger than Gar. He was calm, collected, always in control…

Gar hovered, not sure what to do. After a bit Maul’s eyes slid open. 

“What is it?” he asked. 

Gar suppressed a guilty need to shift in place. “What’re you doing?” he asked. 

“Preparing,” Maul replied. The basilisk tilted its head Gar’s way. It seemed to like him, though Gar wasn’t sure how he’d managed that. 

“To drop in from orbit? Kilindi told me,” he added, answering Maul’s questioning look. “This’ll be the first time, right?”

“That is true.” Maul seemed thoughtful, not bothered by Gar’s slightly inane questions. His eyes narrowed slightly, like he was trying to work something out. Gar kept talking, knowing he wasn’t sounding smart or interesting but not wanting the silence to draw out when it felt too open and exposed.

“Why now? This is, what, planet number four? What’s so special about this one?”

“We have sufficient aerial domination that it will not be a death sentence,” Maul replied, faintly amused. “The Crusaders had the numbers to swarm a planet from orbit, and the starships to ensure they were dropping into sufficiently safe skies. Previously the Yam’rii defences have been robust enough that even this one’s bloodthirst was kept in check by its instinct for self-preservation.” He patted the war-droid lightly. 

“The bugs aren’t all that impressive, are they,” Gar said, snorting in derision. “To be honest I worried a bit about this campaign when we started, but I guess there was no need. I bet the Kaleesh coulda wiped these guys off their planets all by themselves if they got enough of a running start at ‘em.”

“Indeed, though with greater loss of life.”

“On the Kaleesh side,” Gar replied with a wide grin. “The Huk are getting slaughtered either way.” The basilisk rumbled, reacting to the sentiment - or at least to the word ‘slaughter’. Like Maul said, it was a bloodthirsty thing. It was in its programming. Gar wouldn’t have expected anything else from one of the Crusaders’ weapons, but he wondered how Jango Fett felt about it, and about this campaign. He wasn’t sure if Maul or Commander Tyro had even told the Mand’alor what the payment was at the end of it - but they would have had to, right? Lord Fett was fine with alliance-building. It was out and out conquering he didn’t like. 

Gar didn’t care if they were taking worlds or helping others take them. He cared that they were fighting, like Mandalorians should. He cared that they struggled, that they were tested, that they had chances to shine with glory. There had been casualties amongst Clan Saxon, but not many. The bugs weren’t good at war even if they were decent fighters, relying too much on their numbers and brute physicality. Frankly, without their technological advantage and initial lightning-swift attacks all those years ago, they wouldn’t have subjugated the Kaleesh in the first place. This revolution had been a long time coming. 

Maul was watching him. Gar realised he hadn’t said anything in too long. “You are not simply checking in before battle,” Maul stated. “Why are you really here?”

He could just admit it. Frankly Gar was surprised Maul didn’t already know. They hadn’t used the akaan’laar very often since that pirate-hunt, and they had learned not to go into it as deeply, but it still meant being inside each others’ heads. Gar didn’t understand the mechanisms of it, but wouldn’t Maul be able to see how much Gar admired him? The fire in his belly watching Maul fight? The hunger for his muscular, lithe form, the way he moved, his power, his speed, his determination and iron will…

“Do you think I could ride the basilisk down with you?” he asked instead, a distraction as much as it was a real question. 

Maul cocked his head, giving it genuine thought rather than just brushing him off as Gar would’ve expected. Then he turned a questioning glance to the basilisk, which rumbled something Gar couldn’t interpret. “It might be possible,” Maul said. 

“Really?” That was even more unexpected. 

Gar’s eagerness was genuine, and it must have been pretty kriffing obvious on his face. Maul nodded. “I can make it work,” he said. “You will have to obey my instructions to the letter though, else the danger will be too great.”

Gar did not have a problem with that. 

----

Like him. The basilik’s emotions were a warm vibration pressed into Maul’s heart. Can join. Will protect. 

Why?  Maul couldn’t help but send back. It was useless; he received the same answer he always did every other time he had asked this question - a confusing melange of emotions he couldn’t pick apart. Something about Gar belonging to him, which wasn’t strictly true. The oath of mutual loyalty sworn in that medbay didn’t change the fact that Gar wasn’t under his command - they both answered to Alor Kaan. Another thread was respect, sameness, kinship. Gar was like the Mandalorians the basilisk had served in the past. 

The same could be said for the rest of Clan Saxon’s mercenaries, former Kyr’tsad all, and Maul didn’t know what made Gar different. 

Time was growing short. This was not the place to try to unpick this problem again. Maul brought the ka’ra into his body and leapt easily up onto the war-droid’s back. Rather than taking his usual seat he crouched and examined the various handholds and anchor points on the beskar plating. The small protected area behind the basilisk’s neck had only been designed for one, but most of its ancient riders had been Taung, much larger than Maul. Gar was taller and broader in the shoulders than Ronderu had been, but if they were close enough together… 

A faint shiver ran up Maul’s spine. It was strange and unfamiliar enough that he paused to examine the feeling, but it was elusive and difficult to pin down. Something about Gar? 

If it had been a premonition of the Force, it was not one of the useful ones. 

[ Can you get up here unassisted? ] he asked Gar. 

[ Sure. ] Gar jumped - his jetpack ignited, but the burn was so light it only added a little power to his leap. He twisted in mid-air and landed in a crouch. 

[ Artfully done, ] Maul remarked. He had not had the time to focus on mastering the Mandalorian jetpack, not with all the other areas of training which took priority over it. One might argue that with the Force he had little need of these directed acrobatics - those he already knew would surely be more than sufficient. If he needed to fly he had the basilisk. All of this was true, yet it was difficult not to admire the skill with which Gar could maneuver. 

Faint colour flushed Gar’s cheeks, not knowing how to take the compliment. He deflected by looking down at the basilisk. The war-droid lifted its head to look back over its shoulder at him, apparently interested - though it perceived the world through a sensor array, that was a habit left over from the organic being which had templated its programming. 

[ I can see the ‘seat’, ] Gar said, gesturing to the concave curves between the shoulders. [ Longer than it needs to be for one, but not quite long enough for two. ] 

[ A secondary concern. First we must ensure you cannot become detached unless you wish to. ]  Maul did not usually bother to tether himself to the droid, but in a high stakes situation like this he was not about to take chances. He retrieved a few lengths of cable woven with beskar from his belt pockets and began clipping them into place. [ These can clip to weapon carabiners, or any other suitable attachment point on your beskar’gam. ] 

Gar nodded. While he busied himself attaching several cables to himself, Maul slid into position and started to tie himself in with the ones he had already placed. When he saw that Gar was done, he said, [ Sit behind me. You will have to be as close as possible. ] 

Briefly Gar went still. [ You alright with that? You don’t usually like people in your space. ] 

Maul merely tapped the basilisk’s back impatiently. Gar was correct, so Maul was unsure why this appeared to bother him less than it should have. He supposed it was simply that he knew he could trust Gar. One might better ask why he had agreed to this whim in the first place, but that was also easy to answer. It was Gar’s whim. Given everything that the man had done in his service in their first life, and his camaraderie in this one, indulging him seemed the least that Maul could do. Their enemy posed little risk, and Gar’s jetpack meant he could leave when he had to join the rest of their squad. This was simply about having fun. 

Feral might claim otherwise, but Maul did understand the concept. 

Gar slid into place behind him. He was a solid weight pressed against Maul’s back. The natural position for riding the basilisk left one canted forwards - there were places to rest one's arms and feet which enforced the pose - and Maul could already tell he was too straight. Unbalanced. 

[ Lean forwards, ] he ordered. 

[ I’m not sure what to do with my hands, ] Gar muttered in response. 

[ Put them here, ] Maul said, pointing to the plating just below where his own rested. [ Or hold on to me, if you must. ] 

A bit tentative, Gar reached around him and did so. Even more of his weight fell on Maul, but it was easily borne and now they felt more stable. When the basilisk stepped forwards they both moved with it, synchronised to its movements. Gar seemed to understand instinctively how to do so - perhaps it was the sense of balance he had cultivated for his jetpack. 

Around them, the hangar bay was beginning to fill with pilots running to their Kom’rk fighters. A few waved greetings at Maul, and he observed several take startled second looks when they noticed Gar Saxon riding behind him. It was time for the liberation of Ar’tik to begin. 

Maul signalled Commander Tyro on his helmet comms. [ Reporting from main hangar bay. Basilisk ready to launch. ] 

[ Why is Gar’s ident pinging next to yours? ] Tyro replied, her voice edged with a growl. 

[ He will descend with me before joining the fight on the ground. ] 

She sighed, and cut Gar into the channel. [ Both of you have your orders. Don’t give me reason to reprimand you. ] 

As though Maul would.

Warning alarms blared and lights flashed as the bay began to depressurise. Maul’s kute puffed up slightly from the air left trapped inside it. Then the bay doors ratcheted open and the planet spread out beneath them. It was a soft arc of tan, ochre and white, glowing at the perimeter with the thin band of its atmosphere. Above it was the ink-black of space, twinkling with stars. The system’s star was behind them and Ar’tik’s surface was in full sun below. 

Anticipation! the basilisk bellowed inside his head. Eagerness! 

First the Kom’rks had to clear the way and provide a distraction. The fighters shot forwards, light glinting from their hulls and gone in seconds beyond the limits of natural vision. Very well, Maul told the war-droid. 

Immediately it bounded for the doors, but instead of throwing itself bodily out it paused at the very edge of the deck. Maul was about to question if something was wrong when it pulsed mischief and amusement, and slowly leaned forwards. The cruiser had shut off internal gravity when they entered orbit over Ar’tik, happy to conserve power and use the planet’s own gravity well. Down was down… and now the planet caught them and pulled. 

Maul’s stomach lifted into the weightlessness of free-fall. The basilisk was roaring with joy. Gar’s arms tightened around his midriff, and even through beskar Maul felt his shock of adrenaline leak into the Force. The ship was behind them and the planet was all they could see, too big to take it all in at once. It expanded beneath them. 

There was no external sound. All Maul could hear was his own breath in his ears. Then they hit the edge of the atmosphere. It began quietly, a wind that whispered, then moaned, then roared. It caught at his kute and tugged at it so that it flapped wildly. The basilisk vibrated beneath him, nose down, plating curved in and streamlined, limbs tucked. Their speed was projected in the corner of Maul’s HUD, but relative to the miles they had to cover it did not feel as though they were dropping that rapidly. The air thickened. It pressed against him, though powered only by gravity they were not moving quickly enough for it to compress and heat. The sky was clear and cloudless, the view of the ground far below sharp. The war-droid was an arrow of deadly intent, its eagerness a twitching compulsion to spread its wings just enough to fire its thrusters, to power them downward fast enough to chase the edge of re-rentry burn, a missile of death. 

Another time, Maul soothed it mentally. 

Sedate this dive might be compared to the basilisk’s prior experiences, but the thrill was a giddy joy in Maul’s heart, joined by a sense of wonder. He had travelled down to planets from space many times before, but doing so inside a starship or fighter was nothing like this. 

The sky above lightened from black to blue. Wind roared past. Elsewhere a dozen miles distant bright flashes marked a dogfight that ended in a ball of dirty black smoke as several fighters were destroyed. A Kom’rk zipped past, at first level with and then above them, rotating its wings in a victory dance. The ochre ground and the tan-coloured organic curves of the Yam’rii settlement grew larger and larger in his field of vision. As they reached what it judged was the appropriate height, the basilisk moved from nose-down to belly-down, spreading its limbs and plating out to slow them and angle their trajectory from a straight line down into a curving spiral around the central point of their target. They went from fall to flight, weapons waking and powering on. Maul turned his head and found the shapes of the Clan Saxon cruisers coming in to join them, having taken a somewhat less direct route from space to the surface. The scattered fire of blaster cannons splashed from their shields, insufficient to do any serious damage. The basilisk was small enough to escape notice in comparison, and there was no need for evasive maneuvers. In any case, it appeared the Kom’rks had been more than enough to eliminate the Yam’rii fighters which made up the bulk of their air defences. Even sustained cannon fire would take far too long to wear down the cruisers’ shields.

The ships landed at the edge of the city and dropped their ramps, allowing the Kaleesh waiting in the holds to pour out. Like a tide they met the Yam’rii massing to meet them and swept into them, over them. Violent death hit the Force like a slap, a plunge into cold water as the Dark Side intensified and coloured reality like ink. Maul took a deep breath. The vode and ramikade of Clan Saxon were coming out next. 

Some blaster cannon somewhere was close enough to depress and keep firing on the cruisers. Maul’s comms crackled. [ Take that gun out, ] Commander Tyro ordered, with mild irritation. 

[ Acknowledged, ] Maul replied. The basilisk twisted in midair and accelerated towards their first target, attention laser focused. 

[ Is this where I should get off? ] Gar said on the same channel. Maul did not need the Force to sense his reluctance, and found that he was reluctant too. Being able to sense Gar’s emotions next to him in their descent made it a pleasure shared and magnified, not to mention that his physical presence was in some way enjoyable too. 

[ Commander Tyro would have our heads if you do not. ] 

[ Of one kind or another, ] Gar replied with a laugh. Before Maul could ask him what he meant by this nonsensical comment he let go of Maul’s waist, unclipped himself, spread his arms and let the wind of their speed rip him from his seat. Maul heard a whoop of excitement as a jetpack flared - he glanced over his shoulder and caught a brief glimpse of Gar rolling in mid-air much like a Kom’rk, and then their paths diverged too much to keep him in sight. 

Maul turned his attention back to the task at hand, a strange pang of loss hollowing out his stomach. No matter. He had the basilisk, and he had work to do. 

----

Jmmaar sensed his fellow Jedi Master entering the viewing cabin of the Republic ship, turmoil ebbing out of him and into the Force. He pivoted from his place admiring the waving majesty of hyperspace, his many legs clicking against the floor. “You are troubled, Master D’oon.”

“Aren’t you?” T’chooka D’oon replied, raising his datapad. “The contents of the briefing seem vague and at times inconsistent. Despite reading it several times I feel only slightly more familiar with the culture of the Kaleesh than when I began. Even the details the Yam’rii have given about themselves seem incomplete.”

Jmmaar’s mandibles flickered in brief disquiet. Their soon-to-be hosts were an insectoid species, and while he was a crustacean he was also no stranger to the judgements and prejudices of humanoids. They were the majority in the galaxy; those who were different had to learn to understand their ways rather than expending effort on the reverse. Even Jedi were not immune to this.

“They are merely very different,” he said, attempting to be diplomatic. 

Master D’oon sighed. “I just do not understand the source of the conflict between these two peoples. I understand even less how the Mandalorians got involved.”

That statement took Jmmaar by surprise. “They are mercenaries, of course.”

“Hired with what credits? The Yam’rii describe the Kaleesh as a semi-developed client race, a species they were helping to uplift to eventually join the galactic community. Mandalorians don’t come cheaply, especially not in these numbers.”

“We cannot blame the Yam’rii for failing to answer a question when they do not know the answer.” Jmmaar replied. He acknowledged the validity of T’chooka’s point. “The Force will reveal all once we arrive.”

“We should have spoken to the Mandalorian ambassador at the Temple before we left Coruscant.”

“She was otherwise engaged elsewhere on the planet,” Jmmaar pointed out. He lowered himself into a seated position, weaving his claws together in his lap and tucking his legs in. He too would have preferred to speak to Trevish Mereel, but there had not been time. “The Senate were very clear about the necessity for a swift departure. We could not delay to wait for her return.”

Master D’oon scowled. “The Senate should know better than to rush us into this. Conflicts are not settled by haste but by understanding. This war has raged for more than a year now, so a delay of a few more days, even a week, couldn’t possibly gain us enough to be worth the potential cost.”

“A utilitarian view. Those who perished on both sides during that time might see things differently.”

“Anyone fighting in a war wants their deaths to have meant something,” T’chooka replied. 

Another fair point. Their differing perspectives tempered by their ability to tolerate and even benefit from disagreement between them was what had led to the two Masters working together for so many years now. “The Yam’rii could interpret a delay as implying a lack of interest or care in their cause,” he said. 

T’chooka snorted, a bitter laugh. He joined Jmmaar on the floor of the cabin, his restless energy released into the Force to be replaced by the calm of a Jedi Master. “Realistically, the Senate doesn’t care about the Yam’rii, not as a people. In years past they’ve barely lifted a finger to assist any of the Outer Rim Systems, and one so distant on the edge of Wild Space would have had to wait half a decade before being allocated a time-slot to address the floor. That’s why the Mandalorians have been doing so well since the end of their civil war.”

“Indeed.” Jmmaar was equally aware of the true reason the Senate had taken such an interest in this matter. “Can one blame the Outer Rim for their growing discontent with the Republic, when they have to pay taxes to the Core and protection money to Mandalorian mercenaries on top of that? It is no surprise that Chancellor Valorum wants to prove that Republic membership still has value, and that it will protect its own.”

“Political theatre,” T’chooka said, not bothering to conceal his distaste. 

“But does that make the Yam’rii unworthy of our assistance?” Jmmaar challenged. 

“Of course not, and that was never my point,” Master D’oon replied. “The past cannot be changed - we are on our way, and must deal with the situation as we find it on arrival. I only want us both to be mindful of how little we still know and to avoid the temptation to make assumptions. There is something about this that… feels wrong. Don’t you sense it?”

Jmmaar considered this. Jedi were always open to the Force, always listening to its currents. He sensed danger ahead, and the darkness of conflict. More than that he could not say. In any case it was his way to go wherever he was directed, resting securely in the knowledge that all things were as the Force willed them. Wherever he was, he was meant to be. If it was not meant, it would not happen. Even the politicians in the Senate were tools of the Force despite the protests they would no doubt have made to the contrary if told this. “The Force provides,” he said. “It will reveal the truth and bring us to the correct outcome.”

T’chooka nodded. “There is wisdom in what you say, Master Jmmaar, but if the guidance of the Force were that easy to interpret there would be no need for a Jedi’s training. Finding the right path will still require some effort from us.”

“Some measure of haste has been forced upon us, but we need not bow to its pressure once we arrive. There will be plenty of time for us to ask questions of our hosts, to reach out to their enemies, and to answer all of the questions we have. Pure neutrality is the prerogative of the Jedi.”

His fellow Master narrowed his eyes. “Let us hope it is that easy.”

----

Huk was a hot, sweaty armpit of a planet.The rich atmosphere hit T’chooka D’oon in the face like a slap the moment the landing ramp hissed open and allowed it to rush inside. As they descended and the sun hit him it grew only more intense. Sweat beaded his skin immediately, trickling down the inside of his robes or soaking the fabric as the air refused to accept it, already too laden with moisture. Even breathing was a difficult experience. 

At the edge of the landing bay a group of Yam’rii were waiting for them, mandibles flexing and long, jointed arms posturing in gestures he vaguely recognised from the briefing as signifying welcome and gladness. Ropes woven from shimmering thread looped around the carapace of the leader, matching the almost iridescent splashes of green on green that were their natural colouring. Helpfully, they wore a translation device across their thorax - the languages of most insectile races were not easily understood by humanoids. 

[ Greetings, Jedi! ] the Yam’rii diplomat said. [ This is Hive and you have all safe passage here. Your assistance very much needed, indeed this is truth. ] 

“Thank you,” Master Jmmaar said, his antennae curling with similar politeness. “I am Master Jmmaar, and this is my fellow Jedi Master T’chooka D’oon.”

The Yam’rii’s head twitched sideways several times. [ The name of this one you could not pronounce; call this one then Smoother-of-Paths. ] 

T’chooka listened to Master Jmmaar exchange a few more pleasantries. He was more interested in taking stock of their hosts and of their surroundings. Aside from the dirty yellow tinge to the sky and the fat bright ball of the sun, almost everything around them was green. A long avenue of trees and decorative bushes screened the landing platform off from the rest of the bustling city they’d seen on their descent, and he could only barely see the vast ochre curves of the palace somewhere ahead. Yam’rii architecture, from what glimpses he’d caught so far, consisted of organic shapes that were almost random at times, as though the buildings had been grown or shaped from clay by hand. 

The Force was heavy here. The presence of the Yam’rii were a smooth buzz, faintly metallic, churning with a banked but understandable fire of anger. There were shadows, but this was only natural for a planet at war. 

As Smoother-of-Paths led them along the beaten-earth road towards the palace T’chooka saw a wing of star-fighters passing overhead. Several of them were trailing smoke. The diplomat noticed the line of his gaze, and clicked their mandibles together. [ The war is always near. Dangers abound. Jedi merely two will not be enough. ]

“We aren’t here to win the war through strength of arms,” T’chooka told them. “As a neutral party we would hope to resolve this at the negotiating table. If that falls through, then we will assess what additional support the Republic needs to provide.” Hopefully it wouldn’t come to that. Few Core or Mid-Rim systems would be eager to loan out their security forces for an Outer Rim conflict even to gain the Chancellor’s favour.

Another unhappy or irritated click. [ The Kaleesh cannot be bargained with, Jedi Master. Not of minds like you or we. Of lesser intelligence. Without outside help of their own, this success impossible, have no doubt. As brutal as beasts they are, yet lack cunning. ] 

“Our… understanding of the Kaleesh is limited,” T’chooka replied, unease curdling even more in his stomach, “but I believed them to be registered as sapient in galactic records.” The translation device removed tone markers, but Smoother’s words were disdainful, even disgusted. It did not sound like a patron speaking of their client-race - but perhaps a year of war had soured that relationship irrevocably. 

[ Not all sapience equal, ] the Yam’rii replied. [ They know not their best interests. Much pain they caused themselves, before we came to lead them into better ways. ] 

That fit with the briefing materials better, but some instinct still pricked at him. All of their information had been provided by the Yam’rii. It was all biased. The Republic had basically nothing on record about the Kaleesh other than their existence, which had been filed on their behalf by the Yam’rii. He would not believe that negotiation was impossible without at least attempting it. If they could arrange a ceasefire for at least long enough to speak to the Kaleesh it would be easier to tell if they genuinely were of such limited intelligence that they couldn’t understand the consequences of the fight they were waging, or were too unreasonable to hold to a bargain. 

It certainly wasn’t impossible that Smoother-of-Paths was telling the truth. The Republic’s legal bar for sapience was set lower than that for the right to self-governance and all the associated rights that came with it; freedom from slavery and torture, to pursue family life, the protection of the law and so on. Species in the process of uplift could fall anywhere along a continuum that ranged from something more like pets to genuine partners and allies. 

“What about the Mandalorians?” he asked. “They are certainly capable of negotiation.”

The diplomat emitted a trilling hiss - certainly anger or displeasure. [ Outsiders! Suspect this their fault. Put ideas into Kaleesh heads. Using them for own gains. ] 

It was a legitimate concern, the more so if the Kaleesh really were a sub-intelligent species. “Why though? What do the Mandalorians have to gain from this?” 

[ It is not known, ] Smoother-of-Paths admitted. 

This was why waiting to speak to the ambassador should have been more of a priority. She was House Mereel, the Mand’alor’s own clan. Even if she hadn’t been aware of the details of this specific contract she should have been able to at least find out something about it. She might even have been able to open a direct line of communication from Coruscant. T’chooka was tempted to call it Senatorial sabotage, but he was sure it was only its equally deadly cousin, incompetence. 

They reached the palace, and an apparently sourceless breeze ruffled their clothing and cooled the humid air into a more comfortable range as soon as they entered. Looking around the vast halls spiderwebbed with walkways at all levels, T’chooka took note of how the arch of the ceiling narrowed into a tube leading up and out skyward. Rising hot air would be compressed and ejected, sucking cooler air in behind it and creating the wind. An ingenious method of natural cooling without power. The building itself was busy with Yam’rii, almost all identifiable as the worker or drone caste, unlike their honour-guard of warriors or the administrative caste of Smoother-of-Paths themselves. 

They ascended through a dizzying network of passages until they arrived in a smaller hall. More Yam’rii were waiting for them. [ The Council, ] Smoother-of-Paths explained. [ Jedi, be welcome. ] 

Although the Yam’rii had biological castes and lived communally, they were not a true hive species. They lacked a queen, or the associated pheromone or telepathic signalling of a hive-mind, and were able to mate and breed amongst their own castes in gender categories that mapped poorly onto Republic norms - at least according to their own attempts at translating this for the briefing. Their leaders were elected by an equally complicated and obtuse process of arriving at consensus. 

[ It is good that you swiftly came, ] one of the Council said, an individual of similar shades of green to Smoother. [ The Republic must help destroy this threat. ]

“We must understand it first,” Master Jmmaar began. T’chooka sensed he intended to say more, but another Yam’rii jumped in before he could. 

[ Destroying us, the enemy are, ] they stated, the translation device managing to replicate an irritated buzz to their tone. [ Evidence here; it is understood proof necessary. ]

They gestured and a worker came forward with a holoprojector. It was powerful enough that the images it projected floated cloud-like over the centre of the audience hall, and it showed war. Violent slaughter. Starships torn apart in the skies of other worlds, settlements invaded, Yam’rii killed indiscriminately. Total war. Unflinching war. War that unsettled the stomach and the soul. T’chooka allowed his horror to flow out into the Force and swallowed his nausea. He could not argue with the evidence of his own eyes. 

“Obviously this cannot be allowed to continue,” he said. “What do the Kaleesh want? Or the Mandalorians for that matter - I understand you think they may be driving this conflict. Have they made demands?”

An angry susurrus murmured around the room. [ They want us all dead, ] a Yam’rii with a pinkish carapace said - they had personal names but apparently they did not put much stock in them. [ Nothing else. ] 

The Yam’rii had claimed as much to the Senate but T’chooka had found it hard to believe - surely the Mandalorians at least had to know that genocide was far beyond the boundaries of any legal mercenary contract? That the Republic wouldn’t allow it? What were they playing at?

“Negotiation is a careful balance of promise and threat,” he said. “If we can’t give your enemies what they want, we may be able to make them see that the path to achieving it is too dangerous to continue to pursue - but either way we need to talk to them”

[ We have no lines of communication, ] a teal Yam’rii said. 

Jmmaar clicked his claws. “We are Jedi,” he said. “We will make some.”

[ A bad idea, ] the pink Yam’rii warned. [ Meet in person, it will be a trap. Meet remotely, you cannot know whether or not they lie. ]

“Mandalorians are smart enough to know it would be a very bad idea to kill Jedi negotiators,” T’chooka told them. “And they ought to be able to control the impulses of the Kaleesh even if they are more hot-headed. We will use our Republic ship to travel to one of the contested worlds and meet on board it - none of your vessels need be put at risk.”

Mandibles clicked around them. [ Cannot stop you, ] a blue-tinted Yam’rii said. [ But this bad idea. ] 

----

Trevish Mereel had barely made it inside the Jedi Archives when she spotted Jocasta Nu heading straight for her like a battleship on an intercept course. “And where have you been?” the Jedi Master hissed. The emotion behind her words was not entirely unlike her, but Trevish had generally only seen it directed at padawans who returned their datapads late or damaged. Jocasta’s sharp tongue hadn’t ever been turned her way before. 

“I didn’t realise my free time was the Head Archivist’s concern,” she replied. “Madame Nu, what’s this really about?”

“You are the Mandalorian ambassador…”

“More a scholar than an ambassador,” Trevish corrected. 

“...and you should be available when necessary for diplomatic matters.”

“I wasn’t aware there were diplomatic matters requiring my attention.”

“Because you were not here to find out,” the Jedi replied, still terse. “The Senate sent two of our Masters out to resolve a situation which involves Mandalorian mercenaries.”

Trevish’s blood ran cold even without any more details. It had been years now and a lot had changed, but that still conjured up memories of Galidraan. “What situation?”

“A war - allegedly an extermination. Do the species the Yam’rii or the Kaleesh mean anything to you, Ambassador Mereel?”

Unfortunately they did, if only because Trevish kept up to date on what all the ade of her clan were getting up to. It was her responsibility as a Clan Elder to know even if not to meddle where her advice wasn’t wanted or needed. 

“They might,” she admitted. “I’m going to assume by how annoyed you are that these Masters have already left?” 

Jocasta nodded.

“Right. I’ll… see what I can do about it.”

“A peaceful resolution would be in the interests of everyone,” the Archivist said. 

Perhaps Trevish was worrying over nothing. Maul was a sensible young man, and although he held a grudge against the Jedi that almost matched Jango’s, they had both managed to set the idea of revenge aside as impractical and unachievable. He wouldn’t be the one to start a fight with the Jedi now - but could the same be said for the Jedi themselves? Despite her best efforts there was still a large faction amongst them that didn’t trust Mandalorians. 

She had to talk to Jango about this. 

----

“Kriff.” Jango’s hands tightened into fists, an urgent tension buzzing through his body, a need to move, to act, to do something. Images of dire possibilities flashed through his mind. Memories of Galidraan. Of fighting Jedi. Of watching his vode die. Maul was capable - more than capable - and he had his basilisk, but that wasn’t enough to calm the part of his brain that was screaming at him that his ad was in danger. 

He didn’t have the right to call Maul his ad, he knew that, but it didn’t change the way he felt about the kid. Even if Maul was technically an adult now, Jango still wanted to protect him.

He reminded himself that Maul wasn’t alone. There were at least a hundred Clan Saxon soldiers with him against only two Jedi. Stupidly good odds. Maul could take them on his own if he had to. But if he did… if he killed them like Jango knew he’d want to, what about what came afterwards? When they sent more - a dozen, twice that, a Republic task-force… 

It wasn’t time. Mandalore couldn’t stand against the Republic alone, and they didn’t have enough planets in Dooku’s alliance yet. Maul understood that, but Clan Saxon had been Kyr’tsad and they wanted to push the boundaries. Taking a contract like this one proved that much - though it had already been too late for Jango to do anything by the time he found out the details. All it would take would be some accidental Jedi provocation, a sliver too much arrogance, and it could be the match that started the fire. 

“I’ll deal with this,” he promised Trevish. 

He would go himself. This needed the Mand’alor’s authority. 

Chapter 64: Chapter 63

Summary:

Negotiations to end the war between Kaleesh and Yam'rii begin, and the truth is revealed to the Jedi.

Notes:

Content notes for ongoing discussion of genocide, cannibalism and slavery.

Chapter Text

Qymaen Jai Sheelal paced, his cape flapping around him as it was stirred by his restless movement and his boots thudding heavily on Vokat’s bridge plating. Agitation bent him slightly forward, a stalking predator. His anger bled out into the Force, calling clouds of the Dark Side that nipped hungrily at his shoulders. His anger was no stranger to Maul, who had witnessed it many times before - it was a great wellspring which came from seeds planted by the Yam’rii and their oppression of his people, and it took little provocation to send it bubbling over the limits of his control. 

Once again, he was losing his temper. 

“What do Jedi know of us?” he growled. “What do they know of slavery, of violence, of justice, of righteousness? By what right are they sent here to meddle in what does not concern them?”

“They believe they have every right, because they believe themselves to be experts in all those things,” Maul replied. “And because they have an authority given to them by the Republic.” 

Qymaen hissed, a vibration rumbling through his chest along with it. Hate lashed the air, and his claws tightened against his palms. 

Maul had known to expect Jedi interference, though not its exact form. He presumed the circumstances were not much changed from history’s original narrative, but he was surprised that the Jedi had reached out to try to speak to both the Mandalorians and Kaleesh. He had thought them arrogant and complacent enough to accept the Yam’rii version of events at face value without looking any deeper, coming out to fight Sheelal like the obedient hounds of the Senate they were. Yet even if they were more cautious and skeptical than that, Qymaen’s response to a simple request to speak easily illuminated the reasons that could never have been successful without Maul altering events. 

“You predicted this,” Ronderu said, turning to Maul. “What is your advice?”

“I predicted the potential for the Republic to become involved,” Maul corrected her. The more he’d grown to know her over the course of this campaign the more sure he was that she was strong in the Force, even if not strong enough to be noticed by the Jedi.  He did not want to be caught lying to her, but answering with a hypothetical was not a lie. “How could I have known that they would send Jedi?”

“It’s not a good situation,” Commander Tyro said, “but it’s manageable. The Jedi are here now, no easy way to get rid of them.”

“Not true,” Qymaen growled, but Tyro wisely ignored this under-the-breath statement. 

“We should meet them whatever we intend. It won’t make anything worse, and we may find it gives us leverage.”

Predictably, Qymaen bristled. “And let them think they have such a right to order us around?”

“Since this sector is part of the Republic, they technically do,” Tyro replied, with a sneer that communicated she liked that just as little as Qymaen did. 

“An agreement made with the Huk, not with the Kaleesh.” 

This had come up before during their discussions of the war and the deal which would be made once they were victorious. The Yam’rii had been the ones to petition to join the Republic; they controlled the flow of information, they put forward their evidence, and they signed all the treaties and documentation. As their slaves, the Kaleesh had no choice in the matter. There was a significant legal argument to be made that the Kaleesh were not part of the Republic at all - assuming the Republic recognised them as an independent sovereign species with a right and ability to make such decisions for themselves. If so then they would not need the backing of the future Separatist Alliance to achieve their independence - but that was for Dooku to worry about. Maul only cared that Grievous was not a pawn in the wrong hands, and that he knew who his friends were. 

“Qymaen,” Ronderu said, commanding his attention instantly. “What if the Jedi are the kind of people they claim to be? Or at least, people who think it serves their interests to play that part,” she added, in response to Maul’s automatic expression of scepticism. “We’ve never been able to tell anyone what the Huk did to us before because we could not reach them to speak. Now they are here. Once we explain, how can they fail to see the justice of our cause?”

“They may see that we have been wronged, but do not assume that means they understand justice,” Qymaen replied. “Revenge is justice. Removing a threat is justice. No Huk can live without eventually returning to devour us again.” He turned to Tyro. “You warned us yourselves that they would not approve of our methods or our goals. This is why you restrict yourselves to destroying their military and why we keep you back from the slaughter that comes in the wake - although it is also correct that it should be Kaleesh hands which shed this blood.”

“Both the Republic and the Jedi frown on genocide, generally,” Tyro said, with a bitter-sharp and teeth-baring grin. 

“Unless they can contrive a way to avoid noticing it is occurring,” Maul added. Even if no Kaleesh had ever been able to speak to a representative of the Republic administration, that did not absolve the Republic of failing to notice what the Yam’rii were doing inside their own borders. Client races were not meant to be livestock for labour, and they were not sources of food. Maul had never bothered to learn the legal definition of genocide, but he thought it might apply here.  

But this part of the Rim was so very far away. Why would they look any closer, so long as the tax money kept coming?

“Meet with the Jedi despite that,” he advised. “If they believe you, it will weaken their resolve to stand against you. If they do not, and side with your enemies despite being given full knowledge of the truth, the consequences will be on their own heads.”

----

War and conflict fed the Dark Side. T’chooka D’oon knew this as a simple fact of the universe. He was a Jedi, a servant of the Light, and it was his responsibility to bring illumination wherever shadows lurked and banish them. His mission was peace, always. 

The Dark Side had been as close around them as a shroud since arriving in Yam’rii space, at least in all the locations they had visited thus far which was, he admitted, relatively few. Other places might be lighter, yet with a war of this kind raging he had little hope of that. Both he and Jmmaar knew what to expect when they set out on this mission, and the Darkness was no more or less than a natural consequence of the actions of sentient beings. It was not directed, not intentionally summoned. It merely was. 

It made their task here no less vital, but it was wearing on them even after a few brief days. T’chooka knew he must remain mindful of his emotions and reactions, maintaining his surety and his centre. He could not help others if he was out of balance himself. 

They emerged from hyperspace over the recently conquered planet Ar’tik, and made for the rendezvous point just out of orbit. A cluster of ships flashed on their sensors, huddled closer towards the gravity well - the Mandalorian fleet hired by the Kaleesh. A single cruiser waited for them. Master D’oon focused his energy and opened himself to the Force, feeling how it flowed around and beyond them. That cruiser was no more or less a focus of the Dark Side than the planet Huk had been, but the world in the distance… T’chooka breathed out, a sigh that exhaled cold frost. To the naked eye Ar’tik was unscathed, too distant to see the scars of war, but in the Force there were screams. 

It was so far away, thousands of miles, attenuating the stain of emotion into something he had to strain to hear - but that very faintness was a hook, a sense that with great effort perhaps one could make out more, understand more… At the same time a cold dread wound into T’chooka’s stomach. Sometimes one regretted learning certain things. Those chittering waves of distress, fear and despair could only have an awful cause.

“Do you feel that?” he asked Master Jmmaar softly. 

The Viraantesse’s mouthparts waved unhappily. “A great evil has come to that world.”

“The Yam’rii told us the Kaleesh want to wipe them out. To commit genocide.” They had been able to evacuate part of their population each time one of their planets was taken, but afterwards they could not make contact with the surface again and knew nothing of what had happened in the aftermath. T’chooka knew what their Council believed was happening, but they hadn’t been able to offer any proof.

The sour taste in his mouth was not proof either, but it made him worry. “Could it be…?” he asked.

Jmmaar shivered and did not reply. He did not like to contemplate the possibility either. 

Doubt crept cold into T’chooka’s bones. It might have been the wrong decision to call for this meeting. People capable of genocide were capable of anything. The Yam’rii Council might have been right to suggest they were going to their deaths. If the Mandalorian mercenaries were condoning or joining in on the slaughter of civilian populations then they were already provoking the Republic, so killing a few Jedi would add only a little fuel to the fire. They might even think they would be able to cover up their crimes by doing so. 

It is with the Force, he thought, the mantra taking an effort of will to believe. He had to let go of the future and put it into the hands of the Force. If he did not, he might miss the subtle cues to act that could be read in its currents. Besides, one could not flinch from even deadly danger if it meant abandoning righteousness. Peace could only come through negotiation, even if it seemed less and less possible all the time. 

Their ship began docking maneuvers with the Mandalorian cruiser. Before long the airlocks had cycled and were ready for them to pass through. T’chooka took comfort in the solid presence of his fellow Jedi Master as they moved through their ship, preparing himself for whatever they would find. The Force whispered no specific warnings, only a general sense of threat and it did not intensify as they went through the docking link and entered the Mandalorian vessel. 

A mixed group of Mandalorians and Kaleesh were waiting for them when the final airlock opened. Are they an honour guard, or a firing squad, T’chooka wondered? A cloud of hostility hovered around them, but no sharp-edged intent to act upon it. He curled the Force around the hilt of his lightsaber as a reassurance. They were Jedi - never defenceless. 

“This way,” one of the Mandalorians said, gesturing. They were led through the ship without further explanation of their destination, though T’chooka was familiar enough with standard cruiser layouts to make some assumptions. This appeared to be the central spinal corridor, and they moved towards the usual location of the bridge. More hostility, anger, and bitterness pressed around them from all sides as they walked. It emanated more from the Kaleesh than the Mandalorians, though that might have been only because the Mandalorians were harder to read. T’chooka had heard of the ability of their armour to block the Force, and indeed he could sense almost nothing from them passively. He had to actively reach out for them, and even then it was as if a layer of reflective transparisteel stood between them - something that could be seen through partially until light caught it at an angle and obscured one’s vision. 

This was his first experience meeting Mandalorians in person. Certainly he had seen Ambassador Mereel a few times across a hall in the Temple but he had never stopped to exchange words with her. There had been no reason to. His knowledge of Mandalorians had grown passively since her arrival on Coruscant, as few Jedi could ignore their increasing importance on the galactic stage, but it was far from complete. T’chooka knew they were a culture rather than a species, their values centering conflict and struggle but also placing great importance on family and clan structures. They were nominally ruled by a war-leader with the title Mand’alor, but individual Clans and Houses managed most of their day to day affairs, including their plentiful mercenary outfits. 

Face to helmet like this, they were more intimidating than he had imagined. T’chooka D’oon had a great deal of experience as a Jedi Master and he had tangled with bounty hunters, pirates, criminal enforcers, other kinds of mercenaries, and even the odd planetary defence or security force, and he was used to the way the Dark Side cloaked such people in shades of chaos, violence and death. This should have been only a matter of degree… and yet degree mattered more than he’d thought. 

One final set of blast doors hissed open in front of them, revealing a large room beyond. The bridge, as he had surmised. Four figures stood around a central console - a flat table which likely contained a holoprojector suite - backlit by the viewport and its view of the planet still some way distant. Two Kaleesh and two Mandalorians. One of these must be General Qymaen Jai Sheelal, the leader of the Kaleesh war machine, and another would be Commander Tyro Saxon of the Saxon Mercenary Company, but the names of the other two had not been shared beforehand. The second Kalee was a woman, less clearly hostile than most of her compatriots but still wary. Her mind and soul were sharp-edged and solid. The second Mandalorian was a zabrak, but that was all T’chooka could discern and it told him little. Mandalorians were a diverse people. 

The Jedi entered and the doors snapped shut behind them. As T’chooka glanced around the bridge briefly his eyes fell on a looming shape in the background which had not immediately caught his attention. At first it was a jumble of shapes and metal before his mind made sense of it - some kind of massive droid crouched on the floor. He had no idea what it was, though it seemed to be deactivated for now. He did not know what to make of it and that made him wary, but there was nothing to do but proceed. 

“Greetings,” he said, bowing to their hosts in the Jedi fashion. “Thank you for agreeing to this meeting. I am Master D’oon, and this is Master Jmmaar. You must be General Sheelal.”

The Kalee grunted. A bone mask hid his expression but his emotions were clear in the Force, not at all contained. A deep and poisonous anger boiled out of him, wreathing him like a cloud of steam. “I will be clear, Jedi,” he said. “I do not want you here. Your interference in our affairs is not welcome. You will only get one chance to speak, so use it well.” His voice was deep and gravelly, the words bitten out. 

T’chooka risked exchanging a glance with Jmmaar. Not a good start, but if there was no hope of negotiation the General would have refused to see them at all. “Your clarity is understood and appreciated,” he replied. “Thank you for giving us this chance.”

“Come here and listen then, Jedi,” Sheelal ordered, beckoning them closer to the holotable. “There is truth you must know.”

That was exactly what they needed - there could be no accord without understanding, which meant finding out the other side of the story. T’chooka came over, Jmmaar scuttling behind him. At the moment nothing was being projected on or over the table other than a simple view of the system they were currently in, marked with the various ships docked here. Even that was more military intelligence than he would have thought the Mandalorians willing to show them - assuming it was accurate. He looked to the others around the table expecting to be introduced, but General Qymaen Jai Sheelal continued without a pause. 

“Whatever the Huk have told you of our people is a lie.” The name ‘Huk’ was almost spat out and it confused T’chooka briefly before he guessed that at some point the name of the Yam’rii homeworld must have become some kind of derogatory term or slur. “Just as they have lied about themselves. They have lied to the Republic from the start! They are our persecutors! Our enslavers!” 

Jmmaar’s mouthparts rippled in disquiet. “That is a strong accusation.”

Behind his mask the General’s eyes blazed with fury. “Already you take their side - where is your so-called neutrality, Jedi?”

“I do not take sides,” Jmmaar replied quickly. “It is only that statements require proof. The Yam’rii showed us proof of your actions in this war but could not explain to us why you started it. This is that reason - but is it reality or only belief? That is what requires proof.”

It was put more bluntly than T’chooka would have liked, and Qymaen did not take it well. His anger churned towards something explosive, his muscular body tensing for violence. Subtly T’chooka called the Force into him in preparation for the situation turning on them, but before things came to that point the other Kalee put her hand on the General’s shoulder. 

“My soul,” she said. “We must take things in order, otherwise they cannot hope to understand. It is not a burden to be asked for the accounting we already agreed we would give.” 

Qymaen shrugged off the edge of his rage like flicking water from a cape. “Yes, yes,” he muttered. “I can tell it the way it must be told.” 

Master D’oon relaxed again as the moment of danger passed - then noticed the Mandalorians subtly adjusting their postures as well. They had been just as ready to act, though whether to assist General Sheelal or hold him back as his partner had he did not know. A chill ran down his spine at the former possibility. From all he knew of Mandalorians he did not like the idea of fighting them. 

There were greater political considerations here, and he had to be mindful of that fact. Mercenaries had to follow the law or they were no better than bandits. Had the Saxon Company gotten in over its head, or were they acting with intent? Was this one group of Mandalorians gone rogue, or did they have the backing of their leader? 

“It started generations ago,” Qymaen Jai Sheelal said, beginning his explanation. “Before the Huk came we were a people of six worlds. We knew what lay beyond the shell of the sky and we knew our stars even if we did not know much of the greater galaxy beyond. We were the masters of our own fates. The Huk took that from us.” Each word was a growl, dripping with hate. It was cold anger, old anger, and it had only grown more potent with time. T’chooka could feel the sincerity of his belief ringing clearly in the Force like the chiming of a bell, but Jmmaar had been right to ask for more proof. Was this an oral history? Documented fact? A myth spun by discontented rebels before Qymaen’s time to justify a grudge that only now became outright war? Client races could at times grow to resent their patrons, given the difference in power between them, though that was a far cry from reframing the relationship as that of master and slave. 

Even an oral history could still be a reliable record though - and this account was impossible to square with the Yam’rii claiming the Kaleesh as a client race requiring support to join the galactic community. General Sheelal was suggesting that far from working slowly to lift the Kaleesh up, their current technological level was in fact a significant step down from what it had once been. 

“The Huk invaded us,” Qymaen continued. “They struck swiftly with ships and weapons unfamiliar to us. We did not know how to fight them. They took our planets and made us their slaves. Worse than slaves. We have been their livestock - put to work in the fields and jungles, made to build their roads, made to toil in their mines and worse!”

He paused, clearly waiting to be asked the obvious question. T’chooka obliged him this piece of theatre and asked, “What do you mean, worse?” 

Slavery was bad enough, wasn’t it? It had been outlawed in the Republic for a very long time - but saying that, T’chooka thought queasily, there were technicalities to consider. When the Yam’rii joined the Republic they brought the Kaleesh in with them as a client race - a species submitted to the galactic records as sentient but not fully sapient, and non-sapient species were not protected from slavery in the same way. Of course this whole situation was of the Yam’rii’s making…

“Livestock are not just beasts of labour,” Qymaen snarled, giving him little space to pursue this line of thought. “Livestock are also used for food!”

Whatever T’chooka might have expected him to say, it was not that. He swayed on his feet as his whole body lit with a flush of awful horror. No. No, that simply wasn’t possible. It was against all law and morality, the practice of the worst sorts of criminals and outcasts… 

Yet not unknown in the galaxy. The example of the Trandoshans sprang to mind - the civilised and law-abiding members of their species had no difficulty constraining their appetites, but criminals, pirates, and gang-members were a different story. When one had broken laws around sentient-trafficking and murder already, it was not such a stretch to go on to desecrate corpses like that. 

“We Kaleesh lay eggs,” General Sheelal said. “They were delicacies for the Huk.”

“Unfertilised eggs though, surely?” Master Jmmaar said, grasping for a little hope in the mire. That would have been almost acceptable if it had been with the consent of those who used their energy and bodies to produce them, but then that wouldn’t have been enough to provoke this level of emotion. 

Qymaen snarled. “Products of Kaleesh bodies either way! But fertilised or unfertilised mattered only in terms of their tastes. All our breeding was controlled by them. Our numbers, set by them to manage our population. If not enough fertilised eggs were laid then mating would be encouraged. If too many, then it was only all the more to devour. They mocked us and called this ‘birth control’, telling us to our faces that we were too barbaric to manage such things on our own!”

T’chooka’s thoughts were spinning, but the framing of that last phrase struck a chord of memory. There had been something in the briefing about assisting their ‘client race’ in managing their population size. The methods hadn’t been specified, and he’d assumed they meant providing sex education, contraceptives, family planning services, all the usual things which would be implied by that. Who could have imagined such horrors were hiding behind that bland mask?

“It has been much less common to kill and eat us as adults, but that too has happened,” the Kalee said - there was a hint of mean delight to him now, pleased that he was able to rub the noses of those he believed were hypocrites in the reality of what his people had suffered. Master Jmmaar had asked for proof before, but professing disbelief in the face of this would be the worst kind of insult.

And yet. And yet. In this galaxy people did lie about even the most awful things. Emotive propaganda was the most useful tool of all, cutting off rational thinking to move straight for the heart. To cause reaction, rather than contemplation. Or perhaps T’chooka was just hoping for an answer that was less horrid than the reality. 

“Your people… have suffered greatly,” he said, pushing the words out despite their heavy weight. “We would be honoured to speak to them, to hear their tales directly. It shocks me that the Yam’rii could have hidden all of this from the scrutiny of the wider galaxy.” There - at least that opened the door for a closer look without suggesting that the Jedi were not taking this with all the seriousness it deserved. 

At least they were not - one of the Mandalorians snorted in all apparent amusement. T’chooka looked at the woman, appalled. 

“The possibility of someone hiding atrocities from you shocks you?” Commander Tyro said. “I thought you were supposed to be an experienced diplomat.”

That… was not unfair. “Most atrocities are not this significant or wide ranging,” he replied, attempting not to sound overly defensive. 

“Yes. It seems like Republic oversight of the Outer Rim leaves something to be desired,” she said - and that was a fair point too. T’chooka winced. He would not try to defend the indefensible. 

“Your reasons for war are very clear now,” he said. “I still have to ask where it ends. When you have reclaimed your original six planets? What will you do with the Yam’rii who have been living on them?”

General Sheelal snorted, a bitter kind of amusement. “So you admit the justice of our cause. Will you do the same for our revenge?”

T’chooka held back his flinch at the word ‘revenge’. He had not forgotten the dire warnings of genocide the Yam’rii had given them, more so since he now understood why the Kaleesh might feel driven or even justified to go that far. “Are you trying to wipe out the Yam’rii?” he asked bluntly. 

Qymaen Jai Sheelal met his eyes without hesitation. “Yes. Monsters must be eradicated. They will always threaten us if we do not.”

Jmmaar’s mandibles clacked. “No! Evil cannot be repaid with evil! You must not do this!”

“Must not?” The Kalee sneered. “What authority do you have to tell me such a thing?”

“Only the authority of morality itself,” Jmmaar replied with urgency. “Yes, what you have said is indeed monstrous, but no people are monstrous from the cradle. If the Yam’rii have developed a culture which values such… such acts, they can be taught otherwise, or at the very least constrained from continuing their illegal and immoral actions by an external authority.”

“As the Republic constrained the Mandalorians?” Commander Tyro commented. T’chooka wasn’t sure exactly what part of history she was referring to.

It took Jmmaar aback. “You condone this genocide?”

She shrugged. “I don’t care much either way. It’s the way of the galaxy, isn’t it?”

“I do not at all agree that that is so,” Jmmaar said, sounding rather plaintive, “but even if it were, there is still no need to go that far! When the Kaleesh have reclaimed their worlds and exiled the Yam’rii from them, when you are free again, surely you have proven that you are strong enough to defend yourselves from any future attacks?”

The zabrak spoke for the first time. “Is that the solution the Jedi would negotiate to end this war?” His voice was soft, with a silky, dangerous tone. He sounded younger than T’chooka might have expected, though the armour made it difficult to tell. 

“Negotiation is a process that requires at least two sides,” T’chooka said. From everything they now knew, the proposal might be the best outcome they could get, but would either side be willing to even discuss it? The Kaleesh were clearly in the stronger position and had no reason to stop fighting when they were ahead without some external pressure. The cost of their war in lives - their own and their enemies - was clearly one they were happy to bear. On the other side, the Yam’rii had asked them to come here to help them, and weren’t likely to be happy with any solution that involved them giving up most of their current territory, although they’d been desperate enough that they were willing to take the risk of their misdeeds coming to light - they must have believed the Kaleesh would be too stubborn to talk to the Jedi, or that they wouldn’t be believed even if they did. 

Or perhaps they truly believed their own propaganda about the Kaleesh being sub-intelligent, sub-sentient. 

Either way, they would expect the Republic to protect them from the wanton slaughter which was being proposed, and would surely rather negotiate further with the Republic to get that help than with their former slaves. 

“Why would the Yam’rii agree to place themselves in an unsustainable position?” the zabrak continued. “For generations their society has relied upon the labour of slaves and the resources of conquered planets. Those who have fled the Kaleesh advance have done so with the assumption that once the Republic intercedes they will be able to return home. Can Huk sustain these refugees? Or perhaps the Republic is willing to accept them… somewhere.”

T’chooka wondered what kind of numbers they were talking about here. All recent galactic conflict had been small-scale enough that only a few ever needed to flee their home systems, and the vastness of the galaxy easily absorbed them. People moved around all the time in any case. This though, this was different. Hundreds, even thousands at a time would be a more difficult thing to accept, all the more so when questions were asked about what the Yam’rii were fleeing and why. When the truth came out, nobody would want cannibal slavers living in their backyard. 

But perhaps it would not come to that. Huk was a decent-sized planet and had not appeared densely populated. If food aid were needed, that would be an easier sell… 

“It appears there are still many questions to answer,” the zabrak said, adroitly reading the direction of his thoughts from his expression. “Consider the facts, Jedi, and decide what justice requires from you.” 

T’chooka glanced at General Sheelal, who merely gave a terse nod of his head. It appeared that served as a dismissal. He was about to turn to leave, but Jmmaar could not let matters go that easily. 

“Any negotiations would run smoother if we had more definitive proof,” he said, claws clicking nervously. 

“Our word should be enough…” Qymaen growled, but Mandalorians were more accommodating. 

“Here,” Commander Saxon said, holding out a datastick. “If you can’t rely on the Kaleesh, take the insects’ own word for it. We’ve had time to go through their records after throwing them off these planets. You should find more than enough in there.”

T’chooka accepted the datastick, his human hands better suited for carrying it than Jmmaar’s claws. “In that case, we’ll confront the Yam’rii with their deeds and see if they are more willing to negotiate then.”

“Good luck,” the Commander said, with a heavy dose of sarcasm.

Chapter 65: Chapter 64

Summary:

Both Jango Fett and the Jedi are trying to stop this war before it goes too far, but other parties are not so eager to play ball.

Notes:

Content notes for the same genocide theme.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

When Jango arrived in-system, nothing was on fire that wasn’t supposed to be and nobody had started a war other than the one which was already raging. There were still Jedi lurking around the sector, but they’d come to the negotiating table and everyone had left it in one piece. 

“I think you might have over-reacted,” Kilindi told him, her bluntness helping to release even more of his tension. They were meeting on board the shuttle Jango had taken here, an overly shiny gift from MandalMotors that he was still a bit embarrassed by, but the important thing about it was that it was fast and well-armed. 

“Maybe,” he admitted, “but it was just luck that we got a couple of reasonable Jedi rather than hot-heads.”

“It would have been better if the Jedi and the Republic had not become involved at all,” Maul said, crossing his arms. A faint scowl drew his brows down slightly. “The political situation has grown more complicated. It may be for the best that you have come. We may need your authority.”

“I don’t like the sound of that,” Jango replied. “Tell me what you’re worried about.” It probably wasn’t the same thing that had worried him - not a repeat of Galidraan, but something else. 

He liked it even less when Maul explained the situation to him. 

“Let me get this straight,” he said, his head already starting to ache from being forced to think about all the possible political implications. “We’re not just helping one faction win a war, we’re enabling a genocide - and now the Republic knows about it?” It didn’t matter that none of Clan Saxon had actually killed civilians themselves, because the Republic wouldn’t care about that, only that Mandalorians were in any way involved. It didn’t matter either that the Kaleesh had a reason for their viciousness, even if you believed that genocide could ever be justified - and Jango didn’t. Otherwise he would have killed the Evaar’ade, or Kyr’tsad, or both of them and left only Haat’ade behind. Of course they’d still been his own people rather than external enemies, and he knew himself well enough to recognise the vicious streak that ran through his heart. If he’d been in Qymaen Jai Sheelal’s position… 

Didn’t you think about it before, with the Jedi, he asked himself? It hadn’t been a thought fully formed, just a desire for revenge that burned with powerful intensity rather than any real shape, but it had still been there. 

That was a long time ago. He didn’t want that anymore. He didn’t need it the way he once had. The Haat’ade hadn’t been wiped out. Jaster’s memory lived on in everything Jango had built since. There was nothing he needed to pay the Jedi back for.

Assuming the Republic didn’t make this clusterkriff an excuse for another Dral’han

“The Jedi have not reported back to their masters yet,” Maul told him, with a meaningful look. 

“We’re not killing them,” Jango said, though without much heat. It was technically a viable plan, just a piss-poor one if they couldn’t keep it quiet - and these Huk creatures would make sure the Republic knew who the prime suspects were in the matter of any missing Jedi. 

Maul shrugged, not pushing the idea, which meant he hadn’t really meant it seriously. “They have gone to negotiate with the Yam’rii. If that goes poorly enough, they may deal with the Jedi for us.”

“That would be too much to hope for,” Kilindi said. “More likely they’ll try to claim we’ve forged all the evidence we gave them, press hard on the whole genocide thing and go howling to the Republic again for a real army to kick us back off ‘their’ planets.”

“If the Republic were smart, they’d wash their hands of this whole mess,” Jango growled. He thought about it some more. “Do we think the Sith…?”

“I do not believe they have been involved before now,” Maul replied. “A situation as complicated as this may help their goals without a need to interfere further.”

Jango closed his eyes and massaged them briefly. “It’s bad for optics in the Core no matter what the Senate does, right? If they do nothing, they’re complicit in whatever happens - kriff, they’ve been complicit this whole time! So they’d want to sweep it all under the rug if they can, wrap everything up quickly so their negligence doesn’t get out. But it’s not good to be seen helping a species that has been up to the crimes these Yam’rii have.” 

The smartest and most ruthless solution probably would be to send a strikeforce big enough to deal with the Kaleesh as quickly as possible and leverage that into keeping the Yam’rii on a short leash afterwards. Easy enough to claim the Kaleesh really were sub-sentient, then all of the crimes weren’t really crimes and they could be culled down to the most tractable, broken remnants. That would be the Kyr’tsad sort of play. 

The Republic Senate wasn’t that efficient, or that amoral. They wouldn’t do anything without arguing about it for months - not unless they thought there was an active threat to their safety, like a Mandalorian invasion or something, and Clan Saxon hadn’t given them the grounds for that. It wasn’t the same as it had been with the Dral’han. It wouldn’t be the Dral’han again. 

Whatever inefficient, incompetent plan of action the Senate came up with wouldn’t necessarily be a better one than the ruthless kind though. 

“So we have to resolve things here first, before the Republic gets around to it,” he said. 

“The Jedi did suggest a compromise,” Maul said, though it looked like it hurt him to admit it - or at least to suggest that Jedi could come up with anything useful. “There are significant issues with it on both sides, but I understand that most negotiations of this sort end up with everyone dissatisfied with the results.”

“I guess we’ll have to talk to them about it,” Jango said, making a face. He didn’t need to bother hiding his distaste for politics around his kids. “Fine. We’ll help negotiate on the part of the Kaleesh and the Jedi will negotiate on the part of the Yam’rii and none of us will kill each other.”

Hopefully. 

----

The evidence provided by the Mandalorians was damning. T’chooka could only read it for so long before he had to put it aside for the sake of his own sanity. It would have been appalling enough even if the Kaleesh had been the sub-sapient species the Yam’rii claimed they were, but to treat fully sapient beings like this… and having met them and spoken with them even for as short a time as the Jedi had, their sapience could not be doubted. Getting that changed legally would be a more difficult prospect. The wheels of Republic bureaucracy turned slowly - but turn they must. Anything else would be too great an injustice. 

“How can we solve this?” he asked Jmmaar.

His fellow Master sat hunched in on himself. This horrific truth had come as a blow to them both but it appeared to have hit Jmmaar harder. “We must solve this,” the viraantesse said. “The Force cannot have called us here only to serve as witnesses.”

“The Force will not drop an answer into our laps,” T’chooka replied. “The will of the Force still expects us to work hard to fix our own problems.”

Jmmaar gave him a reproving look. “I did not say otherwise.”

“Your idea before was good, but the zabrak made valid points,” T’chooka said. He picked up the other datapad, the one loaded with the Yam’rii’s briefing materials. They couldn’t trust it fully anymore, but it was at least a place to start on facts about their own species, if not the Kaleesh. “Justice is not revenge, repaying evil with evil, but about restoring and repairing injury. Of course the Kaleesh must have their planets back, and the Yam’rii must return to Huk and any other worlds they had before all this. Somehow the two peoples have to agree to separate and leave each other alone for the future.”

Jmmaar’s mouthparts waved, but he was interrupted before he could speak by a knock at the cabin door. Their Republic ship came with a skeleton crew, though they were not expected to take part in any of the actual diplomatic work, only see to the running of the vessel. Junior Pilot Tallee stuck her head in when Jmmaar motioned the door open. 

“Honoured Masters, there’s another Republic ship just dropped out of hyperspace nearby. They’re hailing us.”

T’chooka exchanged glances with Jmmaar. They hadn’t requested any additional support, nor had anything happened to justify it just yet. Did the Senate know something they didn’t? Had the Yam’rii gotten spooked by the delay in reporting back on the negotiations and assumed the worst?

“Who is on board?” he asked. “Have the Council sent more Jedi?”

Tallee shook her head. “No, they were a bit vague over comms. Just said the Senate had realised things here were more complicated than anticipated, and that you might need a show of diplomatic support.”

It was unusual but not unheard of. Perhaps someone had realised that it hadn’t been helpful to rush the Jedi away from Coruscant as quickly as they had, and was trying to make up for it. Perhaps the general Outer Rim situation was worse than he and Jmmaar knew and resolving this war was more vital than ever. They couldn’t speculate any further without finding out just who the Senate had sent. 

“I assume they want to rendezvous?” Jmmaar asked. 

“That’s right Master Jmmaar. They’ll come over and dock - do you need more time to finish up what you’re doing first?”

“No, no, that’s alright.” 

She disappeared again. T’chooka sighed. “A break will do us no harm,” he said. “And more points of view may help anyway.”

It didn’t take long for the other ship to reach them or to link up, and for a small group of mixed species to come aboard. A human male in a long tunic with a cape, and a diminutive asogian were subtly jockeying for position at the head of this delegation, though T’chooka also took note of a muun standing towards the rear with an amused expression. 

“Mikel Yaan,” the human said, taking a step forwards and introducing himself. “I’m here from Senator Chuuk’s office, representing the Carrion Sector. Also with me are Kit Damask,” - the muun - “and my secretary Tal.” The latter was a young kiffar male with a yellow stripe tattooed over the bridge of his nose, who kept his gaze shyly on the floor, clutching a handful of datapads to his chest. 

“And I am Ipedock,” the asogian added, eyes faintly narrowed in annoyance. “I represent Senator Grebleips of the Perinn Sector, as do my companions Jain and Uleebip.” A human and another asogian respectively, conservatively dressed. Tension ran between them and the other half of the delegation. 

T’chooka thought he understood the reasons all these people were here a little better now. The Carrion and Perinn sectors were neighbours to this part of space, with the Carrion sector the closer in terms of actual lightyears, but the Perinn Sector containing the hyperlane which, although tailing out at Parshoone on the official maps in fact extended further all the way up to Huk. Obviously the respective Senators of each region wanted to make sure the war didn’t spill out into their territories, and probably thought there might be some advantage to be gained in helping bring it to a close. The muun was here because Muunliist was in the next sector over from Carrion and must have interests there, alongside their definite financial interests in the corporate-controlled planet of Cantras Gola in Perinn Sector. 

A tangle of competing interests and goals, a microcosm of the galactic Senate. None of these people were likely to be truly helpful of their own accords, representing more balls for the Jedi to juggle at the negotiating table, but it might be possible to use what they represented - the power of the Republic - to achieve peace. 

“Thank you all for coming,” he told them. “It appears the situation here is not as it first appeared - Master Jmmaar and I will brief you on the results of our investigations so far.” Their reactions to the horrid truth would tell him a great deal about their personalities and values, and thus whether they would be a help or a hindrance. 

Force, let this be a boon of circumstance, and not just another problem!

-----

The arrival of the Republic delegation meant further delay in returning to Huk, and the waiting Yam’rii Council were not pleased - both at the amount of time supposedly ‘wasted’, and the presence of newcomers butting in even more on their affairs. Well, at first Smoother-of-Paths had asked hopefully if they were here in advance of a military taskforce, but since this was not the case, the Yam’rii could not understand why the Jedi were not sufficient. Thankfully Mikel and Ipedock agreed to let the Jedi continue to lead the negotiations - both representatives had been badly shaken by the nasty surprise waiting for them here. A faint cloud of paranoia now surrounded them in the Force, and T’chooka D’oon suspected they were wondering if they had been assigned to the matter as part of some political plot. The internecine squabbles of Senatorial offices were not the concern of the Jedi however. Making peace was. 

Low buzzing passed back and forth among the members of the Yam’rii Council as T’chooka, Jmmaar and the others entered the meeting chamber. It was their native language, deliberately untranslated. A hostile note hung in the Force like a bitter musk, unmistakable despite the generally alien thoughts and emotions of the insectile species. Smoother facilitated introductions, and then the pale pink Yam’rii spoke with determined swiftness. 

[ Not dead after your meeting. This is surprise. Sure we were that Kaleesh would not speak nor listen. Or perhaps mercenaries it was, not our wayward clients? ] 

“We spoke to General Qymaen Jai Sheelal, as well as the Mandalorian Commander,” T’chooka said. It was an effort to keep his voice level. “They shared the history of their people with us, and helped us understand their reasons for going to war.”

Mandibles clacked all around. [ Barbarian Kaleesh indeed started this war, ] the green Yam’rii said. [ No good reason, so reason must be lies. What say they? ] 

“They provided evidence taken from Yam’rii records,” Jmmaar said, with a buzz of anger. “These are no lies! And you must already know what it is they told us.”

Several of the Yam’rii reared back slightly, forelimbs waving in agitation. [ You accuse? ] Several voices responded, overlapping, but the sentiments were the same. [ No. No. We have done nothing wrong. ]

[ Fabrications, ] another suggested. [ Falsehoods. ] 

[ Facts twisted, made untrue. ] 

Bitter anger rose in T’chooka’s chest. He released it to the Force as he knew he must, but the reasons behind it remained. If the Yam’rii knew to hide what they were doing then they knew that it was wrong. They knew the Republic wouldn’t allow it, that it was unacceptable. They were still trying to hide it even now. “You made the Kaleesh into a slave people, not a client race you intended on uplifting,” he said sharply. “Whether or not their actions now are justified, we will not help you return things to the way they were before!”

The room filled with hissing, hostility spiking, jagged-edged. Neither T’chooka nor Jmmaar flinched, though the Senator’s delegates did slightly. They were not feeling particularly safe in this room, though T’chooka had no doubts about his ability to protect them if it became necessary. 

[ Not slaves, ] pink Yam’rii said, [ not slaves, because not people, not intelligent, only livestock. ] 

“So you admit that’s how you treated them?” Jmmaar demanded, pained. “As beasts? If that were so, could we have spoken with them as we did? Would they even be capable of waging this war? They are as much people as anyone in this room!”

The Force gave one an understanding of emotion rather than thought, and T’chooka couldn’t tell if the Yam’rii fully believed what they were saying or if it was a fiction they’d invented long ago to justify their actions. It didn’t matter which it was. It mattered what they had done. 

“The Kaleesh have every right to their ancestral homeworlds,” he said, “but they don’t have a right to wipe out another sapient species. It is our responsibility as Jedi to illuminate the facts of a conflict and maintain our neutrality to help those involved find a just solution.” It was the principle that underlined everything they did, the work he had dedicated his life to. To speak of justice in the face of so much of its opposite tasted like ash in his mouth, but he had to believe it was possible.

[ Those worlds are ours! ] the bluest Yam’rii said, mandibles snapping. [ Swore oaths to Republic, and Republic to us - you break them now! ] 

“You have broken Republic law!” Jmmaar replied, his voice raised both to be heard but also from the depth of his own feelings. “Slavery is forbidden! Republic membership confers responsibilities, not just rights.”

“You asked for help because you aren’t in a good position strategically,” T’chooka reminded them. “The Kaleesh are winning this war, and they aren’t keen on negotiation either. We want to help you. We don’t want the slaughter to continue, but you must be willing to consider concessions. The alternative is that the Kaleesh continue their rampage…”

[ The alternative is fighting with us, ] the pink Yam’rii said, body turning towards Mikel and Ipedock. [ Republic membership worth nothing? ] 

Representative Yaan cleared his throat. “It is… as the Jedi said. You gave certain assurances when you joined the Republic that were not entirely true…” He trailed off uncomfortably. 

“Perhaps we should give you some time to consider your position,” T’chooka told the Council. “We would be very happy to hear your proposals for a peace deal whenever you’re ready to share them.”

[ Yes, go, ] Smoother-of-Paths said, with a wave of his forelimb. [ Anger is too much for smooth speech now. ] 

T’chooka still bowed as they left the room, but there was no sincerity in it. If the Yam’rii wouldn’t listen, there wasn’t much he or Master Jmmaar could do. There would be no military taskforce coming to save them. 

----

It was almost a week after the Jedi left reconquered Kaleesh territory before they reached out again. In the meantime Jango had remained with the Clan Saxon fleet, though in his own shuttle rather than hosted on one of their vessels, making sure there could be no suggestion that he was taking an active part in this war. The Mand’alor was not a mercenary, and could not be seen working with a mercenary company. 

There was little active fighting in any case - at least on their part. After taking each planet there was a period of consolidation as the Kalee made sure to free all of their people held in bondage and then turned on those Yam’rii who had not been successful in fleeing in time. Maul could feel the slaughter in the Force, a host of Dark shadows that filled Ar’tik’s atmosphere like clouds, visible only to those sensitive to them. The Dark Side was a stomach that could not be filled, much as the fires of Qymaen’s revenge would never stop burning. Even if every last Yam’rii died, would that sate him? Maul thought not. Blame was like tar, sticking to even those who could only be said to have tangentially brushed this situation. Why stop with the Yam’rii?

Jango did not like any of this. Maul did not need to discuss it with him to know - this too was very apparent in the Force - but even the Mand’alor had no authority over the Kaleesh on their own homeworlds. He could have butted heads and fought them on it, and he still might, but for the moment he endured. 

When the Jedi did call it was to Commander Saxon first, but she passed it along to Jango at the same time as she called a meeting on board Vokat. Qymaen returned from the surface grudgingly, but he still came, with Ronderu at his side as usual. He gave Jango a cautious look when he saw him on the bridge, but didn’t object to his presence otherwise. 

Tyro opened by saying, “Apparently, the Yam’rii are ready to talk.”

As one would expect, General Sheelal puffed up with anger immediately. “And why should we listen?” he growled. “We are winning. We need nothing from the Huk but that they die.”

Jango did not visibly wince, but Maul felt his flinch and his anger like chiming beskar. Jango had a capacity for mercy which was not shared by Tyro Saxon and those who followed her - or at least to nothing like the same degree. It was a quality Kyr’tsad viewed as either a weakness or a liability, and once upon a time Maul would have agreed with them. Not so now. If not for mercy, the Mandalorian civil war might never have ended. Kyr’tsad themselves would be targets and enemies. No, Jango had his principles and stuck to them, steadfast but not so inflexible that he was incapable of compromising with others who did not share his beliefs. 

Maul did not care either way about the fate of the Yam’rii. Their lives or deaths were nothing to him in the bigger picture of the galaxy, but if it came down to supporting Jango’s path or Qymaen’s his choice was obvious. The Kaleesh were only tools. They were not family. 

“You’re dancing on the edge of the Republic’s tolerance,” Jango warned, aiming for an argument on political merits rather than moral ones, which was wise. Qymaen Jai Sheelal would not be moved by the latter. “You might have convinced two Jedi - so what? They aren’t the Senate. They aren’t the Republic. Even if the galactic opinion decides you started off with a good cause, it doesn’t mean they’ll approve of wiping out another species.”

“The Republic is lazy and uncaring,” Qymaen replied. “They did not stir themselves earlier. They shall not now. They are not the ones being hurt.”

Jango’s fingers tapped the hilt of the Darksaber at his hip. It seemed to settle something in him. He moved towards Qymaen, his shoulders squared, determined. There was a beskar-solid core in him, when he chose to show it - and he did now. He was more than a head shorter than the Kalee and the disparity was even more obvious as he closed the distance between them, but it was Qymaen who could not meet the murderous glint in his eyes. 

“Remember why you’re winning this war,” Jango said in a low growl. “Remember who you have to thank for that. Remember the price of it. This isn’t just your reputation on the line, it’s ours too. You think we want a galactic pariah for an ally?”

Ronderu took a step forward as though to intervene. Tyro Saxon barely shifted her shoulders but it was enough to suggest the idea of sliding in to block her - and it made it clear whose side of this she was on. Maul had tensed but now he was able to relax. He’d wondered how bloodthirsty Tyro would be, but apparently her oath of loyalty outweighed any desire to make the Yam’rii suffer.

General Sheelal realised he was outnumbered. He started several aborted sentences, swallowing syllables, before saying begrudgingly, “I suppose a meeting will do no harm. The Huk will not be reasonable anyway. Even you would not be able to reach an agreement with them, Mand’alor.”

“I guess we’ll find out,” Jango said, “since I plan to be there.”

Now it was Commander Tyro’s turn to twitch. “Mand’alor, there’s really no need. This is Clan Saxon’s action. Strictly speaking you shouldn’t even be involved.”

[ You got me involved when you went over the line, ] Jango replied, slipping into Mando’a. This wasn’t an argument they wanted to have in front of outsiders, even their allies. [ When you didn’t stop this at the start when it would have been easier to do. You know what the Republic thinks of us! Murderous, genocidal conquerors! And here you are playing right into that stereotype. ] 

[ Playacting softness won’t change that, ] Tyro replied. [ Appeasement is weakness. ] 

[ Is that what you think I’m trying to do here? ] 

She hesitated. [ It’s… one possible interpretation. ] 

Jango fixed her with his gaze, beskar hard and sharp. [ I keep telling Death Watch that I’ve got principles, morals, and lines I won’t cross. It’s what I believe, not something I’m putting on for the Republic’s benefit. Or are you like Lorca Gedyc and think I’m playing everyone for fools? ] 

[ No, Mand’alor. ] After a moment Tyro continued in Basic. “The General is right though. The Republic shouldn’t have noticed or cared about this war. It’s hypocritical for them to do so now. This won’t be the first recent conflict that has skirted the line of genocide, or involved mercenaries in it.”

“This is more than skirting the line,” Jango replied. 

“What’s done is done,” Tyro said. “My original point stands. This meeting could be a trap just as easily as it could be a genuine attempt at negotiating with us.”

Maul felt compelled to add, “Not to defend the Jedi, but it is in their interests for this to go well. They would not countenance a trap, and would seek to defuse it if one is present.”

“We can negotiate just fine on our own,” Qymaen said, rather sullen. “The Mand’alor’s assistance is not required.”

“I’m not worried about being in danger from some insects,” Jango said, folding his arms. “I am worried about it turning into a brawl half-way through. Between myself, Tyro, Maul, the basilisk, and a couple Jedi I think we can manage to keep it civil.”

General Sheelal did not like it but there was no arguing with Jango at this point. The plan was made. 

“There’s still no point in going if you aren’t willing to sign a treaty in the first place,” Jango continued, glaring at Qymaen again. 

“I stated I would…” the General shook his head, not seeing the point in dragging this argument around in circles. Lowering his head slightly the better to meet Jango’s gaze, he said, “Throwing your weight around like this Mand’alor… Are we your subjects to command already?”

“I don’t think I’ve any right to command you, but that’s not the case for everyone here.”

Commander Tyro made a noise of complaint at the back of her throat, and Qymaen’s eyes narrowed. “They have a contract with us. Can a word from the Mand’alor break it?”

“Under most circumstances, no,” Jango replied without apparent concern. “If it’s a matter of national security, that’s different - and dragging us into a potential war with the Republic counts as that in my book. Win your war without us, kill whoever you want, but don’t think you’ll get any more help later on down the line.”

“Can he do that?” Ronderu asked Tyro quietly. “And… would you obey him?”

“He is the Mand’alor,” Tyro replied, her voice level and dispassionate. “When outsiders threaten our people, we trust in him to lead us.”

Qymaen growled, turning away and pacing briefly in jerky steps up and down the length of the bridge. “We could do it,” he said. “We could win the war without you.”

“I’m sure you could,” Jango told him. 

“The Huk will come for us again, if we show them the weakness of peace.”

“And by that point the terms of the contract would be in effect - you’ll be part of an alliance of independent systems with their strength to back you. The Huk won’t be able to hide behind the galaxy’s ignorance and apathy a second time.”

The General’s shoulders slumped. He gave in. 

“Very well,” he said. “Let us see if the Jedi can make such persuasive arguments to the Huk.”

----

The negotiations were held on a remote but habitable moon in a system near Huk, but not formally colonised by anything other than a small Yam’rii mining installation on the other side of the planetoid. It orbited a gas giant, whose gravity field churned up significant seismic and volcanic activity which on a stellar timescale had weathered rock into soil, precipitated water, and kickstarted bacterial life. Now despite the many lavafields spewing toxic gases, there were also lakes, small seas, and expansive jungles, as well as a tolerable atmosphere - as long as one did not spend too much time there. 

It stank of sulphur. The terrain was very different, but even so Maul could not help but be reminded of Mustafar, so far distant in his past and yet still with him after so many years. Memories clung like spiderwebs, sticky, a little unpleasant, yet he was able to brush them aside and refocus on the present. 

They’d chosen a natural clearing at the edge of the forest as the meeting place. It had burned at some time in the recent past, perhaps from a lightning strike, but tough short grass had colonised it again alongside a scatter of wildflowers. Nearby dormant lavafields provided a place for shuttles to land. Maul ordered the basilisk to hang back within the treeline where it could remain concealed, not wanting it to appear to be a threat or provocation. It was fast enough to cover the distance swiftly if it was needed. 

The other delegation consisted of several Yam’rii, the two Jedi Masters, and the representatives from the neighbouring Republic sectors. The Yam’rii clicked and muttered to themselves with hostility, heads fixed predator-still on Qymaen Jai Sheelal. For once Ronderu had remained behind - if this was a trap the Kalee was the most vulnerable of their party, since he lacked Mandalorian armour, and if he were injured or killed they needed one of the Kaleesh leaders to remain fit to lead their armies. 

Maul kept his Force presence tucked in beneath his beskar. He did not believe the Jedi had recognised him as the Force-sensitive zabrak youngling taken in by the Mand’alor, but with Jango now present they might guess it and he did not intend to give them additional clues.

[ So, ] the pink Yam’rii at the lead hissed, once they’d drawn close enough to speak. [ You are one who causes all problems. ] 

“I am your fate and your doom,” Qymaen replied, “which you have brought upon yourselves.”

[ Why not kill… ] the Yam’rii began, raising one forelimb threateningly, but Master Jmmaar skittered sideways to put himself between them, his claws clattering with disapproval. 

“Peace cannot be made by violent means,” he said. “We are here under a flag of truce, to talk.” 

Slowly, the Yam’rii lowered its arm. [ What will make you stop? ] it said, still addressing Qymaen at first. Then it threw its words out to the rest of them with an expansive gesture. [ Or should this one ask these puppet-masters? ] 

“I am my own master,” General Sheelal snarled. “You are here to negotiate with me.” 

[ Then answer question. ]

“I see no reason why I should stop,” Qymaen replied, voice cold. “Your defeat is inevitable, and my revenge - the revenge of all Kaleesh - will be complete.” For all that he had agreed he would give ground and consider peace, it was still reasonable to open by reminding everyone involved that he did not have to.  

Maul sensed a stab of fear and contempt from the Yam’rii, though filtered through an intelligence that made the taste of it strange and off-kilter. [ Pointless, ] it hissed. [ Pointless. Republic, stand up or let us die! What use then will any believe you to be? Inaction is as killing with your own hands! Rim knows you useless already - more proof this! ] 

Qymaen Jai Sheelal laughed. “Yes. Inaction in the face of evil does indeed mean being complicit. The Republic has Kaleesh blood on its hands already. Since it did not stand up for us, why should it stand up for you?”

“General Sheelal,” Master D’oon said. “The Republic has failed your people, yes, but through lack of awareness and not active malice. Now that war has brought the situation to our attention, we cannot simply stand back and wash our hands of it entirely.”

The Yam’rii perked up at this. [ So fight for us will you? ] 

“That is not my decision to make, but the Senate’s,” the Jedi replied. Behind the cover of his buy’ce Maul rolled his eyes. How pathetic. Even when sent here as negotiators they abrogated responsibility and authority. Did the Republic really trust the Jedi to solve their problems, or were they constructing yet more excuses for their own unwillingness to act when they assigned them to missions? 

Qymaen was not impressed by this either, growling behind his mask. “You cannot even threaten me properly,” he said. “Though do not mistake me. I still recognise that it is a threat. If I did not know it, I would not be here.”

[ Poor negotiator, ] the Yam’rii jeered. [ Only threats you make us too. ] 

“I wanted to see what these Republic representatives would do in response,” the General replied. He looked them over, yellow eyes narrowed in contempt. “Weak and equivocal. Even so, I have discussed this with my advisors.” By which he meant his arguments with Jango in advance of this meeting. It had been wise to settle their disagreements beforehand. They could not afford to look weak and divided in front of their enemies. “If the alternative is to go against the Republic, I may be persuaded to stay my hand, if certain conditions are met. Can this Huk say the same?”

[ What hands stay? ] the Yam’rii replied. [ It is those beasts that rampage and kill, we only defend. ]

“It would be no real peace if you use the respite to build up your strength and attack the Kaleesh once again,” Qymaen said. “Why should we trust your words on anything? You’ve never treated us fairly before.”

“The Republic is willing to act as a guarantor,” Master D’oon said, his relief evident. “It might be appropriate for the representatives of your neighbouring Senators to come in at this point…”

“Of course,” the richly dressed human male said, with equally marked relief edged with some remaining nervousness. “I am Mikel Yaan, of…”

“We Kaleesh do not recognise the authority of the Republic over us,” Qymaen cut in before he could finish introducing himself. 

“What do you mean?” the politician asked, caught off-guard. 

“We signed no agreement with it, unlike the Huk. We were not asked our opinion and we assert our independence from it as we do from our Huk slavers.”

Even the Jedi were taken aback by this, although to Maul’s mind they should not have been. It was an obvious conclusion to draw if one merely thought about the situation for a moment. 

“Nor have the Huk respected Republic law in the past,” Qymaen continued. “Why should that change now?” 

The Yam’rii made no reply. No expression could be read in that motionless face and blank compound eyes, and even the Force gave Maul few clues. 

Tyro Saxon laughed, speaking for the first time. “In most places, when someone breaks the law they’re marked as a criminal and given some kind of punishment. Now I guess you could argue this war has punished the Yam’rii enough, but some criminals also need supervision to make sure they don’t act out again. The Republic would better do its duty as jailers than anything else.”

The Yam’rii diplomat reared up, chittering in an untranslatable expression of fury. [ No crime, no laws broken, this not accepted! Beasts much worse! They accept no authority, no law, ungoverned and feral. Who guarantees your peace? ]

Maul sensed a flicker of amusement from Qymaen before he replied, with a wave at Jango, “The Mandalorians.”

[ Mercenaries? ] the Yam’rii hissed, contemptuous. [ Those supposedly paid for service? ]

“That was an independent mercenary company,” General Sheelal said. “I am speaking of their Mand’alor.”

“And before any of you lot get any stupid ideas,” Jango added, “all I’m agreeing to is keeping the General to the terms of any deal he strikes. I’ll have no influence over him otherwise.” Even when they joined Dooku’s alliance that would still technically be true. The members were supposed to be equal to each other, with equal voices, though intent and reality were frequently separate in matters of politics and as of yet none of it had been tested. The alliance was an idea, and not yet a real thing.

“That is… an interesting possibility,” Master Jmmaar said slowly.

“Certainly no-one could doubt your ability,” T’chooka D’oon added. Neither appeared overly pleased with the idea, but neither were they dismissing it out of hand. Good. It had been a gamble, but one that appeared to be paying off…

It was only because Maul was paying careful attention to the passive currents in the Force that he noticed anything was amiss, and even then it gave him bare moments to realise that there was a threat and to react. He heard the snap and buzz of a lightsaber activating and dove for Jango, pulling him away - but although the murderous intent which had suddenly revealed itself was pointed Jango’s way he was not the immediate target. 

A green blade pierced Master D’oon’s heart from the rear, held there long enough to burn his innards with no possible hope that he might somehow live, then withdrawn with equal swiftness. The Republic representatives were scattering, backing away in a wide and messy arc, Master Jmmaar let out an awful cry of shock, apparently frozen in place, and the Yam’rii milled in confusion. Jango and Tyro drew pistols. Qymaen stepped back, confused but not yet alarmed. 

Another heartbeat and the attacker was a blur of motion, going not for the other Jedi but for the Yam’rii whose natural armour was no defence at all against a lightsaber. They were dismembered in green arcs of light before they could flee. Maul did not carry a lightsaber of his own outside Mandalorian space, since a beskar sword served most of the same functions, so all he could do was draw his bes’kad now, unsure what precisely was going on here but certain that this assailant remained a threat to them. 

A Jedi would not kill one of their own, and Maul could feel ash-clouds of the Dark Side roiling inside the stranger even though his weapon was still green and not yet bled to red. Who was this?

Master Jmmaar gathered himself, lighting his own saber. “Stop this!” he called out. “This is madness!”

He should have attacked if he was going to do anything, Maul thought, spitefully labelling this Jedi mentally as particularly useless. 

The strange Force-user turned. He was a kiffar, marked out by the yellow stripe tattoo across the bridge of his nose, and young, not much older than Maul. Anger burned behind eyes that might have started as warm brown, but were now bloodshot and stained yellow around the edge of the iris. 

Not merely a user of the Dark Side, Maul realised when he noticed that characteristic sign. This is an acolyte of the Sith. This is my replacement.

“Now you,” the Sith muttered to himself, his gaze fixing on Jango Fett. 

Even as he spoke he leapt, a heedless, headlong attack. Naturally Jango shot at him, Tyro adding her own firepower to the mix, but although he was allowing his rage much more control over him than Maul knew was wise, the stranger was not entirely lost to it. He batted the bolts away without care for where they went, focused purely on eating up the ground between them. 

Maul met him half way. He drew the power of the ka’ra into his body for strength and speed - though the Dark was right there waiting to be used or even ripped from the hands of this little fool, he would not reveal himself to the remaining Jedi or to his Master if this new Apprentice somehow managed to escape him. He struck with the point of his bes’kad like a lance and when the stranger tried to block he made an instinctive mistake, subconsciously assuming his lightsaber would cut through anything that was not another lightsaber whether or not his mind knew better. His body put power behind the block expecting it to carry past and into a riposte - when it bounced off the beskar instead he was instantly off-balance and on the back foot. Maul took the advantage and lunged again. 

The stranger was forced to jump away, abandoning all the momentum of his assault. He adjusted quickly, though not before receiving a few light injuries for his troubles, his clothing spotted with blood. Now Maul recognised him as one of the Republic party - he had been Yaan’s assistant, concealing himself in the Force with skills Sidious must have taught him. Who was he originally? It was clear as they continued to trade blows that he’d been trained as a Jedi padawan, though Maul doubted he’d been Knighted before Sidious got his claws into him. 

Shouldn’t the Jedi have noticed one of their own going missing? How careless of them. 

The stranger growled under his breath, frustrated at being prevented from reaching his target. He drew the Dark more deeply into himself, fury and pain both. Whatever his grudge was against Jango, it was personal. Maul knew the intimate depths of this kind of hate. The Sith thrust out his hand and Maul flinched, half-expecting lightning that beskar couldn’t block, but it was only a normal Force-push. Maul braced and took it, skidding back over the turf but keeping his balance. Now that he was out of the way, Jango and Tyro could start shooting again, forcing the stranger to focus on blocking. This boy wasn’t that much of a threat. Between the three Mandalorians they could trade off like this and wear him down easily enough. Considering his level of skill, Maul could have finished this on his own if he’d been free to use the Force as he wished, even kad versus saber.

Why had Sidious sent his new apprentice here? What did he hope to gain?

Maul did not have the luxury of time to contemplate that question. Blaster fire alone couldn’t pin the stranger in place - it needed Maul for that. Everyone else was wisely staying well out of their way, so they did not need to fear the possibility of collateral damage too greatly. 

Maul moved to attack again, but even as he shifted his weight to run forwards he heard the crack and crash of splintering wood at the edge of the jungle behind him and a warbling electronic bellow of rage. Thundering footsteps hit the ground as the basilisk charged towards them. Its cry echoed in his head.

Jetii! Enemy! 

Well. They didn’t need the help, but he wasn’t going to get in the basilisk’s way even if it had identified the threat wrongly. Maul realised he hadn’t told it who Jmmaar and D’oon were during their brief diplomatic visit and perhaps that had inadvertently been wise. The basilisk was from a time when the Jedi were the only real threat to Mandalorian conquest, and it had been entombed in the vaults under Keldabe only because the alternative was being dismantled after the Jedi helped win the Mandalorian War for the Republic. Of course it assumed they were still at odds. It was probably reacting to the lightsaber. 

If it killed this stranger it might go after Jmmaar next, and that would be problematic. 

It would be easier to stop it if it got to kill at least something

Swift as the wind, the basilisk went past Maul and dived at the apprentice with claws extended. Eyes wide, hatred weakened by confusion and fear, the stranger had no choice but to dodge out of the way, rolling and coming up again. The basilisk turned in a spray of soil faster than something that size should be able to and extended the movement with a swipe of its paw. The stranger blocked with his lightsaber, which was all that saved him from being cut neatly into three separate pieces, but the kinetic energy had to go somewhere. He went flying with the air knocked out of him, landing half-way across the clearing. 

That was enough space opened up for the basilisk to open up with the cannons on its flanks. 

Grass, dirt, and chips of underlying pumice erupted upwards. Maul caught the edge of a curse, then the stranger was up and running - running away

Maul snarled under his breath. It belatedly occurred to him that killing this apprentice might not be the best idea, not when they did not know why he had interfered. Catch him, he ordered the basilisk. Do not hurt him too badly. We want him alive to question.

The basilisk nodded its eagerness and set off at the same breakneck speed. 

Maul thought about joining it - he could manage enough of a Force-assisted sprint to catch up and get on its back without looking suspicious - but a glance around the rest of the clearing had him decide otherwise. One Jedi dead, all the Yam’rii dead, the Republic representatives confused and unsure what they had just witnessed, General Sheelal glaring at the remaining Jedi Master as though he believed this was their fault… No, he might be needed to help calm things down. 

Seeing that the threat was gone, Jango holstered his pistols and came over. “Let me guess. We’ve got the Sith to thank for that.”

Maul glanced at the Jedi, but it didn’t seem that he’d overheard. Even if he was close enough, his dead friend made for a good distraction. The viraanntesse crouched low next to Master D’oon’s body, checking for signs of life and when he found none, straightening out the human’s limbs from their limp sprawl into a more dignified position. 

“I believe so,” he answered quietly. “He may have a way off this moon close enough to escape the basilisk, but if not then we should soon find out what this was all about.”

----

Quinlan ducked inside the Republic shuttle and waved frantically to the muun waiting by the controls. “Get us in the air right now!” he yelled, “and I hope you’re a good pilot!”

Kit Damask didn’t ask questions - they’d been expecting to have to make a quick exit no matter how this went - and Quin just hoped he’d managed to get enough of a lead on that thing through the thickets and rough terrain of the jungle. If they were still in range of those cannons when it found them… 

The shuttle lifted and Kit pointed its nose towards the sky. They rocketed upwards quickly, the force of it making Quinlan stagger. He came up to hold onto the back of Kit’s chair and peered out of the window trying to get a glimpse of the ground. He saw only trees and rock, without the silver glint of metal. Good. That was good. 

“Well Enigma,” the muun asked him, “were you successful?”

Quin scowled, anger lashing his insides. The Dark Side clawed at him. He’d been so close, with Jango Fett right there in front of him, but he hadn’t been enough. Even if that droid hadn’t been there he wouldn’t have been good enough, he’d been able to tell that within a few minutes of locking blades with that zabrak bodyguard. 

He’d only been a Mandalorian! How could that compare with a Sith? He was supposed to have the power and strength to destroy his enemies; that was the poisonous chalice that came with walking this path, the temptation, the solace that made up for making wrong decision after wrong decision until he was trapped at the bottom of this pit with no way out but to continue slogging through the mud…

It didn’t help that his lightsaber had been fighting him the whole time, the kyber within repulsed by the touch of the Dark Side. His Master told him there was a way to change the crystal and make it understand the same truth that Quinlan had seen, but for now he wasn’t allowed to do it on purpose, and wasn’t even allowed to use his lightsaber much in case it happened accidentally. It was more helpful if he looked like he was still a Jedi. 

“I’ll take that as a no,” Kit said, turning his attention back to the controls. “Your employer won’t be pleased.”

“I did the bits he cared about,” Quinlan replied. It tasted bitter. If he hadn’t, if he’d gone for the Mand’alor first when the man hadn’t known to be wary… But he was more afraid of the punishment for disobedience than he was hungry for justice and revenge. Another thing to hate himself for. “I killed the Yam’rii, and I killed the Jedi. One Jedi,” he corrected. “The one who seemed more like he was in charge.” It should be enough. Sidious wanted war on the Outer Rim, he wanted chaos, but not for the sake of it. He had a good purpose behind it all. Sometimes you had to do bad things if your cause was right, because the world was evil and there wasn’t any other way. That was the truth of the Dark - that the Force wasn’t leading them to some brighter future, that goodness and justice and morals didn’t exist anywhere other than clawed out of your own heart, a prize you got to have if only you were strong enough to push down everyone who’d take it from you. 

The muun shrugged. They were out of atmosphere now, though the stars were hard to see against the glow of the gas giant to their right. He leaned forward and put in some hyperspace coordinates. “Hopefully he agrees,” he said. “It’s none of my business anyway.”

Notes:

Luckily Quinlan comes pre-loaded with an evil alter-ego name, so I didn't have to choose one for him.

Series this work belongs to: